Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

See other formats 


offfi  1  Bjo 


Undergraduate 


s 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat2001indi 


|[^o^  1  lo 


Undergraduate 


B 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  committed  to  equal 
opportunit)'  and  affirmative  action  for  its  students,  employees  and 
applicants.  The  University  is  committed  to  providing  equal 
educational  and  employment  rights  to  all  persons  without  regard 
to  race,  color,  sex,  religion,  national  origin,  age,  disability, 
ancestry,  or  sexual  orientation.  Each  member  of  the  university 
community  has  a  right  to  study  and  work  in  an  environment  free 
from  any  form  of  racial,  ethnic,  and  sexual  discrimination.  In 
accordance  with  federal  and  state  lav^s,  die  university  will  not 
tolerate  racial  or  ethnic  discrimination  or  discrimination  on  the 
basis  of  disability. 

This  policy  is  placed  in  this  document  in  accordance  with  state 
and  federal  laws  including  Tides  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights 
Act  of  1964,  Tide  IX  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972, 
Sections  503  and  504  of  die  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  die 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1 990,  and  the  Civil  Rights  Act 
of  1991  as  well  as  all  applicable  federal  and  state  executive 
orders.  This  policy  extends  to  disabled  veterans  and  veterans  of 
the  Vietnam  era. 

Please  direct  all  general  inquiries  regarding  equal  opportunity 
and  afUnnative  action  to 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Human  Resources 
Administrative  Annex,  910  Grant  St.,  Indiana,  PA  15705 
Telephone:  724-357-2431 
Fax:  724-357-2685 

TD:  Telecommunications  Device  available  in  the 

Advising  and  Testing  Center,  724-357-4067  (V/TD) 

(8:00-4:30,  M-F) 

Campus  Police,  724-357-2141(TD)  (24  hours) 


lUP  ensures  compliance  with  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act  through  the  provision  of  program  access 
accommodations.  Please  direct  inquiries  regarding 
accommodations  for  persons  with  disabilities  to 

Student  Concerns: 

Director,  Advising  and  Tesdng  Center/ 

Disability  Support  Services 

504  Coordinator 

106  Pratt  Hall,  201  Pratt  Drive,  Indiana  PA  15705 

Telephone:  724-357-4067 

Employee  Concerns: 

Assistant  tt)  die  President  for  Social  Equity/ 

Senior  Human  Resources  Manager 

Administrative  Annex,  910  Grant  St.,  Indiana,  PA  15705 

Telephone:  724-357-2431 

Specific  inquiries  regarding  Title  IX  should  be  directed  to 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

212  Sutton  Hall,  1011  South  Dr.,  Indiana,  PA  15705 

Telephone:  724-357-1242 


The  university  publishes  an  on-line  student  handbook,  The  Source,  which  is  a  companion  to  this  catalog.  The  handbook  contains 
detailed  information  on  the  policies  mentioned  on  this  page.  The  Source  is  accessible  to  all  enrolled  students  at  the  website 
hUp://www.  tup.  edu/stuaff/source. 

Quest  ions  rega  rding  the  Sexual  Harassment  Policy  or  complaint  procedures  may  he  directed  to  the  Associate  to  the  President  for  Social 
Equity/Senior  Human  Resources  Manager,  Administrative  Annex,  lUP.  Policy  approved  by  University  Senate,  May  1,  1990. 

This  bulletin  contains  announcements  of  courses  for  the  academic  year  2001-02.  lUP  reserves  the  right  to  repeal,  change,  or  amend  the 
rules,  regulations,  courses,  and  programs  contained  in  this  bulletin  at  any  time.  Tuition  and  fees  are  also  subject  to  change. 


lUP  is  the  largest  member  university  of  Pennsylvania's  State  System  of  Higher  Education  and  the  only  one  to  grant 
doctoral  degrees.  For  inforTnation  about  the  System  and  its  other  me?nber  universities,  visit  www.sshechan.edu 


Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


UiiivcrsilY  Calendar 2 

President'!!  Message .3 

The  University   5 

The  Branch  Campuses 8 

Admissions  and  Regislration 9 

Finances    12 

Student  Programs  and  Services     20 

Advisiii);  aiul  'Icstiiig  Center    20 

Atiiletics 20 

Career  Senices 21 

Counseling  and  Student  Dcvelopiiiciil  Center 21 

Health  Seri'ices 21 

Housing  inlomiation    21 

Learning  Center 22 

New  Student  Orientation 22 

Student  Acu\'ities  and  Organizations 22 

Student  Cooperative  Association   22 

I'niversityjudicial  System    23 

Veterans  Affairs 23 

Academic  Policies     24 

RcquirenienLs  for  Graduation    36 

Academic  Affairs  Division  Areas •!  1 

University  Libraries    41 

Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 41 

Military  Science  Department    42 

Women's  Studies  Program 43 

Office  of  International  Affairs 43 

Internships/Cooperative  Learning   45 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology   46 

Academic  Policies 47 

Department  of  Aocoinuing 48 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies    49 

Department  of  Management 49 

Department  of  Management  Information  Systems  an<l  Decision  Sciences   .51 

Department  of  Marketing 52 

Department  of  Tccluiolog)'  and  Support  Services    52 

The  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 55 

Academic  Policies 56 

The  Lhiiversil\-  School 59 

Department  of  Adult  and  Community  Education 60 

Department  of  Conununications  Media 60 

Department  of  Educational  and  School  Psychology 60 

Department  of  Foimdations  of  Education 61 

DeparUnent  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education 61 

Department  of  Special  Education  and  Climcal  Services 63 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.; 

The  College  of  Fine  Arts    67 

Department  of  Art    68 

Department  of  Music   70 

Department  of  Theater  and  Dance 71 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 73 

Department  of  Culinan.  Arts    74 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 74 

Department  of  Healdi  and  Physit-al  Education 75 

I  ligli»-ay  Safety  Center 78 

Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 79 

Dcpaitnient  of  Human  Develo|)mcnt  and  Ennronmental  Studies    79 

Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 82 

Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied  Hcaldi  Professions .82 

DeparUnent  of  Safety  Sciences 85 

The  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 86 

Department  of  Andiropolog)    88 

Department  of  Criminology .90 

Department  of  Economics    JSl 

Department  of  English .92 

Department  of  French  and  German   94 

Department  of  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 97 

Department  of  History   100 

Department  ofjounialism    102 

Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 103 

Department  of  Political  Science   104 

Department  of  Sociology   106 

DeparUnent  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languagies  108 

The  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics Ill 

Department  of  Biolog)   112 

Environmental  Health  Program    1 13 

Biochemistry  Program    115 

Department  of  Chemistry 1 16 

Department  of  Computer  Science    118 

DeparUnent  of  Geoscicnce 120 

Department  of  Mathematics 122 

Natural  Science    124 

Department  of  Physics 1 26 

Department  of  Psychology 128 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education    130 

Credit  Programs 130 

\ocatii)naI-Technical  Pnifessional  Studies   131 

Conferences  and  Noiicredit  Programs    132 

Criminal  Justice  Training  Center   132 

Course  Descriptions 133 

Director*- .217 


lUP,  Indiana,  Pennsylvania  15705    http://www.iup.edu 

NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


University  Calendar 

Fall  Semester,  2001 

Registration August  26 

Classes  begin August  27 

Labor  Day  (no  classes) September  3 

Thanksgi\'ing  recess November  18-25 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) November  26 

Classes  end December  10 

Final  exams December  11-18 

December  Commencement December  16 

Spring  Semester,  2002 

Registration Januar)'  16 

Classes  begin January  17 

Spring  vacation March  3-10 

Classes  resume  (8:00  a.m.) March  1 1 

Classes  end May  I 

Final  exams May  2-9 

May  Commencement May  1 1 

Summer  Sessions,  2002 

To  be  announced 


Board  of  Governors 
State  System  of  Higher 
Education 

Charles  A.  Comulka,  Chainiiaii, 

Pittsburgh 
F.  Eugene  Dixon,Jr.,  Chairman 

Emeritus.  Lafayette  Hill 
Kim  E.  Lyttle,  Vice  Chairman, 

Pittsburgh 
R.  Benjamin  Wiley,  Vice  Chairman,  Erie 
Syed  R.  Ali-Zaidi,  Shippenville 
Angela  M.  Ambrose,  Gibsonia 
Jeffrey  W.  Coy,  Shippensburg 
Daniel  R  Elby,  York 
David  R.  Holveck,  Malvern 
Vincent  J.  Hughes,  Philadelphia 
James  V.  Manser,  IV,  Harleysville 
Patricia  K.  Poprik,  Doylestown 
James  J.  Rhoades,  Mahanoy  City 
Tom  Ridge.  Harrisburg 
David  M.  Sanko.  Harrisburg 
B.  Michael  Schaul,  Mechanicsburg 
Jere  W.  Schuler,  Lampeter 
John  K.  Thornburgh,  Pittsburgh 
Christine  Jack  Toretti,  Indiana 
Amy  M.  Yozviak,  Nanticoke 
Charles  B.  Zogby,  Harrisburg 


Chancellor 

State  System  of  Higher 

Education 

Judy  G.  Hample 

Council  of  Trustees 
Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Susan  S.  Delaney,  Chairperson,  Indiana 
Kim  E.  Lyttle,  Vice  Chairperson, 

Pittsburgh 
David  Osikowicz,  Secretary, 

Punxsutawney 
Robert  M.  Hovanec,  Treasurer,  Gibsonia 
Robert  D.  Duggan,  Indiana 
Cameron  Hollingshead,  Indiana 
Mark  A.  Holman,  Alexandria,  Va. 
David  L.Johnson,  Havertown 
Timothy  M.  Pulte,  Glen  Mills 
Samuel  H.  Smith,  Punxsutawney 
Gealy  W.  Wallwork,  Kittanning 
Judy  G.  Hample  (I'x  offiao).  Chancellor, 

State  System  of  Higher  Education 


Executive  Officers 
Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 


Lawrence  K.  Pettit,  President 

Ruth  A.  Riesenman,  Executive  Assistant 

to  the  President 
MarkJ.  Staszkiewicz,  Provost  and  Vice 

President  for  Academic  Affairs 
C.  Edward  Receski,  Vice  President  for 

Administration  and  Finance 
Joan  M.  Fisher,  Vice  President  for 

Institutional  Advancement 
Harold  D.  Goldsmith,  Vice  President  for 

Student  Affairs  and  Interim  Executive 

Assistant  to  the  President  for 

Planning  and  Analysis 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


NDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA       3 


% 

s 


Presidents  Message 

Contra  til  hit  ions  on  your  decision  to  experience  the  exciting  intellectual, 

cultural,  and  social  world  of  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
The  only  university  in  the  Pennsylvania  State  System  of  Higher 

Education  to  confer  doctoral  degrees,  lUP  attracts  faailty  members  who  are 

on  the  cutting  edge  of  their  fields  but  are  committed  to  undergraduate 

leaching.  Ontslanding  programs  in  more  than  a  hundred 

majors,  from  the  traditional  liberal  arts  and  sciences 

to  such  professional  fields  as  nursing,  business, 

criminology,  and  safety  sciences,  offer  a 

broad  array  of  academic  challenges. 

CUtssrooms  and  residence  halls  equipped 

loith  fiberoptics  and  cable  television 

support  a  rich  academic  tradition  in 

ivhich  students  actively  participate  in 
the  learning  process. 

lUP  stretches  the  boundaries  of  the 
academic  environment  to  include 
learning  experiences,  through  research  and 
internships,  that  prepare  students  for  careers 
in  the  global  marketplace.  The  university's 
intern.ship  program  places  students  in  a  variety  of 
professional  settings,  from  the  European  Parliament  to 
Fortune  500  companies  to  the  White  House.  lUP's  rigorous  Liberal  Studies 
requirement,  emphasizing  communication  skills  and  analytical  thinking, 
ensures  that  all  our  students  are  prepared  for  life  as  well  as  for  a  career 
Longstanding  excellence  in  the  fine  arts  creates  a  campus  life  nch  in 
cultural  and  entertainment  opportunities.  lUP's  global  partnerships  bring 
a  cosmopolitan  student  body  to  Indiana  and  provide  attractive 
opportunities  to  study  abroad. 

The  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  at  I  UP  is  an  exciting  model  that 
combines  for  especially  gifted  students  intellectual  engagement  and  service, 
reflecting  the  university's  values  of  high  intellectual  achievement,  personal 
development,  commitment,  and  volunteer  service. 

Strong  academic  programs  are  complemented  by  the  university's 
successful  athletics  program.  Pans  from  across  the  region  enjoy  not  only 
highly  competitive  teams  but  one  of  the  country's  top  marching  bands. 
On  behalf  of  the  lUP  family,  I  take  pleasure  in  ivelcomingyou. 


\ 


Lau'irncc  K.  Pet  fit,  President 

DIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


Undergraduate  Degrees  Offered  at  lUP 


Bachelor  of  Arts 

Business  Technology  Support 

Anthropology  (Tracks  available: 

k            J 

Chemistry 

Applied  Authropolog)', 

■  M«M 

Child  Development/Family 

Archaeology,  General 

j^^^HJH 

Relations 

Anthropology) 

^^^^^^ 

Communications  Media 

Art/History  Track 

^^^^^^^^ 

Computer  Science  (Tracks 

Art/Studio 

yslB^^^Sk. 

available:  Applied  Computer 

Biology 

/^^^^^B^HI^Sg^^^ 

Science,  Languages  and 

Chemistry 

/^M^V^^^^^^^^Hi^^B^ 

Systems) 

Computer  Science 

i^^r^'^^t^^^^^imm 

Consumer  Affairs  (Community 

Criminology 

J^K ^i    ^H^^^rH^ T^ 

Services  Track  available) 

Criminology/Pre-Law  Track 

Dietetics  (Tracks  available: 

Economics 

^^  Jh^    ■  ^^Ui  1 J 

Dietetics,  Nutrition) 

Economics/Mathematics 

IB  ?-    -^k  ^^Hfr  ]x 

Environmental  Geoscience 

Economics/Pre-Law  Track 

11  ^_  J^^^^^K^LirW 

Environmental  Health 

English 

•a|l^^ttflM|M^^^^FS 

Fashion  Merchandising 

English/Pre-Law  Track 

^i^^^^^^^^HBr  ' 

Finance 

French 

^H^^^^^^^^HPr 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

French  for  International  Trade 

^^^HHP^ 

General  Studies 

Geography  (Tracks  available: 

■ 

Geology 

Economic  Geographer, 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Environmental  Geographer, 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 

Management 

General  Geography,  GIS  and 

Art  Education 

Human  Resources  Management 

Cartographer) 

Biolog)'  Education 

Interior  Design/Housing 

German 

Business  Education 

International  Business 

German  for  hiternational  Trade 

Chemistry  Education 

Management 

Government  and  Public  Service 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Management  Information  Systems 

History 

Earth  and  Space  Science  Education 

Marketing 

History/Pre-Law  Track 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

Madiematics 

Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts 

Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing 

Medical  Technology 

Internarional  Studies/Political 

Loss 

Natural  Science  (Tracks  available: 

Science 

Elementary  Education 

Pre-Chiropractic,  Pre-Dentistry, 

Journalism 

English  Education 

Pre-Engineering,  Pre- 

Music  (Tracks  available:  History 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences 

Optometry,  Pre-Physical 

and  Literature,  Music 

Education 

Therapy,  Pre-Podiatry) 

Performance,  Theory  and 

French  Education  K- 1 2 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology- 

Composition) 

General  Science  Education 

Nursing 

Philosophy 

Secondary  German  Education 

Nursing/Registered  Nurse  Track 

Philosophy/Pre-Law  Track 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Physical  Education  and  Sport 

Physics 

Mathematics  Education 

Physics 

Political  Science 

Music  Education 

Rehabilitation 

Political  Science/Pre-Law  Track 

Physics  Education 

Respiratory  Care 

Psychology  (Applied  Psychology 

Social  Science  Education 

Safety  Sciences 

Track  available) 

(Concentrations  available: 

Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 

Regional  Planning  (Tracks 

Anthropology,  Sociology; 

Music  Performance 

available:  Economic  Developer, 

Tracks  available:  Economics, 

Studio 

Environmental  Planner,  GIS 

Geography,  Histor)) 

and  Cartographer,  Town 
Manager) 

Secondary  Spanish  Education 

Associate  of  Arts 

Speech-Language  Pathology  and 

Business  (Specializations  available: 

Religious  Studies 

Audiology 

Computer  and  Office 

Sociology  (Tracks  available: 

Vocational-Technical  Education 

Information  Systems, 

Applied  Social  Research, 
General  Sociology,  Human 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Accounting 

Accounting) 
General  Studies 

Services) 

Applied  Mathematics 

Associate  in  Applied  Science 

Spanish 

Applied  Physics/Electro-Optics 

Electro-Optics 

Spanish  for  International  Trade 

Track 

Associate  in  Science 

Theater 

Biochemistry 
Biology 

Electro-Optics 

Business/Pre-Law  Track 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


THE    UNIVERSITY 


The  University 


A  University  Education 

riiniiij;li  iiiulir);i.uiiiatc  ami  j^radiiatc  programs. 
lUP  sencs  students  Ironi  aiioss  tile  nation  and 
aniunil  tlie  world  by  introducinj;  thcni  to  and 
sustaining  them  in  a  culture  of  high  aspiration 
and  acliieventent  so  they  may  lead  produiti\ e 
and  meaningRil  lives.  Singly  and  through 
collaboration  vvitliin  the  State  System  oflliglier 
Education,  with  otlier  educational  institutions, 
and  with  business,  government,  human  services, 
and  prolessional  organizations,  IHP  contributes 
to  the  ccoiionnc  and  i  ultural  strength  of  the 
region,  the  conunonwcalth,  and  the  nation 
through  education,  scholarship,  and  sen'ice. 

.Vs  tlie  university  continually  evolves  to  higher 
levels  ofexcellence.  lUP  will  be 

►  An  institution  of  higher  and  continuing 
learning  coiiunitted  to  the  teacher-scholar 
model  and  the  learning-centered 
environment  and  a  imiversity  where  master's 
and  doctoral  education  is  targeted  to  tlie 
education  of  competent  practitioners,  the 
production  of  practical  knowledge,  and  die 
enrichment  of  undergraduate  life. 

►  .\  learning-centered  environment  in  which 
students  enjoy  traditional  and  unntraditional 
classroom  experiences,  engage  in  research 
and  serNice  activities  with  tlieir  faculty 
mentors,  become  lifelong  learners  equipped 
to  adapt  to  the  changing  needs  of  their 
professional  lives,  and  develop  leadership 
skills  for  effective  citizenship. 


.■\n  institution  guided  by  its  heritage, 
maintaining  an  environment  of  in<juir\'  that 
combines  a  thorough  examination  of 
cultural  traditions  and  intellectual  roots  witli 
scientific  and  technological  currency  and  the 
best  of  the  liberal  arts  widi  superior  career 
preparation. 

A  learning  community  in  touch  with  die 
main  currents  of  politics,  economics,  and 
cultural  life  throughout  tlie  world:  a 
community  enriched  by  the  presence  of  a 
significant  number  of  international  students 
and  by  opportunities  for  study  abroad:  and 
a  comniunity  supported  by  technology  that 
facilitates  active  participation  in  the  creation 
and  use  of  infonnatioii  and  knowledge  on  a 
global  scale. 

A  center  of  lively  intellectual  discourse  and 
aflfecUon  for  the  arts. 


►      .\  community  that  is  diverse  in  composition, 
with  a  clear  commitment  to  tolerance, 
compassion,  and  ser\'ice. 

History  of  the  University 

111'  lias  witnessed  .1  liiston  ncli  in 
accomplishment.  .Since  1875.  when  it  scned 
only  225  students  in  a  single  building,  it  has 
experienced  continuous  growth,  becoming 
Pennsyh'ania's  fifdi  largest  university.  The 
current  enrollment  is  over  thirteen  thousand, 
witli  students  from  diirty-six  states  and  over  fifty- 
five  countries. 


The  first  building,  named  John  Sutton  Hall  in 
honor  of  die  first  president  of  die  Board  of 
Trustees,  was  opened  for  students  on  May  1 7. 
1875. 

hi  April.  1 920.  control  and  ownership  of  the 
school  passed  to  the  Commonwealth  of 
PennsyK-ania.  In  May.  1927.  by  authority  of  the 
General  .\ssembly.  the  Stale  Normal  School 
became  a  college,  widi  die  right  to  grant  degrees. 
The  name  was  dien  changed  to  the  State 
Teachers  College  at  hidiana.  Penn.syl\-ania.  In 
1959.  the  legislature  approved  a  change  of  name 
to  Indiana  State  College:  in  the  1960s  there 
followed  a  rapid  growdi  in  tlie  liberal  arts 
program.  In  December.  1965.  Indiana  was 
redesignated  Indiana  University  of  Pemisy4\-ania 
and  given  the  authority  to  expand  its  curriculum 
and  to  grant  degrees  at  die  master's  level.  .At  this 
time  die  first  doctoral  program  M'as  initiated. 

Current  academic  offerings  include  more  than  a 
hundred  undergraduate  majors  with  a  \-ariet\  of 
internship  and  study  abroad  programs,  more 
than  forty  master's  degree  programs,  and  eight 
doctoral  degrees.  I'nusual  opportunities  for 
research  at  all  levels  and  the  Robert  E.  Cook 
Honors  College  pronde  special  challenges  for 
academic  growdi.  The  x'ariety  and  quality  of 
instruction  are  characteristic  of  a  big  uimersity. 
vet  at  IL  P.  close,  one-to-one-relationships 
develop  widiin  die  teaching  framework,  and  a 
strong  sense  of  comniunity  prexails. 

The  following  publicadons  have  all  recogmzed 
lUP  for  its  high  academic  standards  and 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2000-01 


6       THE    UNIVERSITY 


coni|>iiiim  l.i.-,!.-,;  Ai(i'\  DvUani'ue  Guide  to 
Ameriaui  ColhffS;  Barren  'v  300:  Best  Buys  in 
College  Education.,  The  Best  331  Colleges, 
published  by  Princeton  Review;  The  Best  Buys  in 
College  Education  by  Edward  Fiske,  education 
editor  of  the  New  York  Times;  Changing  Times; 
How  to  Get  an  Ivy  League  Education  at  a  State 
University  by  Martin  Nemko;  Money  magazine's 
Money  Guide;  Two  Hundred  Most  SeUctive 
Colleges:  The  Definitive  Guide  to  America's  First- 
Choice  Schools;  aiid  U.S.  News  and  World  Rel>ort. 

University  Governance 

hidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  one  of 
fourteen  members  of  tlie  State  System  of  Higher 
Education  in  Pennsylvania.  Oversight  of  the 
System  is  vested  in  die  Board  of  Governors,  the 
members  of  which  are  appointed  by  the 
governor.  Each  university  has  its  own  Council  of 
Trustees,  responsible  for  financial  oversight  and 
insuring  compliance  of  university  policies  with 
state  law.  Responsibility  for  die  day-to-day 
operations  is  entrusted  to  the  university 
president,  who  is  the  chief  execudve  officer. 

Due  to  the  complexity  of  die  university,  the 
president  rehes  on  the  University  Senate  to 
develop  and  approve  curricula  and  to  advise  the 
president  on  setting  policies  that  affect  and  shape 
the  working  and  learning  ennronment  at  lUP. 
The  University  Senate  is  composed  of  faculty, 
students,  and  administrators  who  are  both 
elected  and  appointed  by  dieir  peers. 

Many  of  the  important  policies  governing  the 
working  and  learning  environment,  such  as  the 
policy  on  sexual  harassment,  the  academic 
integrity  policy,  and  the  policy  on 
nondiscritninadon,  are  given  in  this  catalog  or 
the  student  handbook  ( The  Source)  and  are  also 
available  on  the  World  Wide  Web  at 
http://uiww.iup.edu.  To  insure  a  nurturing 
environment  where  all  faculty,  students,  and 
administrators  can  work  together  in  harmony,  it 
is  essenUal  that  all  members  of  the  university  be 
familiar  with  these  pohcies  as  diey  set  die 
expectations  for  civil  behavior  and  academic 
conduct. 

Accreditation 

lUP  is  a  state-owned  insutution  for  higher 
education  and  a  member  of  the  State  System  of 
Higher  EducaUon.  It  is  an  approved  and  fully 
accredited  member  of  the  following: 

►  .\merican  Chemical  Society 

►  American  Culinary  FederaUon  Educadonal 
Institute 

►  American  Psychological  Associadon 

►  American  Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association 

►  Associadon  to  Advance  Collegiate  Schools 
of  Business  (AACSB  Internadonal) 

►  Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing 
Educadon 

►  Council  on  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 
Insdtutional  Education 

►  Joint  Review  Committee  for  Respiratory 
Therapy  Educadon 

►  Joint  Review  Committee  on  Educational 
Programs  on  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

►  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools 

►  Nadonal  Accredidng  Agency  for  Clinical 
Laboratory  Sciences 

►  Nadonal  Association  of  School  Psychology 


►  National  Associadon  of  Schools  of  Music 

►  Nadonal  Associadon  of  Schools  of  Theater 

►  National  Council  for  Accreditadon  of 
Teacher  Educadon 

►  Related  Accreditadon  Commission  of  the 
Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and 
Technology 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

In  1875,  the  main  campus  consisted  of  12  acres 
and  one  building.  Widi  die  addition  in  199.5  of 
137  acres  of  undeveloped  land  from  the  fonner 
Campbell  and  County  farms,  die  main  campus 
now  comprises  341  acres,  on  which  are  located 
seventy-five  major  buildings  owned  by  the  state 
and  seven  athledc  fields.  Two  of  die  buildings, 
Breezedale  and  John  Sutton  Hall,  have  been 
entered  in  the  Nadonal  Register  of  Historic 
Places. 

The  Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus  totals  5.98 
acres  consisting  of  two  sites-four  buildings  at  die 
Punxsutawney  campus  and  the  Culinary  School. 
The  Amistrong  Branch  Campus  has  four 
buildings  and  a  total  of  1.74  acres. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park,  located  a  few 
miles  from  the  campus,  consists  of  280  acres  and 
several  buildings,  including  a  lodge  and  a  ski  hut. 
The  wooded  hillsides  offer  opportunides  for 
nature  study  and  for  such  outdoor  recreadonal 
activities  as  driving  golf  balls,  hiking,  cross- 
country skiing,  and  exercise  trails. 

Indiana,  the  County  and  the 
Town 

Indiana  County  was  formed  by  act  of  the  state 
legislature  in  1803  and  was  fully  organized  in 
1806.  George  Clymer  of  Philadelphia,  a  signer  of 
the  Deelaradon  of  Independence,  owned  more 
than  diree  diousand  acres  in  die  area  and 
presented  250  acres  to  the  new  county  for  a 


county  seat.  The  town  of  Indiana  was  officially 
founded  in  1816. 

The  comity's  first  major  industry  was  the 
nianufactiue  of  salt,  which  began  in  1813  about 
two  miles  above  die  town  of  Saltsburg.  As  early 
as  1797  bituminous  coal  was  dug  fi-om  exposed 
outcroppings.  Mining  soon  rivaled  agriculture  as 
the  backbone  of  die  county's  economy.  Its 
influence  gradually  diminished,  diougli,  and 
today  lUP  is  the  county's  largest  employer. 
Indiana  County  now  thrives  with  an  economic 
base  combining  educadon,  agriculture,  energy 
production,  and  commerce  into  an  outstanding 
quality  of  life  for  its  nearly  90,000  residents. 

Indiana  has  become  known  as  the  birthplace  of 
film  star,  Jimmy  Stewart,  and  as  the  Christmas 
Tree  Capital  of  the  World.  Visitors  and  locals 
alike  can  relive  Indiana  County's  past  by  visidng 
one  of  its  parks,  covered  bridges,  fairs,  and  even 
the  largest  Amish  setdement  in  Western 
Pennsylvania.  As  one  of  nine  counties 
represented  in  America's  Industrial  Heritage 
Project,  Indiana  County  has  a  number  of 
historical  sites  diat  are  part  of  the  project's  Path 
of  Progress.  The  project's  archives  are  housed  in 
the  Special  CoUecdons  secdon  of  lUP's 
Stapleton  Library. 

Alumni 

Widi  a  living  alumni  base  that  comprises  more 
than  eighty  thousand  individuals,  the  university 
has  come  to  rely  on  the  support  of  its  alumni  in  a 
variety  of  areas.  These  include  career 
networking,  student  recruitment,  and 
government  relations,  as  well  as  fund-raising  and 
service  on  die  Council  of  Tnistees,  Alumni 
Associadon  Execudve  Board,  and  a  number  of 
advisory  committees. 

Graduates  automatically  become  members  of  the 
Alumni  Associadon.  They  are  encouraged  to 
continue  their  connections  with  lUP  dirough 
periodicals  hke  lUP  Magazine  and  the 
univcrsitv's  World  Wide  Web  sites. 

Resources 

Computing  Services:  All  students  have  access  to 
an  extensive  set  of  web-based  services,  including 
class  registration,  schedule  planning,  and  records 
management.  Students  are  also  provided  widi  an 
e-mail  account  and  a  network  account,  which 
afford  personal  disk  space  for  e-mail,  projects, 
and  web  pages.  Technical  support  is  available  via 
die  Student  Computing  Help  Desk  (see 
http://www.iup.edu/ats/). 

Academic  computing  support  is  provided  by 
technical  staff  assigned  to  each  college.  The 
college  staffs  provide  computadonal  support  for 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students  and  for 
faculty  and  student  research. 

Connectivity  for  student  computers  in  the 
residence  halls  is  provided  dirough  the  OflSce  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life.  The  administrative 
needs  of  the  university,  including  die  Library's 
information  systems,  are  served  by  the 
Technology  Services  Center. 
The  university's  computing  infrastnicture 
consists  of  an  extensive  Windows-based 
network,  several  Unix  systems,  and  a  Compaq 
OpenVMS  cluster.  Access  to  die  network  is 
provided  from  every  campus  building  utilizing  a 
fiberoptic  backbone.  Discounted  dial-up  access 
is  available  via  an  arrangement  with  a  local 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


THE     UNIVERSITY 


intcriicl  Hci'vicc  prnvidcr.  [1  'P  is  timiift  lc<l  In  the 
liitcniet  via  SSHKiicl. 

Sliident  access  lo  iiini|iNtiii);  is  pnividid.  liii  llic 
riiiisl  part,  tiirdu^ii  tlic  piililic  ciiin|iiitiiiK 
l.ilxirutorics.  'I'lic  |iriiiiary  piililic  lul>s  arc 
HiralcKically  plated  arntiiid  campus  to  iiiaxiiiii/.c 
llicir  availaliilitv  and  impact.  Several  departments 
maintain  i  nmpnliny;  I.k  ililies  that  are  iil  a 
liicnsed  nature  and  vvlncli  are  intended  lo 
support  specific  proj^rains.  These  include  several 
specialized  networks  to  address  particular  needs. 

rhrou)rh  impleuieutatiou  of  its  strategic 
ciimputinj;  plan,  which  is  part  of  the  university 
lonj!;-ranjj;e  plamiiu);  process,  the  university  is 
comuiitted  to  providing  die  level  of  computing 
and  information  technology  necessary  for  a 
modern  institution  of  higher  education, 
(iuidauce  in  this  area  is  provided  by  both  the 
Academic  Ooinputing  Policy  Advisory 
Committee  and  the  .'\dmiiiistrative  (lomputing 
Oversight  Committee. 

Libraries:  Patrick  J.  Stapletoii,Jr..  Library,  die 
ceutial  lihraiy  for  IIJP,  was  completed  and 
dedicated  in  1981.  It  adjoins  lUiodes  R.  Stahlev 
l.ibrar)',  which  results  in  a  combined  structure  of 
irit^OOO  sijuare  feet. The  Cogswell  Music 
Libraiy,  llie  University  School  Library,  and  the 
branch  campus  libraries  in  Kittaiining  and  in 
Puuxsutawney  are  the  oilier  components  of  the 
lUP  libraiT  system.  Eighteen  library  faculty 
members,  twenty-two  support  stall  members,  and 
over  two  hundred  students  are  employed  in  the 
Libraries  division  of  the  university. 

The  book  collection  contains  80(),332  volumes: 
there  are  .3,437  periodical  subscriptions.  1.8 
million  items  of  microforms,  over  128.000 
bound  periodicals,  and  over  32.000  volumes  of 
governmental  publications.  (lUP  is  a  designated 
Select  Depository  for  federal  and  state 
publications.)  The  libraries"  media  holdings  in  all 
formats  are  extensive.  Resources  are 
supplemented  through  membership  in  OCLC 
for  interlibrary  loan,  the  Health  Sciences 
Consortium  (North  Carolina),  tlie  Laurel 
Highlands  Consortium,  and  the  Center  for 
Research  Libraries. 

The  central  library  is  open  92  hours  a  week 
during  regular  terms.  The  Cogswell  Music 
Library,  located  on  the  top  Door  of  Cogswell 
Hall,  contains  approximately  10,000  books. 
.50,000  scores,  13.000  recordings,  and  2,000 
CDs.  Holdings  of  monumental  editions  are 
substantial.  Sound  recordings  circulate  only  to 
faculty  members,  but  listening  stations  are 
available  for  use  by  all  patrons. 

The  University  School  Library's  1 1.000  volumes 
support  the  curriculum  of  grades  K-()  at  die 
University  School.  The  Armstrong  County 
Campus  library  has  more  than  24.000  volumes, 
and  the  receiidy  renovated  PuiLxsutawney  library 
contains  more  diaii  15.000  books  as  «ell  as  86 
periodical  subscriptions  and  recordings  of 
music,  poetry,  and  drama.  The  lUP  Libraries  are 
active  members  of  die  State  System's  Keystone 
Library  Network,  and  dirough  die  KLN,  die 
university-  has  a  shared  oiJine  catalog  and 
receives  many  electronic  databases.  The 
Libraries  are  also  charter  members  of  the 
Pcmisvlvania  .■Vcademic  Librar)  Consortium 
Iniliauve  and  receive  direct  loans  from  die  state's 
major  university  and  college  libraries. 


Institute  for  Research  and  Commiinily 
.Servieei  I'he  Institute  lor  Research  and 
Cominunity  .Service  serves  a.i  die  primary 
oiilreadi  olfice  of  the  university  to  link 
coinmunity  effort  and  need  with  die  diverse 
resources  of  die  university  and  In  encourage 
research  activities  among  the  faculty.  Major  areas 
of  responsibility  include:  I)  to  expand  economic 
devclopincnt  and  public  service  initiatives  within 
the  university's  research  mission:  2)  to  provide  a 
coordinating  function  for  all  ll'P  research 
centers;  and  3)  to  provide  leadership  aiul 
support  for  the  Applied  Research  Lab  and  other 
affiliate  programs. 

lUP  Ccnlcra  and  InNlitutcN:  Clenters  and 
institutes  ser\e  a  variety  nf  functions.  Each 
center/institute  is  unique  in  its  focus  and  is 
created  to  meet  a  specifically  ideiuified  need. 
(Centers  provide  an  opportunity  for  faculty 
members  to  utilize  dicir  expertise  through 
consultation,  technical  assistance,  and  research- 
related  activities.  Centers/institutes  provide 
excellent  opportunities  for  students  to  learn,  to 
demonstrate  their  knowledge  and  skills,  and  to 
become  involved  in  meaningful  projects  in  the 
community.  Centers/institutes  strengthen  the 
research  and  public  ser\'ice  missions  of  die 
university  and.  therefore,  enhance  the  C|uality  of 
education.  A  current  listing  of  centers  and 
insdtutes  at  lUP  follows. 

►  .'Vmerican  Language  liisdtute 

►  Biotechnology  Research  Insdtutc 

►  Business.  Industry,  and  Labor  Program 

►  Cardiac  RehabilitaUon  Center 

►  Center  for  Applied  Psychology 

►  Center  for  E-Commerce  and  Technology 
Support 

►  Center  for  Economic  Educauon 

►  Center  for  Educational  and  Program 
EvaluaUon 

►  Center  for  Middle  Eastern  Studies 

►  Center  for  Research  in  Criminology 

►  Center  for  Research  in  Written 
Communication  and  TranslaUon 

►  Center  for  Statistics  EducaUon  in 
Pennsylvania  at  lUP 

►  Center  for  Teaching  Excellence 

►  Center  for  Video  Technology 

►  Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparadon 

►  Child  Study  Center 

►  Criminaljusdce  Training  Center 

►  Highway  Safeti.'  Center 

►  Institute  for  Research  and  Community 
Ser\'ice 

-  Applied  Research  Lab 

-  Archaeological  Services 

-  Community  Nutrition  Services 

-  Mid-Adaiitic  .'VddicDon  Training  Institute 

(M.\ATI) 

►  Instnicuonal  Design  Center 

►  Intercollegiate  .\thledc  Institute  for  Sports 
Camps 

►  lUP  Pine  Grove  Center 

►  Literacy  Center 

►  Management  Services  Group 

-  Center  for  Family  Business 

-  Goveniuient  Contracting  Assistance 

Program 

-  Small  Business  Development  Center 

-  Small  Business  Incubator 

-  Small  Business  Institute 

►  National  Emnroiiniental  Education  and 
Training  Center.  Inc.  (NEETC) 

►  PennsyK'ania  Center  for  the  Snidy  of  Labor 
Relations 


►  Pcnnnylvania/OSMA  Consulution  Prftgrain 

►  Software  Dcvelopmeni  Onlcr 

►  Spatial  Sciences  Research  Center 
^      Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

►  Teacher  Education  Center  for  Science, 
Madicnialics,  and  Technology 

University  Organization 

riic  iiii>v(  rsii>\  .iilmiMiMraiinii  i  ompri^es  four 
divisions:  Academic  Affairs.  Administration  and 
finance.  Institutional  A<lvanccmenl.  and  Student 
Affairs.  Information  about  Academic  Affairs  and 
Student  Affairs  afipears  in  this  catalog's  scctioru 
called,  respectively.  .Academic  Affairs  Division 
Areas  and  Student  Programs  and  Services. 
Infoniiatioii  about  the  odier  two  divisions 
appears  below. 

Administration  and  Finance  Division:  The 

Division  of  Adimnislration  ami  Finance  provides 
internal  and  external  constitiiciiLs  of  die 
university'  with  the  higlicst-i|iialily  services  in  die 
most  supportive  and  cost-effective  manner.  In 
contributing  toward  die  fulfillment  of  IL  P's 
mission  of  teaching,  research,  and  public  service, 
die  division  is  responsible  for  die  development, 
stewardship,  enhancement,  integrity,  and  stability 
of  die  university's  fiscal,  human,  and  physical 
resources. 

Major  responsibilities  of  the  division  are 
organized  and  operated  from  die  fi\e  distinct 
departments  of  Facilities  Management  Fiscal 
.Vffairs.  Human  Resources.  Campus 
Police/Public  Safety,  and  Printing  Center.  The 
physical  campus  consists  of  34 1  acres  and 
seventy-flve  major  buildings  on  the  main  campus 
in  Indiana  along  with  branch  campuses  located 
in  Punxsutav.ney  and  Kittanning. 

At  die  direction  of  President  LaviTence  K.  Pettit 
in  September  of  1993.  the  division  developed, 
directed,  coordinated,  and  produced  IL'P's 
Long-Range  Campus  Development  Plan.  The 
plan,  approved  and  published  in  February.  1 996, 
pennits  versatile  and  flexible  guidance  for  which 
the  physical  plant  and  facilities  can  be 
maintained  and  expanded  in  support  of  IL  P's 
academic  goals  and  aspirations  for  its  future.  The 
Long-Range  Campus  Development  Plan 
continues  to  guide  die  university  as  it  prepares 
effective  and  orderly  financial  plans  for 
implementing  die  proposed  changes  in  physical 
facihties. 

Institutional  .Advancement  Division:  The 

advancement  arm  of  die  universit)'.  the 
Institutional  .Advancement  Division  brings 
together  several  liinctional  areas.  The 
publications  and  image,  pubhc  relations,  media 
relations,  governmental  relations,  alumni  affairs, 
and  development  areas  stimulate  positive  regard 
for  the  university  and  acquire  new  resources. 
The  departments  feature  the  excellence  and 
achievement  of  facult)-.  students,  staff,  and  alumni 
and  engage  people  in  the  life  of  the  unrversit)'. 
Staff  members  and  volunteers  raise  private 
resources  that  can  influence  the  qualit)'  of  the 
academic  environment  and  of  student  and 
alumni  Ufe. 

The  Foundation  for  IL'P  is  the  nonprofit 
charitable  vehicle  steered  by  a  distinguished 
Board  of  Directors  dirough  which  the  charitable 
dollars  raised  bv  volunteers  and  staff  members 
are  passed  to  the  uni^■ersit)•  to  improve  the 
educational  and  learning  environment. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


THE    BRANCH    CAMPUSES 


The  Btdiicii  Campuses 


Patricia  D.  Scott, 

Dean  of  the  Armstrong  Campus 
Valarie  J.  Mancuso, 

Dean  of  the  Punxsutawney 
Campus 

lUP  operates  two  branch  campuses,  one  in 
Punxsutawney,  twenty-eight  miles  nortli  of  tlie 
Indiana  campus,  and  one  in  Kittanning,  twenty- 
eight  miles  west  of  the  Indiana  campus.  The  first 
branch  campus  was  estabhshed  in  1962  in 
Punxsutawney.  The  following  year  the 
Armstrong  campus  in  Kittanning  was  opened. 
The  Punxsutawney  campus  accommodates  200- 
225  students,  and  the  Armstrong  campus 
accommodates  300-3.50  students. 

Control  of  the  branch  campuses  is  direcdy  vested 
with  the  lUP  administration  and  Council  of 
Trustees.  Both  branch  campuses  carry  fiill 
accreditation  as  integral  parts  of  the 
undergraduate  programs  of  lUP.  Tliis  means  that 
courses  offered  at  the  branch  campuses  are  of  the 
same  quahty  as  those  offered  at  the  Indiana 
campus. 

Armstrong  Campus 

The  Armstrong  Campus  is  a  nonresidendal 
facility  with  the  primary  mission  of  meeting  the 
workforce-related  education  needs  of  Armstrong 
County  and  suiTounding  areas  in  manufacturing 
technologies,  computer-based  training,  and 
healdi-related  disciphnes.  It  is  the  workforce 
engine  for  the  county  and  surrounding 
communities.  pro\-iding  citizens  of  Armstrong 


County  with  access  to  higher  educational 
opportunities  diat  foster  economic,  professional, 
and  workforce  development.  Both  credit  and 
noncredit  programs  are  offered  at  the  Annstrong 
Campus,  with  special  emphasis  on  associate 
degrees,  graduate  degrees,  cerdficates,  and  liberal 
studies  courses  for  die  first-year  experience  for 
commuter  students.  Special  degrees,  sucli  as  die 
A.S.  in  Electro  Optics  and  the  A.A.S.  in  Electro 
Oprics,  are  offered  only  at  the  Armstrong 
Campus.  Graduate  programs,  such  as  the 
Masters  in  Education,  can  be  completed  entirely 
at  the  Armstrong  Campus.  Undergraduate 
prospective  students  who  wish  to  attend  the 
Armstrong  Campus  may  apply  for  admission  by 
requesting  an  application  from  the  Admissions 
Office,  while  prospective  graduate  students  who 
wish  to  attend  the  Armstrong  Campus  may  apply 
for  admission  by  requesting  an  apphcation  from 
the  Graduate  School  and  Research.  In  addition, 
requests  for  applications  may  be  made  to  dean  of 
the  campus.  The  address  follows: 

Annstrong  Campus 

lUP 

704  North  McKean  Street 

Kittanning,  PA  16201 

hHp://www.mp.edu/armstrong 

Programs  of  Study 

The  branch  campuses  of  lUP  offer  basic  Liberal 
Studies  courses  for  most  majors  in  the  various 
undergraduate  colleges  of  the  university. 
Students  may  schedule  a  full  program  for  the 
freshman  year  and  some  sophomore-level 
courses.  No  student  accepted  at  either  of  the 
branch  campuses  is  eligible  for  transfer  to  the 


Indiana  campus  until  he/she  has  completed  two 
semesters  and  has  attained  at  least  a  2.0  GPA  and 
earned  at  least  2 1  undergraduate  semester  hours. 

Faculty  advisors  and  administrators  at  the  branch 
campuses  are  available  to  advise  students  on 
their  instructional  programs  and  the  proper  time 
for  continuing  at  the  Indiana  campus. 

Admission 

Any  prospective  student  who  wishes  to  attend 
eidier  of  the  branch  campuses  instead  of  the 
Indiana  campus  may  apply  for  admission  by 
requesting  an  application  from  the  Admissions 
Office  or  from  die  dean  of  either  branch  campus. 
The  mailing  addresses  for  the  respective  branch 
campuses  follow: 

Annstrong  Campus  (listed  at  left) 

Punxsutawney  Campus 

lUP 

1010  Winslow  Street 

Punxsutawney,  PA  15767 

hltp://www. iup.edu/pHnxsulaumey 

Fees 

Branch  camjjus  students  pay  the  same  basic  fees 
as  Indiana  campus  students. 

Food  Service 

The  Pimxsutawney  campus  has  its  own  dining 
hall  within  the  residence  hall.  Meals  are  served 
seven  days  a  week  during  the  time  the  university 
is  in  session.  Residence  hall  students  as  well  as 
students  li\'ing  in  private  homes  and  apartments 
may  make  arrangements  to  take  meals  in  the 
dining  halls.  The  dining  service  is  operated  by 
the  same  food  service  contractor  as  on  die 
Indiana  campus. 

Housing 

The  Punxsutawney  Campus  has  privately  owned 
residence  halls  for  students  living  beyond 
commuting  distance.  Students  are  free  to  choose 
their  housing  from  all  available  sources,  which 
include  the  residence  halls  and  private  homes  or 
apartments  in  the  community.  A  list  of  rooms  and 
apartments  is  available  in  each  campus  director's 
office. 

Rules  and  Regulations 
Concerning  Student  Behavior 

Students  at  the  branch  campuses  are  subject  to 
the  same  rules  and  regulations  as  students  on  the 
Indiana  campus. 

Continuing  Education 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  plays  a 
significant  role  in  programming  Community- 
University  Studies  classes  (noncredit),  academic 
workshops,  and  institutes  in  the  Punxsutawney 
and  Kittanning  areas.  The  school  is  also 
responsive  to  the  needs  of  the  local  community 
dirough  credit  and  noncredit  activities. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,      2001-02 


ADMISSIONS    AND    REGlSf 


■--?3" 


Admissions  and  Reg 


Undergraduate  Admissions 
Policy 

GnKluates  of  an  aciicclitid  four-year  liijjli  school 
or  holders  of  a  GKD  tquivaleiuy  diploma  are 
qualified  to  apjily  for  admission  lo  Il'F'.  Students 
who  have  completed  the  jimior  year  of  higli 
school  mav  file  an  application  anv  time  after 
Julvl. 

ReqiiesLs  for  applications  and  catalogs 
should  be  addressed  to 

i    Office  of  Adntissions 
^;  Indiana  University  of  Peeuisylvania 
/  210  Pratt  Drive.  Suite  Hi 
■  Indiana,  PA  15705 
1-800-442-6830  or  724-357-2230 

The  Atlmissions  Committee,  giving  equal 
opportunity  to  all  students,  will  lake  the 
following  criteria  into  consideration  when 
reviewing  eacli  application:  SAT  or  ACT  scores, 
class  rank,  grades,  high  school  counselor 
recommendations,  faculty-  recommendations, 
extracurricular  activities,  and  other  pertinent 
information  diat  would  be  helpliil  to  tire 
Admissions  Committee  in  making  decisions. 
SAT  or  .^CT  scores  arc  not  rec|uired  for 
transfers,  veterans,  or  applicants  who  have 
graduated  from  high  school  more  than  five  years 
before  applying.  However,  liigh  school  and  all 
previous  college  transcripts  are  required  of  all 
applicaiits. 

Aldiough  die  university  does  not  require  a 
specific  number  of  higli  school  credits  in 
particular  subject  areas,  applicants  are  strongly 
urged  to  take  die  usual  college  preparatory 


program  in  high  school.  Applicants  should  also 
take  any  available  high  school  courses  in  die  field 
of  dieir  intended  major.  Certain  majors  at  lUP 
require  completion  of  a  foreign  language  at  the 
intennediate  level  in  order  to  earn  a  bachelor's 
tlegree.  The  .Admissions  Committee  does  not 
require  an  applicant  to  take  a  foreign  language  in 
high  school  for  admission  to  these  majors. 

.Applications  arc  considered  by  die  Admissions 
Committee  on  a  rolling  basis.  Under  a  rolling 
ailmissions  policy,  applicadons  are  reviewed  as 
diey  become  complete.  Decisions  can  range  from 
automaUc  acceptance,  to  request  for  additional 
infonnauon,  to  other  alternatives,  widi  a  May  1 
deadUne  for  tuition  deposits. 

.Vcademically  ((ualified  applicants  to  die 
departments  of^  Art.  Music,  and  Theater  will  be 
admitted  to  die  university  by  die  Admissions 
Committee.  However,  admission  to  the  requested 
major  will  be  subject  to  die  acceptance  by  die 
Department  of  .Art  after  a  portfolio  re\-iew  and  by 
the  deparuiients  of  Music  and  Theater  after  an 
audition.  StudeiiLs  will  receive  infonnation  from 
die  Art,  Music,  and  Theater  departments 
concerning  auditions  and  portfoho  reviews  once 
diey  have  been  accepted  to  lUP. 

Freshman  Applications 

.Applications  lor  admission  » ill  be  av-adable  after 
July  1  following  die  student'sjunior  year  of  high 
school. 

.All  persons  expecting  to  apply  for  freshman 
admission  to  lUP  should  plan  to  take  die  SAT  or 
ACT  test  during  their  junior  and/or  early  part  of 
their  senior  vear.  The  Admissions  Committee 


recommends  dial  students  uke  the  tests  more 
than  once.  Tlie  committee  considers  the  hi^est 
scores  from  all  tests  taken. 

.Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  .ACT  tests  can 
be  made  through  die  high  school  principal  or 
counselor,  or  by  writing  to  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board.  Box  592.  Princeton.  NJ 
08540  or  .American  College  Testing.  P.O.  Box 
168.  Iowa  City.  l.A,  52243  for  an  information 
pamphlet  and  a  test  registration  form. 

In  order  for  the  test  scores  to  be  recei\ed  by  IL P. 
the  applicant  should  designate  lUP  on  the  lest 
registration  form  as  one  of  die  universities  to 
receive  the  scores,  or  die  applicant  can  request 
that  his  or  her  school  counselor  forward  test 
scores  lo  the  .Admissions  Office. 

The  applicant  should  give  die  completed 
application  form  and  die  nonrefimdable  $30 
application  fee  payable  to  I  UP  to  his/her  high 
school  counselor  or  principal.  Tlie  counselor  or 
principal  should  mail  die  application  and 
complete  packet  of  admissions  materials  to  the 
lUP  Office  of  .Admissions.  210  Pratt  Drive.  Suite 
16.  Indiana.  PA  15705. 

Early  Admission 

The  Earlv  .Admissions  Program  permits  students 
to  enroll  as  college  freshmen  after  completing  the 
juiuor  vear  in  high  school.  Early  admission 
apphcations  must  originate  with  die  student  s 
high  school  counselor  and  principal.  .Admission 
consideration  will  be  given  lo  those  applications 
wluch  contain  a  statement  indicating  e-xphcit 
approval  by  the  high  school  principal.  .Applicants 
are  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  The 
universitv  Admissions  Committee  will  exercise 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE'    CATALOG.     2001-02 


10       ADMISSIONS    AND    REGISTRATION 


tlif  liiialjiidgnieiit  as  to  university  acceptance 
after  a  personal  interview  \\\\h  tlie  applicant. 
Early  admission  candidates  are  required  to 
arrange  for  two  separate  interviews  with 
Admissions  counselors  as  part  of  tlie  application 
procedure. 

Processing  the  Application 

1 )  The  .Admissions  Committee  reviews,  widi 
care  and  understanding,  each  of  tlie  several 
thousand  applications  that  are  submitted 
each  year. 

2)  Decisions  on  applicaUons  are  made  on  a 
rolling  basis. 

3)  Applicants  who  are  admitted  to  lUP  may  be 
invited  to  attend  a  program  on  campus  to 
receive  general  information  arid  discuss  their 
academic  and  career  plans  with  the  college 
dean,  faculty  representadve  of  tlieir 
respective  major,  or  odier  advisors. 

4)  \  $75  nonrehindable  tuition  deposit  is  due 
from  all  incoming  students.  This  advance 
deposit  payment  will  be  credited  toward  the 
applicant's  tuition. 

Transfer  Admissions 

A  student  who  lias  been  attending  another 
institution  of  higher  educaUon  and  wishes  to 
transfer  to  lUP  must  submit  an  apphcation  vvith 
the  $30  application  fee,  official  transcripts  of  all 
postsecondary  educational  work,  and  an  official 
high  school  transcript. 

All  admissions  decisions  are  made  on  a  rolling 
basis  by  the  Admissions  Committee.  Under  a 
rolhng  admissions  policy,  applications  are 
reviewed  as  they  become  complete.  Decisions 
can  range  from  automatic  acceptance,  to  request 
for  additional  infonnadon,  to  other  alternadves. 

Transfer  applicadons  (twelve  or  more 
postsecondary,  college  credits  attempted)  are 
reviewed  on  tlie  basis  of  college  coursework 
completed.  Transfers  are  required  to  have  at  least 
a  cumuladve  2.0  GPA  on  a  4.0  scale  (C  average) 
from  all  schools  previously  attended  for 
admission  to  most  programs.  The  teacher 
certificaUon  program  requires  a  minimum  2.5 
cumulative  GPA  from  all  schools  previously 
attended. 

The  evaluation  of  credits  from  odier  institutions 
of  higher  education  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  the  academic  college 
dean  who  has  jurisdiction  over  the  student's 
desired  major.  Normally,  courses  considered  for 
transfer  are  only  those  taken  from  institutions 
which  are  accredited  by  the  sbc  regional 
accrediting  agencies.  Each  course  is  evaluated 
separately.  The  evaluation  includes  a  review  of 
the  description,  semester  hours,  and  grade  of 
each  course  along  widi  the  apphcability  of  the 
course  to  the  student's  major  at  lUP.  However, 
only  credits  transfer,  not  grade-point  average.  It 
has  been  the  pohcy  of  the  universit)-  diat  only 
courses  widi  a  "C"  or  higher  grade  will  be 
accepted,  except  for  two-year  associate  degree 
graduates  of  state-supported  communitv'  colleges 
in  Pennsylvania.  No  matter  how  many  credits  are 
transferable,  die  student  must  satisfy  all  of  the 
degree  requirements  falling  into  the  categories  of 
(1)  university  requirements,  (2)  college 
requirements,  and  (3)  deparmient  requirements. 


University  requirements:  Since  all  students  are 
obliged  to  fulfill  a  basic  program  in  Liberal 
Studies  consisting  of  53-58  semester  credit  hours 
and  there  is  a  reasonable  degree  of  flexibility  in 
the  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  die  transfer 
evaluator  and  the  college  deans  will  look  to  this 
area  first  for  appUcable  credits  for  transfer.  Most 
introductory  courses  are  generally  equivalent. 

Transferring  to  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational 
Technology 

Students  who  transfer  from  odier  colleges  and 
universities  to  lUP  and  the  College  of  Education 
and  Educational  Technolog)'  must  complete 
application  for  Step  1  of  the  3-Step  Process. 
Admission  to  Teacher  Certification  Program. 
The  appropriate  forms  will  be  sent  to  students 
by  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  after  diey  have  been  accepted. 

Only  students  who  have  completed  Step  1  of  die 
3-Step  Process  are  eUgible  to  take  Core 
Education  coursework.  In  some  programs, 
students  must  meet  diese  requirements  to  take 
professional  courses  as  well.  Students  should 
consult  widi  the  department  chairperson  and/or 
program  coordinator  for  dieir  specific  program. 

Students  who  do  not  meet  the  cumulative  GPA 
of  2.6  are  not  ehgible  for  admission  to  die 
College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology.  Students  should  reapply  for 
admission  when  deficiencies  have  been  met. 

Students  should  direct  questions  to  the 
deparmient  chairperson  and/or  program 
coortlinator  for  die  selected  major. 

Residency  Requirements  for 
Awarding  of  Degrees 

The  university  requires  diat  at  least  45  semester 
hours,  generally  including  the  last  30  semester 
hours  in  a  student's  curriculum,  must  be  earned 
by  enrollment  in  courses  at  lUP;  15  of  these 
semester  hours  must  be  in  die  student's  major.  It 
should  also  be  noted  that  for  communit)-  college 
graduates  a  maximum  of  60  credit  hours  are 
transferable  to  this  institution  for  the  purpose  of 
ftdfilhng  a  specific  program  of  study.  Excess 
semester  hours,  if  any.  may  be  transferred  but 
cannot  be  used  for  fiilfiUing  the  minimum 
requirements  for  the  degree. 

To  remain  in  good  academic  standing,  transfer 
students  must  meet  die  same  GPA  requirements 
as  those  specified  for  all  other  undergraduate 
students.  See  section  entitied  "Criteria 
Governing  Continuance  at  lUP." 

The  university  accepts  semester  hours  associated 
with  "D"  grades  only  when  they  are  part  of  a 
completed  associate  degree  earned  at  a  publicly 
owned  conmiunity  college  in  Pennsylvania. 
These  "D"  grades  will  be  treated  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  earned  at  lUP.  This  articulation 
policy  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  State  College 
and  University'  Directors  in  1.973. 


Part-Time  Study  (Nondegreej 

Part-time  undergraduate  smdy  is  available 
through  die  School  of  Continuing  Education  to 
any  high  school  graduate  or  holder  of  a  GED 
Equivalency  Diploma.  No  SAT  scores  are 
required.  Note:  A  TOEFL  Score  is  required  as 
part  of  die  application  for  an  individual  whose 
nativ'e  language  is  other  than  English.  Those  who 
are  not  U.S.  citizens  must  submit  a  notarized 
copy  of  their  current  visa  and  1-94  card  or  alien 
resident  card. 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Part-time 
Studies  Program  and  must  be  submitted  with 
documentation  direcdy  to  die  School  of 
Continuing  Education  by  August  1 5  for  die  fall 
semester  and  December  1 5  for  the  spring 
semester.  A  $30  application  fee  is  required. 
Applications  submitted  after  established  dates 
are  not  guaranteed  consideration. 

Transfer  students  may  also  apply  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education  for  part-time  study  and 
must  submit  official  transcripts  for  all  previous 
college  work  attempted.  An  overall  2.0  GPA  is 
required. 

A  student  in  the  Part-time  Studies  Program  is 
hniited  to  a  semester  enrollment  of  no  more  than 
1 1  semester  hours  and  must  apply  for  formal 
admission  to  a  degree  program  before  30  lUP 
semester  hours  have  been  earned.  Applications 
for  degree  candidacy  must  be  filed  by  the 
midterm  point  of  the  fall  or  spring  semester 
preceding  candidacy.  Specific  requirements  for 
GP.A  and  lUP  credit  vary  by  degree  program. 
The  minimum  credit  criteria  to  apply  for 
consideration  for  degree  candidacy  are  as 
follows: 

High  School  Diploma  or  GED 

15  lUP  semester  hours  2.0  GPA 

Veteran  (DD-214  required) 

9  lUP  semester  hours  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 2  or  more  semester  hours) 

9  lUP  semester  hours  2.0  GPA 

Transfer  (with  1 1  or  less  semester  hours) 

15  lUP  semester  hours  2.0  GPA 

Note:  A  student  who  has  applied  and  has  been 
admitted  by  the  Office  of  Admissions  to  a  branch 
campus  is  not  eligible  to  apply  to  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 

Program  for  Visiting  High  School 
Students 

lUP  permits  die  exceptional  high  school  student 
to  preview  university  life  and  earn  regular  college 
credit  on  a  limited  nondegree  basis.  The  student 
must  have  completed  the  sophomore  year  with  a 
minimum  of  a  "B"  average  and  have  die  written 
support  of  the  high  school  principal  or  guidance 
counselor.  The  parameters  of  the  student's 
enrollment  are  defined  in  consultation  widi  die 
appropriate  high  school  official  and  are  limited  to 
a  maximum  of  9  semester  hours  per  semester. 
For  ftirther  information,  contact  the  School  of 
Continuing  Education. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


ADMISSIONS    AND    REGISTRATION        // 


Post-Baccalaureate  Studies 
(Undergraduate) 

11.1  I'osiH.ic.  mI.imkmK  SliKlicH  I'lOKiain 
{irciviclcs  ucccs.s  to  iirRlcrjrracliialt.'  cniirscH  to 
iiidivicliials  who  have  an  earned  l)accalaurcatc 
decree.  Students  may  l)e  seekiiin  a  Hctiitid 
bachelor's  dej;ree,  an  addilional  leailier 
ccrtifitatioii,  or  personal  enrii  hnieiil.  Suiclent.s 
may  enroll  on  a  full-  or  part-time  jiasls  based  on 
personal  prctcrence  and  availability  of 
coursework. 

Applications  are  available  troni  the  School  of 
Continniti);  Kducation.  A  completed  application 
and  ollicial  tianscript.s  ol'all  previous 
inider)i;radnate  conrsework  must  be  submitted 
lor  review  by  August  If)  for  fall  semester  and 
December  15  for  .spring  semester.  Applications 
not  submitted  by  established  <lates  arc  not 
guaranteed  consideration.  A  $.'J0  application  fee 
is  re<iuired.  The  fee  is  waived  for  graduates  of 
1 1  IP. 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

A  stiidcnl  uilli  ,,..  cirncd  bar,  .iLiurclc  degree 
who  wishes  to  complete  the  rei|uirements  for  a 
second  or  subsequent  bachelor's  degree  must 
make  application  and  submit  olTiciiJ  transcripts 
indicating  degree(s)  awarded.  The  student  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  thirty  additional  lUP 
credits  beyond  those  earned  in  his/lier  initial 
bachelor's  degree  and  meet  the  reiiuirements  for 
graduation  established  by  die  academic 
department  and  college  in  which  tlie  new  degree 
is  to  be  earned.  It  is  not  possible  to  receive  two 
or  more  baccalaureate  degrees  simultaneously. 
However,  a  student  may  complete  one  or  more 
secondary  majors  while  earning  die  primary 
degree. 

Teacher  Certification 

.\  student  with  an  canud  nonteaching 
baccalaureate  degree  who  wishes  to  complete  die 
requirements  for  Instructional  Level  I 
certification  must  apply  as  a  second  bachelor's 
degree  student.  A  minimum  cumulative  GP.\  ol 
2.6  is  required  for  consideration  for  admission. 
To  earn  Instructional  Level  I,  die  student  must 
satisfactorily  comiilctc  the  prescribed  courses  in 
an  lUP  degree  certilication  program  at  a 
minimum  cumulative  GPA  ol  2.6  and 
successtiilly  pass  die  National  Teacher 
Examinadon. 

A  currendy  Pennsylvania-certitied  teacher  who 
wishes  to  add  a  new  area  of  certification  may 
apply  to  die  School  of  CoiiUnuing  Education 
under  die  categon,'  teacher  certification. 
Individuals  admitted  to  an  additional  teacher 
cerufication  will  follow  an  individually  planned 
and  approved  course  of  study. 


Immunization  Requirements 

SlndeiitJ)  are  rc<|uircd  to  complclc  a  Student 
I  leaUh  Form  documenting  immunization  otiituA. 
Sec  I  leaUli  Scrviceit  information  in  »e(  lion 
"Stiulenl  Pmgramn  and  Services." 

Readmission  Policy  for 
Students  Who  Withdraw  from 
the  University  Voluntarily 

( .i.idu,.lc  slud.i.ls  «islinig  lo  rcliirii  In  the 
university  must  contact  the  (iraduate  School  at 
72  )-.).'>7-2222  for  specific  instruclionH.  Si  liool  of 
Oontiiiuing  Education  students  should  contact 
die  School  of  Continuing  Education  at  724-.'}.'57- 
2292. 

■All  other  undergraduate  students  who  have 
withdraw  II  from  the  university,  or  were  not 
enrolled  during  die  previous  regular  semester, 
must  complete  an  Application  for  Rcadmi.ssion 
available  in  die  Office  of  the  Registrar,  Clark 
I  lall,  or  by  calling  724-.J57-2377.  During 
evening  or  weekend  htmrs.  you  may  call  this 
same  number  and  leave  your  name  and  address 
and  a  form  will  be  prompUy  mailed  to  you.  The 
readmission  deadline  for  the  Spring  semester  is 
December  1 ,  and  for  the  Fall  semester  is  July  20. 

All  outstanding  financiid  obligauons  to  die 
university  must  be  met  before  your  Ai)plicaUon 
for  Readmission  will  be  processed.  Due  to 
enrollment  restricuons,  requests  for  readmission 
to  Nursing  or  die  College  of  Fine  Arts  will  be 
forwarded  for  approval  by  a  representative  from 
diat  department  or  college. 

Reiiuests  for  readmission  for  academically 
dismissed  students  will  be  forwarded  to  die 
Office  of  the  Dean  of  die  college  in  which  die 
student  was  enrolled  at  the  time  of  dismissal  for  a 
decision  on  die  students  readmission. 

Readmitted  students  who  have  not  been  enrolled 
for  two  years  or  more  may  petition  their  college 
dean  for  application  of  the  Canceled  Semester 
Policv.  Students  who  have  not  been  enrolled  for 
more  than  five  years  may  petition  dieir  college 
dean  to  return  under  the  Fresh  Start  PoUcy. 
Students  must  pay  fees  and  attend  classes  before 
a  designated  semester  will  be  canceled  or  die 
fresh  start  policy  will  take  effect. 

Once  your  application  for  readmission  has  been 
approved,  you  will  be  sent  instructions  on  how 
and  when  to  register. 

As  a  student  readmitted  to  IL  P.  you  are 
encouraged  to  complete  the  Free  .Application  for 
Federal  Student  .Aid  (F.AFS.A)  to  determine  your 
financial  aid  eligibilit)'.  Your  financial  aid 
eligibility  will  be  based  on  your  financial  need,  as 
determined  by  the  FAFSA,  and  your  prior 
academic  record. 

If  you  have  previously  attended  a  postsecondary 
school  or  schools  odier  than  lUP,  a  Financial  Aid 
Transcript  must  be  completed  by  this  previous 
school  and  sent  to  die  lUP  Financial  .Aid  Office. 


The  Summer  Sessions 

rill  iiiiiiiiiLr  mIiooI  progiaiii  at  III'  it  dcmgned 
to  meet  the  nccil"i  of  many  itiiileiiU.  (^oiirw*. 
workjihopii,  and  seminar*  arc  offered  in  die 
liberal  art«,  tenchcr  education,  and  other  ficlda  of 
study. 

(;ontiiiuing  niiiventity  stiidcntA.  int  hiding  newly 
admitted  freshmen,  who  wi»h  to  accelerate  dieir 
program  of  studies  will  find  bodi  Liberal  Studies 
and  special  courses  in  all  fields  of  study.  SludcnU 
from  other  colleges  and  universities  may  miu: 
courses  at  IIJP:  however,  diey  arc  advised  l/i  fir»l 
ensure  that  dieir  home  institution  will  transfer 
such  credits  earned  at  IL'P. 

Teachers-in-service  will  find  courses  in  the 
summer  program  to  serve  a  variety  of  needs. 
They  may  enroll  to  qualify  for  |>cmiancnt 
certification,  take  refresher  courses  in  Uicir  field 
of  specialization,  or  take  courses  for  the  purpose 
of  extending  their  certification  to  a  new  field. 

The  Summer  Sessions  Schedule  can  be  viewed 
on  the  World  Wide  Web  at 
htlp://niu'n:inp.idu/summfr.  Contact  the 
Scheduling  (Center.  Clark  Hall  (toll-free  nunil>er 
888-800-.3190)  for  more  information. 

Attendance  at  summer  sessions  undergraduate 
school  is  open  to  all  students  but  docs  not 
constitute  admission  or  readmission  for 
continuing  registration  in  die  fall  and/or  spring 
semesters.  Il'P  students  with  less  dian  a  2.0 
cumulative  GP.A  must  receive  approval  from  their 
dean's  office  before  attending  summer  courses. 
Non-HP  students  who  desire  admission  must 
obtain  an  application  through  die  Office  of 
.Admissions  or  the  School  of  Continuing 
Exlucation,  as  appropriate.  Students  who  desire 
readmission  for  the  fall  semester  must  apply  to 
die  Registrars  Office  by  die  precedingjuly  20 
and  bv  December  1  for  the  spring  semester. 

English  Language  Programs  for 
International  Students  and 
Visitors 

The  .American  Language  Institute  (.\LI)  offers 
se\eral  noncredit.  intensive  English  programs  for 
international  students  and  visitors  fi-om 
beginning  through  ad>'aiiced  levels  each 
semester 

The  English  for  .Academic  Purposes  Program 
{E.AP)  is  for  apphcants  seeking  to  prepare 
diemselvcs  for  study  at  any  L'.S.  college  or 
university-.  Enrollment  in  fall  and  spring  semester 
is  for  fourteen  weeks  (20  hrs/wk).  Midsemesler 
admission  is  possible  with  die  approval  of  die 
director  In  sununer  semester,  programs  are 
offered  for  ten  weeks.  Students  are  placed  at 
beginner,  intermediate,  or  advanced  levels  by 
proficiency  tests  at  die  start  of  each  program.  .An 
institutional  TOEFL  is  administered  at  the 
conclusion  of  each  semester 

The  -ALI  also  offers  two  less  intensi\e  programs: 
English  for  Specific  Purposes  (ESP)  for  graduate 
students  entering  speciahzed  fields  and  EngUsh 
for  \'isitors  (E\')  for  visiting  professionals  who 
seek  improvement  in  Enghsh  while  experiencing 
fife  in  the  U.S.  Special  part-time  credit  programs 
can  be  arranged. 

Cocurricular  social  and  cultural  programs  are 
offered  to  all  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


12       FINANCES 


DENT  Fl 


.ANC!'^^  en 


tRVlCES 


REGISTRAR /SCHEDULING /FINANCIAL/ 


Finances 


Institutional  Fees* 

*'nic  university  riscrx'cs  tlir  right  to  change  its 
fees  without  notice.  For  the  most  current  fee 
schedule,  see  www.iup.edu/stufinancialserv. 

The  tuition  and  fees  set  forth  in  tliis  section  were 
those  in  effect  in  May,  2001 .  The  fee  schedule  is 
subject  to  change;  these  figures  are  to  be 
considered  simply  as  an  estimate.  A  current  fee 
schedule  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  die 
Admissions  Oflice.  lUP,  by  phoning  724-357- 
2230,  or  by  visiting  our  website  at 
h  ttp://wiow.  ittp.  edu/stufina  n  ciaiwrv. 

Tuition 

The  tuition  for  all  fiill-time  in-state  students  is 
$  1 ,896  per  semester.  This  covers  die  keeping  of 
student  records,  use  of  the  fibrarv-,  student 
welfare,  and  laboratory  facilities.  An  addiuonal 
$  1 58  per  semester  hour  will  be  charged  for 
undergraduate  semester  hours  scheduled  in 
excess  of  eighteen.  The  tuition  for  part-time  in- 
state undergraduate  students  is  $158  per 
semester  hour.  A  part-time  undergraduate 
student  is  one  taking  1 1  or  fewer  semester  hours. 
See  the  sections  on  .■\dmissions  and  Registration 
and  on  Academic  PoUcies  for  fi^irther  information 
concerning  part-time  students. 

Out-of-state  fidl-time  students  pay  tuition  of 
$4,740  per  semester.  An  additional  $395  per 
credit  will  be  charged  for  semester  hours  in 
excess  of  eighteen.  The  tuition  for  part-time  out- 
of-state  students  is  $395  per  semester  hour.  The 
definition  of  an  in-state  student  is  based  on 


doinicile.  An  in-state  student  is  one  who  has 
been  domiciled  in  Pennsylvania  for  at  least  one 
year  preceding  attendance  at  any  institution  of 
higher  education  in  die  state  of  PennsyK-ania.  X 
minor  is  presumed  to  have  die  domicile  of 
his/lier  parents  or  legal  guardian.  Students  who 
have  any  question  whatsoever  concerning  their 
domicile  should  read  die  official  text  of  the  rules, 
as  published  in  Volume  22,  Pennsylvania  Code, 
Section  507.1  through  507.11. 

Audit  Fee 

Full  standard  fees  will  be  assessed  for  each 
course  audited,  exception  being  persons  on 
Social  Security  or  equivalent  retirement  benefit, 
who  will  be  given  remission  of  basic  fees  for  such 
classes  where  space  is  available. 

Bad  Check  Cliarge 

Students  making  checks  payable  to  "Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania"  which  are  not 
acceptable  to  the  bank  for  any  reason  will  be 
charged  $  1 0  for  each  bad  check  in  the  amount  of 
$.01  to  $49.99  and  $20  for  bad  checks  written 
for  $50  or  more. 

Dining  Plan  Fee 

The  semester  fees  for  dining  plans,  etfective 
June,  2001.  are: 

►  Plan  A/F- 1 9  meals  a  week  +  $  1 00 

in  Flex  money  $883 

►  Plan  B/F- 1 4  meals  a  week  + 

$150  in  Flex  money  $887 

►  Plan  B-14  meals  a  week  $737 


►  Plan  C/F— Any  1 65  meals  a  semester 

+  $150  in  Flex  money  $874 

►  Plan  D/F— Any  10  meals  a  week 

+  $200  in  Flex  money  $906 

►  Plan  E/F— Any  75  meals  a  semester 

+  $150  in  Flex  money  $589 

Meals  provided  through  diese  plans  are  for  the 
use  of  the  contract  holder  only. 

Flex  money  can  be  carried  fi'om  fall  to  spring 
semester:  however,  any  portion  not  used  by  the 
end  of  the  spring  semester  will  be  forfeited.  Flex 
may  be  used  for  guests. 

Educational  Service/Facilities  Fee 

A]\  students  are  charged  an  educational  service 
fee  to  support  academic  equipment  and  library 
resources.  In  order  to  support  maintenance  and 
repair  projects,  recreational  facilities,  and  the 
advancement  of  technologies,  all  students  are 
also  assessed  a  facilities  fee.  These  fees  are 
combined  into  one  Instnictional  Fee  wliich  is 
equal  to  1 0  percent  of  the  undergraduate  in-state 
tuition  rate. 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy 

Registration  is  not  complete  until  a  student  pays 
the  fee  for  such  registration  and  the  university 
reserves  for  itself  die  right  to  bar  a  nonpayiiig 
student  from  classes.  When  it  has  been 
determined  during  die  course  of  a  semester  diat  a 
student's  accoinit  has  become  delintiuent  from 
accrued  charges,  die  Registrars  Office  will  be 
notified  of  this  delinquency  and  advised  to 
refrain  (roiii  reporting  the  student's  grades  and 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


FINA 


""WW 


13 


from  i.sNiiiiitr  any  traiiscnpts  loi  ili.ii  sttitlfiit  h 
vvcirk  until  the  (ltliii<|iicnl  anuinil  lus  l)icM 
satiHlicd.  Kaciilly  nicnibcm  will  conllniic  in 
sul>niit  a  );iailc  for  llic  financially  (l(;liri(|iicnl 
sludcnl;  liowivir.  rci|nistH  Iniin  shiiltnl.'.  will  mil 
lie  lionorcil,  and  ollii  iai  ii|i(irl»  will  lit-  rclca»i-<l 
liy  till-  llij!,istrar's  ( jfliii'  only  afii-r  tlu-  stntlcnl 
lias  ilearid  liis  or  litr  aiciiunt  or  lias  f»lal)li»lii(l 
a  iiaymtnl  plan  Malisfactory  l<i  tlic  Accounls 
lU.iivalil.OHi.c, 

Health  Services  Fee 

Till'  inaii<laloi\  sni<l<iil  luallli  Ice  is  assessed 
each  semester  liased  n|>on  enrollment  status  at 
tlic  university.  Kull-timc  imderRradnates  arc 
asscsscti  Fee  A  aiul  |iart-tiinc  inidcrnraduates  arc 
assessed  Fee  K. 

►  Health  .Service  Fee  A:  .$H;}  (mandatory  for 
all  full-tiinc  underjrraduate  students). 
Includes  most  clinical  and  educational 
services  as  well  as  dispensiu);  of  most 
commonly  prcscrihed  medications  ordered 
by  the  Health  Center  medical  providers. 
The  hcaUh  service  docs  not  fill  prescriptions 
ordered  l)y  outside  medical  providers. 

►  Health  Service  Fee  B;  $;51  (mandatory  for  all 
part-time  underj^radnate  students  and  full- 
time  graduate  students).  'Flie  fee  offers  self- 
care  cold  clinic,  flu  shots.  TB  tests,  and 
heakh  and  wellness  proj;rainminj;. 

►  Several  services  are  available  on  a  fee-lor- 
servicc  basis. 

Students  enrolled  in  Health  Service  Fee  B  have 
the  option  of  upgrading  their  service  by  paying 
Fee  A  or  diey  may  choose  to  pay  a  per-visit  fee. 
Spouses  of  lUP  students  may  enroll  in  A,  B,  or 
pay  a  per-visit  fee.  The  student  heakh  fee  is 
waived  on  a  scinester-by-semester  basis  only  for 
students  living  more  dian  sixty  miles  from 
campus  or  who  are  on  internships  or  student 
teaching  assignments  at  a  site  more  diaii  diirty 
miles  from  campus.  Students  attending  branch 
campuses  have  healdi  fee  options  and  should 
contact  dieir  branch  campus  director.  For  further 
information  on  the  health  center,  contact  the 
University  Heakh  Senice  at  72-1-357-647.'). 

International  Student  Orientation  Fee 

Au  internaliorial  student  orientation  fee  of  $30 
will  be  charged  to  all  international  students  who 
register  lor  die  lUP  orientation  program  to 
support  associated  costs. 

Late  Registration  Fee 

Students  w  ho  desire  to  register  on  die  day  prior 
to  die  start  of  classes,  designated  by  die 
university  as  Late  Registration  Day,  will  be 
assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $50.  Students 
who  register  for  classes  after  completion  of  the 
university's  Late  Registration  Day  will  be 
assessed  a  Late  Registration  Fee  of  $  1 00. 
Exceptions  to  diis  fee  may  be  granted  by  the 
provost  or  designee  for  students  admitted  late  to 
the  universit\  for  reasons  deemed  appropriate  by 
tlic  provost  ,ir  designee. 

Medical  Technology 
Administrative  Fee 

A  fee  of  lip  to  $7")  will  he  chargeil  to  each 
student  enrolled  at  ll'P  but  attending  classes  at 
designated  clinical  faciliues.  Fees  are  $20  (1-3 
semester  hours),  $40  (4-()  semester  hours),  or 
$75  (7  or  more  semester  hours).  Tuition,  room, 
and  board  charged  for  dicse  students  should  be 
paid  by  die  student  direcdy  to  die  hospital 
institudon. 


Miscellaneous  Costs 

III  sonic  (oiiiscs.  siiidiiits  are  rti|nired  to  obtain 
supplies  and  materials  to  complete  coiir«e 
projects.  In  many  coursen,  a  student  may  make  a 
voluntary  contribution  to  a  cooperative  fund 
established  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  diese 
supplies  and/or  servites  al  a  lower  cost. 
l-A.iMipl.s  .lie  .11 rsis.  Held  trips,  etc. 

National  Student  Exchange 
Program  Fee 

\  oiii   Mine  S/'i  nonrefundable  fee  will  be 
iharged  to  III'  students  participadng  in  die 
National  Student  Exchange  Program.  Sliidenls 
attending  ll'P  under  the  National  Student 
F.xdi.inge  Program  will  be  charged  die 
IVniisylvania  resident  basic  fee  and  have  the 
application  fee  waived. 

Off-Campus  Instructional  Fee 

All  ,,11., pus  iiisinKiioiijI  (ee  of  10  percent  of 

die  undergraduate  in-sUite  tuitiim  rate  will  be 
charged  to  students  taking  courses  at  an  oll- 
canipus  site  and/or  using  disUnce  education 
technologv'  through  die  School  of  Continuing 
Education  to  cover  operaUng  costs  for  services 
and  Inslnii  lioiial  support  at  olT-campus  sites. 

Registration  Fee 

All  stuileiils  will  lie  charged  a  registraUon  fee  of 

$l't)  per  seiiiesler. 

Residence  Hall  Fee 

The  2001-02  academic  year  room  fees  for 
residence  hall  students  are  $1,103  a  semester  for 
a  double-occupancy  university  residence  hall 
room  and  $1,661  for  single  universit)'  residence 
hall  rooms.  Resident  stuclents  are  required  to 
have  a  dining  |)lan  and  can  select  from  five  plans 
(see  Dining  Fees). 

Student  Activity  Fee 

All  acli\  itv  fee  is  collected  ti-om  all  snidents  and 
adiiiiiustered  through  die  Student  Cooperative 
Association  under  regulations  approved  by  the 
Council  of  Tnistees.  This  fee  of  $125.50  per 
semester  covers  die  cost  of  student  acdvides  in 
adiletics,  lectures,  entertainment,  student 
pnblicaUons,  etc..  and  is  payable  in  one  sum  for 
the  semester.  The  Student  .\ctivity  Fee  is  $52  for 
part-ume  students.  These  fees  apply  to  Indiana 
campus  students  only.  Students  attending  die 
Armstrong  or  Punxsutawney  campuses  pay  $  1 1 9 
per  semester  lull-Ume  and  $45.50  part-Unie. 
(These  fees  are  subject  to  change  without  nodce 
during  die  academic  year.) 

Testing  Fee 

Each  entering  freshman  must  parucipate  in 
placement  tesuiig  during  die  summer 
immediately  preceding  die  student's 
matriculation  on  campus.  .\  fee  of  $75  is  assessed 
for  this  overnight,  t\vo-day  experience  for 
students  admitted  to  die  Indiana  campus. 
Parents  pay  a  nominal  fee  for  dieir  participation 
in  die  accompanying  parent  orientation  program. 
Branch  campus  students  participate  in  a  summer 
one-day  diagnostic  testing  experience  widi  a  fee 
of  $45.  Students  receive  information  about  die 
sumiiier  testing  program  prior  to  die  testing 
date(s).  Fees  are  included  in  die  regular  billing 
and  are  nonrelimdablc.  Please  see  die  catalog 
section  on  Orientation  for  fiirther  infonnation 
about  die  Summer  Orientation:  Preregistration 
Placement  Testing.  .Advising,  and  Course 
Selections  Program. 


Estimated  Expenses  Per  Semester 

InSliiU     OulofSlalf 

TuiUon  $1.H95  J-1-740 

Hou«ing  1,103  1.103 

McaU  H«3  8H.3 

Student  Activity  Fee  126  126 

Hcaldi  Fee  KO  HO 

Instructional  Fee    approx.  190  approx.  190 

Registration  Fee  20  20 

Book*  and  Supplies*  500 500 


$4,797 


$7,642 


MiaccUaneous  and  travel  ex(>en.«:»  would  be 
in  addition  to  the  above. 

*Cost  of  b<Mik.5  and  supplies  may  vary 
depending  on  major  and  class  enrollment. 


Summer  Sessions  Fees 
Basic  Fee 

The  basic  fee  lor  in-state  undergraduate  studcnUi 
enrolled  for  any  of  the  regular  summer  sessions  is 
$158  per  semester  hour.  The  basic  fee  for  out-of- 
state  undergraduate  students  is  $395  |x:r 
semester  hour. 

Summer  Dining  Plan  Fees 

The  five-week  session  dining  plan  fees  for 
summer.  200 1 .  are: 

►  Plan  A—  1 9  meals  a  week 

$244  (or  $48.80/week) 

►  Plan  B— Any  1 4  meals  a  week 
S2 30  (or  S46/week) 

►  Plan  D-Any  10  meals  a  week 
S220  (or  $44/weck) 

►  Plan  G— .\nv  5  meals  week 
$l35(orS27/week) 

Educational  Service/Facilities  Fee 

..\ll  students  are  charged  an  ediicauonal  senice 
fee  to  support  acadenuc  equipment  and  library 
resources.  In  order  to  support  maintenance  and 
repair  projects,  recreational  facilities,  and  die 
advancement  of  technologies,  all  students  are 
also  assessed  a  facilities  fee.  These  fees  are 
combined  into  one  Instructional  Fee  which  is 
equal  to  10  percent  of  the  undergraduate  in-state 
tuition  rate.  During  the  summer,  all  students  are 
charged  per  credit. 

Registration  Fee 

.\11  students  will  be  charged  a  registration  fee  of 
$20  for  die  summer  term. 

Residence  Hall  Fee 

The  2001  summer  uni\ersity  dorm  room  fees  arc 
$75  a  week  for  a  double-occupancy  room  and 
$  II 0  a  week  for  a  single  room.  Students  are 
charged  for  each  session  according  to  the 
number  of  weeks  they  will  require  housing. 
Resident  students  can  select  from  two  dining 
plans.  19  meals/week  or  14  meals/week. 

Student  Activity  Fee 

For  each  of  die  two  summer  sessions,  this  fee  is 
$40  per  session.  For  special  summer  courses,  the 
fee  is  $8  per  week. 

Student  Health  Fee 

Each  uiuierj^raduaic  and  graduate  student 
enrolled  in  lUP  summer  sessions  will  be  assessed 
$3  per  semester  hour  to  cover  "Health  Fee  B" 
(see  description  of  health  fees).  .\11  other  fees  are 
optional.  Contact  the  University  Health  Senice 
at  724-357-6475  for  fee  information. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


14       FINANCES 


Special  Fees 
Damage  Fee 

Students  are  responsible  for  damages,  breakage, 
loss,  or  delayed  return  of  university  property. 

Degree  Fee 

A  fee  of  $;30  will  be  charged  each  candidate  for  a 
degree  at  the  time  of  approval  of  application  for 
graduation.  This  fee  is  to  cover  costs  of 
preparing  diplomas  and  the  graduation 
ceremony. 

Examination  for  Credit  Fee 

A  fee  of  $40  will  be  assessed  for  each 
examination  taken  for  credit. 

Installment  Payment  Charge 

A  nonreftindable  fee  of  $30  per  semester  is 
charged  to  students  participating  in  die  monthly 
installment  pajTnent  plan,  and  a  $10  per 
semester  fee  is  charged  for  students  participating 
in  die  semi-semester  option  of  the  plan. 

Portfolio  Application/ 
Assessment  Fees 

A  fee  of  $15  will  be  charged  to  students  applying 
for  prior  learning  evaluation,  and  a  fee  equal  to 
one-half  of  tlie  prevailing  tuition  fee  will  be 
charged  for  all  semester  hours  granted  in  the 
portfolio  application. 

Teacher  Certification  Fee 

A  fee  of  $40  will  be  charged  to  cover  the 
administrative  and  recording  costs  for  the 
issuance  of  a  teaching  certificate  by  the 
Department  of  Education.  A  $25  fee  is  charged 
for  students  applying  for  out-of-state 
cerdfication. 

Transcript  Fees 

Applications  for  transcripts  must  be  made  only 
in  wridng  to  tlie  registrar,  eitlier  bv  U.S.  mail  or 
on  forms  available  at  die  Registrar's  Office  in 
Clark  Hall.  Such  requests  must  include 

1 .  Your  full  name  and  Social  Security  number 
as  of  your  graduaUon  or  termination  of 
enrollment  at  lUP.  (Please  note  any  name 
changes  since  graduadon.) 

2.  Your  present  address. 

3.  Whether  you  graduated  or,  if  not,  when  you 
were  enrolled. 

4.  The  lull  and  clearly  stated  name(s)  and 
address(es)  of  person(s)  to  whom  you  wish 
the  transcript(s)  sent. 

A  transcript  fee  of  $5  is  charged  for  each  copy. 
Checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  out  to 
Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Au 
additional  charge  will  be  assessed  for  express 
transcript  service.  Please  call  724-357-2217  for 
current  transcript  fee  informadon. 

Official  transcripts  (containing  signature  and 
university  seal)  will  not  be  issued  to  students 
direcdy.  The  university  will  attempt  to  mail 
official  transcripts  within  a  reasonable  time. 
However,  in  the  event  of  its  failure  to  do  so, 
damages  will  be  limited  to  the  fee,  if  any,  paid  by 
the  student  for  the  copy  or  copies  of  the 
transcript.  In  no  case  is  the  university 
responsible  for  consequenUal  damages. 


Billing  and  Payments 

All  bills,  including  basic  fee  and  housing  fee,  are 
payable  as  specified  on  die  billing  notice; 
students  have  several  payment  plan  options. 
Checks  or  money  orders,  in  die  exact  amount  of 
die  billing  nodce,  should  be  made  payable  to 
lUP  unless  odierwise  specified.  MasterCard, 
Visa,  and  Discover  cards  are  also  accepted.  Book 
Store  purchases  are  on  a  cash  basis. 

It  is  desired  that  paynients  for  the  endre  semester 
be  made  in  August  for  the  first  semester  and  in 
December  for  die  second  semester;  however,  for 
a  nominal  charge  an  installment  plan  is  available. 

Payment  of  Financial  Aid 

The  following  financial  aid  programs  can  be 
deducted  from  your  university  bill: 

Federal  Stafford  Loan 

Federal  PLUS  Loan 

Federal  Perkins  Loan 

Federal  Pell  Grant 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grant 

Pennsylvania  State  Grant 

lUP  scholarsliips 

Federal  Work  Study  earnings  are  paid  direcdy  to 
the  student  every  other  week  and  thus  are  not 
used  for  billing  purposes. 

All  other  financial  aid  is  paid  direcdy  to  the 
student's  account.  If  a  credit  balance  exists  after 
saUsfying  all  lUP  charges,  excess  fiinds  will  be 
reHmded  to  die  student  for  other  educadonal 
expenses. 

Delinquent  Accounts 

Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  for  any 
semester,  receive  transcripts,  or  graduate  until  all 
account  balances  have  been  paid  in  ftdl.  In 
addiUon,  credit  will  not  be  cerdfied  to  any  other 
insutudon  or  die  Department  of  Educadon  until 
all  overdue  accounts  have  been  paid.  A  late 
payment  fee  of  $10  for  each  day  past  the  due 
date  win  be  assessed  for  deUnquent  accounts  up 
to  a  maximum  of  $50.  The  same  regiiladons  will 
also  be  applied  to  inter-semester  payments. 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  leave  school 
before  die  close  of  a  semester  must  report  to  the 
Advising  and  Tesdng  Center  and  to  the 
Accounts  Receivable  Office  to  setde  all  unpaid 
accounts. 

lUP  Refund  Policy 

For  a  copy  of  lUP's  Refimd  Policy  or  a  sample 
relimd  calculadon,  please  contact  Student 
Financial  Serv-ices  at  724-357-2207.  The  Reftmd 
PoUcy  is  also  available  on  their  website  at 
www.  tup.  edu/stufinanciaherv. 

Financial  Aid 

The  Financial  Aid  Office,  located  at  Clark  Hall, 
offers  financial  informadon  and  counseling  to  all 
students  attending  lUP.  The  types  of  financial 
assistance  offered  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office 
include  student  employment,  educadonal  loans, 
and  grants.  Counseling  on  debt  management  and 
loan  repayment  opdons  is  also  available. 


Eligibility  Requirements 

The  general  requirements  for  linancial  aid 
eUgibility  include  die  following: 

1 .  Be  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-dme  basis  (6 
semester  hours  per  term)  except  for  the 
Federal  PeU  Grant  program. 

2.  Be  a  U.S.  cidzen,  national  or  permanent 
resident,  or  other  eligible  noncidzen. 

3.  Maintain  sadsfactory  academic  progress  in 
your  course  of  study. 

4.  Be  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment  in  an 
Associate  Degree,  Bachelor's  Degree,  Post- 
Baccalaureate  Teacher's  Cerdficadon 
program,  or  Post-Baccalaureate  Second 
Undergraduate  Degree  program. 

5.  Not  be  in  default  or  have  failed  to  make 
sadsfactory  arrangements  to  repay  any 
Federal  Student  Loans.  Not  owe  a 
repayment  on  a  Federal  Pell  Grant  or 
Federal  Supplemental  Educadonal 
Opportunit)'  Grant. 

6.  Not  have  borrowed  in  excess  of  any  Federal 
Loan  limits. 

7.  Register  with  the  Selecdve  Service 
Administradon,  if  required. 

8.  Have  a  valid  Social  Security  Number. 

Students  must  complete  a  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  prior  to  April  1 5  in 
order  to  receive  maximum  consideradon  for 
need-based  financial  aid  administered  through 
the  universit)'.  The  Tide  IV  school  code  for  lUP 
is  003277.  Addidonal  fomis  or  applicadons  may 
be  required  depending  upon  which  student  aid 
programs  are  being  sought.  Financial  aid  is 
available  for  both  the  regular  academic  year  and 
the  summer  sessions.  Separate  applicadons  for 
sunmier  school  aid  must  be  submitted  by  the 
student. 

Student  Responsibilities— Students  who  apply 

for  financial  aid  have  certain  responsibilides 
which  are  listed  below: 

1 .  Accurately  complete  and  submit  the 
appropriate  applicadon  forms  by  the 
published  deadline  dates. 

2.  Submit  requested  materials,  correcdons,  or 
new  informadon  on  a  timely  basis. 

3.  Meet  the  regidadons  and  repayment 
schedules  of  student  loans. 

4.  Inform  die  Financial  Aid  Office  of  any 
grants,  scholarships,  or  loans  received  from 
outside  organizadons. 

5.  Infonn  die  Financial  Aid  Office  of  any 
informadon  that  has  changed  since  applying 
for  aid. 

6.  Understand  the  satisfactory  academic 
progress  requirements  for  maintaining 
financial  aid  efigibifity. 

7.  Use  financial  aid  fiinds  for  educational 
purposes  onh'. 

Financial  Aid  Programs 
Available 

Financial  assistance  is  available  in  the  form  of 
grants  and  scholarships,  student  employment, 
and  educational  loans.  Each  of  diese  fimding 
sources  has  unique  characteristics  which  are 
explained  in  more  detail  below. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


Employment 

TIr'  Sliiilcnl  Kiii|il(<yjii('i>l  ( icjilci  is  avaibblc  (ii 
asui.il  sliidciils  ill  liiKliii^  jol>  ii|i|iiir(uiiitic»  on 
<'aiii|>ii»  or  ill  llic  liK  al  Kiiiiiiiiiiiily.  SukU'IiIs  may 
);aiii  access  lo  a  listing  ol  avail.jlilc  |iciHiliiMis  liy 
(loiiiK  any  of  llic  liillowiii);: 

►  asking;  Ici  review  llie  eni|iloyiiiciil  binder 
loialed  ill  llie  Stiideiil  l'',ni|iloviiient  Center 
in  the  ( )Hi.  e  ..(C.iirrr  Services.  Ml  IVatl 
Hall 

►  reviewing  ll.eliiillefiiil.o.inloiilside  die 
office 

►  pickiii);  lip  a  prinloiil  milside  i\h-  ollii  e  and 
indielolibyoiClatkllall 

►  aecessillj;  tile  on-line  joli  lisliiinal 
liltp://mni:iul).alu/aimr/\tmtrtitniil>li>\ 
mrnl.him  (21-lioiir  aicessihility) 

The  Stndent  Kinployiiieiit  (lenttr  also  assists 
students  in  finding;  suniiner  einployiiieiit.  During 
tlic  Spriiij;  semester,  a  Summer  job  Fair  is 
conducteil  which  gives  lUP  students  the 
opportunity  to  meet  widi  representatives  from  a 
variety  of  organizations  (i.e.,  camps,  amusement 
parks,  resorLs,  recreation  areas,  and  restaurants, 
to  name  a  few).  Representatives  of  many  local 
and  out-of-state  organizations  attend  die  fair. 
Infnnnation  is  available  in  the  Office  ot  Career 
Services. 

Students  may  be  employed  on  campus  for  up  to 
twenty-live  hours  per  week  when  classes  are  in 
session  and  up  to  forty  hours  per  week  during 
vacation  periotls.  When  classes  are  in  session, 
iiioM  stucUius  work  an  average  often  to  twelve 
lioiirs  per  week.  Students  are  paid  for  die  hours 
the)  ha\e  winkcil  ever)'  two  weeks. 
Undergraduate  students  are  paid  at  die  minimum 
wage  rate,  which  is  currendy  $5.15  per  hour. 

There  arc  t\vo  different  types  of  student 
cniplovincnt  on  campus:  Federal  Work  Study 
(FWSP)  and  University  Employment  (UE). 
Eligibility  for  FWSP  is  based  on  financial  neetl, 
which  is  determined  by  the  Frte  Application  for 
Fedfrat  ShidenI  Aid.  k  FWSP  application  must 
also  be  com])leted  in  the  Financial  ."^id  Office. 
For  students  who  do  not  demonstrate  financial 
need  but  who  would  still  like  to  work  on  campus, 
there  is  a  UE  program,  which  also  otTers  students 
die  opportunity  to  work.  Interested  students 
should  apply  direcdy  to  die  campus  department 
in  which  diey  would  like  to  work. 

\  Federal  W<irk  Study  award  may  aiTcct  your 
eligibility  for  student  loans.  For  more  specific 
iiiforniation  on  how  a  Federal  Work  Study  award 
would  impact  your  loan  eligibility,  inquire  at  the 
Financial  Aid  counter  in  die  lobby  of  Clark  Hall 
or  by  e-mail  at  finannal-aid@pvi'e. iup.edu. 

Off-campus  einpUniiient  opportuiiiues  vary  by 
organization,  as  do  die  hourly  wages  and  hours 
worked  per  week. 

Community  Service  Program— This 

employment  program  places  FWSP-ehgible 
sludetits  in  comiuuiiity  service  positions 
available  both  on  and  off  campus.  In  addiuoii  to 
earning  money,  students  gain  practical  work 
experience  related  to  their  academic  major.  The 
Office  of  Service  Learning  located  in  I  O.'J  Pratt 
Hall  assists  students  with  placement. 

PHE.\A  State  Work  Study-Off-canipus 
employment  diat  relates  to  die  student's 
academic  major  may  be  available  dirough  die 
PHE.\.\  State  Work-Study  program. 


Applicalioiifi  arc  available  in  llic  Financial  Aid 
( )ffice  anil  iiiiisl  tie  completed  by  both  die 
student  and  the  orgaiii/alion  for  vvhirli  the 
stiidciil  would  like  to  be  employed.  Appli<  ations 
I  an  also  be  ac<  essed  ihroiigli  PI  lEAA's  web  site 
.it  hltp://xiiii'w.phriin.orf,. 

Educational  Loans 

I , iiiii^i.iMi',  olid  II  payable  assistance  to 

sliideiils  wlio  ,ippl\  and  ((iialify  for  them. 
Kepaymeiil  terms,  interest  rates,  and  borrowing 
liiiiils  van,  Ironi  program  to  program. 
E<Iiicatioiial  loans  are  a  .serious  and  important 
obligation.  Receipt  of  funds  means  that  die 
stiHleiit  assumes  the  legal  responsibility  for 
repayment  of  the  loan  at  a  future  date.  The 
promissory  note  for  the  loan  specifies  the  tenns 
and  coiididons  under  wliich  the  student  is 
borrowing  and  the  repayment  provisions  that  arc 
in  effect.  Participation  in  Cimimunity  Service 
positions  after  leaving  school  may  provide  for 
repayment  of  certain  student  loans. 

Federal  Perkins  Loan— The  application  for  the 
Feileral  Perkins  Loan  is  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Slud,,il  Aid  (FAFSA).  The  loan  is 
awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  of  financial 
llee.l  ,111(1  FAFSA  receipt  date  <if  April  15  or 
earliei.  Students  who  receive  this  loan  must  be 
enrolled  for  at  least  (i  semester  hours  each 
semester.  There  are  no  principal  or  interest 
payments  until  nine  niondis  after  die  student 
ceases  half-time  attendance  (6  semester  hours  per 
term).  The  minimum  repayment  rate  is  $40  per 
mondi  at  a  simple  interest  rate  of  5  percent  per 
year  on  die  unpaid  balance.  There  are  deferment 
and  cancellation  provisions  available. 

Federal  Stafford  Loan— The  application  for  the 
Federal  Stafford  Loan  is  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  By  responding  on 
die  F.'VFSA  that  you  are  interested  in  a  student 
loan,  one  \v\\\  be  processed  for  you.  First-time 
borrowers  will  also  receive  a  Federal  Stafford 
Loan  Master  Promissory  Note  (MPN)  in  the  mail 
for  completion  in  or<ler  to  finalize  die  appro\'al 
process. 

Through  diis  program,  freshmen  may  borrow  up 
to  $2,625  per  academic  year,  sophomores  may 
borrow  up  to  $3,500  per  academic  year,  and 
juniors  and  seniors  may  borrow  up  to  $5,500  per 
academic  year.  Subsidized  Federal  Staffiird 
Loans  are  awarded  on  die  basis  of  financial  need 
as  determined  by  the  Free  Application  for  Fedrral 
■Studfut  Aid  (FAFSA)  and  require  no  payment  of 
interest  or  principal  until  six  mondis  after  die 
student  ceases  half-time  enrolhuent  (6  semester 
hours  per  term).  Unsubsidized  Federal  StaBbrd 
Loans  rec|uire  payment  or  capitalization  of 
interest  only  during  periods  of  enrollment  and 
die  six-mondi  grace  period.  Following  the  grace 
period,  bodi  ty])es  of  Federal  Staffiird  Loans  are 
repayable  to  the  lender  at  a  \'ariable  interest  rate 
not  to  exceed  8.25  percent. 

Federal  Stafford  Loan  entrance  counsehng  must 
be  completed  by  first-time  borrowers  al  lUP 
before  funds  can  be  released. 

.•\dditioniil  unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loan 
fxinds  are  a\~ailable  to  independent 
iindergrailuate  students.  Freshmen  and 
sophomores  may  request  up  to  $4,000;  juniors 
and  seniors  may  request  up  to  $5,000. 
Dependent  students  whose  parents  cannot 
obtain  a  Federal  PLUS  Loan  may  also  apply  for 
diese  additional  unsubsidized  fiinds. 


FINANCES        /.T 


Federal  PLUS  l.«an    Parent*  tnicrc«icd  in 
iibtaiiiing  a  Federal  Parent  l^iaru  for 
I  ndergraduate  Students  slioiild  (oiilact  tiic 
I'eniiHylvaiiia  lliglici  F>liicati»ii  .\!>i>ii>laiicc 
Agciio  (PIIKA.A)  in  order  to  cslablitli  dicir 
eligibility  for  the  loan  diioiigh  PIIE,\A\  pre- 
approval  process.  PHEAA  laii  be  lonLaited  at  1- 
H00-f)92-7.'J92.  Applications  will  be  forwarded  U» 
eligible  fatiiilies.  Parcnlii  may  borrrnv  for  dicir 
dependent  children  up  to  die  cost  of  education 
minus  odicr  financial  aid.  Tlic  loans  are  repaid  at 
a  variable  interest  rate  ti'it  to  exceed  U  percent 
per  year  starting  sixty  days  after  die  firul  check  is 

Grants 

(iraiiLs  arc  funds  which  carry  no  obligation  for 
repayment.  'I'liesc  funds  arc  awarded  to  the 
student  on  die  basis  of  financial  need. 

Federal  Pell  Grant-Tlie  Federal  Pell  Grant 
program  provides  funds  to  eligible 
undergraduate  students  who  have  not  earned  a 
first  bachelor's  degree.  A  Free  Appliealion  for 
Fedrral  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  must  be  filed 
annually  to  apply  for  this  grant.  .Awards  are 
prorated  based  upon  die  number  of  semester 
hours  for  which  a  student  registers. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant-  Federal  Pell  Grant-eligible 
students  are  considered  for  Federal 
Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants 
(FSEOG).  A  Free  .application  for  Fedrral  Studml 
Aid(¥.\Y?t.\)  widi  a  receipt  date  of  .\pril  15  or 
earlier  must  be  on  file.  Students  who  recei>e 
FSEOG  must  be  enrolled  for  at  least  6  semester 
lifnirs  each  semester. 

Pennsylvania  Suie  Grant  (PHEAA  Grant)- 

PHE.\.\  Grants  are  available  to  eligible  part-time 
and  full-time  undergraduate  students  who  arc 
Pennsylvania  state  residents.  Part-time  recipients 
must  also  meet  specific  PHE1A.A  income 
guidelines.  You  must  complete  a  Free  Application 
for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  by  April  1 5  to 
apply,  .\cadeniic  progress  gindelines  require  diat 
a  student  earn  12  new  semester  himrs  for  each 
full-time  semester  for  continued  eligibility  of 
grant  fiinds.  A  maximum  of  eight  full-time  or 
sixteen  part-unie  semesters  of  eligibility  are 
pennitted. 

State  Grants— Many  state  educadonal  agencies 
offer  grant  assistance  to  students  who  study 
outside  of  their  state  of  residency.  Oul-of  state 
students  are  encouraged  to  invesdgate 
opportunides  for  grant  fiinding  from  their  home 
state. 

University  Loan  Fund 

The  Financial  .\id  Office,  in  conjuncrion  with 
die  Student  Cooperauve  .\ssociadon. 
adniiiiisters  the  University  Loan  Fund  on  behalf 
of  lUP  students.  L,oans  are  only  available  to 
students  who  are  expecting  a  financial  aid  refimd 
diat  is  vet  to  be  disbursed.  The  ma.ximum  loan 
available  will  be  $.'JO0  with  repayment  to  be 
made  in  sixty  days.  No  interest  will  be  charged 
lor  these  loans.  Loans  will  be  made  to  meet 
educadonal  expenses  only.  .Applications  for  the 
University  Loan  and  additional  information  may 
be  obtained  at  the  Financial  .Aid  Office. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


16       FINANCES 


The  Uiiiversit)'  Loan  Fund  encompasses  tlic 
follinvinj;  individual  loan  accounts: 

Jennie  E.  Ackerman  Loan  Fund 

Robert  Bellis  Loan  Fund 

Mar)'  Edna  Flegal  Loan  Fund 

Colette  Cromer  Gershman  Loan  Fund 

Margaret  Flegal  Harte  Loan  Fund 

Suzanne  Marshall  Hartman  Loan  Fund 

John  Hays  Memorial  Fund 

Oliver  W.  Helmrich  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

William  Henzelmann  Memorial  Fund 

Mary  Anne  Kolessar  Loan  Fund 

Jane  E.  Leonard  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Mack  Loan  Fund 

Rusty  Preisendcrfer  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Flossie  Wagner  Sanford  Student  Loan  Fund 

Varsity  I  Loan  Fund 

Norah  Zink  Loan  Fund 

Scholarships 

Departments,  colleges,  and  die  Provost's  Office 
administer  various  scholarship  programs  that 
have  been  established  by  alumni  and  friends  of 
the  university.  These  scholarships  serve  to 
recognize  academically  talented  students  and 
assist  tliem  in  financing  their  educational 
expenses.  No  general  apphcation  is  required  for 
consideration.  All  eligible  students  are 
automatically  considered  for  scholarship 
opportunities.  Quesrions  may  be  directed  to  tlie 
coUege  dean  or  department  chair  of  the  student's 
intended  major  or  current  major  for  enrolled 
students. 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology 

Robert  C.  Gump.  Dean;  724-;i.';7-7889 

For  Scholarship  information,  contact: 

Julie  Moreland,  Assistant  to  the  Dean, 

724-357-7889 

►  Schola  rsh  ipsfor  incomingfreshmen: 

Board  of  Governors  Scholarship 
Robert  and  Irene  Bozzone  Scholarship 
George  M.  Burke  Memorial  Fund 
Marie  A.  Canedy  Scholarship  for  Business 
Carino  Family  Business  Scholarship 
Charles  L.  Cooper/ Accounting  Alumni 

Scholarship 
Dressel  Family  Scholarship 
Terry  and  Mary  Jo  Dunlap  Scholarship 
Eberly  CoUege  Brick  Scholarship 
Eberlv  Family  College  of  Business  Scholarship 
FCFC/NBOC  Scholarship 
Mary  Harte  Scholarship 
Robert  L.  Hite  Scholarship 
Eileen  Quinn  Hull  Memorial  Scholarship 
Indiana  First  Bank  Scholarship 
lUP  .\lumni  Association  Scholarship 
Fred  E.  Kunkle  (Evergreen  Motors) 

Foundation  for  lUP  Distinguished 

Scholars  Award  (awarded  by  the  University 

Scholarship  Committee) 
Arveta  DeGaetano  McNaughton  Memorial 

Scholarship 
National  City  Bank  of  Pennsylvania 

Scholarship 
Carl  E.  Patchin  Foundation  for  lUP 

Distinguished  Scholars  Award  (awarded 

by  tlie  University  Scholarship  Committee) 
Everett  and  Lavina  Peterman  Scholarship 
Virgil  and  V'irginia  Vaughn  Family  Scholarship 


>-.Scholarshipsfor  currently  enrolled  .students: 

J.  Donald  Bartolomucci  Scholarship 
Robert  and  Irene  Bozzone  Scholarship 
Charles  L.  Cooper/ Accounting  Alumni 

Scholarship 
Dressel  Family  Scholarship 
Eberly  College  Brick  Scholarship 
Eberly  Family  College  of  Business  Scholarship 
Fredericks  Family  Scholarship 
Fredericks  Michael  and  Company  Scholarship 
Hart  Chemical  Entrepreneur  Scholarship 
Mary  Harte  Scholarship 
Eileen  Quinn  Hull  Memorial  Scholarship 
Edward  and  Cecelia  Mackey  Scholarship 
Technology  Support  and  Training  Scholarship 
Undergraduate  Scholarship 
Murray  M.  Varner  Memorial  Scholarship 

College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technology 

John  Butzow,  Dean;  724-357-2482 

►  Schola  rsh  ipsfor  incem  ingfreshmen: 

Marion  Cox  Burchfield  Scholarship  for 

Secondary  Education  in 

Geography/  English 
Ruth  Cox  Claypoole  Scholarship  for 

Elementary  Education 
lUP  Alumni  Association  Scholarship 

Carol  L.  Moorhead  Scholarship 

Ethel  L.  Morrow  Memorial  Scholarship 

Lulu  Braughler  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship 

Barbara  Stott  Thomas  Memorial  Scholarship 

>■  Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Jemima  S.  Boyd  Scholarship 

Maude  O.  Brungard  Scholarship 

Beverly  Sue  Clark  Memorial  Scholarship 

Mary  Flegal  Harte  Scholarship 

Tony  Kuczinski  Memorial  Scholarship 

McFarland  Scholarships 

Helen  Wood  Morris  Scholarship 

Dr.  RusscI  C.  Nelson  Scholarship 

Pathways  to  Urban  Education  Scholarship 

Felicia  G.  Renck  Scholarship 

Edwina  Battle  Void  Preservice  Teachers 

Scholarship 
Margaret  Walker  Skiles  Memorial  Scholarship 
Marion  Welsch  Memorial  Scholarship 

College  of  Fine  Arts 

Michael  J.  Hood,  Dean;  724-357-2397 
>  Scholarships  for  incomingfreshmen: 

Wallis  and  Janet  Braman  Music  Scholarship 

Freshman  Music  Scholarship 

Ann  M.  Hayward  Music  Scholarship 

lUP  Alumni  Association  Scholarship 

Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial  Scholarship 

Orval  and  Marian  Kipp  Memorial  Art 

Scholarship 
Joanne  P.  Lovette  Memorial  Fund 
William  P.  Moorhead  Scholarship 
Organ  Music  Scholarship 
Evelyn  Swauger  Memorial  Scholarship 
Theater-by-the-Grove  Freshman  Talent 

Scholarship 

>■  Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Robert  K.  Alico,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 
Lloyd  and  Libby  Bastian  Memorial 

Scholarship 
M.  Vashti  Burr  Memorial  Award 
Charles  A.  Davis  Music  Endowment 
Donald  G.  Eisen  Scholarship 
Thomas  V.  Frazier  Memorial  Scholarship 


H.  Eugene  Hulbert  Music  Scholarship 
Gloria  Bryan  Johnson  Memorial  Scholarship 
Mary  Helen  Krouse  MacDonald  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Benjamin  T.  Miller  Art  Scholarship 
Mary  H.  Muldowney  Music  Scholarship 
Gary  Olmstead  Percussion  Scholarship 
Shelly  G.  Portman  Memorial  Scholarship 
Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  Scholarship 
Ralph  Reynolds  Memorial  Scholarship 

(Painting) 
Frank  Ross  Memorial  Scholarship 
James  and  Jamie  Self  Tuba  Scholarship 
Jean  J.  Slenker  Memorial  Art  Scholarship 
Student  Art  Scholarship  Award 
Evelyn  Swauger  Memorial  Scholarship 
Carol  Teti  Memorial  Organ  Music  Scholarship 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Dean:  724-357-2555 

^Scholarships  for  incomingfreshmen: 

lUP  Alumni  Association  Scholarship 
Elizabeth  LaVelle  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  Laura  Mateer  Memorial  Scholarship 
Susan  Spurlin  Peckman  Memorial  Scholarship 

>Scholarshipsfor  currently  enrolled  students: 

Grace  J.  Allman  Safety  Science  Scholarship 
Ella  C.  BendLx  Home  Economics  Loan  Fund 
The  Brody  Family  Nursing  Scholarship 
Alexa  J.  Boyer  Emerick  Memorial  Scholarship 
Susan  E.  Finley  Scholarship  for  Home 

Economics 
Eleanor  Gallati  Scholarship 
William  G.  Gressley  Memorial  Scholarship 
Hoss's  Steak  and  Seafood  House  Scholarship 
Eugene  E.  Lepley  Memorial  Scholarship 
M.Jane  Segar  Longenecker  Scholarship 
Amy  McCauley  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Respiratory  Care 
Marian  A.  Murray  Scholarship 
Robert  and  Ruth  O'Connor  Scholarship  for 

Home  Economics  Education 
Ethyl  V.  Oxiey,  Opal  T.  Rhodes,  and  Helen  C. 

Merriman  Scholarship 
Pittsburgh  Home  Economics  Teachers 

Scholarship 
Tony  and  Emma  Ricupero  Memorial  -  Rustic 

Lodge  Scholarship 
Ella  B.  Seanor  Leadership  in  Nursing 

Scholarship 
Susan  E.  Shubra  Scholarship 
Kay  Staszkiewicz  Memorial  Nursing 

Scholarship 
Student  Awards  -  Nursing 
Betty  Wood  Scholarship 
Ronald  and  Jean  Zucchelli  Scholarship 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences 

Bienda  Carter,  Dean;  724-357-2480 

^Scholarships  for  incomingfreshmen: 

George  Chressanthis  Department  of 

Economics  .Scholarship 
lUP  Alumni  .Association  Scholarship 

>■  Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Mollie  E.  Boiling  Memorial  Scholarship 
George  Chressanthis  Department  of 

Economics  Scholarship 
Isolde  A..  Henninger  .\ward 
Hunt-Pickering  Study  Abroad  Scholarship 
John  F.  Kadlubowski  Memorial  Scholarehip 

for  History 
Dr.  Yu-Chen  Liu  Memorial  Endowment 


INDIANA 


UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


F I N  A  N  cfT* 


n 


Mexico  Stiiily  Aliro^il  Sc'li<iliiislii|> 
Nuiicy,  I'raiKT  Si'liol;irslii|i  ruiiil 
Ksko  \..  Ni'wiiill  A»iii(l  lor  Kxtcllcncc 
John  |.  Pruiidy  Mcinoriul  Scholarship 
Diiviil  J.  Ilovnuii  Memorial  ,Scholariihi|t 
David  A.  Schwarl]!  Memorial  JounialiHin 

ScholarHhip 
Gregory  Spiiiclli  Memorial  .ScholarNhi|i 
.Study  Ahroa<l  -  l'orei);ii  I.aii);iia};e  Scholarfihip 
Valladolid  Scholarship 
Donald  A.  Walker  KcoiKoiiics  Scholarship 
Jacipie  Alexis  Watson  Memorial  Schidarship 

fordriminolouy 
Milton  and  Sarah  Weisher)r  Memorial 

Scholarships  lor  Industrial  and  Lahor 

Relations 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics 

jnhiL  s.  i>k.  D.Mii;  7i-i-:ir,7-2fm) 

^ Scholarships  for  incomiiif,  freshmen: 

Kdward  N.  Brown  Memorial  Sclndarship 
Harry  A.  Day  Mathematics  Scholarship 
lUP  Alumni  Association  Scholarship 
Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Scholarship 

>  Scholarships  for  currently  enrolled  students: 

Ida  '/,.  Arms  F.xcellencc  Schidarship 
Edward  N.  Brown  Memorial  Scholarship 
('hairman's  Scholarship  Fund 
Roy  A.  Daujrhcrty  Schidarship 
William  Heard  Memorial  Scholarship 
Dr.  Willard  W.  llcnncmann,Jr.,  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Stanley  W.  Lore  Scholarship 
Ronald  L.  Marks  .Scholarship 
Mathematics  (Graduate  Scholarship  Fund 
.Arthur  G.  Morrell  Memorial  Scholarship 
Albert  R.  Pechan  Scholarship 
PP(i  Computer  .Science  Scholarship 
Daniel  Reiber  Memorial  Scholarship  lor 

Physics 
Mildred  M.  Reigh  Memorial  Scholarship 
Thomas  Smyth  Memorial  Scholarship 
Howard  E.  loinpkins  Scholarship 

Robeil  f.  Cook  Honors  College 

Janet  K.  C.ocIkI.  Director:  72-l-:i57-l971 

^.Scholarships  for  incomingfreshmen: 

Madeline  T.  Ackcrmaii  Memorial  Scholarship 
AIL\MAKk  Uistin^iished  Scholars  Scholarship 
Board  of  Governors  Scholarships 
Robert  E.  Cook  I  Inn. us  (  oil. i;c  Scholarship 
Terry  and  Mary  Jo  l)unhi|>  Scholarship 
Natalie  S.  Fassett  Scholarship  Fund  (awarded 

jointly  with  the  I'niversity  Scholarship 

Committee) 
Foundation  for  lUP  Distinguished  Scholars 

.\wards 
Theresa  Hart  Gnimley  Memorial  Scholarship 

(awardetl  jointU"  witli  the  l'iiiversil\' 

Scliolarslii|>  Cuniiniltce) 
Dorothy  Brown  Pettit  Gregoi^-  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Earl  and  Frances  kimiey  Memorial  trust 

Scholarship 
Kresgc  Foundation/Cook  Hoimrs  College 

Scholarship 
Colonel  Leonard  \.  and  Mary  D.  McQuown 

Memorial  Fund  (awarded  jointlv  with  the 

I  niversity  Scholarship  Committee) 
.•Vnthony  and  Emma  Calvetti  Morino  Memorial 

Scholarship 


Dr.  and  Mn.  Artliur  W.  Phillips  Scholarship 

Fund  (jwarileil  | Iv  with  the  I  niversity 

SrliolarslniiConnnlltee) 
T.  W.  Phillips  (.as  and  Oil  Company 

Scholarship 
.Margaret  Walker  Skiles  Memorial  Scholarship 
Klorence  Wallace  Scholarship  Fund  (aHatiled 

|.,inilvwitlilli>  I  lnv(rsll^  S.  hdarship 

(   ..l„n„llr,) 

Miscellaneous  Scholarships 

Diane  K.  Kavliuck,  Associate  Dean  of 
A.l.nl-.si.ins:'7:i4-.).')7-22;JO 

^  Scholarships  for  incominf^  freshmen: 

Board  of  (Governors  Scholarships  (awarded 

jointK  will.  Honors  College,  Olli.c. if 

Admissions,  and  Ollke  ..fSitideiil  Affairs) 
(^loriaj.  Croft  Rolinger  Memorial  Scholarship 
Nadav  and  Nancy  Baum  Scholarship 
Ruth  Bowman  Memorial  .Scholarship 
Carino-Evergreen  Ambassador  Scholarship 
Iva  Carlson  Memorial  Scholarship 
Colonial  Motor  .Mart  .Scholarship 
Coraupolis  Wolves  (;luh  Den  IX  Scholarship 
Foundation  for  IIJP  Volunteer  Service  .\ward 
W.R.  Ilevner  Family  Scholarship 
Patti  Hurley  .Scholarship 
Natalie  S.  Fassett  Scholarship  Fund  (awarded 

joiiidy  vvitli  the  University  Scholarship 

Committee) 
Foundation  for  lUP  Distinguished  Scholars 

Awards  (awardeil  jointly  with  University 

Scholarship  Cominillce  and  Honors 

College) 
Theresa  Hart  Gramley  Memorial  Scholarship 

(awarded  jointly  with  the  I'niversity 

Scholarship  Coiimiittee) 
Kovalchick  Family  -  St.  Mary's  High  School 

Scholarship 
Thomas  and  Flora  McGrainor  Memorial 

Scholarship 
John  W.  McNaul  Memorial  Scholarship 
Colonel  Leonard  .\.  and  Mary  D.  McQuown 

Memorial  Fund  (awarded  jointly  with  die 

Uni\'ersity  Scholarship  Committee) 
Frank  E.  Moore  Family  Scholarship 

Endowment 
Morino  Family  Scholars  ,\ward 
G.  William  and  Julia  Musser  Scholarship 
Margaret  M.  Patton  Foundation  Scholarship 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  W'.  Phillips  Scholarship 

Fund  (awarded joindy  with  the  University 

Scholarship  Committee) 
William  E.  Pierce  Scholarship 
Presidcnt's/Corrinc  Menk  Wahr  .Scholarship 
Martlia  .S.  Scheercn  Scholarship 
Joseph  W.  .Serene  ^lemorial  Scholarship 
Robert  R.  Sheetz  Memorial  Scholarship 
Sons  of  Italy  Recreative  Club.  Inc.. 

Scholarships 
Michael  J.  Supinka.Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 
Tomb  Family  Scholarship  Fund 
\'aughn  Foundation 

Florence  Wallace  Scholarship  Fund  (aw-arded 
jointly  with  die  University  Scholarship 

Coniniittee) 
West  Branch  Area  High  School  Scholarship 
Wienken  and  Associates  Scholarship 

^Scholarships for  currently  enrolled  students: 

African  American  Alumni  Scholarship 
.Vmerican  .Association  of  University  Women 

Scholarship 
.American  Field  Service  (.\FS)  Scholarship 
APSCUF  Scholarship 


Israel  and  Birdye  Brody  Scholarship 

Dr.  Howard  B.  Bulerbaugh  Scholarship  fund 

(^arino-Kvergreen  Ambassador  Scholarship 

Clark  Scholarship 

Foundation  for  I  UP  \olunleer  Service  Award 

Robert  Goldstrohm/(.iti/.cn's  Ambulance 

Siholarship 
N'irginia  Deem  lladley  Memorial  Scholarship 
Harrisburg  Alumni  (Chapter  of  lUP 

Scholarship  Fund 
Indiana  (^i>untv  Aliiinni  Chapter  Siholarship 
lUP  Ambassadors  Si  holarship 
UP  APSCUF  Scholarship 
lUP  Student  Ambassadors  Si'holarship 
Ku7.neski  Family  Schiilarship 
Miss  lUP  Scholarship 

Margaret  M.  Patton  Foundatiim  Scholarship 
lA-nora  Pechan  Scholarship 
Phi  Delta  Fheta  Memorial  Scholarship 
William  E.  Pierce  Scholarship  Fund 
Saco  Excelling  fireek  Scholarship 
Ethel  .Seavey  Simpsi>n  Scholarship 
.Senior  (^lass  Scholarship  .Award 
Patricia  .Shields  .Memorial  Scholarship 
Senator  Patrick  J.  Staplcton.Jr.  .Memorial 

Scholarship 
Fomb  Family  .Scholarship  Fund 
Luhclen  Grace  Whisner  Memorial  Scholarship 
Wienken  and  .Associates  Scholarship 
Damian  Wright  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Roic; 

Zonta  Club  of  Indiana  Scholarship  for  Women 

Athletic  Scholarships 

Frances  A.  .See.  AlliktRs:  724-:i.57-2779 

^Scholarships for  incomin^freshmen  and 
currently  enrolled  students: 

Bratton-Hathaway  Scholarship 
Martha  Crooks  Douds  Scholarship 
Jack  Crossan  Memorial  Scholarship 
Owen  J.  and  \  irginia  Dougherty  Memorial 

.Scholarship 
Elite  Eight  Men's  Basketball  Scholarship 
Nancy  L.  Ferguson  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Football 
Shirley  and  Julius  Filcik  Scholarship  for 

Women's  Basketball 
Michael  Gendich  Endow  mcnt  for  Athletics 
lUP  Crimson  Commons  Scholarship 
S.  W.Jack  Scholarship  Fund 
Harold  Jacoby  Memorial  Scholarship  for  Golf 
Ward  C.  and  Sally  B.Johnson  Memorial 

Scholarship 
Keystone  Rehabilitation  System's  Men's 

Basketball  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  Kovalchick  Athletic 

Scholarship 
Regis  A.  McKnight  Memorial  Scholarship 
Bob  McQuaide  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Football 
Men's  Basketball  I^tterman  Scholarship 
Men's  Basketball  Scholarship 
Louis  J.  Noeco  Scholarship 
Larry  Panaia  Scholarship  for  Football 
Ravmond  P.  Phillips  Memorial  Scholarship  for 

Football 
Ruth  Podbielski  Scholarship 
Willis  Pratt  Football  Scholarship 
Richard  "Moe"  Smith  Endowment 

Scholarship 
Sam  Smith  Football  Scholarship 
Sons  of  Italy  Recreative  (llub  Inc.  Athletic 

Scholarship 
Cecil  and  Ann  Spadafora  Scholarship  for 

Football 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


18       FINANCES 


Cecil  C.  Spadafora  lUP  Goll  Invitational  Fund 
Paul  E.  and  Josephine  F.  Spears  Scholarship 
Gerald  E.  Stossel  Memorial  Football 

Scholarship 
Student  Co-op  Women's  Athletic  Scholarship 
Saul  and  Louise  Waxier  Memorial  Scholarship 
Women's  Basketball  Scholarships 

School  of  Continuing  Education 

Nicholas  E.  Rolb.  Dean;  7'24-:i57-2209 
^Scholarship  for  a  currently  enrolled  student: 
Continuing  Education  Part-time  Scholarship 

Graduate  School 

James  C.  Petersen,  Dean;  724-357-2244 

Scholarship  information  is  found  in  the  Graduate 
School  catalog,  which  can  he  obtained  in  Stright 
Hall. 

Other  Resources 

Athletic  Grants-in-Aid— lUP  participates  in 
intercollegiate  atliletics  as  a  Division  II 
institution  and  awards  Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  in 
accordance  with  NCAA  rules  and  regulations. 
Interested  students  should  contact  the  Athletic 
Director,  Memorial  Field  House,  lUP,  Indiana. 
PA  15705;  telephone:  724-357-2751. 

Resident  Assistants— Upperclass  students  and 
freshmen  at  the  end  of  their  first  year  may  apply 
to  become  resident  assistants  at  lUP.  Students 
earn  a  room  and  board  waiver,  as  well  as  a  small 
stipend,  by  working  as  resident  assistants  in  lUP 
residence  halls.  Application  timetables  and 
deadlines  are  advertised  in  The  Pom  and  posted 
in  the  residence  halls  and  odier  locations  around 
campus.  The  application  process  requires 
references,  individual  and  group  interviews,  and 
parUcipation  in  a  semester-long  training  program 
prior  to  selection.  Resident  assistants  are  selected 
on  the  basis  of  leadership,  interpersonal  skills, 
and  the  willingness  and  ability  to  serve  as  role 
models.  Resident  assistants  must  have  and 
maintain  a  2.2  GPA.  For  further  information, 
please  contact  present  resident  assistants  or 
residence  directors  or  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life.  308  Pratt  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA 
15705;  telephone:  724-357-2696. 

Private  Scholarships— Various  service  clubs, 
organizations,  churches,  schools,  and  industries 
offer  scholarships  to  students.  High  school 
guidance  offices,  hbraries,  and  hometown 
newspapers  are  often  excellent  sources  for 
information  concerning  private  scholarships.  A 
valuable  resource  on  the  Internet  can  be  found  at 
http://uiwiv.fastuieb.com. 

ROTC  Scholarships— Two-  and  three-year 
scholarships  are  available  to  both  male  and 
female  students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  Reserve 
Officer  Training  Corps  program.  The 
scholarships  pay  for  tuiuon,  fees,  and  books,  plus 
$250  per  month  for  ten  months  per  school  year. 
Interested  students  may  obtain  apphcations  and 
criteria  information  by  contacdng  the  ROTC 
department  in  Pierce  Hall  at  lUP  or  by  calling  1- 
800-IUP-ROTC. 


Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Assistance 

(OVR)— Students  who  have  physical  or  learning 
disabilities  may  receive  educational  benefits 
through  the  Office  of  Vocational  Rehabilitation. 
In  order  to  be  eligible,  students  must  satisfy  the 
physical  and  financial  requirements  of  the 
agency.  For  further  infonnation  regarding  OVR, 
students  should  contact  dieir  count)'  office  of 
vocational  rehabilitation. 

Veterans  Benefits 

The  Veterans  Affairs  Office  certifies  enrollment 
for  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  who 
may  be  eligible  for  veterans  assistance. 

Veterans,  reservists,  and  children  of  deceased  or 
disabled  veterans  should  contact  the  Veterans 
Affairs  Office  prior  to  enrollment. 

Veterans  must  submit: 

1.  ApplicaUon  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

2.  Certified  DD214 

Reservists  must  submit: 

1.  Application  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

2.  Notice  of  Basic  Ehgibility  (DD2384) 

Children  of  a  deceased  or  disabled  veteran 
whose  death  or  injury  was  due  to  service-related 
causes  may  be  eligible  for  educational  assistance 
from  the  federal  government  under  Law  634 
(Dependents  EducaUonal  Assistance  Act). 
Inuiiediately  upon  acceptance  to  lUP,  men  and 
women  who  qualify'  for  such  assistance  should 
contact  the  veterans  counselor  and  submit: 

1 .  The  Eligible  Veteran  DD2 1 4 

2.  Survivors  Education  Form  22-5490 

3.  Application  for  Benefits  (VA  Form  1990) 

A  veteran  receiving  VA  benefits  must  request  a 
change  in  curriculum  clearance  from  the  veterans 
counselor  before  changing  curriculum.  Twelve 
credit  hours  are  required  to  be  considered  a  full- 
time  undergraduate  student  by  the  Veterans 
Administration.  The  minimum  hill-time 
requirement  lor  a  graduate  student  is  9  credit 
hours. 

In  addition  to  regular  sources  of  financial  aid, 
veterans  and  dependents  of  veterans  may  be 
eligible  for  VA  benefits.  For  ftirther  informadon, 
veterans  are  urged  to  contact  the  Veterans 
Coimselor,  Clark  Hall,  lUP,  Indiana,  PA  15705, 
724-357-3009. 

Pennsylvania  National  Guard 
Educational  Assistance 
Program  (EAP) 

The  Educational  Assistance  Program  has  been 
estabhshed  for  members  of  the  Pennsylvania 
National  Guard.  Students  who  make  a 
commitment  to  serve  in  the  Pennsylvania 
National  Guard  for  six  years  may  be  eligible  to 
receive  a  grant  on  a  full-  or  part-time  basis.  If  a 
student  fails  to  fulfill  his/her  service 
commitment,  any  EAP  grants  which  were 
previously  received  will  be  converted  to  loans 
and  must  be  repaid  with  a  7-percent  fixed  annual 
interest  rate.  Applications  and  information  are 
available  from  die  individual's  unit  of 
assignment,  the  recruiting  officer,  the 
Pennsylvania  National  Guard  at  717-861-8530, 
or  by  calling  1-800-724-7372. 


Title  IV  Satisfactory  Academic 
Progress  Policy 

In  order  to  recei\e  Title  IV  Federal  Student 
Assistance,  students  must  maintain  satisfactory 
academic  progress  in  their  course  of  study. 
Students  must  be  in  compliance  with  both  the 
university's  Academic  Standards  Policy  and  the 
Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy  in  order 
to  demonstrate  satisfactory  progress. 

The  Tide  IV  Federal  Student  Assistance 
programs  include  the  Federal  Pell  Grant,  Federal 
Supplemental  EducaUonal  Opportunity  Grant, 
Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Federal  Work  Study 
Program,  Federal  Stafford  Loan,  and  Federal 
PLUS  Loan. 

A  student  who  meets  die  standard  of  academic 
good  standing  of  the  Academic  Standards  Policy 
but  who  does  not  meet  the  standard  of  sufficient 
quantitative  progress  may  continue  in  university 
registration  but  without  financial  aid  eligibility 
for  the  federal  Tide  IV  aid  programs. 

A  fiiU  statement  of  requirements  for  Satisfactory 
Academic  Progress  for  Tide  IV  Federal  Student 
Assistance  is  available  through  the  Financial  Aid 
Office. 

Title  IV  Financial  Aid  Sufficient 
Progress  Policy 

The  Financial  Aid  .Sufficient  Progress  Policy 
applies  to  undergraduate  students  enrolled  in  the 
university. 

A.  Sufficient  Progress:  To  be  in  good  standing 
on  a  sufficient  progress  basis,  a  student  must 
have  earned  at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative 
number  of  attempted  semester  hours  at  lUP  and 
complete  his/her  degree  without  exceeding  133 
percent  of  die  semester  hours  required  for 
completion. 

"Attempted  semester  hours"  is  die  number  of 
semester  hours  for  which  a  student  is  enrolled  at 
the  end  of  the  Drop/ Add  period. 

Each  student  wiU  be  measured  for  sufficient 
progress  annually  after  fall  grade  processing. 
This  evaluation  will  determine  if  the  student  has 
a  sufficient  percentage  of  semester  hours  earned 
in  order  to  be  eligible  for  Tide  IV  fiinding  for  the 
next  financial  aid  award  year  (Fall  tenn  through 
the  following  Summer  tenn). 

Students  will  be  notified  of  their  financial  aid 
suspension  status  when  a  completed  Free 
Application  for  Feder-al  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  is 
on  file  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

B.  Financial  Aid  Suspension:  If  a  student 
does  not  meet  the  sufficient  percent  of  progress 
evaluadon  after  two  consecudve  annual  reviews, 
then  all  Tide  IV  aid  for  that  student  will  be 
suspended  beginning  widi  the  next  financial  aid 
award  year  (Fall  tenn  through  the  following 
Summer  term). 

A  student  who  is  in  this  financial  aid  suspension 
status,  however,  will  also  be  reviewed  at  the  end 
of  die  spring  semester  and  summer  terms  in 
order  to  evaluate  whether  or  not  the  percent  of 
progress  has  been  met  through  additional 
coursework.  If  this  improvement  to  75  percent  of 
progress  is  achieved,  then  the  student's  Tide  IV 
financial  aid  suspension  will  be  rescinded 
beginning  with  the  next  term  of  enrollment. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


F  I  N  AN  C  E  S 


/.V 


C    'rime  Kiainc  lor  I)v)(ri:c  ()om|>liiiiini  In 

uclditidti  lo  iiiecliii(r  llic  7^>  |ititeril  cir|iiiinri»« 
icquirdiiciit,  all  Ntiidcntit  iiiiihI  coiiiplclc  their 
(lc);iee  re(|iiireiiieiil.H  williin  uii  cKlubiislicd  time 
Inime.  Since  ctirollineiit  st^iliis  may  vary  frimi 
semester  to  senienter^  (he  maximum  time  frame 
for  decree  completion  m  measured  in  term.t  of 
semester  hours  attempted  al  M'l'  plus  any 
semester  hours  accepted  in  traiislcr  to  lUI'. 

An  imder)<;radtiate  student  in  a  program 
requiring  124  semester  hours  miisl  complete  the 
re(|uirement,s  for  a  hachelor's  <lenree  without 
exceedinj;  Kir)  semester  horns,  including;  transfer 
semester  hours  an<l  II IP  registered  semester 
hours.  Note  that  l()5  semester  hours  represents 
\3:i  percent  of  die  semester  hours  required  tor 
completion  of  the  decree.  For  majors  with 
graduation  rc(|uircments  in  excess  of  1 2-1 
semester  lumrs,  the  maximum  number  of  lUP 
registered  semester  hours  plus  transfer  semester 
hours  would  imrease  proportionally. 

D.  Appeal  Process:  For  students  who  have 
experienced  uijusual  circumstances  which  have 
led  to  a  lack  of  suflicient  progress,  such  as 
medical  emergencies  or  death  of  a  family 
member,  a  written  appeal  may  be  submitted  to 
the  Financial  Aid  .Vppeals  (loimnittee  for 
consideration  of  reinstatement  of  Tide  IV  aid 
eligibility. 

A  student  who  would  like  to  appeal  his  Title  IV 
fmancial  aid  suspension  for  the  next  linancial  aid 
awaicl  year  must  submit  a  written  appeal  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Appeals  Conunittce.  This  written 
appeal  must  specifically  oudinc  die  reasoii(s)  for 
the  deficiency  and  how  die  student  will  make  up 
this  deficiency.  For  students  who  do  not  appeal 
tor  tall  review,  or  who  are  denied  an  appeal  for 
the  tall  semester,  an  appeal  for  reinstatement  of 
Title  IV  aid  Uti  the  spring  term  will  be  accepted 
for  review. 

After  reviewing  the  written  appeal  of  a  student  in 
Financial  .Aid  .Siispensioii.  the  Financial  Aid 
Appeals  Committee  niav  tiecide  to  reinstate  Tide 
1\'  financial  aid  eligibility  tor  specific  periods  of 
the  next  financial  aid  award  year.  All  appeal 
letters  will  be  answered  in  writing  by  the 
Financial  Aid  Appeals  Committee  as  to  the 
approval  or  denial  of  die  requested  financial  aid 
reinstatement. 

E.  Reinslatcnient  of  Title  IV  Aid  Eligibility: 

For  a  student  who  has  Satisfactory  Academic 
Progress  deficiency,  one  of  die  following  must 
occur  in  order  for  that  student  to  receive  Tide  IV 

assistance: 

1 .  The  student  can  reestablish  eligibility  for 
Tide  IV  assistance  by  meeting  die  niininiiun 
requirements  for  Satisfactory  .\cademic 
Progress  through  additional  periods  of 
enrollment  at  ll'P. 

2.  For  a  student  who  has  not  met  the  minimum 
criteria  for  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress 
due  to  unusual  or  midgating  circumstances 
and  has  filed  an  appeal(s)  which  has  granted 
die  student  conUiuiance  of  financial  aid 
eligibility.  Tide  IV  aid  ftinds  may  be 
reinstated. 


I'',     'f'realmenl  of  Auilil»,  liieompleleii,  and 
Other  (iradcKi  In  order  tliat  a  student  liilly 
understands  how  various  grades  and  enrollment)! 
impact  upon  the  calculalion  of  Satisfactory 
A(  ailemic  Progress,  die  following  information  is 
provi.Ie.l: 

1 .  AuditN  and  "S"  and  "U"  GradcKi  Because 
course  audits  and  "S"  and  "I '"  grades  carry 
no  semester  hours,  diey  are  not  rcvicwe<l  or 
counted  for  sullicicnt  progress  pur|ioses. 

2.  IncomplctcNi  Desiguadons  of  "I,"  "L,"  "R." 
ami  "*"  are  treated  as  semester  hours 
attempted/zero  semester  hours  earned/no 
elTect  on  QPA.  However,  these  designations 
are  treated  as  noncomplcted  semester  hours 
and  have  an  impact  in  die  calculation  of  the 
percent  of  progress  measure.  (Note:  The 
"*"  is  an  administrative  symbol  indieaUng 
that  a  grade  was  not  submitted  by  the 
instnictor  at  the  time  of  grade  processing.) 

."}.     "F"  Repeat  with  Replacement:  An  "F" 
repeat  with  replacement  is  treated  as 
semester  hours  attempted/semester  hours 
eanied/widi  die  <|uality  points  of  the  new 
grade  replacing  the  0.00  QP  of  the  original 
"F"  grade.  An  '"F"  repeat  has  a  posidve 
effect  on  the  QP.A  and  the  percent  of 
progress  even  though  it  represents  an 
additional  number  of  semester  hours 
attempted  in  regard  to  the  percent  of 
progress  measure. 

4.     "D"  Repeat  with  Replacement:  Repeated 
classes  that  are  ""D"  replacements  to  a 
student's  record  are  treated  as  semester 
hours  attempted/zero  semester  hours 
earned/widi  die  quality  points  of  die  new 
grade  replacing  the  1 .00  QP  of  die  "D" 
grade.  A  "D"  repeat  widi  replacement  may 
improve  a  student's  QPA  but  decreases  your 
percent  of  progress. 

.5.      Repeats  with  Averaging:  Courses  that  are 
repeated  with  averaging  count  as  semester 
hours  attempted/semester  hours 
earned/widi  die  quality  points  for  die  class 
averaged  into  the  QPA.  The  maximum  time 
fi^me  for  degree  compledon  may  be 
impacted  by  repeat  with  averaging  classes. 

6.  Withdrawals:  Desiguadons  of  "VV  and 
"'Q"  are  treated  as  semester  hours 
attempted/zero  semester  hours  earned/no 
effect  on  QPA.  Any  type  of  "W"  and/or  ''Q" 
designation  is  treated  as  noncoinpleted 
semester  hours  in  die  calculation  of  die 
student's  percent  of  progress  standing. 

7.  Pass/Fail  Grades:  Pass  grades  are  treated  as 
registered  semester  hours/semester  hours 
earned/no  effect  on  QP.4.  Fail  grades  are 
treated  as  registered  semester  hours/zero 
semester  hours  earned/with  zero  QP 
averaged  into  the  calculadon  of  QPA. 

8.  Noncredit  Courses:  Noncredit  classes,  such 
as  diosc  with  Conunuing  Educadon  Units 
(CEUs),  are  not  used  in  measuring  sufficient 
progress,  since  diese  classes  cannot  be 
applied  towards  degree  requirements  and  no 
financial  aid  mav  be  received  for  enrollment. 


').      luHtilutional  Ocditai  Institutional  credit* 
are  ( oiiritcd  as  registcrerl  scme^lcr 
hours/scmesler  hours  i  ompleled.  Tlic  QP 
for  die  course  is  not  averaged  into  die 
student's  overall  QPA. 

1 0.  (Canceled  Scmnleri  All  semester  hour*  for 
which  a  grade  ril  -T r  or  better  is  eanied  in 
that  canceled  semester  arc  counted  a* 
semester  hours  attempted/semester  hours 
earned. 

1 1 .  Fre»h  Start  Program:  Students  whr,  arc 
rcadmitteil  under  die  Fresh  Start  Program 
will  have  their  progress  measured  from  Uicir 
first  semester  of  rcadmission  without  regard 
to  prior  enrollment. 


N  D  I  A  (vJ  A     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


20       STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


Student  Programs  and  Services 


The  ser\-ices  and  progiaiii^  listed  in  this  scctnui 
are  tlie  result  ofcollaburatiM;  cHiirls  by  student 
affairs  professionals  and  taciilt)'  to  oHer  the  WP 
student  a  unit|ne  and  ftilfilling  undergraduate 
and  graduate  student  experience.  All  services, 
with  die  exception  of  die  Speech  and  Hearing 
Clinic.  Parking,  Student  Rights/Directory 
Infonnation,  Student  Technolog)'  Services,  and 
Computer  Software  PoUcy  are  under  the 
direction  of  the  Vice  President  for  Student 
Affairs. 

Student  Affairs 
Division  Areas 

Website:  www.iup.edu/studentaffairs 

Rhonda  H.  Luckey,  Interim  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs 

Betsy  A.  Joseph,  Interim  Assistant 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 


The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  offers  a  variety  of 
services  and  programs  that  support  the  academic 
mission  of  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
These  services  and  programs  were  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  lUP  students  as  they  learn  how 
to  become  leaders  for  tomorrow,  live  togetlier  in 
hannony,  make  ethical  decisions,  accept  and 
appreciate  diversity,  identify  and  strengdien 
professional  skills,  develop  good  mental  and 


Theodore  G.  Turner,  Assistant  to  the 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Advising  and  Testing:  Catherine  M.  Dugan, 

Director 
Athletics:  Frank  |.  Condino,  Director 
Career  Services:  Mark  E.  Anthony,  Director 
Counseling  Sen'ices:  Kim  Weiner,  Department 

Chair 
Financial  Aid:  TBA.  Director 
Housing  and  Residence  Life:  James  R. 

Froelicher,  Interim  Director 
Learning  Center:  Carmy  G.  Carranza,  Director 
Student  Activities  and  Organizations:  Terry 

Appolonia,  Director 
Student  Cooperative  Association:  Dennis  V. 

Hillings.  Director 
Student  Development:  SlierriU  A.  Kuckuck, 

Director 
University  Health  Services:  Randi  S. 

Schneider,  Director 


physical  healtli  pracuces,  and  enhance  ways  to 
learn  and  impart  knowledge. 

Advising  and  Testing  Center 

The  Advising  and  Testing  Center  provides  a 
variety  of  services  to  lUP  students  and  faculty. 
The  center  runs  the  summer  orientation 
program,  offers  career  planning  classes  and 


computer-assisted  career  counseling  to 
undecided  majors,  co-conducts  registration  for 
January  freshmen  and  branch  campus  students, 
processes  undergraduate  total  university 
withdrawals,  serves  the  needs  of  students  with 
disabilities,  and  assists  in  providing  advising 
infonnation  to  students  and  ad\isors. 

Services  for  Students  witti 
Disabilities 

Disability  Support  Services  (a  unit  of  the 
Advising  and  Testing  Center)  is  the  primary 
agent  for  the  provision  of  access  for  lUP  students 
with  physical,  learning,  and  other  disabiUties. 
Faculty  and  staff  within  the  office  serve  to  ensure 
ll'P"s  ])rograni  access  compliance  with  Section 
504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and  die 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  Students  with 
disabihties  are  urged  to  register  with  the  office. 
Services  provided  may  include,  but  are  not 
limited  to,  early  registration;  assistance  in 
locating  accessible  housing;  equipment  loan;  test 
proctoring  and  reading;  notetaking;  recording  of 
books;  NCR  paper;  liaison  with  faculty,  OVR, 
and  BVS;  and  general  advising  and  counseling. 
Further  information  inav  be  obtained  in  106 
Pratt  Hall  or  by  calling  724-357-4067  (V/TD). 
E-mail  questions  to  Advising- 
Testing@grove.iup.edu. 

Athletics 
Varsity  Sports 

The  university  offers  seventeen  varsity  sports  for 
men  and  women.  It  competes  at  the  Division  II 
level  of  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic 
Association  and  is  in  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Athletic  Conference. 

Men's  sports  offered  in  the  fall  include  cross 
country  and  football.  The  winter  sports  include 
basketball  and  swimming.  Spring  sports  are  track 
and  field,  golf,  and  baseball. 

Women's  faU  sports  are  tennis,  cross  country, 
soccer,  volleyball,  and  field  hockey.  In  the  winter, 
die  sports  of  basketball  and  swimming  are 
offered.  Spring  sports  include  Softball,  track  and 
field,  and  lacrosse. 

Intramurals 

A  well-organized  and  varied  program  of 
intramural  sports  and  athletic  activities  is 
conducted  for  men,  women,  and  on  a 
coeducational  basis.  Intramural  handbooks  are 
available  in  Room  101.  Memorial  Field  House. 

Career  Services 

Career  services  are  available  to  students  and 
alumni,  and  career  counseUng  is  provided  to 
students  of  aU  class  levels  as  well  as  to  alumni.  In 
addition  to  career  counseling,  the  primary 
ftinctions  of  the  office  are  to  arrange  for  campus 
interviews,  prepare  a  current  file  of  job 
opportunities,  maintain  an  extensive  library  of 
occupational  information,  conduct  foUovy-up 
studies  of  graduates,  and  provide  general 
assistance  in  die  career  planning  and  job-seeking 
process. 

The  Office  of  Career  Services  also  receives  and 
makes  available  to  graduates  and  undergraduates 
infonnation  concerning  summer  employment. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES       21 


riic  iiiijvdsilv  lilies  Mill  Kiiiiiainlc'c  |io<iitliiiis.  Iiiil 
in"s  m  oiil  i,r|,l.i,  rn.riil  IS  iirir  i.(  llii-  vvn  li.-.sl 
111  IViiiisvlv,,in,i. 

Career  Exploration/Undecided  Majors 

Sindi-nts  with  iiiiilci-idcd  iiiajor.s  arc  cncoiiru^i-d 
111  cxiiloic  iipliiiMs  li>r  iiKijors  as  early  as  piissililc 
while  al  II  IP;  In  delay  diiiiiK»<i  may  delay 
Kradiialiiiii.  Sliiilciits  desiriii)i  (ii  explore  nia|iiis 
may  take  a  I-seine»ler-himr  cmirse,  ADVT  170 
Career  Kxplnrali.in,  laiiuhl  hy  ihe  Advisiiij;  and 
Testiiij»  ('.Ciller,  or  use  ihe  ( Career  Kxplriraliiiii 
Center  (CEC).  lOM  I'rall  Hall.  The  CEC  is  i.peii 
atteriKKiiis  and  early  evciiiii(;s  clurlii);  the  week. 
.•\ppoiiitmenU  mav  he  made  l)y  eallin);  TH-^OiJ- 
'■)7()l. 

Counseling  and  Student 
Development  Center 

Counseling  Services 

Coiinseliiin  .Si  r\  u  IS  l.u  uliy  member.'!  are 
psyihiilo^isis  will)  .in'  .issisled  by  atlvanccd 
graduate  sttideiiLs  Inim  die  doctoral  program  in 
ilinical  psycliolojfy. 'I'liese  professionals  facilitate 
the  personal  and  emotional  jjrowdi  of  stu(lcnt.s 
by  offering  confidential  counseling  and 
consultation  on  an  individual  and  small-group 
basis.  Beyond  die  health  services  fee,  additional 
fees  are  not  charged  for  counseling  services. 

The  center  provides  consultation  to  faculty,  stall, 
families,  and  friends  of  students  regarding  mental 
health  issues.  The  cenler  also  conducts  programs 
ami  »llIksllllp^  1111  a  variety  of  topics,  including 
stress  iii.iiiageiiK  III,  eating  disorders,  grief,  and 
lieallhy  iclatiuiiships. 

Student  Development 

.Suulciil  Dcvclopiiuiil  provi<les  the  following 
programs  super\ised  by  a  faculty  member  and 
supported  by  graduate  and  undergraduate 
students:  summer  orientation  for  parents  of 
incoming  freshmen,  orientation  for  entering 
students  immediately  prior  to  the  beginning  of 
classes,  the  Six  O'clock  Series,  and  various 
research  projects  regarding  student  opinions 
and/or  satisfaction. 

Health  Services 

The  University  Health  Ser\nce  operates  an 
outpatient  clinic  and  proWdes  routine  health  care 
to  students  while  classes  arc  in  session.  The 
outpatient  clinic  is  staffed  w-ith  physicians,  nurse 
practitioners,  nurses,  and  educators.  For 
emergency  care,  die  local  hospital  emergency 
room  is  available  (ER  sei-vices  are  not  covered  by 
the  healdi  ser\  ice  fee).  For  students  who  have 
paid  Healdi  Ser\  ice  Fee  A  ($8.3),  the  university 
will  help  support  die  cost  of  local  ambulance 
senice.  If  tlie  student's  healdi  insurance  policy 
does  not  include  coverage  of  the  ambulance 
service,  the  student  will  not  be  responsible  for 
the  cost  of  die  ambulance  service. 

In  addition  to  primary  medical  care,  including 
some  minor  surgical  procedures,  some 
laborator)-  testing,  and  allergy  injections,  the 
University  Health  Service  offers  a  self-care  cold 
clinic  and  programs  in  chemical  healdi.  health 
education,  and  wellness.  With  rare  exception  for 
inclement  weadier  and  during  regular  hours,  the 
healdi  center  has  a  van  to  transport  students  to 
local  medical  facilities  for  scheduled 
appointments. 


StiidcnI.H  pay  a  pcr-ncincatcr  mandatory  health 
fee,  which  varies  based  upon  the  ntudciil's 
enriilhneni  status.  K^fcr  to  die  Finances  section 
of  (his  latalog  for  fees.  'I'hc  healtli  service  (cc  is 
not  an  insurance  plan.  It  is  highly  rccoiiiniendeil 
that  stiidcnls  who  arc  not  covered  under  a  family 
insurance  plan  consider  purchasing  coverage 
prior  to  arriving  al  lUI*. 

lUH  re(|uircs  documentation  of  dales  of 
iinniuni/.alion  from  new  stiidenLs  for  the 
following  vaccines:  measles,  iniimps.  rubella, 
tetanus,  toxoid-diplitheria.  and  polio.  Individuals 
born  alter  l!),5()  should  receive  a  second  measles 
immunization  prior  to  entering  college.  It  has 
always  been  important  to  update  diphdieria  and 
Ktamis  imimini/ations  every  ten  years.  The 
lieallli  center  recommends  dial  sliident.s  liWng  in 
residence  halls  also  consider  immunization  for 
bacterial  meiiiiigilis.  The  docuinentation  must  be 
included  on  the  Student  Health  Form  and  can 
take  die  form  of 

1 .  dates  of  vaccinations  by  the  health  care 
provider  who  gave  them  or 

2.  dale  of  illness  with  die  disease  diagno.sed  by 
a  physician  or 

.'J.     serum  antibody  level  as  determined  by  a 
blood  test. 

Students  will  receive  a  copy  of  the  Student 
I  lealth  Fonn  from  die  Health  Senice  after  they 
receive  notification  of  admission  to  lUP.  The 
fonn  must  be  returned  to  tlie  University  Healtli 
Sen'ice  prior  to  the  starting  of  classes.  Students 
who  do  not  provide  documentadon  for 
immunization  may  be  prohibited  from  registering 
for  classes  die  semester  following  admission. 
Please  e-mail  hentth-inquiry@grovf.inp.fdu 
regarding  student  group  health  insurance.  For 
lliis  coming  year.  lUP  hopes  to  have  a  group 
lu-allli  iiisnraiice  plan  to  offer  students. 

Student  Health  Insurance 

The  university  does  not  sponsor  a  group  student 
health  insurance  plan.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  obtain  prirate  insurance  to  cover  the  costs  of 
hospital-related  expenses.  The  University  Healdi 
Service  does  not  bill  insurance  companies  for 
services.  However,  students  receive  a  copy  of 
each  visit  which  can  be  used  if  the  indi\-itMa] 
chooses  to  bill  his/lier  insurance  company 
directly. 

Housing  Information 
Residence  Life 

lUP  is  a  rcsidenUal  campus.  Its  thirteen 
residence  halls  and  two  apartment  buildings  are 
super\ised  by  professional  residence  directors 
widi  backgrounds  in  student  development  or 
counseling  or  by  graduate  residence  directors 
enrolled  in  die  Student  .Affairs  in  Higher 
EducaUon  gratluate  program. 

It  is  die  policy  of  lUP  to  offer  lull,  equal,  and 
nonchscriminator)'  assistance  to  all  students 
witliout  regard  to  their  race,  color,  religion, 
national  origin,  gender,  ancestry,  sexual 
orientation,  or  physical  ability  in  bodi  the 
placement  in  university  housing  and  the 
ftiniishing  of  facihues  and  semces  in  relation  to 
diat  housing. 

Specific  programs  and  services  offered  within  the 
residence  halls  provide  a  residential  program 
wliich  supports  the  academic  mission  of  die 
universiti,-  and  fosters  the  developmenl  of  a 
community  in  wliicli  die  rights  and 


responsibilities  of  cacli  individual  are  clearly 
delincd  and  rcii|>cclc(l. 

|{e(  ause  residence  hall  living  is  seen  as  a  |K>silivc 
cdiii  ational  experience,  students  arc  encouraged 
to  live  on  campus  unless  they  arc  commuting 
from  home.  In  an  effort  to  make  residence  hall 
living  more  responsive  to  individual  needs,  tile 
university  offers  several  living  arraiigcincnis. 
Student  options  include  coed  or  singlc-sex 
cnvironinents;  interest  floors  related  to  academic 
majors;  intensive  study  floors:  a  community 
service  floor;  and  chemical-free  floors.  SiiidciiLs 
should  consider  lliese  options  carefully  and 
select  the  one  in  which  ilicy  would  feel  most 
comfortable. 

lUP's  two  apartment  buildings  proiide  single 
student  hou.sing  in  an  apartmcnt-stylc  setting. 
The  university  provides  cable  TV.  local 
telephone  service,  Edienict  connections  to  the 
Internet,  stove,  refrigerator,  kitchen  lahle  and 
chairs,  beds,  dressers,  and  living  room  furniture 
ill  each  apartment. 

Rooms/apartments  are  available  to  both 
undergraduate  and  graduate  students  enrolled  at 

I  UP.  Each  year  tlie  university-  rc-views  Its  housing 
policies  and  revises  diem  according  to  needs  for 
die  following  year.  The  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  is  also  responsible  for  dining 
service  and  providing  infonnation  and  services 
related  to  off-campus  housing.  Tlie  Office  of 
Housing  and  Residence  Life  is  located  in  308 
Pratt  Hall.  724-3.57-2696. 

Residence  Hall  Application 

First-year  and  iraiisler  MiuleMls  will  be  offered 
residence  hall  contracts  as  soon  as  the)'  remit  the 
$7.5  tuition  prepayment  required  to  secure  a 
place  in  the  incoming  class.  The  contract  should 
be  reviewed  carefully  and  returned  widi  an  $80 
housing  prepayment.  Rooms  will  be  assigned  as 
contracts  are  received.  Students  will  be  notified 
of  housing  assignments  after  July  15. 

Continuing  students  may  contract  for  university 
housing  for  die  following  academic  year 
according  to  the  process  published  and  posted  in 
January. 

Students  being  readmitted  or  returning  from 
student  teaching  or  study  abroad  programs 
should  contact  the  Office  of  Housing  and 
Residence  Life  for  contracts. 

Dining  Services 

II  1'  .llirs  MX  meal  plans,  five  of  wliich  are 

a\  ailalilc  to  residence  hall  students.  Refer  to  die 
Finance  section  of  this  catalog  for  meal  plans  and 
fees. 

Residence  Hall  Association 

The  Residence  Hall  Association  (RHA) 
represents  all  students  living  in  uimersity 
residence  halls.  The  execuuve  body  of  RHA  is 
composed  of  elected  representatives  from  each 
residence  hall.  The  purpose  of  RH.A  is  to 
provide  educational,  social,  and  community 
service  programs  for  residents:  to  collect 
informadon  on  various  aspects  of  residence  hall 
life:  and  to  assist  in  formulating  housing  policies 
and  procedures.  .All  residence  hall  students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  RH.\.  Inquire  at 
your  residence  hall  office  for  involvement 
opportunioes. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


22       STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES 


The  Learning  Center 


The  Learning  Center  is  committed  to  helping 
underprepared  students  prepare,  prepared 
students  advance,  and  advanced  students  excel. 
Witli  diis  motto  as  its  mission,  die  Learning 
center  provides  various  academic  support 
services  to  all  lUP  students. 

Courses  are  offered  which  develop  learning  skills 
to  enhance  academic  success.  Courses  in  two 
levels  of  pre-coUege  mathemaUcs  (LRNC  090, 
LRNC  095)  and  two  courses  in  reading  (LRNC 
070,  LRNC  075)  are  offered  for  institudoiial 
credit.  Insdtutional  credit  counts  in  determining 
fiill-time  enrollment  status  but  not  in 
determining  credits  applicable  for  degree 
eligibilit)'  at  graduaUon. 

The  Learning  Center  also  offers  a  package  of 
freshman  seminar  courses  designed  to  prepare 
first-year  students  with  die  skills  and  knowledge 
important  to  college  success.  These  three  1- 
semester-hour  courses  count  toward  graduation 
and  include  Educational  Planning  (LRNC  150), 
Learning  Strategies  (LRNC  160),  and  Career 
Exploration  (LRNC  170). 

The  Learning  Center  provides  educadonal 
support  services  for  all  lUP  students  in  the  areas 
of  reading,  wriung,  madiemaucs,  biological  and 
physical  sciences,  foreign  languages,  social 
sciences,  study  skills,  and  related  areas.  These 
ser^^ces  are  provided  by  bodi  professional  and 
undergraduate  paraprofessional  staff.  Students 
are  encouraged  to  parUcipate  in  a  broad  array  of 
program  services  including  one-to-one  and 
group  tutorials,  workshops,  and  supplemental 
instruction  (SI)  sessions  provided  by  a  trained 
staff  of  undergraduate  paraprofessionals.  These 
services  are  available  in  most  content  areas,  as 
well  as  in  general  study  skills. 

All  students  matriculadng  dirough  the  Learning 
Center  receive  a  fiill  program  of  freshman-year 
courses  and  advisement,  including  assistance  in 
the  areas  of  academic  tutoring,  career  counseling, 
financial  aid  infomiadon,  personal  counseling, 
academic  advising  related  to  curriculum 
concerns,  the  selecdon  of  an  appropriate  major, 
and  course  scheduling. 

Act  101  Program 

Students  idendfied  as  eligible  for  Act  101 
support  receive  the  Learning  Center  freshman 
program  also.  The  Act  101  Program,  created  as  a 
result  of  the  Pennsylvania  Higher  Education 
Equal  Opportunity  Act  101  in  1971  by  the 
legislature  of  the  commonwealth,  focuses  on 
servicing  lUP  students  in  order  to  make  die  ideal 
of  "^equal  educadonal  opportunity"  a  reality  for 
all  qualified  students. 

The  Learning  Center  office  is  located  in  202 
Pratt  Hall.  Further  informadon  about  the 
Learning  Center  and  the  Act  101  Program  can 
be  obtained  by  calling  724-357-2729. 

New  Student  Orientation 

llIP  oilers  a  two-part  orientation  program  for  all 
new  students.  Freshmen  are  expected  to 
parUcipate  in  both  of  the  programs,  as  they  are 
intended  to  provide  information  and  programs 
wliich  are  designed  to  insure  a  successftil 
first-year  experience. 

Summer  Orientation:  The  preregistration 
placement  tesdng,  advising,  and  course  selecdon 
program  occurs  during  the  summer  immediately 
preceding  students^  matriculation  on  campus. 


This  experience  is  designed  to  assess  academic 
readiness  for  courses  integral  to  the  ILIP 
curriculum,  including  English,  mathemadcs,  and 
foreign  languages.  Students  admitted  to  die 
Indiana  campus.  Honors  College,  or  the 
Learning  Center  program  parUcipate  in  an 
overnight,  two-day  experience  which  includes 
tesdng,  academic  advising,  and  orientadon  to 
university  curricular  requirements  and 
cocurricular  opportuniues.  Students  who  are 
admitted  as  branch  campus  freshmen  parUcipate 
in  a  one-day  program.  Concurrent  parent 
orientadon  programs  are  offered. 


Fall  Orientation:  Fall  Orientation  i 
students  move  onto  campus  immediately  prior  to 
the  beginning  of  fall  classes.  Programs  and 
activides  are  designed  to  assure  a  snioodi 
transiuon  from  the  home  environment  to  lUP's 
campus  community. 

lUP  views  this  two-part  orientadon  as  unique 
and  extremely  important  to  freshman  retention 
and  satisfaction  widi  the  university.  The 
freshman  year  is  critical  in  regard  to  academic 
success.  During  this  time,  students  must 
simultaneously  develop  academic  competence  in 
the  college  curriculum  and  adjust  to  the  personal 
decision-making  process  college  life  affords. 
Each  of  the  programs  is  designed  to  assist  in  diis 
important  college  adjustment  process.  Freshmen 
are  expected  to  parUcipate  fiilly  in  this  two-part 
program. 

Student  Activities  and 
Organizations 

As  participating  members  of  the  lUP  community, 
students  occupy  a  responsible  role  in  governing 
and  shaping  campus  life.  Since  a  valuable  part  of 
education  lies  in  participation  in  groups  and 
activities  where  experience  in  leadersliip,  social 
and  community  responsibility,  intellectual 
curiosity,  and  reUgious  interests  can  be  met, 
active  participation  in  varied  organizations  is 
available  and  encouraged. 

There  are  currendy  more  than  180  recognized 
student  organizations  at  lUP  advised  by  faculty 
or  stati^elected  by  the  students.  Students  are 
also  encouraged  to  initiate  and  support  new 
groups  which  reflect  interests  not  represented  by 
existing  organizations. 

Under  the  supeiTision  of  the  Office  of  Student 
.Activities  and  Organizations  and  fimded  for  die 
most  part  by  the  Student  Cooperative 
Association,  many  activities  are  orchestrated  by 
students  and  offer  entertainment  and  cultural 
programs  for  the  entire  university  communit)'. 
These  activities  provide  a  significant  opportunity 
for  students  to  become  more  involved  with  their 
campus  as  well  as  to  experience  the  growth  and 
jiersonal  development  that  involvement  provides. 

Organizations  and  activities  sponsoring  many 
lUP  events  include  The  EiUertainment  Network 
(TEN),  Artist  Series,  Black  Emphasis 
Committee,  Ideas  and  Issues  Series,  Summer 
Activities,  and  the  University  Concert 
Committee.  Participation  in  these  and  other 
groups  is  strongly  encouraged. 

African  American  Cultural  Center 

The  African  American  Cultural  Center  is 
dedicated  to  the  enhancement  of  multicultural 
awareness  and  racial  sensitivity.  Through 
educational,  cultural,  and  social  activities,  the 
center  strives  to  foster  growdi,  development. 


awareness,  and  sensitivity  among  all  members  of 
die  university  community.  The  center  is  staffed 
by  two  full-time  professionals,  graduate  students, 
and  work-study  students. 

Student  Community  Services 

Student  Community  Services  offers  lUP 
students  both  curriculum-based  and  volunteer 
opportunities  to  explore,  expand,  and  fulfill  then 
altruistic  interests.  The  office  works  closely  with 
the  nearly  sixty  Indiana  County  human  service 
agencies  to  place  students  in  supervised  settings. 

Student  Congress 

The  Student  Congress  is  the  representative  and 
recognized  voice  of  lUP's  student  body.  The 
Student  Congress  was  created  in  die  spring  of 
1989  to  be  a  unified  voice  in  a  bicameral  (two- 
house)  arrangement.  It  is  led  by  a  president  and  a 
vice  president  elected  at-large  in  a  spring  general 
election.  The  primary  responsibihty  of  the 
Student  Congress  House  lies  with  the  student 
members  of  various  university  advisory  bodies, 
including  the  Student  Cooperative  Association 
Finance  Committee,  which  allocates  $300,000  in 
support  of  university  activities.  Each  member  of 
the  Student  Congress  Senate  serves  as  a 
representative  on  die  University  Senate,  the 
institution's  chief  governing  body.  The  Student 
Congress  meets  biweekly.  Every'  student  enrolled 
at  lUP  is  considered  a  member  of  the  SC,  and 
input  is  always  sought  and  welcome. 

Student  Cooperative 
Association 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  has  played 
an  extremely  broad  role  in  the  cocurricular  fife  of 
the  university  for  more  than  sixty  years.  All 
students,  faculty,  and  staff  who  pay  die  Activit)' 
Fee  are  members  of  the  association.  Virtually  all 
campuswide  activities  outside  the  instructional 
program  are  sponsored  wholly  or  in  part  by  the 
association. 

The  Activity  Fee  is  the  chief  source  of  income  for 
the  association's  programs.  The  student's  1-Card 
will  admit  him/lier  free  of  charge  or  at  a  reduced 
fee  to  university  social,  cultural,  and  adiletic 
events.  Odier  income  for  the  association  comes 
from  die  profits  of  the  Co-op  Store  and  income 
from  events  sponsored  by  die  association. 

The  Student  Cooperative  Association  operates 
die  Hadley  Union  Building,  which  houses  the 
Co-op  Store,  and  the  Fitness  Center.  The  Hadley 
Union  Building,  built  by  association  members 
through  the  Activity  Fee,  offers  many  facilities  for 
use  by  the  university  community. 

The  Co-op  Recreational  Park  comprises  270 
acres  of  wooded  hillsides  and  fields.  Included  are 
a  lodge  building  which  will  accommodate  groups 
of  up  to  two  hundred  people,  a  ski  hut,  an 
eighteen-station  exercise  course,  cross-country 
skiing  and  hiking  trails,  a  picnic  shelter,  an 
archeiy  range,  two  Softball  fields,  a  golf  practice 
range,  outdoor  batting  cages,  and  a  pond  for 
fishing. 

Student  Publications 

Tlie  Penn,  lUP's  campus  newspaper,  is  published 
three  times  a  week  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  by  students  wishing  to  gain  practical 
newspaper  experience.  Interested  students  are 
advised  to  attend  organizational  meetings  held  in 
the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Tlie  Penn  will 
carry  notices  of  subscription  drives.  AppficaUons 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


STUDENT    PROGRAMS    AND    SERVICES       23 


fill  .lUlVpiisiliiin.i  iiiav  Ik-  iiIx.iimciI  lirmi  III, 
I'nin  <.fll<  e. 

■//(f.S'Burrf  (llic  sliidcnl  liiiiiillxxik)  is  (liniril)ijicil 
III  all  wtiidciils  uk'ctriiiiliallv  al 
wuw.i„j,.t',lii/sU„l,„l,ill,i,n.  It  imliidfs  nilf»  aii<l 
rcniilariiins,  llic  ixirai  iiriic  niai  |>riiKraiii.  and 
Hcllcr.il  iiifoiiii.iliori  nl  iiilcrc'.r  in  sliidcnlH. 

University  Judicial  System 

lliPlsaiiacadciiiK  cm iirnlv  widnii  ihc 

siicitty  al  larnc.  As  a  cdinmiiruly,  llic  riiiivcrsiiv 
lias  developed  a  ciide  iil'staiulards  and 
cxpcctatiiin.s  llial  are  cinisi.stenl  widi  its  purpose 
as  an  educational  institution.  ll'P  reallimis  die 
principle  of  student  freedom,  coupled  with  an 
acceptance  of  full  responsibility  for  one's 
lieliavior  and  the  con.se(|ueiiccs  ofsiicli  behavior. 
.■\s  a  mcmher  of  die  academic  conmumity  and  of 
the  laiger  societ);  a  student  retains  the  rights, 
protections,  guarantees,  and  responsibilities  that 
are  held  by  all  citizens. 

The  intent  of  ibis  cdiiialinna!  s\siem  is  to  create 
beli.ivioral  i  bailee  in  ibc  sIikIciiI.  promote  civility 
(ipeiiness  and  jiislnc.  .iiid  also  protect  the  rights 
of  die  members  ol'tlie  university  comimmity.  The 
judicial  system  of  IIIP  exists  to  review  all  alleged 
violations  of  university  regulations  and/or 
federal,  state,  and  local  ordinances.  The  system 
will  bold  the  student  accountable  for  bis/lier 
actions  when  lUP  regulations  or  statutes  have 
been  violated. 

The  primary  function  of  die  judicial  systems  is  to 
adjudicate  alleged  policy  violations  by  students 
that  occur  on  campus.  The  university  reserves 
tlie  right  to  adjudicate  violauons  by  students  in 
olT-canipus  locations  when  those  violations  might 
adversely  affect  die  universit)'  community.  The 
university  maintains  die  right  to  amend  its  nilcs 
and  to  make  such  amendments  effective 
immediately  upon  appropriate  public  notilicalion 
of  students.  A  complete  statement  of  regulations 
is  available  in  the  student  handbook  at 
U'ti'Ui.iiiji.iiliifiluilnitiiffain. 

Veterans  Affairs 

The  N'etcrans  .Atlairs  Office  provides  many 
scr\ices  to  veterans,  including  academic  support, 
tutoring,  housing  assistance,  tinaiicial  aid,  and 
general  iiifomiatioii.  The  Veterans  Affairs  Office 
is  located  in  Clark  Hall.  For  information  on 
forms,  please  call  724-.!.57-.3nO<).  The  Federal 
Veterans  Office  telephone  number  is  800-827- 
1000. 


Thrfollmving  .irrvicri  art  availablt  to  IVP 
tliidrnh  hut  arr  mil  a  pari  of  Ihr  Diviuon  of 
SImlrnI  AJJairs. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

I  Ik   S|»'>'<  Ii  .mil  i  Icdnng  (  lllll.  .  lo.aled  III 
Davis  I  lull,  iiifers  both  diagnostic  evaluations 
.lllll  iberapeiitic  services  for  speech,  language. 
.mil  bearing  problems.  The  clinic  al.so 
.iiliiiinisiers  the  speech  clearance  for  teacher 
ciliirallon  programs. 

These  services  arc  made  available  without 
charge  to  students  regularly  enrolled  at  the 
university  to  give  the  necessary  assistance  to 
alleviate  deficiencies  which  would  interfere  with 
successliil  performance  and  progress  in  the 
university  and  in  future  work.  Students  arc 
encouraged  to  use  the  facilities  provided  for 
them  and  may  of  their  own  initiative  come  to  the 
clinic  for  help,  or  tliey  may  be  referred  by  any 
faculty  member  or  university  official. 

Parking 

Students,  faculty,  and  stalf  members  who  park 
vehicles  in  campus  parking  areas  must  register 
dieir  vehicles  with  the  Campus  PoUce  Office. 
Resident  students  will  be  issued  parking  permits 
for  die  following  reasons:  medical  necessity, 
student  teaching,  or  oUier  academic  need  for  a 
vehicle.  A  written  application  must  be  submitted 
to  and  approved  by  the  Parking  Audiority 
Review  Board.  Parking  will  be  available  to 
resident  students  not  meeting  the 
aforementioned  criteria.  They  may  park  for  a  fee 
in  the  Robertsbavv  lot.  The  Campus  Police 
Office  is  located  in  die  .^dministrauve  Annex 
basement  and  can  be  contacted  for  informauon 
on  parking  as  well  as  copies  of  the  current  rules 
and  regulations.  Rules  and  regulations  can  also 
be  accessed  at  die  website  www.iup.edu/police. 

Student  Rights/Directory 
Information 


Student  Technology  Services 


The  following  information  is  considered 
directoi\'  information  under  die  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  .\ct  (die  Buckley 
Amendment  of  1974)  and  may  be  released 
widiout  the  students  permission:  name, 
address,  telephone  number,  major,  student 
activities,  weight  and  height  (athletic  teams). 
dates  and  status  of  attendance,  dates  of 
graduadon.  degrees  and  awards  received  and 
where  received,  most  recent  educational 
institution  attended,  and  e-mail  usemame. 

Students  may  request  that  this  information  not 
be  publicly  released  by  completing  a  fonn 
available  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Clark 
Hall  Lobby.  Upon  receipt  of  this  signed  form  in 
the  Registrars  office,  all  iiifonnauon  will  be 
vvithbckl,  even  beyond  graduation,  unless  the 
student  requests  in  vvTiung  diat  diis 
nondisclosure  request  be  rescinded. 


Siiidcnl  In  liiiolog)  ScrvK  e»  (SIS)  provides 
proactive  and  reactive  measures  to  assist 
studciiLs  of  Il'P  with  orientation  to  and  uivc  of 
coinpulcrs  and  otiicr  technology  at  lUP.  One  of 
the  goals  of  STS  is  to  provide  students  witii  a 
place  to  go  for  advice  and  assistance  with  inaucs 
related  to  coinpulcrs  and  otlicr  technology  on 
die  campuses  of  lUP. 

The  Student  Computing  Help  Desk  can  address 
student  (jucstions  conccniiiig  e-mail,  web  page*. 
.NT  network  usage,  etc.  Siudciiti  may  contact 
die  help  desk  via  phone  (724-.J.57-2198)  or  c- 
niail  (Sluiirnl-llrl)il)rsk^<ifTmir.tup.edu).  Our 
web  page  al  hllp://unfu.iup.edii/ati  includes 
several  sections  vsliich  might  help  studenU  to 
aiLswer  dieir  own  questions.  Students  arc  also 
welcome  to  visit  the  Student  Computing  Help 
Desk  at  Cordon  Hall,  room  139  for  personal 
assistance  with  their  computing  problems.  The 
Student  Computing  Help  Desk  is  open  from  10 
a.m.  illltilfip.ln.vveckdavs. 

Computer  Software  Policy 


ll  IS  ibc  p.ilu  \  III  IIP  dijl  contractually 
protected  and/or  copyrighted  computer  software 
shall  not  be  improperly  copied,  distributed,  or 
used  by  its  employees,  students,  or  affiliated 
organizations.  It  is  the  res[K>nsibility  of  each 
member  of  the  universitv'  community  to  adhere 
to  diis  policy  and  to  enforce  it  with  regard  to 
those  they  supervise.  If  any  member  of  the 
conununity  has  a  question  regarding  the 
propriety-  of  using  software,  he/she  is  responsible 
for  contacting  his/her  supervisor  for  direction. 
Tile  superv  isor  may  in  turn  refer  the  questions 
to  die  director  of  .Academic  Computing  of  the 
Technology  Senices  Center  for  a  decision  on 
what  constitutes  proper  use.  The  fiill  text  of  the 
policy  adopted  by  Uiuversit)'  Senate  and 
Council  of  Trustees  in  May.  1988.  is  available  in 
die  computer  laboratories,  from  the  TSC.  and  at 
immi'. iup.edu/acadfmicaffain. 

University  Computing 
Resources  Policy 

Universit)  resources  are  limited,  and  the  right  to 
use  computing  resources  in  die  iup.edu  domain 
does  not  extend  to  activities  which  unfairly 
deprive  other  potential  users  of  access  to 
computing  resources  or  which  impose  an 
unnecessarv'  burden  upon  die  uni>ersit)'.  .-Vll 
users  have  an  obligation  to  use  resources 
responsibly,  aware  that  dieir  use  does  cost  the 
universit)'.  the  Commonwealdi  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  its  citizens  real  money  to  provide. 

Computing  administration  has  an  obhgation  to 
suspend  activities  which  it  deems  to  pose  a  dear 
and  present  threat  to  the  efficient  operation  of 
and  equitable  access  to  universitv  computing 
resources.  Such  suspension  should.  wheno"er 
practical,  be  accompanied  by  warning  and  a 
clear  explanation  of  the  inappropriate  acti\it>-. 
The  user  has  tlie  right  to  appeal  the  suspension 
through  die  facult)-.  employee,  or  student  judicial 
processes. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


24       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Academic  Policies 


.Vote:  Please  sec  individnal  college  sections  for 
policies  pertaining  only  to  partiadar  colleger  and 
majors. 

Classification  of  Students 

In  order  to  be  classified  as  (ull-time, 
undergraduate  students  attending  any  regular 
academic  year  semester  must  be  currently 
enrolled  in  at  least  12  semester  hours. 

During  the  lUP  summer  session,  a  student  must 
be  enrolled  in  a  total  of  1 2  semester  hours  during 
tlie  entire  summer  in  order  to  be  classified  as  a 
full-time  enroUee. 

Full-time  classification  for  students  enrolled  in 
instnictional  periods  wliich  do  not  conform  to 
the  regularly  scheduled  academic  sessions  will  be 
based  upon  the  number  of  enrolled  semester 
hours  during  tlial  period  of  enrollment  (e.g.,  1 
semester  hour  in  one  week  of  instruction  would 
equal  die  minimum  fiill-time  certification 
standard). 


For  purposes 
the  following 
are  used: 

ofd 
L-rec 

esignadng  students  by  class, 
it-hour  classificadon  ranges 

Freshmen 

28  semester  hours  or  less 

Sophomores 

29-56  semester  hours 

Juniors 

57-90  semester  hours 

Seniors 

91  semester  hours  or  more 

Class  designations  are  based  on  credits  earned 
rather  than  credits  attempted.  Persons  holding  a 
degree  and  working  for  a  second  baccalaureate 
degree  may  be  classified  as  seniors. 

Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads 

A  normal  semester  hour  load  is  15-17  semester 
hours.  A  student  who  wishes  to  schedule  18  or 
more  semester  hours  must  obtain  approval  fi'om 
the  dean  of  die  college  in  which  he/she  is 
registered;  approval  will  be  predicated  upon 
various  criteria  such  as  die  student's 
demonstrated  competencies,  total  courses,  and 
specific  conditions.  If  approval  is  granted,  the 
dean  will  set  die  credit  hmit  and  make  the 
appropriate  computer  entry.  A  student  is 
responsible  for  paying  a  per-credit  lee  at  the 
current  tuition  rate  for  each  credit  beyond 
eighteen. 

Schedule  Changes  (Drop/Add) 

The  universir\'  registration  system,  Lhiiversit)' 
Records  and  Scheduling  Assistant  (URS.A)  on 
the  Web,  is  characterized  as  one  of  continuous 
registration.  From  die  student's  initial 
registration  time  for  a  given  semester  through  die 
end  of  the  drop/add  period,  a  few  days  into  die 
semester  (except  for  specified  restricted  times),  a 
student  may  modify  his/lier  schedule  to  die 
extent  that  classes  arc  available  or  permission  to 
register  for  a  closed  or  restricted  section  has  been 
granted  and  entered  into  the  computer  system. 


Deadlines  for  tlie  opportunity  to  drop  or  add 
sections  can  be  found  in  the  academic  calendar 
at  die  website  wunc. iup.edu/registrar.  Each 
student  is  responsible  for  making  appropriate 
computer  transactions  to  ensure  schedule 
accuracy.  Note  particularly  that,  while  the 
department  may  enter  permission  to  register  for  a 
section,  the  student  must  complete  the  actual 
registration  transaction  on  URSA. 

Advanced  Placement  and 
Credit/Exemption  Examinations 

Courses  taken  by  students  prior  to  college 
admission  under  die  Advanced  Placement 
Program  of  die  College  Entrance  E.xamination 
Board  may  be  recognized  by  die  award  of  college 
credit  or  by  exemption  from  required  subjects. 
Those  who  earn  a  grade  of  3, 4,  or  5  in  die 
Advanced  Placement  Examination  will  be 
granted  credit  toward  die  number  of  credit  hours 
required  for  graduation. 

For  students  who  have  had  other  unusual 
oppormnities  for  instruction  or  have  advanced  in 
a  given  field,  an  opportunit)-  to  gain  credit  and/or 
exemption  fi-om  a  course  is  afforded  dirougli 
examinations.  University  Testing  Senices  in  die 
Career  Senices  Office  (302  Pratt  Hall)  offers 
credit  options  dirough  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP). 

Students  have  an  opportunit)'  to  gain  exemption 
or  credit  through  successfid  completion  of 
comprehensive  examinations  by  requesting  fi-om 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       25 


llic  ;icu<lL'inJ<  (li'|i.irliiiciil  .m  cxuiii  m  d  .Hiiliftliliilc  for  riiiii|ilcliii);  dll  llic  iiniial 
n'(|iiireiiicMl.t  oltliu  cuurac. 

A  siiulcnl  who  |ia!i»c!i  an  exemption  rxaniinadoii  will  lie  exempt  from  UikinK 
lliiil  course  in  his/lier  ucadeniic  pro^rani.  Wlien  a  sliidcnl  rcieives  <rcdil  lor 
a  I'ourNe  by  exainiriatiiiii.  llie  >  rcdil  will  lie  applie<l  lo  xradiialioii 
re(|uiretiienl»  jnsl  as  lliou)r|i  llie  <  iinrse  liad  liecn  laken.  If  a  slndenl  i» 
granted  exeniption  only  Ironi  a  course,  lie/slie  will  lie  peiniidetl  lo  lake  a  free 
elective  in  place  ol'lliat  course.  This  enables  ihc  sindeni  In  specialize  furlher, 
correct  weaknesses  outside  the  major  Held,  biiilil  kiiowle<lKe  in  an  ancillary 
area,  or  be  inlrodiu  ed  to  an  entirely  difrcreiil  area. 

('(lurscs  for  which  credit  or  exemption  are  awarded  by  examination  will  not 

he  used  in  die  ihlrniiiiialiori  ..rni.idr-|M,inl  .iveianes. 

Internship/Cooperative  Education 

Sindents  may  applv  l.ir  an  inlepii-.lnp  il  lluy  have  completed  57  semester 
lionis  and  have  at  least  a  2.i)  (<\'i\.  Internship  sites  are  nnrmally  located 
within  a  fiOO-mile  radius  of  the  campus.  Overseas  placements  are  hicated 
near  an  Il'l'  center.  Internships  are  available  in  slate  and  federal  oflices: 
liusiuesses  at  die  local,  slate,  and  national  level:  state-related  agencies: 
corporations;  and  roundations. 

Sindents  may  apply  for  a  co-op  iftliey  have  coinpleled  JO  semester  hours 
and  have  at  ii  ,isl  a  2.0  GPA.  Tw<i  experiences  are  required.  .Sites  arc  national 
and  inlcnialional.  I'lacemeiit^  parallel  those  of  die  internship  program. 

Because  internships  are  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  die  student's  academic 
program,  studeiiLs  who  are  interested  in  specific  internship  programs  should 
consult  widi  die  internship  advi.sor  in  die  deparlmenl  ofdieir  major.  A 
niaxinumi  of  1 2  semester  hours  is  applicable  lo  an  undergraduate  degree 
program  IVom  any  comhiiialion  of  co-op  and  inlernship  experiences. 

Prior  Learning/Portfolio  Assessment 
Prior  Learning  Assessment  Programs 

lUP  oners  several  mctliuds  lor  earning  iiiii%ersily  credit  for  college-level 
learning  gained  through  work  and  life  experience.  Through  the  Otiice  of 
Career  Ser\ices,  the  College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  offers 
standardized  examinations  in  general  and  specific  subjects.  In  addition, 
departmeiual  examinations  are  also  available  in  specific  areas  on  a  limited 
basis. 

Where  examinations  are  not  available,  portfolio  assessment  may  provide  die 
student  with  die  opportunity  lo  present  e\ideiice  of  learning  for  evaluation 
by  a  university  faculty  member.  Through  portfolio  assessment,  work  and  life 
experiences  arc  evaluated  to  determine  dieir  appropriateness  and 
applicability  for  university'  credit.  Credits  earned  dirough  prior  learning 
assessment  may  not  be  applied  toward  university  residency  requirements  for 
awarding  of  degrees.  In  addition,  no  more  diaii  one-half  of  die  semester 
hours  required  for  a  student's  major  may  be  earned  by  CLEP,  departmental 
examination,  and  portfolio  assessment.  Contact  the  School  of  Continuing 
KdiicaUoii  for  informauon  regarding  portfolio  assessment. 

Policy  on  Portfolio  Assessment 

IL'P  has  aulhorizcd  a  policy  for  assessment  of  prior  learning  that  took  place 
outside  traditional  classrooms  in  a  procedure  known  as  Portfolio 
Assessment.  It  is  particularly  designed  for  adults  \vith  extensive 
documentable  knowledge  from  work  experience,  travel,  independent  study, 
or  other  onl-of-class  experiences. 

Portfolio  Assessment:  Principles 

1 .  Credit  aw  ai  ded  dirough  portfolio  evaluation  must  confonii  to  specific 
course  tides  listed  in  this  catalog.  Credit  awards  for  general  broad  areas 
(block  credit)  will  not  be  pennitted. 

2.  In  order  lo  request  a  portfolio  assessment,  die  student  must  be  currendy 
enrolled  at  I  UP.  Credit  a%varded  must  be  intended  for  use  as  part  of  a 
degree  or  certification  program. 

3.  Each  department  will  determine  the  maximum  number  of  semester 
hours  to  be  awarded  for  prior  learning  for  its  major.  In  no  case  vN-ill  more 
diaii  one-half  of  the  major  be  earned  through  CLEP.  challenge 
examinaUons.  and  other  forms  of  prior  learning  assessment. 

4.  Semester  hours  earned  through  portfolio  assessment  mav  not  appK  as 
residency  credit  for  die  purpose  of  awarding  degrees. 

5.  Semester  hours  earned  dirough  portfoUo  assessment  mav  be  awarded 
only  as  regular  course  credit. 


Ii.      II  a  related  examinalioii  is  available  dirongli  CLEP  or  ifa  clulicngc 
cxaminalion  liaa  previously  been  esiabli.shed  for  die  cour»e,  a  portfolio 
assesHinciit  of  tlionc  semester  hours  will  nol  lie  aocplcd. 

7.      Acceptance  of  portfolio  asscsMiient  credits  by  die  department  will  l>c 
indicated  by  die  signature  of  the  (haiqicrsoii  of  the  dcparlnienl  KlTcnng 
the  course.  The  dean  of  die  appropriate  II  'P  (ullege  and  the  dean  of  llie 
School  of  Continuing  ICdiicatioii  miiit  al«o  imiicale  approval. 

H.     Sliidenis  may  ijualify  solely  for  iiiidcrgradiialc  credit  — rioi  gradiialc 
credit. 

!).  The  title  of  the  course,  the  semester  hours,  and  the  indit-ation  that  credit 
was  larneil  through  Portfolio  AssessmenI  will  be  recorded  on  the 

hrr.rr   u,..u\. 

Portfolio  Evaluation:  Procedures 

1 .  Student  meets  widi  die  assistant  dean  for  Oedil  Programs  in  die  School 
of  Continuing  Education  lo  determine  die  feasibility  ofcaniing  Kmcslcr 
hours  dirough  piirtfiilio  evaluation.  .Standard  oudines  of  related  coursct 
are  |>rovided  lo  student. 

2.  Preliminary  .Application  Form  -  Student  must  provide  a  resume  and 
answer  die  following  questions: 

a.  What  have  you  learned  dial  relates  lo  diis  course? 

b.  Where  and  when  have  you  learned  it? 

c.  What  documentation  do  you  have  that  suppiru  the  claim? 

.'i.  A  handbook  lo  assist  students  in  compiling  a  portfolio  will  be  printed.  Ii 
will  show  how  to  relate  to  the  written  portfolio  learning  gained  througli 
work  experience,  independent  study,  and  other  experiences.  Evidence  <if 
learning  through  documentation  of  experience,  completion  of  a  project, 
and  written  examination  will  he  explained.  If  then-  is  sntTn  urir  dniLoid. 
a  workshop  will  be  conducted  to  assist  students. 

•1.      Fees: 

Application  Fee  per  A.ssessnienl:  $  I. '5.00 

.Assessment  Fee:  one-half  die  current  rate  of  tuition  per  credit  for  each 

credit  requested:  lo  be  paid  when  portfolio  is  submitted  for  e\'aluation. 

5.     The  applicaUon  will  be  submitted  to  the  assistant  dean  for  Credit 

Programs.  Upon  approval,  die  cliairperson  of  die  department  olTering 
tlie  course  will  be  requested  to  suggest  die  name  of  a  faculty  member  to 
die  dean  of  the  college  for  approval. 

().      The  faculty  member  will  meet  with  the  student  to  determine  the 
technique  of  assessment  or  a  combination  of  tecliniques  to  be  used, 
incluchng  interviews,  docmnentatiun,  observation  of  performance, 
examination,  etc. 

7,  After  the  portfolio  has  been  prepared  by  the  student,  it  will  be  submitted 
to  die  dean  of  die  School  of  Continuing  EducaUon  for  review,  then 
forwarded  to  die  appointed  faculty  member  for  assessment 

8.  The  facult)'  member  will  e\'aluate  the  portfolio,  then  make  a 
recommendation  for  or  against  the  award  of  credit  and  die  amount  of 
credit  in  die  fonii  of  a  letter.  « liicli  must  be  ap))roved  and  countersigned 
by  the  chairperson  of  the  department  offering  die  course.  The  portfolio 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  dean  of  die  college  wliich  oversees  the  student's 
curricidum  to  approve  and  verify  dial  the  course  will  be  accepted  as  part 
of  die  students  program.  Finally,  die  portfolio  is  sent  to  die  assistant 
dean  of  the  School  of  Continuing  HxlucaUon.  who  will  iiouf)'  the  student 
and  the  registrar. 

f).      The  registrar  will  list  the  course  ude.  credit,  and  an  indicadon  that 
credit  Wiis  earned  through  Portfolio  .Assessment. 


Advisory  Program 


A  group  of  selected  faculty  members  act  as  freshman  advisors  for  entering 
freshmen  in  dieir  deparuiients.  In  some  curricula  the  advisors  continue  with 
die  same  group  of  advisees  fVom  year  to  year.  In  other  curricula  the  freshman 
advisors  remain  widi  their  advisee  groups  only  for  the  students'  frrst  year, 
under  diis  program,  the  smdent  is  dien  assigned  an  academic  advisor  for  the 
remaining  years  dirough  to  his/her  degree  in  a  chosen  field. 

Faculty  ad\isors  counsel  die  students  on  academic  achievement  dropping 
courses,  changing  curriculimi.  student  acdWdes.  study  schedules,  and 
personal  problems. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


26      ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Change  of  Major 


Undergraduate  Course  Attendance  Policy 

The  university  expects  all  students  to  attend  class. 

Individual  faculty  members  may  define  attendance  standards  appropriate  to 
each  course  and  tlie  consequences  of  not  meeting  those  standards,  within  die 
following  g"uidelines: 


For  sltidenls  changing  majors  into  the  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Tecliiiologf  or  into  the  Eherly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  lechnology,  special  policies  apply.  Phase  refer  to  the 
individual  college  sections  in  this  catalogfor  change  of  major  policies 
pertaining  to  specific  colleges  and  majors. 

To  qualify  for  change  of  major,  a  student  must  be  in  academic  good  standing 
(2.00  GPA)  and  must  meet  any  odier  requirements  specific  to  die  major. 
Criminology  majors  and  all  teacher  certificadon  programs  have  requirements 
beyond  a  2.00  GPA. 

A  student  must  apply  for  a  change  of  major  in  the  office  of  the  dean  of  die 
college  in  which  die  student  is  registered  if  the  curriculum  change  desired  is 
from  one  department  to  another  within  the  same  college  (for  example, 
change  from  a  matheniadcs  major  to  a  biology  major)  or  in  the  office  of  the 
dean  of  the  college  to  which  the  student  wishes  to  transfer  if  the  curriculum 
cliange  is  from  one  college  to  anodier  (for  example,  secondary  education 
major  to  biolog)'  major).  In  eitlier  case,  die  student  will  complete  an 
appticadon  form  that  is  available  in  die  dean's  office.  Before  seeking  a  change 
of  major,  it  is  advisable  diat  die  student  consult  with  the  departmental 
chairpersons  of  bodi  the  "old"  and  "new"  majors. 

When  a  student  changes  colleges,  the  dean  (or  dean's  agent)  of  the  college 
into  which  the  transfer  is  sought  will  evaluate  the  student's  credits  before 
approving  die  transfer.  A  copy  of  the  evaluadon  will  be  made  available  to  the 
student  and  his/her  new  advisor  if  a  change  of  major  is  effected. 

In  cases  involving  students  who  are  veterans,  the  dean  of  the  college  into 
which  transfer  is  sought  (or  dean's  agent)  shall  give  the  veteran  a  statement  of 
prospecUve  approval  and  the  effective  date  of  the  proposed  changes.  This 
statement  shall  also  indicate  die  amount  of  extended  training  Unie  the  change 
of  major  will  entail  and  the  amount  of  credit  loss,  if  any.  The  veteran  shall 
take  this  statement  to  die  veteran's  counselor  at  least  one  niondi  prior  to  the 
effecdve  date  of  the  change.  No  transfer  of  curriculum  shall  be  made  by 
veterans  undl  V.A.  approval  has  been  assured. 

Sophomore  Screening  for  Junior  Status  Approval 

General  policy  at  lUP  permits  each  college  to  deteniiine  its  own  scheme  for 
evaluadng  the  development  and  progress  of  its  major  students.  However, 
each  college  is  expected  to  employ  some  effecdve  procedure  for  such 
evaluadon. 

Several  of  the  colleges  use  a  procedure  called  "Sophomore  Screening  for 
Junior  Status  Approval"  with  the  following  required:  All  students  (in  such  a 
college)  enrolled  in  their  fourdi  semester  or  who  will  complete  57  semester 
hours  attempted  by  die  end  of  the  current  semester  must  apply  for  junior 
Status  approval  by  filling  out  an  apphcation  fonii  by  the  deadline  date 
designated  and  announced. 

All  students  should  check  widi  their  faculty  advisors  to  determine  which 
colleges  use  die  "Junior  Status"  screening  procedure  and  the  criteria  for 
Junior  Status  Approval. 

University  Policy  on  Semester  Course  Syllabi 

Each  faculty  member  shall  prepare  and  distribute,  without  charge,  to  each 
student  widiiii  one  week  of  die  first  meeUng  of  die  class  a  semester  course 
syllabus.  The  syllabus  will  be  consistent  with  course  content  and  catalog 
descripdon,  which  was  approved  by  the  Curriculum  Committee  of  the 
University  Senate  for  the  inidal  course  offering  or  revision. 

The  semester  course  syllabus  is  a  vehicle  of  communication  to  promote 
student  academic  planning  and  to  avoid  misunderstandings  of  course  plan 
and  requirements. 

It  is  recommended  that  each  syllabus  include: 

a.  the  facult)'  member's  name,  office  locadon,  telephone  number,  and  office 
hours 

b.  an  outline  of  the  course  content,  objectives,  and  prerequisites,  as 
appropriate 

c.  informaUon  about  the  required  textbook(s)  widi  tide,  author,  and 
edidon,  and  any  other  required  materials 

d.  information  on  the  detemiinadon  of  grades,  including  the  weight,  types, 
and  scheduling  of  evaluauons,  other  planned  requirements,  and 
expectation  for  class  pardcipaUon 

e.  statement  of  policies  and/or  penalries  for  make-up  exams  and  late 
submission  of  assignments 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


1.  Each  policy  must  be  distributed  in  writing  during  the  first  week  of  the 
course.  Normally,  it  is  expected  that  the  infoniiation  dealing  widi  class 
attendance  standards  will  be  distributed  with  the  Semester  Course 
Syllabus. 

2.  Each  policy  must  recognize  students'  need  to  miss  class  because  of 
illness  or  personal  emergency. 

3.  Each  policy  must  define  some  limited  level  of  allowable  absence, 
normally  at  least  a  number  of  clock  hours  equal  to  course  semester 
hours. 

Anticipated  Class  Absence  for  University 
Representation  and  Participation 

The  university  community  recognizes  the  values  of  student  participation  in 
cocurricular  and  extracurricular  activities  of  the  university.  lUP  has  fostered 
this  pardcipaUon  with  an  informal  policy  of  good  faith  accommodadon  to 
meet  overlapping  demands  of  the  curricular  and  extracurricular 
commitments. 

The  underlying  spirit  of  good  faith  accommodation  ultimately  is  set  in  the 
faculty  member's  unabridged  right  to  determine  die  terms  of  variance,  if  any, 
from  the  established  course  syllabus— tests,  quizzes,  due  dates  for  papers  or 
other  assignments,  projects,  presentations,  and  all  other  course  operadons. 

In  seeking  variance,  the  student  must  take  the  initiadve  to  make  all 
arrangements  including  validation  of  participadon  as  needed.  The  student 
should  generally  assinne  that  papers  and  such  assignments  should  be 
completed  and  submitted  before  the  andcipated  class  absence.  Alternate 
arrangements  for  tests,  quizzes,  labs,  or  class  pardcipation  acdvity  (panels, 
simulations,  presentations)  should  be  sought  sufficiendy  in  advance  to  peniiit 
faculty/student  agreement  on  the  plan  for  completion,  whether  the  actual 
completion  is  rescheduled  to  be  prior  to  or  subsequent  to  the  anticipated 
absence. 

Inclement  Weather  Policy 

Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  committed  to  the  safety  and  security  of 
its  students,  faculty,  staff,  and  visitors.  Because  of  this  commitment,  the 
decision  whether  the  university  should  close  or  remain  open  during  periods 
of  adverse  weather  condidons  is  based  on  the  overall  concern  for  the 
imiversity  community.  In  general,  however,  lUP's  pracdce  will  be  to  remain 
open  and  to  conduct  classes  and  business  as  usual  during  periods  of 
inclement  weather. 

Closure  of  the  University:  Should  adverse  weadier  condidons  arise  or  be 
anticipated  diat  would  make  it  inadvisable  to  operate  die  university  on  a 
given  day,  the  president  may,  at  his  discretion,  close  the  institudon  (i.e., 
cancel  all  classes  and  on-campus  acd\ities  at  all  campuses).  In  die  event  of 
either  a  fiill-  or  pardal-day  closure,  notificadon  will  be  provided  to  die 
following  radio  and  television  stadons:  WDAD  Radio  (Indiana),  WCCS 
Radio  (Homer  City),  WJAC-TV  (Johnstown).  KDKA-TV  and  KDKA 
Radio- 1 020  AM  (Pittsburgh),  and  WTAE-TV  and  WTAE  Radio- 1 2.50  AM 
(Pittsburgh). 

Cancellation  of  lUP-Sponsored  Activities  or  Events  in  the  Absence  of 
University  Closure:  Should  adverse  weather  conditions  arise  or  be 
andcipated  diat  would  make  it  inadvisable  to  conduct  an  lUP-sponsored 
acdvity  or  event  on  a  date  when  the  university  otherwise  remains  open,  the 
sponsoring  unit/department  has  the  option  to  cancel  or  postpone  the 
fimction.  The  sponsoring  unit/dejiartment  also  assumes  responsibility  for 
notifying  event  participants  of  the  cancellation/postponement  in  an 
appropriate  and  dmely  manner. 


ACADEMIC 


POLICIES       27 


Quality  Points  and  Determining  GPA 


Grades  and  Quality  Points 

In  I  lie  (^i.iiliii^  ^vliiii.  ill!  liilli>\Mii);Kni(li'H  ^ire  lined  in  ri'|iiii(iiiK  llii' 
sl^iii(llii);  c>rsiiiil('iils  ,ir  llii'  i'ikI  III  >'a<  li  sctiicHlcr  iir  hcshIoii: 

(■I'iulc  DcNCf'iplioii  Quality  l*(»iiitN 

A  Kxri'llrnl  I  (|ii,illly  |j(iiiit.s/'iCiiiL'»Ici' iiniir 

H  OikmI  I  i{ii.illly  piiiMlt/MCiiiL'StcT  lidiir 

('.  Avti.ij;!  :!  ({ii.ilily  |i<iiiili/'«-'iii(.'"(i'r  hour 

n  l*a.t.slii)r  I  (|ii,ilily  |)(iiiil/<)cincsl('r  liiiiir 

I'  Failing;  0  (jiiality  iioim.H/.stiiicfili'r  iioiir 

I'  Paisiiif;  0  (juality  piiiiiLi/sLiiiLStrr  hour  (for  <  redil  courses 
only)  (See  Pass/Fail  policy  for  more  information.) 

S  Satisfactory  0  ciiialily  points  (for  /.cro-crcdil  courses  only) 

1 1  Unsatisfactory  0  quality  points  (for  zero-credit  courses  only) 

Other  DcNi)riii)iiiitiN  (carrying  no  (|tialily  poinLs)i 

Al'l)        AiidilccI  course 

KXM        F\iiniiiiation 

FOI.         Portfolio  Assessmeiil 

I  Incomplete  Student  was  unable  to  complete  the 

coursework  due  to  unexpected  illness  or  personal 

emergency.  (Sec  1  [liicomplete|  Policy  for  more 

informalioii.) 
L  Late  Graile/         Student  work  is  expected  to 

Contiuiiin)r  extend  beyond  a  given  semester.  (Sec  I,  [I.ale 

Course  Grade,  Continuing  Course]  Policy  for  more 

infonnalion.) 
OL  Otlier  Location 

Q  Total  .Semester    Used  when  a  student  has  totally  and  ofTicially 

Withdrawal  withdraHii  from  the  university  for  a  given 

semester.  The  "Q'"  designation  is  not  issued  by 

instructor.s,  (Sec  Total  University  Withdrawal 

Policy  l<>r  more  information.) 
R  Research  in  progress  (graduate) 

PR  Transfer 

XMT       Exemption 
W  Withdrawal  Used  when  a  student  has  elected  to  witlidraw 

from  an  individual  course  but  not  from  all  courses. 

The  "W"  designation  is  not  issued  by  instructors. 

(See  Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy  for 

more  information.) 

*  Grade  not  reported  by  instructor.  No  grade 
information  was  reported  by  the  end  of  the  normal 
grading  period. 

(■racles  followed  hv  the  designations  below  indicate  the  application  of  a 
policy  which  has  amended  (he  student's  cumulative  grade-point  average. 

Institutional  Credit  (credit  counts  toward  enrollment  status,  but 
does  not  count  toward  graduation  or  in  GPA  calculation) 
Cancelled  .Semester  (see  policy  explanation) 

*  Fresh  Start  (see  policy  explanation) 

Determining  GPA 

Cumulative  Grade  Point  .\verage  (CGP.\)  is  determined  by  multiplying  the 
semester  hours  for  a  course  by  the  quality  points  received  for  diat  course. 
Then,  die  total  number  of  .semester  quality  points  for  all  courses  is  divided 
by  the  total  number  of  semester  hours  attempted. 

Prior  to  FiUI,  WOO.  grade-point  averages  were  determined  by  calculating  to 
l/1000tl>  rounding  to  1/lOOth  (two  decimal  places).  Beginning  Fall.  2000. 
grade-point  averages  are  determined  bv  straight  calculation  to  1/lOOtli 
witluuit  rounding. 

Academic  Honors 

lUP  rccogni/cs  ac.idcmic  achievement  through  Dean's  Lists, Provost's 
Scholars,  aiul  v;ratluation  honors. 

Provost's  Scholar 

Juniors  who  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.50  and  above  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  semester  arc  named  Provost's  Scholars  and  are  recognized  annuallv. 

Dean's  List 

Undergraduate  students  receive  recognition  on  die  Dean's  List  for  each 
semester  (or  summer  sessions  cumulatively)  in  which  diey  earn  at  least  a  3.25 
GP.A  based  on  at  least  12  semester  hours  of  graded  (not  P/F)  coursework. 


Graduation  Honors 

'li.iililioMal  Latin  lionors  are  awarded  at  graduation  to  liriit  batliclor'n  degree 
canilidatcn  with  appropriate  academic  records.  (Calculation  is  baxcd  on  all 
undergraduate  crcdilfi  and  (juality  points  earned  at  IL'P.  C>r;idualiuii  lioiiora 
are  not  granted  for  second  (siibse<|uent)  degrees.  The  distinctions  arc: 

Cum  litudf     .■).25  to  .■i.4<»  cnniiilativr  GPA 
Miicna  mm  Uiiulr     3.50  to  3.7'l  cumulative  (.PA 
Summa  turn  Itiudr    3.75  to  4.00  cumulative  f  ;PA 

Beginning  December,  1994.  non-I^tin  honors  are  awarded  to  as«iciatc 
degree  candidates.  The  distinctions  arc: 

With  Honor    "i. 2^  to  3.49  cunmlaiivc  GPA 
Will,  Hi^k  Ilntior-3.50  to  3.74  cumulative  C;PA 
IIVM  llif^hrsl  Honor— ^Jb  to  4.00  cumulative  (iPA 

Grading  Policies 

.shortly  after  each  semester  or  session,  a  grade  reporl  will  be  availai>le  in  cjih 
student  at  the  University  Records  and  Scheduling  Assistant  (UR.SA)  system 
at  wmw. inp.edu/ursa. 

Quality  points  are  not  counted  on  credits  from  odicr  schools,  and  a  student 
transferring  from  another  school  is  held  responsible  for  quality  points  only 
on  work  taken  at  this  university. 

Institutional  Credits  are  associated  with  remedial  courses  which  arc 
numbered  below  100.  Credits  from  institutional  credit  courses  do  not  apply 
to  degree  requirements  for  graduation  but  are  used  in  determining 
enrollment  status  (hill  or  part  time),  including  flnancial  aid  and  atlilctic 

(NCAA)  cligibilitv. 

Midterm  Grade  Report  Policy 

To  help  niidcrgraduatc  studeiiLs  monitor  their  academic  performance,  faculty 
members  « ill  provide  a  warning  to  students  with  unsatisfactor)'  performance 
at  midterm.  Using  the  university's  accepted  grade  reporting  technology, 
faculty  memhers  will  assign  a  midterm  grade  of  "D"  (danger  or  potential 
failure)  or  "F"  (failure).  Each  semester  the  Registrar  will  establish  and 
announce  the  dates  for  the  window  widiin  which  midtcnn  grades  may  be 
posted  by  faculty  memhers  and  read  by  students  and  advisors.  The  midterm 
grade  is  an  advisory  grade  and  is  not  a  permanent  part  ofa  students 
academic  liistory.  It  will  not  be  used  to  determine  enrollment  status, 
dismissal,  or  eligibility  for  financial  aid.  housing,  or  athletics. 

Audit  Policy 

-All  audited  courses  will  be  identified  as  such  on  tJie  student's  grade  report 
and  transcript.  Work  taken  on  an  audit  basis  will  not  be  graded  and  will  not 
count  tovrard  tlie  fulfillment  of  requirements  for  a  degree  to  be  awarded  by 
lUP.  Since  semester  hours  attempted  and  quality  points  will  not  be  awarded 
for  audited  courses,  diey  will  not  affect  the  student's  grade-point  average  in 
any  way.  .-Vuditors  will  pay  normal  tuition  and  such  other  fees  as  may  be 
required  for  die  course. 

To  audit  an  undergraduate  course,  a  person  must  be  admitted  to  the 
university  and  have  met  course  prerequisites.  Students  wishing  to  audit  a 
course  for  which  diey  registered  should  obtain  a  Course  .\udit  Form  from 
die  ofTice  of  the  department  ofTering  die  course.  Students  must  first  register 
for  die  course  before  filing  a  course  audit  form.  .\11  audit  processing, 
including  revocation  of  previously  requested  audit  classification,  must  be 
completed  during  die  regular  drop/add  period.  Copies  of  die  completed 
form  are  reninied  to  die  Registrar's  Offrcc.  to  die  department  chairperson, 
and  to  the  student,  .\udit  students  have  the  same  privileges  as  other  students 
in  all  coursework.  There  is  no  limit  on  die  number  of  courses  which  may  be 
auditctl. 

Pass-Fail  Policy 

The  purpose  of  pass-fail  is  to  peniiit  a  student  to  take  an  electi\e  course  in  a 
field  of  personal  interest  where  he/she  may  be  compering  with  major 
students  in  the  department  in  wliicli  die  course  is  ofTered.  When  scheduled, 
such  a  course  shall  be  included  in  die  student's  normal  course  load  for  the 


.\  student  may  take  courses  on  a  pass-fail  basis  to  a  total  of  1 5  semester  hours 
diroughout  his/her  university  career.  The  student  is  limited  to  one  pass-&il 
course  in  any  given  semester  during  the  sophomore,  jimior,  and  senior  years. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


28       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


All  courses  iti  tlic  student's  Liberal  Studies  program  and  courses  required  to 
meet  major  and  minor  requirements  are  excluded  from  tliis  prerogative. 

The  student  must  declare  his/her  intent  to  choose  pass-fail  in  a  specific 
course  no  later  dian  sLx  weeks  after  the  beginning  of  the  semester  or  the 
equivalent  timespan  in  a  summer  session.  Once  declared,  this  pass-fall  option 
may  not  be  revoked.  Instructors  will  not  be  notified  of  the  identity  of  pass-fail 
students  in  dieir  courses.  The  grade  given  by  die  instructor  will  be  translated 
to  a  'T"  or  "F"  during  the  processing  of  grades. 

A  student  shall  be  given  academic  credit  without  quality  points  for  a  course 
taken  pass-fail  upon  receiving  a  passing  mark  in  the  course.  The  semester 
hours  successfiiUy  completed  under  pass-fail  ("'passed"),  within  the  overall 
15-semester-hour  limitation,  shall  be  recorded  as  counting  towards  the  total 
semester  hours  earned  for  graduaUon  but  not  towards  the  semester-hours- 
attempted  data  used  in  calculation  of  the  cumulative  grade-point  average. 
However,  if  a  student  fails  a  pass-fail  course,  he/she  will  receive  the  "F"  grade 
and  the  corresponding  grade-point  average.  An  "F"  earned  under  the  pass- 
fail  opdon  may  be  repeated  only  under  die  graded  opdon  to  provide  the 
quality  points  to  correspond  to  the  "hours  attempted"  incurred  with  the  "F." 

The  summer  sessions,  coUecdvely  or  in  any  combination,  shall  be  considered 
a  unit  similar  to  a  spring  or  fall  semester  for  pass-fail  purposes.  Hence,  a 
student  is  permitted  to  take  only  one  course  during  the  summer  on  a  pass-fail 
basis. 

Exceptions:  Currendy,  diere  are  two  courses  which  are  exceptions  to  the 
Pass-Fail  Course  Policy.  EDUC  389  and  NMDT434  are  only  offered  on  a 
pass-fail  basis. 

/  (Incomplete)  Policy 

The  designation  of  I  is  used  to  record  work  which,  so  far  as  covered,  is  of 
passing  grade  but  is  incomplete  because  of  personal  illness  or  other 
unavoidable  reasons.  Changes  of  grade  to  convert  designadons  of  1  must  be 
received  in  die  Office  of  die  Registrar  no  later  than  the  last  day  of  regular 
classes  preceding  the  final  exam  period  in  the  next  regular  (fall/spring) 
semester  after  die  I  designation  was  assigned.  The  dean  of  the  college  in 
which  die  course  is  offered  may  approve  an  extension,  provided  the  faculty 
member  concurs.  A  faculty  member  assigning  an  I  designation  must 
complete  a  form  indicadng  die  work  to  be  completed,  deadlines  for 
completion  (it  is  not  necessary  to  allow  the  maximum  allowable  time),  arid 
guidelines  to  estabhsh  the  final  grade.  Copies  of  the  completed  form  will  be 
sent  to  the  department  chairperson,  to  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the 
course  is  taught,  and  to  the  student  receiving  the  I  designadon.  To  monitor  1 
designadons,  the  registrar  shall  submit  to  each  faculty  member  routine 
semester  reports  of  outstanding  1  designadons. 

L  (Late  Grade,  Continuing  Course)  Policy 

The  designation  of  L  (Late  grade,  continuing  course)  is  appropriate  for  cases 
in  which  student  work  is  expected  to  extend  beyond  a  given 
semester/session.  The  designadon  of  L  is  not  to  be  confiised  with  a 
designadon  of  I,  which  is  only^  appropriate  for  individual  students  unable  to 
complete  dieir  course  work  because  of  unexpected  illness  or  personal 
emergency.  L  designadons  are  appropriate  for: 

a.  Intemsliips,  pracdcums,  field  experience  courses,  workshops,  and 
independent  studies  that,  by  design,  extend  beyond  the  normal  end  of 
the  grading  period. 

b.  Others  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson  and  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  which  the  course  is  taught.  If  a  specific  course  is  alwavs 
eligible  for  L  designadons,  the  dean  may  grant  standing  approval  for  L 
designations  every  time  the  course  is  offered. 

Faculty  wanting  to  use  the  L  option  for  eligible  courses  must  notify  die 
registrar  two  weeks  prior  to  the  end  of  classes  so  that  the  grades  can  be  pre- 
entered.  L  designations  which  are  not  preceded  may  be  given  only  widi  the 
permission  of  the  department  chairperson  and  the  dean  of  die  college  in 
which  the  designation  is  awarded. 

Instructors  will  convert  L  designations  to  letter  grades  at  the  end  of  the 
course.  Unless  an  extension  is  obtained  fi-om  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which 
the  course  was  taught,  an  L  designation  unresolved  at  the  end  of  one  year 
will  be  converted  to  an  F. 

To  monitor  L  designations,  the  registrar  shall  submit  to  each  faculty  member 
routine  semester  reports  of  aU  outstanding  L  designations  avrarded  by  diat 
faculty  member.  The  purpose  of  diese  reports  is  to  help  inform  faculty  as 
they  help  students  complete  their  coursework. 


Grade  Change  Policy 


Once  earned  grades  have  been  recorded,  they  may  be  changed  only  in  die 
case  of  clerical  and/or  calculation  error  or  in  die  event  of  a  successftil  grade 
appeal.  It  is  not  appropriate  to  change  a  grade  based  upon  options,  such  as 
supplemental  assignments,  that  are  not  equally  available  to  all  students.  The 
deadline  for  corrections  of  clerical  and/or  calculation  errors  is  the  end  of  the 
next  regular  (fall/spring)  semester  after  the  grade  has  been  awarded. 


Course  Repeat  Policy 


A  student  may  not  normally  repeat  an  academic  course.  Exceptions  to  this 
policy  are: 

1 .  Repeatable  courses:  Certain  courses  are  efigible  for  repeat  for  credit 
and  grade.  These  courses  are  advanced  art  studio  courses,  music 
ensembles,  special  topics  courses  (281,  481)  if  the  topic  is  different,  and 
other  specifically  designated  courses. 

2.  D  and  F  grades: 

a.  Repeat  with  replacement:  Undergraduate  students  are  pennitted  to 
replace  die  grades  and  quafity  points  for  courses  in  which  they 
receive  a  D  or  F  grade  by  repeating  that  course  at  lUP  and  fiUng  a 
repeat  fonii  with  the  Registrar's  Office.  Only  six  repeat-with- 
replacement  attempts  are  pennitted  during  a  student's  entire 
undergraduate  career.  In  calculating  GPA,  the  new  grade  and 
quality  points  earned  will  replace  the  old.  However,  die  transcript 
continues  to  document  all  academic  work,  and  repeated  courses  are 
not  deleted  from  the  visual  record. 

b.  Repeat  with  averaging:  In  addition  to  the  six  repeat-with- 
replacement  options,  undergraduate  students  my  repeat  other 
courses  in  which  they  receive  a  D  or  F  grade.  In  these  other  repeat 
attempts,  the  new  grade  is  averaged  with,  instead  of  replacing,  the 
prior  D  or  F  grade:  die  credit  for  die  D  rejjeat  counts  only  once. 
The  transcript  continues  to  indicate  all  repeated  courses. 

c.  Course  transfers:  Students  seeking  to  replace  or  average  D  and  F 
grades  must  repeat  these  courses  at  lUP.  If  an  lUP  course  in  which 
a  student  received  an  F  is  repeated  at  another  institution,  the  credit 
\vill  transfer  to  lUP,  but  die  original  F  will  continue  to  count  toward 
die  lUP  GPA.  If  an  lUP  course  in  which  a  student  received  a  D  is 
repeated  at  anodier  university,  neither  the  grade  nor  the  credit  will 
transfer. 

3.  Other  grades:  Courses  in  which  students  earned  a  grade  of  A,  B,  C,  or 
P  may  be  repeated  only  on  an  audit  basis.  New  grades  will  not  be 
assigned  and  additional  credit  will  not  be  awarded. 

This  policy  also  applies  to  transfer  credit.  Students  receiving  transfer  credit 
for  an  lUP  course  may  not  repeat  diat  course  at  lUP.  Similarly,  students  who 
have  already  earned  a  passing  grade  in  an  lUP  course  may  not  subsequendy 
receive  transfer  credit  for  that  same  course. 


Cancelled  Semester  Policy 


The  Cancelled  Semester  Policy  permits  students  returning  after  significant 
separation  from  die  university  to  delete  from  die  Cumidative  Grade-Point 
Average  (CGPA)  calculation  die  results  of  one  particularly  unfortunate 
semester.  A  student  who  has  not  been  enrolled  in  four  consecutive  semesters 
and  the  intervening  summer  sessions  may  apply  upon  appfication  for 
readmission  or  within  one  year  of  readmission  for  the  appfication  of  this 
policy  to  any  single  semester  completed  before  readmission.  Wliile 
readmission  may  be  based  on  the  application  for  cancelled  semester,  the 
transcript  record  will  reflect  this  only  after  die  student  is  enrolled  and 
attending.  (For  cancellation  purposes,  a  semester  is  defined  as  any  semester 
of  enrollment,  whedier  fiill  or  part  time,  with  sessions  in  a  single  summer 
together  constituting  one  semester.)  All  grades — passing,  failing, 
withdrawals— in  that  semester  must  be  cancelled  fi'om  the  CGPA.  There  is 
no  abridgment  of  the  transcript:  the  courses  and  grades  remain  visible  on  the 
official  transcript.  Credit  toward  graduation  remains  for  those  credits 
associated  with  passing  grades.  A  student  may  never  cancel  more  than  one 
semester  from  his/her  CGP.\  under  this  poHc\'. 


Fresh  Start  Policy 


A  student  who  has  been  academically  dismissed  and  separated  fi'om  die 
university  for  a  minimum  of  five  consecutive  calendar  years  may  apply  for 
readmission.  Having  reviewed  the  prior  and  intervening  factors  for  evidence 
of  potential  for  improved  academic  success,  die  college  dean  or  designee  may 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       29 


rcn<liiiii  iIk'  sIikIciii.  TliJ!!  policy  applica  (<i  ii  ntiidciil'i  firnt  buccalaiircutc 
(le)rrcc.  .111(1  a  ttiiclciil  iiiuy  be  rcadiiiilted  iiiidcr  dii.i  polic)'  only  once.  A 
niininuini  oLJO  •icnienler  liiiiirs  inii.Hl  lie  i  iiiiipleled  al  HIP  alter  a  sludcMl 
icliirn.s  to  nil'  under  l\»n  policy. 

A  sliidciit  vvlici  wi.ilics  to  Ciller  a  major  in  a  college  otiier  than  the  one  froiii 
which  lie/nhe  wa»  diHinis.sed  will  apply  to  the  ori^rinal  college,  which  will 
lorward  the  uppliraliiin  and  related  rei  (irdK  to  the  new  college  Tor  action. 

Conditions  for  a  Kresli  .Start  llecordi  Ml  neniester  honrn  and  ^raden  liir 
nil'  cduiMcvviiik  taken  prior  lo  readiiii.viioii  under  thin  jiolicy  »hall  remain  on 
the  transcript.  Upon  readmi.4Hioii,  a  new  cumulative  (CiPA)  \s  cstabliiihcd 
ba.sed  upon  .semester  hours  and  f;rades  earned  from  the  dale  olrcadinissioii. 

Prior  Rccordi  Previously  accepted  transfer  credits  and  U'P  courses  in  which 
Riatles  olC  or  better  were  earned  prior  to  readmission  will  be  reviewed  in 
terms  of  appropriateness  (applicability,  timeliness)  to  die  new  dcpee.  Those 
courses  approved  by  the  college  dean  or  ilesi);nee  will  be  counted  as 
semester  hours  earned  and  applied  toward  ^rradiiation  in  the  inanner  of 
liansrcr  credits. 

.Academic  .Standards:  A  student  who  is  readmitted  under  die  provisions  of 
this  policy  shall  be  required  lo  meet  current  degree  requirements.  I  le/slie 
shall  be  academically  reviewed  under  die  policies  published  in  the  academic 
calalo)r  at  die  lime  olrematriculation.  A  student  readmitted  under  this  policy 

\\.ii\f.s  the  li^Iil  hi  exercise  die  cancelled  semester  policy. 

Withdrawal  Policies 

Individual  Course  Withdrawal  Policy 

(rfftitmSiimmn.  2001) 

Individual  course  withdrawals  may  be  processed  online  only  during  the  first 
t\vo-diirds  of  the  academic  term;  in  the  summer  term,  individual  course 
wididrawals  may  only  take  place  during  die  first  two-diirtis  of  die  part  of 
summer  tcnn  in  which  the  course  is  ofVcretl.  histructors  are  required  to 
inform  students  of  dieir  standing  in  cla.ss  prior  to  this  ume.  Students  may 
begin  using  die  computer  registration  system  to  complete  an  individual 
course  withdrawal  after  the  oflicial  drop/add  period  has  closed.  After  die 
two-diirds  point  for  each  semester  or  part  of  summer  tenn,  students  may  no 
longer  process  individual  course  withdrawals  online.  A  student  wishing  to 
withdraw  from  a  course  after  die  dcatlliiie  may  request  a  waiver  dirongh  die 
olficc  of  die  dean  of  his/her  college.  Approval  is  contingent  upon 
ilocumcntation  of  exceptional  events  of  a  catastrophic  nature  diat  could  not 
have  been  anUcipated. 

Caution:  Students  should  discuss  course  wididrawal  widi  die  instructor  to 
assess  altcrnadves.  Students  should  also  understand  the  significant  impact  of 
course  wididrawal  on  financial  aid  eligibility  (percent  of  completion  and 
eligibility  to  move  to  next  class  level).  Students  are  also  cautioned  to  consider 
the  detrimental  impact  of  a  series  of  \Vs  in  a  transcript  review  by  a 
prospectix'c  employer  or  graduate  school. 

Total  University  Withdrawal  Policy 

.\n  undergraduate  stiulent  who  does  m)l  register  for  die  succeeding  semester 
or.  having  regislereil.  docs  not  appear  for  classes  at  die  beginning  of  the 
succeeding  semester,  is  considered  to  have  wididrawn  from  die  university. 
Thereafter,  he/she  must  apply  for  readmission  as  prescribed  under  the 
".Admissions  and  Registrauoii"  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

.\iiy  undergraduate  student  voluntarily  wididrawing  from  the  uni\  ersity 
during  a  semester  or  a  summer  session  must  secure  a  Total  Uni\ersity 
Withdrawal  Form  from  die  .Advising  and  Testing  Center.  106  Pratt  Hall.  724- 
3.')7-4067.  The  student  will  clear  the  fonn  widi  die  appropriate  offices  listed 
on  die  fonn.  securing  dieir  signatures  as  evidence  of  clearance.  The  signed 
form  will  then  be  returned  to  die  .Advising  and  Tesuiig  Center,  which  will 
notify  die  appropriate  college  dean,  campus  agencies,  and  instructors  diat  an 
official  withdra»-,il  has  been  processed.  No  person  shall  be  considered 
withdrawn  from  the  university  widiiii  a  semester  or  session  unless  such 
notice  is  received.  .A  withdraw^  designadon  will  be  assigned  to  all  registered 
courses  in  die  semester/session  fi-om  which  die  student  is  wididrawing. 

.Any  undergraduate  student  involuntarily  withdrawing  from  die  universit\-  as 
a  result  of  suspension  or  expulsion  will  liave  die  designation  of  Q  assigned  to 
each  registered  course  as  a  result  of  such  judicial  acuon. 


Other  Policies 


Academic  Standards  Policy 

A.     PurpoDc:  The  timversilv  cslablisbes  ininimum  standards  for  cumulative 
grade  point  average  (C(>PA)  lo  encourage  academic  accoinplishtncnt 
and  timely  progress  lowarri  graduation. 

This  policy  applies  lo  all  undergraduate  sludeiiLs.  Designated  tub- 
populadons  are  subject  lo  modifications  listed  in  Secdon  F. 

\\.     DcnnitionN 

1 .  AiiiJnnii  (itwd  Slandinf^.  StudeiiLs  maintaining  a  C(iPA  of  at  least 
2.00  are  in  Academic  Cood  Standing. 

2.  Prohalivn:  StudeiiLs  whose  CCJPA  falls  IkIow  die  2.00  standard  are 
on  probation  during  die  next  Fall  or  Spring  semester  for  which 
they  are  registered. 

3.  Extnded  Pmbalinn:  Students  who  have  been  authorized  to 
continue,  even  though  they  have  not  achieved  a  2.00  CGPA  after 
one  semester  of  probation,  are  <jn  extended  prohadon. 

4.  Acadrmic  Rffiwrry  Plan:  Students  whose  CCPA  falls  IkIow  the 
2.00  standard  must  develop  an  Academic  Recovery  Plan  for 
achieving  academic  good  slanding. 

C.  Adminislrativc  Review  and  Enforceincnt  ofStandards 

1.  E^cb  college,  branch  campus,  and  the  Learning  Center  will 
designate  an  Academic  Standards  Officer  who  will  be  responsible 
for  academic  review  and  enforcenieiit  of  standards. 

2.  .An  academic  review  is  conducted  at  the  end  of  each  Fall  and  Spring 
semester. 

a.  Students  earning  a  0.00  CGPA  at  the  end  of  dieir  first  semester 
of  ftill-time  enrollmenl  will  be  dismissed  from  die  university. 

b.  Other  students  falling  below  die  2.00  CGPA  sundard  will  be 
continued  on  probauon  for  one  semester  and  be  required  to 
develop  and  implement  an  Academic  Recovery  Plan. 

c.  Students  still  below  die  2.00  CCPA  standard  after  a  semester 
ofprobadon  are  subject  to  dismissal.  Tlie  Academic  Standards 
Officer  may  grant  one  semester  of  extended  probauon  to  those 
who  ( I )  made  progress  toward  academic  good  standing  while 
on  probadon  or  followed  dieir  approved  Academic  Recovery 
Plan,  and  (2)  have  a  reasonable  matbemaucal  cliance  of 
reaching  a  2.0  CGP.A  after  one  addiuonal  semester.  Other 
probation  students  will  be  dismissed. 

d.  Students  still  below  die  2.00  CGPA  standard  after  a  semester 
of  extended  probation  will  be  dismissed. 

e.  Students  who  regain  academic  good  slanding  but  again  fall 
below  the  2.00  standard  in  a  subsequent  semester  are  awarded 
another  semester  ofprobadon  and,  v^'here  appropriate, 
extended  probation. 

D.  Academic  Recovery  Plan:  Students  not  meeUng  the  2.00  CGP.A 
standard  must  design  and  implement  a  comprehensive  plan  leading  to 
academic  good  standing.  The  plan  must  be  developed  widi  and 
approved  by  die  appropriate  .Academic  Standards  Officer. 

1 .  Analysis:  Students  must  idendf)'  the  factors  causing  their 
unsatisfactory  acliievement. 

2.  Planning:  Plans  must  include  a  schedule  of  minimum  grades 
needed  to  achieve  academic  good  standing. 

3.  Commitment:  Students  must  commit  to  tbe  changes  in  behavior 
necessary  to  achieve  academic  success.  This  might  include  changes 
in  dme  management,  career  explotadon  and  the  use  of  such 
support  senices  as  academic  advisors,  tutoring,  the  Writing  Center, 
the  C<mnseling  Center,  die  Learning  Center,  workshops  on  study 
skills  and  related  acuviues.  and  any  other  opportunides  deemed 
important  by  die  .Academic  Standards  Officer. 

4.  Documentation:  Each  plan  must  include  a  sads&ctory  method  of 
documenlauon.  Records  of  attendance  at  classes  and  support 
services,  joumaling  of  acdvides  supporting  academic  success,  and 
conferences  are  potenual  veliicles  to  be  considered. 

E.  Dismissal  and  Readmission 

1 .  Students  dismissed  under  this  policy  may  not  be  readmitted  for  at 
least  one  calendar  year. 

2.  Dismissed  students  are  not  eligible  for  enrollment  in  any  session 
(including  sunmier  sessions)  for  at  least  one  calendar  year.  .After 
one  calendar  year  dismissed  students  may  etuoU  in  simimer 
courses,  but  they  are  caudoncd  against  enrolling  without  considting 
their  .Academic  Standards  Officer 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


30       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


3.  Dismissed  students  may,  after  one  calendar  year,  apply  ibr 
readmission  through  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

a.  Those  students  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  appropriate 
Academic  Standards  Officer,  are  likely  to  achieve  academic 
success  may  be  readmitted. 

b.  Decisions  for  readmission  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Academic  Standards  Officer  of  the  college  the  student  wishes 
to  enter.  If  the  student  seeks  admission  to  a  new  college,  the 
Academic  Standards  Officer  of  the  admitting  college  must 
consult  witli  the  Academic  Standards  Officer  of  tlie  college 
which  dismissed  die  student.  Dismissed  students  seeking 
admission  to  a  new  major  must  include  an  application  for  a 
change  of  major. 

4.  Students  may  be  readmitted  only  once  under  this  policy. 
Subsequent  readmission  may  be  available  under  the  Cancelled 
Semester  Policy  after  two  or  more  years  of  separation  or  the  Fresh 
Start  Policy  after  five  or  more  years  of  separation. 

F.     Special  Populations 

1 .  Liarning  Centtr/Acl  101  Program 

Students  admitted  through  die  Learning  Center  remain  under  the 
direction  of  die  Learning  Center  until  reaching  the  i.OO  CGPA 
standard.  Students  dismissed  after  earning  a  0.00  CGPA  in  tlieir 
initial  Learning  Center/Act  101  summer  program  may  apply  for 
readmission  only  to  the  next  Learning  Center/Act  101  summer 
program. 

2.  Branch  Campuses 

Students  admitted  through  a  branch  campus  must  remain  at  diat 
branch  until  reaching  the  2.00  CGPA  standard. 

3.  Parl-lime  Studcnb:  Continuing  Education  and  Others 
This  policy  will  be  applied  on  a  pro-rata  basis  for  part-time 
students.  Students  are  considered  to  be  part-time  if,  at  die  close  of 
the  drop-add  period  of  the  given  semester,  they  are  enrolled  in 
fewer  than  12  semester  hours  of  classes. 

lUP  Student  Grade  Appeal  Policy 
Grade  Review  Policy 

If  a  student  disagrees  with  the  evaluation  of  his/her  work  by  the  instnictor 
but  has  no  basis  for  a  charge  of ''discrimination"  or  "capricious  evaluation" 
or  "error,"  the  student  should  discuss  die  matter  direcdy  with  the  instructor, 
and  if  unsatisfied,  with  die  department  chairperson,  and  if  still  unsatisfied, 
with  the  dean  of  die  college  in  which  the  course  was  offered.  In  such  cases, 
the  decision  of  the  instructor  shall  be  final. 

If  a  student  believes  that  an  improper  grade  has  been  assigned,  an  appeal 
may  be  filed  on  die  following  grounds: 

1.  Discrimination:  On  the  basis  of  race,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  age, 
ancestry,  handicapped  status,  affectional  or  Ufestyle  preference,  or 
political  affiliation. 

2.  Capricious  Evaluation:  Significant  and  unwarranted  deviation  from 
grading  procedures  and  course  oudines  set  at  die  beginning  of  the 
course  (ordinarily  in  a  written  statement  during  die  first  week  of  the 
course)  or  grade  assigned  arbitrarily  on  die  basis  of  whim  or  impulse. 
The  student  may  not  claim  capriciousness  if  he  or  she  disagrees  with  die 
subjective  professional  evaluation  of  die  instructor. 

3.  Error:  Demonstrable,  objective  determination  that  a  madiematical  or 
clerical  error  resulted  in  die  entry  of  an  incorrect  grade. 


Procedures  of  Appeal 

Level  I:  Informal  Resolution 

Eveiy  elTort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  disagreement  at  Level  1.  The 
student  must  first  seek  a  resolution  to  the  disagreement  with  the  instructor 
either  in  person  or  in  writing.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  widi  die  results, 
the  student  must  then  speak  with  die  chairperson  of  the  department  that 
offers  the  course.  If  still  unsatisfied,  the  student  must  discuss  the  matter  witli 
the  dean  of  the  college  in  which  the  course  is  offered.  A  Student  Congress 
member  may  accompany  and  advise  the  student  during  the  Level  1 
procedures.  Only  after  all  attempts  for  resolution  at  Level  I  have  been 
exhausted  may  the  student  initiate  Level  II. 

Level  II:  Appeal  Screening 

A.     Composition:  Each  year  there  shall  be  appointed  a  Grade  Appeals 

Committee  to  determine  the  existence  of  the  substantive  basis  for 

appeal.  The  committee  will  be  composed  of  seven  voting  members: 

three  faciJty  members  appointed  by  APSCUF,  three  members  elected 

by  and  from  die  Senate  Academic  Committee  (one  facidty,  one 

adininistrator,  one  student),  and  one  student  appointed  by  the  Student 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


Congress.  A  quorum  consists  of  a  majority  of  the  committee.  To  take 
action,  a  majority  of  diose  present  must  be  faculty  members.  If  a  quonim 
of  the  Level  II  committee  is  not  available  to  meet  within  die  designated 
time  limits,  the  Provost's  Office  will  seek  additional  members  from  the 
appointing  bodies.  If  diese  bodies  are  unable  to  respond  in  a  timely 
manner,  the  Provost's  Office  may  select  additional  members  from  die 
appropriate  grou])s. 

B.  Procedure  to  Initiate  Appeal:  To  initiate  Level  II  of  the  appeal,  the 
student  must  file  an  appeal  form  widi  the  Provost's  Office.  This  form 
must  be  filed  within  sixty  (60)  calendar  days  of  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  immediately  following  die  semester  in  which  die  grade  was 
received.  The  Provost's  Office  may  extend  the  sixty-day  limit  only  in 
unusual  circumstances  when  equity  deinands  it  and  when  the  student's 
own  procrastination  or  misunderstanding  did  not  substantially 
contribute  to  die  delay.  (Note:  Grade  appeals  will  not  generally  be 
processed  during  the  summer.  Therefore,  the  appeal  of  any  grade 
received  in  the  spring  or  summer  sessions  noniially  will  be  processed  in 
the  fall.  A  review  will  be  scheduled  in  die  summer  only  when  the 
student's  academic  eligibility  is  jeopardized  by  the  grade  in  question  or 
when  the  student  is  a  graduating  senior.)  The  Provost's  Office  will 
notify  the  appropriate  dean,  department  chairperson,  faculty  member, 
and  the  Student  Congress  president  of  the  student's  initiation  of  die 
Level  II  process. 

C.  Procedure  to  Process  Appeal:  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit 
written  documentation  of  his/her  complaint,  and  die  faculty  member 
will  be  expected  to  submit  in  writing  the  course  grading  procedure  and 
any  other  pertinent  information.  Appeals  based  on  discrimination  will 
be  reviewed  according  to  current  standards  of  nondiscriminatory  action. 
Appeals  based  on  capriciousness  will  be  reviewed  in  light  of  the  faculty 
member's  announced  evaluation  and  grading  system.  The  committee 
will  review  the  materials  to  deny  or  confirm  appeal  continuance.  Denial 
of  appeal  continuance  must  be  by  a  negative  vote  of  four  members  of  the 
committee.  This  committee  vrill  inform  the  Provost's  Office  of  its 
findings.  Within  five  (5)  class  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  committee's 
report,  the  provost  or  designee  will  notify  the  student  and  the  faculty 
member  of  the  findings.  If  the  basis  for  appeal  is  determined  to  be 
substantive,  the  provost  or  designee  will  schedule  a  Grade  Review  Panel 
within  fifteen  (15)  class  days  to  be  convened  prior  to  the  conclusion  of 
the  semester. 

Level  III:  Appeal  Review 

A.  Composition:  The  Grade  Review  Panel  will  consist  of  five  voting 
members:  one  academic  dean  or  associate  dean  and  four  faculty 
members.  The  Student  Congress  E.\ecutive  Committee  designee  may 
advise  as  requested  by  the  student.  The  affirmative  action  officer  will 
advise  in  appeals  based  on  discrimination.  The  panel  will  be  constituted 
from  the  Grade  Review  Pool  by  random  selection.  The  panel 
chaiqjerson  wall  be  elected  by  and  from  the  panel  before  each  review. 

B.  Membership:  The  Grade  Review  Pool  will  be  established  in  the  spring 
term  to  serve  for  die  following  academic  year.  Using  random  selection 
methods,  the  pool  and  rotational  order  within  the  pool  will  be 
established  by  die  Provost's  Office.  A  pool  of  diree  deans  or  associate 
deans  and  twelve  ftill-time  facidty  members  will  be  maintained.  In 
establishing  the  membership  for  each  review  paiiel,  prior  to  each  review 
the  names  of  those  designated  as  primary  nieinbers  of  the  specific  panel 
and  available  as  alternates  will  be  supplied  to  all  parties  involved.  A 
panel  member  may  request  (to  the  provost  or  designee)  disqualification 
due  to  a  conflict  of  interest.  The  student  and  the  faculty  member  may 
efiminate  names  in  proportion  to  the  composition  of  die  panel.  Each 
may  eliminate  only  one  dean/associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  The 
instructor  and  the  student  will  be  supplied  a  list  of  all  primary  and 
secondary  pool  members.  The  opportunity  to  disqualify  panel  members 
will  take  place  only  once.  Resulting  vacancies  will  be  filled  from  the 
appropriate  pool  of  alternates  so  that  the  panel  will  be  composed  of  one 
dean/associate  dean  and  four  faculty.  If  through  self-disqualification  and 
challenges  a  panel  cannot  be  constituted  from  the  pool,  then  the  Office 
of  the  Provost  will  supplement  the  pool  using  appropriate  random 
selection  inethods. 

C.  Procedure: 
1.     Bodi  the  student  and  the  instructor  will  have  the  right  to  appear 

before  the  panel,  present  witnesses,  and  offer  evidence.  In  addition 
to  those  specified  in  Level  III,  Section  A,  each  may  also  bring  one 
observer,  with  whom  he  or  she  may  consult  but  who  may  not 
participate  in  the  review. 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       31 


2.      TIk'  |>,i.m'I  shall  ilrl<  rtniiii'  Us  riiirs  ol  <,r.l<  r  l.ii  iiilcrn.il  nptTuliiin. 
Alicr  luiinii);  llic  iviriiriic  Ixdiinlil  l.uili.  tin-  |>.iiicl  will  |>riviilcly 
<lrlil>n..lr  ;,n<l  ickUi  .1  <lrn»i<ML  II  llx  k'.«I<'  '>|>|>cjI  is  upheld,  tlic 
|i,ini'l  will  luiisiiiiiic  J  riiiiiiiiillrc  III  lime  .i|>|iiiipii,ilc  l.ii  iilly 
riic'iiilx'is  (kiiowlrdKcahlr  in  ihr  (lis(  ipliiic  hut  cN(!ii(linK  ihc  hic  ully 
nicinhci  .i^iiiiisl  wliiuii  llic  (iiniplaiiil  w,ih  IoiIkciI).  wIiu  will  review 
the  student's  wiirk  and  leenininetid  the  appropriate  ^rade  or 
suitahlc  remedy.  The  panel  will  incorporate  this  iiifiirniatioii  in  its 
delerniinalion,  which  it  then  tiir^vards  t<i  llic  I'rovosl's  OlVicc  lor 
iinplenientution,  ordinaiily  within  thiily  days.  The  I'rovost's  Oflue 
will  initiate  the  processing  or);ra(le  chan);cs  rcsiillinK  iroin  Level  III 

.IcCIMIIIlS. 

:i.      'I'lic  wi  illcii  repiirl  sent  In  the  I'rovost's  ( )tli<  e  will  state  whether 
the  Miidciil's  appeal  is  nphel.l  or  dciiiol:  il  upheld,  the  <  oniniitlec's 
evaUiatioii  and  remedy  will  he  included.  Both  the  student  and  the 
laciilly  member  have  the  ri);ht  to  review  all  docnmcnis  related  to 
the  appeal.  All  <l(icninvnts  supporting  the  report  will  be  sealed  and 
kept  only  as  lon^  as  necessary  (normally  one  year)  to  ensure  tlie 
appropriate  action  is  taken  heiore  they  arc  destroyed  or  retunied  to 
ihc  individual  prcsentinji,  the  evidence. 

Ancillary  l*rovisinns 

A.     Coiiliiiiiiii);  IUkIiIn:  This  .ippci!  dues  nut  supplant  any  le|;ial  rijrhts 

alVoided  by  the  Coinmnnwcalth  ori'ennsylvania  and/or  the  Government 
of  the  Uniteil  .States.  Nolhiiij;  in  this  policy  abrogates  or  modifies  any 
provisions  ol  or  rij^hts  under  the  ('olleclivc  Harjrainiii);  Aj;reemcnt. 

li.     Discriminalion  in  (his  policy  jrvncrally  mvanH  unlawful 

iliscriininalion.  In  llu  cMciit  thai  any  form  ot  discrimination  identified 
in  diis  deniiilioii  is  not  unlaw  lul  discrimination,  this  definition  shall  not 
be  taken  to  create  a  cause  of  appeal  against  die  university.  In  snclr  cases, 
the  final  appeal  procedures  slated  in  this  policy  will  be  final  and  binding 
on  tlie  sludenl. 

C.  Tenure  anil  I'ruinotion  Committee  Membership  on  (■ra<le  Appeals 
Committees:  Members  of  the  uniN'crsitywidc  tenure  and  promotion 
committees  may  not  scr\e  concurrciUly  on  grade  appeals  conunittees. 

D.  Support  Mechanism:  The  Provost's  Ofilcc.  after  consultation  with  die 
.Senate  .'Vcailemic  Committee  and  .APSCl'F,  will  be  respon.sible  lor 
identifying  a  pool  of  at  least  ten  faculty  members  well  versed  in  die 
preparation  of  grade  appeals  who  will  be  available  upon  request  to  help 
stiident.s  or  faculty  prepare  documentation  for  the  gratle  appeals 
process. 

E.  Training/Support:  The  Provost's  Office  will  offer  yearly  infonnation 
sessions/workshops  to  assist  deans,  chairs,  grade  appeals 
patiel/commiltcc  nunilicrs.  and  members  of  Student 

Congress/ .Acatlcmic  .\H.urs  Conmiittee  in  identifS'ing  issues  and  to 
provide  guidance  lor  the  resolution  of  grade  appeals. 

F.  Dissemination  of  Grade  .\ppeal  Information:  The  Provost's  Office 
will  aniiualh'  report  to  the  university  coiiiiminity  a  statistical  summary  of 
grade  appeal  data  that  tloes  not  compromise  confidentiality'  including  1 ) 
die  number  of  appeals  filed.  2)  die  resolutions  at  levels  II  and  111.  aiid  .'3) 
die  final  implenienlation  of  Level  III  decisions. 

G.  Appeals  on  Procedural  Grounds:  Decisions  may  not  he  challenged 
merely  because  die  Provost's  Office  (ails  to  comply  with  .Ancillary 
Provisions  D,  E.  or  F  above. 

1 1.     Intentional  Misrepresentation:  Intcntinnal  misrepresentation  in  the 
filing  of  grade  appeals  by  students  will  be  referred  to  the  university 
judicial  system  for  students.  Intentional  niisrepresciilation  by  faculty  in 
the  grade  appeals  process  will  be  referred  to  die  Provost's  Office. 

1.       Confidentiality:  Students,  taciiltv.  administrators,  and  staff  involved  in 
processing  ,iiul  hearing  s;radc  appeals  must  respcc  I  the  coiifidentialilv  of 
all  a.spects  ol  diese  proceedings.  Those  breaching  confidentiality  subject 
dieinselves  to  possible  disciplinary  action.  Tliis  shall  not  abridge  die 
First  .Amendment  rights  of  the  student  appellant  nor  the  instructor 
against  whom  die  appeal  has  been  filed. 

].      Intended  Purpose:  The  grade  appeal  procedures  are  designed  simply 
as  a  means  to  resolve  differences  between  students  and  facult)-  related  to 
grading.  Unless  there  is  intention.d  niisiepresentation.  die  results  of  a 
grade  appeal  may  not  be  used  tiir  ilisciplinan-  action  of  personnel. 

K.     Faculty  Compensation:  If  a  Re\ie»  I'.inel  (bearing)  is  scheduled  at  a 
dme  in  die  summer  when  any  faculty  member  involved  is  not  under 
contract,  die  facult)-  member  will  be  compensated  under  terms  mutuallv 
agreed  upon  at  Meet-aiid-Discuss. 

L.  Review  of  Policy:  Even-  five  years  die  Senate  Academic  Committee  will 
review,  in  consultadon  widi  die  campus  communitv.  the  operauon  of  the 
Grade  .Appeals  Policy  and  recommend  changes  deemed  appropriate. 


M.    *  Amendment!  Amciidinciit*  may  be  implemented  upon  concurrence 
liv  I  iiivcrHity  Senate,  APSCL'F  Reprciicntativc  Ciouncil,  and  Mecl-and- 

OiflCUSft. 

♦Note:  In  the  amendment  proccBn  above,  specification  of  Lniver»ity  .Sciutc 
implies  the  Council  of  Tru.slces'  role  in  approving  Senate  aclioni  and 
recognizes  the  Cr>iincil  of  Tnislccs'  final  a<  tion  to  change  |Hili<-y. 

Academic  Integrity  Policy  and  Procedures 

irP  IS  an  acadeinu  i  oininumtN  williin  tlie  so(  lety  at  large.  All  rnemhcrK 
widiin  this  community  are  expected  to  accept  tlic  rcsjK>n»ibilily  for  acailennc 
integrity  and  honesty.  Academic  dislioriesty  seriously  erodes  the  <|iialily  ol 
educational  pursuits  and  is  unacceptable  at  IL'P.  The  following  |H>li(ic»  and 
procedures  have  been  established  to  preserve  the  academic  integrity  of  the 
university  community,  while  also  providing  a  process  thai  pmin  is  iIk-  riglit* 
III  students  who  allegedly  violate  dicse  policies. 

Policy 

.A.     'lypcs  of  Viulatiomi.  Violations  of  academic  integrity  include,  but  are 
not  limited  to,  the  following: 

1 .  Providing  or  receiving  unauthorized  assistance  in  tourscworfc.  with 
lab  work,  theses,  dissertations,  or  during  examinations  (including 
qualifying  and  comprehensive  exams)  or  quizzes. 

2.  Using  iiiiaudiorize<I  materials  or  devices,  such  as  crib  notes,  during 
examinations  or  quizzes. 

3.  Plagiarizing  papers,  theses,  disserutions,  essays,  reports,  speeches 
and  oral  presentations,  take-home  examinations,  computer  projeclj, 
or  other  academic  exercises  by  misrepresenting  or  passing  olTtiie 
ideas,  words,  formulas,  or  data  of  anodicr  as  one's  own.  Plagiarism 
is  dishonest  and  illegal.  Writers  are  indebted  to  audiors  from  whom 
they  borrow  exact  words,  ideas,  theories,  opinions,  statisucs. 
illustrative  material,  or  facts  (beyond  common  knowledge).  Writers 
are  also  indebted  if  thry  summanzf  or  paraphrase  in  th/ir  oum 
words  material  from  sources.  .All  quoted  material  requires  the 
acknowledgement  of  the  source  by  the  use  of  quotation  marks  or 
indentation  (if  exact  wording  is  iiicor|)orated).  In  addition,  both 
direcdy  quoted  and  summarized  material  must  be  acknowledged  by- 
use  of  a  note  or  parenthetical  citadon  that  indicates  die  author 
and/or  date  of  publication  and  page  number  or  numbers.  If  the 
writer  indents  a  quotation,  it  must  be  clearly  set  olf  from  the  body 
of  the  text  and  must  be  documented  in  die  aforesaid  manner.  To 
verify-  the  various  documentadon  procedures,  writers  should 
consult  the  style  sheet  in  the  particular  discipline  for  which  they  are 
preparing  the  assignment  (ML.A.  .AP.A.  Chicago,  BC,  etc.). 

4.  Using  the  same  paper  or  work  more  dian  once  without 
authorization  of  the  faculty-  member(s)  to  whom  die  work  is  being 
submitted. 

5.  Possessing  course  cxaminadon  materials  before  the  administration 
of  die  exam,  widiout  the  prior  knowledge  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

6.  Inteiuionally  e\-ading  lUP  academic  policies  and  procedures:  for 
example,  improperly  processing  course  w-ithdrawals,  grade  changes, 
or  odier  academic  procedures. 

7.  Falsifying  informaUon,  including  falsificadon/fabrication  of  research 
data  and/or  stadsdcal  analyses,  forging  signatures  on  \-arious  forms 
and  documents,  or  altering  or  adding  answers  on  academic 
exercises  or  exams  after  work  has  been  graded. 

8.  Computer  dishonesty,  including:  tampering  with  or  making 
unaudiorized  change  to  another  person's  or  die  university's 
computer  system,  illegally  copying  computer  softw-are,  personal  use 
of  another  individual's  computer  accoiuit.  unaudiorized  activity 
invoK-ing  another  individual's  personal  computer  system  or  any 
system  belonging  to  die  university,  and  other  unauthorized  use  or 
violauons  involving  computer  use. 

9.  Noncompliance:  failure  to  follow  dirough  w-idi  sanction(s)  imposed 
as  a  result  of  an  academic  \-iolaUoii. 

The  university-  reserves  the  right  to  discipline  any  student  for  any  acuon  that 
an  ordinary,  reasonable,  intelligent  college  student  knows  or  should  know- 
might  lead  to  the  issuance  of  discipline.  Tliis  means  the  university  maintains 
die  right  to  issue  discipline  for  reasonable  cause. 

Charges  of  academic  integrity-  Wolauons  may  be  brouglit  by  faculty  memlwrs 
or  administrators.  Students  w-lio  observe  or  become  aw-are  of  a  \-ioladon  of 
academic  integrity-  by  another  student  are  strongly  encouraged  to  report  it  to 
a  university  official.  -A  faculty  niember/admiiiistiator  who  bebeves  that  a 
student  has  violated  an  academic  poUcy-  may  elect  to  resolve  the  matter  by 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


32       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


Iiilornuil  Resolution,  by  Documented  Agieeineiit,  or  by  Foniial 
Adjudication.  Sanction(s)  may  not  he  imposed  upon  a  student  believed  to  have 
violated  an  academic  policy  without  following  one  of  these  three  procedures. 

If  charges  are  brought,  tlie  accused  student(s)  shall  have  a  fair  and  reasonable 
opporliuiity  to  answer,  explain,  and  defend  against  the  charges.  The 
university  shall  have  the  burden  of  proof  in  all  cases.  Hearsay  should  not  be 
used  as  die  sole  evidence  to  establish  any  fact  necessary  to  establish  guilt  or 
innocence. 

Procedures 

.\.     Kaculty/adniinistrators  must  use  one  of  the  following  options  to  resolve 
ailegetl  violations  of  academic  integrity. 

1 .  Option  I:  Informal  Resolution.  The  faculty  member/ 
administrator  and  student  may  meet  informally,  normally  within 
seven  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  tlie  incident,  and 
agree  to  resolve  the  issue  without  submitting  any  formal 
documentation.  If  die  violation  pertains  to  work  being  judged  by  a 
committee  (examples  might  include  dissertations  and 
comprehensive  examinations,  both  oral  and  written),  the  meeting 
must  involve  a  majority  of  die  committee  and  the  resolution  must 
be  agreed  to  by  a  majority  of  the  committee.  It  is  in  the  interest  of 
bodi  die  faculty  member/administrator  and  student  to  complete  a 
statement  that  simimarizes  the  incident,  conference,  and  agreed- 
upon  resolution.  This  factual  statement  should  be  signed  by  bodi 
parties  and  copies  provided  to  the  student  and  the  faculty 
nieniber/administrator.  If  agreement  cannot  be  reached,  or  at  die 
discretion  of  the  faculty  member/administrator,  a  more  formal 
process  as  outlined  in  tliis  policy  may  be  initiated. 

2.  Option  II:  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement 

a.  The  faculty  member/administrator  may  schedule  a  conference 
with  die  student  in  an  attempt  to  agree  on  die  facts  of  die  case 
and  to  reach  a  mutually  agreeable  resolution.  This  meeting 
must  nonnally  be  scheduled/requested  within  seven  class  days 
of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  die  alleged  violation  or  of  the 
failure  of  resolution  by  Option  I.  If  an  agreement  is  reached, 
die  faculty  member/administrator  must  complete  a 
Documented  Agreement  Form  oudining  die  agreement  and 
have  it  signed  by  both  parties:  faculty  member/administrator 
and  student.  If  die  \'iolation  pertains  to  work  such  as  a  diesis 
or  comprehensive  examination  beingjudged  by  a  committee, 
the  meeting  must  involve  a  majority  of  the  committee  and  the 
Documented  Agreement  Fonii  must  be  agreed  to  and  signed 
by  a  majority  of  the  committee.  Copies  are  distributed  to  the 
student,  the  facidty  meniber(s)/administrator  filing  the 
agreement,  and  the  department  chair,  who  must  also 
electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent  entry  into 
the  computer  database.  The  form  must  normally  be  filed 
within  seven  class  days  of  the  conference. 

b.  If  an  agreement  is  reached  and  die  form  is  filed,  die  matter  is 
closed  unless  die  student  has  a  prior  academic  violation(s)  on 
record.  By  signing  off  on  the  agreement,  the  student  waives  the 
right  to  appeal  the  sanctions  agreed  upon  in  the  conference.  If 
die  student  fails  to  fulfill  the  written  agreement,  die  faculty 
member/administrator  may  file  an  academic  integrity  referral 
against  the  student  for  noncomphance. 

c.  If  a  prior  academic  integrity  violation(s)  for  die  student  is  on 
record,  the  matter  will  be  referred  to  an  Academic  Integrity 
Board  (AIB).  The  AIB  will  review  the  case  to  determine  if 
more  severe  sanctions  are  warranted  (see  Section  D,  Multiple 
Violations). 

d.  If  a  documented  agreement  is  not  reached,  the  faculty 
member/administrator  should  initiate  the  formal  adjudication 
process  by  filing  an  academic  integrity  referral  form  with  the 
department  chair,  normally  within  seven  class  days  of  the 
conference  with  the  student. 

3.  Option  III:  Resolution  by  Formal  Adjudication.  A  faculty 
member/administrator  should  pursue  fomial  adjudication  if: 
—he/she  cannot  reach  or  chooses  not  to  attempt  a  mutually 
agreeable  resolution  with  the  student  regarding  the  facts  of  die  case 
or  sanctions  to  be  imposed, 

—he/she  believes  that  die  violation  is  so  severe  that  it  warrants  a 
sanction  of  expulsion,  suspension,  involuntary  withdrawal  from 
part  of  lUP's  academic  or  odier  programs,  or  awarding  a  failing 
grade  on  a  project  or  examination  (such  as  a  graduate  qualifying  or 
comprehensive  examination  or  dissertation)  when  resubmitting  the 
project  or  retaking  the  examination  is  not  possible. 


a.  The  faculty  member/administrator  should  file  an  academic 
integrity  referral  fomi  widi  die  department  chair,  normally 
within  seven  class  days  of  the  observation  or  discovery  of  the 
violation  or  within  seven  class  days  of  the  failure  to  reach  a 
resolution  through  Option  I  or  Option  II.  If  die  violation 
pertains  to  work  beingjudged  by  a  committee,  the  form  must 
be  signed  by  a  majority  of  the  committee.  The  form  will 
contain  a  description  of  die  alleged  violation,  including  the 
time,  date,  and  place  of  occurrence,  and  the  recommended 
sanction(s)  if  the  student  is  found  to  have  violated  this  policy. 

b.  The  department  chair  will  forward  a  copy  of  the  academic 
integrity  referral  to  the  student,  normally  within  seven  class 
days  of  receiving  notification  of  the  allegation,  and  contact  the 
student  to  schedule  a  hearing  to  review  the  facts  surrounding 
the  allegation  and  recommended  sanctions  if  the  student  is 
determined  to  have  committed  a  violation. 

c.  The  hearing  should  be  scheduled  so  as  to  allow  die  student  a 
reasonable  time  to  prepare  a  defense  (normally  within  seven 
class  days  of  being  notified  of  the  allegation  by  the  department 
chair). 

d.  This  hearing  will  involve  the  student,  die  department  chair, 
and  die  faculty  member/administrator(s);  the  department  chair 
may  invite  odiers  with  pertinent  information.  All  parties  must 
be  given  the  opportunity  to  submit  written,  physical,  and 
testimonial  evidence,  and  for  reasonable  questioning  of 
witnesses. 

e.  The  accused  student  may  identify-  an  advisor,  who  may  be  an 
attorney,  to  be  present  at  the  hearing.  The  advisor  may  only 
consult  privately  widi  the  student  unless  otherwise  determined 
by  the  university  regarding  a  particular  case. 

f.  The  student  may  waive  his/lier  right  to  a  hearing  In  writing.  If 
so,  the  sanction  recommended  by  the  person  fihng  the  referral 
will  be  imposed.  If  the  student  fails  to  appear  wiien  a  hearing 
has  been  scheduled,  die  hearing  will  be  held  in  die  student's 
absence  and  the  department  chair  will  render  a  decision  based 
upon  factual  information  presented  by  the  faculty 
member/administrator. 

g.  Following  the  hearing,  the  department  chair  will  render  a 
determination  based  on  die  information  presented  at  die 
hearing.  Normally  within  seven  class  days  of  the  hearing,  die 
department  chair  will  forward  a  written  report  summarizing 
the  hearing  that  includes  the  outcome,  die  factual  basis  for  the 
determinations  reached,  the  sanction(s)  to  be  issued,  and 
appeal  procedures.  Copies  of  diis  report  will  be  sent  to  the 
student,  the  faculty  member/administrator,  and  the 
provost/designee.  The  department  chair  will  retain  a  copy  for 
departmental  files  and  electronically  record  the  information  for 
subsequent  entry  into  the  computer  database. 

h.     In  the  event  diat  a  department  chair  cannot  or  will  not  fidfill 
die  above  role,  or  in  the  event  that  the  person  filing  the  referral 
is  an  administrator  or  department  chair,  the  provost  or 
designee  will  determine  the  appropriate  individual  to  fidfill  the 
department  chair's  role  and  inform  die  student  and  the  faculty 
member/administrator  filing  charges. 

i.      If  a  prior  academic  violation(s)  for  the  student  is  on  record,  the 
case  must  be  referred  to  the  Academic  Integrity  Board  which 
will  consider  more  severe  sanctions  (see  Section  D,  Multiple 
Violations).  Odierwise,  if  there  is  no  appeal,  the  recommended 
sanction  will  be  imposed. 

B.     Academic  Integrity  Board  (AIB).  The  AIB  will  hear  all  cases  in  which 
appeals  to  the  chair's  decision  are  accepted  by  the  provost/designee  (see 
Appeals  section  C.  I .  and  C.2.).  The  AIB  will  also  review  sanctions  in 
cases  of  multiple  violations  (see  Section  D). 

1.  The  AIB  will  be  made  up  of  four  faculty  members,  one  of  whom 
will  chair  the  board,  and  two  students.  A  quorum  requires  the 
presence  of  four  persons,  at  least  one  of  whom  must  be  a  student. 
All  members,  including  the  chair,  are  voting  members. 

2.  Wlien  an  AIB  hearing  is  called  for,  the  AIB  will  be  convened  by  the 
provost/designee  (currendy  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs).  The  accused  student  shall  be  notified  of  the  time, 
date,  and  place  of  the  hearing  and  the  names  of  diose  AIB  members 
scheduled  to  review  his/lier  case.  If  the  hearing  is  an  appeal,  this 
notification  will  also  include  details  of  the  charges,  including  die 
time,  date,  and  place  of  the  alleged  offense(s)  and  die  recommended 
sanction(s).  If  die  hearing  is  a  review  of  sanctions  in  a  midtiple 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       .i.'i 


viohiliim  case  (sci-  Scdioii  D),  llii  niiiilic  .ilinri  ^lioiilil  .iIho  iiiiliiJlc 
that  iiiDR-  Ncvcrc  samtioiis  inlKlit  In-  iiiipii.Hcd.  Tlic  lirariiiK  hIiiiiiI(I 
lie  .sclicdiik'd  Hci  a»  tii  allow  llic  nliidciit  rcasoiialilc  litiic  to  |irc|iarc  ,i 
dcf'ctixc. 
.').      I'rioi  to  the  lieaiiii({  a  Htiidfiil  a|i|)<MriiiK  litlori-  an  AMI  may.  with 
^ood  ia(iHe,iliallfii(;i-  any  iiiciiilicr  on  the  hoard  sittinn  in  jndniiK'nl 
ol'liis/hcr  paitimlar  caw.  When  itiih  a  challtiint  in  made,  an 
alternate  mernhei  will  he  a|>|iiiiMled  to  the  AIK. 

4.  The  AIH  will  review  all  material  and  hear  all  evidence  pertinent  to 
the  case  I'roin  the  acciiHcd  and  all  witncn.scH.  Meinhcrit  of'lhr  AIK 
•iliall  he  lice  to  ask  relevant  i|iic,stion»  to  claril)'  information  or 
resulting  i.sHiieN. 

5.  The  .sttideni  HJiall  have  a  lair  and  rea.sonahle  opportnnity  to  answer, 
explain,  and  defend  a);ainsl  information  and  witnesses  presented  at 
the  hearing,  to  siihmit  written,  physical,  and  testimonial  evidence, 
and  to  call  relevant  wilnesses  on  his/her  hchalf. 

6.  The  accused  student  may  identify  an  advisor,  who  may  he  an 
attorney,  to  he  present  at  die  hearing.  The  advi.sor  may  only  consult 
piivalel)'  with  the  student  unless  otlicru-isc  determined  by  the 
university  re);ar(ling  a  particular  case. 

7.  After  hearing  all  evidence,  the  AIB  will  privately  make  its  decision 
based  reasonably  upon  the  evidence  presented.  .A  majority  vote  of 
the  AIB  shall  be  rei|uired  for  any  decision.  If  the  AIB  finds  the 
student  to  h.we  committed  the  misconduct  or  infrdction,  anti  the 
student  has  no  prior  academic  violalion(s)  on  record,  it  may  accept, 
reduce  (but  not  increase),  or  modify  the  recommended  sanction.  If 
the  stnilent  does  have  a  prior  academic  violation(s)  on  record,  the 
.MB  may  increase  the  recommended  sanction  (see  Section  D. 
Multiple  Violations). 

8.  II  the  student  waives  his/her  right  to  a  hearing  in  writing,  or 
chooses  not  to  appear  at  the  .'MB  hearing,  die  case  will  be 
adjutlicated  base<l  upon  the  evidence  presented  at  die  scheduled 
heating. 

9.  All  hearings  are  closed  unless  die  student  requests  an  open  hearing 
in  writing.  The  .\IB  chair  has  die  authority  to  make  the  final 
decision  regarding  access  of  spectators  at  tlie  hearing. 

10.  The  AIB  must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision,  noraially 
vvidiin  .seven  class  days  of  its  decision,  to  the  student,  faculty 
niember/atlministrator,  department  chair,  and  provosi/designee, 
who  will  clectronicidly  record  die  information  for  subsequent  entry 
into  the  computer  database. 

C.     Appeals.  These  appeal  procedures  apply  to  cases  resolved  dirough 
formal  adjudication.  Cases  of  academic  integrity  diat  are  resolved 
dirougb  informal  resolution  or  documented  agreement  cannot  be 
appealed,  as  the  facts  of  the  case,  die  decision,  and  sanction(s)  have  been 
agreed  to  by  die  stiiilent  and  die  indi^dual  making  die  charge. 

1.  II,  after  receiving  the  department  chair's  rejiort  on  die  outcome  of 
the  hearing,  the  faculty/administrator  or  the  student  disagrees  with 
eidier  the  decision,  the  sanction,  or  both,  he/she  may  appeal  to  the 
provost/designce.  nonnally  within  seven  class  days  of  receiving  die 
report.  This  appeal  must  be  in  wriung  and  must  describe  in  detail 
die  grounds  for  the  appeal.  These  reasons  may  include  the 
following: 

a.  Denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  hearing 

b.  New  evidence  (applies  when  diere  is  an  acceptable  reason  w  by 
die  iiifoniiation  was  not  presented  at  die  original  hearing) 

c.  Excessively  harsh  sancdons.  Students  cannot  appeal  on  die 
basis  of  excessively  harsh  sancdons  if  die  sancdons  are 
specified  on  the  course  syllabus,  have  die  prior  approval  of  the 
department,  and  apply  only  to  the  specific  course  in  which  die 
alleged  violation  occurred. 

2.  The  provost/designee  may  deny  die  appeal  or  direct  the  appeal  to 
be  heard  by  an  AIB  widiin  seven  class  days.  All  appeals  invohing 
sanctions  of  involuntary  witlidrawal  from  part  of  IUP"s  academic  or 
other  programs,  suspension,  or  expidsioii  will  be  heard  by  an  .AIB. 

3.  I'nlcss  the  recommended  sancdon  is  suspension  or  expulsion,  the 
tlecision  of  the  .AIB  is  finiil  and  will  be  implemented  bv  the 
provost/designce.  who  will  electronically  record  die  information  for 
subsequent  entry  into  die  computer  database. 

4.  Suspension  or  expulsion  may  be  recommended  by  die  .AIB  but  can 
only  be  iinpleineiued  by  die  \icc  president  for  Student  .Affairs  (die 
president's  designee  for  suspension  and  expulsion),  who  is 
responsible  for  verifying  diat  due  process  was  followed. 


I).     .Mulliple  \  iiilalioiKi 

1 .  Stiidciiis  with  multiple  academic  violation*  of  record  will  be  subject 
to  ailclitioiial  hjik  tionii,  including  |His«il>lc  siM|>cnAion  or  cxpuUion 
Ifoiii  die  university. 

2.  Informalion  about  prior  violation*  is  not  rclrvanl  to  delcnnifiing 
whcdier  a  student  has  violated  diis  (>oli(T.  I  lowc\er,  »U(  h 
inliimialion  is  pertinent  in  detemiining  die  appropnatc  sanction. 

:i.      If  a  student  found  in  violation  of  diis  |K)lity  Uirougli  cidier 

Kcsolution  by  Documented  .Agrceinent  or  Kesolulioii  by  Komial 
Adjudication  has  a  pritir  academic  inU-grity  violation  of  record,  die 
case  will  be  referred  to  an  AIB. 

4.  Kor  cases  previously  resolved  by  Documented  Agreement  or 
through  Forinal  Adjudication  at  die  departinciit  chair's  level,  die 
AIB  will  schedule  a  new  hearing.  This  hearing  will  review  all 
informaUon  perdnent  to  the  determination  of  an  appropriate 
sanction  but  will  not  reconsider  die  issue  of  whcdier  die  policy 
violation  occurred.  After  considering  die  severity  of  die  current  and 
prior  violations,  die  AIB  may  determine  Uiat  a  more  »c%cre  sanction 
is  appropriate. 

5.  For  cases  being  heard  by  an  AIB,  the  AIB  should  request 
infoniialion  cm  prior  violations  only  after  determining  dial  a 
violation  has  occurred.  Infonnation  on  prior  violations  should  be 
used  in  determining  die  appropriate  saiicUon. 

6.  The  AIB  must  submit  a  written  report  of  the  decision,  normally 
within  seven  class  days  of  iLs  decision,  to  the  student, 
faculty/administrator,  department  chair,  and  provost/designce  who 
will  electronically  record  the  information  for  subsequent  entry  into 
the  computer  datal>ase. 

7.  The  student  may  appeal  any  new  saiictioii(s)  to  die 
provost/designee.  The  provost/designce  may  deny  the  appeal  or.  on 
die  basis  of  denial  of  a  fair  and  reasonable  hearing,  new  e>idence,  or 
excessively  harsh  sanctions,  direct  the  appeal  to  be  heard  by  a 
second  AIB.  The  provost/designee  will  electronically  rccrird  the 
informaUon  for  subsequent  entry  into  the  computer  database. 

K.     .Sanctions 

1 .  The  following  sancdons  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and 
faculty  member/administrator  dirough  informal  resolution  or 
documented  agreement.  All  grade  reductions  require  die  approval 
of  the  instructor  of  record.  If  the  work  is  graded  by  a  committee,  a 
grade  reducdon  requires  the  approval  of  the  majority  of  the 
committee. 

a.  Single  Grade  Reducdon:  Reducdon  of  grade  or  failure  on 
project,  cxaminadon.  quiz,  or  odier  academic  exercise  on 
which  the  student  is  alleged  to  hive  cheated. 

b.  Course  Grade  Reduction:  Reduction  of  course  grade  or  failure 
in  the  course.  If  die  \iolarion  involves  a  project  spanning 
multiple  courses  (such  as  a  dissertation  or  multiple  semester 
internship),  the  grade  reduction  may  apply  to  all  courses 
involved. 

c.  Constructive  or  Educational  Task:  .A  task  which  requires  the 
student  to  examine  his/her  dishonest  behavior  and  which  may 
benefit  die  student,  campus,  or  community. 

d.  Other:  Sanctions  deemed  appropriate  and  tailored  to  a  specific 
\ioIatiofi  as  determined  by  the  faculty  member/administrator. 
Aiiv  reasonable  sanction  or  combination  of  sanctions  for  a 
given  \iolation  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  student  and  faculty 
member/administrator. 

2.  In  addition  to  die  above,  the  following  sanctions  might  be  imposed 
through  foniial  adjudication. 

a.  Letter  of  Warning:  .A  warning  letter  may  be  issued  indicating 
that  the  student  has  been  found  in  violation  of  an  academic 
polic-y  and  that  failure  to  comply  widi  policies  in  the  (iiture 
may  result  in  fiirther  discipUnary  action  to  be  handled  as  a 
second  offense.  The  letter  of  warning  will  remain  in  effect  for  a 
period  of  time  as  specified  by  the  individual  or  Ixiard  hearing 
tlie  case. 

b.  Disciplinary  Probation:  Disciplinary  probation,  which  is  for  a 
period  of  time  specified  by  die  individual  or  board  hearing  the 
case,  is  an  indication  that  a  students  stams  at  die  university  is 
seriouslv  jeopardized.  If  die  student  is  found  in  violation  of 
another  I  LP  policy  during  die  probationary  period,  a  more 
serious  sanction  will  be  levied,  including  possible  involuntary- 
withdrawal  from  part  of  IL'Ps  academic  or  other  programs, 
suspension  or  expulsion  ftxim  the  umvcrsity. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


34       ACADEMIC    POLICIES 


c.  Involuntar)'  witlicirawal  from  part  ol  lUP's  acatlemic  or  other 
programs:  A  student  may  be  denied  tlie  right  to  participate  in 
some  segment  of  lUP's  programs.  Such  involuntar)'  withdrawal 
might  be  imj)osed  on  either  a  temporary  or  permanent  basis. 

d.  Suspension:  A  student  may  be  suspended  from  the  university' 
for  a  specified  period  of  time,  not  to  be  less  than  the  remainder 
of  the  current  semester.  Suspension  requires  that  a  student 
remove  Iiim/herself  from  university  premises,  not  attend  classes 
or  social  activities,  and  not  be  present  on  university  or  Student 
Cooperative  .Association  propert)'  during  die  period  of 
suspension. 

e.  Expulsion:  Expulsion  may  be  considered  under  any  of  the 
following  circumstances:  when  there  is  a  very  serious  violation 
of  the  academic  integrity  policy,  when  a  student  is  proven  to 
have  violated  the  academic  integrity  policy  on  more  than  one 
occasion,  or  when  a  student  appears  before  the  board  after 
already  having  been  suspended.  Expulsion  from  the  institution 
is  permanent.  Appeals  to  the  sanction  of  expulsion  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Office  of  the  President.  If  necessar)'.  the 
president  will  consult  with  legal  counsel  in  tliese  cases. 

Suspension  and  expulsion  can  be  recommended  by  a  faculty 
member/administrator,  department  chair,  and  AIB  but  can  be 
imposed  only  by  die  president's  designee  for  suspension  and 
expulsion  (currendy  the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs), 
who  is  responsible  for  verifying  that  due  process  was  followed. 

F.  Records  and  Recordkeeping 

1 .  Records  of  Infomial  Resolution.  Although  no  ofFicial  Ibnns  are 
filed  at  this  level  of  resolution,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  a 
facult\'  member/administrator  and  student  who  reach  an  informal 
agreement  put  the  agreement  in  wriung  with  a  copy  to  each 
participant.  This  protects  each  party  in  the  event  of  any  future 
attempt  at  renegotiadon. 

2.  Records  of  Resolution  by  Documented  Agreement.  Documented 
agreement  resolutions  are  recorded  on  the  computer  database  of 
disciplinary  files  maintained  by  die  assistant  to  the  vice  president 
for  Student  Affairs.  They  are  not  considered  formal  disciplinary 
records  undl  and  unless  the  student  is  found  in  violation  of  diis 
policy  a  second  dme.  They  are  internal  university  records  used  for 
monitoring  students  for  multiple  violations  only.  If  a  second 
documented  agreement  form  is  filed  or  a  student  is  found  in 
violation  of  the  policy  through  formal  adjudication,  the  student  will 
then  have  a  formal  disciplinar)'  record  which  includes  records  of 
both  violations.  This  formal  record  is  maintained  according  to  the 
lUP  judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies. 

3.  Records  of  Formal  Adjudication.  Records  of  academic  integrity 
cases  resolved  through  formal  adjudication  are  recorded  on  the 
computer  database  of  disciplinary  files  maintained  by  the  Office  of 
the  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  of  Student  Affairs.  They  are 
maintained  as  formal  disciplinary  records  in  accordance  with  lUP 
judicial  system  recordkeeping  policies.  Records  of  cases  involving 
suspension  or  expulsion  must  be  maintained  for  a  minimum  of  two 
years. 

G.  Operational  Notes 

1.  In  cases  where  a  violation  is  alleged  at  or  near  the  end  of  the 
semester  and  resoluUon  by  informal  resoludon.  documented 
agreement,  or  formal  adjudication  cannot  be  completed  before 
grades  are  submitted,  the  faculty  member  should  submit  a 
designation  of  "Incomplete"  (I)  for  die  student.  The  "1" 
designation  will  remain  on  the  student's  record  until  the  case  has 
been  resolved.  Once  the  case  has  been  resolved,  die  "F"  designation 
will  be  replaced  with  the  appropriate  grade. 

2.  If  the  violation  is  alleged  during  the  semester  when  classes  are  in 
session,  the  accused  student  should  continue  attending  all  classes 
and  continue  to  complete  course  requirements  during  the 
resolution  of  die  academic  integrity  case. 

3.  The  provost/designee  may  extend  any  deadline  which  cannot  be 
met  for  what  he/she  deems  legitimate  reason. 

4.  Requests  to  consutute  die  AIB  for  hearings  will  be  cfirected  to  the 
provost/designee  (currendy  the  assistant  to  die  vice  president  for 
Student  Affairs). 

5.  The  university  may  withhold  transcripts,  grades,  diplomas,  or  other 
official  records  pending  the  disposidon  of  cases,  if  such  acdon  is 
reasonably  necessary  to  preserve  its  ability  to  enforce  its  nJes. 


ti.     The  provost/designee  may  niodit)'  die  procedural  provisions  of 
diese  rules  by  the  issuance  of  written  orders  to  deal  with  jiarticular 
unusual  procedural  situadons,  so  long  as  no  order  shall  contradict 
the  Riles  of  die  Board  of  Governors  of  die  State  System  of  Higher 
Education  governing  due  process  for  students,  and  no  such  rule 
shall  deny  fiindamental  fairness  to  students  by,  for  example, 
effecuvely  constitudng  a  denial  of  nodce  or  opportunit)'  to  be 
heard. 

7.     This  policy  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Senate  Academic  Committee 
after  five  years. 

The  various  forms  described  in  this  policy  are  available  fi-om  the  assistant  to 
the  vice  president  for  Student  Affairs,  2 ISA  Sutton  Hall,  deans'  offices,  or 
department  chairs.  Quesdons  concerning  the  Academic  Integrity  Policy  and 
Procedures  can  be  directed  to  the  assistant  to  the  vice  president  for  Student 
Affairs,  2I5A  Sutton  Hall. 

Approved  by  Council  of  Trustees— May  15,  1998 

Final  Examination  Policies 

The  final  examination  week  is  part  of  die  regular  academic  program  and 
must  be  incoiporated  into  each  instructor's  course  plan  for  the  semester. 
Final  examinadons  are  not  the  only  legitimate  type  of  terminating  activity, 
and  therefore,  the  instructor  may  choose  an  appropriate  activity  that 
conforms  to  course  objectives. 

The  terminating  activity  shall  take  place  only  at  the  time  and  location 
assigned  by  the  Scheduling  Center.  Unless  granted  an  excused  absence,  die 
faculty  member  responsible  for  the  course  must  be  present  for  the  full 
examination  period  to  direct  die  terminating  activity.  Faculty  members  may 
require  student  attendance  at  the  terminating  activity. 

Faculty  members  who  do  not  schedule  or  do  not  attend  the  terminating 
activity  for  a  course  may  be  subject  to  disciplinary  action  commensurate  with 
unexcused  absences.  Block  finals  must  be  held  as  scheduled.  Once  die  final 
examination  has  been  set  by  the  Scheduling  Center,  changes  and  absences 
must  be  approved  by  the  instructor's  dean. 

During  the  examination  period,  die  following  general  rules  apply  where 
conflicts  exist: 

1.  The  higher-numbered  course  takes  precedence.  Thus,  a  student 
enroUed  in  GEOG  102  and  ECON  32.5  would  take  the  ECON  325 
exam  at  the  assigned  time  and  the  make-up  in  GEOG  102. 

2.  If  courses  in  conflict  are  the  same  level  and  number,  an  alphabetical 
determination  by  fiill  name  of  the  department  will  be  made.  For 
example,  a  student  enrolled  in  .4CCT  421  and  CNSV  421  would  take 
the  ACCT  421  exam  at  the  assigned  time  and  a  make-up  in  CNSV  421. 

Maximum  Number  oi  Exams  on  One  Day/Conflicts 

A  student  may  not  be  required  to  take  more  than  three  final  exams  on  any 
one  regularly  scheduled  examination  day.  For  any  exam  over  three,  a  make- 
up exam  must  be  scheduled  by  the  instructor  for  the  student,  at  his  or  her 
request,  into  another  mutually  agreeable  regular  final  examination  period. 
The  rales  determining  conflict  resolution  (listed  above)  will  determine  which 
exam  or  exams  a  student  may  request  as  make-ups. 

Night  Exam  Policy 

.411  tests,  examinations,  and  quizzes  should  normally  be  administered  during 
the  prescribed  course  hours.  Only  in  this  wav  can  the  essential  contracted 
nature  of  the  time  arrangements  between  student  and  professor  be  preserved 
and,  at  the  same  time,  proper  provisions  made  for  the  many  extracurricular 
and  personal  activities  involving  students  and  faculty  alike.  Deviations  to 
allow  night  exams  for  valid  educational  reasons,  widiin  the  guidelines  listed 
below,  must  be  approved  by  the  department  and  the  dean. 

Guidelines 

1 .  Night  exams  can  only  be  scheduled  on  Monday  through  Thursday 
evenings  within  the  6:00-10:00  p.m.  time  period. 

2.  Appropriate  physical  facilities  must  be  arranged  in  advance  without 
encroachment  upon  odier  authorized  university  fimctions. 

3.  If  night  exams  are  to  be  given,  die  day  of  die  week  on  which  they  will  be 
given  must  be  listed  in  the  undergraduate  course  schedule. 

4.  No  night  exam  can  take  precedence  over  a  regularly  scheduled  class. 

5.  Arrangements  for  nonpunitive  make-up  exams  at  a  mutually  agreeable 
time  must  be  available  for  students  that  cannot  attend  the  night  exam. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    POLICIES       35 


Kor  c.K  li  li>Mir  ul  iiikIiI  i  x.iriiN,  .in  iMinr  orir);iil,iily  sriioliilnl  i  U»  lime: 
will  lie  i,irinll<(l.  Siidi  ( ,im  (•ILi(iiiii,s  arc  pniliiliilc-d  (luiiiin  iiiiv  pcriixl  oC 
two  class  il.ivs  iiiiniiili.ilcly  |)icii'(liiiK  and  any  pcriiMl  iilcwo  iladu  (layii 

ii (•(iial.lyl..ll.mi..nlMili(l.iyan(l/i.rva<ali.in(r<-(<-s.s)|„Ti(.<lsaii<l 

sniirsli'i  IciMiiii.iliniis.  .i|<|i>'.niiiK  in  iIk'  {iiililislii'ii  aiailcniir  (alcndar. 


lUP  Civility  Statement 


As  a  nnivi  isil\  ol  dillm  [ic  |i(n|ilis  and  ptrnpeilivcs,  lUI"  aspirtfi  to  |iroinotc 
the  Kidwtli  ol  all  |iiii|)lc  in  llini  ai  adcniii ,  |)rofcs»ional,  soi  iai.  and  personal 
lives.  Students,  lai iilty.  aiui  stall  join  tom-tlier  to  create  a  connniinity  wliere 
people  extlianj;e  ideas,  listen  to  one  anollier  with  eonsidcration  and  respect, 
.iiid  are  connnllled  to  losterinn  civility  tliroiiuli  niiivcroity  .stmcturcii,  policies, 
iiiil  proiednn  s.  We,  as  nunilnis  ol  the  university,  strive  to  achieve  the 
lollowin^;  intlividiial  coniinitnients: 

Id  slrriiKt/irn  llir  itiiivrnily  for  aaidemic iticcess,  I  will  act  honestly,  t;ike 
respoiisihilily  for  my  behavior  and  continuous  learning,  and  respect  the 
Ireedoin  ofothers  to  express  their  vicw.s. 

lo faster  (in  riwirvumeni for  pmonal pvuilli,  I  will  honor  and  take  care  ol  my 
liody.  mind,  and  character,  I  will  be  helpful  to  odiers  and  respect  their  rights. 
I  will  discourage  intolerance,  hatred,  and  iiijuslice  and  promote  constructive 
resolution  of  conllict. 

To  contribute  to  thefulnrr.  I  will  strive  for  tlic  betterment  of  the  comniiinity: 
myself,  mv  university,  the  nation,  and  the  world. 


Class  Disruptions 


Siudeiits  and  faculty  alike  should  strive  to  create  a  class  environment  that 
icllects  mutual  respect  and  die  importance  of  learning.  If  a  student's  behavior 
threatens  to  disrupt  that  environment,  the  faculty  member  has  a 
responsibility  to  seek  resolution  of  the  problem. 

.\  facult)  member  is  empowered  to  rei|nest  that  a  student  lea\e  during 
particular  class  period  if.  in  the  measured  opinion  of  that  faculty  menibei,  the 
student: 

1 .  Significaiidy  disrupts  the  learning  process,  or 

2.  Is  a  threat  to  others. 

II  the  student  refiises  to  leave  or  if  tlie  faculty  member  deems  it  appropriate, 
law  enforcement  officers  may  be  called  to  remove  tlie  student. 

lithe  behavior  is  especially  egregious  or  potentially  hannliil,  the  faculty 
member  may,  with  t)ie  consent  of  his/her  academic  dean  and  in  consultation 
with  the  department  chairperson,  keep  die  student  from  returning  to  class 
until  the  case  can  be  adjuclicaled.  Because  significant  disruptive  class 
behavior  is  a  potential  violation  of  tlie  .\cademic  hitegrity  Policy,  the 
procedures  oudined  in  diat  policy  should  be  used  to  resolve  the  case.  When 
■ippropriate,  criminal  charges  should  also  be  filed. 

If  deemed  appropriate,  die  adjudicators  may  render  a  decision  diat  removes 
the  oUcnding  student  from  the  class  or  the  university-.  If  so,  die  university  will 
assign,  in  lieu  of  a  grade,  a  designation  dial  indicates  a  wididrawal.  If  grades 
are  due  before  a  final  decision  has  been  reached,  die  instnictor  should  assign 
a  temporaiy  designation  of  I  (incomplete). 

If  the  student  is  allowed  to  return,  the  student  will  have  die  option  of 
reentering  another  open  section  of  die  course  if  feasible.  When  appropriate, 
the  student  should  be  allowed  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  make  up  any  work 
missed  during  the  forced  absence. 

If  a  student's  grade  is  adversely  aifected  by  a  capricious  forced  absence,  die 
student  may  file  a  grade  appeal. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


36       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


<^N. 


Requirements  for  Graduation 


Undergraduate  students  at  lUP  may  pursue  programs  of  study  in  any  one  of 
tlie  seven  undergraduate  colleges:  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology,  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology,  the  College  of  Fine  Arts,  the  College  of  Health  and  Human 
Services,  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  the  College  of 
Natural  Sciences  and  Matliematics,  or  the  School  of  Continuing  Education. 
A  student  may  earn  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  or  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  The  Eberly 
College  of  Business  and  hiformation  Technology,  the  College  of  Natural 
Sciences  and  Madiematics,  and  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  offer 
Associate  of  Arts  degree  programs.  To  meet  graduation  requirements  in  a 
baccalaureate  or  an  associate  degree  program,  die  student  must  satisty  all  of 
the  degree  requirements,  which  fall  into  three  categories: 

1 .  university  requirements 

2.  college  requirements 

3.  department  requirements 

Requirements  of  die  latter  two  categories  may  be  found  under  the  college 
and  the  department  in  which  the  student  is  pursuing  a  program  of  study. 

University  requirements  for  graduation  in  all  curricula  consist  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  residency  requirements  in  regard  to  awarding  of 
degrees,  and  the  semester-hour  and  cumulative  grade-point  average 
requirements. 

Exception:  Students  who  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  prior  to  June  1, 
1989,  are  not  subject  to  Liberal  Studies  recjuirements;  they  will  comjilete 
degree  requirements  including  the  General  Education  components  oudined 
in  earher  edidons  of  the  Undergraduate  Catalog.  Transfer  students  entering 
the  university  between  June  1, 1989,  and  June  1,  1991,  were  assigned  eidier 
to  General  Educadon  or  Liberal  Studies  at  the  time  their  transcripts  were 
evaluated.  All  transfer  students  admitted  after  June  1, 1991,  are  subject  to  the 
Liberal  Studies  requirements. 

A  student  may  earn  a  second  undergraduate  baccalaureate  degree  by 
completing  a  minimum  of  diirty  additional  semester  hours.  (See  Second 


Baccalaureate  Degree.)  It  is  not  possible  to  receive  two  or  more  baccalaureate 
degrees  simultaneously.  However,  a  student  may  complete  one  or  more 
secondary  majors  while  earning  the  priman-  degree. 

Academic  Life  During  tlie  Freshman  Year 


During  the  Summer  Orientation,  as  described  in  die  section  on  orientation, 
students  meet  with  faculty  advisors  to  plan  a  program  of  courses  for  their 
first  year.  This  carefiil  planning  considers  students'  individual  preferences, 
the  results  of  placement  testing,  and  degree  program  requirements. 

With  a  typical  freshman  academic  schedule,  students  progress  both  in  the 
universitywide  Liberal  Studies  program  and  in  their  intended  majors. 

Three  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  designed  especially  for  freshmen,  and  all 
students  are  expected  to  complete  these  courses  during  their  first  year.  The 
three  are  ENGL  101  College  Writing,  HIST  195  History:  The  Modern  Era, 
and  one  course  from  a  list  of  Fine  Arts  selections. 

College  Writing  enhances  skills  in  written  expression  that  are  essential  to 
success  at  the  university.  History:  The  Modern  Era  builds  critical  thinking 
skills  and  provides  a  foundation  of  knowledge  for  subsequent  courses. 
Whichever  fine  arts  course  is  chosen  encourages  an  appreciative 
participation  in  campus  ciJtural  life. 

Professors  teaching  these  courses  work  cooperatively  with  each  odier  and 
widi  Student  Affairs  Division  staff  to  integrate  class  work  with  campus 
lectures  and  arts  events.  Study  skills  development  and  tutoring  services  are 
also  proxided  as  necessary. 

Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Grade-Point 
Average  Requirement ^^ 

Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  to  graduate, 
including  53  semester  hours  in  Liberal  Studies  (all  on  a  passing  basis)  and 
must  have  a  2.0  ("C"  grade)  cumulative  GPA  and  a  2.0  ("C")  GPA  in  his/lier 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION       37 


iii.i|<ir  .ii>(l/<ii  nunnj  Held.  Sonic  |irii);i.iiii.s  ri'i|iiir<' iiiiirc  lli.iri  M\  Hvincfilcr 

horns  l,„n,.„l„.,h.,„. 

Liberal  Studies 

All  slii<linl»  I IliHill  ll.<  miilllcninils  u(  llic  univcisilv's  I.il>rr.il  Slu.lirs 

|>ii>);iaiii.  rills  iiivdlvcs  .1  iniiiiiiuiiii  ol  ri.'i  sciiichIci  liiiiirH  (liviiiiij  .iiiioii); 
Lcuiriiii);  Skills,  Kiiciwicdnc  Arcim,  iiiicl  Syinlicnis.  'I'lic  iiiiiiilicr  cif  ncinciilcr 
lioiirs  may  rise  siij»lilly  (le|iL'ii<liiiK  on  .stiuleiil  clioiccs.  OitTcrciit  collcucii  unci 
soiiiLliiius  (lc|iiirliiunl.s  within  lolicucs  may  have  .ipeiiru  variations  as  10 
how  tliesr  l.ilieral  Stiulies  ic(|iiiremeiils  are  lo  he  met. 

I,iheral  Sliuiies  provides  the  hroad  vision  ami  nmlerstandinn  thai  cnahle 
individuals  lo  enjoy  liill,  rich  hve.s  and  to  |)lay  eonstrmlivt  roles  in  their 
lomniiinilies.  The  ffmU  lor  Liberal  Studies  include  (1)  the  development  of 
liiiportaiit  modes  ordiinkiii)!;  and  intellectual  skills:  critical  tliiiikiiiK,  literacy. 
iindi'isijiidiii);  minierical  data,  historical  consciousness,  scienliric  inquiry. 
illiical  perception,  and  aesthetic  sensitivity;  (2)  the  ac<|iiisilion  of  a  hiidy  of 
knowledge  or  understanding  essential  to  an  educated  person;  and  (3)  an 
understanding  of  the  physical,  as  well  as  the  intellectual,  nature  of  human 
heiiiKs. 

Liberal  Studies  Requirements 

Note:  Specilic  i  oinses  may  he  reiiiiired  or  recoinniciidcd  liy  colleges  01 
major  deparlnients:  see  decree  proniam  oiilliiies  tor  spicifKations. 

Additional  courses  may  he  added  to  some  cateKories  during  the  next 
academic  year. 

Learning  Skills: 

F.nglish  (loinposition:  Two  Courses  7sli 

ENCLIOI  College  Writing  4 

ENGL  202  Researcli  Writing  (sophomore  standing)  3 

Learning  Skills: 

Mathematics:  One  C^oursc  from  List  3-4sh 

MATH  101  Foundations  of  Madicmatics  3 

Killile  M.illiemalics  liluictivc]  3 

College  AlKchra  3 

Klciiienlarv  Kiiiictioiis  3 

Applied  Madieuiatics  for  Business  3 

Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and 
Social  Sciences  4 

Calculus  I  for  Physics.  Chemistn,'.  and 
Mathematics  4 

Calculus  I  4 

Elements  of  Mathematics  I 

(restricted  to  designated  majors)  3 

Klemeiits  of  Madicmatics  II 

(restricted  to  ilesignated  majors)  3 

Probahility  and  Statistics  3 

Foundations  of  Business  Matliematics 

(restricted  to  designated  majors)  3 

Humanities:  Three  Courses*  9sh 

*Oiie  course  in  history,  one  in  literature,  and  one  in 
philosophy  or  religious  studies. 

History: 

HIST  19.5  I liston :  The  Modern  Era  3 

Literature: 

ENCiL12!  Humanities  Literature  3 

FNLG  121  I  himaiiities  Literature  (taught  in  English)  3 

ENGL  122  Intiodiictioii  to  Literary  Analysis 

(English  majors)  3 

Philosophy  or  Religious  Studies: 

PHIL  101  Informal  Logic:  Metliods  of 

Critical  Thinking  3 

PHIL  120  Intioiluction  to  Philosophy 

PHIL  221  Svmbolic  Logicl 

PHIL  222  Ediics 

PHIL  223  Philosophy  of  Art 

RLST  100  Introduction  to  Religion 

R1.ST  110  Wodd  Religions 

111  .ST  2.')0  I'nderstanding  tile  Bible 

RLST  290  Cbristiaiiitv 


M.ATll  102 
MATH  10,'; 

M.vni  no 

MATH  11.5 
M.ATH  121 

MATH  123 

MATH  127 
MATH  1.51 

MATH  152 

M.'\TH217 
BTEH  1 1 1 


Kine  Artxi  One  Courite  from  Lint 

ARIII  101            liilroduclion  to  Art  3 

IMNC  102          inlroiluclion  to  Dance  3 

MI'HI  101           IniriMliKtion  to  Vlunic  3 

IH'IRIOl          InlroiliK  lion  to  Theater  ! 

Natural  .Science:  One  Option 

Option  ii  'IWo-nemester  Laboratory  Coune  .Sequence 

Two  (..iirses  with  laboratories  ( Ish  each),  paired  together 
in  a  se<|iicn(  e.  from  the  natural  s<  icncc  laboratory  cournc  liM. 

Natural  Science  Laboratory  Sequences: 

BIOL  10.)/104    {;eneral  Biology  1  and  II  8 

ClIICM  101/102    C<illegeC;henii.slry  laiul  II  8 

f:lIEM  111/112    (;eiieral  Chemistry  I  and  II  8 
CllEM  I  l;)/l  14    Concepts  in  Chemistry  and  Basic 

Inorganic  Chemistry  8 
Tum  of  Ihf follmtiing  Ihrrr,  in  any  ordfr: 

GEOS  101/102     The  Dynamic  Earth  witli  lab  4 

GEOS  103/104     Ocean.s  and  Atmospheres  with  lab  4 

GEOS  105/10(1     Exploring  the  Lniverse  with  lab  4 
GEOS  111/112     and  f ;E(  )S  1 1 3/ 1 1 4  Earth  Science  for 

Educators  I  and  II  widi  labs  8 
GEOS  121/122     and  GEOS  131/132  Physical  Geology  and 

Historical  Geology  with  labs  8 

PHYS  1 1 1/121      and  1 12/122  Phy.sics  1  and  II  with  labs  8 
PHYS  131/141     and  132/142  Physics  I  and  II  with 

labs  (calculus)  8 

.SCI  105/106       Physical  Science  I  and  II  (eidier  order)  8 

Option  II:  One  laboratory  plus  Two  Nonlaboratory  Cour^tes 

One  course  with  laboratory  (4sli)  from  the  natural  science 
laboratory  course  list  followed  by  two  courses  (3sb  each) 
from  natural  science  nonlaboratory  course  hst.  One  of  the 
nonlaborator)'  courses  may  be  c<iunted  again  among  tlie 
Liberal  Studies  Electives. 

Natural  Science 

BIOL  103 
CHEM  101 
CHEM  1 1 1 
CHEM  113 
GEOS  101/102 
GEOS  10.3/104 
GEOS  10,5/ 1  Ofi 
GEOS  111/112 
GEOS  113/114 
GEOS  121/122 
GEOS  131/132 
PHYS  1 11/121 
PHYS  131/141 
PHYS  151/161 
SCI  105 
SCI  106 

Natural  Science 
BIOL  114 
BIOL  1 15 
BIOL  116 
BIOL  117 
BIOL  119 
GEOS  101 
GEOS  103 
GEOS  105 
GEOS 1 1 1 
GEOS  IV.i 
GEOS  141 
GEOS  150 
GEOS  151 
GEOS  221 
PHYS  101 
PHYS 1 1 1 
PHYS  112 
PHYS  131 
PHYS  132 
PHYS  151 


- 1  OhIi 
8sh 


I.aboratory  Courses: 

General  Biology  I 
College  Chemistry  1 
General  Chemistry  1 
Concepts  in  Chemistr)- 
The  Dynamic  Earth  with  lab 
Oceans  and  Atmospheres  with  lab 
Exploring  the  Universe  with  lab 
Earth  Science  for  Educators  I  with  lab 
Earth  Science  for  Educators  II  widi  lab 
Physical  Geology  willi  lab 
Historical  Geology  with  lab 
Physics  I  with  lab 
Physics  I  (calculus)  with  lab 
Medical  Physics  widi  lab 
Physical  Science  I 
Physical  Science  II 

Nonlaboratory  Courses: 

Environmental  Science 

Biotic  Diversity  of  Nortli  .\inerica 

Introduction  to  Marine  Biology 

Understanding  HI\  Biology  and  .\ids 

Emerging  Diseases 

Tlie  Dynamic  Earth 

Oceans  and  Atmospheres 

Exploring  die  Universe 

Eardi  Science  for  Educators  I 

Eardi  Science  for  Educators  II 

Introduction  to  Ocean  Science 

Geology  of  National  Parks 

The  Age  of  Dinosaurs 

Physical  Resources  of  the  EartJi 

Energy  and  the  En\iroiiment 

Physics  1 

Physics  II 

Physics  I  (calculus) 

Physics  II  (calculus) 

Medical  Physics 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


38       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


Social  Sciences:  Three  Courses  from  List* 

*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  tlian  once 

ANTH  110         Contemporary  Anthropology  (1) 

ANTH  2 II         Cultural  Antliropology  ( 1 ) 

ANTH  2 1 3         World  .Archaeology- 

CRIM  101  Crime  and  Justice  Systems 

ECON  101  Basic  Economics 

ECON  121  Principles  of  Economics  1 

GEOG  101  Intro  to  Geography:  Human  Emironnient 

GEOG  102         Geography  of  U.S.  and  Canada 

GEOG  104         Geography  of  the  Non-Western  World  ( 1 ) 

PSYC  101  General  Psychology 

PLSC  101  World  Pohtics  (1) 

PLSC  1 1 1  .\merican  Politics 

SOC  151  Principles  of  Sociology 

SOC  231  Contemporary  Social  Problems 

( 1 )    Also  Rilfills  requirement  for  non- Western  course 

Health  and  Wellness:  One  Course  3sh 

HPED  143  Healtli  and  Wellness  3 

FONT  143  Nutrition  and  Wellness  3 

.\n  alternate  method  of  fidfiUing  this  requirement  is  die  completion  of  one 

year  of  Military  Science/ROTC:  MLSC  101  Introduction  to  Military  Science 

and  Lab  (2sh)  and  MLSC  102  Fundamentals  of  Military  Science  and  Lab 

(2sh).  The  courses  MLSC  203  and  204  may  be  substituted  for  MLSC  101 

and  102.  Veterans  are  given  4sh  toward  diese  requirements  by  validating  two 

years'  active  duty  via  form  DD2 14. 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  Three  Courses  from  List*  9sh 

*At  least  one  course  must  be  numbered  200  or  higher 

*No  course  carrying  tlie  student's  major  prefix  may  be 

used 

*No  course  prefix  may  be  used  more  than  once, 

except  for  intermediate-level  foreign  language  prefi-xes 

(FRNC  ,  GRMN  ,  ITAL,  SPAN  ,  LATN,  and  GREK), 

which  may  be  used  twice. 

See  list  of  nonlaboratory  natural  sciences  for 
additional  courses  which  may  be  used  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

See  list  of  Non- Western  Cultures  courses,  some  of 
which  may  be  used  as  Liberal  Studies  Elecdves. 

The  following 

ARHI 205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art  3 

.i^RHl  206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art  3 

ARHI  211  Modern  Art  3 

ARHI  222  Art  in  America  3 
ANTH  286 


BTED  101 


COMM  101 
COMM  201 

COMM  380 
COSC  101 

COSC  201 

CNSVlOl 
CNSV315 
ECON  122 
ENGL  349 
FONT  145 
FRNC  201 
FRNC  202 
FRNC  203 
FRNC  301 
GEOG  230 
GEOG  231 
GEOG  251 
GEOG  253 
GEOG  261 
GRMN  251 


courses  are  also  approved: 
Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 
Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 
Modern  Art 
Art  in  America 

Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family 
[same  as  SOC  286] 
Microbased  Computer  Literacy 
[sameasCOSC/lFMGlOl] 
Internet  and  Muldmedia  [same  as 
COMM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201] 
Comm  Media  in  American  Society 
Internet  and  Middmedia  [same  as 
BTED/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201] 
History  of  African  Americans  in  Film 
Microbased  Computer  Literacy 
[sameasBTED/lFMGlOl] 
Internet  and  Midtimedia  [same  as 
BTED/COMM/IFMG/LIBR  201] 
Personal  and  Family  Management 
Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 
Principles  of  Economics  II 
English  Bible  as  Literature 
Introduction  to  Nutriuon 
College  French  1  (2) 
College  French  II  (2) 
Accelerated  College  French 
Portraits  of  Women  in  the  French  Novel 
Cultural  Geography 
Economic  Geography 
Geography  of  Peivnsylvania 
Geography  of  Europe 
Geography  of  Wine 
German  111  (2) 


GRMN  252         German  IV  (2) 

HMEC  2 1 8         Cliild  Development 

HMEC  224         Marriage  and  Family  RelaUons 

HIST  210  Ancient  Ciy-ihzations:  The  Middle 

East  and  die  Eastern  Mediterranean 
HIST  2 1 2  Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe 

HIST  214  Themes  in  American  History 

HIST  305  Renaissance  and  ReformaUon 

HIST  355  African  Historv'  I:  AiiUquity  to  1 600 

HIST  363  Thought  and  Cidture  in  Eariy  America 

HIST  364  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modern  .America 

HIST  366  African-American  Women 

IFMG  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy 

[same  as  BTED/COSC  101]   ' 
IFMG  201  Internet  and  Multimedia  [same  as 

BTED/COMM/COSC/LIBR  201] 
ITAL  201  Intennediate  Italian  III 

ITAL  202  Intermediate  Italian  IV 

JFINL  105  Journalism  and  die  Mass  Media 

JRNL  250  Women  and  die  Press 

JRNL375  World  News  Coverage 

LATN  102  Elementary  Latin  II 

LATN  201  Intermediate  Ladn  (2) 

LIBR  201  Internet  and  Muldmedia  [same  as 

BTED/COMM/COSC/IFMG  201] 

MATH  121         Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and 
Social  Sciences  (1) 

MATH  122         Calculus  II  for  Business,  Natural,  and 
Social  Sciences 

MATH  123         Calculus  1  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 
Mathemadcs  (1) 

M.'VTH  1 24         Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 
Mathemadcs 

MATH  1 52         Elements  of  Madiemadcs  11(1) 
(specified  majors  only) 

MATH  214         Probability  and  Stadsdcs  for  Business 
Majors 

MATH  216         Probability  and  Stadsdcs  for 
Natural  Sciences 

M.'^TH  2 1 7         Probabihty  and  Stadsdcs  ( 1 ) 

MATH  241         Differential  Equations 

MUHI  301  Music  History  I 

MUHI  302         Music  History  II 

PSYC  3 1 0  Development  Psychology 

PSYC  321  Abnormal  Psychology- 

PSYC  330  Social  Psycholog)' 

PSYC  378  Psychology  of  Deadi  and  Dy-ing 

PHIL  232  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love, 

Marriage,  and  Divorce 

PHIL  32 1  Symbofic  Logic  II 

PHIL  323  Political  Philosophy 

PHIL  324  History-  of  Pliilosophy  1:  Ancient  and 

Medieval 

PHIL  325  History-  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance 

and  Modern 

PHIL  326  Phenomenology-  and  Existentialism 

PHIL  330  Philosophy  of  Science 

PHIL  400  Ethics  and  PiAhc  Policy 

PHIL  405  Justice  and  Human  Riglits 

PHIL  410  Contemporar)-  Analytic  Philosophy 

PHIL  420  Metaphysics 

PHIL  421  Theory- of  Knowledge 

PHIL  450  Philosophy  of  Law 

PHIL  460  Philosophy  of  Language 

PLSC  346  Political  Sociology-  [same  as  SOC  458] 

REST  200  Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction 

RLST  2 1 0  World  Scriptures 

REST  260  American  ReUgious  Development 

RLST  3 1 2  Archaeology  and  die  Bible 

RLST  329  Philosophy  of  Rehg-ion 

RLST  4 1 0  Early  Christian  Thought 

RLST  440  Modern  Christian  Thought 

SAFE  145  Workplace  Safeh-  Today  and  Tomorrow 

SOC  286  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  die  Family 

[same  as  ANTH  286] 

SOC  337  Worid  Societies  and  Worid  Systems 


INDIANA 


UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


.i<) 


SOC.HO  .S.Hi.il..K>  (ilhiilusl.) 

S( )( :  Mii  Hiiciiil  uikI  Kthiiii  Miiioriticn 

SOC  .■)().■)  Smiolojry  of  Sex  and  (;cii<lfr 

SOC'M';  Sixbl  Sinilinnitinn 

S()(Mr,s  i',,iiii<.ii  s.Ki.il.inv  |».ii>K- .i.s  i'i,s(;  :M(i| 

SPAN  10^  Klcniciii.irv  SiMiiisl.  II 

SI'AN  122  Sp,iii.slil<.rll<.illli(;,iril'r<>ltsi.i..iial.sll 

SPAN  1.12  Sp.niisli  loi  iIk  llos|>il.illly  liitliislr)  II 

SI'AN  2(11  lril(inK(li,.«S|,.iMisliC2) 

SI'AN  2  I  I  Inlciisivc  liiliiiiu<li.ilc-  Spaiiisli 

|(;,rintrlySI'AN20l|  'i 

VVMST  20(1  liilnxlmiimi  t<i  Wciiiicii's  Siii.lics  .'( 

( 1 )  Stmlciits  may  use-  this  course  In  liillill  ciilicr  llic  l,i.-arniii(;  Skills: 
Malliuinatiis  rci|iiirciiiciil  or  a  l.ihiral  Slii<lics  Kliilivc  rc(|iiirciiiciil,  Inil 
not  both. 

(2)  Ilislicr-lcvtl  laiiKuaRf  lourses  may  l>c  siilislitiiliil  by  slii<k-iits 
(IciiioiistraliiiR  sculi  al)ility  iiii  plaiiintiit  tist.s. 

Nciii-Wi-slcrii  Ciilliirc's:  One  Oourst  from  List  .'sli* 

♦Stutlcnts  must  liiHill  tins  rciniiicmciit  by  lompltlinn  om-  idursi-  from  tin- 
list;  most  oftlicsc  lourses  will  at  the  same  time-  fulfill  other  requirements  set 
by  Liberal  Studies  or  in  some  cases  by  a  college  or  department. 

Also  fulfills  LS  Social  Science  rcquircmcnl; 

.ANTH  1  10          Contemporary  .Anthropology  3 

AN'ni211          Cultural  .Antliropolojry  3 

CI'.OC  101          CeographyofdieNoii-WesternWorl.l  I 

I'l.SC  1(11            World  Politics  i 


AI.SO  fulfills  LS  Elective  requirement: 

AFI.)I 

Introduction  to  Pan-African  Stmlies 

3 

ARHI  ;}00 

Native  American  Art 

3 

ANTH271 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa 

[same  as  SOC  271] 

3 

ANTH  272 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  China 

(same  as  SOC  272] 

3 

ANTH  273 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia 
[same  as  SOC  273] 

3 

ANTH  271 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  America 

[same  as  SOC  274] 

3 

ANTH.il  4 

Native  Americans  [same  as  SOC  314] 

3 

ANTH;J.50 

.Anthropology  of  Women 

3 

ANTH  ;Jti5 

Native  North  .American  Religions 

[.same  as  RLST  365] 

3 

COMM  230 

Issues  in  International  Communication 

3 

ECON  m) 

Comparative  Economic  Systems 

3 

CEOC  2.'-.  2 

Geography  of  Latin  America 

3 

GEOC;  2.5-1 

Geography  of  Russia  and  die  Soviet  Sphere 

3 

GEOG  25.5 

Cteography  of  Africa 

3 

GEOG  2.5() 

Geography  of  East  Asia 

3 

GEOG  257 

Geog  of  Soudi  and  Southeast  Asia 

3 

HIST  327 

So\iet  Union  and  Contemporan-  Russia 

3 

HIST  330 

History  of  die  Islamic  Civilization 

3 

lllST.i31 

Modern  Middle  East 

3 

HIST  3.5(1 

African  Histoiy  II:  1600  to  present 

3 

HlST3(i7 

Nati\e  .American  History- 

3 

rrsT2cSi 

Special  Topics  in  Non- Western  Studies 

3 

PLSC  382 

Political  Systems:  Africa 

3 

PLSC  387 

Political  Systems:  Latin  America 

3 

PLSC. 389 

Developing  Nations 

3 

RLST31I 

Eastern  Pliilosophv 

3 

11LST3()0 

.African  Religions 

3 

RLST  365 

Native  North  American  Religions 

[same  as  ANTH  365] 

3 

RLST370 

Religions  of  China  and  Japan 

3 

RLST  375 

Religions  of  India 

3 

RLST  380 

Islam 

3 

SOC  271 

Cultural  .Area  Studies:  Africa 

[same  as  ANTH  271] 

3 

SOC  272 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  China 

[same  as  ANTH  272] 

3 

SOC  273 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia 

[same  as  ANTH  273] 

3 

SOC  274 

Cultural  Area  Studies:  Laun  Ameiica 

[same  as  ANTH  274] 

3 

SOC  314 

Native  Americans  [same  as  ANTH  314] 

3 

SPAN  244 

Modern  Mexico 

3 

SPAN  344  20tli-Cctitury  Spanish-Anicri(an 

Civ  and  Culture  [lauglit  in  Spanish|  3 

SPAN  364  Survey  of  Spaniuli  American  Literature 

[taughtin  Spaninlil  3 

Fulfills  l-S  Non-Wenlem  requirtmcnl  only: 

(:RL(;  151.  201.  or  251  Arabu  II.  III.  or  IV  3 

CRLf;  152,  202,  or  252  Chinese  II.  III.  ..r  IV  3 

CRLG  155.  205,  or  255  Hindi  II.  III.  or  IV  3 

CRLG  156,  206, or  256  Hungarian  II.  III.  or  IV  3 

CRL(;  l.5K,208,or2.5«Japancscll.  Ill.orlV  3 

CRLG  1.59, 209,  or  259  Korean  II.  III.  or  IV  3 

CRLC;  l62,2l2,or262Riissianll.llI.or  IV  3 

KC;ON  3.39  Eco;i(>inic  ncvclopment  I  3 

PLSC  285  Comparative  C;overtiincril  II: 

Non-Western  Political  Systems  3 

Certain  Study  Abroad  programs  in  nori-Weslem  culture  areas  arc  oflcred 
(information  is  in  the  respective  catalog  section;  further  information  is 
available  in  the  Ollice  of  International  Services). 

Synthesis:  One  Course  3'ih 

LBST499  Senior  Synthesis  (required  of  all  sludenL'i)  3 

Prereiiiiisite:  73  or  more  semester  hours  earned 

This  course  helps  students  undersund  and  handle  complex  intellct  lual  and 
social  issues  from  multiple  perspectives.  A  selccdon  of  topics  is  available 
each  semester  and  summer  session.  Students  should  schedule  die  course 
during  die  senior  year,  or  at  least  no  earlier  tlian  die  last  half  of  die  junior 
year.  In  order  to  broaden  dieir  experiences,  students  are  encouraged  Ui  enroll 
in  syndiesis  sections  taught  by  instructors  outside  of  tlie  studciils'  major 
fields. 

Writing  Across  the  Curriculum: 

Minimum  of  Two  "W"  Courses 

All  students  must  include  among  die  total  courses  required  for  graduauon  a 
minimum  of  two  designated  writing-intensive  courses.  One  of  these  courses 
must  be  in  die  student's  primary  major;  the  other(s)  may  be  in  Liberal 
Studies,  college  or  major  reijuirements.  or  free  clectives.  Such  courses,  which 
involve  extensive  use  of  writing  as  part  of  tlie  learning  experience,  are 
identified  with  a  "W"  as  part  of  die  section  number  in  each  semester's 
schedule  of  classes  listing  on  URSA. 

Eligibility  and  Application  for  Graduation 

(.oiiimcrRi-im-iil  ccri-moMics  arc  m  .\lav  at  UP  at  tlu-  com  lusion  ot  the 
spring  semester  and  in  December  at  tlie  conclusion  of  the  fall  semester.  Only 
students  who  have  completed  all  requirements  for  graduation  by  the  end  of 
die  semester  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  commencement  exercises. 
Students  who  have  withdrawn  from  courses  or  have  elected  to  take 
incompletes  or  have  failed  courses  during  the  semester  and  thus  have  not 
met  the  rec|uirements  for  graduation  may  not  participate  in  commencement 
exercises  until  tliosc  requirements  have  been  fulfilled.  Students  completing 
requirements  in  .August  and  December  are  included  in  die  program  list  for 
die  December  ceremony. 

Students  are  responsible  for  knowing  and  fiilfilhng  die  requirements  for 
graduation  in  their  degree  program.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
complete  a  form  to  apply  for  graduation  and  submit  it  to  the  office  of  the 
dean  of  his/her  college  early  in  die  term  prior  to  graduation. 

Certification  for  graduation  is  not  final  until  approved  by  the  dean  of  the 
college  in  wliicli  die  student  is  enrolled.  Diplomas  will  not  be  issued  until  all 
bills  and  obligations  have  been  satisfied,  including  the  degree  fee.  and  final 
certification  for  graduation  has  been  issued  by  the  student's  college  dean. 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Course  work 

Students  enrolled  at  UP  who  wish  to  take  courseworii  at  another  insutuuon 
(eidier  during  die  summer  or  regular  semesters)  must  complete  an 
.Application  for  Coursework  Outside  UP  prior  to  taking  the  course(s).  Only 
the  credits  from  die  course(s)  transfer,  not  die  grade;  therefore,  students 
camiot  use  outside  coursework  for  HP's  repeat  policy.  Only  the  credits  for 
\\-hich  students  receive  die  grade  of  .A,  B.  or  C  w-ill  transfer.  If  P,T  is  the  only 
grading  option  available,  there  must  be  a  narrative  evaluation  from  the  facidty 
member  certifying  that  die  work  was  of  C  level  or  better.  No  more  than  60 
semester  hours  total  may  be  earned  at  a  junior  or  community  college  for 
appUcation  toward  an  lUP  degree.  If  the  courses  are  being  taken  within  the 
student's  last  diirrv  crechts.  the  courses  must  be  taken  at  lUP  unless  the 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


40       REQUIREMENTS    FOR    GRADUATION 


stuilciii's  TisidciiiA  reijiiiremeiit  for  awarding  of  degrees  is  waived  by  the 
college  dean.  Cmirses  without  prior  approval  are  taken  at  the  risk  of  tlie 
student:  tliere  is  no  obligation  on  the  part  of  any  oflicer  of  diis  university  to 
accept  or  transfer  such  credit. 

Forms  for  approval  of  oir-cam])us  coursework  are  available  in  the  OfHce  of 
Transfer  Credit  Evaluation/Admissions  Office.  Full  direcdons  on  the  form 
outline  the  steps  involving  die  transfer  evaluation,  student's  advisor,  and 
college  dean,  or  designee.  After  completing  otf-campus  coursework,  students 
should  have  die  institution  at  which  the  work  was  taken  send  a  final  official 
transcript  direcdy  to  Transfer  Evaluation  Services,  216  Pratt  Drive,  lUP, 
Indiana.  PA  l.')705.  Copies  of  transcripts  issued  to  or  hand  carried  by 
students  will  not  be  accepted. 

Residency  Requirement  for  Awarding  of  Degrees 

All  students  receiving  an  initial  lUP  baccalaureate  degiee  are  required  to 
complete  45  semester  hours  in  lUP  courses.  At  least  15  semester  hours  in 
lUP  courses  are  required  to  fulfill  an  lUP  major  and  a  minimum  of  6 
semester  hours  for  a  minor.  Normally,  the  student  will  complete  the  final  30 
semester  hours  in  residence  in  lUP  courses,  unless  specific  approval  has 
been  secured  from  the  dean  of  the  student's  college.  Exception  to  the  above 
requirements  for  courses  to  be  earned  in  residence  at  lUP  may  be  granted  by 
the  college  deans  based  upon  the  appropriateness  and  academic  integrity  ol 
the  courses  in  question.  This  approval  is  generally  sought  as  part  ot  die 
process  for  prior  approval  of  oflT-campus  coursework. 


Non-Native  Students:  Englisfi  Language 
Requirements 

Non-native  students  of  English,  either  internadonal  students  or  diose  from 
the  U.S.  for  whom  English  is  not  their  first  learned  language,  are  required  to 
take  an  ESL  Screening/Placement  Test  prior  to  registradon  in  the  first 
semester  attending  lUP.  The  test  is  administered  prior  to  registration  in  both 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Results  of  this  test  are  used  to  detemiine  for 
which  English  course  (ENGL  100/ESL,  ENGL  101/ESL,  ENGL  202/ESL, 
ENGL  121/ESL)  a  newly  admitted  non-native  student  must  register.  In 
addition,  any  currendy  enrolled  non-naUve  student  can  take  the  regularly 
scheduled  test  to  determine  registradon  for  non-ESL  Enghsh  courses.  For 
fiirther  information,  contact  Chair,  English  Department,  724-357-226 1 . 

Program  Changes 

To  insure  dicir  quality  and  relevance,  academic  programs  at  lUP  are  subject 
to  review  and  change  by  duly  appointed  and  responsible  university  groups. 
Because  of  diis,  the  university  recognizes  diat  provisions  must  be  made  to 
prevent  hardship  to  students  already  enrolled  in  programs  if  changes  later 
occur  in  specific  or  general  program  requirements.  Students  affected  by 
changes  in  programs,  poUcies.  and  regulations  are  dierefore  given  die  option 
of  following  those  requirements  that  are  in  effect  when  the  student  was  first 
enrolled  in  die  program  or  those  in  eHect  at  the  time  of  expected  graduation. 
The  student  cannot,  of  course,  combine  chosen  elements  of  the  two.  Should 
a  question  of  rule  interpretation  arise  with  respect  to  changes,  die  student, 
the  student's  advisor,  or  bodi  should  petition  the  college  dean  for  a  decision 
about  which  requirements  apply. 

Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements 


The  mininiimi  total  semester-hour  requirement  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  at 
lUP  is  124.  Students  who  enroll  in  degree  programs  that  require  more  than 
124,  or  who  seek  the  added  benefit  of  a  double  major,  minor,  or  specialized 
program,  or  who  change  majors  should  plan  their  sequence  of  courses 
carefully  with  an  advisor.  Such  students  should  be  alert  to  die  possibility  that 
they  may  need  to  carry  a  heavier-than-average  class  load  in  order  to  complete 
the  degree  in  eight  semesters.  In  some  situations,  summer  work  or  an  extra 
semester  may  be  necessary.  The  need  to  enroll  in  remedial  or  other 
preparatory  coursework  or  to  repeat  courses  may  also  affect  progress  toward 
a  degree. 


Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Time  Frame 

The  university  reserves  the  right  to  modify  degree  reciuiremeuts  through 
established  governance  channels.  However,  the  general  policy  has  been 
established  diat  the  following  time  frame  regulations  form  the  basis  for 
application  of  the  university's  undergraduate  degree  recjuirements: 

1.  A  student  who  has  been  in  continuous  registration  (fall  and  spring 
semesters)  or  who  has  interruption(s)  of  less  than  two  calendar  years  is 
governed  by  the  requirements  oudined  in  the  catalog  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  entrance  into  a  degree  program  (major). 

a.  A  student  who  changes  major  will  be  governed  by  the  requirements 
of  the  major  and/or  college  at  die  time  of  acceptance  into  the  new 
major,  widiout  change  of  Liberal  Studies  requirements  except  as 
specified  by  die  new  major. 

b.  A  student  entering  through  the  nondegree  program  is  governed  by 
the  requirements  in  effect  at  die  time  degree  candidacy  is  awarded. 

c.  A  part-time  student  may  be  covered  by  these  provisions  of 
continuous  registration  to  a  maximum  often  years. 

2.  A  student  whose  education  is  interrupted  by  two  or  more  calendar  years 
will  be  governed  by  die  requirements  in  elTect  at  the  time  of  readmission 
to  the  university.  The  readmission  may  carry  specific 
requirements/substitutions  necessary  to  provide  for  program  integrity. 

3.  The  applicabihty  of  coursework  completed  more  than  ten  years  prior  to 
the  degree  date  is  subject  to  review  by  the  dean  or  designee  for 
evaluation  on  a  course-by-course  basis. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS       •// 


Academic  Affairs  Division  Amas 


Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Provost 

Mark  J.  Piwinsky,  Vice  Provost  for  Administration  and 

Technology 
Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Associate  Provost  and  Dean,  School  of 

Continuing  Education 
Yvonne  B.  Redd,  Assistant  to  the  Vice  Provost 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/academicaffairs 

TIr-  Ai;ulcniic  Allaiis  areas  liclmv  provicif  iiistrmtioii  in  several  disciplines 
lliat  are  not  specific  to  one  of  tlie  university's  distinct  colleges.  They  offer 
seiTiccs  and  instniction  under  the  direction  ot  die  Provost's  Office. 


The  University  Libraries 


Rcna  K.  Fowler.  Dean;  Eli/.abcth  .\.  F.vans,  .\ssociate  Dean 
Ronald  A.  Sleincr,  Chairperson;  Brown,  CoiiiiclK  Diaz-Martin. 
Druniniond.  Hooks.  Janicki.Jano.sko, Jen,  Joseph,  Kirby,  Kiiupp, 
I.aude,  l.neas.  McDevitt.  Rahkoncn.  Shivcly,  j^orich;  and  professors 
emeriti  ('hanibcriin,  l.afrancht,  Schccrcn,  Snead,  Wolf 

Website:  hitp://wu>u<.iup.edu/library 

The  ll'P  Libraries  ser\e  die  academic  and  scholarly  needs  olstudcnls  and 
faculty  vvidi  806,332  volumes  and  3,437  journal  tides,  as  well  as  media, 
micro  documciiLs,  and  infomiadon  databases.  In  addiuon  to  die  main  facihty. 
there  is  a  library  at  each  of  die  branch  campuses  at  Punxsutawney  and 
Kittanninj;;.  as  well  as  die  Cogswell  Music  Library  and  the  I'niversity  School. 
The  (inline  catalog  is  accessible  diroughout  die  libraries  and  on  the  Internet 
Irom  remote  locations.  lUP  students  can  use  a  variety  of  electronic  resources, 
including  abstracts,  staustics,  and  ftill-text  articles  online. 

Libran-  faculty  members  offer  individual  and  group  instruction  in  using  the 
librarv-  dirongh  a  1 -semester-hour  course,  LIBR  l.'il  IntroducUon  to  Libran- 
Resources. 


Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 

Janet  F..  (ioebel,  Director 
Website:  httl>://u'U'w. iup.edu/lwnon 

The  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  is  IL'P's  universitywide  honors 
program  for  undergraduate  students  of  all  majors  who  are  accepted  into  the 
program.  Its  goal  is  to  provide  a  unique  educauonal  environment  in  which 
students  of  high  ability  and  mouvation  can  achieve  dieir  potendal  in  a 
nurturing  learning  community  of  fellow  students  and  professors.  The 
Honors  College  makes  an  intendonal  effort  to  see  that  students  and  faculty 
are  providetl  widi  integrated  courses,  an  appreciadon  for  muldple 
pcrspecdves  on  important  issues,  and  common  leaniing  experiences 
wherever  possible:  it  strives  to  see  dial  die  learning  community  remains 
cohesive  widi  bodi  academic  and  cocurricular  components  throughout  the 
four  years  of  die  students  honors  experience. 

The  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  provides  a  challenging  opportunity  for 
academic  and  personal  development  through  an  integrated  program  of 
curriculum,  residence,  and  cocurricular  activiues.  WhitmvTe  Hall  has  been 
renovated  into  a  combined  honors  residcnual/academic  fecilitv  wliich 
includes  classrooms  and  program  offices  as  well  as  student  rooms  and 
cocurricular  spaces. 

Students  in  any  academic  major  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  Honors 
College.  Students  may  enter  the  program  as  freshmen  or  later  as  sophomore 
"transfer"  students  from  eidier  anodier  university  or  from  ILT.  .\n 
applicaUon  is  required  and  is  ev'aluated  by  the  Honors  College  Admissions 
Board. 

Requirements  of  the  Program 

Students  accepted  into  die  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College  as  frcslmien  are 
required  to  live  in  WTiimivTe  Hall  during  the  freshman  year  and  are 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


42       ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS 


encouraged  to  remain  in  the  honors  residence  hall  tliroughout  their 
undergraduate  career  as  space  permits.  Exceptions  to  the  freshman  residency 
requirements  will  be  made  only  for  nontraditional  students  (students  twenty- 
five  or  older  or  students  who  are  married  and/or  have  children)  or  for 
students  who  reside  at  home  with  dieir  legal  guardians  in  the  Indiana  area 
while  at  lUP.  ApplicaUon  for  exemption  from  die  fresliman  residency 
requirement  should  be  made  in  the  form  of  a  letter  to  the  Honors  College 
Director  at  the  dme  of  applicaUon  to  the  program. 

Students  in  die  Honors  College  are  required  to  maintain  an  overall  3.25 
GPA.  A  student  who  falls  below  the  3.25  GPA  will  have  one  semester  of 
Honors  College  probadon  during  which  he/slie  may  attempt  to  raise  the 
GPA  to  3.25  and  remain  in  good  standing.  Students  wlio  are  dismissed  from 
die  Honors  College  due  to  GPA  may  apply  for  readmission  after  liaving 
raised  the  GPA  to  acceptable  honors  standards. 

Course  Requirements  for  Students 
Admitted  as  Freshmen 

Students  admitted  as  freshmen  are  required  to  complete  23  semester  hours 
of  honors  work  including: 

14  hours:        Honors  CoUege  Core  I,  II,  and  III  (HNRC  101, 102,  and  201) 
—a  three-semester  "core"  sequence  of  14  semester  hours 
which  replaces  Liberal  Studies  requirements  for  ENGL  101 
and  121,MUSC  lOl.THTR  101,  ARHI  101,  HIST  195,  and 
either  RLST  100  or  PHIL  120. 

3  hours:  Honors  LBST  499  Senior  Synthesis 

6  hours:  An  additional  6  semester  hours  of  Honors  College  courses 

which  must  ftilfiU  the  following  requirements: 

A.  At  least  one  advanced  honors  course  (300  level  or  above) 
in  addiuon  to  LBST  499 

B.  At  least  one  honors  course  in  a  non-humanities  area  (the 
same  course  might  meet  requirements  A  and  B) 

C.  An  honors  course  during  every  academic  year 
(requirement  may  be  waived  for  students  pardcipaUng  in 
study  abroad  or  off-campus  internsliips) 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  complete  an  undergraduate  thesis  for 
graduation  from  the  Honors  College  with  disdnction. 

Course  Requirements  for  Students 
Admitted  as  Sopliomores 

Sophomore  "transfer"  students  are  required  to  complete  18  semester  hours 
of  honors  work  and  must  meet  the  same  course  requirements  as  freshmen 
widi  die  exception  of  HNRC  101  and  102,  from  which  they  are  exempted. 

Applicants  who  may  be  interested  in  frirdier  infomiadon  are  invited  to 
contact  die  university  Admissions  Office  at  724-357-2230  or  1-800-442- 
6830  or  die  office  of  the  Honors  College  in  Wliitmyre  Hall  at  724-357-4971. 


Military  Science 


LTC  Robert  Gibson,  Chairperson;  SGT  Acy,  CPT  Allmon,  SFC 
Bennett,  SFC  Brangard,  MAJ  Brown,  MAJ  Higgins,  MSG  Madera, 
Mrs.  Rankin,  CPT  Wagner 

Website: /i///).//!(>!('U'.(;//).f(^M/ro<c 

Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps 

The  Unites  States  .\rmy  established  a  Senior  Reserve  Officers'  Training 
Corps  program  at  the  universit)-  in  1950.  The  ROTC  program  teaches 
leadership  training  that  students  can  apply  throughout  their  careers,  be  they 
in  business,  industry,  technology,  educadon,  the  physical  sciences,  or  die 
humaniues.  All  Mihtary  Science  credits  count  toward  graduadon,  and 
students  who  complete  the  total  program  can  earn  a  commission  as  a  second 
Ueutenant  and  receive  placement  in  one  of  twenty-four  professional  officer 
specialdes  in  die  U.S.  .\rmy,  including  Military  Intelligence,  Military  Pohce, 
Signal,  Medical  Service,  and  die  Corps  of  Engineers. 

The  ROTC  program  is  divided  into  two  phases:  the  Basic  Course  (freshman 
and  sophomore  years)  and  the  Advanced  Course  (junior  and  senior  years). 
In  most  cases,  students  progress  through  the  ROTC  program  bv  enrolling  in 
MLSC  101  and  102  as  freshmen.  By  taking  MLSC  101  and  102,  the  student 
fvilfills  the  university's  3-semester-hour  Liberal  Studies  requirement  in 


Healdi  and  Wellness.  Students  who  condnue  in  the  Basic  Course  by 
enrolling  in  MLSC  203  and  204  as  sophomores  incur  no  military  obligation, 
but  they  retain  the  opportunitj'  to  compete  for  a  frill-tuidon  ROTC 
scholarship.  Whether  they  win  an  ROTC  scholarship  or  not,  all  students 
who  complete  the  Basic  Course  are  eligible  to  enroll  in  the  ROTC  Advanced 
Course.  All  Advanced  Course  students  receive  financial  assistance  while  they 
are  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course. 

What  ROTC  Offers 

•  ROTC  offers  a  comprehensive  academic  program  in  military  leadership 
and  teaches  practical  skills  such  as  self-defense,  adventure  training, 
rappelling.  marksmanship,  orienteering,  and  first-aid  techniques. 

•  Regular  ROTC  classes  for  two  semesters  satisfy  die  mandatory  Health 
and  Wellness  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  graduation. 

•  Ecjuipment.  ROTC  textbooks,  and  unifonns  are  issued,  without  cost,  to 
enrolled  students. 

•  Students  enrolled  in  the  Basic  Course  (MLSC  101, 102,  203,  and  204) 
become  eligible  for  fiiU-tuition  scholarships  and  enrollment  in  the 
ROTC  .Advanced  Course. 

•  Students  formally  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course  (MLSC  305, 306, 
407,  and  408)  receive  a  cash  stipend  ($250-400  each  month)  for  ten 
niondis  during  die  academic  year  and  receive  $600  each  year  for  books. 

•  Students  who  complete  die  Advanced  Course  and  graduate  from  die 
university  receive  commissions  as  second  lieutenants  and  serve  in  one  of 
three  Army  components:  Active  Army,  National  Guard,  or  Army 
Reserve. 

ROTC  Basic  Course 

The  first  two  years  of  Mihtar\-  Science  (MLSC  101.  102, 203,  and  204) 
provide  a  background  of  the  historical  role  of  military  forces  as  well  as 
current  national  mihtary  objectives.  In  addition,  students  develop  basic 
leadership  skills  in  problem  solving  and  decision  making  and  learn  survival 
techniques,  map  reading,  self-defense,  rappeUing,  and  marksmanship. 
Graduates  of  the  Basic  Course  incur  no  commitment  to  enroll  in  the  ROTC 
Advanced  Course  and  incur  no  obligation  for  military  service.  Students  may 
enroll  or  withdraw  from  any  of  die  four  courses  in  die  ROTC  Basic  Course 
under  the  same  provisions  and  in  die  same  manner  as  other  academic 
courses  at  lUP.  Veterans  of  U.  S.  Armed  Forces, Junior  ROTC  and  Civil  Air 
Patrol  graduates,  and  students  who  complete  die  ROTC  Basic  Camp  at  Fort 
Knox,  Kentucky,  may  receive  exemption  from  die  ROTC  Basic  Course  if 
approved  by  the  Professor  of  Military  Science,  but  diey  will  not  automatically 
receive  academic  credit  for  the  course. 

ROTC  Advanced  Course 

The  last  two  years  of  MUitary  Science  (MSEC  305, 306.  407,  and  408) 
compose  the  Advanced  Course  and  lead  to  a  commission  as  an  officer  in  the 
United  States  Anny.  To  be  eligible  to  enroU  in  the  Advanced  Course,  a 
student  must  meet  these  criteria:  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  be 
physically  fit  and  pass  a  physical  examination;  be  an  enrolled  academic 
junior  or  senior  with  at  least  a  2.0  GPA;  be  not  less  than  seventeen  years  of 
age  but  less  than  thirty  by  die  anticipated  graduation  date;  successftilly 
complete  die  ROTC  Basic  Course  or  its  equivalent;  and  be  accepted  by  the 
Professor  of  Military  Science.  Advanced  Course  students  study  advanced 
leadership,  management,  professional  ethics,  small  unit  tactics,  militar)'  law, 
and  instructional  and  training  techniques.  Practical  apphcation  is  the  riJe, 
and  students  have  the  opportunit)'  to  practice  and  polish  dieir  skills  as 
members  of  the  ROTC  battalion  leadership.  Once  Advanced  Course 
students  agree  in  writing  to  complete  die  Advanced  Course,  graduate  on 
time,  and  accept  a  commission  as  an  officer,  diey  become  eligible  to  receive  a 
montlily  cash  stipend  of  $250-$400  for  ten  months  of  die  academic  year  and 
also  receive  $600  a  vear  for  books. 


Scholarships 


High  school  seniors  who  have  applied  to  lUP  can  apply  online  for  lUP  Army 
ROTC  scliolarships  at  http://uiunv.armyrofc.com.  Currendy  enrolled  lUP 
undergraduate  students  can  compete  for  two-  and  three-year  ROTC 
scholarsliips.  and  graduate  students  can  compete  for  two-year  ROTC 
scholarships  even  if  diey  are  not  currendy  enrolled  in  Military  Science 
courses.  To  be  frilly  eligible,  applicants  must  meet  diese  criteria:  2.5  GPA, 
frill-time  student,  U.S.  citizen,  physically  qualified,  and  administratively 
qualified.  Regardless  of  the  term  of  die  scholarship  (either  two,  diree,  or  four 
years),  all  lUP  ROTC  scholarships  offer  these  benefits  for  each  year  diat  die 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS        13 


Hrliolariliip  in  in  illi.  I:  lull  liiilKin  (up  l>.  $IO.(MMI).  $(>()()  lor  Ixn.ks.  jiicl 
$2r>ll-.i;'l(l()  |H:r  iiidiitli  lor  ten  nionlliH  ol  llit-  »<  liool  vcn.  ( :.ill  I  -HOO-II  •!'- 
\{i )'!'( !  lor  appticiition  inNtructionN. 

KO'I'C  <.i(l('ls  who  w.inl  lo  alliiid  rncdual  or  vclcrinar)  mIiooI  ul(vr 
Kradiiallon  art-  ('ll);llilr  lo  roiii|iiir  lor  srliolarnlil|>H  avullalilc  lliron^li  tlic 
Army  llcallli  I'rolivisjonal  Si  lM)larHlii|>  l'ro);raiii.  randidad.i  niiinl  liuvc  a  i.r) 
nndt  ij;radnalc  (  M'A.  si  ore  2!)  or  liiKliir  on  llit-  MCAT.  and  he  ae<c|>lccl  lo  an 
ar<  lediled  nudii  al  Mihool.  Ooiilad  ihc  Deparlnienl  olMililar)'  Siiciicc  al  I- 
HOO-nil'UOTC  lor  more  iiilormalion. 

Program  in  Military  Science  20 

llcqtiircfl  eourseN: 

MLSC  1(11  IntnidiHii Mili(ar>  Science  2.-ih(l) 

M1.SC;  102  l'.ui<lameMlalsolMililar)Sncmc  2sh(l) 

MLSC  HY.i  I'nndamenlals  ol'lactical  ( )peialion», 

'l'e('hni<|nes  oI'Leadcisliip,  and 

Weapons  Charaelcrislies  2sh  (2) 

MLSC:  201  Naiioiial  Seciirily  and  Fundamenlals 

olMililanTopojirapliy  2»h  (2) 

MLSC  ■iO'-)  Kim.lame'iilals  of  Leadership  and 

Modern  Learniii)^'eacliing  Relationslii|>  .'ish 
MLSC  .'J0()  Sillily  of  Advanced  Leader  I'lanning  aiul 

Kxcctilion  ol  "Modern  Comhal  Opcralions  :Jsh 
MLSC  '107  ManagenienI  of  the  Militar)-  Complex  lo 

Include  Fiindamental.s  of  Miliuiry  and 

liUernational  Law  .'Jsh 

MLSC  108  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and 

Mana|;ement  .'isli 

( 1 )  MLSC  101-102  mav  siihstiuitc  for  the  Liheral  Sliulies  rciinircmcnt  in 
Health  and  Wellness. 

(2)  MLSC  20.i-20l  are  availahle  as  Iree  clcctives  to  all  students  widmul  any 
military  ohlig-ation. 


Women's  Studies  Program 


Brenda  M.  Mitchell,  Director 
Website:  hllp://u'wu'.  iiiji.riln/ivomens 

The  Women's  Studies  minor  is  designed  to  examine  tlie  status  and 
experiences  of  women  from  a  multidisciplinary  perspective.  The  courses  use 
a  varict)'  of  metliods  and  disciplinar>'  perspectives  to  explore  the  impact  of 
gender  on  the  experiences  of  die  indiWdual.  Women's  contributions  to  a 
>'ariety  of  fields  and  die  historical,  literary,  and  cultural  images  of  women  are 
also  addressed.  Students  arc  encouraged  to  challeuRc  iradilioual  theories  and 
research  regarding  women  and  to  develop  a  critical.  nuiltidisci])linary. 
multicultural,  and  gemlered  view  of  the  world.  Courses  taught  widiin  die 
minor  typically  involve  die  students  dirough  innovaUvc,  experiential 
classroom  exercises  and  written  assignments.  Courses  in  Women's  Studies 
address  social  ei|uity  issues  and  encourage  students  to  perceive  themselves  as 
capable  of  transforming  societ)'. 

k  minor  in  Women's  Studies  indicates  to  die  prospecdve  employer  an 
awareness  of  and  seiisitiWt)'  to  gender  issues.  This  awareness  may  be  needed 
in  tlie  following  |>ositioiis:  personnel  specialist,  affirmative  action  officer. 
crisis  inter\'ciition  specialist.  laiiiiK  and  youth  ser\'ices  provider,  legal 
advocate.  \  minor  in  VV'omcn's  Studies  can  contribute  to  success  in  a  varietv 
of  fields  incluiling  communication,  counseling,  criminology,  education, 
healdi,  journalism,  law.  politics,  psychology,  and  applied  sociology. 


Minor — Women's  Studies 

Required  course: 

WMST  200         Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  3sh 

Students  receive  approval  for  a  specified  course  of  studv 
fi'om  die  following  list  of  courses:  (I) 

ANTH  350         Anthropolog)  of  Women  3sh 

CRIM  390  Women  and  Crime  3sh 

ENGL  22r)  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  3sh 

ENGL  ,33()  Language.  Gender,  and  Society  3sh 

FRN'C:  30 1  Portraits  of  Women  in  tlie  French  Novel  3sh 

HIST  369  Women  in  America  3sh 

HIST  390  Histor>- of  Women-World  Cultures  3sh 


15 

3 

12 


I  ll'Kl)  HO            The  Amcritan  VVoiiun  and  Sport  3^h 

.|ltNL2.'i()            Women  anil  die  1'rcf.Pi  3hIi 
1*1111.232             I'hilofiophiijl  I'crspci  lives  on  l»vc. 

Marriage,  and  Divorce  .'l»h 

l'SYC379            Psychology  of  Muinaii  Sexuality  3»h 

PSYC  4 1 1            Pnychology  of  Women  3«h 

S()C3fi3             Sociology  of  f;eiiilcr  3»h 

Sf  K:  127             Spouse  Abuse  .'inh 

WM.ST4K2         Independent  Study  var-l-Ssh 

XXXX-ISI          Special  Topics  (2)  var-l-3»h 

(olTcrcd  widiin  dcpartiiienl) 

XXXX)93          Internship  (3)  var-l-3«h 

( 1 )  Stuilenis  receive  approval  for  a  siiecificd  course  of  study  from  die 
above  list  of  courses  and.  witli  pcniiissioii  from  liie  director  of  Women's 
Siiidies,  selected  women's  studies  courses  dial  have  been  rcccndy 
developed.  Please  sec  webpage  hllp://wu'w.iup.fdu/u/omms  for  current 
inforinalion. 

(2)  Examples  of  XXXX  481  offered:  ART  4H1  Maidens  to  Madonna. 
UTED  4S1  Women  and  Business.  REST  )«l  Women  and  Religion. 
WMST  4H1  Special  Topics  in  Woinens  Studies 

(3)  Internships  (up  to  3sli)  may  be  counted  towards  the  minor. 


Office  of  International  Affairs 

Patrick  A.  Carnne.  Director:  Miclule  I..  IVlnicci.  loreign  Student 
Advisor 

Website:  htlp://tuwuf.  iup.eilu/inlrmational 

The  Office  of  InteraaUonal  Affairs  (OL^)  provides  die  leadership  for  Indiana 
Universit)'  of  Pennsylvania's  involvement  in  a  wide  range  of  international 
activities. 

The  OIA  is  a  central  source  of  informaUon  which  provides  special  senices 
for  admitted  inteniaUonal  students,  visiting  scholars,  and  international 
visitors  and  faculty.  The  office  provides  the  following  services  to  students: 

•  an  extensive  orientation  program  for  new  intemadonal  students 

•  advising  on  immigradon  nutters 

•  counseling  on  cultural  and  personal  matters 

•  preparation  and  processing  of  iminigration  documents 

•  medical  insurance  information  for  intcmaDonal  students  and 
exchange/study  abroad  participants 

•  financial  assistance  to  qualified  students  through  die  partial  tuition 
waiver 

•  a  predeparture  oricntadon  program  for  exchange  and  study  abroad 
participants 

•  a  reentry  program  for  participants  retunung  from  exchange  or  study 
abroad 

In  addition,  diis  office  services  the  International  Student  Club,  which  links 
students  to  die  larger  community.  The  club  provides  an  opportunitii'  for 
international  students  to  share  dicir  perspectives  and  cultural  traditions  with 
others  in  the  universitv'  and  in  the  communit)-.  The  office  also  sponsors 
monthly  coffee  hours  open  to  die  university.  Trips  for  international  and 
exchange  students  to  Niagara  Falls  and  Washington.  D.C..  are  arranged  and 
partially  fiiiided  dirough  OIA. 


International  Exchange  and 
Study  Abroad  Programs 


Through  die  0L\.  IL  P  students  may  broaden  their  education  by  taking  part 
in  study  abroad  programs. 

The  office  houses  an  exchange/study  abroad  resource  librarv-.  Students 
seeking  infonnation  on  academic  programs  offered  by  educational 
institutions  in  diis  countrv'  and  abroad  are  welcome  to  read  the  materials 
available  in  die  office.  Qualified  students  planning  to  travel  or  study  abroad 
may  also  purchase  the  Inteniational  Student  Identity  Card — good  for 
discounts,  identification,  and  insurance — in  the  Office  of  International 
.■\ffairs. 

More  information  about  each  of  die  following  programs  and  programs 
instituted  after  the  date  of  dus  publication  can  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of 
Inteniational  .\ffairs.  120  Gordon  Hall,  724-357-2295. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


44       ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS 


Bangladesh,  Dhaka.  Students  studying  business,  computer  science, 
economics,  environmental  studies,  sociology,  anthropology,  and  public 
administration  have  tlie  opportunity  to  study  tor  a  semester  or  an  academic 
year  at  North  Soudi  University  in  Dhaka.  The  language  of  instniction  is 
English. 

Belize,  Belize  City.  Students  interested  in  Caribbean  culture  have  tlie 
opportunity  to  study  lor  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  the  Universitj- 
College  of  Belize  iti  Belize.  Courses  will  be  primarily  in  business,  humanities, 
social  sciences,  and  natural  sciences  and  mathematics.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  English. 

China,  Chengdu.  Students  studying  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Infonnation  Technology  have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or 
an  academic  year  at  tlie  Soudiwestern  University  of  Finance  and  Economics. 
Language  of  instruction  is  Chinese. 

Colombia,  Bogota.  Students  witli  Spanish  fluency  interested  in  Colombian 
culture  have  the  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at 
the  Universidad  de  Los  Andes.  Courses  are  offered  in  business  and  social 
science. 

Costa  Rica,  Heredia.  A  four-week  intensive  Spanish  language  program  is 
offered  in  the  summer  at  tlie  National  Universit)'  of  Costa  Rica.  For  details 
and  brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department. 

Croatia,  Zagreb.  Students  studying  in  the  College  of  Fine  Arts  have  die 
opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  die  Academy  of 
Fine  Arts  and  die  Academy  of  Music  at  die  University  of  Zagreb. 

Egypt,  Cairo.  Students  majoring  in  educadon,  language,  commerce,  the  arts 
and  sciences,  and  the  humaniues  and  social  sciences  may  study  for  a 
semester  or  an  academic  year  at  Ain  Shams  University.  The  language  of 
instruction  is  English. 

England,  Bristol.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  in  courses  in  die  areas  of 
economics,  politics,  sociology,  history,  and  European  social  studies  may 
study  during  the  fall  semester  at  the  University  of  the  West  of  England, 
Bristol. 

England,  Greenwich.  Students  studying  teacher  educadon  for  preparation 
as  elementary,  early  childhood,  or  physical  educadon  teachers  are  eligible  to 
study  at  the  University  of  Greenwich  for  one  semester.  (Some  secondary' 
cerufication  programs  are  available.) 

England,  Oxford.  A  three-week  educational  and  cross-cultural  experience  is 
offered  in  the  summer  at  Oxford  University. 

England,  Sheffield.  Students  studWng  business  have  die  opportunity  to 
study  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  at  Sheffield  Hallani  University.  Interest 
in  other  academic  areas  may  be  explored. 

England,  Worcester.  Students  are  offered  an  opportunity  to  study  at 
Worcester  College  of  Higher  Educadon  for  one  semester  or  an  academic 
year.  Courses  are  offered  in  a  variety  of  fields  of  study. 

Finland,  Tampere.  Students  studying  business  or  occupaUonal  safety  are 
eligible  to  study  at  Tampere  University  of  Technology  for  a  semester  or 
academic  year.  The  language  of  instrucUon  is  Enghsh. 

France,  Nancy.  The  opportunity'  to  study  for  one  semester  or  academic  year 
at  die  Universit)-  of  Nancy  II  (140  miles  from  Paris)  is  available  to  qualified 
students.  The  language  of  instrucdon  is  French.  For  details,  contact  die 
French  and  Geniian  Department. 

France,  Nancy  (summer).  Two  programs,  one  for  Enghsh-speaking  and  one 
for  French-speaking  pardcipants,  are  offered  in  the  summer. 

Germany,  Duisburg.  A  semester  or  academic  year  program  at  the  University 
of  Duisburg  is  available  to  qualified  students  who  possess  the  required 
German  language  competency.  Courses  are  offered  in  German  language, 
literature,  culture,  business,  and  natural  sciences.  The  language  of  instrucdon 
is  German.  For  furdier  informadon,  contact  the  French  and  German 
Department. 

Germany,  Leipzig.  Graduate  students  in  business  may  study  one  semester  at 
die  Leipzig  Graduate  School  of  Management  of  the  University  of  Leipzig. 
M.B.A  courses  are  offered  in  all  fields  of  business  administradon  and 
economics.  Advanced  undergraduates  widi  high  GPAs  may  be  considered. 
Most  courses  are  taught  in  German. 

Germany,  Numberg.  Students  studying  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business 
and  Informadon  Technologv'  have  the  opportunit)'  to  study  for  one  semester 
or  an  academic  year  at  the  Nurnberg  University  of  Applied  Sciences. 


Greece,  Thessaloniki.  Undergraduate  students  looking  for  a  great  all- 
around,  European  study  abroad  experience  can  travel  to  American  College  of 
Thessaloniki  (ACT)  for  one  semester  or  one  academic  year.  Classes  are 
available  for  all  majors,  and  the  language  of  instrucdon  is  English.  An 
American-sponsored,  private,  nonprofit  educadonal  institution  founded  in 
1886,  ACT  closely  resembles  a  traditional  New  England  college. 
Thessaloniki  combines  both  cit\'  and  village-like  atmosphere  for  an 
incredible  experience! 

Hungary,  Pecs.  Students  interested  in  Hungarian  culture  have  the 
opportunity  to  study  abroad  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  at  Janus 
Pannonius  University.  Courses  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  histor)'  of 
East-Central  Europe,  pohdcal  development,  economic  reform,  social  change, 
arts  and  culture,  and  Central  European  studies.  The  language  of  instrucdon 
is  Enghsh. 

Italy,  Torino.  Looking  for  an  opportunit)'  to  learn  more  about  Italy  dian 
pasta  and  biscotti?  Check  out  diis  great  opportunity  for  graduate  and 
undergraduate  students  stud)'ing  business  administradon  and  economics  or 
other  related  fields.  Study  at  Universita  Degli  Studi  di  Torino,  Scuola  di 
Amministrazione  Aziendale  (SAA)  for  one  or  tu'o  semesters.  The  languages 
of  instnicdon  are  Italian  and  English. 

Japan,  Osaka.  The  opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  one  academic  year 
at  Kansai  Gaidai  University  is  available  to  students  Interested  in  Japanese 
culture.  A  variety  of  courses  are  offered  in  the  Asian  Studies  Program.  The 
language  of  instrucdon  is  Enghsh. 

Jordan,  Amman.  Students  interested  in  Jordanian  culture  have  die 
opportunity  to  study  for  a  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  the  University  of 
Jordan.  Courses  are  offered  in  business  management,  accoundng,  nursing, 
language,  educadon,  and  humanities. 

Jordan,  Irbid.  Students  interested  in  Jordanian  culture  may  also  study  at 
Yarmouk  University  for  a  semester  or  academic  year  or  may  take  intensive 
Arabic  courses  during  the  summer.  Courses  are  offered  in  Arabic  language, 
business,  and  polidcal  science. 

Kenya,  Eldoret.  Students  studv-ing  in  die  College  of  Educadon  and 
Educadonal  Technolog)'  have  die  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or 
an  academic  year  at  Moi  University  in  Kenya. 

Republic  of  Korea,  Chonnam.  Students  interested  in  Korean  culture  can 
study  at  Chodang  LIniversity  for  a  semester  or  an  academic  year.  The 
program  is  open  to  all  majors  and  courses  are  offered  across  the  curriculum. 
The  lang-uage  of  instrucdon  is  English. 

Mexico,  Cuemavaca.  Students  who  are  studying  Spanish  and  have  an 
interest  in  experiencing  Mexican  culture  have  an  opportunity  to  pardcipate 
in  a  summer  study  program  that  is  ofiered  at  the  Center  for  Bilingual  and 
Muldcultural  Studies,  an  affiliate  of  die  University  of  Morelos.  For  details  and 
brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department. 

Mexico,  Puebla.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  in  courses  in  Spanish,  business, 
internadonal  reladons/studies,  anthropolog)-,  and  hotel  and  restaurant 
management  widi  an  interest  in  Mexican  culture  have  the  opportunity  to 
study  at  die  Lhiiversidad  de  las  Americas,  Puebla,  for  one  semester  or 
academic  year.  The  language  of  instrucdon  is  Spanish. 

Philippines,  Mindanao.  Students  interested  in  another  culture  have  an 
opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  Mindanao  State 
Universit)'-Iligan  Institute  of  Technology  in  the  Philippines.  Courses  will  be 
offered  in  engineering,  natural  sciences,  information  technology,  social 
sciences  and  arts  and  humanities.  The  language  of  instrucdon  is  Enghsh. 

Poland,  Poznan.  Students  studying  chemistry,  criminology,  English, 
industrial  and  labor  reladons, journalism,  jjliysics,  psycholog)',  and  teacher 
educadon  have  the  opportunit)'  to  study  for  a  semester  or  an  academic  year 
at  Adam  Mickiewicz  University  in  Poznan.  The  language  of  instruction  is 
Polish;  however,  some  courses  are  offered  in  Enghsh. 

Russian  Federadon,  Vladivostock.  Students  interested  in  Russian  and/or 
Caucasian  culture  have  die  opportunit)'  to  study  in  die  Republic  of  North 
Osseda,  located  in  the  Caucasus  Mountains  of  southern  Russia.  ILIP  students 
may  study  at  North  Osseda  State  Universit)'  for  a  semester  or  academic  year. 
Courses  are  offered  in  archaeology,  business  and  economics,  educadon,  fine 
arts,  humanides  and  social  sciences,  and  natural  sciences  and  mathematics. 

Slovaki  Republic,  Bratislava.  Courses  in  Slovak  language,  Slovak  hteratuie. 
culture,  and  history,  English  literature,  English  culture  and  history,  polidcal 
science,  sociolog)',  physics,  and  psycholog")'  are  available  to  interested 
students  at  Comenius  University,  The  program  is  for  one  semester  or  an 
academic  year. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ACADEMIC    AFFAIRS    DIVISION    AREAS       45 


Slovi'iiiii,  I.jiililjiiiiii.  Sliidints  •.ludyiim  in  llu  ( lnlltKc  nl  Kiiii-  Arli  liuvc-  lln 
(>|i|)(iiHiiiily  III  .sluily  lor  ciiic  ni-iiiLiitLr  cir  an  ui  jdciiiu  year  al  llii-  Academy  iil 
Kiiic  Arts  and  llit-  Academy  iif  Mimic  al  the  Uiilver.iily  nl' Ljubljana. 

Spain,  niirccl<>na.|iiiiiiirs  and  Kenidin,  flneni  in  Spaiiinli.  widi  an  iiilereil  in 
experieMciii);  S|iaiiisli  i  iillnie.  Iiave  an  ii|i|ioiliinily  l<>  enroll  in  inananeineiil. 
niarkeliii);,  ami  lunrisni  (lasses  at  l'',S(  iiela  ,Sii|ierior  ile  Markelinn  I 
Adininislialiiin.  Tlie  lan^naKe  oriiislniclinii  is  S|iaiiisli. 
.Spain,  Vullu<i(ilicl.  Siiidenis  wlio  have  coni|ileU'(l  twelve  university  credits  in 
Spanish  and  liave  an  interest  in  expcrieiu  inn  Spain's  culture  have  an 
opportunity  to  participate  in  the  I'eniisylvania  Valladolid  Study  in  Spain 
Priijrrain  during  the  spring  semester.  This  experience  will  enalile  students  to 
spend  a  period  of  twenty  weeks  immersed  in  Spanish  culture  and  lannuane  at 
the  University  of  Valladolid.  Kor  details  and  lirochiires,  contact  the 
Department  iiC Spanish  and  C.lassiial  l.anj^nanes. 

Sweden,  Kurlslail.  Stuilents  wishing  to  enroll  in  neoRrapiiy  and  touri.sm 
courses  with  a  desire  to  experience  .Swedish  culture  arc  invilcil  to  .sltidy  al 
the  llniveisity  of  Karlstad.  The  lannuaRe  orinslriiclioii  is  English. 
Turkey,  .Ankara.  Students  studying;  in  the  collcjres  of'Exhicalioii  and 
Educational  Techiiolo);y,  I  Inmanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and  Natural 
Sciences  and  Mathematics  have  tile  opportunity  to  study  for  one  semester  or 
an  academic  year  at  Middle  Eastern  Technical  University  ill  Ankara.  Ooiirses 
are  taii^rht  in  Turkish  and  English. 

Zimbabwe,  Harare.  Students  studying  in  the  biological  sciences  have  the 
opportunity  to  stndv  lor  one  semester  or  an  academic  year  at  the  University 
of  Zimbabwe. 

International  Student  Exchange  Program 

The  Inlernational  Student  Kxcliangc  I'rogiam  otters  a  wide  range  ol 
educatiuiial  and  cultural  experiences  for  one  semester  or  academic  year  for 
participants  at  over  one  hundred  institutions  in  thirty-five  difierenl  countries. 
(Summer  and  longer  exchanges  are  also  possible.)  If  you  do  not  speak  a 
foreign  language,  you  still  have  many  sites  in  which  the  language  of 
instRiction  i.s  English.  If  you  do  speak  a  foreign  language,  you  have  even 
more  options. 

National  Student  Exchange 

Under  this  program.  HI'  is  p.iil  ol  ,i  n.itioiial  university  network  diat  enables 
our  undergraduate  students  t<i  study  lor  up  to  one  academic  year  at  any  of 
over  one  buiidred  seventy-one  colleges  and  universities.  In  addition,  tliis 
exchange  of  students  enables  HIP  students  to  enroll  at  any  of  these 
universities  widiout  having  to  pay  out-of-state,  nonresident  tuition  fees. 
While  on  exchange.  stuilent.s  have  the  opportunity  to  experience  a  difTereiil 
learning  environment,  to  broaden  social  and  cultural  awareness,  and  to  live  in 
anodier  part  of  die  United  States,  (.■\laska.  Canada.  Guam,  Hawaii,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  tlie  Virgin  Islands  are  included.)  Studv  abroad  sites  are  also 
a\-jilable. 

International  Student  Teaching  Opportunities 

lUP  students  enrolled  as  teacher  education  majors  in  all  cerliticatiun  areas 
are  eligible  to  particip.itc  in  this  halt-semester  student  teaching  pixigram  in 
the  following  areas:  ('openhagen.  Denmark:  London.  England:  Worcester. 
England;  Paris,  Ki-aiue;  Malahi<le.  Ireland;  and  Gronigen.  The  Nedierlands. 
See  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology  section  of  diis 
catalog  for  further  information. 

Internships/Cooperative  Learning 

Mail)'  departments  of  the  university  lia\e  developed  internship/cooperative 
education  programs  which  allow  a  student  to  participate  in  university- 
supervised  work  experiences  for  \'ariable  academic  credit.  Intemships/co-ops 
arc  viewed  as  an  integral  part  of  a  student's  academic  preparation.  .\n 
intenisbip/co-op  gives  die  student  an  opportunity  to  apply  tlieoretical  and 
philosophical  tenets  of  a  discipline  in  a  practical  job  experience  related  to  die 
student's  academic  program. 

For  general  information  about  university'  intenisliips.  co-ops,  and  placement 
options,  die  students  should  consult  die  Experiential  Educauon  Progi-am  or 
dieir  deparunent  intcniship/co-op  coordinator. 


Experiential  Education  Office 

\\v\,siU:hlll,://,nn.'U,l,r,llll„U,,nh,ln 

The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.I.S.) 

rill  llarrisliiirg  Inleriislnp  Semester  is  available  to  an  ex<  eptioiial  student 
from  any  lUI'  major  lor  the  fall  or  spring  semester.  The  program  provide*  a 
semester-long  experience  at  die  policymaking  level  in  die  cxcnitivc  or 
legislative  branclies  ol  sUte  govcrnincnt  as  well  as  iM(le|K'ndent  boards, 
agencies,  or  commissions.  Students  will  earn  ITi  semester  lumrs. 
Re<|iiirciiiciits  for  eligibility  arc  .57  or  more  earned  semester  hours  and  an 
overall  GI'A  of  at  least .'}.(),  Applicants  must  also  submit  a  sample  of  dicir 
writing  .skills  which  must  be  a  copy  of  an  IIP  writing  assignment  diat  lias 
been  graded  by  an  instructor. 

T.H.I.S.  consists  of  an  internship  with  a  research  project  lor  I  '2  semester 
hours  and  an  academic  seminar  for  .3  semester  hours.  The  jirogram  is 
directed  by  a  State  System  fatuity  member  elected  to  direct  the  program  in 
Harrisburg.  The  faculty  member  will  be  die  site  supervisor  and  ttacli  die 
seminar  course.  Grades  and  credits  will  be  recorded  on  the  students' 
academic  progress  reports  at  I  UP.  See  die  course  descriptions  under  UNWD 
4K()  and  U.\WD  19,}. 

Housing  with  kitchenette  is  arranged  diroiigh  The  Harrisburg  Inlcmship 
Semester  Program  at  minimal  cost  to  students.  Students  must  first  pay  IL'P 
tuition,  room,  and  board  and  then  be  partially  reimbursed  via  a  biweekly 
paycheck  during  the  semester.  Students  are  responsible  for  Uicir  own 
transportation  costs  between  their  home  and  Harrisburg. 

T.H.I.S.  is  offered  dirough  die  Experiential  Education  Program  in 
conjunction  with  llie  academic  department  of  the  successful  candidate. 
Applications  are  submitted  to  the  Experiential  Education  Office,  Sutton 
Hail.  Deadline  for  submission  for  fall  is  .March  1 ;  die  spring  semester 
deadline  is  October  I. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


46       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION    TECHNOLOGY 


Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  7i 


Robert  C.  Camp,  Dean 

Manmohan  D.  Chaubey,  Associate  Dean 

Website;  http://www.iup.edu/business 

III  the  spring  of  1994,  the  College  of  Business  was  renamed  to  commemorate 
the  generous  commitment  of  the  Eberly  family  tlirough  the  Eberly  Family 
Trust  to  the  developmental  needs  of  the  college.  Departments  witliin  the 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology  include  Accounting, 
Finance  and  Legal  Studies,  Management,  Management  Information  Systems 
and  Decision  Sciences,  Marketing,  and  Technology  Support  and  Training. 

Mission  Statement 

The  ]jaramounl  mission  of  the  college  is  to  provide  a  broad  range  of  high- 
value  undergraduate  and  graduate  business  programs  for  students  seeking 
preparation  for  professional  careers  in  business  and  business  education  and 
in  nonprofit  organizations.  The  college  is  especially  committed  to  high- 
quality  instruction.  In  addition,  the  college  is  committed  to  research  acdvities 
which  enhance  die  quality  of  instrucUon  and  contribute  to  the  literature  of 
businesses  and  to  service  activides  which  enhance  the  economic  vitality  of 
the  region  and  provide  linkages  and  opportunities  for  involvement  of  faculty 
and  students  with  die  business  conmiunity. 

A  learning  environment  that  includes  opportuniues  for  real-world  exposure 
will  be  provided  by  the  college.  Students  will  be  exposed  to  instructors  widi 
industry/consiJting  experience  and  will  have  opportuniues  for  real-world 
exposure  dirough  well-developed  internship  and  outreach  programs. 

The  college  will  provide  opportuniues  for  cross-cultural  exposure  to  all 
students.  This  will  be  achieved  by  the  recruitment  of  a  diverse  student  body, 
maintenance  of  a  faculty  with  diverse  cultural  backgrounds,  and  provision  of 
cross-cultural  educational  opporUmiUes  through  a  network  of  international 
exchange  partners. 


Students  will  be  exposed  to  the  latest  informaUon  technology.  The  college 
will  provide  a  high-tech,  muldmedia  learning  environment  and  student 
connections  to  die  latest  global  information  bank. 

Vision  Statement 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  InformaUon  Technology  will  be  clearly 
recognized  as  having  one  of  die  premier  business  programs  in  the 
Commonwealdi  of  Pennsylvania  and  surrounding  states.  This  will  be 
evidenced  by  the  quality  and  breadth  of  its  educaUonal  programs,  the 
scholarly  producUvity  of  its  faculty,  and  its  semce  contribudons  to  the 
regional  business  community. 

AACSB  International  Accreditation 

AACSB  InternaUonal  -  The  AssociaUon  to  Advance  Collegiate  Schools  ot 
Business  has  accredited  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  business  degree 
programs  offered  by  die  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  InformaUon 
Technology.  AccreditaUon  shows  diat  a  school  fidfiUs  its  mission,  meets  its 
objecuves,  and  maintains  the  high  standards  set  by  AACSB  InternaUonal. 
The  outcome  is  managers  who  know  how  to  diiiik,  communicate,  solve 
problems,  and  provide  leadership  in  die  global  marketplace. 

College  Majors  and  Concentrations 

Accounting 

Business  (Associate  of  Arts) 
Business  Education 
Business  Technolog)'  Support 
Finance 

Human  Resource  Management 
InternaUonal  Business 

Management  widi  concentraUons  in  Industrial  Management,  General 
Management,  or  Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


EBERLY  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  I N F 0 R M AT  I  0 N  T E C H N 0 L O G Y  47 


M:iMU);i.'iii<'MI  liiroiirMliiifi  Sysk'iim 

Till-  IJuiluIiii  iirSricni  f  (Itsrc-c  i»  ciU'ered  in  AiLdiiiiliiiK,  Hiisiiicns 
rt'(liii<ilii)ry  Sii|i|iiiil,  lliiiniiii  KcNoiirc'c  MjiiaKi'iiK-nl  KiiiaiicT,  MaiiJK<i"'^"< 
liilornialioii  SyHliiiis,  Mariagcincnl,  and  Marketing.  Tlic  Tcclmolnny 
Sii|)|)()it  and  'IVainin^  I)L-|)arlnicril  ciMcri  the  Uatliclor  of  Science  in 
K.diicatioM  decree  willi  a  UiisincsN  Kdnration  niajiir.  Two-year  Associate  "I 
Alls  decrees  in  Unsiness  with  a  concentration  in  Ciinipiiters  and  OITiie 
Inrornialion  Systems  or  in  Business  speriah/iiiK  in  Accounting  arc  also 

diced  ..I  iIm'  ill.h.lll.ll.MMIHJS. 


Bachelor  of  Science  Degree 


Kor  those  i.iMsMMi;;  ih.  Il.i,  helm  ,,l  S,  ieii<  e  dcKiee.  ll'P's  trajninj;  will 
proviile  .1  iiio.iil  liheral  l>aek>;ronnd  in  llie  heliavioral  s<ien(es;  a  keen 
perception  of  the  socioeconomic  world  in  whidi  we  live  and  work:  a 
liiiindalion  olj^encral  prol'e.ssional  eiliii  alioii  liir  personally  Iriiithil  and 
socially  useful  careers  in  the  varied  lielils  ol  hiisiiiess:  and  an  opportunity  to 
ohtain  the  specialized  knowleilKe  and  skills  essential  to  future  occupational 
growth  and  advancement.  There  are  eisht  liachelor  of  Science  degrees 
oHered  in  husiness-  Accounting,  Business  Technolo)ry  Support,  Finance, 
lliiniaii  Resource  Managenicnt,  international  Business,  Management, 
Management  Information  Systems,  and  Marketing.  Each  program  includes  a 
\ariety  of  business  and  husiness-related  courses  which  are  designed  to  enrich 
the  student's  imdci  standing  of  the  modern  business  system. 

.\  student  may  not  pursue  coursework  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology  with  the  expectation  of  graduating  from  die  college 
unless  he/she  has  been  accepted  as  a  degree  candidate  in  the  college. 

Kiirollmcnt  in  all  Eberly  ('ollege  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 
courses  at  die  .)()()  and  100  level  is  restricted  to  students  widi  junior  or 
senior  standing.  \\\  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  afTiIiation,  must 
meet  course  preretjiiisite  requiremenUt  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infoniiation  Technology  students  may,  in 
consultation  with  their  advisors,  plan  tlieir  program  of  study  to  obtain  a 
minor  in  an  area  of  business  specialization  odier  than  their  major  or  a  related 
area  outside  die  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree 

The  college  seeks  lo  sene  the  needs  of  Us  slndeiils  and  the  needs  o( 
business,  industry,  and  education  dirougli  its  diverse  programs.  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  Business  Education  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  teachers  for  comprehensive  high  schools,  area 
vocational-technical  schools,  and  coniniunit)'  colleges. 


Associate  of  Arts  Degree 


Students  who  desire  a  two-Near  piiigram  that  prepares  them  to  enter  tlie 
business  world  may  elect  to  pursue  die  -■Associate  of  Arts  degree  program  in 
Business  specializing  in  Computer  and  Office  InformaUon  Systems  or  the 
Associate  of  Arts  degree  pri>grain  in  Business  specializing  in  Accounting. 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technology  Academic  Policies 

Junior  Standing 

To  be  accepted  lor  Junior  Standing  a  business  major  must  have: 

•  .\ccuiiiiilaied  37  semester  hours  or  more  of  academic  credit 

•  .Vchievcd  a  miniiiuiin  2.0  cumulative  C.PA 

•  Successfully  completed  the  lolloHing  courses:  ACCT  201.  ACCT  202. 
BLAW  2;i.'5.  B'Ef^/COSC/lFMG  101.  ECON  121,  ECON  122.  ENGL 
101,  ENGL  202,  M.VFH  121.  MATH  214.  PSYC  lOl.and  QBUS  21,'5. 

Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or 
•lOO-level  courses  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technology.  Those  who  have  at  least  57  semester  hours  with  a  2.0  or  better 
cumulative  CJP.-V  but  who  have  not  completed  one  or  more  of  the  recjuired 
courses  hsted  above  may,  widi  permission,  enroll  on  a  one-Ume-onlv  basis  in 
up  to  9  semester  hours  of300-level  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology  courses. 


Distribution  Requirement 

All  Klierly  (  olltge  ol  Business  aii.l  Information  Tccliiio|r.g>  majors  (except 
those  majoring  in  Busincii»  Education)  most  ukc  a  minimum  of  50  |>crccnl  of 
their  degree  rc(|uircmcnts  (i.e..  at  least  (i2  semester  hours)  in  iion-bu>iiicsa* 

M.iiisestoik. 

Residency  Requirement 

All  Kberlv  <  College  of  Business  ami  Information  Technology  majors  (except 
those  majoring  in  Business  FUlucation)  must  take  a  miiiiniiifn  of  50  percent  of 
their  rc<|uired  business*  credit  hours  in  IIP  coursework.  IIP  credit*  earned 
1,^  ,.x,iii iiioii  siK  li  .IS  (  I.KI'  .lie  I  oiiiiieil  toward  HP  residency 

Restriction  for  Non-Business  Majors 

Students  not  majoring  in  business  may  count  a  inaxiinum  of  30  scmeslcr 
hours  in  business*  coursework  toward  the  124-seinester-liour-degrce 
ininimuni.  Business  credits  in  c-xcess  of  30  will  be  permitted  only  as  credits 
beyond  die  1 24  for  graduation. 

♦For  |)ur])oses  of  all  policies  above,  "business"  coursework  consists  of  all 
F^berly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  courses  except 
IFMG  101.  QBUS  2 1 5,  and  courses  in  Business  Education  (BTED).  ECO.N 
334  is  also  treated  as  a  "business"  course.  "Non-business"  coursework 
consists  of  all  BTED  courses,  IFMG  101.  (^BUS  2 1 5,  and  all  non-Eb«rly 
College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  courses  except  ECO.N  334. 

Office  of  Academic  Services 

This  oflicc  provides  academic  assistance  to  lower-division  and  probationary 
students.  The  staff  includes  student  peer  advisors  and  is  directed  by  the 
associate  dean  of  die  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technology.  Peer  advisors  arc  available  to  answer  questions  on  tlic  prcHresses 
related  to  registration,  change  of  major,  removal  of  incompletes,  grade 
appeals,  etc. 

The  OITice  of  Academic  Services  also  houses  the  internship  coordiiutor  for 
the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology.  lUP  offers  one 
of  the  largest  business  internships  in  Pennsylvania.  Students  can  choose  from 
a  wide  range  of  organizations  to  gain  real- world  experience  while  earning 
academic  credit.  The  internship  coordinator  counsels  students  regarding 
internship  prerequisites,  procurement  of  the  internship  position,  and 
scheduling  to  maximum  benelit. 

School  of  International  Management 

Widi  die  increasing  demand  for  cross-cultural  knowledge  and  intemaDonal 
competence.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  has 
committed  itself  to  a  comprehensive  strategy  of  providing  future  business 
leaders  with  a  global  foundation  so  they  may  become  die  world-class 
managers  of  tomorrow.  The  School  of  International  Management  offers  a  rich 
program  that  will  strengdicn  business  students  and  pro\ide  regional 
businesses  with  personnel  who  have  a  global  perspective  and  internationally 
competitive  management  skills.  This  global  perspective  is  provided  to  our 
students  dirough  broad  exposure  to  cross-ciJtural  coursework.  integration  of 
international  concepts  in  selected  business  courses,  chrect  exposure  to 
individuals  from  other  cultures,  and  a  period  of  residency  in  another  country. 


Business  Advisory  Council 


The  Eberlv  College's  Business  Ad\isor\-  Council  is  a  select  group  of  more 
than  a  hundred  business  leaders.  The  council  helps  the  college  in  its 
educational  and  senice  mission  through  counsel  and  feedback  on  matters 
such  as  program  objectives,  curriculum  development,  program  development 
and  promotion,  and  recruimient  and  retention  of  students  and  facult>-. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


48       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION    TECHNOLOGY 


Service  Units 


Tlie  Management  Services  Group  is  a  confederation  of  consulting  units 
instituted  in  1991  by  tlie  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infomiation 
Techiiolog)'  in  support  of  ongoing  and  start-up  businesses  in  the  Indiana 
county  region.  An  integral  objective  of  die  group  is  to  provide  educadonal 
opportunities  Uirough  an  ongoing  schediJe  of  seminars  and  workshops  for 
local  businesses. 

The  Indiana  County  Small  Business  Incubator  was  established  in  1986  as 
a  joint  effort  between  lUP,  die  Indiana  County  commissioners,  and  several 
county  and  state  agencies.  The  Ben  Franklin  Partnership  has  provided 
operadonal  capital  and  other  support  services  since  the  incubator's 
inception.  The  incubator  provides  small  start-up  business  witli  consultadon, 
services,  and  space. 

The  Small  Business  Institute  (SBI)  was  established  to  assist  exisdng  small 
businesses  with  various  types  of  problem  resolution.  Through  the  SBI, 
undergraduate  and  graduate  business  students  work  under  close  supervision 
of  facult\-  members  to  assist  clients  with  accounting  systems,  market  studies, 
computer  system  installation,  business  planning,  and  operations 
management. 

The  Govemmenl  Contract  Assistance  Program  helps  area  businesses 
identify-  and  respond  to  federal  and  state  requests  for  bids  for  products  and 
services.  The  program  is  ftmded  by  the  Department  of  Defense.  Contract 
sales  generated  through  diis  program  add  to  the  vitality  of  die  local  economy. 

The  Center  for  Family  Business  was  designed  to  serve  the  unique  needs  of 
family-owned  businesses.  Issues  such  as  performance  compensation, 
establishment  of  an  effective  corporate  board,  conflict  resolution, 
management  of  sibhngs  and  cousin  teams,  succession,  and  estate  planning 
are  critically  important  and  virtually  ignored  by  other  educational  fonnns. 
The  center  provides  an  educational  program  consisting  ot  four  meetings  per 
year  which  focus  on  the  topics  outlined  above. 


Department  of  Accounting 

Gemiaine  P.  Kline,  Chairperson;  Anderson,  Bradwick,  Chobashy, 
Hyder, Joseph,  Kline,  Ponko,  Pressly,  Rahman,  Robbins.  Woan,  Yerep 

Website:  http://ti'um'.  iup.cdn/acconnting 

The  Accounting  Department  provides  the  training  necessary  for  one  to  enter 
the  fields  of  public  accounting,  managerial  accounting,  and  governmental 
accounting. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Accounting 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications:  54-56 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Social  Science:  ECON  121,  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122,  MATH  214,  no  courses  widi 

ACCT  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  33 

Required  Courses: 

.4CCT  201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business  3sli 

BTST321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm  3sh 

FIN  310  Finance  I  3sh 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MGMT  3 1 0  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MGMT  330  Production  and  Operations  Management        3sh 

MGMT  495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MKTG320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QBUS215  Business  Statistics  3sh 


Major:  Accounting  ( I ) 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  301  Intermediate  Accounting  1 

ACCT  302  Intermediate  Accounting  II 

.\CCT311         Cost  .Accounting 
ACCT  321         Federal  Taxes 
ACCT  40 1  Advanced  Accounting 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


ACCT  412  Advanced  Cost  Accounting 

.\CCT431  Auditing 

Controlled  Electives: 

Two  courses  from  this  list; 

.4CCT  422,  435,  441.  451.  461. 471.  BLAW  .336 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3sh 


0 
8-10 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

( 1 )    Students  must  meet  the  grade  prerequisite(s)  listed  in  the  course 

description  section  of  this  catalog  prior  to  advancing  to  die  next  course. 

:«■ 

Associate  of  Arts  in  Business 
Specializing  in  Accounting 

The  Associate  of  Arts  in  Business  Specializing  in  .Accounting  is  designed 
with  diese  objectives: 

•  To  provide  business  occupational  education  widi  the  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  the  accounting  area 

•  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  accounting  positions  in  business  and 
government 

•  To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  his/her  skills  and  knowledge  to  quality 
for  higher  positions  in  business  and  government 

After  successfully  completing  die  program,  the  student  may  apply  for 
admission  into  a  four-year  baccalaureate  program.  Admission  is  not 
guaranteed.  If  am  pml.  .ill  ofiiu-  -.fmester  hours  earned  in  the  associate 
program  will  (|u.ilil\  (uumkIs  tin  lom -year  degree  proi^r.im  iii  .Rumnting. 

Associate  of  Arts — Business  Specializing  in  Accounting 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  32-33 

Section  widi  the  following  specifications: 

EngUsh:ENGL  101,202 

Fine  Arts:  .ARH I  lOl.DANC  102,MUHI  101,  or 

THTR  101 
Health  and  Wellness:  3sh 
Humanities:  3sh 
Mathematics:  3-4sh  (1) 
Natural  Science:  4sh 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122 

Business  Requirements  27 

Required  Courses: 

ACCT  201  Accounting  Principles  I 

Accounting  Principles  II 

Intermediate  Accounting  I 

Intermediate  Accounting  II 

Cost  Accounting 

Legal  Environment  of  Business 

Principles  of  Management 

Principles  of  Marketing 
Select  one  of  the  following: 
ACCT  321  Federal  Taxes 

BTST  321  Business  and  Interpersonal 

Communications 
IFMG  300  Infomiation  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

Free  Electives:  

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    MATH  121  is  acceptable  i 
curriculum  requirements. 


ACCT  202 
ACCT  301 
ACCT  302 
ACCT  311 
BLAW  235 
MGMT  310 
MKTG  320 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


62-63 


1  fulfilling  four-year  accounting  degree 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION   TECHNOLOGY       49 


Department  of  Finance 
and  Legal  Studies 

lliialiiiii  |.  AlViiiicli,  Cliiiiqiciniiiu  Aiiuh.  Iliililiii.  (  li;iiiillii'v.  K;is(iii.iii. 
(.an.  <,i iK^l.y.  Kiiy,  Iroxcll,  VV. Ikir 

\Vi-l)»ili-i/r«/y.//i,'»'i.>.(/(/).«/«///HrtH<r/</;«/ 

Finance  Major 

Tin  I'i 1  iii.i|iii.  Ii. 11  III  in  111  till-  clcj-rii-  iilBadic-lor  of  Scitnct,  is  tlcsiniicd 

III  iiicpaic  sdiili'iilM  lor  carceix  in  liiidiKial  iiiaiia)rcinciil  ami  iti  tlic  linaiicial 
services  iiuliislry.  which  iiic'lti(li-s  insiimncc,  investiiieiils.  and  haiikin);.  In 
particular,  sliidcnls  arc  prcparcil  tii  deal  willi  financial  |>nil>lcin  siilviriK  an<l 
invcslnicnl  analysis. 

Legal  Studies 

l.inal  Stllllic^  ullcis  law  ami  law-rclalcil  i scs  with  special  emphasis  (in 

linsiness  upplications.  Lej^al  Studies  provides  tile  student  uidi  a  hriiad  lej^al 
and  cdiical  roniulatiiin  necessary  to  a  career  in  business  or  as  preparation  lor 

pursnil  oCa  l:iw  nr  hnv  i<-l:ilr(l  1  .irrer. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Finance 

Liberal  Sliulics:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications; 
Mathematics:  MATH  121 
Social  Science:  K( '.ON  lil.l'SYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  FJvctives:  BTED/COSC/IFMC.  101, 
KC.ON  \t2.  MATH  ill,  no  courses  with  KIN  prefix 

College:  liusiiiess  Adniinisti'atinn  Core 
Required  Courses: 


A(:CT201 

.Accounting  Principles  I 

3sh 

ACCT  202 

Accouiuinjj;  Principles  II 

3sh 

BLAW  235 

Legal  Enviroiunent  of  Business 

3sh 

BTST321 

Business  and  Interijersonal  Comm 

3sh 

FIN  310 

Finance  I 

3sh 

IKMG  300 

liil'o  Svsteins:  Tlieorv  and  Practice 

3sh 

M(;MT3I0 

Principles  ol"  Management 

3sh 

MCMT  330 

Production  and  Operations  Management 

3sh 

M(:MT495 

Business  Policy 

3sh 

MKTG320 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3sh 

QBIIS215 

Business  Statistics 

3sh 

Major:  Finance 

27 

Required  Courses: 

ECON  325 

Monetar\'  Economics  I 

3sh 

FIN  320 

Finance  11 

3sh 

FIN  322 

Life  Insurance 

3sh 

FIN  324 

Principles  of  Investments 

3sh 

FIN  420 

Investment  .■\nalysis 

3sh 

FIN  422 

Seminar  in  Finance 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Three  courses 

1  from  tlie  following:  .-VCCT  321, 

9sh 

ECON  32fi,  334, 345, 356. 

FIN  312, 

355,  385.  4 1 0,  424,  QBUS  380 

Other  Requirements: 

0 

Free  Elective; 

8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Pre-Law  Tracl(  in  Business 


The  Pic-Law  track  is  intended  lor  dte  student  w  ho  is  a  business  major 
concentrating  in  one  of  tlie  business  areas  and  interested  in  law  as  a  career. 
The  pre-law  track  consists  of  21  semester  hours  selected  by  die  student  fi-om 
a  predetermined  list  of  courses  spread  over  six  areas  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences.  The  goals  of  tliis  track  are  academic  accomplishment, 
guidance,  and  advisement.  Interested  business  students  should  contact  die 
pre-law  advisor  in  die  Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Business/Pre-Law  Track(l) 

Liberal  Siudicm  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  sc<  tion 

uilh  the  following  specifications: 

MallicinalicsiM.Vni  121 

Social  Science:  KCON  I  2  1 .  PSYC  101 

liberal  Studies  Elective.:  BIED/COSC/IFMt.  101. 

K(  ;ON  122.  M.Vri  1214.  no  courses  widi  major  prefix 

(College:  Business  Administmlion  f^rc 
Required  Ciounic*: 

ACCT  201  Accounting  Principles  1 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  11 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business 

BTST  321  Business  and  lnter]>ersoiial  Comm 

Finance  I 

Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

Principles  of  Management 

Production  and  Operations  Management 

Business  Policy 

Principles  of  .Marketing 

Business  Statistics 


FIN  310 

IFM(;.}00 

MCMT310 

MCMT330 

M(;MT4<)5 

MKrc;320 

QBi:S215 

Major:  One  Major  in  Business  Administration  Areas  ( I )  27 

Accounting  Major 

Business  Technology  Support  Major 

Finance  Major 

Human  Resources  Management  Major 

Management  Major/Industrial  Management  Track 

Management  Major/International  Business 

Management  Major/General  Management  Track 

Management  Major/Entreprenenrship  and  Small  Business  Track 

Management  Information  Systems  Major 

Marketing  Major 

Pre-Law  Interdisciplinary  Program  for  Business  9-21 

.Seven  courses,  with  at  least  one  course  from  six  areas 

Criminology:  C;R1M  210.  260, 357 

Economics:' ECON  121,  122,332 

English:  ENGL  212.  220. 310 

Histon:  HIST  320. 32 1,346 

Philosophv:  PHIL  101,  222.  450 

Poliucal  Science:  PLSC  358. 359. 361 

Free  Electives:  0-1 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 24- 1 25 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  the  secdon  on  Requirements  for  GraduaUon. 
( 1 )    Tliis  program  is  tlie  generic  outline  for  the  pre-law  program  with  any  of 

die  listed  Ebcrly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 

majors. 


Department  of  Management 

Prashanth  B.  Nagcndra.  Chairperson:  Ali.  .Vndcrson.  Ashamalla. 
Falcone.  Gibbs.  Mohamed.  Orife.  Osborne.  Ryan.  Slack.  Soni. 
Wisnicski;  and  professors  emeriti  Mc(iovcm,  Stevcn.son 

Website:  http://iimni'.iup.fdv/managrmntt 

Graduates  holding  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Management 
(Industrial.  General.  Entrcpreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management). 
Human  Resource  Management,  or  Inteniational  Business  may  find 
einployiiient  opportunities  in  both  the  public  and  pri\'ate  sectors. 
Opportunities  are  expected  to  be  especially  plendful  in  die  senices  sector 
(e.g..  rctaihng.  healdi  care,  infomiadon  technology,  finance,  and 
transportarion)  where  diese  degrees  will  be  especially  \-aluable. 

The  Bachelor  of  .Science  in  Management  program  offers  diree 
concentradons:  Industrial  Management.  Geiier^  Management,  and 
Entreprencurship  and  Small  Business  Management.  Students  in  the 
Industrial  Management  concentradon  arc  well  grounded  in  both 
management  dieory  and  applicabon.  but  dieir  focus  is  more  upon 
producdon,  operadons,  quality,  inventor^,  and  capacity  management.  Tlie 
concentradon  in  General  Management  is  distinguished  by  its  greater 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


50       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    I  N  F  0  R  M  AT  I  0  N   T  E  C  H  N  0  L  0  G  Y 


flexibilit)'  that  can  be  useful  to  the  student  who  wishes  to  design  a 
customized  management  specialization.  Students  taking  die 
Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management  concentration  will  focus 
on  creation  and  operation  of  a  small  business.  This  concentration  might  also 
be  desirable  for  graduates  who  will  be  working  in  smaD  businesses  where  tlie 
manager  often  must  wear  several  hats. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Human  Resource  Management  prepares 
indi\'idua!s  in  botli  the  tlieoretical  and  applied  aspects  of  managing  the 
human  resources  fimction  in  organizations  as  a  generahst  or  specialist. 
Students  will  gain  e.xperuse  in  areas  such  as  job  design,  staffing,  training, 
compensation,  and  performance  appraisal. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  hitemational  Business  oHers  students  an 
opportunitj'  to  acquire  a  diorough  understanding  of  managing  global 
operations  in  the  conlemporan.'  business  eii\ironnient.  In  addition,  students 
develop  skills  in  a  traditional  fimctional  area.  The  combination  of  these  two 
objecdves  enable  students  to  successfully  perform  in  today's  competitive 
global  economy. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Management 

Liberal  Studies:  .'\s  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

witli  tlie  following  speciBcations: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Social  Science:  ECON  121,  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101. 

ECON  122.  MATH  214,  no  courses  widi  MGMT  prefi.\ 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  201  AccomiUng  Principles  1 

Accounting  Principles  11 
Legal  Environment  of  Business 
Business  and  Interpersonal  Conim 
Finance  1 

Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 
Principles  of  Management 
Producdon  and  Operadons  Mgint 
Business  Pohcy 
Principles  of  Marketing 
Business  Statistics 


8-10 
124 


3sh 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  11  3sh 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business  3sh 

BTST321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Conim  3sh 

FIN  310  Finance  1  3sh 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

MGMT  310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MGMT  330  Production  and  Operations  Mgint  3sh 

MGMT  495  Business  Pohcy  3sh 

MKTG320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QBUS215  Business  Statistics  3sh 

Major:  Concentration 

Industrial  Management  Concentration 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  300  Managerial  .Accounting  3sh(l) 

MGMT  300        Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

MGMT  428        Seminar  in  Management  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  (2) 

One  course  from  list:  COSC  1 1 0  or  IFMG  25 1  3sh 

Two  courses  from  two  areas  on  hst:  MGMT  402  or 

ILR  480.  MGMT  401  or  400,  ACCT  311  6sh 

Three  courses  from  list  or  additional  electives  from 

above:  BL.'^W  336.  ECON  371,  ECON  372. 

ENGL  310  or  JRNL  326,  FIN  320,  MGMT  481, 

MGMT  490.  MGMT  493(3sh  max), 

MKTG  420.  QBUS  380,  SAFE  101  9sh 

General  Management  Concentration 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  300          Managerial  Accounting  3sh  ( 1 ) 

MGMT  300        Human  Resource  Management  3sh 

MGMT  428        Seminar  in  Management  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

Two  advanced  Business  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh  (3) 

Two  advanced  Economic  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Two  other  advanced  electives:  300/400  level  courses  6sh 

Entrepreneurship  and  Small  Business  Management  Concentration 
Required  Courses: 

.ACCT  300  Managerial  .Accounting 

MGMT  275        Introduction  to  Entrepreneursliip 

MGMT  325        Small  Business  Management 

MGMT  403        Small  Business  Planning 

MGMT  492        Small  Busn/Entrepreneurship  Internship 


Major  .Area  Restricted  Electives: 
Other  Requirements: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
6sh 
9sh 


Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  ACCT  .301  may  be  substituted. 

(2)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 

(3)  Only  one  MGMT  and/or  one  ACCT  course  may  be  included  in  this 
category. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Human  Resources  Management 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  uudmed  m  Liberal  Studies  sccutju  ^ 

with  tile  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Social  Science:  ECON  121.  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122.  MATH  214,  no  courses  witii 

MGMT  prefi.x 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  201  Accounting  Principles  1 

.Accounting  Principles  11 
Legal  Environment  of  Business 
Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm 
Finance  1 

Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 
Principles  of  Management 
Production  and  Operations  Mgmt 
Business  Pohcy 
Principles  of  Marketing 
Statistics 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

9sh  (2) 


.ACCT  202 
BL,AW  235 
BTST321 
FIN  310 
IFMG  300 
MGMT  310 
MGMT  330 
MGMT  495 
MKTG  320 
QBUS  215 

Major:  Human  Resource  Management 
Required  Courses: 

.ACCT  300  Managerial  Accounting 

MGMT  300        Human  Resource  Management 
MGMT  400        Compensation  Management 
MGMT  428        Seminar  in  Management 
Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  ECON  330  or  PSYC  390 
One  course  fi-om  list:  MGMT  401  or  MGMT  402 
Three  courses  fVoni  list:  ECON  371,  ECON  372, 

ECON  373,  ENGL  310,  ENGL  312.JN326, 

ILR  426,  ILR  480,  MGMT  311, 

MGMT  493(3sh  max).  ECON  330  or  PSYC  371, 

PSYC  390  (if  not  above).  SOC  340 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  

(1)  ACCT  301  may  be  substituted. 

(2)  Note  prerequisites  for  controlled  electives  in  planning  sequence. 


Bachelor  of  Science — International  Business 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outiined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

witii  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.ATH  121 

Humanities:  PHIL  222 

Social  Science:  ECON  121,  PSYC  101, 

ANTH  llO/.ANTH  211/GEOG  104/PLSC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101. 

ECON  122.  M.ATH  214,  no  courses  with  prefix 

of  concentration  area 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  Courses: 

ACCT  201  Accounting  Principles  1  3sh 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  11  3sh 

BLAW  235  Legal  Enviromiient  of  Business  3sh 

BTST  32 1  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm  3sh 

FIN  310  Finance  1  3sh 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


ERLY    COLLEGE    OF 

BUSI  N 

I'l'iru  iplcs  fit  Maii;i);i.-tiR-iil 

U, 

I'ludiK  lion  ,111(1  ()|ii'ruli(>MH  MkimI 

.'IhIi 

Business  l'.,li<  V 

:i»l> 

l'iiini|ili-s  iilMiirktliiiK 

.'Kh 

Biisiiicss  S(.ili,slic.s 

.'i»l> 

:<sii 

.'Jsli 


.'ish 

;isli 

.'Jsll 

.').sli 
•JsIl 

:isli 

.'isii 

3sli 
3sli 
3sh 
3sh 


0 
124 


MCM'IMKI 
MCMT :):)() 
MCMI'  I'lf) 
MKVi::izu 
QUI  IS  1!  I  "i 

K<iri'i)(ii  I.aiiKiiUKi'  Kci|iiircinciil  (I) 

I'diiinn  lUsidiruy  K('i{iiiri'iiictit  (2) 

Mujftri  liiU'riialioiiul  HiiNinvNN 
lli-(|iiirrfl  (iitiirNt'Ni 

KCON   W>  Immiatidiwriradi- 

M(.MT/MKT(; :i3ll  IiitiTiialiimal  Hii.iiiif.s» 
M(;M  r  If)'!        liiliTnatiniial  Ooiiipclilivciic's.i 
MdMT  iri!)        Seminar  in  Iiilcrnalioiial  MaiiaKCiiienl 

(!<)iicvii(ra(i<in  area  eoiirnes:  (NeUtl  one  e<iiK'enlrulloi 
I'iiiaiu'e  OoiKeiilralion: 

KIN. •)■.'()  I'in,iii..ll 

I'lN  .'i'2)  t'iimi|)lt.s  c)(  lnvc5tiiiciit.s 

I'lN  1  Id  I'iiiaiu'ial  liiHtiliitioii.i  and  Markets 

i'lN  124  Inlernatiiinai  I'inuncial  Mana);cnieiil 

lluiiian  Resources  MaiiUKementdonccntrationt 

M(;M'I'  .idO         I  Imnaii  Rcsonrccs  MaiiaKcmeMt 

MC'iM  r  40(1        Ooinpensalion  Management 

MGMT  452        Comparative  Management 

MGMT  402        Seminar  in  I  Imnan  Resource  Mgmt 

Marketing  Conccniralion: 

MKTCJ  J2I         C'onsmner  Behavior 

MKT(!  420         Marketing  Management 

MKTG  421         Marketing  Research 

MK'IT.  4,'JO         International  Marketing 

Free  Kleelives: 

Other  Requirements: 

Iblal  Degree  Requirenicnls: 

(1)  Candidates  ninst  demonstrate  a  conversational  proficiency  in  a  loreign 
language.  This  re(|nirenient  may  he  met  by:  (a)  successfiil  completion  ol 
9  intcrmediatc-lcvcl  semester  hours  in  a  specific  language,  or  (b) 
successfiil  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examination  in  lieu  of 
the  above.  A  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  ll'P,  whose  acquired 
native  language  is  other  than  Knglish  and  who  demonstrates  an 
acceptable  proficiency  in  English,  can  meet  the  foreign  language 
requirement  by  successful  completion  of  an  exemption  examination  in 
the  acquired  nati\'e  language. 

(2)  Candidates  must  document  one  semester  of  foreign  residence  (minimum 
of  tliree  months).  Normally,  the  foreign  residency  requirement  will  be 
met  in  conjunction  widi  a  work  experience,  internship,  or  student 
exchange.  A  substitute  cross-cultural  experience  may  be  permitted  widi 
tile  rccommeiulation  of  the  academic  advisor.  The  foreign  language 
requirement  is  a  prerequisite  to  die  foreign  residency  requirement. 


Department  of  Management 
Information  Systems  and  Decision 
Sciences 

Ionise  K.  Bulky.  Chaiqierson:  .Albohali,  Halapin.  Lloyd.  Nahouraii, 
Pierce,  Rodger,  Sulak,  Wibowo;  and  professors  emeriti  Shildt,  Spencer 

Website:  h  ltp://umnt:  tup.  edu/m  is-daci 


Management  Information  Systems  prepares  students  for  careers  in  Computer 
Based  Infomiadon  Systems  in  organizational  enviroranents.  .\reas  such  as 
networking  and  user/manager  involvement  in  die  global  business 
enviromnent  are  integrated  wndi  die  U'aditional  skills  of  programming, 
analysis  and  design,  database  development,  various  architectures,  and 
application  development.  Microprocessor  technology,  die  mainframe 
environment,  and  client  server  appHcadons  are  included.  These  adhere  to 
standards  for  a  balanced  curriculum  as  promulgated  by  the  .Association  for 
Information  Systems  (.■VIS),  die  technology  accrediting  ami  of  the  .■Vmerican 
Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (.-LACSB). 


ESS    AND    INFORMATION    TECHNOLOGY       51 


Deiisioii  Sciceiccn  provides  students  with  a  knowledge  of  slatimiial  and 
(|iiaiililativc  incduids  u»cd  to  enhance  the  bn»inc»»  dccinion  process.  Tlic 
melliodologic^  include  linear  prograiiiiiiing.  forc<  anting,  simulation, 
slochaslic  process,  i|ucuiiig,  and  netwiirk  models. 
The  dcparlinciil  creates  a  learning  process  dial  instills  in  its  gradiutu 
respect,  integrity,  excellence,  and  a  coinmilinenl  to  lifelong  learning. 
Internship  experiences  facilitate  die  sliiilcnt's  entry  into  rull-liiiic 
employment  in  a  rapidly  changing  technological  environment. 

The  department  welcomes  minors  for  students  who  arc  majoring  in  other 
business  programs.  The  minor  program  offers  odicr  business  iiujors  a 
tec  linical  enhamemcnt  to  their  area  of  interest,  a  necessity  for  tirtlay's 
business  manager. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Management  Information  Systems  (' 

Liberal  Studies:  As  ..ollior.l  m  l.il.cr.,1  Slodus  still.,.,  :.,->-.- 

with  till  rollowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.Vril  121 

.Social  .Science:  KCON  I2I.I'SYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Klectives:  BTED/COSC  101, 

ECON  1 22.  M.\ri  1214.  no  courses  with  IFMG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core  i 

Required  Courses: 

,U;C'I'201  Accounting  Principles  I  3sh 

ACCT202  .\ccountiiig  Principles  II  3sh 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business  3ah 

BTST321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm  3»h 

FIN  310  Finance  I  3»h 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3»h 

MGMT  310  Principles  of  Management  3sh 

MCJMT  330  ProducUon  and  Operations  Mgmt  3sh 

MC;MT  495  Business  Policy  3sh 

MKTG320  Principles  of  Marketing  3sh 

QBUS2I5  Business  Sutistics  3sh 


3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
9sh 


0 
0-3 


Major:  Management  Information  Systems 

Required  Courses: 

cose  220  ,\pplied  Computer  Programming 

IF.MG  205  Foundations  of  MIS 

IFMG  350  Business  Svslems  Technology 

IFMG/COSC352  LAN  Design  and  Insullation' 

IFMG  370  .Advanced  COBOL 

IFMG  450  Data  Base  Theon-  and  .Application 

IFMC;451  Systems  Analysis 

IFMG  470  Systems  Design 

Controlled  Electives:  ( I ) 

Select  dirce  fi-oni  die  following:  COSC/IFMG  354, 

cose  1 1 0. 300. 3 1 0. 345. 362. 444. 

IFMG  372. 382. 455. 480.  485.  493  (3sh  max). 

QBUS380.401 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    Distribudon  Requirement:  All  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technology  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business 
Educadon)  must  take  a  niiiiimum  of  50  percent  of  their  degree 
requirements  (i.e.,  at  least  63sh)  in  non-business  txiursework. 

( 1 )    With  advisor  approval,  one  controlled  elective  may  be  selected  fitim  any 
odicr  business  course  numbered  300  or  higher  that  is  not  in  the 
business  core. 


Minor — Management  Information  Systems  15 

(for  Business  Majors  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 

Technology  onlv) 

Required  Courses: 

IFMG  205  FoundadoiisofMlS  3sh 

IFMG  251  Business  Systems  .Analysis  and  Design  3sli 

IFMG  300  InfonnaUon  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice     3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  6sh 

Select  6sh  from  anv  IFMG  courses  except 
IFMG  101  and  201. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


52       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION   TECHNOLOGY 


Department  of  Marketing 

Krtsli  S.  ICrislinan,  Chairperson:  Batra,  Bebko,  Garg,  Sciulli,  Sharma, 
Taiani,  Weiers 

Website:  lift j)://u'ifU'.i iip.edu/markiihig 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Marketing  program  is  designed  to  prepare  its 
majors  for  a  wide  range  of  careers  in  private  and  public  sector  marketing 
including  sales,  management,  retailing,  brand  management,  customer  affairs, 
marketing  research,  public  relations,  and  international  marketing.  The 
program  focuses  on  integrating  technical  knowledge  in  all  areas  of  marketing 
widi  analytical  and  communication  skills  to  prepare  the  students  for  the 
challenges  of  the  global  competition  in  the  twenty-first  century. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Marketing 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secUon 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Social  Science:  ECON  121,  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122.  MATH  214.  no  courses  with  MKTG  prefix 

College:  Business  Administration  Core 
Required  Courses: 


ACCT  201 

Accounting  Principles  1 

3sh 

ACCT  202 

Accounting  Principles  11 

3sh 

BLAW  235 

Legal  Emiroimient  of  Business 

3sh 

BTST321 

Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm 

3sh 

FIN  310 

Finance  1 

3sh 

IFMG  300 

Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

MGMT310 

Principles  of  Management 

3sh 

MGMT330 

Production  and  Operations  Mgmt 

3sh 

MGMT  495 

Business  Policy 

3sh 

MKTG  320 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3sh 

QBUS215 

Business  Statistics 

3sh 

Major:  Market 

ing 

27 

Required  Courses: 

ACCT  300 

Managerial  Accounting 

3sh 

MKTG  321 

Consumer  Beha\-ior 

3sh 

MKTG  420 

Marketing  ManagemeiU 

3sh 

MKTG  421 

Marketing  Research 

3sh 

MKTG  422 

Seminar  in  Marketing 

3sh 

ECON  — 

Advanced  Economics  Elective: 

300/400-level  course 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Three  courses 

fi-om  fist:  ECON  33 1,345, 

9sh 

MGMT/MKTG  350,  MKTG  430, 431, 432, 

MKTG  433,  434,  435.  436, 437, 493  (3sh  max) 

Other  Requirements: 

0 

Free  Electives: 

8-10 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Department  of  Technology  Support 
and  Training 

Wayne  A.  Moore.  Chairperson;  Brandeidiurg,  Hcmby,  kovacs, 
Lincecum.  McPherson,  C.  Ray,  Rowell,  Szul,  Woodland;  and 
professors  emeriti  Beaumont,  Bianco,  Patterson  Cordera,  Mahan, 
Moreau,  Morris,  Polesky,  Sheeder,  Steigmann,  Woomer 

y/ebsite:httl>://immu.iup.ed}i/tei:ltnolo^.uipport 

This  department  offers  die  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  with  a  Business  Educadon  major.  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a 
major  in  Business  Technologv-  Support,  and  a  two-year  Associate  of  Arts 
degree  in  Business  widi  a  Computer  and  Office  InformaUon  Systems 
emphasis. 


Business  Technology  Support  Major  {Bachelor  of 
Science) 

The  Business  Technolog)-  Support  majors  are  equipped  to  be  versatile 
professionals  who  "bridge  the  gap"  between  the  developer  of  information 
technolog)'  systems  and  the  typical  users  of  computers.  The  program 
encompasses  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  atutudes  required  of  a  professional 
who  provides  support  to  users  of  infonnation  technology  to  maintain  and 
improve  overall  organizational  effectiveness.  The  Business  Technology 
Support  program  places  emphasis  on  understanding  how  technology 
contributes  to  individual  and  work  group  perfonnance  and  to  behavioral 
factors,  such  as  commimications,  ergonomics,  training,  and  change. 

The  Business  Technology  Support  curriculum  is  designed  to  challenge 
students  to  understand  dieir  dynamic  role  from  bodi  an  organizational  and 
individual  viewpoint.  Graduates  of  die  program  can  pursue  career  paths  such 
as  office  managers/supervisors,  web  site  managers,  technology  trainers,  help 
desk  administrators,  and  documentation/curriculum  developers  as  they  relate 
to  enterprise-wide  solutions,  support  services,  and  technology  training. 

The  department  welcomes  minors.  A  newly  revised  minor  provides  Business 
majors  with  the  opportunity  to  complement  their  major  with  business 
technology  support  courses. 

Business  Education  Major  (Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education) 

The  lUP  Business  Education  program  is  accredited  by  die  National  Council 
for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE).  The  program  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  and  to  certification  in 
Pennsylvania  as  a  business  education  teacher. 

Our  program  in  business  education  is  dedicated  to  preparing  teachers  who 
will  be  qualified  and  certificated  to  instruct  students  to  five  and  work  in  a 
business  environment.  The  business  education  program  recendy  (2000) 
received  a  national  honor  as  die  outstanding  program  in  the  nation  by  the 
Association  for  Career  and  Technology  Education. 

The  major  is  intended  for  those  interested  in  teaching  in  public  junior  and 
senior  liigh  schools,  vocational-technical  schools,  private  business  schools,  or 
industry.  Students  have  a  choice  of  the  following  certification  areas: 
accounting,  data  processing,  marketing,  office  technologies,  secretarial,  and 
marketing/distributive  education.  They  must  select  two  or  more  areas  of 
certification;  one  of  the  two  areas  must  be  office  technologies.  Students 
seeking  certification  m  marketing/distributive  education  must  select  the  areas 
marketing  and  marketing/distributive  education.  The  courses  rcqiured  in 
each  area  are  as  follows: 

Secretarial:  BTED  260*.  261*.  262*  (Students  can  transfer  credit  fi-om 
another  regionally  accredited  institution.) 
Accounting:  ACCT  300. 301.  421 
Office  Technologies:  BTED  250.  BTST  301,313, 400 
Data  Processing:  BTST  310.  IFMG  251.  IFMG  255,  BTED  312 
Marketing:  DEDU  331,  MKTG  435,  MKTG  436 
Distributive  Education:  MKTG  421.  MKTG  433.  MKTG  elective, 
DEDU  413** 

*Students  should  transfer  these  courses  from  another  Middle  Stales- 
accredited  institution  or  obtain  credit  by  exam. 
**Offered  on  an  individuahzed  basis. 

A  student  must  apply  to  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technolog)'  to  receive  an  initial  certificate  to  teach  in 
Pennsylvania's  pubfic  schools.  Certification  to  be  a  business  education 
teacher  is  approved  b\'  the  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  when  a  student  has  met  all  the  requirements  in  professional 
education.  Liberal  Studies,  and  business  education  major  courses.  Students 
must  attain  a  2.6  overall  GPA  in  order  to  student  teach.  See  details  of  the  3- 
Step  Process  in  the  section  "Admission  to  Teacher  Education  and 
Certification"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 
section  of  this  catalog.  The  candidate  for  certification  must  also  complete 
successfully  the  core  battery  and  specialization  sections  of  die  National 
Teachers'  Examination. 

All  students  who  take  a  business  education  major  also  complete  a  track  in  the 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology  and  must  meet  the 
standards  set  by  that  college  (see  Department  of  Technology  Support  and 
Training  Student  Handbook,  page  8). 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


E  BERLY 


COLLEGE    OK    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION    TECHNOLOGY       53 


Practical  Business  Experience 

Itiliiic  uniilMiilidii,  ladi  l)ii«iiic(iii  ciliii.iliim  Hliidfiil  iiiiiM  (loiiiiiiciK 
<  (iiM|)lulii)ii  of'SOO  lioiirs  (ir»<;<  rcurial  priu  lii  t.  aicimiKiiin  |ir.K iiic,  <lal:i 
liioitssitij;.  rlirit ill  prae  li<e,  or  i>(liic-rcla(ccl  cxpcricnic.  'I'liifi  cx|icricmc 
hIidiiIiI  I>c  ill  llic  licUl  III  ndils  ill  wliicli  llic  nliiclciil  i-i  (iiiilcinpljliiiK 
ctrlirKaliiiii  .mil  <,iii  lit  ai(|iiiiiil  during  stiiiiiiicr  vacaliiiiis  anil  in  oITkcii  on 
llie  cainiMi.i  (liiiiiiK  llic  regular  siIkkiI  liriii.  I'riviiiiiH  il.ii  iiiiuiiIkI  i.X|icriinn- 
may  also  be  I'niintcd. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education— Business  Education  (*) 

Liberal  SliiclivHi  As  oiiiliiicil  in  l.ilKral  Siiuiit'.  scitimi  53-5S 

with  llic-  (Mlluwin^ispciiricalidiis: 
MallivinuCicN!  B'I'KI)  1 1  I 
Social  ScifiKfiF.CON  Ul.l'SYC  !()1 
Liberal  Sliidii-»  Kltclivcsi  irrKD/C.OSC/IKMt;  101. 
KCO.N  I22.M/Vni2ll 

College:  32 

Prafcs.sional  Kducalion  Scqucncei 

BTED  .')  1 1  Metlmds  and  Kvaliialiiiii  in  Business 

and  Markclinn  Ediicalion  1  3sli 

BTED  .S 1 2  Mediods  and  Evaliialiiin  in  Business 

and  Marketing  Educatiim  II 
COMM  1(1.)        Digital  InstructionalTeclinology 
EDEX  301  Ediiiatinii  of  .Students  with  Disabilities 

ill  liK-lusivc  Secondary  Settings 
EDSP  102  Edmatioiial  Psychology 

KDUC  212  Prc-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  1 

EDl'C  ;M2  I'le-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  11 

EDUClll  .Student  Teaching 

EDUC  442  School  Law 

FDED  1 02  .\iiierican  Etl  in  Theory  and  Practice 


Ssh 
3sli 

2sli 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 
3sh 


4.'>-48 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


21-24sh 


Major: 

Required  Courses:  Business  Education  Core 

.\CCT  20 1  AccounUng  Principles  1 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  11 

BLAW  23.5  Legal  EnWionnient  of  Business 

BTED  132  Computer  Kcyboarding  and  Formatting 

BTST  101  Introiluction  to  Business 

BTST  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Coinni 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Theori,-  and  Practice 

MKTG  320         Principles  of  Marketing 

Controlled  Elcctivcs: 

Areas  of  Certification  (1) 

Accounting:  ACCT  300. 30 1 ,  42 1 

Data  Processing:  IFMG  20.5, 25 1 .  and  one  approved 

progranuniiig  elective 
Distributive  Education:  DEDU  413,  MKTG  421.  433, 

one  MKTG  elective  (advisor  approved) 
Marketing:  DEDl'  331.  MKTG  435,  MKTG  43(j 
Office  Technologies:  BTED  250,  BTST  30 1 , 3 1 3, 400 
Secretarial:  BTED  260, 261, 262  (2) 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electivcs:  0 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  130-132 

(*)    See  rei|iiircn>ents  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  '".Xdmission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  .According  to  PennsyK-aiiia  Commonwealtli  guidelines,  students  must  be 
certified  in  office  technologies  and  at  least  one  other  area  (accounting, 
dat;>  processing,  marketing,  or  secretarial).  .\n  exception  to  this  is 
certificatioti  in  marketing/distributive  education. 

(2)  StudenLs  can  transfer  credit  from  anodier  regionally  accredited 
institution. 

(#)    See  adNHsory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  tlie  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Business  Technology  Support 

Liberal  Sludicm  A-  oiiiliiicd  in  Liberal  Studies  wction 
with  llii  lolluwing  Hpccifiialioni: 
Mathcinattciti  M.Vl'il  121 
Social  Science:  Ef  :()N  121,  PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studic.  Elective.:  BTED/COSC/IKMC  101, 
KCON  122,  MATH  214. 

College: 

Required  (Uiumcs:  BunincnK  Administration  Oirc 

A( :( :T  20 1  Ac(  oiintiiig  Principles  1 

ACCT  202  AccoiintJiig  Pnnciplcs  11 

BLAW  235  Ugal  Environinciil  of  Busiiic»s 

BTST  32 1  Business  and  liiicr))crsoiial  Coiniii 

FIN  310  Finance  I 

IFMG  300  Info  Systems:  Tlicon'  and  Practice 

MGMT  310  Principles  of  Management 

M(;MT  330  Production  and  Operations  Mgiiit 

M(;MT  495  Business  Pobcy 

M  KT( ;  320  Principles  of  Marketing 

QBl'S  2 1 5  Business  Sutistics 

Major; 

Required  Courses: 


ish 
3sh 
3sb 
3»h 
3>h 
3sh 
3sb 
3sh 
3sh 
3sb 
3sb 


BT.ST  .30 1  Microcomputer  Software  Solutions 

BTST  3 1 0/w/     Telecommunications 

BTST  3 1 1  Training  Metliods  in  Business  and 

Information  Technology  Support 
BTST  3 1 3  Office  Systems  Tcclmologies 

BTST  4 1 1  Microcomputer  Support  for  OSYS 

BTST  413  Eiiter])rise  Techiiolog>-  Support 

BTST  480  Seminar  in  Business  Technology  SupjKirt 

COSC/IFMG  352Computer  Network  Installation 

and  .Administration 
Controlled  Electivcs:  (select  dircc  of  the  following): 
BTED  201  Internet  and  Multimedia 

BTST  22 1  Business  Technical  Writing 

cose  1 1 0  Problem  SoKing  and  Structured 

Programming 
cose  304  Interactive  Internet  Programming 

with  Java 
IFMG  25 1  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

BTST  402  Website  Development  and  Administration 

BTST  493  Internship 


3sb 
3sh 

38h 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
95h 


Other  Requirements: 
Non-Business  Electivcs: 
Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Tech  Prep 


0 

2-5 


The  Technology  Support  and  Training  Department  has  signed  articulation 
agreements  with  high  schools  throughout  Western  Penns\1»-ama.  Graduates 
of  these  approved  programs  have  the  opportunity-  to  schedule  advanced 
courses  and  develop  higher-level  skills  to  enhance  employment  options.  For 
additional  infoniiation.  contact  the  department  secretary-  at  724-357-3003. 


Associate  of  Arts  Degree 


Offering  specialization  in  computer  and  office  information  systems  (COIS), 
the  .\ssociate  of  .■Vrts  Degree  in  Business  is  designed  to  be  a  two-year 
curriculum  with  these  objectives: 

1 .  To  proN-ide  business  occupauonal  education  with  the  opportumty  for 
speciahzation  in  COIS. 

2.  To  enable  the  student  to  enter  COIS  positions  in  business  and 
government. 

3.  To  enable  the  student  to  upgrade  his/l>er  skills  and  knowledge  to  qualify- 
for  higher  positions  in  business  and  government. 

4.  To  pro\-ide  die  foundadon  to  continue  education  in  a  four-year  degree 
program.  Tliis  program  is  offered  at  die  Indiana  campus  only. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


54       EBERLY    COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    AND    INFORMATION    TECHNOLOGY 


Associate  of  Arts — Business-Computer  and  Office 
information  Systems  Specialization 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  31 

English:  ENCxL  101 

Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list 

Humanities:  HIST  195  and  one  course  from  LBST  list 

ol  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  (1) 

BTED/COMM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201, 

COSC/IFMG  I01,ECON  122 
Math:  BTED  1 11  or  MATH  121 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101  and  one  course  from  non-western 

cultures  LBST  Social  Science  list 

Major:  Business  (Associate)  Core  12 

Required  Courses: 

ACCT201  Accounting  Principles  1  3sh 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  II  3sh 

BTST  101  Introduction  to  Business  3sh 

BTST221  Business  Technical  Writing  3sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Computer  and  Office  Specialization:  12 

BTED  250  Electronic  Office  Procedures  3sh 

BTED  273  Word  Processing  Apphcations  3sh 

IFMG205  Foundations  of  MIS  3sh 

Advisor-Approved  Elective  3sh 

Free  Electives:  6 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  61 

( 1 )    Students  can  not  repeat  the  same  prefix  in  tliis  category. 


Minor — Business  Technology  Support  15 

(for  Business  Majors  in  die  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 
Technology  only) 

Required  Courses: 

BTST  301  Microcomputer  Software  Solutions  3sh 

BTST  3 1 0  Telecommunications  3sh 

BTST  313  OfEce  Systems  Technologies  3sh 

BTST  3 1 5  Records  Administration  3sh 

BTST  411  Microcomputer  Support  for  OSYS  3sh 


Business  Minors  for  Eberly  College  of  Business 
and  Information  Technology  Students 

Minors  in  Accounting,  Finance,  Hunian  Resources  Management, 
Management  Information  Systems,  Marketing,  and  Business  Technology 
Support  are  offered  only  for  students  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  otlier 
majors  in  the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)'  and 
assume  the  common  36-semester-hour  Business  core. 

Minor  in  Business  Administration  for 
Non-Business  Majors 

The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology  offers,  as  a  joint 
effort  of  its  departments,  a  21 -semester-hour  minor  for  non-business  majors. 
The  program  is  designed  to  give  non-business  majors  a  general  background 
in  business  widi  12  semester  hours  of  prescribed  Liberal  Studies  courses  and 
20  semester  hours  of  required  business  courses. 


Minor — Business  Administration 
(for  non-business  majors) 

Prescribed  Liberal  Studies: 

Social  Science:  ECON  121 

Mathematics:  M.ATH  214  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122 

Required  Business  Courses: 

ACCT  201  .Accounting  Principles  I 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  II 

FIN  310  Finance  I 

MGMT  3 1 0        Principles  of  Management 
MKTG  320         Principles  of  Marketing 


21 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Two  of  die  following  with  advisement: 

BLAW  235  Legal  Emironment  of  Business  3sh 

BTST  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Comm  3sh 

IFMG  300  Infomiadon  Systems:  Theory  and  Pracdce     3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY       55 


College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 


John  W.  Butzow,  Dean 

Edward  W.  Nardi,  Associate  Dean  for  Academic  Affairs 
John  R.  Johnson,  Associate  Dean  for  Teacher  Education 
Lloyd  Onyett,  Assistant  Dean  for  Information  and 
Communications  Technology 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/education 


Since  its  founding  in  1875  as  the  Indiana  Nonnal  School,  hidiana  Universit)' 
of  Pennsylvania  has  been  widely  recognized  for  its  excellent  programs  in 
teacher  education.  Although  the  scope  of  die  university  has  been  gready 
expanded,  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology  continues 
the  tradidon  of  preparing  outstanding  teachers  to  sen'e  the  students  of  die 
conunonweiilth  and  die  nation. 

The  College  of  Education  and  EducaUonal  Technology  comprises  nine 
nuillidiinensional  departments  which  offer  twenty-five  programs  leading  to 
die  bachelor,  master,  and  doctoral  degrees.  Undergraduate  programs  prepare 
students  in  teacher  education  (elementar);  early  childhood,  secondary', 
vocadonal,  and  special  eihu  ation).  comnumicaUons  media,  and 
rehabilitaUon.  In  addition,  a  <li\  crsc  set  of  graduate  programs,  detailed  in  die 
Cradnak  Stiiool  Cnlalog.  meet  die  needs  of  ptactiuoners  in  basic  educaoon. 
higher  education,  counseling,  and  commtuiications  media. 

The  departments  in  die  college  are  Professional  Studies  in  EducaUon. 
Foimdadons  ot  EducaUon.  Comuuiiiicadons  Media.  Special  Educadon  and 
Clinical  Services,  EducaUonal  and  School  Psychology,  Counselor  Educadon. 
Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Educadon.  .-Vdult  and  Community  EducaUon,  and 
die  I'niversity  School.  Each  departiuent  makes  a  unique  contribudon  to  die 
total  prepardUon  of  students  widiin  die  college.  Some  programs  provide 
service  courses  to  enhance  die  professional  preparadon  of  students:  odiers. 
such  as  professional  programs  in  teacher  educadon.  public  school 
administradon.  and  personnel  sen-ices,  lead  to  cerdficadon  for  public  school 
teacliing  or  superxision  in  die  Coumionwealdi  of  PennsyK-ania. 


The  college  is  well  known  lor  its  opportunilits  to  pracuce  ■hands-on' 
learning.  Over  five  hundred  students  enjoy  early  field  experiences  each 
semester.  In  addidon.  die  college  places  about  stx  hundred  student  teachers 
each  vcar  in  public  schools  which  pnnide  a  full  semester  of  supenised 
teachitig  experience.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  a  full 
range  of  acdvides  offered  in  urban,  rural,  and  middcuJtural  setdngs. 

Practical  experiences  are  important  for  students  majoring  in  communicadons 
media  and  rehabilitaUon  as  well.  Students  in  these  programs  are  prepared  in 
one  of  the  largest  internship  programs  in  PeimsyK-ania.  They  select 
supervised  work  experiences  widi  agencies  throughout  the  commonwealth 
and  neighboring  states:  many  students  are  so  successliJ  in  dieir  internship 
placements,  diey  are  hired  immediately  upon  graduadon. 

Summary  of  Certification  Programs  Offered 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (B.S.td.  with  certification) 
Elementary  Education 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Secondary  Education 

English.  French.  German.  Social  Science.  Spanish  (for  dttaih, 
see  the  Collevr  ofHumanilie-i  and  Social  Seienees) 
Biology.  Chemistry.  Earth  and  Space  Science.  General  Science. 
Mathematics.  Physics  (/or  details,  see  the  College  of.\atural 
Seiemfs  ami  Mathtmatiesj 

Health  and  Physical  Education,  Family  and  Consumer 
Sciences  Educadon  (Home  Economics)  (for  details,  see  the 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Sentces) 
.\rt.  Music  (for  details,  see  the  College  of  Fine  Arts) 
Business  (for  details,  see  the  Ehrrl\  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Trchnolof:\) 
Special  EducaUon 

Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 
Educadon  of  Excepuonal  Persons 

EducaUon  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


56       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY 


Vocational/Technical  Education  (for  dilails,  str  the  Scliovl  of 
Coiitiuiii)ig  Education) 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  (B.S.) 
Rehabilitation 
Communications  Media 

Graduate  Programs  (See  the  Graduute  School  Cutulog) 

Master's  Degree  (M.Ed,  unless  otherwise  noted):  Aduh  and  Coniniunity 
Education  (M.A.),  Business,  Coiniselor  Education,  Early  Childhood 
Education,  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons,  Educational  Psychology, 
Elementary  Math  Education,  Literacy,  Masters  in  Education,  Mathematics 
Education,  Music  Education  (M.A.),  Speech-Language  Patliology  (M.S.), 
Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education  (M.A.),  Teaching/English  (M.A.) 

Doctoral  Degree  (D.Ed.):  Elementary  Education,  School  Psychology, 
Education  Leadership  (with  Superintendent's  Letter  of  EhgibiHty) 

Certification  Only:  Reading  Specialist.  School  Psychologist, 
Elementary/Secondary  Principal.  Su])crintendent's  Letter  of  Eligibility 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 

Programs  in  teacher  education  jirovide  students  with  opportunides  to  gain 
competence  in  both  generic  and  program-specific  competencies.  Students 
who  prepare  to  become  teachers  should  be  able  to  demonstrate: 

1.  depdi  and  breadth  of  knowledge  in  subject  matter  content  and 
pedagogical  skills. 

2.  an  understanding  of  and  the  ability  to  apply  the  theoredcal  and  practical 
aspects  of  human  growth  and  development  as  they  relate  to  teaching  and 
learning. 

3.  skills  and  abilides  to  work  collaboratively  with  others. 

4.  professional  commitment  to  students,  colleagues,  and  die  community. 

5.  die  behef  diat  professional  development  is  an  ongoing  process. 

6.  an  understanding  of  die  historical  and  philosophical  foundadons  of 
.^lerican  educadon. 

Teacher  educadon  programs  at  I  UP  focus  on  student  learners  who  are  taught 
and  guided  by  a  faculty  committed  to  the  preparation  of  competent  teachers. 
Students  preparing  to  become  teaching  professionals  must  exhibit  humanism 
and  adaptabihty,  practice  and  communicate  critical  tliinking  skills,  and 
become  excellent  role  models.  These  qualities  are  developed  through 
coursework  and  activities  that  emphasize  the  liberal  studies  in  concert  with 
appropriate  jirofessional  pedagogy.  Collaboration  is  modeled  as  university 
facidty,  public  school  personnel,  and  students  work  together  to  accomplish 
goals  of  the  lUP  teacher  education  programs. 

Degree  Requirements 

All  degree  candidates  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  (except  for  three  special  programs)  must  satisfactorily  complete 
a  minimum  of  124  semester  hours  in  three  categories:  Liberal  Studies,  a 
specialized  major  field,  and  professional  educadon.  Program  revisions  are 
ongoing  in  an  attempt  to  provide  teachers  in  training  with  the  most  current 
information  related  to  teaching  and  learning.  Students  should  always  consult 
with  advisors  to  determine  what  changes,  if  any,  have  been  made  in  their 
chosen  program  of  study. 

Liberal  Studies— 52-5,5  semester  hours,  described  in  diis  catalog  under 
Requirements  for  Graduation. 

Specialized  major  field— requirements  listed  under  deiiartment  offerings. 

Teacher  Education  Program— 30  semester  hours,  as  follows: 

Pre-professional  Sequence— 9  semester  hours 

COMM  103        Digital  Instructional  Technology  3sli 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  '  3sh 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Professional  Sequence— 21  semester  hours: 

EDSP  477  Assessment  of  Student  Learning: 

Design  and  Interpretation  of  Educational 

Measures  3sh 

EDUC  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I  I  sh 

EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  11  1  sh 

EDUC  442  School  Law  Ish 

Methods  Course  -  (Teaching  of )      3sh 

EDUC  4XX        Student  Teaching  -  (One  semester)  1 2sh 


Change  of  Major  to  a  Teacher  Education  Program 

Currenti)-  enrolled  students  who  wish  to  make  application  for  a  teacher 
education  program  may  secure  an  application  for  a  Change  of  Major  from  the 
college  dean's  office  or  department  that  houses  die  major.  Elementary 
Education,  Early  Childhood  Education,  and  Special  Education  Programs  are 
in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology.  Secondary 
education  programs  are  in  the  college  of  their  respective  disciplines.  A 
minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.6  for  2001-02,  2.8  for  2002-03, 3.0  for  2003- 
04  is  required  by  Chapter  354  of  the  Pennsylvania  Education  Code. 

Students  must  complete  a  Change  of  Major  form  and  submit  it  to  the 
department  chairperson  of  die  appropriate  academic  department.  The 
application  is  reviewed  by  the  chairperson  and/or  the  teacher  education 
coordinator,  and  a  recommendation  is  then  forwarded  to  the  appropriate 
college  dean's  office  for  final  review  and  action. 

Students  considering  a  Change  of  Major  must  also  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  the  3-Step  Process  to  enter  the  Teacher  Education 
Professional  Sequence.  Students  should  consult  with  the  department 
chairperson  or  program  coordinator  of  the  new  major  to  tletennine  specific 
requirements  for  effecting  a  change  of  major. 


lUP  Teacher  Education  3-Step  Process 

To  nisure  tliat  students  in  ILIP  teacher  preparation  programs  are 
progressively  developing  the  necessary  knowledge,  skills,  and  dispositions  to 
become  a  teacher,  there  is  an  evaluation  and  advisement  of  each  candidate  at 
each  of  three  stages.  Student  progression  to  the  next  step  is  predicated  on  a 
positive  recommendation  by  the  program  coordinator  and  academic  advisor. 
As  a  result,  there  is  an  evaluation  and  advisement  at  each  of  the  three  steps. 

When  students  are  admitted  to  the  university  and  declare  an  intent  to  pursue 
the  teacher  certification  program,  they  will  be  given  a  program  code  that 
designates  that  intention,  but  at  tiiat  point,  they  will  not  be  ftilly  admitted  to 
the  teacher  certification  program. 

Initial  Requirements 

Prior  to  being  fonnally  admitted  to  the  lUP  Teacher  Certification  Program, 
the  following  initial  requirements  must  be  met  by  candidates: 

•  Complete  a  minimum  of  48  semester  hours  of  university  coursework 
and  establish  a  minimum  cumidative  GPA  of  2.6  for  2001-02, 2.8  for 
2002-03. 3.0  fbr  2003-04. 

•  COMM  103/301  Digital  Instructional  Technology  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better. 

•  FDED  102/202  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better. 

•  EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

•  Schedule  and  pass  the  PRAXIS  1  exams. 

•  Have  completed  and  passed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  6  semester 
hours  of  college-level  mathematics. 

•  Have  completed  and  passed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  6  semester 
hours  of  English  composition  and  hterature. 

•  Begin  to  develop  a  professional  portfolio  based  on  the  requirements  and 
expectatit)ns  of  the  program  department. 

Step  1.  Admission  to  Teacher  Certification  Program 

Procedure:  During  the  student's  third  semester  at  lUP,  candidates  must  file 
an  application  and  personal  goals  essay  with  die  major  academic  advisor. 
The  advisor  or  departmental  program  coordinator  will  review,  recommend 
approval  or  denial,  and  forward  the  application  to  the  Office  of  the  Associate 
Dean  for  Teacher  Education,  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology.  Applications  will  be  reviewed  immediately  after  posting  of 
semester  grades. 

Transfer  students  fi'om  either  within  die  university  or  from  anodier 
institution  and  postbaccalaureate  students  will  have  their  transcripts 
individually  reviewed  by  die  associate  dean  for  Teacher  Education,  College 
of  Education  and  Educational  Technology,  and  the  coordinator  of  the 
selected  certification  program  to  determine  a  specific,  sequenced  program  of 
study  that  will  be  in  concert  with  the  program  and  sequence  of  other 
appUcants  but,  to  the  extent  possible,  reflective  of  their  previously  earned 
courses  and  completed  experiences. 

Requirements: 

A.     Completion  of  at  least  48  semester  hours  of  university  coursework  and 
establishment  of  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.6  for  2001-02, 2.8  for 
2002-03, 3.0  for  2003-04  as  required/revised  by  Chapter  354  of  die 
Pennsylvania  Education  Code.  Transfer  students  and  students  seeking 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  AT  I  O  N  A  L   T  E  C  H  N  O  L  O  G  Y       57 


siiiind  (li(rii<-ni»l  (irliliialidii  .iikI  Htdirid  icililK  iilioii  willi  midii  itiil 

sciiictlir  lioiirs  (IN)  iiiiini  <  iiiii|il('tc  uric  sciiiciitcr  (l^^nli  iiiiriiiiiiiiii)  i\ 

IUI'ln.sl.il,lisl.a(;l'A. 
H.     CiMiiplilioiMilCOMM  l():)/:)()l  HillianMilciilClcirlicllcr, 
C.     ComplctiDM  ol  KDKI)  102/^02  willi  a  unidi-  olC  ..r  l.clltr, 
I).     (;<>iii|iletii>ii  ol  KDSI*  Wl  Willi  a  Ki-idc  nl C  or  hctlcr. 
K.     CompU'llon  oIKNCn,  101  aiiil  llii'  lUI'  l.ilii-ral  Sliidicfi  rc<|iiir<'iiieiii  in 

KNCI./I'NCI,  121  Hiiinaiiilics  l.ilcialiiic  willi  a  Rradc  of C  or  JKllcr. 
I''.      (loiii|>lclioii  III  (i  MC'iiR'slir  lioiirs  olcollcKi'-lcvcl  iiialliciiialicfi  willi  a 

Kradi-orCorlxtlci. 
( '•.     All  alllniMlivc  rci oniiniMdalioii  Iroiii  llic  inajiir  acadciiiii  advivor. 
II.    ('.oiiiplclioii  ol  iniiial  spei'i  li/licariii|;  scrcciiiii);  Icsl. 
I.      (Mcaraiic'c  on  TU  Icsliii^. 
J.      Altaiiiiiiciil  oi'a  satisf'aclon'  .icore  on  tlic  Ibiir  coinpoiicnui  of  PRAXIS  I 

exams,  (Wriliii);.  Math.  KcadiiiK.  I.iNlcniii);)  lo  be  scliediiled  l>y  (lie 

studeiil  and  lakcii  no  later  than  the  end  of  tlie  second  scmcslcr  at  lUP. 

The  PRAXIS  exams  may  he  taken  a  maximiiiii  of  two  limes  hcforc  the 

studeiil  is  iiielinihle  for  admission  lo  II  'I'  Uai  her  (  eriifualion  programs. 

The  wrilinn  seclion  ol  llii  PRAXIS  I  exams  slicmld  mil  he  lakcn  mitil 

after  eomplelioii  oIKNCd.  101.  Note:  PRAXIS  inlormatioii  is  available 

from  ilie  ( )irRe  of  (Career  Services. 
K.     Pnijfiain  <lepartmeiil  evaliiatiun  and  approval  of  llic  student's 

professional  portfolio  based  upon  established  criteria. 
I..     Completion  of  any  other  pro)rram  department  requirements  as  outlined 

in  this  catalog,. 
M.    Satisfactory  completion  of  an  essay  describing  pcrsunal  goals  and  tlie 

reason  lor  wanting  to  become  an  educator. 

KcsulUt  If  the  re(|uireincnts  are  met,  the  associate  dean  for  Teacher 
Kdncation,  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology,  will  send  the 
student  a  letter  of  .idmission  to  the  Teacher  Certification  Program.  The 

program  ( iide  for  the  student  will  he  changed  to  rellecl  the  status  of 
.xlmissiou  lo  the  llai  her  Certification  Program.  .'\l  this  point,  ihe  student 
may  consider  emolliiij;  in  the  following  courses  from  the  professional 
education  core: 

•  EDIJC  242  Pre-StudenI  Teacliing  Clinical  Experience  I 

•  EDUC  :M2  Pie-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  II 

•  EDSP  ,'i77/'177  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements 

•  EDUC  142  School  Law 

•  EDEX  .iOO  for  Elcmentar)  and  Early  Childhood  majors  or  EDEX  .JO  I 
for  all  other  secondary  and  specialty  area  majors 

•  Appropriate  program-specific  methods  courses 

Notes: 

1 .  EDUC  242  and  EDUC  .342  must  he  taken  in  sequence  and  may  nut  be 
taken  simultaneously  during  die  same  semester.  Acts  34  and  151 
clearances  are  valid  for  only  one  year.  After  receiving  the  initial  set  of 
clearances,  teacher  preparation  students  must  apply  for  new  clearances 
during  the  month  of  May  of  each  year  to  insure  that  a  valid  clearance  is 
on  file  before  going  into  the  schools  lor  anj  field  experience. 

2.  If  die  requirements  lor  ".Admission  to  Teacher  Certification  are  not  met 
by  the  end  of  the  student's  fourth  semester  or  after  completing  (iO 
semester  hours,  the  student  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  pursuit  of 
professional  cducition  and  will  be  counseled  into  another  major  or 
program  of  stuily. 

Step  2.  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Procedure:  Tlu-  slodi  nl  must  file  an  application  through  the  department 
coordinator  u  ith  the  Ottice  ol  die  Associate  Dean  for  Teacher  Education, 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology,  at  least  one  semester 
before  the  actual  experience. 

Requirements: 

.\.     Completion  of  all  requirements  in  Step  1  including: 

1 .  .Ml  leiiuircd  professional  education  core  courses  with  a  minimum 
grade  of  C  in  each: 

a.  EDEX  300  or  30 1 

b.  COMM  103/301 

c.  FDED  102/202 

d.  EDSP  102 

e.  EDUC  242 

f.  EDUC  342 

g.  EDUC  442 

h.     EDSP  377/477  (where  required) 

2.  Methods  courses  in  major  area 


H.     Salisfac  lory  cimiplction  of  at  least  MI  »crnc«lcr  lioiir»  with  a  (niiiimiini 
cumulative  CPA  <.f2.fi  in  2001-02,  2.H  in  2002-03.and  3.0  in  2003-04 
as  rc<(iiired/revi»cd  by  Chapter  3')4  of  the  Pennsylvania  Mutation 
Code.  Transfer  sliidenls  with  siinicieiit  Hciiiesler  hours  (91)  must 
complete  one  seiiicsler  (I2sli  mininuim)  at  (UP  lo  cslijblisli  a  (iPA. 

C.     Completion  of  die  Liberal  Studies  Science  rcquircincnl  tourwr*  willi  a 
niininiiiiii  of  grailc  of  C  in  each. 

I).     Attaininent  of  a  passing  score  on  die  <  nrrenlly  required  PI{j\XIS  II 
exams  (and  other  Pcniisylvaiiia  Ocparlmeiil  of  I'xiiualion  cxaininalinns 
rr<|uired  for  the  specific  teaching  disciplines),  as  set  annually  liy  the 
Pennsylvania  Secretary  of  Eiliication 

E.  Afrinnative  recommendation  by  llic  student's  major  dc|)anmenlal 
ailvisor  or  program  coordinator. 

F.  Program  ilepartment  cvaliialion  and  approval  of  tlie  student's 
professional  portfolio  based  upon  the  resfiectivc  program's  established 
criteria. 

(i.     (Completion  of  any  other  program  department  requirements  as  outlined 
in  this  catalog. 

RcfiultM;  If  the  requirements  are  met,  the  associate  dean  for  Teacher 
Education,  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology,  will  confirm 
approval  by  letter  and  process  the  student  teaching  placemeiiL  It  is  tlic 
student's  responsibility  to  formally  register  for  student  leaching  during  tlie 
registration  process. 

If  the  requireniciiLs  are  not  met,  the  student  will  be  informed  of  the  denial  by 
letter  and  be  administratively  removed  from  the  student  teaching  placemcnL 
Ihe  student  may  not  register  for  student  leaching  until  deficiencies  are  met 
and/fir  removed  from  the  student's  academic  record.  It  may  al.so  be 
(liliniiiriccl  llial  the  sluiltni  should  be  counseled  into  another  field  of  study. 

Step  3.  Recommendation  for  Certification 

Procedures:  (Com]>lcle  ap[)lication  lor  the  Peimsyb'ania  Department  of 
E<lucation  Certification  and  file  widi  the  certification  ofTicer  (associate  dean 
for  Teacher  Education.  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology) 
by  the  listed  dates  appropriate  to  die  anticipated  date  of  graduation. 

Requirements: 

A.  A  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  professional  education  courses  and  an 
minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.0  for  students  admitted  inio  teacher 
education  in  2001-02,  2.8  for  students  admitted  into  teacher  education 
in  2002-03,  and  3.0  for  smdents  admitted  into  teacher  education 
thereafter  as  required/revised  by  Chapter  354  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Education  Code. 

B.  Review  and  recommendation  by  the  major  academic  advisor  indicating 
completion  of  all  departmental  teacher  education  requirements 
including  final  passage  of  die  professional  portfolio. 

C.  Completion  of  student  teaching  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

D.  Payment  of  the  current  processing  fees. 

E.  No  criminal  charges  or  convicuons. 

Appeal  Provi.sion:  A  student  who  believes  that  any  requirement  of  this 
policy  has  been  ine(|intably  applied  or  dial  he/she  merits  special 
consideradon,  ma\'  appeal  dirough  the  proper  sequence  of  charmels: 
academic  advisor,  chairperson,  and  finally  die  associate  dean  for  Teacher 
Education.  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology.  Appeals  must 
be  made  before  die  end  of  die  next  regular  academic  semester  following  the 
application. 

Every  effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the  appeal  through  the  process  so 
described.  If.  at  die  conclusion  of  the  appeals  process,  the  student  is  still  in 
disagreement  with  the  findings,  die  student  may  request  review  before  the 
Teacher  Education  .Appeals  Committee  of  the  .Academy  for  Teacher 
Preparation.  The  committee  will  be  composed  of  dircc  members 
representing  the  faculty  of  die  .Academy  for  Teacher  Education  Preparation. 
the  Teacher  Education  Coordinator's  Council,  and  senior  teacher 
preparation  students. 

To  initiate  an  appeal,  the  student  must  file  a  form  obtained  at  the  Office  of 
the  .Associate  Dean  for  Teacher  Education.  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  TechnoUigy.  .Appeals  will  be  heard  onlv  during  the  regular 
academic  semester.  The  student  will  be  expected  to  submit  written 
docuraentallon  of  his/Iier  complaint  about  die  process  of  re\iew  for 
contiiuiadon  or  eligibility  in  die  teacher  educauon  program.  The  commiuee 
will  re\iew  the  materials  and  make  its  recommendadon  lo  the  associate  dean 
for  Teacher  Education.  College  of  Educadon  and  Educational  Technology.  .A 
final  decision  rests  widi  the  associate  dean  for  Teacher  Education.  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology,  who  is  the  cerrificadon  officer. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


58       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY 


End  Notes 

In  all  cases  where  advisor  action  is  required,  departments  may  choose  to  use 
a  committee  or  other  departmentally  approved  process.  In  cases  where 
someone  otlier  than  the  academic  advisor  supplies  recommendations,  die 
department  needs  to  place  a  copy  of  its  policy  and  procedures  on  file  with 
die  associate  dean  for  Teacher  Education,  College  of  EducaUon  and 
Educational  Technology. 

Some  departments  have  additional  Junior'  Standing  requirements  in  place. 
DeparUncnts  may  conUnue  to  apply  diose  requirements  but  need  to  keep  a 
current  copy  of  diese  rec|uirements  on  file  with  the  associate  dean  for 
Teacher  Education,  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology. 

The  policy  becomes  effecuve  with  those  students  applying  for  admission  to 
teacher  cerdficadoii  after  January,  2001.  However,  any  student  admitted  to 
teacher  educadon  after  October  7,  2000,  but  before  August,  2001,  must  have 
a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.6  in  2001-02,  2.8  in  2002-03,  and  3.0  in  2003-04 
and  must  meet  all  of  die  odier  Chapter  354  requirements.  Candidates 
admitted  to  teacher  educadon  prior  to  October  7, 2000,  and  graduadng  after 
September  1,  2001,  must  have  a  cumidadve  GPA  of  2.6  and  meet  all  other 
requirements  of  Chapter  354. 

Additional  Note 

From  September  1,  2001,  through  August,  2002,  applicants  for  entrance  to 
teacher  cerdficadon  who  do  not  have  the  required  6  semester  hours  in 
matheniadcs  or  English  composition  and  literature  must  complete  these 
semester  hours  prior  to  admission  to  student  teaching.  Beginning  in 
September,  2002,  applicants  for  entrance  to  teacher  certification  must  have 
these  semester  hours  completed  as  part  of  the  48  semester  hours  for 
admission. 

Federal  Higher  Education  Act  Title  II 

The  Federal  Higher  Education  Act  Title  II  rei-|uires  all  institutions  diat 
educate  teachers  to  publish  annually  the  passing  rates  on  PRAXIS  tests  for 
their  Program  Completers.  The  annual  report  for  lUP  can  be  found  at  the 
following  website:  htfp://wurw.coe.iup.edu/tUleii. 


Student  Teaching 


Student  teaching  is  designed  to  be  die  culminadng  learning  experience  for 
prospecdve  teachers.  Student  teachers  practice  teaching  and  managing  a 
classroom  under  the  supervision  of  a  fiill-dme  master  teacher  in  an  off- 
campus  center.  A  university  supervisor  is  assigned  to  work  widi  individual 
student  teachers  and  cooperadng  teachers.  To  gain  admission  to  student 
teaching,  applicants  must  have  achieved  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.6. 
In  addiuon,  students  must  complete  all  requirements  of  the  3-Step  Process 
and  should  complete  all  other  components  of  the  Liberal  Studies  and 
professional  core  before  student  teaching.  Some  programs  have  standards 
above  the  minimum  2.6  cumuladve  GPA  and/or  course  grade  expectadons 
above  the  minimum  grade  of  C.  Each  student  should  counsel  widi  his/her 
advisor  for  information  about  specific  program  requirements  related  to 
qualificadon  for  student  teaching. 

Student  teaching  is  the  capstone  experience  in  the  program  of  the  emerging 
professional  educator.  Student  teaching  assignments  are  the  responsibility  of 
the  university.  To  avoid  conflicts  of  interest,  students  wall  normally  not  be 
assigned  to  districts  fi-om  which  they  graduated  or  to  districts  in  which  diey 
permanently  reside  or  to  schools  in  which  an  immediate  family  member  is 
employed. 

Excepdons  to  this  policy  may  be  made  in  large  urban  school  districts  such  as 
Pittsburgh  and  Philadelphia  where  there  are  numerous  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  so  avoidance  of  assigning  student  teachers  to  their  "home 
school  area"  can  be  achieved. 

Any  exception  to  this  policy  must  be  approved  by  die  dean,  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology,  or  his/her  designee. 


Field  Placements 


The  Office  of  Student  Teaching  determines  final  placements  for  all  fieldwork 
conducted  in  die  public  schools.  In  accordance  with  university  policy, 
students  must  be  officially  enrolled  in  the  course  for  which  the  fieldwork  is 
being  done.  Students  entering  a  classroom  without  being  diJy  registered  are 
in  violation  of  university  policy  and  may  place  themselves  at  risk  legally. 


International  Student  Teaching  Opportunities 

lUP  students  enrolled  as  teacher  education  majors  in  all  certification  areas 
are  eligible  to  participate  in  a  halt-semester  stutlent  leaching  program. 
Students  parUcipate  in  this  program  during  the  semester  in  which  they 
register  to  student  teach,  either  in  the  fall  or  the  spring.  They  are  assigned  to 
a  teaching  site  in  the  United  States  for  the  first  half  of  the  semester.  The 
second  half  of  the  student  teaching  experience  is  completed  in  an  overseas 
site.  The  program  provides  students  with  teaching  experiences  in  one  of  the 
following  countries;  Copenhagen,  Denmark;  London,  England;  Worcester, 
England;  Paris,  France;  Malahide,  Ireland;  and  Gronigen,  The  Netherlands. 
Teaching  assignments  are  made  for  all  cerdficadon  areas. 

Students  wishing  to  participate  in  this  program  must  have  a  cumuladve  GPA 
of  2.8  or  better,  and  a  GPA  of  2.8  or  better  in  die  professional  core  subjects 
and  the  major.  The  student  teacher  must  demonstrate  competency  in 
effective  classroom  teaching  practices  receiving  a  minimum  grade  of  B  in  the 
mid-semester  evaluation.  Upon  approval  of  the  lUP  supervisor,  the 
international  student  teaching  assignment  is  confirmed. 

In  addidon  to  I  UP  tuidon  and  partial  fees,  students  must  pay  a  study  abroad 
fee  of  $500.  Travel  costs,  personal  expenses,  and  living  accommodation  costs 
for  room  and  board  (paid  to  the  host  family)  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
student.  Living  accommodations  are  arranged  with  host  families  near 
teaching  sites. 

Appfications  may  be  made  anytime;  however,  preference  is  given  to  students 
who  submit  application  materials  one  year  before  diey  student  teach. 
Interviews  for  tentative  acceptance  will  be  scheduled  with  the  international 
Student  Teaching  Committee  two  semesters  prior  to  student  teaching.  For 
more  information,  contact  Dr.  Robert  King,  Department  of  Profisssional 
Studies  in  Educadon,  at  724-357-2416. 

Removal  of  a  Student  Teacher  from  a  Student 
Teaching  Placement 

Purpose:  To  establish  reasons  or  a  process  for  removal  of  a  student  teacher 
from  the  student  teaching  assignment.  The  first  two  items  are  consistent  with 
Act  34,  Criminal  Record  Check;  item  3  establishes  a  procedure  if  student 
behavior  is  not  consistent  with  appropriate  expectations  of  die  school 
district;  item  4  establishes  a  process  and  assures  that  the  student  teacher 
learns  of  unsatisfactory  progress  as  early  as  possible;  and  item  5  is  an  appeal 
process. 

Policy:  Student  teachers  are  ultimately  guests  of  the  cooperating  school 
districts  and  may  be  removed  by  the  district  officers.  A  student  teacher  may 
also  be  removed  by  lUP  from  the  student  teaching  assignment  for  any  of  the 
following  reasons: 

1 .      If  indicted  for  a  felony,  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and  Act 
34,  there  shall  be  a  removal  of  the  student  teacher  fi'oni  the  school 
assignment  until  die  matter  is  cleared.  Wlien  the  student  is  cleared  of 
the  indictment,  the  student  teaching  assignment  will  be  extended  to 
cover  the  dme  missed  during  student  teaching. 

1.  If  convicted  of  a  felony,  which  is  covered  in  the  School  Code  and 
Act  34,  the  student  teacher  will  be  withdrawn  from  the  student 
teaching  assignment  and  will  forfeit  the  dme  spent  during  the 
student  teaching  assignment. 

2.  If  the  behavior  exhibited  by  the  student  teacher  is  not  acceptable  to 
the  school  district,  it  should  be  documented  by  the  school 
administrator/principal  in  collaboraUon  with  the  cooperating 
teacher  and  the  university  supervisor/coordinator  and  director. 
Student  Teaching  Office.  If  after  discussion  with  the  student, 
improvement  is  evidenced,  no  fiirdier  acdon  will  be  taken  by  die 
Student  Teaching  Office. 

3.  If  it  is  determined  eidier  by  the  cooperadng  teacher  or  university 
supervisor  diat  the  teaching  competency  of  die  student  teacher  is  at 
an  unsadsfactory  level  based  on  die  teaching  competencies 
indicated  on  the  evaluation  form  and  not  in  the  best  interest  of  die 
students,  a  diree-way  conference  of  cooperadng  teacher,  university 
supervisor,  and  student  will  be  held  to  discuss  the  concern, 
possible  outcomes,  and  remedial  strategies.  If  after  consultation 
with  the  university  director  of  Student  Teaching,  removal  from 
this  student  teaching  placement  is  necessary,  this  action  shaU  be 
done  by  the  director  of  Student  Teaching  and  the  dean  of  the 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology.  This 
behavior  should  be  documented  and  discussed  as  early  in  the 
student  teaching  experience  as  possible. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,      2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY       59 


4.  DeciNioiiN  nwiilt-  iiiiilci  lliis  |ii>ll(  y  iiiuy  In  ;i|>|>(  mIkI  Ici  iIu-  iIiuii, 
Colli'KC  olliliualioii  ;iii<l  liliit  :ili<>iiHl  IkIiiioIokv  (ciicifKiilion 
on'iicr). 

Certification  Requirements 

(:<ilU'K<'  <>l  <''>l»< •'  l'''l>'<  '<li'><i.il  '!><  liiinluK)  ic<|n>rcNiciils  l<.i 

recoiiiiiRiiilalidii  lin  c  criilK .nimi  as  a  lea< her,  as  well  as  llic  iiilirincdiatc 
steps  leailinj;  tii  i niniiiiiiivvcallli  t  eriilitatioii,  are  oiilliiud  in  llie  .l-Slcp 
Process.  The  re<|iiireiiieiits  imlucle: 

a  miiiiinuin  jrradc  dI'C!  in  all  pnifessiimal  cilni  allnn  nuirses  and  a 

ciiimilative  2.(i  (;PA 

review  and  rei iiniiiuiidaliiHi  l)y  the  niajiir  aiadeiiiie  advisor  itidicutiiig 

ciiinplelioii  ol  all  iiniversily  and  departmental  teacher  education 

it'ijulrcinents 

(  oinplelinn  of  .student  teaching;  widi  a  inininiinii  ^rade  ofC: 

Ml.  .rsslul  completion  of  the  PIUXIS  Core  Battery,  PIUXIS  Ccncnil 

Knowledge,  and  PIIAXIS  Specialty  Area  Tests 

competency  ill  working  with  students  with  special  needs  (Special 

Kdiication) 

Applications  for  certification  cannot  he  processed  until  the  student 

(  oiiipletes  llie  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Eilucatioii  decree  or  its  equivalent. 

Dual  Certification 

The  departments  i>f  Professional  Studies  in  Kdmalion  and  Special 
Education  and  Clinical  Services  have  developed  piideliries  for  stuiknis 
wishing  to  complete  academic  requirements  for  a  second  certilication. 

Students  majoring  in  Elementary  Education  may  do  this  in  Education  of 
Persons  with  Hearing  Loss.  Ediicalioii  of  Exceptional  Persons,  or  Early 
Childhood  Education;  l..iiK  (  IiiIiIIi.mi.I  I'..Iiu  .iIioii  niajois  may  do  tliis  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  I  Ic.iiing  Loss.  I'.diicalion  of  Exceptional  Persons, 
or  Elementary  Education. 

Majors  in  Education  of  Persons  with  I  learing  Loss  or  Education  of 
Ejtceptional  Persons  may  do  this  in  either  Early  Childhood  Education  or 
Elemeiitaiy  Education. 

Fonns  for  applying  for  tlual  certification  are  available  in  die  ofTices  of  the  two 
deparliueiits.  Applications  must  be  approved  by  tlie  student's  advisor  and  by 
the  department  chairperson  or  assistant  chaiiperson  of  botli  departments. 
Students  are  advised  that  the  completion  of  requirements  will  take 
approximately  two  extra  semesters,  and  they  may  wish  to  explore  die 
possibilitv  of  completing  the  second  certilication  at  a  graduate  level. 

Commonwealth  Requirements  for 
Teacher  Certification 

(Excludes  N'ocalional  liislructioiial  Certification.  See  '"Center  for  Vocational 
Personnel  Preparation"  in  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  section  of 
this  catalog.) 

Cerdfication  standards  for  commonwealth  public  school  teachers  are 
estabhshed  by  die  Pennsylvania  Department  of  EducaUon  and  die 
PeiinsyK'ania  Board  of  Education.  The  academic  advisor  of  the  students 
major  department  must  verify  for  tlie  dean  of  the  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technology  diat  all  academic  requirements  are  met.  The 
student's  name  is  dien  placed  on  the  graduation  list. 

Applicants  for  certilication  must  sign  an  attcstment  of  United  States 
cidzenship.  .\pplicants  who  are  not  citizens  must  have  an  inunigrant  \nsa 
wliich  permits  diem  to  seek  employment  widiin  the  I'nited  States,  and  they 
must  have  declared  the  intent  to  become  ciuzens  of  the  United  States. 
Apphcants  must  also  submit  a  |>liysical  examination  report  and  certify  diey 
are  not  in  die  habit  of  using  narcotic  drugs  in  any  form,  do  not  use  excessive 
amounts  of  intoxicating  beverages,  are  not  currcndy  under  indictment  by 
legal  audioritics,  and  have  not  been  convicted  of  a  criminal  offense. 
Applicants  who  are  unable  to  meet  one  or  more  of  diese  requirements  must 
submit  a  hiU  explanation  widi  die  applicauon.  in  addidon.  they  must  attest  to 
die  fact  diat  all  informauon  supplied  in  tlie  application  is  accurate. 

The  PennsyKania  Department  of  Education  issues  an  Instructional  I 
certificate  to  beginning  teachers  upon  graduation  ft-om  and  recommendauon 
by  die  College  of  Mucarion  and  Educational  Technology.  All  candidates  for 
the  Instructional  1  certificate  must  successfully  pass  die  National  Teacher 
Exam  general  knowledge  batteiy  and  selected  specialty  areas  tests.  Since  lUP 
is  a  designated  lest  site,  registration  for  die  PRAXIS  may  be  completed 


llirongh  University  Tc/iUng  .Services  in  the  Career  Services  olTicc.  After 
I  ompletion  of  24  additional  semester  hours  of  collegiate  and/or  in-scrvicc 
I Diirsework  and  with  successful  teaching  experience,  studenUi  arc  eligible  U> 
i((  civc  an  Inslriic  lioiial  II  certificate,  which  is  a  pcrmaiieni  certification  U) 

i,.„lnr,tl,c(..,i,i, ,w<-,,lllM.flV„.,sNK.,ni„ 

Professional  Certification  Application  Fee 

Hcgioinng  Kill  Semester.  \'I<IH.  all  .ippli.  inls  l.ir  Teacher  f  ;ertifi<ation  or 
Prolessional  Ecliii  ation  (erlifications  froni  die  Cominonwcallb  of 
Pennsylvania  through  UP  will  he  assessed  a  SiO  application  fee.  Of  tliat  fee. 
$1.'>  will  be  forwarded  to  die  Bureau  of  Teacher  Certification,  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education,  in  llarrishiirg  widi  die  MP  recommendation  for 
certification.  Add-on  and  second  certifications  processed  Uirough  lUP  will 
also  be  assessed  this  fee.  lU-quesLs  for  processing  out-of-state  teacher 
certification  applications  will  be  assessed  a  $2.5  processing  fee  |)er  recjuest. 

The  University  Clinics 

Iw.i  <  linii  s  iiiirli  1  iln  supervision  of  die  College  of  ILducation  jmiI 
Educational  Tec  liriology  oiler  diagii.islic  testing,  remedial  seniccs.  and 
instruction.  The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  is  organized  and  managed  by 
the  DeparUiient  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services.  The  Child  Study 
Center  is  housed  iii  the  Department  of  Educational  and  Schcjol  Psychology. 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  is  suffed  by  Special  Exiucation  faculty  and 
supervised  graduate  students  working  toward  advanced  degrees  in  Speech- 
Language  Pathology.  I'sing  state-of-the-art  ecjuipinent.  clinic  |)crsonnel 
provide  diagnosis  of  speech  problems  and  hearing  tests  and  evaluations,  as 
well  as  a  regular  program  of  dierapy  for  clients.  As  part  of  this  program, 
clinic  staff  members  provide  testing  and  necessary  therapeutic  services  to  all 
teacher  education  candidates,  who  must  meet  strict  speech  and  hearing 
clearances.  Regularly  enrolled  students  at  the  university,  including  all  teacher 
certification  candidates,  arc  eligible  to  receive  these  5er\-ices  without  charge. 

The  Child  Study  Center  provides  opportunities  for  School  Psychology- 
graduate  students  in  die  post-master's  certification  and  doctoral  programs  to 
acciuire  professional  skills  under  the  supervision  of  certified  faculty' 
supervisors.  Clinic  personnel  provide  psychoeducational  assessment  for 
children  and  adolescents  widi  learning  and/or  behavior  problems.  They  also 
provide  consultation  for  parents  and  pubUc  school  personnel  involved  with 
diese  children. 

The  Literacy  Center  is  boused  within  the  Department  of  Professional 
Studies  in  Education.  This  center  provides  opportunities  for  graduate 
students  in  the  M.Ed,  in  Literacy  program  to  gain  experience  toward  a 
Reading  Specialist  Certification.  The  center  offers  assessment  and 
instruction  in  reading  and  writing  for  children  and  adolescents.  Tliese 
instructional  sessions  are  offered  in  die  fall,  spring,  and  summer  terms. 
Family  literacy  services  are  also  a\'ailable. 

Graduate  Programs 

liilorinaliiiii  clcscnbing  master's  and  doctoral  programs  in  education  maybe 
found  in  die  current  issue  of  die  Gradiialf  School  Catalog. 


The  University  Scliool 


Judith  M.  Hcchtnian,  Director:  BeiscI,  Edwards.  Ellcrmeyer.  Hutson- 
Feudale.  Mambo.  Stephensuii.  \bst:  and  professors  emerilae  Fleming. 
Lingcnfelter,  .Martin.  Walthour 

The  University  Scliool  is  located  in  DaWs  Hall  on  die  lUP  campus,  where  it 
is  housed  widi  die  departments  of  Professional  Studies  in  Education  and 
Special  Education  and  Clinical  Senices.  The  University  School  prondes  a 
program  of  instruction  for  students  in  kindergarten  dirough  sixth  grade.  In 
addition,  the  school  offers  a  rich  \-ariet)-  of  experimental  and  research 
activities  for  ll'P  faculty  and  students.  Factdty  members  from  disciplines  as 
x-aried  as  music,  physical  education.  Spanish,  elementary  education,  and 
special  education  have  ongoing  programs  which  are  carried  out  at  the 
LIniversit)-  School.  Each  year,  hundreds  of  teacher  education  students 
participate  in  actinties  such  as  observ-ations,  lesson  presentations,  and 
student  teacliing.  Graduate  students  utilize  the  University  School  to  conduct 
research  on  teacliing  and  learning.  Research  and  experimental  acti\ides  are 
scheduled  widi  the  director  of  the  UniversitN'  School. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


60       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY 


The  Universit)'  School  is  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of 
Laboraton-  Schools.  Faculty  members  at  the  University  School  have  received 
many  grants  and  teaching  awards  in  recognition  of  their  contribudons  to  the 
edncation  profession. 

Department  of  Adult  and 
Community  Education 

Trenton  R.  Ferro,  Chairperson:  Dean 
Website:  littp://wwiv.  iiip.  edit/ace 

The  Department  of  Adult  and  Community'  EducaUon  is  a  graduate 
department  offering  two  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree: 
Adult  and  Communit)'  Educadon  and  Adult  Education  and 
CommunicaUons  Technology.  Tlie  Master  of  Arts  in  .4dult  and  Communit)' 
EducaUon  helps  students  develop  skills  related  to  teaching  and  planning 
educadonal  programs  for  adults  in  a  wide  variety  of  settings,  including 
business  and  industn',  the  communit\v  social  se^^dce  organizations,  health 
agencies  and  hospitals,  colleges  and  universiues,  the  goverimient,  and 
religious  insdtudons.  The  Master  of  Arts  in  Adult  Educadon  and 
CommunicaUons  Technology  (AECT),joindy  administered  widi  the 
Department  of  CommunicaUons  Media,  prepares  students  to  become  adult 
educators  with  an  emphasis  on  die  use  of  technology,  including  computers, 
producdon  design,  radio  and  tele\asion.  and  distance  educadon  technolog)'. 
Compledon  of  appropriate  requirements  allows  students  in  the  AECT 
program  to  apply  for  PDE  cerdficadon  as  an  Instnicdonal  Technology 
Specialist. 

Department  of 
Communications  Media 

Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Chairperson;  Ausel,  Handler,  Juliette,  Kanyanisoke, 
Konifeld,  Lamberski,  Leidman-Colub,  Lenze,  Start,  Wilson;  and 
professors  emend  Klinginsmith,  Maclsaac,  Murray,  Young 

Website:  hftp://wu'w.  iup.  rdu/cm 

The  department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  CommunicaUons  Media  and 
two  minors,  one  in  Communications  Media  and  one  in  Educadonal 
Technology.  The  minor  in  Communicadons  Media  is  an  1 8-semester-hour 
program  designed  to  complement  any  major.  The  minor  in  Educadonal 
Technolog)-  is  a  24-semester-hour  program  designed  for  students  in  the 
College  of  Educadon  and  Educadonal  Technolog)'  who  are  compledng  a 
teaching  degree.  The  department  also  serves  preservice  teachers  and  other 
students  who  are  required  to  complete  COMM  103. 

The  pliilosophy  of  die  Communicadons  Media  Department  is  to  prepare 
generalists  in  the  area  of  communicadons.  Our  students  may  select  from  a 
number  of  elective  courses,  depending  on  dieir  career  interests. 

The  deparunent  faculty  offers  a  wide  variet)'  of  experience  in  all  areas  of 
communicadons  media.  Widi  the  combinadon  of  classroom  work  and  the 
opdonal  internship  program,  departmental  graduates  are  compeddve  for 
positions  in  various  areas.  Students  graduating  with  a  degree  in 
Communication  Media  have  obtained  positions  in  such  areas  as  radio, 
television,  cable  television,  public  relations,  advertising  media,  media 
relations,  and  corporate  media  relations. 

Students  changing  majors  from  odier  academic  departments  within  the 
university  are  required  to  be  in  good  academic  standing  before  the  transfer 
will  be  approved. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Communications  Media 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-58 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  (to 

be  taken  in  the  fi-eshman  year),  no  courses  with  COMM 

prefix,  not  to  include  courses  cross-listed  with  COMM 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

COMM  101        Comm  Media  in  American  Society  3sh 

COMM  150        .^esdietics  and  Theor)- of  Comm  Media  3sh 

COMM  395        Career  Planning  in  Comm  Media  1  sh 


42 


COMM  475  Senior  Portfoho  Presentation  Ish 
COMM  493  Internship  (summer  only)  6, 9,orl2sh 
Minimum  of  one  course  from  the  following  list: 

COMM  302        Research  in  Comnumicadons  Media  3sh 

Scriptwriting  3sh 
Instructional  Design  for  Training  and 

Development  3sh 

Broadcast  Newswriting  3sh 
Minimum  of  two  courses  from  die  following  list: 

COMM  240        Communications  Graphics  3sh 

Basic  Audio  Recording  Techniques  3sh 

Television  Production  3sh 

Beginning  Photography  3sh 

Advanced  Corrmiunication  Graphics  3sh 

Radio  Producdon  3sh 

Advanced  Video  Production  3sh 

Photography  II:  The  Print  3sh 

Multimedia  Production  3sh 
Advanced  Audio  Recording  Techniques         3sh 

Broadcast  News  Process  3sh 

Electronic  Imaging  3sh 
Controlled  Electives:                                                            13-19sh 
Odier  COMM  elective  courses  including  courses  from 
die  above  lists  not  taken  as  part  of  diose  requirements. 

Other  Requirements: 

Courses  outside  Communications  Media  diat  augment  the 
student "s  major  course  of  study  (advisor  approval) 

Free  Electives: 


COMM  303 
COMM  330 


COMM  403 


COMM  249 
COMM  251 
COMM  271 
COMM  340 
COMM  349 
COMM  351 
COMM  371 
COMM  440 
COMM  449 
COMM  451 
COMM  471 


3-8 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements  124 

(#)    A  maximiun  of  1 2sh  of  COMM  493  can  be  applied  to  requirements  for 
graduation. 


Minor — Communications  Media 

Required  Courses: 

COMM  101        Comm  Media  in  American  Societ)' 
COMM  —         Electives  in  Conmiunicadon  Media 


18 


3sh 
15sh 


Minor — Educational  Technology  24 

Required  Courses: 

COMM  101        Comm  Media  in  American  Society  3sh 

COMM  460        Emerging  Trends  in  Comm  Technology         3sh 
BTED/COSC/IFMG  1 0 1  Microbased  Computer  Literacy      3sh 

COMM —         Electives  in  Communications  Media  15sh 


Department  of  Educational  and 
School  Psychology 

Mary  Ann  Rafoth,  Chairperson;  Barker,  Briscoe,  Damiaiii,  Hoeliein, 
Levinson,  Quirk,  Rattan;  and  professors  emend  DeFabo, 
Meadowcrolt,  Yanuzzi 

Website:  http://witnii.  iup.edu/edsp 

The  deparunent  pro\ides  courses  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  students. 
Undergraduate  students  may  declare  a  minor  in  Educational  Psychology  by 
making  application  to  the  director  of  the  minor  program.  Fifteen  semester 
hours  of  Educational  Psychology  courses  are  required  for  die  minor. 

The  department  also  offers  die  M.Ed,  in  Educadonal  Psycholog)'  as  well  as  a 
post-master's  certification  and  a  Doctor  of  Education  in  School  Psychology. 
Refer  to  the  current  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  details. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY       67 


Department  of 
Foundations  of  Education 

riiiliiulcau;  and  |iri>fcNHor  vmcrilua  Oliu 
WcliNitci  hUp://umnu.  iup.rihi/fr 

Till-  I)i|>;irtinciil  DrKdiiniliiliwiiH  (il'Kiliuiiliiiii  »cr\CH  .ill  iiiiilirKrailiialc 
sliultiils  ill  (f.iilier  nrliruiilioii  |)rc))iii.iliiiii  willi  an  irilriKliulor)'  (imimc. 
Aimiii  an  I'.diiialiiiii  in  'I'lacin-  and  I'rai  liic.  Aildiliniial  areas  .ifioiirHcwork 
iiK  iiidc  iiiliaii  cdiicaliiin,  tiirriiiiliini  divcl(i|)iiiinl.  and  tiinlcin|)()rjr)'  i.tsiic.H 
and  trends  in  ediiculiiiii. 

{ Iradnate  ninrsis  (liFcred  l)y  llli^  dcparliiicnl  iiuliiile  ( :(ini|iaralivf. 
Historical.  I'liilosiipliical.  and  Siicial  KmindaliimH  ■ilKduialinii;  Ciirriiiiliiin 
DivclopnuTil;  I'liilcssiiinal  Ne(;<)lialitms  in  Kdiualiiin:  and  Inlcrnaliiiiial 
I'.diuatlon  Studies  I'ldnram.  Kcir  s|>iiilif  infcirinaliiin  ((iiiccrninn  tlicse 
lourses,  see  llit  cnrrent  i-dilimi  iil  the  Cniiliiiilr  Sihoot  Ciilali^. 

Department  of 

Professional  Studies  in  Education 

(;cor^,e  R.  BieRcr.  Cliairpersmi:  Bristiie.  Carreirii,  CiiU- SlauRlUer, 
Corbelt.  Orcaiiv.  Diivirspike.  I'.lliiitt.  Farrali.  IViiniiniire.  (icrlach, 
Hannibal.  lllijr-Aviles.Jalnn^n.  kaufman,  Keamcy-Vakiilick,  King, 
kupvU,  Mikkelscn.  Millward.  INicliolsnn,  Stamp.  I'idwvll,  Mark 
Twicst,  Meghan  Twiest.  I..  Void,  Van;  and  profesMirs  emeriti  Dorscy. 
(;iutl.  I.olt,  McFeely.  Mult.  Ileilly.  Kiitn.  ¥..  \old 
Website: /i/^/>.-//i™7.mh/.,«/h//'« 

Elementary  Education  Program 

Tlie  Kleiiu-iitarv  Edncatidii  piiigram  is  desipied  tn  provide  liariiirij; 
experiences  wliieli  will  assist  students  in  developing  into  highly  competent 
and  cfl'ective  teachers  in  grades  K-fi.  Students  are  able  to  expand  their 
knowledge  tlirough  coiirscwork  and  field  experiences  which  embody 
content,  knowledge  of  liberal  studies,  pedagogy,  curriculum,  luuiian 
dcvelopinent  and  learning,  and  a  historical  and  philosophical  basis  to 
nnilergird  one's  professional  behavior.  A  niinimuiii  GPA,  in  accordance  « itli 
Pennsylvania  standards,  is  required  to  apply  for  teacher  certification,  to  take 
major  courses  in  tlie  department,  to  apply  for  Junior  Standing,  and  to 
student  teach. 

Early  Childhood  Education  Program 

The  Earlv  Childhood  Education  Program  is  designed  to  provide  learning 
experiences  wliicli  assist  students  to  become  competent  and  effective 
teachers  in  N-Gnule  ;i.  It  prepares  tlie  students  ti>  select  from  among  a 
varietv  of  technii|iies  and  strategies  tliose  whicli  appropriately  expand 
childrens  cognitive,  social,  emotional,  ami  pin  sii  al  de\  elopmcnt.  Through 
lectures,  research,  and  on-site  experiences  wid>  young  children,  students  are 
able  to  expand  their  owni  knowledge  of  and  attitudes  toward  education  of 
young  chiklreii. 

A  minimum  GPA,  in  accordance  with  Pennsylvania  standards,  is  required  to 
applv  for  teacher  certification,  to  take  major  courses  in  die  department,  to 
apply  for  junior  standing,  and  to  student  teach.  Students  must  meet  tlie 
recjuirements  leading  to  teacher  certification  as  oudined  in  this  catalog. 

Graduate  Programs 

I'rognuns  leading  to  the  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  degrees  are  described  in  the 
current  issue  of  die  Gradiiale  School  Catalog.  Internships  and  assistantships 
are  a\'ailable. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Elementary  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

w  ith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  \L\TH  1,51 

Natural  Science:  SCI  101, 102,  lOS.aiid  104  (1) 

Soei.il  Science:  GEOG  101, 102.  or  104  (one  course).  PSYC  101 

Fine  .\rts:THTR  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  M.\TH  152  (2);  no  courses 

with  ELED  prefix:  not  to  include  HMEC  218 


(^ollcKci 

Pritfeiiiiional  Kducalion  Scqucncci  {.J) 

COMM  Id)         Digital  liiHtnictionarrccliiiology 

EDS!'  102  (•.<liicatioiial  Psychology 

EDSP  477  A.Hscssnient  of  Student  Learning:  Desigii 

and  IntcrprcUtion  of  Ivliicalioiijl  Measiirei 
EDl'G  242  Prc-stiideiil  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

EDUC  142  Prentiidciit  leacliing  Cliniial  Exp  II 

EDI  IC:  44 1  Student  Teaching 

EDI 'C  442  School  Uw 

EDED  102  Anicrican  Fxl  in  Theor>-  and  Practice 

Major: 
Required  C 

ELED  211 
E1.ED2IJ 
ELED  215 
ELED  221 
ELED  222 
ELED  257 
ELED;H2 
ELED.}!.'} 
ELED.?  1 4 
ELED  ;}57 
ELED  411 
ELED  425 
EDEX  300 

EDUC  499 


bourse*! 

Music  for  the  Elenicntar\-  Grades 

Art  for  the  Elementary  (Jrades 

Child  Development 

Children's  Literature 

Kcading  for  die  Elementary  ScIickjI 

Pedagogy  I 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Science 

Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Elcin  School 

Teaching  of  llcaldi  and  Physical  Ed 

Petlagogy  II 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum 

Education  of  Students  wiUi  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Elementary  Classrooms 

Multicultural/Multiedinic  Education 


ish 

.'}sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I2ih 
Ish 
ish 


2sh 
2sh 
Ssh 
3sli 
3sh 
3s)i 

29h 

3»h 
2sh 
39h 
3sh 
3sh 

2sh 
2sb 


Other  RequiremcnLs:  6 

Special  electives  from  a  defined  discipline  (3)  

Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 25- 1 26 

(*)    See  re(|iiiremenLs  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  This  sequence  of  1  Osh  fiilfills  tlie  Liberal  Studies  natural  science 
requirement. 

(2)  For  students  who  test  out  of  MATH  152.  consult  your  advisor  for 
suggested  math  courses. 

More  than  twenty  options  are  available  for  groupings  in  specific 
departments  or  cross-departnienul  areas.  This  requirement  is  also 
fulfilled  by  completion  of  an  approved  specialty  such  as  FLISET.  math. 
or  reading. 

-  FLISET:  see  requirements  in  this  catalog. 

-  Matliematics:  M.ATH  317.  420.  456.  457.  458. 459. 471.  483  (madi 
concentraticm  requires  15sh  to  include  M.-VTH  151.  152) 

-  Reading:  ECED  220  or  45 1 .  EDIT.  408.  ELED  422.  (reading 
concentration  requires  15sh  to  include  ELED  221.  222.  425) 
Students  may  select  a  set  of  special  electives  from  the  list  of  Liberal 
Studies  electives  or  non-VVesterii  courses  that  have  not  been  used 
pre\-iously  in  dieir  program.  Witli  permission  of  the  chairperson  of 
Professional  Studies  in  Education  and  a  specific  departmenL  a  student 
may  be  allowed  to  create  an  area  of  specialty  odier  than  those  listed.  See 
department  office  for  full  listing:  check  prerequisites  carefiJly.  Submit 
plan  to  adMsor  for  approval. 


Dual  Certification 

Students  majoring  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  Persons  widi  Hearing 
Loss,  or  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  may  complete  academic 
requirements  for  certification  in  Elementarv'  Education  by  completing  the 
following  rec|uirements.  Students  are  advised  diat  completion  of 
requirements  for  a  second  certification  will  take  approximately  two  extra 
semesters.  In  certain  circumstances,  such  as  for  transfer  students,  students 
who  must  repeat  courses,  or  when  students  take  courses  out  of  sequence. 
earning  this  second  certification  mav  t.ike  longer. 


Dual  Certification — Elementarv  Education  for  Majors  in 
Early  Childhood  Education 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  (Grade  4. 5.  or  6)  (1)  6sh 

ELED  3 1 2  Teacliing  of  Eleni  Science  (Junior  Block) 

ELED  313  Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  EUementary 

School  (2) 


2sh 


3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


62       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY 


ELED411  Teacliingof  Social  Studies  (Junior  Block)      .3sh 

ELED  425  Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum  3sh 

( 1 )  Student  teaching  ( 1 2sh)  for  tlie  first  certification.  Early  Childhood 
Education,  in  grade  K,  1,  2,  or  3  will  be  completed  prior  to  student 
teaching  (or  diis  second  certification. 

(2)  MATH  152  is  a  prerequisite  for  ELED  313  and  should  l)c  taken  as ; 
Liberal  Studies  elecdve. 


Dual  Certification — Elementary  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

ECED312 
EDUC  342 

EDUC421 
ELED  221 
ELED  257 
ELED  312 
ELED  313 
ELED  357 
ELED  411 
ELED  425 

Recommended  Electives: 

ELED  351  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elem  Scliool 


AestheUc  Experiences  for  Young  Children     3sh 
Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  II  (ELED)  Ish 

Student  Teaching  6sh(l) 

Children's  Literature  3sh 

Pedagogy  I  3sh 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Science  2sh 

Teaching  Madiematics  in  the  Elem  School3sh  (2) 
Pedagogy'  II  3sh 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies  3sh 

LangTjage  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum  3sh 


3sh 


( 1 )  Students  are  required  to  do  6sh  of  student  teacliing  in  the  regitlar 
elementary  classroom  in  addition  to  the  12sh  required  in  the  EDHL 
major,  or  a  total  of  18sh  of  student  teaching  inclusive  for  both 
certificadons. 

(2)  MATH  152  is  a  prerequisite  for  ELED  313  and  should  be  taken  as  a 
Liberal  Studies  elecdve. 


EDUC  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I  Ish 

EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Kxp  II  Ish 

EDUC  441  Student  Teaching  12sh 

EDUC  442  School  Law  Ish 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  PracUce  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 


Intro  to  Early  Childhood  Education 

Language  Development  and  Children's 

Literature 

Integrated  Curriculum  I  (Math,  Science) 

Integrated  Curriculum  II  (Social  Science) 

Aesthedc  Experiences  for  Young  Children 

Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

Teaching  Primary  Reading 

Education  of  Students  with  DisabiUues 

in  Inclusive  Elementary  Classrooms 

Preschool  Educadon  for  Children  widi 

Disabilides 

Muldcidtural/Midtiethnic  Educadon 

Child  Development 

Pedagogy  1 

Pedagogy  II 

Techniques  of  Parent  Educadon 

Mathemadcs  for  Early  Childhood 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


ECED  200 
ECED  220 

ECED 310 
ECED  311 
ECED  312 
ECED  315 
ECED  451 
EDEX  300 

EDEX415 

EDUC  499 
ELED  215 
ELED  257 
ELED  357 
HMEC  426 
MATH  320 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    .See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  cerdficadon,  dded  "Adn 

Teacher  Educadon,"  in  the  College  of  Educadon  and  EducaUonal 
Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

(1)    A  2.6  cumuladve  GPA  is  required  to  register  for  major  courses. 


3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Dual  Certification — Elementary  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

ECED  312 
EDUC  342 


Dual  Certification 


3sh 


Aesthedc  Exp  for  Young  Children 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  (ELED)  Ish 

EDUC  42 1         Student  Teaching  6sh  ( 1 ) 

ELED  221           Children's  Literature  3sh 

ELED  257          Pedagog)- 1  3sh 

ELED  312  Teaching  of  Elementary  Science  2sh 
ELED  313          Teaching  Madiemadcs  in  the  Elem  School3sh  (2) 

ELED  357           Pedagogy  II  3sh 

ELED  411           Teachingof  Social  Studies  3sh 

ELED  425          Language  Arts  Across  the  Curriculum  3sh 

Recommended  Electives: 

ELED  351  Creative  Acdvities  in  the  Elem  School 


3sh 


(1)  Students  are  required  to  do  6sh  of  student  teaching  in  die  regular 
elementary  classroom  in  addidon  to  the  1 2sh  required  in  the  EDEX 
major,  or  a  total  of  18sh  of  student  teaching  inclusive  for  both 
cerdficadons. 

(2)  MATH  152  is  a  prerequisite  for  ELED  313  and  should  be  taken  as  a 
Liberal  Studies  elective. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Early  Childhood 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon 

\Mdi  the  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  MATH  151 

Natural  Sciences:  SCI  101,  102, 103,  and  104 

Social  Science:  GEOG  101,  102,  or  104;  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  ECED  prefix; 

not  to  include  HMEC  218 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

COMM  103        Digital  Instmctional  Technology  3sh 

EDSP  102  Educadonal  Psychology  3sh 

EDSP  477  Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretadon  of  Educational  Measures   3sh 


Students  majoring  in  Education  of  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss,  Elementary 
Education,  or  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  may  complete  academic 
requirements  for  certification  in  Early  Childhood  Education  by  completing 
the  following  requirements.  Students  are  advised  that  completion  of 
requirements  for  a  second  certification  will  take  appro.\imately  two  extra 
semesters.  In  certain  circumstances,  such  as  for  transfer  students,  or  students 
who  must  repeat  courses,  or  when  students  take  courses  out  of  sequence, 
earning  this  second  certification  may  take  longer. 


Dual  Certification — Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 


ECED  200 

Intro  to  Early  Childhood  Education 

3sh 

ECED  220 

Language  Development  and  Children's 

Literature 

3sh 

ECED  310 

Integrated  Curriculum  I 

3sh 

ECED  311 

Integrated  Curriculum  II 

3sh 

ECED  315 

Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

3sh 

EDUC  242 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I           1 

sh(l) 

EDUC  342 

Pre-student  Teaching  CUnical 

E.\perience  II  (ECED) 

Ish 

EDUC  421 

Student  Teaching  (N-3)  (2) 

6sh 

ELED  357 

Pedagogy  11 

3sh 

MATH  320 

Madiematics  for  Earlv  Cliildhood 

3sh 

Recommended  ElecUves: 

ECED  312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  Children     3sh 

ELED  351  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  3sh 

(1)  EDHL  majors  must  complete  10  hours  of  observation  in  an  N-3 
classroom. 

(2)  EDHL  majors  nmst  complete  6sh  of  student  teaching  in  ECED  (N-3)  in 
addition  to  the  1 2sh  required  in  the  EDHL  major,  or  a  total  of  1 8sh  of 
student  teaching  inclusive  for  both  certifications. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  AT  I  0  N  A  L   T  E  C  H  N  0  L  0  G  Y 


63 


Dual  Certification—Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

KCKI)  '2011  liilio  <"  l':,iily  CIiiMIh.ixI  i'.<liu.ili»ii  :!'<li 
F.CKI)  Hi)          LaiiKii^iKi-  Dtvclopiiiciil  anil  <;liiltlriii'» 

l,iltniliirc  'i»li 

KCKD.IK)           iMlcniaUdCiimnilninl  -hh 

KCKI)  n  1  Inunralol  Ciiirl.  uliun  II  Sail 
I'.CI'.I)  111  I)(  v(l..|.imMl  and  l.taniliiK  ■riiriiiiuli  Play  ."Isli 
KDIA  1 1  '"i          i'l.  s,  li.M.I  Kcliicalioii  for  Cliildrcri  witli 

DiviLiliiu',  .'IhIi 
KDliC,  212  l'r,-.lii.l.nl  rci.lininClini.al  Kxp  I  Isli(l) 
KDIU;  ;ir2           I'K-sliKiirKlci.liniKCIinual 

lA|.iricM.ill(K<;i;i))  I^li 

KI)llC:i2l           Slii(Urirrcacliinn(N-:i)(^)  ''»'• 

Kl.KD  :ir)7           IVdaRdnyll  .Jtl" 

Recommended  KIcctivcKi 

ECED  3 1 2  Aesthetic  Expericnixs  for  Yoiins  Cliildrin      Kli 

Kl.KD  .'irj  1  ( Ircativc  Ac tivilies  in  (lie  Klein  Sclioiil  Mi 

(1)  EDEX  majors  iiiusl  conipUlc  10  hours  of  oliservalloii  in  an  N-.l 
classroom. 

(2)  KOKX  majors  must  complete  (ish  of  student  teaching  in  ECED  (N-.'J)  in 
addition  to  the  MsU  required  in  the  EDEX  major,  or  a  total  of  ISsli  ol 
stutlciit  teaching  inclusive  for  both  certifications. 


Dual  Certification — Early  Childhood  Education  for  Majors  in 
Elementary  Education 

ECED  200  Intro  to  Early  Childhood  Education  :Jsh 

(Spring  .semester-Sophomore  Block  only) 
ECED  ;J  1 0  Integrated  Curriculimi  I  .3sh 

(Spring  seme.ster-Juiiior  Block  only)  (1) 
ECED  3 1 1  Integrated  Curriculum  II 

(Spring  semester-Junior  Block  only)  ( I )  3»h 

ECED;}1.')  Development  and  Learning  Through  Play 

(Kail  semester)  .'Jsh 

EDEX  4 1 .5  Preschool  Education  for  Children  v\ith 

Disabilities  (Spring  semester)  3sh 

EDUC  121  Student  Teaching  (Grade  K.  1 .  2  or  .'J)  (2)       6sh 

( 1 )  These  are  block  (field  experience)  courses.  Plan  carefully  to  have  time 
for  a  field  placement.  Check  witli  your  advisor  and  the  coordinator  of 
the  Early  Childhood  Junior  Field  Experience. 

(2)  Student  teaching  ( 1 2sli)  for  the  first  certification.  Elementary  Education, 
in  grade  -1.  5.  or  6  will  be  completed  prior  to  student  teaching  for  tliis 
second  certification. 


Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  for  Elementary 
Teaching  (FLISETM1) 

I'lcment.in  Kiliicatioii/Eaily  Childhood  majors  may  develop  an  academic 
specialty  in  Spanish  and  International  Studies,  which  will  prepare  tliem  to 
teach  in  elementary  programs  in  which  content  teaching  in  the  foreign 
language  is  tlie  objective.  To  complete  this  specialty  area,  students  must:  ( 1 ) 
attain  a  minimum  le\el  of  intermediate-high  on  the  .\CTFL/ETS  scale:  (2) 
successfiilly  complete  a  six-week  summer  study/internship  abroad  at  a  site 
approved  by  die  department  (usually  the  summer  following  the  junior  year): 
(;!)  successfiilly  complete  the  student  teaching  experience  in  a  bilingual  or 
immersion  elcmentan'  school  classroom:  and  (4)  complete  the  following 
miiiimuni  number  of  semester  hours  in  Spanish: 


Required  Courses; 

SP.VN  201  Intermediate  Spanish 

SP.-\N  221  Inteniiediate  Spanish  Conversation 

SP.\N  2.iO  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition 

SPAN  290  Spanish  for  EUementary  Teaching 

SP.\N  32 1  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation 

SPAN  ,340  Hispanic  Civ  Through  tlie  I9tli  Century 

SPAN  390  Teaching  of  Elementaiy  Content 

Through  the  Spanish  Language 
Controlled  Elective:  one  course 
SP.\N  XXX         Elective  (taken  abroad) 


4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


22  (2) 


Other  lle<|iiirenKnl-.!  "-•' 

<;K()(;  2ri2. 1'USC  3S7.or  ANTll  474  a»  the 

non-VVcntern  course  " 

Stiidy/intcniiihip  in  Mexico  for  oix  to  ciglit 

weeks  the  siimincr  (ollowingjunior  year  0-6»li 

Student  teaching  experience  in  immemioii  clasuroom  0»h 

(1)  StudcnUi  intcrcitcd  in  the  program  should  contact  the  director  of  the 
KLISET  Program  in  the  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages  or  the  Kl.ISCT  coordinator  in  die  Department  of 
Professional  Studies  in  Wucation. 

(2)  While  the  total  niiinher  of  semester  hours  required  in  Spantjh  in  order 
to  attain  the  desired  proficiency  level  will  %'ary  from  student  Ui  student 
depending  on  the  entry  level  of  proficiency,  most  students  can  ex|Kct  U> 
complete  between  2,5  and  3 Ish. 


Department  of  Special  Education 
and  Clinical  Services 

Richard  C.  .Nowcll.  Chaiqicrson:  Appl.  Baker,  Bcnhain.  Domaracki. 
Fallon.  I'errell.  (.lor-Sheil).  Ilolfman-jack-son,  Klein,  .Manihak.  NoUn. 
Reber.  Robert.son.  Slein,  'lellls:  and  professors  emeriti  M.  Bahn.  W. 
Kahn.  Fiddler,  Morris,  Shane 
Web.site:  htll>://wuni'.iup.rdu/special-fd 

This  department  oilers  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in 
Education  of  Exceptional  Persons.  Spcech-I.anguage  Pathology  and 
Audinlogy,  and  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss,  and  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Rehabilitation.  Each  of  die  four  majors  follows  a  prescribed 
sequence  of  courses. 

The  following  grade  policy  ap|jlies  to  all  four  undergraduate  programs  of 
study  in  die  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Sen  ices. 
Individual  students  may  appeal  any  aspect  of  the  polic)-  by  making  a  formal 
written  request  to  the  Departmental  Appeals  Committee. 

1 .  No  more  than  one  "D"  in  major  courses  will  be  accepted  toward 
graduation  and  certification. 

2.  No  "D"  is  permitted  as  die  final  recorded  grade  in  any  of  the  following 
courses: 

EDEX  425  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild-Moderate  Disabilities) 

EDEX  435  Mediods  and  Curriculum  (Severe-Profound  Disabilities) 

EDHL  308  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

EDUC  42 1  Student  Teaching 

EDl'C  44 1  Student  Teaching 

RHAB  322  Rehabiliution  Case  Study  and  Interpretation 

RHAB  488  Field  Training  in  Rehabiliution  I 

RHAB  493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II 

SPLP  1 22  Chnical  Phonology 

The  following  enrollment  policy  applies  to  three  undergraduate  programs  in 
die  Department  of  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Senices:  Education  of 
Exceptional  Persons.  EducaUon  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss,  and  Speech- 
Language  Pathology  and  .\udiology.  To  enroll  in  a  300-  or  400-level  course 
in  diose  programs,  a  student  must  have  a  minimum  2.6  cumulati»e  GP.A  and 
must  meet  die  odier  pro\isioiis  of  die  3-Step  Process  for  admission  to 
teacher  education  and  must  either  be  a  departmental  major  or  have 
permission  of  die  deparmient  chairperson. 

A.  Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 

CompleUon  of  die  sequence  of  study  in  dus  major  leads  to  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education  special  education  certification  (Mentally  and/or 
Phvsically  Handicapped  Ceruficate).  Students  will  be  prepared  to  teach 
persons  with  mental  retardation,  autism,  developmental  disabilities,  learning 
disabilities,  brain  injuries,  emotional/behavioral  disorders,  physical 
disabilities,  and  multiple  disabilities,  .\cademic  coursework  and  field 
experiences  are  integrated  within  the  course  of  stud)'.  The  program  also 
provides  a  foundauon  for  pursuing  additional  stud)*  at  the  graduate  Ie\el. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


64       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of 
Exceptional  Persons  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  uiitliiied  in  Libcnd  Studies  section 

witli  tile  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  151  (1) 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Natural  Science:  laboiator)'  science  sequence  required 

(SCI  I()!i-106  recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  course  with  EDEX  prefix 

Colleg;e: 
Professional 

COMM  103 
EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 


Dual  Certification 


Education  Sequence: 

Digital  Instmcdonal  Technology' 

Educational  Psychology 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  M 
EDUC  242  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

EDUC  342  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  (Mild/Moderate) 

EDUC  44 1  Student  Teaching  (Severe/Profound) 

EDUC  442         School  Law 
FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EDEX  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Excepdonal  Persons 

EDEX  1 1 2  Typical  and  Atypical  Growdi  and 

Development 

Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  to 
Persons  with  Disabilities 
Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to 
Persons  with  Disabilities 
Metliods  of  Teaching  Content  Area 
Subjects  to  Persons  with  Disabilities  .Ssh 

Metliods  of  Teaching  Language  Arts 
to  Persons  widi  DisabiliUes  3sh  (2) 

Introduction  to  Behavior  Management 
in  Special  Education  3sli 

Education  of  Persons  widi  Emodonal  or 
Behavioral  Disorders  3sh 

Educadon  of  Persons  with  Mental 
Retardation  or  Developmental  Disabilides      3sli 
Educadon  of  Persons  widi  Physical 
or  Muluple  Disabilides  3sh 

Educadon  of  Persons  widi  Brain  Injuries 
or  Learning  Disabilides  3sh 

Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild- 
Moderate  Disabilities)  3sh 
Methods  and  Curriculum  (Severe- 
Profound  Disabilities)  3sh 
Ethical  and  Professional  BehaWor  Ish 
Classroom  Mgmt  of  Language  Disorders        Ssh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-125 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  cerdficadon,  dded  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Educadon,"  in  die  College  of  Educadon  and  Educadonal 
Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

(1)  Program  re\'ision  in  process:  3  addidonal  sh  of  math  will  be  required  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

(2)  A  mininium  cumuladve  GPA  of  2.6  is  required  to  enroll  in  300-  and 
400-level  major  courses. 


EDEX  221 


EDEX  222 


EDEX  231 


EDEX  321 


EDEX  340 


EDEX  416 


EDEX  417 


EDEX  418 


EDEX  419 


EDEX  425 


EDEX  435 


EDEX  440 
SPLP  254 


EDEX  1 1 1 

3sh 

or 

3sh 

EDEX  300 

3sh 

EDEX 416 

Ish 
Ish 

EDEX 417 

6sh 

6sh 

EDEX  418 

3sli 

EDEX  419 

43 

EDEX  425 

3,sh 

EDEX  435 

3sh 

EDEX  440 

3sh 

EDUC  342 
EDUC  421 

Students  majoring  in  Elcmentaiy  Educadon  or  Early  Childhood  Education 
may  complete  academic  requirements  for  cerdfication  in  Educadon  of 
E.\cepdonal  Persons  by  compiedng  die  following  requirements.  Students  are 
advised  diat  compledon  of  requirements  for  a  secoiul  certification  will  take 

a]iprnxiniatcl\"  t\vo  extra  scnicstcrs. 

Dual  Certification — Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  for 
Majors  in  Early  Childhood  in  Education  or  Elementary 
Education 

Iiitroducdon  to  E.xcepdonal  Persons  3sli 

Educadon  of  Students  with  Disabilities 
in  the  Inclusive  Elementaiy  Classroom  2sh 

Educadon  of  Persons  with  Emodonal  or 
Behanoral  Disorders  3sh 

Educadon  of  Persons  widi  Mental 
Retardadoii  or  Developmental  Disabilides      3sh 
Educadon  of  Persons  widi  Physical  or 
Muldple  Disabilides  3sh 

Educadon  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries 
or  Learning  Disabilides  3sh 

Mediods  and  Curriculum  (Mild- 
Moderate  Disabilides)  Ssh 
Methods  and  Curriculum  (Severe- 
Profound  Disabilities)  Ssh 
Ethical  and  Professional  Behanor  Ish 
Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical 
Experience  II  (EDEX)                                      Ish 
Student  Teacliing  (EDEX)                         6sh(l) 

Recommended  Electives: 

EDEX  340  Iiitroducdon  to  Behavior  Management 

in  Special  Educadon  Ssh 

SPLP  254  Classroom  Mgmt  of  Language  Disorders        Ssh 

(1)    The  6sh  of  student  teaching  in  EDEX  with  students  with  severe  and 
profound  disabihdes  are  in  addidon  to  die  12sh  normally  required  for 
Elementary  Educadon  or  Early  Childhood  Educadon  majors. 


B.  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

Compledon  of  die  sequence  of  courses  in  Speech-Language  Padiology  and 
Audiology  serves  as  a  preprofessional  program  for  students  planning  to 
become  practicing  speech-language  padiologists  or  audiologists.  Students 
entering  the  undergraduate  program  should  be  aware  of  die  following: 

1.  lUP  is  accredited  by  die  Educational  Standards  Board  of  die  American 
Speech-Language-Hearing  Associadon  and  qualifies  a  person  for  the 
Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  from  die  American  Speech- 
Language-Hearing  Association  and  Pennsylvania  State  Licensure. 

2.  National  certificadon,  state  licensure,  and  Pennsylvaiua  Department  ot 
Educadon  Certificadon  in  Speech-Language  Impaired  are  available  only 
to  holders  of  the  master's  degree  in  Speech- Language  Padiology. 

3.  Students  will  need  to  project  a  minimum  cumuladve  GPA  of  3.0  to 
qualify  for  admission  to  most  graduate  schools. 

4.  Upon  compledon  of  a  master's  degree  at  lUP,  students  will  be  prepared 
to  provide  services  in  work  setdngs  such  as  hospitals,  community 
clinics,  public  health  programs,  and  rehabilitation  setdngs. 

5.  Students  who  elect  to  prepare  for  cerdfication  in  Speech-Language 
Impaired  from  die  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  must 
succcssllilly  complete  the  College  of  Educadon  and  Educadonal 
Technology  requirements  listed  below  prior  to  enrollment  in  the  Master 
of  Science  degree  in  die  Speech-Language  Pathology  program  at  lUP. 

The  University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  serves  as  the  laboratoiy  for  the 
undergraduate  clinical  pracdcum.  Prior  to  registration  for  the  clinical 
practicum  course  (SPLP  420),  students  must  earn  a  minimum  cumulative 
3.0  GPA  and  complete  die  following  hours  of  observation  dirough 
enrollment  in  EDUC  242  and  342: 

A.  25  hours  of  observation  in  speech-language  pathology  supervised  by  an 
lUP  faculty  member  who  holds  a  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  in 
Speech-Language  Pathology. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    EDUCATIONAL   TECHNOLOGY       65 


II.      .'0  liMillH  III  <l.iH>.i<H<iii  oliHcrvaliiMl: 

1 .      I'ivc  lioiirn  in  riniiUi  ciiiir.iliciii  i  hiNniiioiiiH,  K-'i. 

'I.      I'ive  lidiirn  In  »|>('<  i.il  cdiii  .itinn  i  LinHroimin. 

'(.      rivt'  liDUm  In  [t'Kiihir  ciliir.irldii  i  hiNnriMiinii  willi  iiit(K>->lt:<i  "pi'i  ul 

HtndcnlN. 
1.      I'lvc  lionis  in  ciiinnuitilly  lacililic!)  nnili  m  prciicluxitii,  nlicltcrcd 

Wdiksliiips,  ell .  Sfivic  f»  in  this  <  altK'ir)'  nlionlil  lit-  (if  a 

niin('>liU'.itiiiM,il  n<iin|>i'Ci'li  |i,illii>liiKy  ly|K'. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Speech-Language 
Pathology  and  Audiology  (*) 

Libcnil  Smclics:  A^  ..nthn<<l  <n  l.il.c.il  Sin.li.s  s<iIi..m  SJ-fiS 

with  tilt  rolI(iwin)>  •iperiru  atioiis: 

MalhcmaticxiMATII  217(1) 

.SiiiialSiiciitcil'SVC,  101 

Niiliiral  St'icncci  lahnratDry  science  5ci|iicnn-  rci|niic<i 

(lilOI.  lOS-KMrmmuneiulccI) 
Liberal  StiiilicN  Kleclives:  I'SYC  .'ilO.  no  conrsts  with 

SIM.I'picllx 
CulleKc  (*)!  The  fi>ll(>winn  arc  reqiiirc<l  ONI.V  liir  siiiileiits 
eicctiiiji,  the  pre-lcacher  certiricalion  track:  0-1. J 

ProfcHfiional  Education  Sequence; 
COMM  lO.i        Tcclin..l(>jry  lor  IxarninR  histriulion 
EDSP  102  Eiliicationai  I'sycholo|r\' 

EDUC  '\n         School  Law 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

SPLP  1 1 2  Organization  and  Administration  ol' 

Speech  and  Hearing  Programs 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EDEX  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  .Ish 

EDEX  222  Methods  of  Teaching  Reading  to 

Persons  widi  Disabilities  .'ish 

EDUC  212  Pre-Stndent  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I  I  sh 

EDUC  .■M2  Prc-Simlcnl  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II  1  sh 

SPLP  1 1 1  Imnnliu  lion  to  Communication  Disorders     3sh 

SPLP122  Clinical  Phonology  3sh 

SPLP  222  Introduction  to  Audiology  .Ssh 

SPLP  242  Speech  Science  1  3sh 

SPLP  25 1  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the 

Speech  and  Hearing  Mechanism  3sh 

SPLP  3 1 1  Aural  Rehabilitation  3sh  (2) 

SPLP  334  Langiiage  Development  3sh 

SPLP  342  Speech  Science  II  3sh 

SPLP  40(i  Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3sh 

SPLP  408  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3sh 
Optional: 

SPLP  420  Speech  Clinic  3sh 


C.  Rehabilitation 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 

3sh 


Speech  Clinic 

Free  Electives:  EDUC  499  recommended 
General  Track 
Prc-Teacher  ("crtitication  Track 


28-32 
K5-19 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  secdon  of  diis  catalog. 

(1)  Program  revision  in  process:  3  addiuonal  sh  of  niatli  will  he  rcc|uircd  by 
the  Pennsyh'aMia  Departn\ent  of  Education. 

(2)  .\  minimum  cumulative  2.6  GP.A  is  required  to  enroll  in  all  300-  and 
400-levcl  courses  for  both  pre-teacher  certificauon  and  noncertification 
speech-Iangiiage  padiology  majors. 


lon.pU  lion  ol  llu^  progiani  l(  a.ls  lo  iIh  11a.  h.lor  of  S<  len.c  with  a 
pcciahzalioM  in  reliabilitalion.  The  program  in  dtHigiicd  for  iitii<lciil«  necking 
arecr  onportiinillrn  with  health  aiiii  welfare  ageiicio  and  inMiliilioiiH  and 
Iso  provKks  a  (.Miii.lalion  (or  pursuing  ad.lilioiial  work  at  die  gradual.-  Ic\cl. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Rehabilitation 

I.IIh  ral  Stiidie-.:  As  luiihiicil  in  l.ilinal  Sliidies  Miction 
»iili  tlu  lollowing  specifications: 
Malhematicsi  MAIM  217 

Natural  Sciencei  laboralorv  science  sequence  rc<|iiire<l 
.Social  Science:  PSYC  lOL  SOC  ir.l 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PSYC  32 1 ,  no  courses 
with  RIIAB  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

RHAB  200  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  3»h 

RHAB  2 1 1  Medical  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RIIAB  220  Neurological  Basis  of  Disability  3sh 

RIIAB  312  Psychological  Basis  of  DIsabihty  3sh 

Rl  lAB  321  Principles  and  Mediods  of  Rehab  3sh 

Rl  lAB  322  Rehab  Case  Study  and  Inteqjretatioii  3sh 

RHAB  360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3sh 

RHAB  4 1 0  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehab 

Counseling  3»h 

RHAB  412  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabilitation  3sh 

RHAB  422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  3sh 

IU1\B460  Advanced  Rehabilitation  C;ounseling  3sh 

RIIAB  484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Acliv-ities  Ssh 

RHAB  488  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  I  dsh 

RHAB  493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  II  fish 

Other  Requirements: 
Required  Course: 

EDEX  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

Controlled  Elective:  (1) 
BIOL  l.'in.BIOL  1.51, BIOL  I55.EDEX340. 
EDEX  416.  EDEX  417.  EDEX  418.  EDEX  419. 
EDHL  1 15,  EDHL  244.  EDHL  331.  HPED  221. 
PSYC  3 1 2,  PSYC  378.  SOC  25 1 ,  SOC  335 

Free  Electives:  14-16 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 24 

( 1 )    Some  controlled  elective  choices  have  prerequisites  that  may  be  used  as 
free  electives. 


3sh 
3-4sh 


D.  Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

Completion  of  die  seqiiciuc  of  courses  in  Education  ol  Persons  widi  Hearing 
Loss  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  In  Education  and  Pennsytvama 
Department  of  Education  certification  as  a  "Teacher  of  die  Hearing 
Impaired,  K-I2."  Students  are  pronded  wiUi  the  basic  skills  to  teach  in 
special  classes  for  hard-of-hearing  or  deaf  indiWduals. 

Students  enrolled  in  diis  sequence  of  study  are  prepared  to  assume  positions 
as  itinerant  hearing  therapists  and  classroom  teachers  for  indi\'iduals  ranging 
from  preschoolers  to  adtdts.  Wbrk  settings  may  include  public  schools, 
continuing  education  programs,  and  home  training  situations. 

Obscn*ations.  clinical  experience,  and  practicum  are  required  prior  to 
placement  in  a  school  emnronment  for  the  student  teaching  experience.  The 
student  will  complete  the  following  50  hours  of  obsen-ation  through 
enrollment  in  EDUC  242. 

A.  25  hours  of  obser»-ation  of  itinerant  and  self-contained  classrooms  for 
die  hearing  impaired. 

B.  10  hours  of  observ-ation  in  regular  education  classrooms. 

C.  10  hours  of  obsen-ation  in  special  education  classrooms. 

D.  5  hours  of  obsen-ation  in  a  noneducational  setting. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


66       COLLEGE    OF    EDUCATION    AND    E  D  U  C  AT  I  0  N  A  L   T  E  C  H  N  0  L  O  G  Y 


The  student  will  complete  30  hours  of  individual  clinical  expeinence  through 
enrollment  in  EDHL  329  and  330  and  25  hours  of  school-based  practicum 
through  enrollment  in  EDIIC  342. 

.   .    I  .      J    llijlil.i    I m iiiJjJWWBgtlllBMIMIBPjWIIIMliWIMMWMMWBMIMMMlMBM^ 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Education  of  Persons 
with  Hearing  Loss  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specificaUons: 

Mathematics:  MATH  151(1) 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Natural  Science:  laboratory  science  sequence  required 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  EDHL  prefix 

College: 
Professional 

COMM  103 
EDHL  360 


Dual  Certification 


EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 


EDUC  242 
EDUC  342 
EDUC  421 

EDUC  441 


Education  Sequence: 

Digital  Instructional  Technology 
General  Mediodology  for  Education  of 
Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
EducaUonal  Psychology- 
Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 
and  Interpretation  of  Educational 
Measures 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  1 
Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 
Student  Teaching-Hearing 
Impaired  (Pri-Elem) 
Student  Teaching-Hearing 


3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh  (2) 
Ish 


Impaired  (Jr-Sr  H.S.) 

6sh 

EDUC  442 

School  Law 

Ish 

FDED  102 

American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EDEX  1 1 1 

Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons 

3sh 

EDHL  114 

Intro  to  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss 

3sli 

EDHL  115 

Introduction  to  Sign  Language 

Ish 

EDHL  244 

Intermediate  Sign  Language 

Ish 

EDHL  307 

Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

3sh  (3) 

EDHL  308 

Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 

3sh 

EDHL  329 

Hearing  Practicum  I 

Ish 

EDHL  330 

Hearing  Practicum  II 

Ish 

EDHL  331 

Advanced  Sign  Language 

Ish 

EDHL  351 

Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with 

Hearing  Loss 

3sh 

EDHL  365 

Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons 

with  Hearing  Loss 

3sh 

SPLP  222 

Introduction  to  Audiology 

3sh 

SPLP  242 

Speech  Science  I 

3sh 

SPLP 311 

Aural  Rehabilitation 

3sh  (3) 

SPLP 334 

Language  Development 

3sh  (3) 

Controlled  Elective: 

One  course  1 

TomiEDEX  112,ELED2I5,HMEC2I8 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  diis  catalog. 

(1)  Program  revision  in  process:  3  additional  sh  of  math  will  be  required  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

(2)  MATH  2  i  7  may  substitute  for  EDSP  477  but  may  not  replace  MATH 
151. 

(3)  A  minimum  cumidative  GPA  of  2.6  is  required  to  enroll  in  all  300-  and 
400-level  major  courses. 


Students  majoring  in  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Elementary  Education 
may  complete  academic  requirements  tor  certification  in  Education  of 
Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss  by  completing  the  following  requirements. 
Students  are  advised  that  completion  of  requirements  for  a  second 
nrtific.ili..ii  will  t.ikc  .ippni\iTiiatt'lv  two  cMij  sciiicsttis. 

Dual  Certification — Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
for  Majors  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

EDHL  1 14  Intro  to  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDHL  115  Introduction  to  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  244  Intermediate  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  307  Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDHL  308  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDHL  329  Hearing  Practicum  I  Ish 

EDHL  330  Hearing  Practicum  II  Ish 

EDHL  331  Advanced  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  365  Parent-Preschool  Programs  for  Persons 

widi  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II  Ish 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  (EDHL)  (1)  6sh 

SPLP  222  Introduction  to  Audiology  3sh 

SPLP  311  Aural  Rehabilitation  3sh 

Recommended  Electives: 

EDHL  35 1  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with 

Hearing  Loss  3sh 

SPLP  242  Speech  Science  I  3sh 

SPLP  334  Lang-uage  Development  3sh 

Student  Teaching  Configuration— In  addition  to  their  regular 
requirement  of  12sh  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  dual  certification 
students  must  do  an  extra  6sh  placement.  The  recommended  pattern  is 
as  follows: 

6sh  in  K-3  regular  classroom 

6sh  in  K-3  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard-of-hearing  pupils 

included 

6sh  in  upper  school  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard-of-hearing 

pupils 

Total  =  ISsh  inclusive  for  both  certifications 


(1 


Dual  Certification— Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 
for  Majors  in  Elementary  Education 

EDHL  1 14  Intro  to  Persons  widi  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDHL  115  Introduction  to  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  244  Intermediate  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  307  Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDHL  308  Language  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss        3sh 

EDHL  329  Hearing  Practicum  I  Ish 

EDHL  330  Hearing  Practicum  II  Ish 

EDHL  331  Advanced  Sign  Language  Ish 

EDHL  35 1  Teaching  Reading  to  Persons  with 

Hearing  Loss  3sh 

EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  CUnical  Exp  II  Ish 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  (EDHL)  ( 1 )  6sh 

SPLP  222  Introduction  to  Audiology  3sh 

SPLP  31 1  Aural  Rehabilitation  3sh 

Recommended  Electives: 

SPLP  242  Speech  Science  I  3sh 

SPLP  334  Language  Development  3sh 

( 1 )    Student  Teaching  Configuration— In  addition  to  their  regular 
requirement  of  12sh  in  Elementary  Education,  dual  certification 
students  must  do  an  extra  6sh  placement.  The  recommended  pattern  is 
as  follows: 

6sh  in  a  regular  elementary  classroom 

6sh  in  an  elementary  classroom  with  deaf  and/or  hard-of-hearing 

pupils  included 

6sh  in  upper  school  classroom  widi  deaf  and/or  hard-of-hearing 

pupils 

Total  =  1 8sh  inclusive  for  both  certifications 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,      2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS       67 


m^  s.m': 


College 


Michael  J.  Hood,  Dean 
Douglas  E.  Bish,  Associate  Dean 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/finearts 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts  has  professional  programs  in  art,  music,  and  theater 
and  aw-ards  tlie  Bachelor  of  .Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degrees. 
Programs  leading  to  certification  to  teach  are  offered  in  cooperation  w  idi  die 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog)'  and  lead  to  die  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education  degree.  The  college  oflers  minors  in  art,  music, 
theater,  and  dance. 

VViUi  one  of  die  largest  arts  programs  in  the  commomveakh.  lUP's  College  of 
Fine  Arts  offers  inenihers  of  both  die  university  and  die  extended  community' 
many  opportunities  to  learn  and  grow.  Dedicated  facilities  for  each 
department  are  augmented  by  a  l,(JOO-seat  auditorium,  two  dieaters,  t\vo  art 
galleries,  a  university  musemn.  a  recital  hall,  a  computer  laboratory,  and  a 
dance  studio.  Typically,  die  college  sponsors  two  hundred  to  diree  lumdred 
arts  events  annually,  and  our  students,  who  currendy  enjoy  die  strongest 
academic  profile  of  any  of  tlie  university's  colleges,  have  opportuniues  to 
develop  dieir  talents  locally,  regionally,  nadonally,  and  internationally  dirough 
a  variety  of  long-established  field-based  programs. 

There  are  no  addiuonal  college  requirements  for  graduation  beyond  die 
univci'sitv  and  departmental  requirements  listed  in  other  secUons  of  diis 
catalog.  ■ 

Mission  Statement 


The  College  of  Fine  Arts  takes  as  ius  special  mission  die  presentation  of  arts 
events  including  plays,  concerts,  exhibiuons.  and  recitals,  featuring  die  work 
of  our  students  and  faculty  as  well  as  the  work  of  visiting  arts  professionals, 
as  a  gift  of  enrichment  and  as  a  celebrauon  of  die  human  spirit  for  the 
university,  the  community,  and  die  region. 

Finally,  die  college  takes  as  its  mandate  and  its  privilege  die  inclusion  in  iLs 
presentaUons,  studios,  and  classrooms  die  works,  thoughts,  and 
perfonnanccs  of  a  ciilturallv  and  edinically  diverse  world  of  art. 

College  Majors 

.Art  (History  or  Studio  Track) 

.Art  Educauon 

Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts 

Music  (Histon-  and  Literature,  Perfomiance.  or  Theory  and  Composition 

Track) 

Music  Educadon 

Music  Performance 

Studio 

Theater 

Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts  Major 

,\n  interdisciplinar)  fine  arts  major  program  is  a\-ailable  for  chose  students 
desiring  to  take  coursework  in  art,  dance,  communicauons  media,  feshion 
merciiandising,  interior  design,  music,  and  theater.  This  program  is  offered 
in  coiijuncdon  widi  the  College  of  Educauon  and  Educauonal  Teclinology 
nm\  die  College  of  Healdi  and  Human  Services.  Tliis  interdisciplinar.- 
program,  including  an  opportunity  for  an  inteniship  (FI.AR  493).  is 
coordinated  dirough  the  Office  of  die  Dean.  College  of  F'ine  .Arts,  where 
additional  infonnation  is  a\'ailable. 


The  mission  ol  the  College  ol  Fine  .Arts  at  lUP  is  to  provide  excellent 
programs  of  study  for  all  of  its  majors,  balancing  high  professional  standards 
widi  rigorous  and  current  educadonal  practice,  and  to  provide  coursework 
and  programs  of  an  equally  high  standard  in  service  to  majors  in  other 
departments  which  may  require  arts  classes  and,  as  part  of  die  uiiirersity's 
general  studies  maiulate,  to  die  endre  university  student  bodv. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


68       COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

vvitli  the  loUowing  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  FIAR  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

(loursewi>rk  must  combine  at  least  three  disciplines,  one 
of  which  must  come  fi'om  the  College  of  Fine  Arts. 
Controlled  Electives: 
Art:  Art  Education  (ARED),  Art  History  (ARHl),  Art 

Studio  (ART) 
Music:  Applied  Music  (APMU),  Music  History  (MUHI).  or 

Music  (MUSC) 
Theater:  Any  theater  (THTR)  courses 
Dance:  Any  dance  (DANG)  courses 
Communications  Media:  Any  communications  media 

courses  (COMM) 
Human  Development/Environmental  Studies:  Interior 

Design  (INDS),  Fashion  Merchandising  (FSMR) 

Other  Requirements: 

At  least  one-third  (12)  of  the  major  credits  nmst  be  in 
courses  numbered  in  the  300s  and  400s.  No  course  that  is 
used  to  fiilfiil  Liberal  Studies  requirements  may  be  used 
again  to  meet  major  retiuirements. 

Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Department  of  Art 


Vaughn  H.  Clay,  Chairperson;  Ali,  Ben-Zvi,  Boemer,  Burwell, 
Ciganko,  Gillhani,  Hedman,  LaRoche,  Mannikka,  Matsubara, 
Mitchell,  Nestor,  Palmisano,  Rode,  Sherburne,  Villalobos,  Weiland; 
and  professors  emeriti  Balsiger,  Battaglini,  Dongilla,  Dropcho, 
Hamilton,  Innes,  McVitty,  Seelhorst,  Slenker,  Vislosky,  Wert 

Website:  htlp://u>mv.mp.edu/art 


The  DeparUnent  of  Art  provides  both  general  and  special  courses  in  art, 
directed  toward  the  development  of  the  student's  creative  and  expressive 
abihties.  Degrees  offered  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  tracks  in  either  Art 
History  or  Art  Studio,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Art  Studio,  and  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  in  Art  Education.  The  degree  in  art 
education  provides  certification  for  teaching  art  in  grades  K-12  in  the  schools 
of  Pennsylvania. 

The  department  oflers  a  cooperative  program  with  the  Art  Institute  of 
Pittsburgh.  Students  interested  in  conmiercial  art,  with  departmental 
approval,  may  earn  credit  toward  their  major  at  the  Art  Institute. 

.■Ml  art  majors  are  obligated  to  fulfill  the  uni\ersity  requirements  for  Liberal 
Studies.  Art  Education  majors  must  maintain  a  2.6  cumulative  GPA,  and  this 
is  a  prerequisite  to  student  teaching. 

An  exchange  program  exists  between  the  lUP  Department  of  Art  and  the 
National  Art  Academies  of  Slovenia  and  Croatia.  Qualified  and  highly  skilled 
juniors,  first-semester  seniors,  and  graduate  students  may  gain  parUcipation 
through  screening  and  professor  nomination. 

A  minor  in  art  is  available,  consisUng  of  at  least  18  semester  hours  in  art 
courses  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Art. 

Acceptance  by  the  Department  of  Art  as  a  major  requires  the  submission  of  a 
portfnli,,  ai„l  ,i|,|,n,v.,l  ..llhi.-  portldio  ,  oMiinitl.,-.  l),-lailr,l  iiil<.nii,ili..n  w.ll 
be  scni  In  [lie  .i|i|iln.ii,t  n|.nii  i,.,|in^i 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Art/History  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  tire  following  specifications: 

Fine, Arts:  MUHI  101  or  THTR  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  ARHI  prefix 


Major: 
Foundation 

ART  100 
ART  1 1 1 
ART  112 
.■\RT  113 
.\RT  114 
Art  History 
ARHI  205 
ARHI  206 
ARHI  211 
ARHI  222 
ARHI  407 
ARHI  408 
ARHI  409 
ARHI  412 
ARHI  413 

ARHI  416 

Free  Electives:  ( 1 ) 

ARHI  406  Ancient  Migratory  Art 

ARHI  424  Art  of  the  East 

ARHI  426  Pre-Columbian  Art 

ARHI  493  Internship 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )    It  is  recommended  that  die  student  of  art  history  make  judicious  choices 
of  elective  courses  in  consultation  with  the  major  advisor.  Students  may 
consider  additional  foundation  or  advanced  studio  electives,  advanced 
art  histor)'.  and  related  academic  electives.  Course  selection  in  a  foreign 

!anjj;u.igc  is  sti()ji^l\'  reconiinended. 


Required: 

Arts  of  tlie  20di  Century 
Figure  Drawing 
Fundamentals  of  Drawing 
Three-Dimension  Design 
Color  and  Two-Dimensional  Design 
Required: 

Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

Modern  Art 

Art  in  America 

Medieval  Art 

Italian  Renaissance  Art 

Baroque  and  Rococo  Art 

Classical  Art 

Senior  Seminar 

(to  be  taken  during  senior  year) 

Northern  Renaissance  Art 


3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

3-1 2sh 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Art/Studio 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  ondined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Fine  Arts:  Fulfilled  by  Art  History  (ARHI  205)  counted  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ARHI  206;  no  courses  with  ART  prefix 


Major: 

Foundation 

Required: 

ART  100 

Arts  of  the  20di  Century 

3sh 

ART  1 1 1 

Figure  Drawing 

3sh 

ART  112 

Fundamentals  of  Drawing 

3sh 

ART  113 

Three-Dimension  Design 

3sh 

ART  114 

Color  and  Two-Dimensional 

Design 

3sh 

Foundation  Electives:  (select  5  of  the  following  8  courses) 

ART  211 

Painting 

3sh 

ART  213 

Woodworking:  Function  and  Form 

3sh 

ART  214 

Ceramics 

3sh 

ART  215 

Sculpture 

3sh 

ART  216 

Basic  Metals 

3sh 

ART  217 

Printmaking 

3sh 

ART  218 

Graphic  Design 

3sh 

ART  219 

Fibers 

3sh 

Art  History  Required: 

ARHI  205 

Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

3sh(l) 

ARHI  206 

Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

3sh  (2) 

ARHI  211 

Modern  Art 

3sh  (3) 

ARHI  413 

Senior  Seminar 

(to  be  taken  during  senior  year)  3sh 

Advanced  Studio  Required:  (4)  21 

Advanced  Studio  courses  to  be  selected  from  list: 
ART  42 1 ,  45 1 ,  452, 453,  454, 455, 457, 459. 460, 
481.493(5) 

Free  Electives:  12-14 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Credits  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Fine  Arts  requirement. 

(2)  Credits  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(3)  ARHI  222  may  be  substituted  for  ARHI  211. 

(4)  Students  must  complete  3sh  within  an  advanced  studio  before 
pennission  will  be  granted  to  enroll  in  the  6sh  component  of  the 
advanced  level.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  6sh 
advanced  studios. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS       69 


(5)  liicliisiori  ol  iMlcMislil(i  sLincslcr  Imiiiih  Ii.wukI  .my  |)cirlii>ii  i)HiiHilliii(iit 
lit  iltjrrci-  a(|iiirtineiilH  iiitinl  he  a|)|)r(ivcil  liy  llic  (Icpurliiiciital  chair  anil 
sliidciil's  niaJDr  a(lvi«i)r.  Approval  imisl  he  iihlaiiicil  in  wrilinK  priiir  In 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Studio 


iillu 


il  ni  l.lhcral  Sinihcs  »i'c  (inn 


l.ilural  Sinihis:  As 

wilhth('l<>ll.minK'<|><'>>lK.>li'His: 

Kiiiv  AriNt  I'ulliiU'il  liy  An  HiNlnry  (ARIII  2().'j)  coniitcd  in  major 

Liberal  SliidicN  Klcetivesi  AUI II  'J()(i,  no  i-ountcn  with  ART  elective 

Major: 
Koiiiululio 

AKT  10(1 
AKT  111 
AKT  112 
AKI'  Hi 
ART  111 


Re<|inredi 

Alls  III  ihc  2l)(li  CciiUir}' 

I'ijiiiic  Drawing 

I'liiiilanicntal!!  oi'Dniwiiig 

rhiee-Diiiiension  Design 

Color  anil  Two-I)inicnsioii 

Foundution  KlectivcN:  (Select  5  of  the  folio 


ART  211  PaiiKiiiK 

ARr  21.)  Woodworking:  Knnilion  ami  Koi 

ART  211  CtraiiiKs 

ART2ir>  Sitilpdirc 

ART21()  Basic  Me(als 

ART  2 1 7  PriiKinakiiig 

ART  2 1 H  ( iraphic  Design 

AKT  21!)  Fibers 

Art  HiNtory  Required: 
ARHl  2()r>  Ancient  to  Medieval  Ar( 

ARI II  2()()  Renaissance  to  Baroinie  Ar( 

ARHI21I  Modern  Art 

ARHl -11.')  Senior  Seminar 

Advanced  Studio  Required:  (-1) 
Primary  Advanced  Studio  (loncentration 
Minor  Advanced  Studio  Concentration 
Courses  liom  list:  ART  421.  451,  452,  453,  454, 
455,  457, 4.59,  4()0.  481, 493  (5) 

Free  Elcelivcs: 


3»h 
3sh 
3sli 
3sh 
1  Design  3»li 

AingKeourHCii)     15 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 

.3sh(I) 
3sh  (2) 
3sh  (3) 

39ll 


6-8 


124-126 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Semester  hours  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Fine  Arts  requirement. 

(2)  Semester  hours  coimted  under  Liberal  Studies  elecdves. 

(3)  ARHl  222  may  be  substituted  for  ARHI  211. 

(4)  The  founilatioii-level  course  must  be  successfully  completed  before  a 
student  will  be  pcnnitted  to  enroll  in  die  6sb  component  of  diat  specific 
studio  course.  Permission  of  die  instructor  is  a  prerequisite  to  all  (ish 
advanced  studios. 

(5)  Inclusion  of  iiKernship  semester  hours  (oward  any  portion  of  fiilfillment 
of  degree  requireiiients  must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  chair  and 
student's  major  advisor,  .\pproval  must  be  obtained  in  writing  prior  to 
enrollment. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  tlie  section  on  Requirements  for  Grailuatioii. 


Major, 

Foundation  lU-quiredi 

ART  1 00  Arl»  of  the  20di  f  :ctitur> 

ART  1 1  I  Figure  Drawing 

ARI'  112  Fundamen(alii  of  Drawing 

ART  1 13  Three-Dinicinion  Dciigii 

ART  1  14  Color  and  Two-Dimcnnional  Deiign 

Foundation  Klcclivcn:  (Seleti  5  of  the  following  S  courM-*) 


3iili 
3»li 
3tli 
3iih 
3sh 

Ml 
3»h 
Suit 
3)ih 
Ssh 
3iih 
3sh 
3,h 


Ssh 

39h 

3sh  (3) 

•sh  (4) 

3sh  (5) 

Ssh 


ART  21  I  Painting 

ART  213  Woodworking:  KumKh.h  .mil  h.rni 

ART  214  Ceramics 

ART  215  Sc-ulpture 

ART  2 Hi  Basic  Meuls 

ART  217  Printmaking 

AR'r2IH  (iraphii  Design 

ART  219  Fibers 

Art  F.ducation  Required: 

ARKI )  3 1 5  Su^^  ty  of  Art  Education 

ARED  317         Art  Edut-ation  Mediodologv-  at  die 

Elementary  Level 
ARED  318  An  Education  Mcdiodology  at  die 

Secondary  Level 
Art  HiHlory  Required: 
ARHl  205  Ancient  to  Medieval  Art 

ARHl  206  Renaissance  to  Baroque  Art 

ARHI  21 1  Modem  .\rt 

.\RHI  413  Senior  Seminar 

Controlled  Elcctivc§:  1 2 

Additional  courses  from  lists:  (6) 
Advanced  Studio:  ART  421.  451, 452.  453,  454. 

455,457.4.59.460 
Advanced  An  History:  ARHl  219, 222,  406.  408, 

409,412,416,424,426 
Art  Education  Elective:  ARED  330 

Free  Elcctives:  C 

(0)  Total  Degree  Requirements:  134-13C 

(*)    Sec  lequireinenLs  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  EducaUon."  in  die  College  of  Hlducation  and  Educational 
Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  Program  revision  in  process  -  3  additional  sh  of  math  will  be  required 
by  llie  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

(2)  Special  Education  CompctencT  Requirement:  Revision  |>ending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 

(3)  Semester  hours  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Fine  -Arts  requirement. 

(4)  Semester  hours  counted  under  Liberal  Studies  electivcs. 

(5)  ARHI  222  may  be  substituted  for  .\RHI  211. 

(6)  Courses  can  only  be  taken  following  successful  completion  of  the 
foundation  prerequisite  course. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  RequiremeiiLs  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Art  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  .Studies  section  50-52  (1) 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Fine  .\rts:  Fulfilled  bv  Xri  HistoiT  counted  in  major 

SocialScicncciPSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  .ARHI  206.  no  courses  w  itli  .\RT  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  (2)  24 

COMM  103  Digital  Instnictioiial  Technology  3sh 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EDUC  242  Pre-studeiit  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  1  Ish 

EDl'C  342  Pr«-studem  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  11  Ish 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  Eleiiientan-  6sh 

EDl'C'  44 1  Student  Teacliiiig  Secondan-  6sh 

EDUC  442  School  Law  Ish 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theon- and  Practice  3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


"70       COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS 


Department  of  Music 


Lorraine  P.  Wilson.  Chairperson:  Bird.  Chepaitis.  Dearing.  Dickinson, 
Dietz,  Eisensinith.  Ferjruson,  Fry,  Godt,  Hastings, Jennings. 
Kaiitrman,  Kiielin,  LIuyd,  Mantel,  Martynuik,  McBride,  Olmstead, 
Pcrlongo,  Radell,  Sartori,  Scandrctt,  Stamp,  Staples,  ThorcU,  Wacker, 
Wheatley.  Wurzbyt,  Young;  and  professors  emeriti  Adams,  Becker, 
Borst,  DiCicco,  Intili,  Malitsky,  Perkins,  Vansteenkist,  Weber 

Website:  http://wwii'.iuj).i'du/muiic 

The  Department  of  Music  has  a  threefold  mission:  (1)  professional 
preparation  of  music  educators,  performers,  composers,  conductors,  and 
musicologists,  (2)  liberal  studies  for  the  university,  and  (3)  programs, 
education,  and  resources  of  music  for  the  community.  Degrees  offered 
include  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  and  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education. 

Admission  to  the  Music  Department  requires  satisfactory  completion  of  an 
audition  in  addition  to  the  university  general  requirements.  Detailed 
information  will  be  sent  to  the  applicant  upon  request. 

A  student  wishing  to  minor  in  music  must  elect  a  minimum  of  15  semester 
hours  in  music  courses  as  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  The 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Music  has  been  designed  to  give 
the  student  a  general  experience  in  music.  The  student  seeking  tliis  degree 
has  the  choice  of  three  tracks:  Music  History/Literature,  Music 
Theory/Composition,  or  Performance. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Music  (equivalent  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degree)  is  a  special  progiam  with  a  major  in  one  of 
twent)'-one  areas  of  performance.  The  student  in  diis  program  prepares  to 
pursue  a  career  as  a  professional  performing  musician. 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  music 
major  leads  to  certification  to  teach  in  the  schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

Special  Requirements 

1.  Each  student  must  declare  a  primary  performing  medium.  Those  who 

elect  voice  as  their  primary  instrument  normally  elect  piano  as  a 
secondary  instrument.  Performance  juries  are  held  at  the  end  of  each 
semester.  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the  requirements  for  their 
performing  area  and  level.  Piano  proficiency  is  required  in  all  degree 
programs. 

2.  Ensemble  participation  of  5  hours  a  week  is  required  each  semester. 

Students  may  fidfill  diis  departmental  requirement  by  participation  in 
either  1 -semester-hour  or  0-semester-hour  ensemble(s).  In  meeting  the 
degree  requirements  of  7-8  semester  hours  of  ensemble  credit, 
enrollment  in  credit-bearing  ensembles  is  flexible  across  semesters. 

3.  Students  must  register  for  MUSC  475  (Music  Lab)  and  attend  (1)  all 

department  and  area  recitals  and  (2)  eight  campus  recitals  and  concerts 
each  semester  in  attendance. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/History  and  Literature  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

widi  the  foUovving  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MATH  101  recommended 
Fine  Arts:  MUHI  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HIST  305,  no  courses 
widi  MUHI  prefix 

Major:  41 

Required  Courses: 

MUHI  301  Music  History  I 


MUHI  302  Music  History  II 

MUSC  1 1 1  Theory  Skills  I 

MUSC  112         Theory  Skills  II 
MUSC  115         Theor)'I 
MUSC  116         Theory  II 
MUSC  211         TheoiT  SkiUs  III 
MUSC  212         Theory  SkiUs  IV 
MUSC  215         Theory  III 
MUSC  216         Theory  IV 
Controlled  Electives: 
Five  courses  fi-om  diis  list:  MUHI  320, 321, 
322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 420,  421 


3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
15sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MUSC  120-136) 
Music  Electives 
Jur)'  Clearance  in  piano  C 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MUSC  475, 
S  grade) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


8sh 
7sh 
Osh 

Osh 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Music  Performance  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outhned  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  53-55 

with  the  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  M.4TH  101  recommended 

Fine  Arts:  MUHI  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HIST  305,  MUHI  301, 

no  courses  widi  MUSC  prefi.\ 

Major:  42 

Required  Courses: 

MUSC  111         Theory  Skills  I  2sh 

MUSC  112         Theory  Skills  II  2sh 

MUSC  115         Theory!  3sh 

MUSC  116         Theory  II  3sh 

MUSC  211          Theory  Skills  III  2sh 

MUSC  212         Theory  Sknis  IV  2sh 

MUSC  215         TheorvIII  3sh 

MUSC  216         Theory  IV  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 
AppHed  Music  I  through  VIII:  private  lessons  in 

performance  area-2sh  each  of  eight  semesters  16sh 
Major  related: 

MUHI  103          Perspecdves  in  Jazz  3sh 

MUHI  302         Music  History  II  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  14 

Music  ensembles  (MUSC  120-136)  8sh 

Music  electives,  widi  advisor  approval  6sh 
Jury  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument  (if 

any),  and  piano  (if  not  major  or  minor  instrument)  Osh 

Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MUSC  475,  S  grade)  Osh 

Free  Electives:  13-15 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Music/Theory  and  Composition  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudiiied  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  die  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  MATH  101  reconmiended 

FineArts:  MUHI  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  HIST  305,  MUHI  301, 

no  courses  with  MUSC  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

MUSC  111  Theory  Skills  I 


54 


MUSC  112 
MUSC  115 
MUSC  116 
MUSC  211 
MUSC  212 
MUSC  215 
MUSC  216 
MUSC  217 
MUSC  218 
MUSC  306 
MUSC  315 
MUSC  411 
MUSC  412 
MUSC  413 
MUSC  414 


Theory  Skills  II 
Theory  I 
Theory  H 
Theorv'  Skills  III 
Theory  Skills  IV 
Theory  III 
Theory  IV 
Keyboard  Harmony  I 
Keyboard  Harmony  11 
Counterpoint  I 
Theory  V 
Composition  I 
Composition  II 
Composidon  III 
Composidon  IV 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
2sh 
2sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS       77 


CoillKlllt'fl  I'.lt'iiivcNi 

One-  (n.in  li»l:  MUSC  .KM,  .'(07,  .'J09  :i.ili 

Applied  Miisi<  l-VII:  Privalc  Icoiiniiii  in  pcHiiriiiuiKC 

;ir(;i  UnIi  liicli  (il  ncvcn  iciiicdltni  M»li 

M.i|..rnl,iliil:  Ml  II II  .m'^  .'Jull 

Oilier  Kr(|uireint.*ii(Ni 

Musi.  iristinliUs  (MUSC  IliO-I.Hi)  H»li 

|iiry  (IcMiani  ('  in  major  instrnnicnl,  niinm  inslnnncnl 

(if';niv)..nMlpi.ninli  iMi 

Allcndini..-  al  H  r<<  ilals  pn  «rn.slir  (Ml'SC  iy,.  S  Kradi)      Osli 

Free  Electivesi  

'lolal  Decree  KequircmcnlHi 


Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts — Music  Performance 

Liberal  SliiilieN:  As  iintlincd  in  I.ihcral  SindicH  section 

H  illi  the  t'ollowinn  spcnlii  ations: 

Mathematics:  MATH  101  leconinicnded 

KineArtHtMUIII  1(11 

Liberal  Studies  Klectives:  I  llSP  .il)';,  Ml'l  II  .101, 

no  ionises  with  Ml'.SCpuCix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


MUSC  111 
MUSC  112 
MUSC  11.5 
MUSC  IKi 
MUSC  21 1 
MUSC  212 
MUSC  2 1 r> 
MUSC  216 


■rheors-  Skills  I 
TheoiT  Skills  II 
Tlicon  I 
riicon  II 
rheoiT  Skills  III 
Theor^■  Skills  IV 
Thcon'  III 
Theorv  IV 
Conlrullcd  Electives: 

.'\pplicil  Mnsic  I  throngh  \'lll:  private  lessons  in 
pci'lorniancc  area     4sh  each  of  8  semesters 
Major  related:  MUHI  302 

Otiicr  Requirements: 

Music  ensembles  (MUSC  120-l.')()) 

Music  electives    12sh(l) 

JniT  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instniment 

(if  any),  and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor) 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MUSC  475, 

S  grade) 
Jiuiior  and  Senior  Recitals 

Free  Electives: 


2sli 
2sli 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 


32sh 
3sh 


Osh 
Osh 


0 


128-130 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements: 

( 1 )    Majors  with  piano  or  organ  perfoniiance  specialization  must  elect 

MU.$C217and218,  Isheach. 
(#)    See  ad\nsory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Music  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  oullined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  5.1 

with  the  toliuwiiiv;  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.VI'II  101  recommended  ( 1 ) 

Fine  Arts:  MUHl  101 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

HIST  :i05.  MUHl  301,  no  courses  wiUi  MUSC  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

F.DEX  30 1  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities 

in  Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sh 

EDSPI02  Educational  Psvchology  3sh 

EDUC  242  Prc-st\idcnt  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I  1  sh 

EDIIC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II  I  sh 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  Elementan- Level  6sh 

EDUC  441  Student  Teaching  Secondarv  Level  6sh 

EDUC  442         School  Law  Ish 

FDED  102  .American  Ed  m  Theon  and  Practice  3sh 


.MUSC  240  Tedinology  iii  the  Music  (.hnininiu 

MUSC  331  Elementary  Mcthoils 

MUSC  3.33  Secondary  Mctlxxls 

Major: 

Required  CourMiii 

Ml  SCI  II  Tlic..r>- Skills  I 

MISCII2         'Hicory  Skills  II 
MUSC  1 15  riicor^  I 

MUSC  IK)         Theor>  II 
MUSC  151         Class  Voice  I 
MUSC  152         Class  Voice  II 
MUSC  153  Class  Piano  1 

MUSC  154  Class  Piano  II 

MUSC  155         Class  Strings  I 
MUSC  157  Class  Percussion  I 

MU'SC  159         ClassBra-ssI 
MUSC  161  C;lass  Woodwinds  I 

MUSC  21 1         Theory  Skills  III 
MUSC  212         Theor)' .Skills  IV 
MU.SC2I5         Theory  III 
MUSC  216         TlieorylV 
MUSC  3 1 1  Fundamentals  of  Conducting 

Controlled  Electives: 
One  from  list:  MUSC  312  or  313 
.■\pplied  Music  I  through  VII:  private  lesson  in 
Performance  area-2sh  each  of  7  semesters 
Major  related:  MUHl  302 

Other  Requirements: 

Music  Ensembles  (MU.SC  120-1.36) 

Jun'  clearance  in  major  instrument,  minor  instrument 

(if  any),  and  piano  C  (unless  major  or  minor) 
Attendance  at  8  recitals  per  semester  (MUSC  475, 

S  grade) 

Free  Electives: 


2sh 
3sh 
3sh 


2>h 

2sh 

3ih 

3>h 

Ish  (2) 

Ish  (2) 

Ish  (3) 

Ish  (3) 

Ish 

Ish 

Ish 

lih 

2sh 

2sh 

3>h 

3sh 

2ah 

2sh 

Msh 
3sh 

7sh 
Osh 
Osh 


140-142 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    Sec  rcquiremiiits  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  die  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1)  Program  revision  in  process  -  3  additional  sh  of  math  will  be  required 
by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

(2)  For  majors  with  voice  as  perlomiance  specialization,  any  three  of  the 
following  may  be  substituted:  MUSC  35 1 .  353. 354. 406. 

(3)  Private  Piano  I  and  II  (APMU  101.  151)  may  be  substituted. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Department  of  Theater  and  Dance 

Barbara  S.  Blackledge.  Chairperson:  .\ull.  Boda.  Bowes. Jones. 
McCrcary,  Simpson, J.  Van  D>'kc;  and  professors  emeriti  Eisen. 
Lommock 

Website:  htlp://uixtmi.iup.edu/lhealer 

The  Deparwient  of  Theater  and  Dance  is  dedicated  to  both  theater  and 
dance  as  collaborative  and  highly  disciphned  fine  arts  which  demand  an 
education  diat  offers  an  extended  view  of  die  w  orld  as  a  part  of  a  lil>cral  and 
humanistic  education.  Successfiil  students  develop  an  artistic  sensibihty  and 
a  disciplined  work  etliic.  skills  necessary  in  most  endeavors.  The  department 
is  committed  to: 

1.  providing  comprehensive  coursework  Iroin  mtroductory  through 
ad\anced  levels  of  study,  in  all  major  areas  of  theater  and  dance 

2.  pronding  diverse  production  opportunities  at  all  levels  to  develop 
students  as  artists  by  developing  proficiency  in  one  or  more  of  the  areas 
of  playwriting.  research,  performance,  and  production  while  stimulating 
the  intellectual  growth  of  both  students  and  (iaculty 

3.  augmenting  and  complemenbng  the  aesthetic  offerings  of  the  universit>' 
communit)' 

4.  establishing  a  work  ethic  of  collaboration,  personal  discipline,  and 
respect 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


72       COLLEGE    OF    FINE    ARTS 


Tlie  Department  ol  Theater  and  Dance  ofters  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  a 
dance  minor,  and  a  theater  minor.  The  B.A.  in  Theater  provides  for  the 
studv  of  theater  uidiin  a  broad  liberal  arts  education.  The  minor  in  dance 
totals  1 8  controlled  semester  hours,  while  a  minor  in  theater  consists  of  1 5 
semester  hours  in  conrsework  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  die 
department.  Theater  and  dance  courses  are  also  an  option  in  the 
Interdisciphnar)'  Fine  Arts  degree  offered  by  the  College  of  Fine  Arts. 

.As  a  practical  extension  of  the  academic  program,  the  Department  of  Theater 
and  Dance  offers  a  variety  of  production  opportunities  in  the  Theater-by-the- 
Grove  Mainstage  and  Studio  theaters.  The  lUP  Dance  Theater  performs 
twice  annually,  and  the  department  has  a  professional  theater  company. 
Keystone  Repertory  Theater,  to  offer  students  summer  opUons. 

Admission  to  die  Theater  progiani  requires  saUsfactory  completion  of  an 
audition  or  interview,  in  addition  to  the  university's  general  admission 
rec|uirenients.  Detailed  information  will  be  sent  to  applicants  upon  request. 

The  Department  of  Theater  and  Dance  is  an  accredited  institutional 
mcnibei  of  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  I'hcatcr  (NAST). 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Theater 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outhned  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  die  following  specificadons: 

Fine  Arts:  ARHl  101,  DANG  102,orMUHI  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  THTR  prefix 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

THTR  110         Script  Analysis 

THTR  1 16         Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design 

THTR  201         Theater  History  I 

THTR  202        Theater  History  II 

THTR  301  or  302  Tragic  Mask  or  Comic  Mask 

THTR  3 1 0         Theater  Griucism 

,Anv  three  of  the  following: 

THTR  120         Stagecraft  1 

THTR  1 22        Costume  Workshop 

THTR  221         Basic  Stage  Lighung 

THTR  223         Makeup  for  die  Stage 

Any  three  of  the  following: 

THTR  130         Stage  Voice 

THTR  131         Stage  Movement  or 

DANC  150         Fundamentals  of  Dance 

THTR  240        Acdng  1 

THTR  350         Direcdng 

Other  Requirements: 

THTR  486         Practicum  in  Production 
(minimum  of  6  semesters) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Dance  Minor 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 


The  Dance  Minor  program  provides  a  foundaUon  for  diose  interested  in 
teaching  dance,  working  widi  a  dance  company,  managing  a  private  dance 
studio,  working  with  theater  productions,  or  desiring  a  broad-based 
education  within  the  dance  discipline. 

The  Dance  Minor  is  an  18  semester-hour  program  widi  9  required  semester 
hours  and  9  elective  semester  hours.  The  required  semester  hours  include 
the  pertinent  foundation  courses  and  higher-level  dieory  courses.  The 
required  courses  also  provide  design  elements  of  producdon,  Hiiidamental 
and  historical  theories  of  dance,  and  dance  choreographic  and  teaching 
theories  that  cannot  be  obtained  in  any  of  the  elecUve  courses.  The  elective 
semester  hours  include  the  teclini(|ue  courses. 

The  Dance  Minor  is  based  on  the  National  Standards  for  Arts  Educadon 
dance  requirements.  Using  diis  basis  for  die  program  ensures  ftmdamental 
preparaUon  for  a  number  of  student  needs,  for  example:  die  dance  teacher, 
the  perfoniier,  and/or  the  dance  studio  owner. 

The  program  is  also  designed  to  Rilfill  die  needs  of  a  Liberal  Arts  minor  in 
dance.  Through  advisement,  the  minor  program  can  serve  the  individual 
student's  needs.  The  program  would  be  of  interest  to  secondary  and 
elementary  education  majors,  small  business  majors,  recreadon  and  physical 
education  nuLJdrs.  .nid  .uivoiic  cIm-  who  has  an  interest  in  dance  and  wants  to 
broadfii  Ins  ni  lui  l.ilici.il  Ails  tcliicadon. 


18 


Minor — Dance  (1) 

Required  Courses:  S 

THTR  116        Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design  3sh 

One  of  the  following: 

DANG  102         Introduction  to  Dance  3sh 

DANC  150         Fundamentals  of  Dance  3sh 

One  of  die  following: 

DANC  351  Choreography  3sh 

DANC  353  Dance  GurriciJum  and  InstnicUon  3sh 

Any  three  of  the  following  as  advised:  9 

DANC  150         Fundamentals  of  Dance  3sh 

DANC  250         Contemporary  Dance  3sh 

DANC  260        Jazz  Dance  3sh 

DANC  270         Ballroom  and  Tap  Dance  3sh 

DANC  280         Ballet  3sh 

DANC  290         Ethnic  Dance  3sh 

DANC  485         Dance  Studio  3sh 

(1)    The  Dance  Minor  consists  of  18sh.  Fundamentals  of  Dance  cannot  be 
counted  twice. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       73 


College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


Carleen  C.  Zoni,  Dean 

Kathleen  M.  Rourke,  Associate  Dean 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/healthhumanserv 

The  College  of  Health  and  Human  Semces  comprises  eight  multifaceted 
deparlincnts  which  offer  programs  leading  to  seventeen  baccalaureate 
degrees  and  five  piaster's  degrees,  three  minors,  two  credit-bearing  certificate 
programs,  and  one  nuncredit  certificate  program.  The  departments  in  tlie 
college  are  Culinarj'  .^rts;  Food  and  Nutrition:  Health  and  Physical 
Education:  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  institutional  Management:  Human 
Development  and  Environmental  Studies:  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations: 
Nursing  and  .\llic<l  Health  Professions:  and  Safety  Sciences. 


an  undersunding  oi  and  respect  for  individuals  fi-om  diverse  backgrounds 
and  cultures. 


The  college  offers  degrees  in  areas  relevant  to  workforce  needs  and  prides 
itself  on  having  established  a  learning-centered  enviroimient  in  wliich  tlie 
curricula  bridge  theory  and  practice.  Hands-on  fieldwork,  obsers'ations. 
clinical  experiences,  internships,  cooperative  education,  and  service-learning 
opportunities  are  regular  componcnLs  of  die  curricula  and  provide  \'aluable 
learning  experiences  for  students.  Instructional  methods  are  often 
cooperative  and  collaborative,  affording  students  die  opportunity  to 
understand  what  diey  can  contribute  to  and  gain  from  collective  efforts. 
Discovery -based  instniction  provides  opporhmities  to  leani  about  a 
discipline  by  practicing  in  the  field.  Media  technology,  an  ever-expanding 
resource,  provides  access  to  worldwide  infonuation.  Faculty  members 
recognize  llie  central  role  of  die  leanier  in  die  learning  process  and  strive  to 
create  integrated,  holistic  learning  environments.  The  focus  on  learning  is  a 
conimitnient  to  tlie  continuous  improvement  of  the  quality  of  education 
offered  by  the  college. 

The  College  of  HeaUli  and  Human  Semces  is  committed  to  providing 
students  widi  challenging  academic  programs  designed  to  enhance 
acliie\ement  of  educational  and  professional  goals,  to  develop  appropriate 
skills  and  attitudes  for  liiture  employment,  to  develop  critical  diiiiking  skills, 
and  to  promote  synUiesis  of  knowledge.  Students  are  encouraged  to  develop 


College  Majors 


child  Uevelopnicnl,  Family  Rclalioiis 

Consumer  Affairs 

Consumer  Services/Community  Services  Track 

Culinary  .Arts  (nondegree  Certificate  program) 

Dietetics 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education 

Fasliion  Merchandising 

Food  and  Nutrition  Science 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 

Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  (graduate  program  only) 

Interior  Design 

Medical  Technology 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Nursing 

Phvsical  Education  and  Sport 

Respiratory  Care 

Safety  Sciences 


College  Minors 


Child  Dcvelopmeiu 
Nutrition 
Safet\-  Sciences 


Credit  Certificate  Programs 


Driver  Education 
Gerontology 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


74       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Department  of  Culinary  Arts 

Albert  S.  Wutsch,  Chairperson;  Blake,  DeMane,  Brown,  Fitting, 
Klinger,  Pike,  Wygonik 

Website:  hllp://ti'u'U'.iup.i'du/culinary 

The  Department  of  Culinary  Arts  offers  a  four-semester  (sixteen  calendar 
montlis),  competency-based,  noncredit  certificate  program.  This  distinctive 
program  provides  hands-on  learning  experiences,  including  fimdamental 
culinary  theor)'  and  on-the-job  work  experience,  giving  each  student  the 
necessar)'  skills  and  knowledge  to  begin  a  successful  career  in  the  field  of 
culinar)'  arts.  During  the  last  semester  of  study,  students  are  placed  with  a 
distinguished  employer  in  a  prestigious  resort  or  restaurant  for  a  paid 
externship  experience.  This  contemporary  approach  to  learning  enables 
students  to  achieve  advanced  levels  of  proficiency  in  botli  culinary 
techniques  and  business  management  skills  while  tliey  advance  through  the 
certificate  program.  Through  internal  articulation  agreements,  graduates  may 
transfer  up  to  42  semester  hours  of  coursework  toward  a  baccalaureate 
degree  in  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  and  up  to  37 
semester  hours  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nutrition.  In 
addition,  an  optional  summer  European  Study  Tour  is  offered  through 
which  students  may  earn  3  semester  hours. 

The  Culinary  program  holds  accreditation  by  the  American  CiJinary 
Federation  Educational  Institute. 

This  program  is  offered  at  the  Academy  of  Culinary  Arts  in  PurLxsutawney, 
Pennsvlvama. 


Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

Joanne  B.  Steiner,  Chairperson;  Barker,  Cessna,  Dahlheimer,Johnson, 
Taylor-Davis,  Wagoner;  and  professor  emerita  Minnick 

Website:  hUp://iuu<xv.iup.edit/foodnutritioit 


The  Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition  offers  a  degree  program  in  nutrition 
with  two  tracks,  dietetics  and  general  nutrition.  Witliin  the  degree  program, 
students  will  also  select  a  natural  science  option  dependent  upon  their 
academic  preparation  and  career  goals.  This  curriculum  prepares  students  as 
professionals  for  a  diversity  of  career  opportunities  in  health  care,  food 
service,  the  food  industry,  and  food  and  nutrition  research. 

In  addition,  the  department  provides  Liberal  Studies  courses  which  are 
available  to  all  university  students.  These  include  FDNT  143,  an  option  in 
die  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements  for  Health  and  Wellness; 
FDNT  145,  a  Liberal  Studies  elective;  and  LBST  499  Food  and  Culture,  a 
synthesis  course. 

Dietetics  Track 

Students  who  complete  the  Dietetics  Track  (Didactic  Program  in  Dietetics, 
[DPD])  meet  the  academic  requirements  as  accredited  by  die  Commission 
on  Accreditation  for  Dietetics  Education  of  die  American  Dietetic 
Association.  This  track  will  prepare  an  individual  to  serve  as  a  translator  of 
food  and  nutrition  science  information  for  members  of  the  larger  community 
with  respect  to  healthtul  food  preparation,  healdiy  eating  behaviors,  medical 
nutrition  therapy,  management  of  nutrition  delivery  and  food  service  systems, 
and  advocacy  for  the  profession  of  dietetics.  The  individual  who  completes 
this  program  will  exliibit  an  in-deptii  knowledge  of  food,  nutrition, 
behanoral  sciences,  and  management  dieory.  The  student  will  also  be  able  to 
apjjly  this  knowledge  to  solve  problems. 

Nutrition  Track 

The  Nutrition  Track  will  allow  the  student  to  plan  a  curriculum  based  upon 
career  goals  other  than  becoming  a  registered  dietitian  with  the  American 
Dietetic  Association.  Career  opportunities  for  these  students  include  public 
health,  food  service  administration,  culinary  arts,  journalism, 
communications,  business,  and  gerontology. 

Students  who  wish  to  pursue  preparation  for  master's  level  education  in  food 
and  nutrition  research,  widi  the  selection  of  the  Natural  Science  Option  II 
plus  the  nutrition  track  would  acquire  a  background  in  the  basic  sciences 
that  gives  a  solid  foundation  for  theoretical  and  applied  food  science  and 


nutrition.  These  options  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to  enter 
careers  in  food/nutrition  which  require  a  graduate  education. 

Nutrition  Minor 

This  minor  sequence  is  recommended  for  students  majoring  in  the  related 
healdi  disciphnes  such  as  child  development,  family  and  consumer  sciences 
education,  nursing  and  allied  health,  food  service  management,  and  healdi 
and  physical  education.  Students  electing  a  minor  in  nutrition  must  complete 
15  semester  hours  of  coursework  from  die  courses  fisted  in  the  requirements 
for  the  minor.  Students  must  note  diat  the  completion  of  this  minor  neither 
meets  die  requirements  for  practice  as  a  credentialed  nutritionist  nor  satisfies 
the  academic  requirements  of  the  Conmiission  on  Registration  for  the 
American  Dietetic  Association  as  a  registered  dietitian.  For  additional 
information  about  these  careers,  contact  the  Food  and  Nutrition  Department. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Nutrition/Dietetics  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  uutlmed  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Health  and  WeUness:  HPED  143 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  1 0 1  - 1 02  or  1 1 1  - 1 1 2 

Social  Science:  ECON  101  or  121,  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101; 

HMEC  218  or  PSYC  310,  no  courses  with  FDNT  prefix 

Major: 

Food  and  Nutrition  Core:  25 

FDNT  1 10  Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition  Ish 

Foods  3sh 

Foods  Laboratory  Ish 

Nutrition  3sh 

Life  Cycle  Nutrition  3sh 

Nutrition  in  Disease  I  3sh 

Experimental  Foods  3sh 

Advanced  Human  Nutrition  4sh 

Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  3sh 

Senior  Seminar  Ish 


FDNT  150 

FDNT  151 

FDNT  212 

FDNT  213 

FDNT  355 

FDNT  362 

FDNT  458 

FDNT  470 

FDNT  484 

Controlled  Electives: 

Dietetics  Track: 

FDNT  364  Mediods  of  Teaching 

FDNT  402  Community  Nutrition 

FDNT  430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

FDNT  455  Nutrition  in  Disease  II 

FDNT  463  Nutrition  Counseling 

HRIM  259  Hospitality  Purchasing 

HR1M313         Food  Systems  I 

HRIM  356  Human  Resources  in  Hospitafity  Industry 

MGMT  3 1 0        Principles  of  Management 


28 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements:  1 3  or  2 1 

Natural  Science  Sequence:  One  option  required: 
Natural  Sciences  Option  I: 

BIOL  105,  155, 232,  CHEM  255  13sh 

Natural  Sciences  Option  II:  (1) 

BIOL  105.  150, 151,  232,  CHEM  231,351  21sh 

Free  Electives:  0-4 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-128 

( 1 )    Provides  the  student  with  entrance  requirements  for  graduate  education 
in  food  and  nutrition  science. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Nutrition/Nutrition  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Healdi  and  WeUness:  HPED  143 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102  or  1 1 1-1 12 

Social  Science:  ECON  101  or  121,  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ( 1 ) 

BTED/COSC/IFMG  101,  HMEC  218  or  PSYC  310, 

no  courses  widi  FDNT  prefix 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       1^) 


Majiin  2S 

I'oihI  hikI  Niilrilioii  (iorci 

I'DN'rill)  CamnlriKoodiiiMl  Nnlrili.>ii  Uli 

I'DNI'  l-iO  I'.mmIs  ■JuIi 

I'DNT  l-il  Im.kIs  I,;ilM,riil..r)'  lah 

l'l)Nr2l2  Niilrilioii  '  3«li 

I'DNT^l:)  l.ifeCy.lcNiilritioii  .Idli 

KDN'r  ■).'■>.'■>  Niilritiiin  in  Dinciific  I  3iih 

KDNI'  :H)2  Kxpcrinu-iital  Foods  3iili 

KI)N'l''ir>S  A(lv.iMcT<llltimai]Nulrili<.n  'Isli 

KDN  T  470  lliiniaii  Food  Coiniiinpljoii  I'allcriiH  :U\\ 

FONT  INI  Scnioi  Siiniiiar  Isli 

Conlriilli'il  KIcctivcNi  KI-'iK 

Niitrilioii  Track  (rion-DI'l)): 

FDNT  ikctiviv.  (.((HI  level  and  ahovt,  imiinsliii)  ..I 

.'j.hIi  stronjrly  rccoriiiiiiiuleil)  'isli 

I'rngrain  niiiioi,  (irlilicalc,  .second  major,  or  core 

coneeiilradiin  rri|iilreil  liir  program  coni|>letloii  (2)      '4-22sli 

Olhi-r  Rcqiiirvmcnl.s:  l.'i  or  21 

Naluriil  Scieiu  e  Sei|iieiu  e;  ( )iie  option  rei|uired: 

Option  I;  BIOI.  lOfi,  1  '■..'i,  232,  C.IIEM  255  13sli 

Option  II:  ())  lilOI.  105,  150.  151.  232.  CHEM  231,351    21sli 

Free  Kkilives:  0-22 


Total  Dcfrree  Keiiuircnunts:  124-128 

( 1 )  For  the  Gerontology  Certificate.  PHIL  405  or  400  or  PSYC  378  can  be 
applied  as  a  Liberal  Studies  Elective.  For  llie  Business  Adiniiiistration 
minor.  ECON  1 22  can  be  applied  as  a  Liberal  .Studies  FJcclive. 

(2)  Select  from  list  (sec  catalog  for  re(|uirenicnts):  Business  Administration, 
Cbcniistry.  Communications  Media,  Culinary  Arts.  Educational 
Technology,  Gerontology, Journalism,  Natural  Sciences,  Psychology,  and 
Psychology  Science 

or  Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  histitutional  Management  (FDNT  150.  151, 
HRIM  1 0 1 .  259. 306. 313. 35(i.  40 1 . 1 IRIM  3sb  elective) 
or  Physical  Education  and  Sport  (HPED  31!),  410,  41 1, 
HPED  48l.^inerican  (College  of  Sports  Medicine.  Health  Fitness 
Instructors  Workshop,  and  HPED  343  or  375  or  4 1 2) 

(3)  Provides  tlie  student  witli  entrance  requirements  for  graduate  education 
in  food  and  nutrition  science. 


Minor — Nutrition 

FDNT  212  Nutrition 

FDNT  2 1 3  Life  Cvcic  Nutrition 

FDNT  245  Sports  Nutrition 

FDNT  355  Nutrition  in  Disease  1 

FDNT  470 

FDNT  402 


15 


Human  Food  Consumption  Patterns  or 
Communit^'  Nutrition 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 


( 1 )    Students  not  interested  in  FDNT  245  could  select  both  FDNT  402  and 
470  in  place  of  FDNT  245. 


Department  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education 

lames  C;.  Mill.  Chairperson:  AInian.  Bayles.  Black,  Blacksmith.  Blair, 
( dlnliks,  Clark. Cortazzo.  Dicicco.  Klinganian,  koslelnik,  McKec, 
Moiiigomery.  Moore.  Rivera,  Robinson,  Sloniger,  Smid),  Temes, 
Treiiney;  and  professors  emeriti  .Vierslock.  Beck,  Clark,  Dakak,  Davis, 
Dickie.  Eltz,  Godlasky,  Grove.  Hnnifeck,  Uscinsky,  Neal.  Sledzik, 
Sloniger,  Sutton,  Tucker 

Website:  http://w>i'xv.  iup.rdu/hfaUhphy.ied 

The  Department  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  provides  die  following 
semces: 

1 .  instruction  in  healtli  and  wellness  courses  as  part  of  the  university's 
Liberal  Studies  requirement 

2.  instruction  in  healtli  and  physical  education  courses  as  Physical 
Education  course  electives 


3.  an  undcrgrailiialc  major  in  health  and  physical  c<luc<iti«ti  lliat  lead*  lo 
tlic  Bachebir  of  Science  <lcgrcc  in  E<lut^tioii  witli  (xilcnlial  ccrufitation 
to  teach  in  the  (^ornmonwealtli  of  Peiuiiylvaiua 

4.  Bai  hilor  r,f  Si  irncc  degree  In  Phynical  l->lucation  and  S|«»rt 

5.  (:.rll(i..itH,ri  proKrjni  in  Driver  \'Aw..U..u 

Required  Program-Liberal  Studies 

The  lK|>.Mlni(iii  of  lleahli  jriil  I'hysw  jl  F:<Iu<  ation  ihir.ugli  itJ.  Healtli  and 
Wellness  coiirie  in  the  Lil.eial  Studies  program  seck.s  lo  enhaiKt  the  overall 
well-being  of  students  tlirough  instrui  lion  planned  to  promote  ati<l  niaifitaiii 
desirable  levels  of  physical,  mental,  emotional,  and  social  well-l>eiiig.  Self- 
rcs|M>nsibllily  in  the  following  dimensions  of  wellness  is  cmplia.sizcd: 
niitriliimal  awareness,  stress  awareness  and  management,  cxcrtisc  and  fiuicu, 
substance  use  and  abuse,  and  sexually  trartsmitted  dIseascs/AIDS.  Tlie 
importance  of  reducing  risk  factors  for  thronic  degenerative  disease  and 
managing  lifestyle  factors  for  promotion  of  healtli  is  presented  witJi 
implication  for  both  the  present  and  future.  Information  Is  provided  during 
class  lectures  and  enhanced  by  a  variety  of  practical  learning  experiences 
which  give  studeiiLs  op|Hirtunities  for  self-assessment  and  personal 
application  of  the  subject  matter. 

Ill  addition,  the  department  offers  a  variety  of  I -semesler-hour  activity 
courses  focusing  on  physical  fitness  and  the  development  of  skills  essential 
for  recreation  and  lifetime  sports.  Instruction  is  ofTered  In  many  activities 
including  golf,  resistive  exercise,  scuba,  swimming,  and  tennis. 

The  university's  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  in  cITect  since  fall,  1 989, 
require  that  each  student  successfully  complete  HPED  1 43  rir  its  alternate, 
FDNT  143.  Students  may  also  elect  to  take  4  semester  hours  of  the  ROTC 
program  (MLSC  101-102)  as  an  alternate  lo  tlie  wellness  courses.  .Activity 
courses  will  continue  to  be  offered,  although  they  are  no  longer  required.  It  is 
encouraged  and  recommended  thai  students  choose  tliese  courses  as  elective 
credits. 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree- 
Physical  Education  and  Sport 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Physical  Education  aiid  S|Kirt  provides 
greater  emphasis  on  subject  matter/content  and  less  on  pedagogy.  Students 
who  select  this  major  generally  apply  their  knowledge  in  the  areas  of  exercise 
science,  community  and  corporate  fitness,  cardiac  rehabihtation.  sports 
medicine,  and/or  executive  fitness  programming.  Tlie  sports  stud)  major  is  a 
non-teacher  certification  program.  Students  enrolled  in  diis  program  mav  be 
required  to  purchase  a  personal  liability  insurance  policy.  This  will  be 
necessary  before  beginning  tlie  preprofessional  experience,  the  internship,  or 
any  other  chnical  experience  on  or  off  campus. 

Specialty  tracks  ha\e  been  developed  for  the  degree  program  in  physical 
education  and  sport.  These  difTcrent  tracks  provide  emphasis  in  specific 
subject  content  areas  and  teach  skills  necessary  for  students  to  assume 
leadership  roles  in  careers  in  tile  health  and  fitness  industry  as  well  as  the 
sport  science  industry.  These  include: 

a.  .Aquatics 

b.  Exercise  Science 

c.  Sport  .Administration 

d.  .Atliletic  Training 

These  four  tracks,  in  addition  to  the  -Nutrition  minor  within  the  Physical 
Education  and  Sport  major.  proWde  students  with  an  inno\-ative.  releiant, 
and  challenging  curriculimi  and  at  the  same  time  encourage  the  promotion  of 
interdisciplinary  work.  Course  content  is  focused  tou-ard  s|)ecific  professions 
witliin  tlie  major,  as  well  as  toward  different  national  credentialing 
possibilities.  Student  internships  and  preprofessional  experiences  can  be 
more  appropriately  focused  to  enhance  opportunities  for  postgradiiatc 
employniient. 

Selection  of  a  predetermined  number  of  students  to  the  .Athletic  Training 
Track  will  be  based  on  demonstrated  academic  achievement  and  the 
evaluation  of  other  criteria  as  Usted  below.  The  minimum  standards  for 
eligibility  are:  1 )  sophomore  status  (minimum  of  28  semester  hours).  2)  no 
less  dian  a  2.6  cumulative  GPA.  3)  no  less  than  a  grade  of  C  in  HPED  142. 
1 75, 22 Land  251.  4)  twolettersof  recommendation. 5)  satisfactory 
completion  of  50  hours  of  directed  chnical  observation.  6)  a  written  essay, 
and  in  some  cases,  a  personal  interview.  Official  admission  is  also  contingent 
upon  obtaining  hability  insurance,  medical  clearances,  and  .Acts  34  and  1 5 1 
clearances,  all  of  wliich  are  needed  for  field  experience  placement  Once 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


76       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


admitted,  students  must  continue  to  demonstrate  above-average  academic 
performance  and  acceptable  clinical  performance  in  order  to  remain  in  good 
standing  (specific  program  retention  and  completion  guidelines  will  apply 
and  are  described  in  informational/admissions  packet  available  from  tlie 
department).  Students  should  obtain  an  informational  and  admissions  packet 
from  die  department  for  fiill  details. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree- 
Healtli  and  Physical  Education 

Rec]uirements  for  die  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
major  in  Healdi  and  Physical  Education  include  the  university's  Liberal 
Studies  requirements,  Professional  Education  requirements,  and  the  Health 
and  Physical  Education  core  requirement.  Upon  completion  of  the  degree 
program  and  successfijUy  passing  the  PR,4.\IS  Exam,  the  student  is  qualified 
for  an  Instructional  I  Certificate  in  Health  and  Physical  Education,  issued  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  in  Harrisburg.  This  ceruficate  is 
valid  for  teaching  healdi  and  physical  educaUon  in  grades  K- 1 2  for  three 
years  in  the  public  schools  of  Permsylvaiiia.  All  students  seeking 
Pennsylvania  cerdfication  must  follow  the  3-Step  Process  described  in  the 
section  "Admission  to  Teacher  EducaUon  and  Cerdficadon"  found  in  the 
College  of  EducaUon  and  EducaUonal  Technology  secUon  of  this  catalog. 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Core 

The  Healdi  and  Physical  EducaUon  curriculum  idenufies  a  required  core  of 
studies  which  emphasizes  a  body  of  knowledge  relevant  to  the  study  of 
professional  health  and  physical  educaUon,  as  well  as  the  study  of  physical 
educadon  and  sport.  Courses  contained  in  the  core  are  those  which  are 
intended  to  enable  students  to  idendfy  and  solve  problems  by  applying 
relevant  knowledge  and  also  to  engage  in  self-directed  learning. 

Candidates  for  the  degree  program  in  Healdi  and  Physical  EducaUon  must 
demonstrate  acceptable  cognitive  and  psychomotor  qualificaUons  as  well  as 
desirable  character  and  personality  traits.  The  professional  program  seeks  to 
foster  diose  quahdes  of  individual  character  and  competence  diat  are 
inherent  in  personal  and  professional  maturity.  These  competencies  are 
evaluated  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  The  student  is  eidier  granted 
.Advanced  Standing  in  the  department  or  restricted  in  scheduling  advanced 
courses  for  not  less  than  one  probadonary  semester.  Condnuadon  in  the 
major  program  is  based  upon  attainment  of  department  Advanced  Standing. 

Driver  Education 

Candidates  for  die  driver  educadon  cerdficadon  must  possess,  or  be  a 
candidate  for,  a  valid  Pemisylvania  ceruficate  in  any  area  of  cerdficadon.  A 
student  must  currendy  complete  the  following  four  courses:  HPED  2.51. 
252, 353,  and  354.  Students  must  request  the  cerdficate  in  driver  educaUon 
when  they  apply  for  graduaUon.  For  students  who  have  already  graduated, 
contact  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Educadon  and  EducaUonal 
Technology,  for  correct  procedures. 

Aquatics  School  Course  Offerings 

Each  summer  die  deparUnent  offers  die  annual  .Aquatics  School.  Students 
attending  must  possess  the  necessary  aquadc  prerequisites.  A  fee  will  be 
charged.  All  courses  may  be  taken  for  college  credit,  if  the  student  is  eligible 
and  pays  the  addidonal  tuidon  fee.  For  more  informadon,  contact  die  aquadc 
director. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  die  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  M.\TH  217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FDNT  143  or  MLSC  101-102 

Natural  Science:  BIOL  103-104  orCHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  1 0 1 .  SOC  1 5 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FDNT  145,  BTED/COSC/ 

IFMG  101,  no  courses  with  HPED  prefix 
Major: 

Core  Requirements:  3 1 

HPED  142  Foundations  of  Healdi,  Physical 

EducaUon,  and  Sport  3sh 

HPED  200  Fundamentals  of  Phy.sicalAcUvity  Ish 

HPED  210  Motor  Development  2sh 


HPED  221  Human  Structure  and  FuncUon  3sh 
HPED  251          Foundadons  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Healdi  Care  3sh 

HPED  263          Aquatics  Ish 

HPED  315          Biomechanics  3sh 

HPED  34 1          Evaluation  in  Healdi  and  Phvsical  Ed  3sh 

HPED  343          Physiology  of  Exercise          '  3sh 

HPED  344  Adapted  Physical  EducaUon  3sh 
HPED  441          Psychosocial  Imphcauons  for  Healdi 

and  Physical  Education  3sh 
HPED  442          Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I  3sh 

Professional  Requirements:  15-1 

HPED  175  Prevendon  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  the 

Physically  Active  2sh 

HPED  319  Preprofessional  Exp  II  l-3sh 

HPED  375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training         3sh 

HPED  410  Exercise  PrescripUon  3sh 

HPED  4 1 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3sh 

HPED  4 1 2  Physical  Acdvity  and  Stress  Mgmt  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  (1)  (2)  6-1 

BIOL  151.  155.  HPED  408.413,426,482,493 

Free  Electives:  12-1 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  12 

( 1 )  Nutriuon  minor  may  subsdtute  for  Controlled  ElecUves;  see 
Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition. 

(2)  Specialty  tracks  will  subsdtute  for  Controlled  Electives;  see  following 
descriptions. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and 
Sport-Exercise  Science  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .4s  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  die  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  M.4TH  217 

Health  and  WeUness:  FDNT  143  or  MLSC  101-102 
Natural  Science:  BIOL  103-104  or  CHEM  101-102 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 
FDNT  145,  no  courses  with  HPED  prefix 

Major: 

Core  Requirements: 

HPED  142  Foundations  of  Health,  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport  3sh 

HPED  200          Fundamentals  of  Physical  Activity  Ish 

HPED  210         Motor  Development  2sh 

HPED  221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3sh 
HPED  251          Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Healdi  Care  3sh 

HPED  263         Aquatics  Ish 

HPED  315          Biomechanics  3sh 

HPED  341          Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Ed  3sh 

HPED  343          Physiology  of  E.\ercise          '  3sh 

HPED  344  Adapted  Physical  EducaUon  3sh 
HPED  441          Psychosocial  Implications  for  Healdi  and 

Physical  Education  3sh 
HPED  442          Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I  3sh 

Sport  Science  Requirements: 

HPED  175  Prevention  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  the 

Physically  Active  2sh 

HPED  319          Preprofessional  Experience  II  l-3sh 

HPED  375          Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Training  3sh 

HPED  410         Exercise  Prescription  3sh 

HPED  412          Physical  Activit)' and  Su-ess  Mgmt  3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COLLEGE     OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN     SERVICES        77 


Kxcrcifif  Scu'iu'c  iVutki 


lUOI.  fil 
lll-KI)  III 
lll'KI)  II  I 
I'llYS  111 
I'llYS  Mil 

Frei"  Kli'ctivcNt 


Tiilul  IK'Krci'  IU'i|uirvmi-iiliii 


llnin.n.  IM.VHi<.I..Ky 
l-liVNM  .il  l''llrK".s  A|i|>r.ilr.,il 
l'liysi(  .il  Artlvily  .mil  AniiiH 
Midiiiil  I'liysiis  LtcUirf 
NUulir;il  I'liy.'.iis  I,al> 


■.U\\ 
IhIi 
Ml 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and  Sport-Sport 

Administration  Track 

l.ilu'iul  SliKlii's:  As  ..iilhiKd  ill  l.ilit'iiil  Siiiillt'H  fitdioii  54-5.') 

«itli  llic  rnlliiHiii);  »|)cciru.iliiill.s: 

MatlumiiliiN:  MAIM  1217 

lliallh  and  Wi-llniss!  KDNT  WW  (ir  MI.SC  1(11102 

Naliiral  Sciciicci  KIOI.  lll.'MD-t  (irC:ill£M  101-102 

Social  Sciciicci  I'SVC  lOI.KCON  121 

Liberal  Studies  Klcilivt»:  in'KD/COSC/lKNK;  101. 

r.CON  122,  no  courses  ivitli  lll'KI)  prefix 

Majon  .^1 

Ci>re  ReqiiiremcnI.s: 

IIPKD  I  12  roii.ubtiiiiisolllcaltli.  I'liysital 

Kdiu.ilion.  and  Sport 
I  ll'KH  200  iMiiuLinienlals  of  Physical  ActiWty 

lll'KD  210  Motor  Development 

1 1 1'l'I)  22 1  i  liinian  Structure  ami  Function 

1 1 1'I'.n  25 1  I'oiiiulations  o(  .Safety  aiul  Emergency 

Health  Clare 
lll'KD2(),'i  Ai|uatics 

lll'KO.iir.  Biomechanics 

1 1 1'KD  .M 1  Kvalii.itioii  in  I  lealth  and  Physical  Ed 

IIPED.M,!  l'hvsioloj;A  olKxerci.se 

1 1 PKI)  :m  Adapted  Physical  Education 

1  IPF.n  11 1  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
1 IPED  442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  1 

Sport  Science  Requirements: 

HPED  17.5  Prevention  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  the 

Physically  .Active 
HPED  .SIS  Preprol'essional  Experience  II 

1  IPED  .•J.-J3  Psychology  of  Coaching 

HPED  335  Coaching  and  Managing  of  .Adiletic 

Programs 
HPED  375  Phvsiological  Basis  of  Strengtli  Training 

HPED  4 1 2  Physical  Acti\  ity  and  Stress  Mgmt 

or  HPED  430     The  .American  Woman  ami  Sport 

Kusines.s  Minfir  Requirements: 


ACCT  20 1  Accounting  Principles  1 

ACCT  202  Accounting  Principles  II 

BTST  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Coinm 

BI..\W  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business 

KIN  310  Finance  I 

MGMT  3 1 0  Principles  of  Management 

MKT(".  320  Principles  of  Marketing 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


3sh 
Ish 

29ll 

3sh 

3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
39h 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 


2sh 

l-3sh 

2sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


-Physical  Education  and 


Bachelor  of  Science- 
Sport-Aquatic  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oiiilined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
Willi  tlic  lollowiiig  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FDNT  143  or  MLSC  101-102 
Natural  Science:  BIOL  103-104  or  CHEM  101-102 
Social  Science:  P.SYC  101.  SOC  151 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101. 
FDNT  145.  no  course  witli  HPED  prefi.\ 


Major: 

Core  Rcquircmentu: 

IIPKD  1  12  KoiiiidationiiofllcalUi.  Phyiiical 

Kdiuation,  and  Sport  3>h 

lll'KD  200          KiiiidameritaU  of  Phy-iical  Activity  Uh 

IIPKD  210          Motor  Detclopment  2i»li 

IIPKD  221           Human  Striic lure  and  Function  3»li 
IIPKD  251            Fouiidatioim  of  Safety  anil  Kmergcnc-y 

Health  (;are  3-ih 

HPED  263          Acjuaiics  l»h 

lll'KD  315          Biomechanics  3ih 

IIPKD  341           Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Fxl  3iih 

IIPKD  343          Pliy»iology  of  Exercise  3«h 

lll'KD  344          Adapted  Physical  Fdiicatiiin  3sh 
IIPKD  441           Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health  and 

Physical  Education  3»h 
IIPKD  442          Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education. 

and  Recreation  I  3sli 

.Sport  Science  Requirements: 

HPED  175  Prevention  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  die 

Physically  Active  2»h 

Preprofessional  Experience  II  I-3»h 

Physiological  Basis  of  Strengtli  Training  3sh 

Exercise  Prescription  3sh 

Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  35h 

Physical  Activity  and  Stress  .Mgmt  3sh 


HPED319 
HPED  375 
HPED  410 
HPED  411 
HPED  412 

Aquatic  Track: 
HPED  165 
HPED  261 
HPED  264 
HPED  270 
HPED  276 
HPED  279 
HPED  280 
HPED  335 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Lifeguarding  I  sh 

Water  Safety  Instructor  Ish 

Advanced  .Acjuatics  I  sh 

Instructor  of  Handicapped  Swimming  1  sh 

Cloaching  of  Swimming  1  sh 
Swimming  Pool  Maintenance  and  Chemistry  2sh 

Aquatic  Facilities  Management  2sh 
Coaching  and  Managing  of  Athledc 

Programs  3sh 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physical  Education  and 
Sport-Athletic  Training  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  .Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FDNT  143  or  .ML.SC  101-102 

Natural  Science:  BIOL  103-104  or  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101.  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101. 

FDNT  145.  no  course  with  HPED  prefix 


Majon 

Core  Requirements: 

HPED  142 

Foiuidations  of  Health.  Physical 

Education,  and  Sport 

3sh 

HPED  200 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  .AcliWt\- 

Ish 

HPED  210 

Motor  Development 

2sh 

HPED  221 

Human  Structure  and  Function 

3sh 

HPED  251 

Foundations  of  Safer\  and  Emcrgenc\- 

Healdi  Care 

3sh 

HPED  263 

.Aquatics 

Ish 

HPED  315 

Biomechanics 

3sh 

HPED  341 

Evaluation  in  Healdi  and  Physical  Ed 

3sh 

HPED  343 

PhvsiologN-  of  Exercise 

3sh 

HPED  344 

.Adapted  Physical  Education 

3sh 

HPED  441 

Psychosocial  ImpUcations  for  Healdi 

and  Physical  Exiucation 

3sh 

HPED  442 

Seminar  in  Health.  Ph\-sical  Educadon. 

and  Recreauon  1 

3sh 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


78       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Sport  Science  Requirements 

HPED  175  Prevention  and  Care  of  Injuries  to  the 

Physically  Active 
HPED  345  Athletic  Training 

HPED;346  Athletic  Training  Lab 

HPED  375  Physiological  Basis  of  Strength  Tniining 

HPED  4 1 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal 

Athletic  Training  Track  Requirements 

BIOL  151 
HPED  365 
HPED  376 
HPED  377 
HPED  446 
HPED  448 

HPED  476 
HPED  477 
PHYS  151 
PHYS  161 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Human  Physiology 
Advanced  Adiletic  Training 
Adiletic  Training  Clinical  Practicuni  I 
Atliletic  Training  Clinical  Practiciim  II 
Therapeudc  Modalides 
Therapeutic  Exercise  for  Atliledc 
Injury  Management 

AthleUc  Training  Clinical  Pracdcum  III 
AthleUc  Training  Clinical  Pracdcum  IV 
Medical  Physics  Lecture 
Medical  Physics  Lab 


2sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 

4sh 

4sh 
Ish 
Ish 
4sh 

4sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 


124 


Note:  The  office  of  the  Athletic  Training  Curriculum  Coordinator  can 
provide  addiuonal  infonnation  related  to  specific  requirements  regarding 
initial  health  screening,  criminal  record  checks,  and  liahihty  insurance  needs 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education- 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secuon 
widi  the  tbllowing  specificaUons: 
Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Health  and  Wellness:  FDNT  143  or  MLSC  101-102 
Natural  Science:  BIOL  103-104  or  CHEM  101-102 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  FDNT  145,  PSYC  378, 
or  approved  alternadves 

Major: 

Course  Requirements: 


-Health  and  Physical 


HPED  142 

HPED  200 
HPED  210 
HPED  221 
HPED  251 

HPED  263 
HPED  315 
HPED  341 
HPED  343 
HPED  344 
HPED  441 

HPED  442 


Foimdabons  of  Health.  Physical 

Educadon,  and  Sport  3sh 

Fundamentals  of  Physical  AcUvity  Ish 

Motor  Development  2sh 

Human  Structure  and  Funcdon  3sh 

Foundadons  of  Satety  and  Emergency 

Healdi  Care  3sh 

Aquadcs  Ish 

Biomechanics  3sh 

Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Educadon  3sh 

Physiology  of  Exercise 

Adapted  Physical  Educadon 

Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health 

and  Physical  Educadon 

Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreadon  1 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


Professional  Requireme 
Health  and  Physical  Education: 


md 


HPED  2 1 1  Dance,  Rliydnnic  ActinUe 

Gymnasdcs 
HPED  212  Team  Sports 
HPED  213  Individual  and  Dual  Sports  and 

Adventure  AcUvides 
H  FED  3 1 8         Preprofessional  Exp  I 
HPED  321  Mediods  in  Elementary  Healdi  and 

Phvsical  Educadon 
HPED  325  School  and  Community  Health 

HPED  426  Healdi  Science  Instnicdon 

HPED  450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in 

Sexuality  Educadon 

Professional  Education  Requirements:  ( 1 ) 

COMM  103        Digital  Instnicdonal  Technology 

EDSP  1 02  Educadonal  Psychology 

EDUC  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Chnical  Exp  I 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
Ish 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching 

EDUC  44 1  Student  Teacldng 

EDUC  442  School  Law 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theor)'  and  Pracdce 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


Ish 
6sh 
6sh 
Ish 
3sh 


131 


(#)Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  cerdficadon,  tided  "Admission  to 

Teacher  Educadon,"  in  die  College  of  Educadon  and  Educadonal 

Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 
( 1 )    Special  Educadon  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 

ehminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 
(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Compledon  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  the  secdon  on  Requirements  for  Graduadon. 


Certification — Driver  Education  12 

Cerdficadon  in  Driver  Educadon  may  be  added  to  a  vaUd  Pennsylvania 
Instrucdonal  Cerdficate  with  the  compledon  of  the  following  courses; 

HPED  251  Foundadons  of  Safety  and  Emergency 

Healdi  Care  3sh 

HPED  252  Introducdon  to  die  Driving  Task  3sh 

HPED  353  Driving  Educadon  Program  Management  3sh 

HPED  354  Applicadon  of  Driver  Educadon 

Instrucdonal  Modes  3sh 


Highway  Safety  Center 


lUP's  Highway  Safet)-  Center  attempts  to  address  the  highway  safety  needs 
of  die  comnionwealdi  dirough  a  variety  of  programs  and  acdvides.  The 
Highway  Safety  Center  programs  encompass  activity  in  five  major  areas:  I ) 
research,  sur\'eys,  and  studies,  2)  educadon  (teaching),  3)  training  and 
conferences,  4)  field  and  extension  services,  and  5)  traffic  safety 
communications  and  informadon  exchange. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Driver  Education 

Through  cooperadve  effort  with  ILIP's  Department  of  Healdi  and  Physical 
Educadon,  die  Highway  Safet)'  Center  coordinates  and  directs  ILiP's 
Teacher  Cerdficadon  Program  in  Driver  Educadon. 

lUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project 

The  lUP  Regional  Highway  Safety  Project  is  a  federally  hmded  program 
contracted  with  die  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Transportation's  Center  for 
Highway  Safety.  Originadng  at  lUP  in  January.  1987,  under  the  dde  of  the 
Indiana  County  Seat  Belt  Program,  its  purpose  was  to  increase  public 
awareness  and  die  usage  of  occupant  restraints.  The  program  expanded  its 
emphasis  and  territory  in  1989  and  now  includes  the  coundes  of  Armstrong, 
Jefferson,  and  Clearfield.  Programs  for  corporadons,  schools,  civic  groups, 
law  enforcement  agencies,  etc.,  include  topics  such  as  occupant  safety, 
bicycle  safety,  pedestrian  safety,  sale  driving  characterisdcs,  and  DUl.  The 
project  also  serves  as  a  resource  to  other  community  safety  groups  by 
])roviding  printed  materials,  audiovisual  aids,  crash-car  dummy  costumes, 
and  die  "Seat  Belt  Convincer."  A  Car  Seat  Loaner  Program  also  provides  car 
seats  to  residents  in  Indiana  County. 

Driver  Training  Programs 

From  basic  driver  educadon  programs  for  beginning  drivers  to  truck  driver 
training  to  advanced  diiver  training  programs  in  emergency  driving 
techniques,  the  Highway  Safety  Center  provides  a  cadre  of  courses,  all 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student. 

Emergency  Services  Training 

This  is  a  program  area  designed  to  meet  die  training  needs  of  ambulance, 
fire,  and  pohce  personnel  in  the  areas  of  emergency  medical  services  and 
rescue. 

Traffic  Accident  Investigation 

Traffic  Accident  Invesdgadon  programs  are  available  for  safety  directors, 
insurance  adjusters,  and  pohce  personnel.  Courses  range  from  basic 
invesdgadon  up  to  and  including  accident  reconstrucdon. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       7.9 


Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant, 
and  Institutional  Management 

Slrplit  n  II.  SliiriiiK,  <  lliiiii |HrN<HM  Kuki r.  Mai»li;ilU  MilUr,  I .  Van 
Dyke;  iiiul  iinircwMii's  tiiurili  Sinikiiis,  VViiihK 

Wch,iitv:/illli;//trww.iiil,.rilii/lnim 

I'lic  (l('|iarliiii'iit  iillcis  sliidcnli  .111  ,i(  .idiiinr  |ii<'|>.it,iliciii  IcailiiiK  l<>  a 
Iiu('licl<iriirS<l<'iL(('  (It'KR'c  in  IIdIcI.  KcHLitiniiil.  and  IiiHliltiliiirial 
ManaKenitiil.  Slmlciils  lake  ncniial  1  iimims  in  business,  clieinislry,  biology, 
c'oni|>iiIcr  literal  y.  and  l<>iei|;n  larmnaj;t .  Sindenis  clei(  tii  icinitnlralc  in 
eilber  fixid  serviie  inananenu-nl  m  liidjrinj>  inanaKcnicnl.  Tbe  proKraiii  has 
received  aciredilation  (rum  the  A(i  redicalinri  Cnminissiiin  for  PriigraMis  in 
I  b>s|>ilality  Administration. 

I  be  food  8cr\icc  nianaj^einent  track  prepares  students  for  inaMagenicnt 
positiotis  in  rcstanraiil.s,  corporate  food  services,  cntertainnieni  or  recreation 
fill  id  scrv'ice,  beallb  care,  or  otber  institutional  and  contract  food  9er\'icc. 

I'be  lodnint;  management  track  prepares  students  for  maiiaKcnicnt  po.sitioii.s 
within  hiitels.  resorts,  and  other  lod)rinK  operations.  Kmphasis  i.s  on  the 
study  oflidnsekeepmy,,  rooms.  an<l  sales  departments  but  also  includes  food 
production  and  service. 

Both  programs  require  the  student  to  complete  8S0  hours  of  hospitality 
industry  work  experience  before  graduation.  The  first  440  hours  are 
completed  during  tbe  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  any  type  of 
hospitality  position  selected  by  the  sttitlent  and  must  be  completed  before 
tlie  internshi))  is  scheduled.  The  second  440  hours  are  completed  as  an 
internship.  The  internship  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  who  assists  tlie 
student  in  developing  the  learning  package  to  be  achieved  during  die 
internship  and  who  advises  the  intern  on  university,  department,  and  site 
re<iuircnicnts. 

Pr(>fessional-ty])e  uniforms  are  prescribed  as  part  of  the  dress  code  for 
departmental  majors  in  all  footl  production  courses. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 
Management 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Sticncc:  ECON  121.  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

FONT  14.'-),  no  coinse  with  HRIM  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses:  33 

FONT  150  Foods  ,ish 

FDNTI.'il  Foods  Laboratory  Ish 

HRIM  101  Introduction  to  tlie  Hospitalit\- Industn-  3sh 

HRIM  259  Hospitalitv  Purchashig  3sh 

HRIM  313  Food  Systems  1  4sh 

HRIM  356  Hum  Resources  in  Hospitahty  Industry  3sh 

HRIM  401  Cost  Management  3sh 

HRIM  til  Seminar  in  Hospitalitv' Management  3sh 

HRIM  413  Advanced  Restaurant  Operauons  4sh 

HRIM  493  Internship  in  Hospitality  Management      fish  (1) 

Controlled  Electives:  One  track  required  12-15 

Foo<l  Senice  Management  Track:  FDNT  145  (2), 
HRIM  358.  402,  406.  408 

Lodging  Management  Track:  HRIM  115,  260, 365, 420, 
IFMG300 

Other  Requirements:  15-21 


.■\CC.T201 

.\ccounting  Principles  1 

3sh 

BIOL  232 

Fundamentals  of  Microbiolog\- 

3sh 

BLAW  235 

Legal  EnWronment  of  Business 

3sh 

FNLG  — 

Foreign  Languages 

3-9sh  (3) 

MKTG  320 

Principles  of  Marketing 

3sh 

Free  Electives 

1: 

0-11 

( 1 )  Kaih  student  inimt  complete  880  liour«  of  work  cx|>cncntc,  of  which 
440  hours  inufil  be  throiigli  piupcrvised  cxpcnciiceK  in  IIKIM  493.  See 
department  internship  coordinator  for  detailed  infonnation. 

(2)  Semester  hour*  counted  in  Liberal  Studies  Kletlives. 

(3)  I'^ch  student  must  have  foreign  language  proficieiic-y  of  eitlier: 

a.  Intermediate-level  -  SI'A.V  20I/FR.N(;  202/(.RM.\  252  or 

b.  SiKcesslul  coniplelirMi  of  two  seinestcrs  of  one  language. 
Intermediate-level  courses  may  lie  u»cd  as  Liberal  Studies  elecuve. 


Department  of  Human  Development 
and  Environmental  Studies 

Linda  S.  Nelson.  (!haiq>erson:  Bowers,  (.ordon.  Ileckriilh.  Ilvizdos. 
Kesner,  Mc( Zombie,  Lynn,  \.  .Nelsim,  Swinker.  \  iggiano:  and 
professors  cmeritac  Cramer.  Gallati,  ilovis,  Kazmer,  Strcifthau,  Wood 

Website:  hllp://wii'Xti. iup.rdn/hdfs 


The  DeparliiK'iit  ol  I  luman  Development  and  Environmental  Studies  was 
created  by  die  merging  of  the  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education  and 
Consumer  .Services  departments.  The  mission  statement  of  the  Department 
of  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies  is  to  empower 
individuals  to  support  human  and  environmental  needs,  enabling  diem  to 
perform  professionally  in  a  changing,  diverse  technological  and  global 
society. 

The  department  is  composed  of  majors  that  are  interdisciphnary  and  share 
humanistic  values.  All  majors  have  an  applied  research  focus  and  stress 
critical  thinking,  professional  judgment,  decision  making,  and  synthesis  of 
information  widi  direct  focus  upon  career  padis. 

The  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies  Department  offers 
academic  programs  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the 
following  majors:  Cliild  Development/Family  Relations.  Consumer  .Affairs, 
Fashion  Merchandising,  and  Interior  Design.  Tlie  Family  and  Consumer 
Sciences  Educatifin  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education. 
These  majors  prepare  men  and  women  for  positions  in  business,  the 
community,  and  education.  The  majors  also  prepare  students  for  graduate 
study  in  the  areas  of  interior  design,  bousing,  clotliing.  textiles,  consumer 
economics,  human  service,  child  development,  family  studies,  or  education. 

Faculty  advisors  work  closely  with  students  in  planning  and  integrating  the 
academic  program  to  meet  the  students"  career  goals  and  to  supplement 
classroom  experiences.  Internships  are  available  and  encouraged  so  students 
can  apply  academic  knowledge  to  actual  situations.  International  study  is  also 
arailable  to  provide  an  enriching  cultural  experience. 


Consumer  Affairs 


The  C.onsuiiitr  .\ltairs  major  prepares  individuals  for  professional  positions 
in  government,  business,  and  the  community.  This  option  concentrates  on 
consumer  economic  behavior  and  consumer  protection  and  their 
relationship  to  die  fair  exchange  and  consumption  of  products  and  senices. 
The  increased  interest  in  consumer  concerns  has  resulted  in  creating  and 
expanding  positions  for  persons  with  an  understanding  of  consumer  needs. 
business  operations,  and  regulatory  agencies.  The  interdisciplinary  approach 
provides  the  necessary  bumiedge  and  skills  to  Rdfill  the  requirements  of 
such  positions. 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


80       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Community  Services  Track 


Within  t)ie  Consumer  Aflairs  major,  students  can  elect  a  conununity  services 
track  which  offers  a  broad  selection  of  courses.  Electives  may  be 
concentrated  in  specific  areas.  A  concentration  of  courses  is  elected  in  an 
outside  field  of  study  such  as  sociology  or  psycholog)'.  Graduates  may  be 
employed  by  the  ILxtension  Services  or  by  governmental  and  social  agencies. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Affairs 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-55 

uilli  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  101  or  liigher 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  ECON  lOL  PSYC  101.  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CNSV  prefi.\ 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

CNSV  1 0 1  Personal  and  Family  Management 

CNSV  121  Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

CNSV  3 1 5  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

CNSV  413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics 

CNSV  4 1 6  Problems  in  Family  Finance 

CNSV  42 1  Senior  Seminar 

FSMR  110  Introducdon  to  Fashion 

FSMR  303  Visual  Merchandising 

FSMR  314  Textiles 

FONT  212  Nutrition 

INDS  213  ResidenUal  Appliances  and  Consumer 

Electronics 
INDS  312  Housing  and  Culture 

JRNL  120  JournaHsdc  Writing 

Controlled  Electives: 
Two  3sh  courses  from  list: 

CNSV  433, 46 1 ,  482,  FONT  362, 

FSMR  112,212,303,350,450, 

HRIM  259, 313, 358,  INDS  105 


3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Other  Requirements: 
Outside  Concentration: 
Required: 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business 

BLAW  336  Law  of  Business  Organizadons 

BLAW  337         Consumer  Law 
Controlled  Electives:  Three  courses  from  fist: 
BTST  32 1 .  MGMT  300,  MKTG  320. 32 1 ,  433 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

( I )    SiibsUtutions  may  be  approved  by  department. 


6sh(l) 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

9sh(I) 


Bachelor  of  Science — Consumer  Services/Community 
Services  Tracic 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  101  or  higher 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  ECON  101,  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  course  widi  CNSV  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

ART  120 

Principles  of  Design 

2sh 

CNSV  101 

Personal  and  Family  Management 

3sh 

CNSV  121 

Introduction  to  Consumer  Services 

Ish 

CNSV  315 

Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance 

3sh 

CNSV  421 

Senior  Seminar 

2sh 

FONT  212 

Nutrition 

3sh 

FSMR  110 

Introducdon  to  Fashion 

3sh 

FSMR  3 14 

Textiles 

3sh 

HMEC  224 

Marriage  and  Family  Relations 

3sh 

INDS  213 

Residential  Appfiances  and  Consumer 

Electronics 

3sh 

INDS  312 

Housing  and  Culture 

3sh 

3sh 
Ish 
3sh 

18sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  fi-om  fist:  FSMR  1 12  or  212 

Other  Requirements: 

Human  Ecology  Requirements: 

FDNT  150         Foods 

FDNT  151  Foods  Laboratory 

HMEC  218        ChUd  Development 

Outside  concentradon: 

Six  courses  fi-om  fist:  ANTH  211,319,  PSYC  290, 

PSYC  310, 31 1, 312, 320, 321, 325, 330, 361, 373, 374, 

SOC  23 1 ,  332, 333, 336, 339, 357, 435,  SOWK  238 

Free  Electives:  12-13 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

Fashion  Merchandising 

The  Fashion  Merchandising  program  provides  course  emphasis  in  clotliing 
and  human  behavior,  apparel  producuon  and  analysis,  textiles  and  quality 
control,  apparel  distribution,  merchandising  and  promotion,  global  diversity, 
historic  textiles  and  apparel,  color  and  aesthetics,  and  apparel  construcdon. 
Commimicadons,  problem  solving,  group  project  organization,  professional 
presentaUon,  ajid  analytical  and  cridcal  thinking  skiUs  are  incorporated  in 
course  content.  The  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Informadon  Technology 
complements  the  Fashion  Merchandising  major  by  providing  study  in  one  of 
three  options:  Business  Administradon,  Marketing,  and  Small  Business 
Management. 

A  cooperative  program  between  ILIP  and  the  Fashion  Institute  of 
Technology  in  New  York  City  allows  students  to  study  one  of  seven  majors: 
accessories  design,  advertising  and  communications,  advertising  design, 
fashion  design,  manufacturing  management,  textile/surface  design,  and  textile 
development  and  marketing. 

Graduates  of  the  Fashion  Merchandising  program  are  being  prepared  for 
entry-level  positions  such  as  manufacturer's  sales  representative,  production 
assistant,  ready-to-wear  quality  control  analyst,  textile  testing  laboratory 
technician,  management  trainee  leading  to  position  of  store  manager, 
executive/merchandising  trainee  leading  toward  position  of 
buvcr/merchandisc  maMager.  museum  curator  assistant,  personal  color 
miiMill.int.  .111(1  pfisiiii.ili/i'il  ■,!io[i|iiii;i  spn  i.ilist  ("V  an  upscale  retail  firm. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Fashion  Merchandising 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  54-56 

with  die  foUowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  101  or  higher  level  MATH  course 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  ECON  121:  GEOG  104  or  PSYC  101; 

ANTH  1 10  or  ANTH  21 1  or  SOC  151 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  lOI, 

ECON  122;  MATH  2 1 4  or  2 1 7;  no  course  widi  FSMR  prefix 

Major:  39 

Required  Courses: 

FSMR  110  Introduction  to  Fashion 

FSMR  112  Fundamentals  of  Clodiing  Construction 

FSMR  314  Textiles 

FSMR  350  Apparel  Industry  I 

FSMR  385  Ready-to- Wear  Analysis 

FSMR  434  Quality  Control  in  Textiles  /W/ 

FSMR  450  Apparel  Industry  II 

FSMR  456         Historic  Costume 

FSMR  480  Sentinar  in  Fashion  Merchandising 

Controlled  Electives: 

Four  courses  fi-om  list:  FSMR  212,  252, 281, 303, 357, 

FSMR  433, 453, 454, 455,  457, 481, 482,  INDS  205 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


12sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       HI 


Atlililiiinal  IU'i|iiirt'iiiciilNi  2 1 

l(i'i|iiirvd  OoiinicNi 

Acer  201  Acioiiii(iii|(  l'riiici|ilcii  I  .'inli 

MK'l'(l:)2(l        I'riiiciplcHof'MarkclinK  '"li 

JKNI.  120  or  l'.N(;i..il().I(.iiriialiNti(  Wriliim or 

I'lililii  SpejkiiiK  .'(nil 

Sliiilcnls  will  tciin|>lr(c  <  cicirncH  in  one  cilllic 

l.>ll<>wiriK<i|>ti»ii»:  I2-I.'ii<li 

Ojilion  I:  liiisiiics.s  Ailiiiiiiiilrulioii  Miiiiii  (ITiaIi) 

Acc;  T  2()2,  riN  .no,  mcmt  .iio.  »ticii  two 

fnmi  H  TS  r  .■)2I .  HLAVV  2;)5,  IKM(;  .JOO 

(Niite:  sliiilcMl?!  iiiiiit  iiicci  all  iniiiiir  rc<|uirciiiciil.'i  lifted  in  lalalog) 
0/;/i<>Hl'.Mark<linn(12»li) 

MKI'( ;  ,12 1 .  MK  l( ;  120,  selcci  twd  ("roni 
I)KI)l'.i.i2  (I),  DKDi;  .rw,  MKTC,  121  (I), 

MKr(;i.)o,  MK'i"(;i.).') 

Oliliim  :l:  Small  BiiHincNS  MaiiaKt'iiiuiil  ( 1 2.sli) 
M(  ;M'r  275,  ;t2r)  ( l ),  sckci  iw<.  In.m 
M(;MTaOO,.JIO,.J50,  ■10.)(2) 

VrvK  KlvctivcNi  T) 

I'Dlai  Di'grci-  Keqiiiri'iiicnl.'i: 

(1)  lVfifi|ui^ilcs  lo  1)1-  waivtil. 

(2)  Stiiclent  will  iiccil  to  lake  \C.CT  202  and  ,i00. 


Interior  Design 


Tin-  Intel  ill!  Desijrn  pmnrani  enables  gradiiales  lo  analyze  problems, 
synthesize  iniotination,  and  iiiiplcment  design  solutions  supportive  of  the 
needs  of  people  and  the  environment.  The  program  emphasizes  syntiicsizing 
olinrormation  antl  creative  problem  solving  based  on  interdisciplinary 
experiences  and  coninuinicatiiig  solutions.  The  program  enables  graduates 
lo  adapt  lo  a  changing  world  by  drawing  on  history  and  multidiscipiinary 
e\|)erience  and  applving  principles  of  research. 

The  core  oltlie  Interior  Design  program  includes  courses  addressing  space 
plaiming,  drafting,  design  graphics,  color  dieory,  building  systems,  materials 
and  rinisbes,  human  factors,  computer-aided  drafting  and  design  (CADD). 
design  development,  textiles,  lighting,  residential  and  contract  design,  and 
professional  practice.  Detailed  information  is  available  from  instructors 
regarding  equipment  and  supplies  to  be  purchased  by  students  for  individual 
courses  in  diis  program.  Internships  present  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
students  to  gain  practical,  on-the-job  training  and  are  higlily  recommended. 
ELxpcrieiitial  learning  opporluniues  in  tlie  community  augment  die  program. 
Students  tour  a  variety  of  settings  including  offices,  museums,  factories, 
showrooms,  retail  oudets,  and  construcdon  sites.  Supportive  courses  arc 
offered  in  art  and  business.  Graduates  are  prepared  for  entry-level  positions 
in  commercial  and  residential  design,  sales,  historic  presen'adon,  and 
showroom  management. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Interior  Design 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oiidined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  54-55 

with  the  following  specificauons: 
Mathematics:  M.ATH  101  or  higher  level 
lliimanitics-Philosophy/Rcligious  Studies:  I'HIL  223 

recointnciuicil 
Kiiie.\rt.s:  ARHI  101 
Natural  Science:  SCI  lO.'i-lOe 
Social  Science:  PSVC  101.  SOC  1.51 
Liberal  Studies  Elcctivcs:  ARHI  205  or  206,  BTED/ 

COSC/IFMG  lOl.ECON  122,  no  courses  with 

INDS  prefix 

Majon  45 

Required  Courses: 

FSMR3U  Texules  3sh 

INDS  105  Introducuon  to  Interior  Design  3sh 

INDS  1 1 8  Drafting  for  Construction  1  3sh 

INDS  205  Color  Theory  and  .AppUcadon  3sh 

1NDS2IS  Drafting  for  Constniction  II  3sh 

INDS  305  Interior  Lighting  3sh 

IN'DS.'ilO  Human  Factors  in  Interior  Design  3sh 

I.\1)S313  .Materials  and  Finishes  3sh 

l.M")S315  Rcsidendal  Design  I  3sh 


Rcsidciilial  Dcfiigii  II:  Kilclicii,  Hadi, 
Media  llcioiii  Dcaigii 
Dcvclopinciil  of  Dcaigii  I  /W/ 
Development  of  Denigii  II  /W/ 
Interior  Dciigii  Profe^monal  Practice 
Contract  Denigii  I 
(Contract  Design  II 


INDS  )lf» 

INDS  370 
INDS  380 
INDS  405 
INDS  464 
INDS  465 

Other  RcquircmcnUi 

(Jiil.Hiilc  Concenlratiiin: 
BiisincM:  BT.Sr  101,  .MKTC  320 
Art:  ART  120,  213:  one  couric  from  list: 
ART2H,2I5.2l(i,21S,2ia 

Fret  KIcctivti.: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


3»h 
3>h 
3»li 
3»li 
3i.li 
3,1. 


0»b 


Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education 

1  lit'  Liinilv  .mil  (ciiiMinici  Si  iciiits  Kdiiialinli  ma|iir  prcparei  <illldeiiLs  fur 
the  teaching  of  lamily  and  cunsiimer  sciences-related  subjects  in  the  public 
schools.  Oiiirsework  is  re(|uired  in  all  areas  of  family  and  con.sumer  services, 
including  child  development  and  family  relations,  consumer  economics, 
clothing,  foods,  and  interior  design/liousiiig.  Professional  education  courses 
are  also  required. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Family  and  Consumer 
Sciences  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studici:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  folliisving  specifications:  54-56 

Natural  Science:  CHF.M  101-102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101.  St)C  151 

Liberal  Studies  Elcctives:  (^NSV  315,  no  courses  wiiii  FCSE  prefix 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

COMM  103 

Digital  Instniclional  Tcchnolog\- 

3sh 

EDEX.301 

Educauon  of  Students  widi  Disabiliucs 

in  Inclusive  Secoiidan  Programs 

2sh 

EDSP102 

Educational  Psvcholog\' 

3sh 

EDSP477 

.Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures 

3sh 

EDUC  242 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

Ish 

EDUC  342 

Pre-studenl  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

Ish 

EDUC  431 

.Student  Teaching  in  Familv  and 

Consumer  Sciences 

6sh 

EDUC  441 

Student  Teaching 

6sh 

EDUC  442 

School  Law- 

Ish 

FCSE  350 

Teaching  Family  Life  Educadon 

3sh 

FCSE  450 

Teaching  Vocadonal  Home  Exxinomics 

3sh 

FDED  102 

.American  Ed  in  Theon'  and  PracUce 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

CNSV  101 

Personal  and  Familv  Management 

3sh 

FDNT  150 

Foods 

3sh 

FONT  151 

Foods  Laboratorv 

Ish 

FDNT  212 

Nutridon 

3sh 

FSMR112 

Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construcdon 

3sh 

FSMR314 

Texules 

3sh 

HMEC218 

Child  Development 

3sh 

HMEC  220 

Teaching  in  Cliild  Development  Centers 

4sh 

HMEC  224 

Marriage  and  Familv  Relauons 

3sh 

INDS  312 

Housing  and  Culture 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  from  list: 

CN.SV413orL\DS213 

3sh 

One  fi-om  list: 

HMEC  424  or  463 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 

(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124-126 


(*)    See  rei)uiremeiiLs  leading  to  teacher  certificauon.  uded  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Educauon."  in  the  College  of  Educadon  and  Educanonal 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

(#)    See  adnsory  paragraph  "Timely  Compleuon  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  secdon  on  Requirements  for  Graduadon. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


82       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major 

The  Child  Development/Family  Relations  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree.  Primar)'  objectives  of  the  program  are  to  prepare 
professionals  to  administer  and/or  work  in  programs  tliat  entail  aspects  of 
child  development  and  family  relationships;  teach  at  the  adult  level;  or 
administer  human  services  agencies  at  federal,  state,  or  local  level.  The 
program  also  provides  preparation  for  students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate 
studv  in  child  development  or  family  studies. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Child  Development/Family  Relations 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  uuthnctl  iti  Liberal  Studies  scttiuii  .'54-5(> 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH101orllOorl21or217 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  ANTH  1 10,  PSYC  101.  SOC  1.51 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  HMEC  prefix 

Major:  39-40 

Required  Courses: 


CNSV315 
FONT  212 
HMEC  218 
HMEC  220 
HMEC  224 
HMEC  317 
HMEC  426 
HMEC  463 


Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance     3sh 
Nutrition  3sh 

Child  Development  3sh 

Teaching  in  Cliild  Dev  Centers  /W/  4sh 

Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 

Infant  Development  3sh 

Teclmiques  of  Parent  Education  3sh 

Family  and  die  Community  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  (one  track) 

Track  A:  Child  Development/Family  Relations 
HMEC  321,324,  418,  422,  424 

Track  B:  Child  Development  (by  permission  only) 
HMEC  321,  418.  420,  422 

Track  C:  Family  Relations  (by  permission  only) 
HMEC  324  /W/.  424,  493 

Other  Requirements: 
Outside  Courses: 

BIOL  155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  4sh 

COMM  103        Digital  Instructional  Technology  3sh 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


18 


Minor — Child  Development/Family  Relations 

Required  Courses: 

HMEC  218         Child  Development  3sh 

HMEC  224         Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3sh 
Any  combination  of  four  additional 

courses  with  HMEC  prefix  1 2sh 


Department  of  industrial  and 
Labor  Reiations 

James  F.  Byers,  Chairperson;  BuUard,  Gaylor,  McPherson, 
McCoUester,  Sedwick;  and  professors  emeriti  Gates,  Morand 

Website:  http://xvunv.iup.edu/ilr 


The  Department  of  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  offers  a  graduate  program 
within  the  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Arts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations.  The  42-semester-hour 
program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  27  semester  hours,  including  an 
elective  thesis  and  elective  course  offerings  totaling  15  semester  hours. 
Internships  are  available  and  strongly  encouraged. 

The  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  program  is  multidisciplinary,  combining 
analydcal  and  human  relations  skills  with  knowledge  drawn  from  social 
sciences  and  business  discipUnes.  The  degree  is  designed  to  prepare 
professional  industrial  and  labor  relations  practitioners  in  public  and  private 


management,  unions,  neutral  agencies,  government  agencies,  and  arbitration 
panels.  It  has  as  a  special  emphasis  labor  relations  in  the  public  sector. 

While  the  department  does  not  offer  coursework  leading  to  an 
undergraduate  major  or  degree,  it  does  offer  several  undergraduate  courses 
which  are  open  to  students  of  any  major  or  college. 


Department  of  Nursing  and 
Aliied  Heaitii  Professions 

Jodell  L.  Kuzneski,  Chairperson;  Barlow,  Beck,  Bellak,  Doas,  Gerwick, 
Hartman,  Holmes,  Houser,  Labant,  Palmer,  Polansky,  Poorman, 
Rossiter,  Sadler,  Setdemyer,  Shellenbarger,  Snyder,  Twal,  Walz, 
Waszak,  Zuraikat;  and  professors  emeritae  Blair,  Kresak,  Murray, 
Smatlak,  Thistlethwaite 

Website:  http://www.  iup.edu/rn-alliedhealth 

The  College  of  Healdi  and  Human  Services  offers  a  curriculum  leading  to 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing.  Students  are  admitted  to  the 
nursing  major  as  freshmen.  Transfer  students  and  those  with  a  previous 
degree  may  also  be  admitted.  Upon  completion  of  the  program,  the  graduate 
is  prepared  to  write  die  examination  for  licensure  as  a  Registered  Nurse  in 
Pennsylvania  and  all  other  states.  The  program  is  accredited  by  the 
Commission  on  Collegiate  Nursing  Education. 

The  nursing  curricidum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  development  of 
professional  nurse  generalists  who  are  hberally  educated,  chnically 
competent,  and  aware  of  their  social  responsibilities  as  health  professionals. 
The  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  broad  background  in  liberal 
education,  coupled  with  die  specialized  knowledge  and  skills  required  for 
professional  nursing  practice.  Additionally,  the  curriculum  prepares  the 
nurse  to  practice  within  die  professional  code  of  nursing  ethics,  to  function 
effectively  as  a  member  of  the  health  care  team,  and  to  utilize  scientific 
principles  in  planning,  implementing,  and  evaluating  health  care.  The 
nursing  curriculum  emphasizes  concepts  in  primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary 
prevendon  of  health  problems. 

The  first  two  semesters  are  devoted  mainly  to  Liberal  Studies  and  science 
courses  considered  essential  to  the  nursing  major.  Throughout  the  last  six 
semesters  clinical  experiences  in  padent  care  are  provided  in  acute  and  long- 
tenn  care  facilides  as  well  as  community  settings. 

Registered  Nurse  students  are  enrolled  in  die  basic  baccalaureate  program  in 
nursing.  They  will  have  an  upper-division  major  in  Nursing  and  will  fulfill  all 
degree  requirements  set  by  the  university  and  the  Nursing  Department.  The 
Registered  Nurse  student  may  be  awarded  advanced  standing,  based  on 
prior  work  completed  at  an  accredited  college  or  university  and  on 
exemption  tests  in  nursing  at  a  given  point  in  the  curriculum. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing  is  offered  for  registered  nurses 
who  are  graduates  of  accredited  diploma  or  associate  degree  nursing 
programs  and  who  have  met  ILfP's  admission  requirements.  The  track  for 
registered  nurses  awards  advanced  standing  based  on  prior  work  completed 
in  a  nursing  program.  Registered  nurse  students  will  ftdfiU  all  degree 
requirements  set  by  the  university.  The  track  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
professional  nurse  to  function  as  a  provider,  designer,  manager,  and 
coordinator  of  care  in  a  variety  of  health  care  settings. 

Detailed  informadon  is  available  in  the  department  office  regarding 
requirements  such  as  healtli  screening,  liability  insurance,  legal  clearance, 

trans|inrt,ili..ii.  .iiid  |in.lessic,]i,il  uriitonns. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Nursing  (@) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

with  the  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217(1) 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PHYS  151-161,  PSYC  310, 

no  courses  widi  NURS  prefix 

Major:  52-55 

Required  Courses: 

NURS  211  Nursing  Pracdce  I  Ish 

NURS  2 1 2  Professional  Nursing  I  2sh 

NURS  213  Nursing  Pracdce  II  Ish 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       S3 


NIIKS2M 

1  U.illli  A»sciiiiinciU 

2>h 

NUKSrili 

l'iiiinil;iliim»  of  Niimiim 

3iili 

NUUS.tl^ 

I'ioIcsnIoiiuI  NiirsiriK  II 

2iili 

NllKS.fKi 

RcMc.inli  rtiJi/.ilKiii  ill  NiiiniiiK 

.'ii.h 

NllllS.l.Ki 

MuU  llr.llllll 

'tnh 

NUHS  .):)7 

A.luh  il<.illl.(:lirii...ll 

5iih 

NUKS  .i.iM 

M.lKlll.il-ClllM  llc.lllll 

4iih 

Nims  .■)•)<• 

Malcinal-Clnl.lllcallli  Clinical 

5sh 

NUKS  11 2 

I'tole.isioiijl  Niiisinn  III 

2>h 

NURS  4.i2 

l>»y(lii.ilri(/McMl;>lllc.illli 

2iih 

NUIIS  .l;).! 

Coiiiiiiiiiiily  lUallli 

2.sh 

NURS  4;)r. 

Coiiinniiiity/I'syt'liiutric'/Mciii.il  1  li.illli 

(:liiii.,il 

5sh 

NURS '!.■)() 

A.lnli  ll.alihl! 

4sh 

NURS  1)7 

A<lullllcalll>(:liiiir.illl 

5iih 

NURS  ■I'-.O 

A  ( iiiKiiilivt'  Appriiai  li  t(i  Clinical 

!'i..l)lcmS(ilvinK(l!) 

:hU 

Other  RcquircmcnlN; 

ifi 

Scil'IKT  Sl'<|IIVIU'C'! 

BlOl,  KV) 

CcllHioloRv 

:hh 

IIIOI,  I'-.d 

1  liiniaii  Aiiatoiny 

:)»h 

MIOI.  I'-.l 

1  liiniaii  Physiology 

49h 

UU)L2H 

CciKial  Microbiology 

:ish 

FDNTiilU 

Niilriliiin 

3sh 

Free  ElcctiveN! 

()-i 

(#)'lbtal  Degree  KequircmcnLs:  124-127 

(W)  Program  revision  pending  Council  olTruslecs  approval. 

(1)  The  Pennsylvania  Slate  Board  of  Nursing  reijuircs  two  units  of  high 
school  inatlieinalics  (one  of  which  is  algebra)  for  admission  to  tlic 
nursing  major. 

(2)  Suulents  who  achieve  a  higher  score  t]ian  a  specified  minimum  on  a 
dcpartment-rei|uired  standard  test(s)  are  exempt  from  NURS  450. 

((f)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  C'omplction  of  Degree  Re<|uircments'" 
in  the  section  on  Re(|uircmcnLs  for  (iraduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Nursing/Registered  Nurse  Track  I 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  oudined  in  Laberal  studies  section  ,5 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.ATH  217 

Health  and  Wellness:  Fulfilled  l>)'  the  major 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


NURS;il(i 

Research  I'tiliiation 

3sh 

NURS  ;«4 

Transitions  in  Professional  Nursing 

3sh 

NURS  411 

.\dvancctl  Health  .Assessment 

3sh 

NURS  412 

Pr..fcssional  Nursing  III 

2sh 

NURS  4,M 

Communitv  Health 

2sh 

NURS  4.'-,4 

Health  Promotion  of  Families  Across 

the  Lifespan 

3sh 

NURS  4r,r, 

Introduction  to  Nursing  Informatics 

3sh 

NURS  4(i7 

Leadership  Practicum 

2sh 

NURS  469 

Community  Practicum 

2sh 

NURS  480 

Seininar  in  Nursing 

3sh 

NURS  XXX 

Electivcs 

3sh 

NURS 

Credits  \-ia  articulation 

30sh 

protrdiirci.  Im  liidrd  arc  the  <i|>cratioii  and  inaintciunic  ol  speculi/.cd 
equipment. 

The  program  leads  to  the  Bai  hclor  tjf  .Science  degree  in  Respiratory  Care. 
Prrsrnled  jointly  by  lUP  and  the  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital  in 
Pittsburgh,  the  program  offers  intensive  theoretical  and  applied  knowlc<lge  to 
prorhice  highly  skilled  graduates  wIki  arc  prepared  to  enter  die  profession  as 
therapists  or  instructors. 

'I\vo  academii  years  of  university  studies,  followed  by  two  academic  years  of 
hospital  studies  and  clinical  practice,  constitute  die  program.  Students  mutt 
earn  a  CPA  of  2.25  in  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiemaucs  courses  to  l>c 
ctmsidercd  for  admission  into  die  clinical  years  in  Respiratory  Care. 
However,  since  admission  to  die  hospital  is  ( ompetitive,  lUP  cannot 
guaranlce  admission  into  the  hospital  program. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Respiratory  Care 

liberal  Studies:  As  oull.m.l  m  L.h.  r,.l  Mudif  scti.M,  45-47 

Willi  llic  lnllo«iiig  spccllicatloiis: 

Humanities:  PHIL  222  recommended 

Mathematics:  MATH  105  or  higher  level 

Natural  Science:!  I IKM  101-102 

Social  Sciences:  I'SN  ( :  101.  .SOC  151,  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  llcctivcs:  (me  course, 

H'lED/COSC/IFMG  101  recommended 
Synthesis:  not  required 
Writing  Intensive:  not  required 


Major: 

Required  Courses:  ( I )  (2) 

RESP  101  The  Profession  of  Respiratory  Care 

RESP  326  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I 

RESP  327  Phannacol'ogy 

RESP  328  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care 

RESP  329  Respiratory  Care  Equipment 

RESP  330  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation 

RESP  333  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  II 

RESP  334  Respiratory  Care  Iruitrumentation 

and  Application 

RESP  335  Patient  Care  Skills 

RESP  336  Cardioptdmonary  Evaluation  and 

Clinical  Correlation 

RESP  337  Intro  to  Puhnonary  Function  Studies 

RKSP  425  Chnical  Case  Studies 

RKSP  426  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III 

RESP  428  Essentials  of  Electrocardiology 

RESP  429  Design  and  Function  of  a  Respiratory 

Care  Program 

RESP  430  Pulmonary  Function  Studies 

RESP  431  Pediatric  Respirator)- Care 

RESP  433  Respiratory-  Care  Clinical  Practice  PV 

RESP  434  Neonatal  Respirator)-  Care 

RESP  436  Respiraton-  Care  Teaching 

RESP  437  Methods  in  Critical  Care 

RESP  438  Cardiopulmonary-  Rehabilitation 

Other  Requirements: 
Science  Courses: 


62 


Cell  Biology- 
Human  .■\natomy 
Human  Physiology- 
General  Microbiology- 
Medical  Physics  Lecture 
Medical  Physics  Lab 


Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
2sh 
4sh 

4sh 
3sh 

4$h 
Ish 
3sh 
5sh 
2sh 

2sh 
3sh 
Ish 
5sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
Ish 


3sh 
Ssh 
4sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
Ish 


Free  Electivcs: 

Ibtal  Degree  Requirements: 

(@)  Progr.ini  pciul^ig  Council  of  Tnistees  approv-al. 


Allied  Health  Professions  Programs 

Rebecca  L.  Hartman,  Coordinator 

Respiratory  Care 

Respiraton  therapists  assist  physicians  in  the  care  of  patients  who  ha\-c 

respiratory  system  problems  or  illnesses  diat  relate  to  breadiing.  Their  ■^■■■■■■■■■■■■i^i^^i^^^^i^^^^^B^^^iBBlB'B' 

assistance  includes  administering  gaseous  drugs  and  executing  dierapeutic 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


BIOL  105 
BIOL  1,50 
BIOL  151 
BIOL  241 
PHVS  151 
PHVS  161 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-126 

(1)  Qualified  students  arc  encouraged  to  elect  RESP  342.  in  which  case 
totid  credits  would  be  126-130. 

(2)  RESP  300-  and  400-level  courses  are  completed  at  Western 
Peimsyh-ania  Hospital  in  Pittsburgh.  The  courses  are  consistent  with  the 
requirements  of,  and  the  program  is  accredited  by.  the  Joint  Re\iew 
Comiiuttee  for  Respiratory-  Therapy  Education. 

(#)    See  ad\-isor\-  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements'^ 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


84       COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES 


Medical  Technology 


Medical  Technolog)'  encompasses  the  study  of  analytical  and  diagnostic 
procedures  used  in  clinical  laboratories  and  in  medical  research.  Medical 
technologists/clinical  laboratorf  scientists  perform  a  variet)-  of  laboratory 
tests  upon  which  tbe  pbysician  depends  for  accurate  diagnosis,  prognosis, 
and  proper  treatment  of  the  patient.  The  program  of  studies,  presented 
jointly  by  lUP  and  accredited  medical  technology  programs  in  hospitals, 
prepares  the  student  to  enter  the  profession.  Upon  completion  of  die  four- 
year  program,  die  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  is 
granted.  The  program  also  prepares  the  student  for  graduate  and 
professional  schools. 

lUP  maintains  short-  and  long-term  aBiliaUons  with  selected  hospital 
schools.  Tlie  Allied  Healdi  Professions  coordinator  provides  student 
counseling  and  maintains  a  liaison  with  hospital  schools.  However,  since 
admission  to  any  hospital  program  is  on  a  compeddve  basis,  lUP  cannot 
guarantee  admission  into  any  hospital  program. 

The  following  programs  maintain  pennanent  agreements  ot  alfiliaUons  with 
lUP:  Abington  Memorial  Hospital,  Abington;  Altoona  Hospital,  Altoona; 
Elkins  Park  Hospital,  Elkins  Park:  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Lancaster; 
Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  Reading:  St.  Vincent  Health  Center, 
Erie;  and  University  of  Hartford,  West  Hartford,  ConnecUcut.  Odier 
temporary'  affiliations  are  negodated  for  die  convenience  of  die  student. 

Compledon  of  academic  studies  at  lUP  and  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience 
qualifies  the  student  to  take  a  nadonal  certificadon  examinadon.  Successful 
results  on  diis  examination  lead  to  cerdficadon  as  a  professionally  qualified 
medical  technologist/clinical  laboratory  scientist. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Medical  Technology 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  lollovvs:  45-47 

Composition:  ENGL  101.  202 
Humanities:  three  courses  -  one  in  each  area 

(PHIL  222  recommended) 
Fine  Arts:  one  course 
Mathematics:  MATH  1 10  or  higher  level 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 
Social  Sciences:  diree  courses 
Health  and  Wellness/ROTC:  H&W  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PHYS  1 1 1 
Synthesis:  not  rcc|uired 
Writing  Intensive:  one  required 

Major:  32 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 


MEDT  494 

Chnical  Microbiology 

8sh 

MEDT  495 

Clinical  Chemistry 

lOsh 

MEDT  496 

Clinical  Heniatology/Coaguladon 

6sh 

MEDT  497 

Clinical  Immunohematology 

4sh 

MEDT  498 

Clinical  Immunology/Serolog)' 

2sh 

MEDT  499 

Clinical  Seminar 

2sh 

Other  Requirements:  Science  sequence 

37-39 

Required  Courses: 

BIOL  1 1 1 

Principles  of  Biology  I 

4sh 

BIOL  250 

Principles  of  Microbiology 

3sh 

BIOL  364 

Immunology- 

3sh 

CHEM  231 

Organic  Chemistry  I 

4sh 

CHEM  232 

Organic  Chemistry  11 

4sh 

CHEM  323 

Analydcal  Methods 

4sh 

CHEM  351 

Biochemistrv 

4sh 

PHYS  121 

Physics  I  Lab 

Ish 

PHYS  112/122 

Physics  II  Lecture/Lab 

4sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Two  courses  fVom  list:  BIOL  112. 120,  151,263. 

331,350,352, 

•360,  432,  466,  476 

6sli 

Free  Electives 

6-10 

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Compledon  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  secdon  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


( 1 )    These  courses  are  offered  by  our  affiliadng  hospital-based  chnical 

programs.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with  requirements  of  the 
Nadonal  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences.  All  six  of 
these  areas  of  study  are  completed  during  the  final  twelve  months  of  the 
degree  program  at  one  of  die  affiliadng  hospitals. 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Nuclear  Medicine  is  die  medical  special!)-  that  utilizes  die  nuclear  properdes 
of  radioacdve  and  stable  nuclides  to  make  diagnostic  evaluations  of  the 
anatomic  or  physiologic  conditions  of  the  body  and  to  provide  therapy  with 
unsealed  radioactive  sources.  A  nuclear  medicine  technologist's  skills 
complement  those  of  the  nuclear  medicine  physician. 

The  nuclear  medicine  technologist  is  a  highly  trained  individual  who  has 
completed  an  approved  course  of  study  in  the  theory  of  nuclear  medicine 
technology.  This  allied  health  profession  utilizes  radioactive  materials  for  the 
diagnosis  of  various  pathological  disease  states  and  for  the  treatment  of  some 
specific  disorders.  The  American  College  of  Radiology,  American  Medical 
Association,  American  College  of  Medical  Technology,  American  Society  of 
Technologists,  Society  of  Nuclear  Medicine,  and  the  Society  of  Medicine- 
Technologist  Section  cooperate  to  establish,  maintain,  and  promote 
appropriate  standards  of  quality  for  educational  programs  in  nuclear 
medicine  technolog)-. 

The  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nuclear  Medicine 
Technology  consists  of  three  years  of  study  at  lUP  and  one  year  at  the 
University  of  Findlay/Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  in  Findlay,  Ohio.  Students 
must  achieve  a  GPA  of  2.25  in  the  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  to  be 
considered  for  admission  to  the  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute.  Since  admission 
to  the  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute  is  competitive.  lUP  cannot  guarantee 
atlnii.ssidii  into  iht-  iiisliiuu's  pioCTaiii. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  the  follovnng  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101-102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  plus 

three  Liberal  Studies  electives  or  two  Liberal  Studies 

elective  courses  and  one  Svnthesis  course 


Major: 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 

NMDT427 

Nuclear  Scintigraphy 

3sh 

NMDT  428 

Radiation  Physics 

3sh 

NMDT  429 

Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation 

3sh 

NMDT  430 

Radiation  Biology  and  Radiation 

Protection 

2sh 

NMDT  431 

In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Non-Imaging 

Ish 

NMDT  432 

Radiopharmaceuticals 

3sh 

NMDT  433 

Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging 

Ish 

NMDT  434 

Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine 

I6sh 

Other  Requirements: 

Science  Courses: 

BIOL  105 

Cell  Biology 

3sh 

BIOL  150 

Human  Anatomy 

3sh 

BIOL  151 

Human  Physiology 

4sh 

PHYS  1 1 1 

Physics  1  Lecture 

3sh 

PHYS  121 

Physics  1  Lab 

Ish 

PHYS  112 

Phvsics  11  Lecture 

3sh 

PHYS  122 

Phvsics  11  Lab 

Ish 

Required  courses:  (2) 

ENGL  3 1 0         Public  Speaking 

Free  Electives: 

At  least  two  of  the  selected  courses  must  be  Writing  Intensive 


17 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-125 

( 1 )    These  courses  are  offered  at  the  University  of  Findlay/Nuclear  Medicine 
Institute,  Findlay,  Ohio.  These  areas  of  study  are  consistent  with 
requirements  of  the  Joint  Review  Committee  on  Educational  Programs 
on  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology-  (JRCNMT).  All  eight  of  these  areas  of 
study  are  completed  during  the  final  twelve  months  of  the  degree 
program. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HEALTH    AND    HUMAN    SERVICES       85 


(i)     SlIldcMl.. 

..,„■„•/,„ 


II  irc|iitrcil  I rn|>l('l('  ,t  in 

.  ()|>ljiM>'.inriiinilllii'.m|i 
olAllK-d  lli'.illlil'r<>r<v.Hi<> 


(Im.iI  lrriniii<ilii)0 

rciiitiil  iiiuM  In-  j|i|iriivr(l  l)y 


Gerontology  Certificate  Program 

Kchct'ca  I..  H;ii'(injiK  (  jHirdinaloi 


riit'  (•i-riiiiti>lii);y  Cirlilujlr  |>io);r.ini  |irciviiliv<  mi  iiilcrdlM  i|iliiiar\  a|i|)r(ij(li 
Id  the  .sysUiualir  sliiily  cifilic  a({iiij;  anil  is  ilcsiniicd  In  In-  coinliiiicd  willi  any 
untlert^railiiatc  iiiajdr  at  H'C.  Tlic  2l-ficmc»lfr-lii>iir  projrraiii  entails  tlircc 
cure  cciiirsis,  tliric  clii  live  iiiiirscs,  and  an  iiilLTnslii|i  llial  will  provide 
experiential  learnniK  ni  an  aneniy  cir  prnnrani  ser\iiin  (ilclcr  adnlls.  Many 
coiintes  liiliill  the  re(|iiireinent'<  liir  liie  I.il>cral  Suidies  pr<i|(raiii.  Applications 
are  available  at  211  jolinson  1  (all.  For  inlornialion.  call  72'l-:i.'")7-7647. 


Gerontology  Certificate  Program 

Core  (ioiirses: 

I IPKO  VM  I  lealtli  Aspects  of  AgiiiR 

PSYC;  .'tl2  Adull  Development  and  Aging 

SOCiS?  Sociology  of  Aging 

Controlled  Electivc.si 

ANTl  I  ;)I0.  ANTl  I  IN.  CNSV  ,!  I  r>,  GF.RN  2M 1 . 

CEIIN  ISI.CEIliN  IS2.  HMKC  .i24.  IIPKD  413, 

MGMT  300,  MGMT  311,  PSYC  37(),  PSYC  378, 

PHIL  400,  PHll.  405,  RHAB  312,  SAFE 380, 

SOC  336,  SOC  342.  .SOC  34.'; 


Other  Requirement!!: 

lnlernsliip(GF.R.N  493  i 


3sli 
3sh 
3sh 


inurnship  in  studenl's  major)  3sh 


Department  of  Safety  Sciences 

I.<Hi  II.  I'ei'gu.soM,  (Jiairpersun;  Eiigler,Janicak.,Juseph,  McClosky, 
Rhodes,  Rivera,  Soule;  and  profeMors  emeriti  Christenscn,  McClay, 
Pacalo 

Website:  liltp://u'ti'iv.  iup.rdii/sa/rtysnrtKfs 


SAFK  ) I  I  IndiMtrial  Fire  Protection 

SAFE  34')  Systems  Safely  Analysis 

SAFE  347  F>gononn(« 

SAFE  402  llcaltli  IIa7.ard  Evaluation 

SAFE  412  I  lazard  Prevention  Management 

SAFE  48H/493  Safely  liitcmship 

Other  Retjuirementd: 

Additional  Science  and  .Mathemalica: 


HIOl.  I'.l 
fllVS  111 
I'lIVS  112 
PIIVS  121 
PIIVS  122 


rinala 


3sh 
3th 
3th 
3th 

4>h 
fish 


4sli 
39h 
3ih 
1th 
Ish 

Ish 
3th 
3th 
9ih 


Human  I'liysiology  and  Anatomy 

Physics  I  1^1  lure 

Physics  II  Ixilure 

Phvsics  I  I  jIi 

Physics  II  Lah 
Profcttional  Courwti 

BT.ST  23 1  Speech  Communication  for  Profctsi 

BT.ST  32 1  Business  and  lnteq)er»onal  Comm 

M(iMl°  3 1 1         Human  Behavior  in  Organizaliont 
Three  professional  courses  approved  hy  ttudcnt't  advitor 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Minor — Safety  Sciences  18 

Required  Courtes: 

SAFE  101  Intro  to  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  3sh 

SAFE  1 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  35h 

SAFE  301  Health  Hazard  Identification  35h 

Controlled  Electivet: 

Three  SAFE  courses  approved  by  department  chair  9sh 


The  departinciit  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Safet\'  Sciences 
witli  specialization  in  occupational  safely  and  health.  The  program  in  Safety 
Sciences  prepares  tlie  student  for  professional,  administrative,  managerial, 
and  supervisory  positions  in  industry,  manufacturing,  insurance, 
transportation,  utility,  government,  construction,  trade  service  industries,  and 
others.  There  remains  a  need  in  Peiuisylvania  aiul  the  nation  for  university- 
educated  occupational  safety  and  healdi  professionals.  The  curriculum 
includes  a  major  of  4 1  semester  hours  in  Safe!)'  Sciences  and  an  additional 
16  semester  hours  in  related  professional  courses.  A  variety  of  elective 
courses  are  available  in  botli  the  major  and  professional  fields  that  enable 
studenl.s  to  strengthen  tlicir  primary  interest  areas. 

Baclielor  of  Science — Safety  Sciences 

Liberal  Studies:  .Xs  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  .55-56 

wiili  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.\TH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  101  and  102 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  SOC  1.51.non-weslem 

culliu'e  rcijuired 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 

ECON  122.  and  M.ATH  217.  no  course  widi 

S.\FE  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

SAFE  101 

Intro  to  Occupational  Safer\'  and  Healdi 

3sh 

S-XFE  1 1 1 

Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  1 

3sh 

SAFE  210 

Environmental  Safetv  and  Healdi 

Regulations 

3sh 

SAFE  211 

Pnnciples  of  Industrial  Safetv- 11 

4sh 

SAFE  301 

Healdi  Hazard  Identification 

3sh 

SAFE  303 

Control  of  Healdi  Hazards 

3sh 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


86       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


Brenda  L.  Carter,  Dean 

Alphonse  N.  Novels,  Associate  Dean 

Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Dean's  Associate 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/humanities 


The  College  ot  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  provides  a  liberal  education 
as  an  essential  foundation  for  the  student's  preparation  for  a  satisfying  career. 
The  college  maintains  an  emphasis  on  the  fiuidamental  understanding  of  our 
cultural  heritage,  combined  with  development  of  a  thorough  background  of 
knowledge  in  tlie  student's  specific  area  of  interest.  It  seeks  to  promote  in 
students  critical  and  objective  thinking,  analytical  skills,  and  a  keen 
awareness  of  their  responsibilities  to  society. 


Degrees 


The  departments  of  Anthropoiog)',  Criminology,  Economics,  English, 
French  and  German,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning,  History,  Journalism, 
Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies,  Political  Science,  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages,  and  Sociology  offer  work  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  is  offered  in  Regional  Planning.  The  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  is  offered  in  English,  French,  German,  Social  Science, 
and  Spanish. 

Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of  Science  degrees  are  offered  by  Criminology, 
Enghsh,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning,  History,  Political  Science,  and 
Sociology.  The  Enghsh  and  Criminology  departments  ofter  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree.  Informadon  about  these  graduate  programs  may  be 
obtained  from  die  Graduate  School. 


College  Majors 


Junior-  Year  Review 


Anthropology 

Criminolog)' 

Economics 

English 

Foreign  Languages  and  International  Trade 

French 

Geography 

German 

Government  and  Public  Service 

History 

International  Studies 

Journalism 

Philosophy 

Political  Science 

Regional  Planning 

Religious  Studies 

Sociology 

Spanish 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


All  students  who  are  canchdates  for  a  degree  offered  by  the  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  must  meet  with  their  faculty  advisors  and 
complete  a  junior-year  review  of  their  academic  record  upon  earning  72 
semester  hours.  The  purpose  of  the  review  is  to  verify  diat,  by  the  planned 
graduate  date,  die  student's  graduaUon  requirements  will  have  been  met. 
Completed  junior-year  review  reports  must  be  approved  by  the  department 
chairperson  and  die  associate  dean.  Juniors  who  are  eligible  for  the  review 
will  not  be  permitted  to  register  without  compledng  this  checkout. 

If  remains  the  student's  responsibility  to  coinpUte  a  form  to  apply  for 
graduation  and  submit  it  to  the  department  chairperson  early  in  the  term 
prior  to  graduation.  Failure  to  meet  the  graduation  application  deadline  may 
result  in  a  dela'v  in  the  student's  graduation. 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       H7 


Degree  Requirements 


In  .xlililM.r Ik'  iiiiivtimIv'h  I.IImi.iI  SiikIkh  rr.|Mnrnu'MlN.  .ill  sliKlciirs 

s.'t'kiiiK  .1  l>..< .  .il.iiiicilr  <l('Kii<'  i»  iIk'  ( :oll<'K<'  <>l  i  l<ir>i.iiiila'H  ..i,<l  Sn.  i,il 
Scli'iK  ( .i  iiiiisi  I  iMii|>l<i<'  llii'  r('(|tiiiTriiriilH  liir  a  iiiajiir  m  cHlaliliiihccI  by  llir 
ilcparlnu'Ml  llirmiKli  wliii  li  llicy  winli  to  .ipcc'lalizc.  Slalcmciilii  (irdit-HC 
ri'i|iilii'iii('iilN,  aiiil  lilt'  rt'i|iiiri'inciil.'i  for  iIkinc  iniiioriii^  in  a  njiccirK  ndd, 
appiai  ill  llic  (lc|iarlnu:iil  .sciiioiiH  llial  rolliiw.  A  <li>iil>lc  major  or  minor  may 
t'lK  oni|ia»»  a  (li»>'i|>liiic  onlfliclc  an  well  a»  witliin  the  collcKc  bill  iilioiiUi  be 
nelccled  only  willi  advisor  approval.  A.s  a  general  principle,  tbcrc  id 
cunnidcialilt'  lahliiilc  in  roiirse  ilioicc  for  lliimaiiilien  and  Social  Sricnccs 
major.').  Tlic  inlcnnediatt-lcvel  forcinii  lanniiane  requirement  (a  dcucriplion 
follow.s)  applies  willioiit  exreplion  to  all  I  liimanilies  aii<l  Social  .Sciences 
lour-year  clc^ree  pro^ram.s. 

College  Foreign  Language  Requirements 

Stiideiil.s  ill  (lie  iullcKcs  ol  Naliiial  Sciences  ami  .VladiciiidlKs  and 
Ihinianilics  and  Social  Sciences  mn.st  demonstrate  an  intermediate  level  of 
foreij^n  lanjriiaKe  prolicicticy  as  a  college  reqniremeiil  for  Kradnation.  They 
may  choose  any  of  the  laimii.i^its  olVcietl,  iniliidiiiK  self-instniction  in  tlie 
Critical  LangnaKe.s.dcsi  nlKd  Ixluw.  Inn  iiiiedi.ik-lcvel  fiirei);n  language 
courses  in  French,  (■cnii.iM.  Il.ili.iii.  I.,iIim.  and  Spanish  will  also  count  as 
Liberal  .Studies  clective.s. 

For  students  witli  previous  foreign  language  instniction  or  experience, 
individual  placement  into  foreign  language  courses  may  be  dnne  during 
placement  testing  anil  registration  prior  to  the  first  .semester  at  lUP.  Students 
whose  placement  test  demonstrates  competence  e(|uivalent  to  the 
intermediate  level  are  coiisitlered  to  have  fulfilled  the  foreign  language 
requirement.  Studeiit.s  with  no  previous  foreign  language  background  will 
take  entry-level  courses,  which  may  be  counted  as  free  elective*  in  die  total 
required  for  graduation. 

.'\iiy  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP.  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  other  than  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proticicncy  in  English,  is  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  re(|uirement  if 
the  department  of  the  stutlent's  major  does  not  retiuire  a  specific  foreign 
language. 


Critical  Languages  Program 


The  (Critical  Languages  program  is  a  siirinslnictioiial/tutorial  approach  to 
less  commonly  taught  foreign  langiiiiges.  Students  meet  widi  a  tutor  three 
hours  per  week  in  addition  to  practicing  witli  audiocassettes.  Most  tutors  are 
native  speakers  of  the  language.  Professional  teachers  of  the  specific  language 
may  be  brought  in  from  odier  universities  to  evaluate  student  performance. 
The  final  grade  is  based  on  final  examination  as  well  as  on  perlbrmance 
during  the  tutorial  sessions.  Interested  students  must  contact  die  coordinator 
before  registradon.  Each  course  carries  3  semester  hours  of  credit. 

The  following  languages  may  be  available  for  study:  Arabic.  Cliinese,  Dutch, 
Finnish.  Hindi.  Hungarian. Japanese,  Korean,  Modem  Greek,  Portuguese, 
Russian.  Swedish.  Hebrew,  and  Swahili. 


Foreign  Study  Programs 


College  majors  may  be  interested  in  die  various  Foreign  Study  Programs  and 
Tours  offered.  Semester  hours  obtained  dirough  such  arrangements  normally 
are  applicable  toward  a  1  luinanides  and  Social  Sciences  degree.  -Vlso  of 
interest  are  die  college's  credit-awarding  programs  at  Valladolid  (Spain), 
Diiisburg  (Germany),  and  Nancy  (France),  as  well  as  the  Summer  Study  in 
Mexico  Program.  For  further  infomiauon,  contact  the  chair  of  die 
appropriate  language  deparuiient. 

lUP  at  Valladolid:  Through  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department,  the  university  has  ofl'ered  a  spring  semester  of  study  at  the 
Universiti,-  of  Valladolid,  Spain,  for  more  than  thirt)-five  years.  The 
participants  live  in  private  homes.  For  iletails  and  brochures,  contact  die 
Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department. 

lUP  at  Duisburg:  R'P  has  a  study  abroad  program  at  die  I'niversitv  of 
Duisbuig.  West  Geniiaii)-.  The  program  is  open  to  Gennaii  majors  and  other 
studeiit.s  having  specific  interest  in  a  foreign  study  experience.  Students  must 
register  for  FNLG  100  and  pay  a  foreign  exchange  fee  for  each  semester  in 
die  program.  For  furdier  informauon.  contact  die  French  and  German 
Department. 

lUP  at  Nancy:  UP  has  established  a  study  program  widi  the  L'niversit\-  of 


Nancy,  France.  ParticipanU  in  the  .Nancy  progntn  must  pay  a  lorcigii 
exchange  fee  for  each  semeMcr  ill  die  program.  For  dcLailii,  contiicl  die 
Frciii  h  and  (kriiian  Department. 

lUP  at  Mexico  Summer  Prof^rami  The  Spaiiish  and  CJIaMical  I.anguiigc« 
Department  sponsors  a  program  of  study  in  Spanish  language  in  .Mexico. 
The  program  is  located  at  Cucrnavaca,  and  die  (ost  of  the  program  include* 
transporlation.  complete  room  and  board,  insurance,  and  tuition.  'Hie 
student  may  earn  up  to  (i  semcatcr  hours  of  undergraduate  or  graduate 
credit.  Internship  opportunities  arc  available  for  students  widi  fluency  in 
Spanish.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages  Departmeiil. 

lUP  at  Omta  Rica  .Summer  Proj^mi  Tlie  Dcpartmenl  of  Spanish  and 
Classical  Languages  has  afso  established  a  four-week  study  program  at  the 
Nadonal  I  'niversity  of  C^osta  Rica,  located  in  I  lercdia.  Participants  live  widi 
Costa  Rican  families  and  Lake  classes  at  die  university.  This  program  is 
intended  for  stiideiiLs  who  are  going  abroad  for  die  first  dme.  and  preference 
is  given  to  beginning  studeiiLs.  Participants  earn  four  transfer  credits  in 
Spanish  from  die  L!NA.  For  details  and  brochures,  contact  die  Spanish  and 
Classical  Languages  Department. 

Pre-Law  Track 

The  College  ol  llnnunities  and  Social  Sciences  oilers  a  prc-law  track  that 
prepares  the  student  for  applicadon  to  law  school.  Tliis  track  is  in  the 
following  Social  Sciences,  Humaniues,  and  Business  departments:  Business, 
C:riminology.  Economics,  English,  History,  Philosophy,  and  Polidcal  Science. 
,\11  tracks  are  designed  as  part  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  and  as  preparadon 
for  law  school. 

Coursework  in  die  pre-law  track  centers  upon  a  carefully  developed 
interdisciplinary  minor.  For  detailed  guidance  in  pre-law,  students  should 
consult  the  pre-law  advisor  in  their  major  department. 

Internship  Programs 

Hniiianilu  s  and  Sot  lal  Sciences  departments  have  extensive  internship 
programs  which  allow  students  to  engage  in  supervised  off-campus  work 
experience  for  credit.  1L*P  students  have  worked  in  Hamsburg  as  aides  to 
stale  legislators,  with  the  Ciovemor's  jusucc  Commission  and  the  Local 
Government  Commission,  and  widi  die  InvestigaUons  Division.  Pennsv'K'aiiia 
Department  of  JusUce.  Odiers  have  worked  at  correcdonal  insdtudons  in 
Pittsburgh.  Greensburg.  and  Warrendale.  as  peer  group  counselors  on  the 
local  campus,  as  assistants  to  die  Pennsylvania  state  Republican  chairperson, 
as  on-site  guides  at  die  I'nited  Nations,  as  workers  on  an  Israeli  kibbutz,  and 
as  student  aides  for  die  Department  of  Education  in  Puerto  Rico.  Other 
students  have  worked  in  the  Pittsburgh  federal  probation  office.  Many 
students  have  worked  widi  major  political  parties  and  candidates  at  the  local 
and  state  levels.  At  die  count)-  level,  they  have  been  attached  to  the  offices  of 
the  county  planner,  die  Common  Pleas  Court,  the  coroner,  the  treasurer, 
commissioners,  and  die  borough  manager.  Students  have  also  worked  in  the 
Washington  offices  of  Pennsylvania  congressmen  and  in  many  federal  and 
international  organizations  in  Washington  as  well.  Opportunities  for 
internships  in  other  countries  also  exist.  For  more  informadon  about  specific 
internship  programs,  students  should  consult  with  the  chair  of  the 
department  in  which  die  student  is  majoring. 

Asian  Studies  Minor 

The  .\sian  Studies  Minor  is  designed  to  increase  awareness  of  the  world's 
largest,  most  populous,  and  most  diverse  continent.  Its  purpose  is  to 
combine  an  area  focus  widi  liberal  studies  requirements  of  the  R'P 
curriculum.  The  minor  provides  an  opportunit)'  to  increase  awareness  and 
understanding  of  .Asian  cultures.  enWronments.  and  peoples.  It  adds  depth  to 
die  liberal  studies  portion  of  the  students'  program,  enhances  job  skiUs.  and 
prepares  students  for  postgraduate  programs  with  area  or  regional  themes. 


Students  complete  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  outside  of  their  major. 
.At  least  four  courses  ( 1 2sh),  induchng  diree  different  departmental  prefixes, 
must  come  from  Category  .A:  Exclusively  .Asia-Focused.  One  .Asian  "Critical 
Language"  course  may  apply  to  the  Category  .A  requirement.  Other  courses 
may  come  from  eidier  Categor)'  A  or  Categor>'  B:  Substaiitiallv  .Asia- 
Focused.  Special  topics  and  independent  study  courses  may  be  apphed  to 
either  category  widi  the  approval  of  the  .Asian  Stuches  Committee. 

Category  .A:  Exclusively  .Asia-Focused  Courses  are  devoted  to  a 
combination  or  subset  of  the  following  topics:  the  continent  of  .Asia  (as 
defined  by  Inteniatioiial  Geographical  I'nion  convention),  its  physical 


INDIANA     UNIVERSIT>     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


envirotinieiUs.  and  the  luiman  systems  and  cultures  indigenous  to  the 
region. 

Category  B:  Substantially  Asia-Focused  Courses  have  significant 
material  specifically  about  the  continent  of  Asia,  its  physical 
environments,  and  the  human  systems  and  cultures  indigenous  to  the 
region.  The  remainder  of  the  course  material  estabfishes  relevant 
comparisons  and  contexts  for  Asian  diemes. 

Category  A:  Exclusively  Asia-Focused:  12-2 

ANTH/SOC  273    Cultural  Area  Studies:  Soudieast  Asia  3sh 

GEOG  2.56         Geography  of  East  Asia  3sh 
GEOG  257         Geography  of  Soutli  and  Soudieast  Asia         3sh 

HIST  330           History  of  the  Islamic  CiviHzadon  3sh 

HIST  33 1            Modern  Middle  East  3sh 

HIST  335           History  of  East  Asia  3sh 

PLSC  383           Political  Systems:  Asia  3sh 

PLSC  384           Pohtical  Systems:  Middle  East  3sh 

RLST  3 1 1           Eastern  Philosophy  3sh 

RLST370           Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3sh 

RLST  375           Refigions  of  India  3sh 

SOC  272             Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3sh 
Asian  Critical  Languages                                                    3sh  each 
CRLG  101/151/201/251  Arabic  1, 11,  111,  IV 
CRLG  102/152/202/252  Cliinese  I.  II.  Ill,  IV 
CRLG  105/155/205/255  Hindi  1,  III.  IV 
CRLG  108/158/208/258  Japanese  1,  II,  III,  IV 
CRLG  109/159/209/259  Korean  1,  II,  111,  IV 


Special  Topics  in  Pan-African  Studies  3sh 

Special  Topics  in  Pan-Afi-ican  Studies  3sh 

Independent  Study  3sh 

African  Refigions  3sh 


PNAF281 
PNAF481 
PNAF  482 
RLST  360 

(1)    With  die  program  coordinator's  approval,  3sli  of  an  internship  may  be 
counted  towards  the  Pan-African  studies  minor. 


Category  B:  Substantially  Asia-Focused: 

ECON  339 

Economic  Development  1 

3sh 

ECON  345-W 

International  Trade  (Asia  case  study) 

3sh 

ECON  346-W 

International  Payments  (Asia  case  study) 

3sh 

ECON  350 

Comparative  Economic  Systems 

3sh 

GEOG  104 

Geography  of  die  Non- Western  World 

3sh 

GEOG  254 

Geography  of  Russia  and  die  Soviet  Sphere 

3sh 

LBST  499 

Asian  American  Culture 

3sh 

LBST  499 

Cross-Cultural  Commurucation  with  Asia 

3sh 

PLSC 101 

Worid  Politics 

3sh 

PLSC  285 

Comparative  Government  11:  Non- 

Western  Pofitical  Systems 

3sh 

RLST  110 

World  Religions 

3sh 

RLST  380 

Islam 

3sh 

For  fiirther  information  on  the  Asian  Studies  Minor,  contact  the  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  201  McElhaney  Hall,  (724)  357-2280. 

Pan-African  Studies  Minor 

The  Pan-African  Studies  minor  is  a  multidisciplinary  program  diat  brings 
together  courses  focusing  on  die  vitafity  and  accomplisliments  of  pre-colonial 
African  societies,  die  cultural  and  racial  heritages  of  people  of  African 
descent  in  relationship  to  western  societies,  and  aspects  of  modern-day 
Aftican  cultures.  The  cluster  of  courses  included  in  this  program  represents 
a  broad,  diverse  look  at  the  diaspora  of  people  of  African  origin. 

The  minor  helps  lUP  students  to  enrich  their  cross-cultural  studies;  to 
heighten  their  awareness  of.  and  sensitivit)'  to,  cultural  diversity;  and  to 
expand  tiieir  knowledge  of  world  contributions  of  persons  of  African 
heritage.  A  Pan-African  studies  minor  is  thus  valuable  in  an  increasingly 

diverse-  soeiiiv  mid  alliactivc  to  tnipli)vers  and  graduate  schools  alike. 

Minor — Pan-African  Studies  18 

Required  Courses:  6 

HIST  365  History  of  Black  America  Since 

Emancipation 
PNAF  131  Introduction  to  Pan-African  Studies 

Controlled  Electives:  12(1) 

Four  courses  from  the  following  list: 
ANTH/SOC  271  Cultural  Area  Study:  Africa 
COMM  380        History  of  African  Americans  in  Film 
ECON  339         Economic  Development  I 
ENGL  348  African-American  Literature 

GEOG  255         Geography  of  Africa 
HIST  355  Afiican  History  I:  Antiquity  to  1600 

HIST  356  Afiican  History  11:  1600  to  Present 

HIST  366  African-American  Women 

PLSC  382  Political  Systems:  Africa 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


For  further  information  on  the  Pan-AlHcan  Studies  Minor,  contact  the 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  201  McElhaney  Hall,  (724)  357- 
2280. 


Department  of  Anthropology 

Phillip  D.  Neusius.  Chairperson;  Chaiken,  Conelly,  Garcia, 
kruckmaii,  S.  Neusius,  Schmidt;  and  professors  emeriti  Lanham, 
Olin-Fahle 

Website:  hllp://u'uw. tup.tdii/anthmpolo^ 


The  Anthropolog)'  Department  promotes  awareness  of  anthropological 
knowledge  and  methods  and  seeks  to  fiirther  the  discipUne  and  its 
apphcations  to  die  problems  of  die  contemporary  world.  Through  teaching, 
research,  and  involvement  in  campus  and  community  events  and  programs, 
the  andiropology  faculty  members  contribute  to  the  liberal  education  of  lUP 
students.  The  andiropology  major  itself  equips  students  with  knowledge  and 
skills  needed  for  fiill  participation  in  the  global  environment  of  die  twenty- 
first  centur)'. 

Anthropology  emphasizes  the  study  of  human  biological  and  cultural 
diversity  within  its  four  subfields:  sociocultural  anthropology,  biological 
andiropology,  ling'uistics,  and  archaeology.  All  students  receive  a  solid 
foundation  in  the  discipfine  of  anthropology  and  tailor  their  major  to  specific 
interests  by  following  one  of  the  three  tracks. 

The  General  Anthropology  track  continues  the  student's  education  in  all  of 
the  subfields  of  andiropology,  preparing  the  student  for  a  graduate  education 
in  anthropology  or  in  one  of  many  related  fields.  The  general  track  also 
provides  a  sohd  base  for  interdisciphnary  study  with  a  number  of  odier  fields 
including  biology,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religious  studies, 
sociology,  and  Spanish. 

The  Archaeolog)'  track  provides  an  emphasis  on  the  study  of  culture  through 
the  material  remains  of  human  behavior.  This  track  provides  training  for 
careers  in  die  growing  fields  of  cultural  resource  management  and  historic 
preservation,  widi  opportunities  for  employment  in  both  goverrmient  and  the 
private  sector.  A  wide  variety  of  internship  opportunities  provide  hands-on 
training  in  these  areas. 

The  Applied  Andiropology  track  provides  students  wiUi  a  background  in 
anthropological  mediod  and  theory,  a  cross-cultural  perspective,  and  an 
avenue  to  translate  diis  knowledge  into  action  dirough  internships  and 
research.  Examples  of  career  opportunities  include  program  design, 
implementation,  and  evaluation;  poficy  analysis  and  administrative  and 
managerial  development;  assessment  of  current  and  future  human  needs;  and 
creation  of  strategies  for  social  intervention  and  advocacy.  In  consultation 
wadi  an  advisor,  each  student  will  develop  his  or  her  own  curriculum  in  order 
to  build  expertise  in  a  specific  topical  area. 

The  department  also  offers  preparation  for  teaching  social  studies  with  a 
concentration  in  anthropology.  This  program  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  degree.  Widi  its  emphasis  on  cross-cultural  comparisons,  the 
realities  of  contemporary  global  cultures,  and  cultural  resource  management, 
anthropology  provides  a  solid  foundation  for  teaching  social  science  at  die 
sccnrid;in  k\cl.  Tlit  tlt|iartinc'iil  jhso  offers  .i  iiiiiiDr  in  anthropology. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — General  Anthropology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outUned  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-54 

widi  die  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MATH  217 
Social  Science:  SOC  151  (recommended) 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI 
(recommended),  no  courses  with  ANTH  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       S9 


IU'<|iiiri'il  Ooumi'iti 

ANTI^  211         Ciiliiinil  Aiiilir»|><>l<>Ky 

ANTI I  222         MioloKical  Aiillir»|iiiloKy 

ANTI I  2.I)  I  jiiKii;iK<-  and  Culture 

ANTI  1211  Uasit  Ariliiie..l..K)' 

ANTI  I  ir><i         {•itld  UcNiarcli  m'iiIi<»U 

Conlrollcd  Klcclivcm 

One  llicory  uMirsc:  ANTII  -IHO  or  SOC  ll?  (2) 

Three  cmirscs  in  Topinil  Area  F,tliii<>ji;ra|)liy  smli  a.s 

ANTII  27 1,272,  273,  271,. H'l 
Two  aildilional  ANTII  elei  lives  (300  or  400  level) 

Other  Kei|ulreineiitNi 

Free  F.leetiven! 


3»li 
.'inli 
.lull 
.'iiili 

■uu 

.Ml 
<)»li 


0 

;J7-.3,S 


124 


'Filial  Degree  Kei|iiireineiil.<t: 

(1)  Interniediale-level  Foreign  language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  .Slndicii 
clcttive.H. 

(2)  SOC  "I'l?  may  be  taken  only  with  approval  of  the  advisor. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Archaeology  Track 

Liberal  Sludies:  As  mitliiuil  in  Liberal  Studies  .seilicii  5.'J-5-4 

widi  the  following  s|Htiru.itions: 

MaUicinatic.<i:M,VI'II2l7 

Natural  Science:  CEOS  121-I22-l.{l-Li2  (retommende.l) 

Social  Science:  SOC  Lll  (iccomineiKlcd) 

Liberal  Studies  F.lectivcs:  BTF.D/COSC/IFMGIOI 

(recommended),  no  courses  with  .ANTH  prefix 

College:  O-a 

Foreign  Language  liitciiuedi.Ue  Level  (I) 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses; 

ANTII  211  Culmial  Aulbropoiogy  3sh 

ANTH  222         Biological  Antbr<ipology  3sh 

ANTH  233         Langiiage  and  Culture  3sh 

ANTH  24  4         Basic  Archaeolog)'  Ssh 

Controlled  Elcctives: 

Three  methods  courses: 

ANTH  3 1 7         Archaeological  Research  Design 

and  Analvsis  3sh 

ANTH  320        Archaeological  Field  School  6sh  (2) 

ANTH  415        Cultural  Resource  Management  3sh 

One  tlieorj-  course:  ANTH  480  or  SOC  447  (3)  3sh 

Two  area  courses,  one  in  archaeology  and  one  in 
ethnography,  such  as:  6sh 

ANTH  213  or  31.')  and  ANTH  314  or 

ANTH  271/272/273/274 
One  topical  course  such  as:  ANTH  401  or  420  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  (4)  37-38 

lotal  Degree  Requirements:  124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  inchuled  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  For  appro\'al  by  advisor,  an  equivalent  field  school  of  another  universitv 
must  have  a  lab  ainiponent. 

(3)  SOC  447  may  be  taken  only  witli  approval  of  die  advisor. 

(4)  A  minor  in  Geoscience.  Geography.  History,  or  other  approved  field  is 
recommended.  An  internship  (ANTH  493)  also  is  recommended.  Your 
athnsor  should  be  consulted 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Anthropology/Applied  Anthropology 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudincd  in  Liberal  Studies  section  t 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.VTH  217 

Social  Science:  SOC  L'il  (recommended) 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI, 

no  courses  widi  .WTl  I  prefix 


OillcKci 

Foreign  language  Intcniicdialc  Ixvel  ( I ) 

Majon 

Required  (.Munc»: 

ANTH  211  Cultural  Anthropology 

ANTH  222  Biological  Afilliropol.,gy 

ANTII  2)3  Language  anri  Culture 

ANI  II  211         Basic  Archaeology 
(^iintrolled  Flcrtivciii 
Tw.i  methods  courses:  AN'FII  3(i0,  4.';<i 
One  theory  course:  ANTH  4W)  or  SCJC  447  (2) 
One  area  course:  ANFH  314  or  ANTH  271/272/273/274 
Iwo  additional  AN  11 1  electives  (300  or  400  level) 
Internship  in  Antbropolugy  (3) 

Other  Requirements:  (recommended) 

K.N(;L322  Icclinical  Writing 

.SOC  23 1  Contemporary  Social  Problems 

SOC;  4.57  Computer  Use  in  Sociology- 

Free  Elective^: 
Total  Dcf|;rec  Requirements: 


3sli 
3,h 
3sli 
3sh 

Cnh 
3ili 
3sh 

rish 

6ali 


124 


( 1 )  Intenncdiate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  SOC  447  may  be  taken  only  with  permission  of  the  advisor. 

(3)  Internship  is  highly  recommended  but  may  be  replaced  by  6sh  of 
pragmatic  skill  courses  upon  approval  of  ad\'is(jr. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Anthropology  Concentration  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  ouihncl  m  L.lx  mI  Siudus  .section 
witli  the  lollowuig  specifications: 
Social  .Science:  ANTH  211.  ECON  121,  PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ECON  122.  GEOG  230. 
no  courses  v\itli  .V.N'TH  prefix 


Education  Sequence: 

Digital  Instructional  Technology 

Education  of  Students  with  Disabihties 

in  Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 

Educational  Psychology 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Inteqjretation  of  Educational  Measures   3sh 


Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Ex[)  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in 

Secondary  Schools 

.\mericaii  Ed  in  Theorv  and  Practice 


College: 
Professional 
COMM  103 
EDEX301 

EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 

EDUC  242 
EDUC  342 
EDUC  441 
EDUC  442 
EDUC  455 

FDED  102 

Major: 

Required  .Anthropology  Courses: 

.ANTH  21 1         Cultural  .Anthropology 
.A.\TH  222         Biological  .Antliropology 
.A.N'TH  233         Language  and  Culture 
.ANTH  244         Basic  .Archaeology- 
Two  area  edinographv  courses: 

.ANTH  271.  272.  273.  or  314 
Two  additional  .Anthropology  courses  numbered 
300  or  alwve 

History  Distributional  Requirements: 

.Any  two  Histon.  courses  which  focus  on  die  U.S. 
.Any  Non-Western  or  World  Histor\'  course 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution: 
GEOG  104.  252.  255.  256.  or  257 
PI^C  280  or  285 


3sh 


Ish 

Ish 

I2sh 

Ish 

3sh 
3sh 


*sh(l) 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6sh 


6sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


90       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives:  (2) 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


0 
1-6 


124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  tliis  catalog. 

(1)  Courses  counted  toward  Liberal  Studies  credits  do  not  receive  duplicate 
credit  in  major 

(2)  If  a  course  is  chosen  for  a  Social  Sciences  major,  it  may  also  tiilfill  a 
Liberal  Studies  elective  and  permit  additional  free  electives. 


Minor — Anthropology 

Required  Course: 

ANTH  1 1 0  Contemporar)'  Anthropology 

Controlled  Electives: 

Four  additional  courses  in  Anthropology 


15 


3sh 
12sh 


Department  of  Criminology 

Dennis  M.  Ciever,  Chairperson;  Agozino,  Austin,  Claus,  Gibbs,  Gido, 
Haiirahan,  Lee, J.  Martin,  R.  Martin,  McCauley,  McNabb,  Merlo, 
Mutchnick,  Myers,  Roberts,  Scott,  J.  Thomas,  Wilson,  Zimmerman; 
and  professor  emerita  Moyer 

Website:  http://www.  iup.edu/criminolog;) 

The  Department  of  Criminology  offers  students  seeking  careers  in 
criminology  a  broad  liberal  arts  education  supported  by  a  professional 
educadon  program.  The  degree  offered  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  widi  a  major 
in  Criminology;  students  may  also  minor  in  Criminology.  Through  the 
Graduate  School  die  department  offers  graduate  work  at  the  master's  and 
doctoral  level. 

The  program  in  Criminology  has  a  fivefold  objective: 

1.  The  education  of  students  for  employment  and  leadership  in  the 
expanding  field  of  criminology  and  criminal  justice 

2.  The  education  of  presently  employed  criminal  justice  personnel  who 
recognize  a  need  for  furthering  dieir  educadon 

3.  The  instrucdon  of  students  who  wish  to  acquire  an  understanding  of 
the  processes  of  criminal  jusdce  as  a  cultural  part  of  their  higher 
educadon 

4.  The  instruction  of  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  graduate  study 
and/or  research  in  criminology 

5.  A  curriculum  that  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  students 
preparing  for  a  career  in  law 

Nearly  every  level  of  government  offers  opportuniues  for  professional  careers 
in  criminology.  Employment  opportunities  normally  exist  in  more  than  fifty 
federal  agencies,  including  die  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigadon,  U.S.  Secret 
Service;  U.S.  Postal  Inspectors;  Drug  Enforcement  Agency;  Bureau  of 
Alcohol,  Tobacco,  and  Firearms;  National  Security  Agency;  U.S.  Marshals; 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service;  and  military  investigaUve  branches.  Graduates 
will  find  employment  in  local  and  state  law  enforcement,  probadon,  parole, 
and  the  custody  and  treatment  of  adult  and  youthfiJ  offenders.  There  are 
also  a  wide  variety  of  opportuniues  in  the  expanding  fields  of  private, 
commercial,  and  industrial  security.  In  addition,  many  governmental  agencies 
have  specialized  units  dealing  with  juveniles,  community  relations,  training, 
educadon,  and  research. 

Career  opportuniues  are  available  also  in  research  and  teaching  at  the  college 
and  university  levels  and  in  research  divisions  of  various  agencies. 

Students  who  wish  to  change  dieir  major  or  minor  to  Criminology  or 
Criminology/Pre-Law  track  must  have  an  overall  GPA  of  2.5  to  declare  the 
major  or  minor  and  to  be  accepted  formally  by  the  department. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Criminology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CRIM  prefix 


College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

CRIM  102           Survey  of  Criminology  3sh 

CRIM  210          Criminal  Law  3sh 
CRIM  300          Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Jusdce 

OrganizaUons  3sh 

CRIM  306          Criminological  Research  Methods  3sh 

CRIM  400          Theoretical  Criminology  3sh 

CRIM  401           Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  CRIM  416, 451,  470,  491  3sh 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses                                   15sh  (2) 

Free  Electives:  (3)  27-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  dian  6sh  of  CRIM  493  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in 
major 

(3)  Students  selecdng  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  I5sh  outside  the 
College  of  Humanides  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Criminology/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  CRIM  prefbc 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

CRIM  102           Survey  of  Criminology  3sh 

CRIM  210          Criminal  Law  3sh 
CRIM  300          Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Jusdce 

OrganizaUons  3sh 

CRIM  306          Criminological  Research  Methods  3sh 

CRIM  400          Theoreucal  Criminology  3sh 

CRIM  401           Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  fist:  CRIM  4 1 6, 45 1 ,  470,  49 1  3sh 
Five  additional  Criminology  courses                                   15sh  (2) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  ACCT  201,  ACCT  202,  BLAW  235 

Economics:  ECON  121. 122,332 

Engfish:  ENGL  212,220,310 

History:  HIST  320, 32 1,346 

Philosophy:  PHIL  lOI,  222,  450 

Political  Science:  PLSC  358, 359, 361 

Free  Electives:  (3) 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


15-21 


124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  6sh  of  CRIM  493  may  be  applied  to  36sh  minimum  in 
major. 

(3)  Students  selecdng  a  minor  may  apply  no  more  than  15sh  outside 
College  of  Humanides  and  Social  Sciences  without  special  approval. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       91 


Minor — Criminology  (1)  (2) 


18 


IU-qiiiiT(l  (liMirNCNi 

CRIM  KW  Slimy  (.ICriiiiinolony  .'l»li 

CKIM^IO  (:riiiiltMll.aw  .'<»li 

CHIM  KM)  'I'lit'ory  i>i  ( loiiiplrx  ( liiiniiKil .JiihIkc 

()r);iiiii'/.>iti<>iiH  'IhI> 

CIIIM  !(ll>  CriiiiiiioliJKiol  KcHcanli  MciIkxIh  Mi 

CKIM  10(1  TlitorcticiilCriiiiiiinldKy  .'Juli 

(IKIM  101  (l(iiilcin|mrary  Issues  in  OriiniiKiKiKy  -'"li 

( 1 )  Must  have  fi>inial  criniiiioliifo  <ie|iar(ineiil  appnival  In  lie  acliiiitled  In 
iniiior  In  (Irlminolo^. 

(2)  Musi  have  an  iiveiall  2Si  i'A'A  Ui  declare  llic  minor. 


Department  of  Economics 

iNieliolas  Kai  .iljas.  ( iliair|iei  son:  Asanioah.  <  iross.  Dyal,  J.  Jozcfuwicz, 
S.  |o/,clowicz,  Mdilcl,  Uadukuvic,  Itailvll;  and  professor  emeritus 
Widker 

Website:  hllpy/ti'tinv.  iult.edu/ecommin 

Economies  provides  a  backj;ronnd  ami  educ.uional  liase  that  open  a  hroail 
range  of  professional,  eclncalioiial.  anil  voi  jlioiial  opportunities.  .As  part  of  a 
Humanities  and  So(  lal  S<  icnies  decree.  .1  Kailielor  of  Aria  in  Economics 
proviiles  a  liberal  eilncallon  as  well  as  professional  and  technical  training. 
Indeed,  many  .Htudenis  completiug  an  imdergraduate  major  in  Economics  do 
not  pursue  careers  as  professional  econ(miist.s;  they  enter  such  fields  a.s  law, 
nianageinenl,  finance,  and  labor  relations.  By  helping  to  develop  a  student's 
ahllily  lo  think  and  comtnunicale,  economics  pro\-ides  a  finii  foundation 
upon  which  the  student  can  build  any  one  of  a  large  number  of  possible 
careers. 

Four  dlficrcnt  degree  programs  arc  available:  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Economics  that  prepares  sIudeiiLs  for  Immediate  employment  or  graduate 
school;  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Econoinics/Pie-L;iw  track  for  students  who 
wish  to  attend  law  school;  a  Bachelor  of  .'\rLs  in  Economics/Mathemadcs 
combining  courses  In  btith  areas  to  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  In 
economics  as  well  as  possible  Immcdiale  employment:  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  dial  prepares  students  to  teach  economics  and  other 
social  sciences  in  secondary  schools. 

The  Department  of  Economics  offers  concentrations  in  seven  areas  of 
Economics.  The  concentrations  are  deslgi\ed  lo  ei|uip  students  with  die 
education  and  skills  tliat  will  help  to  enable  them  to  obtain  a  position  in 
government  or  private  business  upon  coni|)letion  of  the  undergraduate 
program.  The  concentrations  available  at  present  are 

•  Competition  and  Public  Policy 

•  Economics  of  Government  Affairs 

•  International  Economics 

•  Labor  Economics 

•  Managerial  Economics 

•  Monetary  Economics 

•  Quantitative  Economics 

Detailed  information  regarding  these  concentradons  may  be  obtained  from 
die  deparUnent  chaiipei-soii.  Concentrations  are  not  restricted  to  Economics 
majors. 

Eidier  ECON  101  or  121  will  count  as  a  LIbei-al  Studies  social  science 
course.  Howe\cr,  ECON  101  Is  intended  for  students  who  will  take  only  one 
course  in  die  field.  Students  who  anticipate  taking  more  dian  one  economics 
course  should  schedule  ECON  121.  ECON  101  will  not  count  toward  eidier 
a  major  or  minor  in  economics  and  may  not  be  taken  after  die  successful 
completion  of.  or  in  concurrent  registraUons  with,  any  odier  economics 
course. 

Economics  majors  are  encouraged  to  minor  In  one  of  die  odier  Social 
Sciences,  in  Business,  or  in  Madiematics. 

The  DeparUnent  of  Economics  houses  the  Center  for  Economic  Education. 
The  center  is  a  nonprofit,  nonpartisan  organization  affiliated  widi  bodi  die 
Pennsylvania  Partnership  for  Economic  Education  and  die  National  Council 
on  Economic  Education.  Its  mission  is  to  upgrade  die  quality  of  econonuc 
education  in  kindergTu-teii  dirough  twelfdi  grade.  The  center  performs  die 
following  ftinctions:  teacher  training,  consulting  services,  research,  materials 


devclopinenl,  and  progranm  in  ecmioniit  education  for  adulti.  Dm.Jamen  J. 
)ii/rlowi(  /  and  Arthur  H.  Marie!  are  ihc  co-direct/irs  of  llic  center. 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Economics 

Liberal  .Sludiem  Ai  oudineil  in  Liberal  Studies  •ection  y.i-5H 

Willi  the  lollowing  specifications: 

Social  Scicmei  ECON  121 

MalhemalicKi  MA  Til  I  10  or  121  (I) 

Liberal  Sludien  F^lccliveKt  no  coursed  widi  ECON  prefix 

Ciillegei  0-« 

I'oreign  Language  Inlermediale  Level  (2) 

Major:  24 

Required  CoumeKt 

KCON  121  Principles  of  Economics  I  •sli 

KCON  122         Principles  of  Economics  II  3«h 

ECON  .}.';.';         Statistics  for  Economists  3»h  (3) 

ECON '121  Macrocconoinic  Analysis  .3sh 

ECON  122  MIcroeconomic  .Analysis  isb 

M  ATI  1121         Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and 

Social  Sciences  *sh  ( 1 ) 

Controlled  KIcctives; 
Four  other  ECON  courses  12sh  (4) 

Free  Elcclives:  38-47 

Total  Degree  RcquircmcnLs:  124 

( 1 )  M.A  ri  I  1 23  or  1 27  may  be  substituted  for  MATH  121. 

(2)  Inlemiedlate-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studie* 
electives. 

(.3)    MATH  214, 217,  or  363  may  be  substituted  for  ECON  355. 

(4)    No  more  dian  6sli  of  internship  credit  may  be  applied  toward  major. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudlned  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  ECON  1 2 1 

Mathematics:  MATH  1 10  or  121  (1) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  ECON  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

ECON  121         Principles  of  Economics  I  *sh 

ECON  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

ECON  355         Statistics  for  Economists  (3)  3sh 

ECON  421         Macroeconomic  Analysis  3sh 

ECON  422  Microeconomic  .Analysis  3sh 

MATH  1 2 1         Calcidus  I  for  Business.  Natural,  and 

Social  Sciences  *sh(l) 

Controlled  Electives: 
Four  other  ECON  courses  I2sh(4) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  .ACCT  201,  ACCT  202,  BLAW  235 

Criminology :  CRIM  210.  260. 357 

English:  ENGL  212.  220. 3 10 

History:  HIST 320. 32 1. 346 

Philosophv:  PHIL  101.  222.  450 

PoUtical  Science:  PLSC  358, 359. 361 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124 


(1)  M.ATH  123  or  127  may  be  substituted  for  M.ATH  121. 

(2)  Inteniiediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(3)  M.ATH  2 1 4. 2 1 7,  or  363  may  be  substimted  for  ECON  355. 

(4)  No  more  dian  6sh  of  internship  credit  may  be  applied  toward  major. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


92       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
witli  tlie  following  specifications; 
Social  Science:  ECON  121  (included  in  major) 
Mathematics:  MATH  123  (included  in  major) 
Electives:  Intermediate  foreign  language,  no  course  widi 
ECON  or  MATH  prefix. 

Major: 
Core: 

ECON  121 
ECON  122 
ECON  421 
ECON  422 
MATH  123 


MATH  124 


MATH  171 


Principles  of  Economics  I 

Principles  of  Economics  II 

Macroeconomics  Analysis 

Microeconomics  Analysis 

Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

MaUiematics 

Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 
MATH  216  or    ECON  355  ProbabUity  and  Statistics 

for  Nat  Sci  or  Statistics  for  Economics 
Economics  Electives: 

Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  take  ECON  334 
and  356,  but  any  course  except  ECON  101  may  be  used. 
ECON  493  may  be  counted  only  with  the  approval  of 
the  program  coordinator  and  only  up  to  6sh. 
Madiematics  Electives: 

At  least  one  of  the  following  two-semester  sequences: 
MATH  241  and  371,  MATH  363  and  364, 
MATH  445  and  446 
Three  additional  courses  either  from  the  above  or 
from  the  following: 

MATH  271,  272, 342,  417  or  418, 421, 
422.  423, 425.  427, 451, 465,  476, 477 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 


3-4sh 
12sh 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Economics  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specificaUons: 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101,  PLSC  111,  ANTH  1 1 0  or  2 1 1 

Mathematics:  MATH  110  or  217  or  121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  GEOG  230,  SOC  337 


College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

COMM  103 

Digital  Instrucdonal  Technology 

3sh 

EDEX301 

Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 
Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 

2sh 

EDSP  102 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EDSP477 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures 

i   3sh 

EDUC  242 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  1 

Ish 

EDUC  342 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

Ish 

EDUC  441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

EDUC  442 

School  Law 

Ish 

EDUC  455 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  the 

Secondary  Schools 

3sh 

FDED  102 

American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

0 
20-24 


Major: 

Required  Economics  Courses: 

ECON  121         Principles  of  Economics  I  3sh 

ECON  122         Principles  of  Economics  II  3sh 

Controlled  Economics  ElecUves:  15sh 

Upper-level  Economics  courses  including  at  least  one  wriung-intensive 
course  and  at  least  one  course  fi^om  each  of  the  following  diree  groups: 
International  courses:  ECON  339, 345, 350. 35 1 
Macroeconomic  courses:  ECON  325, 343,  421 


21 


Microeconomic  courses:  ECON  283, 330. 33 1 .  332, 
333,335,336,373,383 

Other  Requirements: 

Required  Social  Science  distribution 
HIST  203  U.S.  History  for  Historians 

GEOG 

PLSC  280  or  PLSC  285  Comparative  Goverimient 
Social  Science  Minor 

Free  Electives: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

6-9sh(l) 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Educadon,"  in  die  College  of  Education  and  Educadonal 
Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

(1)    Students  must  complete  a  minor  in  a  second  Social  Science  of  their 

choice.  The  coursework  for  each  alternadve  is  described  below.  Some  of 
the  courses  chosen  may  also  fiilfill  the  diird  Liberal  Studies  elecdve 
course  above. 

1 .  Anthropology:  ANTH  1 1 0  or  2 1 1 , 1 2  addiuonal  sh  in  ANTH 

2.  Geography:  GEOG  230  and  1 2  additional  sh  in  GEOG 

3.  History:  HIST  195, 203, 9  addidonal  sh  in  HIST 

4.  PohUcal  Science:  PLSC  1 1 1 ,  280  or  285, 9  addidonal  sh  in  PLSC 

5.  Sociology:  SOC  1 5 1 ,  237, 9  addiuonal  sh  in  SOC 


Minor — Economics 

Required  Courses: 

ECON  121  Principles  of  Economics  I 

ECON  122  Principles  of  Economics  II 

Three  courses  from  ECON  200  or  higher 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
9sh 


Department  of  English 

Donald  S.  McClure,  Chair;  Gail  I.  Berlin,  Assistant  Chair;  Aghbar, 
Alvine,  Bencich,  Berlin,  L.  Black,  Bower,  Cuhalan,  Camp,  Carse, 
Chow,  Comfort,  Craig,  Dandurand,  Donna,  Downing,  Emerick,  Fritz, 
Gatti,  Gebhard,  Goebel,  M.  Hayward,  N.  Hayward,  B.  Hudson,  S. 
Hudson,  Hurlbert,  S.  F.Johnson,  Kilwein-Guevara,  Kraszewski, 
Krupnik,  Marsden,  Masiello,  McAndrew,  McClenahan,  McClure, 
McPherson,  Murphy,  Norris,  Orchard,  Pagimcci,  Perdue,  Huddleston 
Powers,  Rafoth,  Roflrnan,  Savova,  Sell,  Shafer,  Sitler,  Slater,  Smits, 
Stilwell,  Tannacito,  Vella,  Villa,  Ware,  Watson,  Welsh,  Willen,  M.  M. 
Williamson,  M.  T.  Williamson,  J.  Wilson,  K.  Wilson,  Yang;  and 
professors  emeriti  Anderson,  Betts,  J.  Bright,  L.  Bright,  Brown,  Craig, 
Davis,  Freund,  Gray,  Miller,  Nania,  Ray,  Roumm,  Seinfelt,  Smith, 
Swigart,  Watta,  Woodworth 

Website:  hllp://wxow.  hip.edu/englisli 


The  program  of  studies  in  the  English  Department  at  lUP  focuses  on  cridcal 
diinking  and  efl'ecdve  reading  and  writing  at  all  levels.  English  majors  study  a 
wide  variety  of  subjects  ranging  from  literary  theory  to  practical  pedagogy,  in 
an  atmosphere  diat  encourages  and  fosters  a  high  degree  of  professional 
commitment. 

Course  choices  depend  upon  a  student's  career  goals;  diree  specialized 
majors  are  offered,  each  of  which  undergoes  regular  revision  to  reflect  the 
needs  of  students  and  die  structure  of  a  changing,  competitive  job  market. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  English  Humanities  offers  a  wide  range  of  courses  in 
both  traditional  and  nontraditional  areas,  which  allows  students  to  tailor 
their  programs  to  reflect  dieir  own  interests  and  career  plans. 
English/Pre-Law  track  oflers  specialized  training  for  those  interested  in  a 
career  in  law  or  some  related  field. 

The  English  Education  program  offers  special  training  for  prospective 
secondary  school  teachers.  lUP's  consistent  success  in  placing  graduates 
from  diis  major  in  teaching  positions  suggests  that  die  program  is  highly 
regarded  among  educators  outside  the  university. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       93 


English  Humanities 


Minor  in  English 


riit'Kii);lislil)<'|>;irlninjl\ll.i.li<'lnr.>(  ArlNlci  I  liiMKinilU".  <  nirx  tiliirii 
clliplliisi/i-s  llir  ll.iililKiiial  I  iirucrns  nf  Kh^IlhIi  lilcl.iiv  hIikIv  liy  )irriviilin);  ,i 
(cirniiiiiM  (ore  nrfiiiir  coiimcH  lli.il  pinviclc  sIikIimIh  willi  ,i  iiiiidiriii 
liurk);ri)iiii<l  ill  Kii^lisli  and  Aiiiciii  an  liuraliiiT,  alici  wliirli  llii  y  arc  oncrcil  a 
vviilt  raiiKt  offiiiiii  t»  in  Hix  »nl)»Uiiliul  ariao  o(  rcijiiircil  mucly.  Tlicit 
rcc|iiii'c(l  and  ciiiilrollcd-elcciivc  cmirstB  coiiHliliilc  M)  Sfiiienltr  Imiirn  iif  a 
major  dial  tiiialn  .')();  llif  rcinaiiiiiiK  c-oiirncii  ran  lie  any  ii|)|)cr-lcvcl  Kn^lixli 
dcclivc  iilVcriiiKii,  Init  .itiidciits  arc  iirf;cd  In  explore  |iii8!iil)ilitic.i  larcfully 
widi  dicir  advi.iorN  so  an  to  complete  llie  program  Ileal  Miiled  In  llicir  lulure 
Koal». 

Specifically,  alter  conipkliiiK  die  four  prerequisite  coiirscs  and  llii-  l.ilieral 
Studies  F.n^lisli  retiiiiieiiiciits,  students  iiuist  lake 

•  ciiif  Period  Ooiirse  ((laleKory  A) 

•  one  Form  and  Theory  ol  Genre  Ooursc  (Category  B) 

•  one  Alternative  Literatures  Course  (Category  C) 

•  one  European  Tradition  Course  (Cate);ory  D) 

•  one  Major  Aiitliors  (bourse  ((Category  E) 

•  one  Writing,  Speech,  Linguistics  Course  (Category  F) 

a  minimuin  of /wo  courses  lieyond  these  group  re(|iiirenicnts.  These  two 
courses  may  lie  from  one  or  more  of  the  groups,  or  may  he  Topics  Courses  in 
literature,  film,  or  literary  theory. 

Students,  especially  diose  for  whom  the  \i..\.  is  a  terminal  degree,  arc 
encouraged  (o  seek  an  internship  in  dieir  junior  or  senior  year  as  a  means  of 
developing  and  demonstrating  die  skills  they  have  acquired. 

.Since  die  major  can  be  completed  with  ;i()  semester  hours  of  coursework. 
students  have  '27-.'J.')  seniesler  hours  out.side  of  the  Liberal  Studies 
re(|uirements.  depending  on  their  foreign  language  status,  of  unspecified 
coursework.  .Students  should  explore  their  options  carefully  with  dieir 
advisor.  Beyond  the  basic  rec|uircmeiits  of  the  major,  opportunities  exist  for 
students  to  elect  courses  allowing  tlieni  to  concentrate  further  iti  such  areas 
as  wriUiig,  film,  and  British  or  U.S.  literature. 

English/Pre-Law  Track 

Succcsslul  lawyers  possess  excellent  skills  lu  writing  and  sijeaking  and  can 
analyze  a  problem  and  explain  its  soluuon  in  clear,  logical  teniis.  Pre-Law 
English  prepares  die  student  especially  well  in  diese  areas  and  provides  die 
skills  and  knowledge  needed  to  do  well  in  the  law  school  admissions 
exaniinatioii. 

Most  graduates  have  had  successftil  internships  in  die  offices  of  pracUcing 
attorneys  and  governnient  agencies,  although  an  internship  remains  opUonal. 
Students  wishing  an  internship  should  contact  the  department  director  of 
internships  eailv  in  tlieir  career  at  Il'P. 


Education  Program 


The  English  ncp.iriiiunt  oilers  a  program  leading  to  die  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  degree  in  English  Education.  This  program  has  been 
accredited  by  the  NaUonal  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education 
(NCATE).  Graduates  are  prepared  to  teach  in  niiddle.junior  high,  and 
senior  high  schools. 

English  Education  majors  fulfill  all  the  rcciuiremeiits  for  state  certification, 
including  practic;il  experience  in  nicUioils  courses  and  student  teacliing: 
content  preparadon  in  a  variety  of  literature,  language,  and  composition 
courses:  and  philosophical  background  in  current  dieories  of  teaching. 
Aldioiigli  most  students  choosing  an  English  Education  major  will  be  fitted 
both  by  traiiiitig  and  ilesire  for  die  secondary  school  classroom,  those  who 
opt  not  to  teach  will  find  dial  dieir  speaking.  wTiUng,  and  management  skills 
can  be  usefiil  to  die  media,  governmental  services,  and  business. 

Program  re(|uiremeiits  are  available  at  die  Engfish  Department  office.  Majors 
must  maintain  a  minimum  cumulaUve  GPA  of  2.6  (2001-02).  2.8  (2002-03). 
and  .3.0  (200;)  and  beyond).  They  must  be  fomially  admitted  to  the  Teacher 
Cerufication  Program,  a  process  which  includes  application  and  screening 
widiin  the  Engfish  DeparUiient.  This  screening  involves  review  of  die 
student's  portfolio  of  written  work  and  faculty  evaluations,  as  well  as  an 
inteniew  with  English  Education  faculty  Refer  to  die  sccuon  ".Admission  to 
Teacher  Educadon  and  Cerufication"  in  die  College  of  Education  and 
Educational  Technology  section  of  diis  catalog  and  die  Engfish  Education 
Handbook. 


To  iiiiMoi  in  English.  1 1  semestet  hours  in  Knglisli  arc  rc<(uircd  beyoriil  the 
l.iheial  Sni.lics  re(|iiircmeni  of  KN(.I.  101.  121. and  202. 
Sliidcnls  who  choose  to  minor  in  English  should,  if  dieir  iiujor  dcpartnicnl 
concurs,  subsdliite  ENGL  122  for  E.\(;L  121. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — English 

Liberal  Sludiei:  .As  oiidincd  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

llumaiiilicK  Literature:  ENGL  122 

Liberal  Sludicn  Elcctivcsi  no  courses  with  ENGL  prefix 

College:  0-« 

loicign  Language  Intermediate  I-evel  (1) 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

ENGL  210  British  Literature  to  IWiO  UU 

ENGL  2 1 1  British  Literature  I fifiO- 1 900  Jsli 

ENGL  212  American  Literature;  Beginnings  to  1900        .3sli 

EN(;L  21.'J  British  and  .American  Literature  Since  1900  3»h 

Controlled  Elective^:  (2)  (.3)  24sli 

One  course  from  Categorv  A  (Period):  ENGL  301.  302. 

303.  30 1.  305.  3()().  .307.  3 1 5. 3 1 6.  317.319 
One  course  from  Category  B  (Fonii  and  Theory  of  Genre): 

ENGL  208,  214,  215.  216,  217,  .332.  .33.5. 337. 338 
One  course  from  Category  C  (Altemadvc  Literatures): 

ENGL  225, 344, 348, 385, 386, 396 
One  course  from  Category  D  (The  European  Tradition): 

ENGL  349, 354, 387, 391, 393, 394, 395 
One  course  from  Category  E  (Major  Audiors): 

ENGL  430,  432,  434,  436 
One  course  from  Category  F  (Wriung,  Speech, 

Linguistics):  ENGL  220, 22 1 , 3 1 0. 3 1 1 . 3 1 2. 3 1 3. 320. 

322, 325, 326, 329, 330, 333, 334, 336,  420.  422 
Two  courses  from  Category  G:  Any  combinaUon  of  6sh 

fi^om  ENGL  28 1,356, 357, 390.  401. 

460,  461 .  462,  481 ,  482.  493.  and/or  any  other 

courses  listed  above  under  categories  .A  through  F. 

Other  Requirements:  0 

free  Elcctives:  (3)  27-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 


(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Any  ENGL  28 1 ,  48 1 ,  or  482  course  must  have  prior  appro%-al  from 
department  chair  if  it  is  to  apply  to  die  student's  major  other  than  in 
Category  G. 

(3)  An  internship,  aside  fi-om  counung  for  6sh  toward  the  major,  makes  the 
B..A.  degree  recipient  much  more  employable  by  providingjob 
experience.  Students  shoidd  see  die  EngUsli  B..A.  Program  Internship 
Director  for  advice  about  available  openings. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — English/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
\ndi  the  folloHing  specificadons: 
Humanities-Literature:  ENGL  122 
Liberal  Studies  Elcctives:  no  courses  with  ENGL  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Majon 

Required  Courses: 

ENGL  210  Briush  Literature  to  1660  3sh 

ENGL  211  Briush  Literamre  1660-1900  3sh 

ENGL  212  .American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1900       3sh 

ENGL  213  Briush  and  .American  Literature  Since  1 900  3sh 

Controlled  FJectives:  (2)  (3)  24sh 

One  course  from  Categon  .A  (Period):  ENGL  301. 302. 303. 

304,305,306,307,315,316,317,319 
One  course  from  Category  B  (Form  and  Theon-  of  Genre): 

ENGL  208. 214.  215.  216. 217. 332. 335.337. 338 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


94       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


One  course  ftoin  Category  C  (Alternative  Literatures): 

ENGL  225, 344, 348, 385, 386, 396 
One  course  from  Category  D  (The  European  Tradition): 

ENGL  349, 354, 387, 391 ,  393, 394, 395 
One  course  from  Category  E  (Major  Authors): 

ENGL  430, 432, 434, 436 
One  course  from  Category  F  (Writing,  Speech, 

Linguistics):  ENGL  220, 221, 310, 31 1,312, 313, 

320, 322, 325, 326, 329, 330, 333, 334, 336, 420, 422 
Two  courses  from  Category  G:  Any  combination  of  6sh 

from  ENGL  281, 356, 357, 390, 401, 460, 461, 462, 

48 1 ,  482,  493,  and  any  other  courses  listed  above 

under  categories  A  through  F. 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  ACCT  201,  ACCT  202,  BLAW  235 

Criminology:  CRIM  210, 260, 357 

Economics:  ECON  121, 122,332 

Histor):  HIST  320, 32 1,346 

Philosophy:  PHIL  101,  222, 450 

Pohtical  Science:  PLSC  358, 359, 361 

Free  Electives:  (3) 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves. 

(2)  Any  ENGL  28 1 ,  48 1 ,  or  482  course  must  have  prior  approval  from 
department  chair  if  it  is  to  apply  to  the  student's  major  other  than  in 
Category  G. 

(3)  An  internship  with  a  law  firm,  public  agency,  or  legislative  office  gready 
strengthens  law  school  applications. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — English  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53- 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Humanities-Literature:  ENGL  1 22 

Fine  Arts:  THTR  101 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  Intermediate-Level  Foreign 

no  courses  with  ENGL  prefix 

College: 
Professional 

COMM  103 
EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 


124 


Education  Sequence:  (1) 

Digital  InstiiicUonal  Technology 

Educational  Psychology 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures 
EDUC  242  Pre-student  Teaching  Chnical  Exp  1 

EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Chnical  Exp  11 

EDUC  44 1  Student  Teaching 

EDUC  442         School  Law 
EDUC  452  Teaching  of  Enghsh  and  Communication 

in  the  Secondary  School 
FDED  1 02  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

ENGL  212  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  1900 

ENGL  220  Advanced  Composition  1 

ENGL  314  Speech  and  Communicadon  in  the 

Secondary  English  Classroom 
ENGL  3 1 8  Literature  for  Adolescents 

ENGL  323  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  the 

Secondary  School 
ENGL  324  Teaching  and  Evaluadng  Writing 

ENGL  329  The  History  of  the  English  Language 

ENGL  330  The  Structure  of  EngUsh 

ENGL  434  Shakespeare 

Controlled  Electives: 

Choose  one  Genre  course:  ENGL  214, 215,  216,  217 
Choose  one  Bridsh  Literature  Survey:  ENGL  210,  21 1 
Choose  one  Theme  course:  ENGL  344, 348, 386 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
12sh 
Ish 

3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Choose  two  additional  courses  from  list:  ENGL  208,  6sh 

210,211,213,214,215,216,217,221,319, 
320, 322, 333, 336, 337, 344, 348, 386 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  2-4 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    See  rec|uirenients  leading  to  teacher  cerdficadon,  dded  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Educauon,"  in  the  College  of  Educadon  and  Educadonal 
Technology  secdon  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )    Special  Educadon  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eUminate  exam  opdon  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 


Department  of  French  and  German 

Renee  P.  Liscinsky,  Chairperson;  Brode,  Henry,  Hurt.  Jones, 
McCreaiy,  Op  de  Beeck,  Ready,  Sullivan,  Wallaert;  and  professors 
emeriti  Fisel,  Whitmer 

Website:  http://www.  iup.edu/fiTHck-gcrmati 


The  Department  ol  French  and  Cierman  oilers  a  varied  curriculum  designed 
to  provide  not  only  basic  language  instnicUon  but  also  the  more  advanced 
competencies  needed  by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take 
advantage  of  an  international  study  experience. 

French 

For  the  French  major,  the  department  has  diree  degree  programs:  the  B.A.  in 
French,  the  B.A.  in  French  for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.Ed,  in 
French  Educadon  (K-12).  The  degree  program  in  French  for  Intemadonal 
Trade  provides  the  solid  undergraduate  training  preparatory  to  an  M.B.A  in 
Intemadonal  Markedng  and  Finance. 

Students  majoring  in  French  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  fiterature  of 
Francophone  countries.  They  will  also  gain  knowledge  of  the  linguistic 
development  of  the  language  throughout  the  centuries.  French  majors 
generally  find  employment  in  government  work,  librarianship, journalism, 
foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism,  business,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing 
careers  as  teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology 
offered  by  the  department  a  disdnct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Humauides  and  Social  Sciences  and  in  most 
departments  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  MathemaUcs  must  pass 
the  intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language  (in  French,  FRNC  201-202 
or  FRNC  203)  or  demonstrate  that  they  have  somehow  acquired  the 
equivalent  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other  colleges  may  choose  to 
take  French  (FRNC  201  and  202  or  die  accelerated  FRNC  203)  to  fiilfill  a 
Liberal  Studies  elective.  Any  student  who  chooses  French  has  an  opdon  to 
enroll  in  die  tradidonal  three-credits-per-semester  courses  or  the  accelerated 
6-semestei-hour  track. 


Placement/Exemption 


The  student  with  no  previous  French  study  will  take  FRNC  101  (4sh)  as  a 
prerequisite.  Students  with  previous  French  study  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  level  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  e.xani 
administered  in  the  summer  for  entering  freshmen  and  during  the  first  week 
of  the  semester  for  other  students.  No  student  judged  to  be  a  nadve  speaker 
of  French  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  any  course  below  the  300  level,  with 
die  excepdon  of  FRNC  254. 

Study  Abroad  -  Nancy,  France 

lUP  has  established  a  study  abroad  center  in  Nancy,  France.  All  majors  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  Study  Abroad  Program,  especially  those 
seeking  the  Intemadonal  Trade  degree.  Students  have  an  opdon  to 
participate  in  a  ftdl-year  or  one-semester  (spring)  program.  A  six-week 
summer  session  has  also  been  added  to  the  opdons  available.  Nonmajors 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       .95 


iiiiiy  lie  .u'l  (-j)lc<l  iiitn  .my  of  tin-  pm^riiins  ,iiul,  iiiilt-f»K  they  tiavr  ;i(lviiiMX-cl 
|)r(>(i(  idiiy,  iiHisI  Ciller  llic  hiiigiia|><'  i  lUirHts  oHirid  in  llie  (^oun  pniir 
Hriingrr\  (Oinir.iivi  (in  I'driinii  Sliiilciils).  All  tori'lj^ri  pnii^raiii  (  rtclitu  arc 
I'valiialcd  In  llic  ilcparlniciil  as  Iraii.ilcr  <  rcilils.  I'or  liirllicr  iiilnriiialioii 
.iIm.iii  r.,si  .iri.l  .i|.pli<  .iM.Mi  |>i<KT(l>iii's.  Kiiilai  I  llic  l-'icndi  anil  ( Iciinaii 
l><'|Mrliii('>il. 


Internships 


Till'  I)('|iailiiit'nl  <>l  I'iriji  li  .mil  ( iciiii.iu.  lliioii^li  (iiiiiatt.i  willi  <i'ilairi 
Frciu'li  loinpanic's  anil  iIiiiiiikIi  lis  allilialloii  wjlli  the  ICN  (linti/iil 
Ciimmrniiil  ilr  .\'iitii\).  is  .ililt-  In  [ilaii-  iiilciiis  in  I'ariii  and  ollitr  silts  in 
I'raiicc.  llic  iiitciiislii|i  ((generally  fi  li>  12  scniciitcr  hours)  in  viewed  an  a 
lii);hly  desirable  ciilniinaliiiK  ex|ierience  fiilliiwinK  study  in  Nancy.  hVir 
riirthcr  iiiliinnalion.  conlact  llic  <lc|iarlinciil  at  least  six  moiilhs  in  advanci 

Bachelor  of  Arts — French 

Liberal  .Stiidicsi  As  niitlined  in  I.iheial  SliulicH  secliiin  53- 

with  the  riillowini^speciluatioiis: 
Liberal  Studies  Elcclivex:  im  iimrsc 


ilh  KUNC  prclix 


39h 
3sh 
3sli 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sli 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
6sh 


124 


ColleKci 

Fiirei^n  Laii^iafrc  (included  in  niajui ) 

Major: 

dcquired  (!uiir.icsi 

FRN(;2()2         CiillcucKiciiihll 

KRNC  2.'il  Civilizaliim  DrMmlcrn  France 

FRNC;  .'i3 1  Inlcriiiediate  French  (lonversalioii 

FRNC  31 1  French  Grammar 

FRNd  3.').'!  Intermediate  French  Ooinposition 

FRNC  370  Iniiodnction  to  French  Literature 

FRN(;  373  French  Civilization 

FRNO  37.5  French  Literature  from  Medieval  through 

I7tli  Oeiitun- 
FRNC  37()  French  Lilcraliirc  Inmi  I.Stli  thr,,iinli 

l.'Oili  Cciilun 
FRNC  A'i  1  Advanced  French  Clnimmar 

Controlled  Elcctivcs: 

One  course  from:  FRNC  43 1 ,  432, 460, 462,  463 
Any  other  3sli  from  FRNC  253  and  above 
(or  .study  abroad) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Arts — French  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oulliiitil  in  l.ihcul  Slialui  ^caioii 
with  ihe  follov\-ing  specilications: 

Mathematics:  Any  LB.ST  iiiadi  course  except  MATH  217 
Social  Science:  ECON  121.  PLSC  101,  PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Elcctivcs:  BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI. 

FC:()N  1 22.  M.ATl  1214.  no  course  %vitli  FRNC  prefix 
College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major) 
Major: 

Required  C^ourscs: 
FRNC  202  College  French  11 

FRNC  254  Civilization  of  Modern  France 

FRNC  33 1  Intermediate  French  Conversation 

FRNC  34 1  French  Grammar 

FRNC  353  Intenncdiate  French  Composition 

FRNC  354         Business  French 
FRNC  370  Introduction  to  French  Literature 

FRN  C  3  73         French  Civilization 
FRNC  441  .■Advanced  French  Grammar 

Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 
One  course  (rom:  FRNC  375. 376 
Two  additional  FRNC  electives  (adranced  levels) 


Acer  202 
BLAVV  235 
BT.Sr32l 
FIN  310 
M(;MT310 

M(;m  r  350 

MKT(;  320 


Other  Keqiliteiiunlsi 

lluKJnrss  Sequence:  (2)  24 

ACC'r20l  Accoiinling  Principles  I  3i»b 

AccKiiiiIing  Priiiiiples  II  3«h 

l^gal  F.iivironinciit  of  Business  3»h 

Business  and  lnteq>crsofial  (>oiniii  3iili 

Finance  I  3>h 

Principles  of  Maiiagenienl  3iih 

Internatioiial  Business  3>h 

PrmciplcH  of  Marketing  3sh 

Free  Elcctivcs:  6- 1 0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Most  studeiiLs  earn  additional  language  semester  hours  (up  t»  18)  in 
semester  or  year  abroad  programs. 

(2)  StudcnLs  not  majoring  in  business  may  count  a  maximum  of  30sb  in 
business  courscwork  toward  die  1 24sb-dcgrec  minimum.  Business 
semester  hours  in  excess  of  30  will  be  permitted  only  as  semester  hours 
beyond  die  1 24  required  for  graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — K-12  French  Education  I 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  outlined  m  Liberal  Studies  sectiim  5. 

with  llic  liilliiwing  sijccilicatlons: 

Social  Science:  ANTH  1 10  or  21 1  and  P.SYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  FRNC  prefix 


Education  Sequence: 

Digital  Instructional  Technology 

Fxlucation  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  28h 

Educational  Psychology  3sh 

■Assessment  of  Student  Learning;  Design 

and  Inleqjrelation  of  Educational  Measures   3sh 


3sh 


Pre-studcnt  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

Elementary/Secondary  Schools 

American  Ed  in  Theory-  and  Pracuce 


College: 
Professional 

COMM  103 
EDEX301 

EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 

EDUC  242 
EDUC  342 
EDUC  441 
EDUC  442 
EDUC  453 

FDED  102 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

FRNC  202  College  French  II 

FRNC  33 1  Intermediate  French  Conversation 

FRNC  341  French  Grammar 

FRNC  353  Intermediate  French  Composition 

FRNC  370  Introduction  to  French  Literature 

FRNC  373  French  Civilization 

FRNC  432  French  Phonetics  and  Phonology 

FR.NC441  .Advanced  French  Grammar 

Controlled  Electives: 

Any  other  9sh  from  FRNC  253  and  above 

(or  study  abroad) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requiremeiiLs  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Exlucation  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )    EDUC  453  is  offered  only  in  fall  semester. 


Ish 

Ish 

I2sb 

Ish 

3sh(l) 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


0 
4-6 


124 


INDIANA     UNIVERSl" 


OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


96       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Minor— French 

Required  Courses: 

FRNC20I  CoUege  French  I 

FRNC  202  College  French  I 

FRNC  a  1  Intemiediate  French  Conversation 

FRNC  34!  French  Grammar 

FRNC  353  Intermediate  French  Composition 

FRNC  370  Introduction  to  French  Literature 

Controlled  Elective: 

One  course  from:  FRNC  253, 373, 375, 376. 43 1 ,  432 


German 


21 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


For  tlie  German  major,  tlie  department  has  three  degree  programs:  the  B.A. 
in  German,  the  B.A.  in  German  for  International  Trade,  and  the  B.S.  in 
Education  in  Secondary  German  Education. 

While  majoring  in  die  Gennan.  students  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases 
of  tlie  language  and  develop  an  imderstanding  and  appreciation  of  the 
histor)',  culture,  and  literature  of  the  German-speaking  countries.  They  will 
also  gain  biowledge  of  die  linguistic  development  of  die  language 
dirougliout  the  centuries.  German  majors  may  look  forward  to  rewarding 
careers  in  teaching,  government,  journalism,  foreign  trade,  tourism,  business, 
and  librarianship. 

The  degree  program  in  Gei-man  for  International  Trade  provides  an  excellent 
way  to  combine  language  proficiency  and  cultural  awareness  in  German  widi 
professional  training  in  business.  With  diis  undergraduate  background, 
students  may  enter  M.B..-\.  degree  programs  and  pursue  careers  in 
mternadonal  business  and  trade.  Study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters  is 
strongly  urged  and  is  an  integral  part  of  die  program.  Qualified  students  may 
also  choose  to  pardcipate  in  internship  programs  widi  German-based 
corporations  and  financial  institutions. 

College  Language  Requirements 


Students  in  die  departments  of  die  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 
Sciences  and  in  most  departments  of  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Madiematics  must  pass  the  intemiediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language 
(GRMN  251  and  252)  or  demonstrate  by  the  CLEP  exam  in  Gennan  that 
diey  have  acquired  die  equivalent  proficiency  level.  Students  from  the  other 
colleges  may  elect  to  take  two  courses  in  German  at  the  intermediate  (III/IV) 
level  toward  ftilfilhng  the  requirement  for  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Any 
shident  who  chooses  Gennan  can  meet  the  requirement  through  enrollment 
in  die  traditional,  3-seniester-hour  courses  or  in  the  combined  6-seniester- 
hour  courses. 

Study  Abroad 


The  department  encourages  all  students  who  study  German  at  lUP  to 
consider  study  abroad  for  one  or  two  semesters.  German  majors  are  strongly 
urged  to  study  two  semesters  or  one  academic  year  at  a  Gennan  university. 
To  provide  this  opportunity  at  a  relatively  modest  cost,  die  university  has 
arranged  an  exchange  of  students  between  Duisburg  University  and  lUP.  By 
participating  in  this  or  other  approved  programs,  students  can  earn  from  12 
to  1 4  semester  hours  per  semester.  For  fiirther  information  regarding  the  cost 
and  application  procedures,  contact  die  office  of  die  dean  of  die  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences. 

Minor  in  German 


Students  completing  18  semester  hours  beyond  GRMN  152  will  be 
recognized  as  haWng  minored  in  Gennan.  Nine  of  die  twelve  semester  hours 
must  be  taken  at  die  300  level  with  only  3  semester  hours  from  die 
conversation  sequence.  GRMN  221.  222, 321,  322.  This  achievement  will 
he  n.itud  <m  ilii-  student  s  tiauscript  and  thus  provide  more  career  fle-xibilit)-. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — German 

Liberal  Studies:  53-55 

As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  follov\ing  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  GRMN  prefix 

College:  q 

Foreign  language  (included  in  major) 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GRMN  221         Conversation  III 

GRMN  222         Conversation  IV 

GRMN  251         German  III 

GRMN  252        German  IV  (1) 

GRMN  32 1         Advanced  Conversation  I 

GRMN  322        Advanced  Conversation  II 

GRMN  351         Advanced  German  Language  I 

GRMN  352         Advanced  German  Language  II 

GRMN  361         Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  I 

Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  II 
Controlled  Electives: 
Other  GRMN  electives  (ad\anced  levels) 
Other  Requirements: 
Free  Electives: 


36 


GRMN  362 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


12sh(2) 


0 
33-35 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

( 1 )  GRMN  253  or  254  may  be  substituted  for  GRMN  252. 

(2)  Dejiartment  recommends  at  least  one  additional  literature  course 
(GRMN  363-371)  and  one  linguistics  course  (GRMN  410  or  in 
Germany). 


124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — German  for  International  Trade 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Social  Science:  ECON  121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  214,  no  courses 

widi  GRMN  prefi-x 

College: 

Foreign  language  (included  i 


I  major) 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GRMN  221         Conversation  III 

GRMN  222         Conversation  IV 

GRMN  251         German  III 

GRMN  252        German  IV 

GRMN  253         Intermediate  Composition  and 

Conversation 
GRMN  254         Business  German 
GRMN  321         Advanced  Conversation  1 
GRMN  322        Advanced  Conversation  II 
GRMN  351         Advanced  German  Language  I 
GRMN  352        Advanced  German  Language  II 
GRMN  361         Development  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  I 
GRMN  362         Development  of  Gennan  Culture  and 

Literature  II 
Controlled  Electives: 
Two  additional  GRMN  electives  (advanced  levels) 

Other  Requirements:  Business  Sequence: 

ACCT  201  Accounting  Principles  I 

Accounting  Principles  II 
Legal  Environment  of  Business 
Business  and  Inteipersonal  Conim 
Principles  of  Economics  II 
Info  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice 
Finance  I 

Human  Behavior  in  Organizations 
Management  and  Production  Concepts 
Principles  of  Marketing 
Business  Statistics 


ACCT  202 
BLAW  235 
BTST321 
ECON  122 
IFMG  300 
FIN  310 
MGMT311 
MGMT  360 
MKTG  320 
QBUS215 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)    Most  students  earn  additional  language  semester  hours  (usually  12-14) 
in  semester  study  abroad. 


2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 

3sh 

6sh(l) 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


124 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       .97 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  German 
Education  (*) 

l.ilu'iiil  SliulicNi  Ah  omiIiik'.I  in  l.ilxLiI  SuuUvs  V .  Ii..n  T, 

willi  llic  lollciwiiiK  "pi'tilicaliiMifi: 

Siicial  SiiiiH-n  I'SYC  101 

l.ilK'ial  Sdiiliis  Klic'livcHi  no  ri)in-.w»  willi  (illMN  prefix 

I'rorvHNioiiiil  r.iliicaliiin  Stqiiiiui-i  ( 1 ) 

COMM  Kit        I)ij;ii.illMMni(il..ii.il'rt(liiH>l<>ny  3«li 

KDSI'  lOD            i:(ini..lh.n..ll'sy(lM.liij,ri,  3(ili 
K.nSl'  177            AsMssiiuiil  nl  SlMilcnl'l..iriiliiK:  nr-.iKii 

.mil  lmir|)ril.ilii>n  ol  Kdiu.ilioii.il  MLiisiirit  Isli 

KDIIC.  2-12          I'rt-stiKJfiii  'lV,i<liiiij;  C.liiii.al  F.xp  1  Mi 

KOUC  Mi          I'le-stiuUnt  Tl•il<llill^  Clinl.al  Kx|.  11  Kli 

l':i:)l)(;441          Snidcm  IcaclmiR  I -Mi 

KDUC442         Sci.oolLaw  l^l' 
EDIJC  453          Tiacliiiig  of  Foreign  Languages  in  llie 

Klementarj/Secondar)'  .Scliools  .'isli 

I'DKl)  102           AnKiiiaiiEdinTlKor,  jn.lPnKliie  .Jsli 

Majori 

Keqiiired  C'(>un<c!i: 

(;i<MN221         Ccniversation  III  2sh 

(;itMN222         Conversation  IV  2sli 

(;ilMN2r>l         German  111  3sh 
(;ilMN2r)2         CermanlV                                                   3sli  (2) 

CRMN.Kl         Advanced  Cnnversalion  1  Ish 

(;KMN322         .\dvanccd  Conversation  II  Ish 

(;KMN,')r)l         Advanced  German  Language  I  .3811 

GRMN  .'J.')2         .'\dvanccd  Clcrman  Language  II  3sh 
GRMN  361         Development  ol'Gernian  Culture  and 

Literature  I  3sli 
GRMN  3()2         ncvclopnient  of  German  Culture  and 

Literature  11  3sli 
Controlled  Elcetives: 

Other  GRMN  eleclives  9sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Fret  F.lcctives: 

Total  Degree  Keqniremciits: 


0 
6-8 


124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  '"Admission  to 
Teacher  Etlucatioii,''  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Teclinolog)  section  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  .Special  Education  Competency  Rei|uirement:  Revision  peiuling  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  {2sh). 

(2)  GRMN  2.53  may  be  substituted  for  or  taken  in  addition  to  GRMN  252. 


Department  of  Geography  and 
Regional  Planning 

Robert  i*.  Scchrist.  Chuirpen>on:  Begg.  Beneloski.  Benhart, 
Biickwaller.  Masilela.  Okey.  Patrick,  (;.  Scchrist.  Shirey.  Watts;  and 
pi'ofe.ssors  emeriti  Forbe.s,  Gault,  Miller,  Tepper.  Weber 

Website;  lillp://u'u'W. iufi. edu/pography 

The  f)epartiiK'iit  of  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  oflers  diree  separate 
degree  programs  for  tjie  geographer,  planner,  and  teacher. 

Geography  has  several  traditions  of  study.  Two  of  die  more  important 
traditions  are  die  study  of  relationships  bcrvveeu  humans  and  emironment, 
or  die  ecological  tradition,  and  die  study  of  spatial  organization,  which 
involves  the  w~.iy  people  use  space  on  die  eardi's  surface.  In  bodi  tradirions 
the  focus  is  on  understanding  regions  of  the  world  and  tlie  interactions 
vvidiin  and  between  diem.  Geographers  make  important  contributions  to  die 
undeistaiKling  ol  all  aspects  of  humaiikiiKrs  use  of  and  impact  on  the  earth's 
.surface. 

Regional  Planning  involves  preparing  for  die  future.  The  demands  and 
effects  ot  a  large  and  growing  population  require  that  land  use,  resource  use, 
setdement  patterns,  transportaUon  systems,  and  economic  acdWty  be 


planned.  lUgional  planiniig  i«  coiiccnied  witli  die  Hicial,  locatiMtul.  and 
eiivironnienlal  a»pccl(.  of  llicitc  planning  dctiiiotiH.  Today,  etotioniit 
.levelopnienl  ha»  become  an  iniportanl  loi  ii»  (or  planiicni, 
riie  geography  track  in  social  scieme  ciliication  offers  a  geography  major 
e<|iiivalcnt  for  the  mudent  intercMcd  in  teaching  at  the  junior  or  icriior  high 
levcN.  The  Pcnniiylvaiiia  ccrlificatiiifi  will  be  in  titi«:ii»liip.  New  education 
rc<|uirciiicntfi  innlilutcd  for  die  lonimoiiwealth  ■ipecify  that  gerjgraphy  Ik 
uught  at  all  levcU  in  Pennsylvania.  Nationally,  geography  is  one  of  the  core 
subject  arcaii  named  in  die  National  EiliKalion  (.oal»  program. 
Geography  and  Regional  Planning  are  in  die  same  department.  l>ccauii« 
"Planning  is  die  art  of  which  geography  is  the  science."  Employment 
opportunities  for  geographers  and  regional  planners  are  excellent, 
(ieography  and  planning  occupations  have  iicen  identified  among  tbc  fastest 
growingjiib  fields  by  V.S.  Nrwi  and  World  Hrpnrl.  Alumni  occupy  a  wide 
variety  of  positions  in  government,  business,  indusln.  planinng.  and 
education.  Environmental,  localional.  and  spatial  knowledge  gained  in  die 
department's  programs  provide  skills  desperately  nceiled  in  today's  job 
market.  .StudciiLs  interested  in  obuiiiiiig  additional  c-arccr  infonnation  should 
visit  die  departmental  office  in  Room  10.  Leonard  Hall  or  visit  our  website  at 
wu'w.iiip.rdu/p-of^apliy. 

Three  degree  programs  arc  offered  by  the  deparUnent:  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Geography,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Regional  Planning,  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Social  Science  Education/f  Jeograpliy  Track. 
In  addition  to  die  geography  core  (GEOG),  diere  are  four  tracks  for  sfKcific 
geographic  competencies:  GlS/Cartographer,  Environmental  Geographer. 
Economic  Geographer,  and  (lencral  Geographer.  The  regional  planning 
(RGPL)  major  offers  specific  career  opportunities  in  four  somewhat  parallel 
tracks:  GIS/Cartographer,  Environmental  Planner,  Economic  Plaiuier.  and 
Town  Manager. 

A  minor  in  geography  or  regional  planning  is  appropriate  for  majors  in  all 
other  fields  of  die  natural  and  social  sciences.  Students  in  marketing  and 
information  systems  will  find  a  minor  in  eidicr  field  relevant.  A  minor 
consists  of  15  semester  hours  in  GEOG  or  RCJPL  courses.  The  department 
suggests  students  lake  the  core  in  eidier  program  if  graduate  study  is 
anticipated. 

Department  resources,  which  include  the  James  E.  Payne  GIS/Cartography 
Lab.  offer  access  to  advanced  geogra|)hic  analysis  equipment  and  resources. 
The  lully  equipped  computer  lab  also  houses  color  printers,  digitizers,  large- 
format  plotters  and  scanners,  and  appropriate  mapping  software.  The  most 
heaWlv  used  software  includes  ARC/INFO.  Arc\'ie»v,  .Maplnfo.  Atlas*GIS. 
IDRISI.  AutoCAD,  and  MiniCAD. 

.\n  important  part  of  student  education  is  involvement  in  community  sen-ice 
projects.  The  Spatial  Sciences  Research  Center  (SSRC).  Robert  Wilson, 
director,  coordinates  diese  projects  and  student  skills  and  interests.  Students 
are  usually  compensated  for  their  efforts.  The  SSRC  has  faciliries  for  GIS 
database  development  and,  GIS  analysis,  adas  producdon.  map  compilation, 
and  cartographic  production.  Examples  of  S.SRC  projects  include: 
Huntingdon  Counrv-  GIS:  Cranberr\-  Twp..  Butler  Count\-  GIS:  Indiana 
Borough  GIS:  PA  One  Call  System  (call  before  you  dig)  GIS:  Blackbck 
Creek  Watershed  Plan  and  Implementation:  PennsyK-ania  Soil  Mapping 
Project:  PennsyKania  Department  of  Labor  and  Industry:  United  Sutes 
Department  of  Transporution  Pipeline  Mapping  Repository. 

The  department  also  houses  the  Census  Documents  and  Data  Library, 
coordinated  bv  Rebecca  Reinhold.  In  conjuncuon  with  Stapleton  Library, 
holdings  include  populationAiousing/socioeconomic/mapping  database  CDs 
and  other  publications  used  for  teaching,  research,  and  planning  in 
coimnunity  service  and  local  and  county  governments.  Tbe  department  is 
also  an  affiliate  of  the  Bureau  of  Economic  .Analysis  at  the  Census  Bureau 
and  a  repositorv  for  L'SGS  digital  data. 

The  department  houses  both  the  National  Council  for  Geographic 
Education  (NCGE).  which  senes  geography  educators  at  all  levels  with 
acti\-ities  and  programs  that  address  geography  learning  and  instrucrional 
and  research  issues  in  North  .-America,  and  the  Pennsyh-ania  Geographic 
.\lbance  (PG.'^).  which  is  supported  by  die  PennsyK-ania  Department  of 
EducaUon.  PG.\  proWdes  leadership  and  professional  development 
opportunities  in  geography  teaching  and  learning  in  Pennsyh-ania.  Ruth 
Sliirev  is  executive  director  of  NCGE  and  one  of  t\vo  PG.A  coordinators  in 
Pennsyh-ania. 

.A  strong  internship  program  directed  by  John  E.  Benhart  offers  placement  in 
industr*-.  engineering,  coiiserN-ation.  land  management,  and  planning  agencies 
at  die  local,  state,  and  federal  levels. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


98       COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Specific  core  requirements  in  Geography  and  Regional  Planning  ofier  a 
structured  approach  for  majors.  Appropriate  subfields  or  tracks  are  available 
in  both  programs  to  prepare  students  lor  graduate  work  and  to  support 
different  career  options  for  majors.  There  are  four  tracks  for  tlie  geography 
major  and  four  tracks  for  tlie  regional  plaiuiing  major. 

•  Geography  General  Geography  Track 

The  General  Geography  Track  encourages  the  major  to  sample  courses 
from  different  subfields  of  the  discipline.  This  track  prepares  the  major 
for  graduate  work  in  geography  and  related  fields  of  employment.  Job 
options  include  report  wxiting,  research  analysis,  and  data  gadiering.  In 
goverimient  emploN-nient,  die  State  Department,  Department  of 
Commerce,  and  tlie  Census  Bureau  are  significant  places  for  geography 
skiUs. 

•  Geography-Geographic  Information  Systems  and  Cartographer 
Track 

•  Regional  Planning-Geographic  Information  Systems  and 
Cartographer  Track 

The  Geographic  Information  Systems  and  Cartographer  Track  prepares 
students  for  employment  as  Geographic  Informadon  System  Specialists, 
Facilities  Managers,  Cartographers,  and  Remote  Sensing  professionals. 
Coursework  includes  mediods  for  identifying,  modeling,  and  analyzing 
the  spatial  organizadon  of  human  and  enviroimiental  systems  Irom  both 
practical  and  theoretical  perspectives.  Data  collection,  spadal 
information  management,  and  graphic  presentation  are  integral  skills 
taught  in  track  courses.  Such  skills  could  be  used,  for  example,  for 
analysis  of  wildlife  habitat,  utility  facility  management,  or  transportation 
system  design  and  maintenance. 

•  Geography  Economic  Geographer  Track 

•  Regional  Planning-Economic  Developer  Track 

The  Economic  Track  provides  a  broad  framework  of  ideas  and  theories 
in  addidon  to  a  task-oriented  approach  to  locauon  analysis.  Site 
planners  articulate  the  needs  of  the  commimity  for  economic  space,  the 
demands  for  convenient  transport,  the  role  of  private  enterprise,  and  the 
management  of  growth.  This  interrelated  group  of  courses  is  usefiil  to 
students,  because  economic  geographers  and  developers  are  expected  to 
analyze  the  interactions  of  concepts  and  variables.  Market  analysis  for 
the  location  of  new  shopping  centers,  for  example,  requires 
understanding  of  economic  principles,  population  characterisUcs,  and 
die  local  political  milieu,  all  in  a  spatial  context. 

•  Geography-Environmental  Geographer  Track 

•  Regional  Planning-Environmental  Planner  Track 

The  Environmental  Track  is  designed  to  prejiare  majors  in  geography  or 
regional  planning  for  careers  in  environmental  fields  or  graduate  study 
that  leads  to  a  variety  of  environmental  posidons.  Students  who  elect 
this  track  will  acquire  knowledge  of  die  physical  and  human  processes 
that  shape  the  environment,  strategies  for  analyzing  environmental 
issues,  and  concepts  that  underlie  strategies  for  amefioradng 
environmental  problems.  The  skills  acquired  in  this  track  will  enable 
students  to  assess  the  causes,  consequences,  and  solutions  to  a  wide 
variety  of  environmental  issues  such  as  water  poUuUon,  acid  rain,  or 
tropical  deforestation. 

•  Regional  Planning  Town  Manager  Track 

The  Town  Manager  Track  is  designed  to  prepare  planning  students  for 
careers  in  local  government  and  graduate  work  in  public  administration. 
Students  electing  this  track  will  become  familiar  with  the  structure, 
operadon,  and  acUons  of  municipal  government  and  die  polidcal, 
organizadonal,  and  institudonal  basis  of  municipal  management  and 
decision  making.  Skills  acquired  with  this  track  will  enable  students  to 
undertake  a  varitt\  "I  .m.ilvtit  .k  ti\  ilus  (lt:si);mil  Id  describe,  project, 
and  prescribe  loiiisrs  ol  ,u  iiun  tui  muiiH  ipal  nupci i\ement. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/General  Geography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudiued  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-58 

with  the  ioUowiiig  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  GEOG  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1)  0-6 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

GEOG  213         Cartography!  3sh 

GEOG  230  Cultural  Geography  3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 


GEOG  23 1  Economic  Geography 

GEOG  4 1 1  History  of  Geography 

GEOG  412         Research  Seminar 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  GEOG  251-257 

One  course  from  GEOG  341-342 

Five  courses  (15sh)  from  any  GEOG  courses 

(ordy  one  GEOG  1 00-level  course  permitted)  15sh 

Free  Electives:  24-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/GIS  and  Cartographer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  53-58 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI  recommended,  no 

courses  with  GEOG  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1)  0-6 

Major:  36 

Required  Courses: 

GEOG  213         Cartography! 


GEOG  230 
GEOG  231 
GEOG  41 1 
GEOG  412 


Cultural  Geography 
Economic  Geography 
History  of  Geography 
Research  Seminar 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  GEOG  251-257 

One  course  from  GEOG  341-342 

Track  Courses: 

GEOG  313  Cartography  11 

GEOG  314         Map  and  Photograph  InterpretaUon 

GEOG  316         Intro  to  Geographic  Informadon  Systems 

GEOG  4 1 5         Remote  Sensing 

GEOG  417         Technical  Issues  in  CIS 

Free  Elecdves:  24-35 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/Economic  Geographer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  iii  Liberal  Studies  section  54-6( 

with  die  following  specificadons: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  217 

Social  Sciences:  ECON  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ECON  122,  no  courses 

widi  GEOG  prefix 

College: 


Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

0-6 

Major: 

36 

Required  Courses: 

GEOG  213 

Cartography  I 

3sh 

GEOG  230 

Cultural  Geography 

3sh 

GEOG  231 

Economic  Geography 

3sh 

GEOG  411 

Historv  of  Geography 

3sh 

GEOG  412 

Research  Seminar 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  GEOG  251-257 

3sh 

One  course  from  GEOG  341-342 

3sh 

Track  Courses: 

GEOG  331 

Populadon  Geography 

3sh 

GEOG  332 

Urban  Geography 

3sh 

GEOG  333 

Trade  and  Transportadori 

3sh 

GEOG  334 

PoHdcal  Geography 

3sh 

NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


CKOC  Id. 


22-34 


l.,in.l  |is<   I'ollry 

Free  ICIfctivfHi 

t'XX )N  .')H.i  I  M..iii/K<niiin;il  lu iiiii)ini<  h  (rr<  luniiiciiclcil) 

'liilal  Decree  Kcc|iiii'vini'ii(iii  124 

(I)    Inltiinciliulclivcl  I'drciKii  l.iinKHJKi'  mny  l>i'  itiiliKlcd  in  l.il.i-riil  .Sliidics 

llcClivCH. 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       .9.9 

lecliniciil  Imiicii  in  (WS  3ih 


K(.I'I.II7 

Free  FJcclive«i  24-29 

RfiPI.  W:i  IiiU:rii«lii|)  (»lroiij4ly  rcoiiiiinciidcd)  I  - 1 2»li 

'I'lilal  Dt'ip-ce  Rcquiremcnbii 


124 


( I )    Inlirniiiliali-kvij  Korcinri  l.ati({iia);c  "lay  lie  im  liidcil  in  l.ihenil  Slu<lic» 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Geography/Environmental  Geographer 
Track 

l.ilivnil  StiidieHi  As  oiitlini'ii  in  l.ilicral  .Sliidii-H  .scitiiiii  3.'l- 

willi  llic  liilliiwiii);  MpccilicaliDn.H: 

MiillicmaticHi  MATH  121  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  F,leitive»i  COSC/IKMC/HI'KI)  Idl 

rc'coniineiidi'd.  no  courses  willi  CJfXlC;  prefix 

College: 

KoniKii  l.aiiKiiani-  InUriiudialc  l.cvcl  (I) 


Majori 

Required  Courses: 

GEOr.  2l.'j         Carlograpliv  I  Ssh 

GEOG  230         Ciillural  GcoRrapliy  3sli 

GEOG231         Economic  Geography  3sli 

GEOG  -III           1  lislor)  of  Geography  3sh 

GEOG  412          Research  Seminar     '  3sh 

G(in(nilled  Elcctive.s: 

One  course  from  GEOG  251-257  3sh 

One  course  Irom  I'.EOG  .■Jll-342  3sh  (2) 

'IVack  Course.s:  Kive  of  the  following: 

GEOG  .'ill          Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3»li 

GEOG  316         Intro  to  Geographic  Information  Systems       3sh 

GEOG  335         Geography  of  Energy  3sh 

GEOG  34 1         Climatolog^•  3sh 

GEOC;  342          I'hvsiograp'hv  3sh 

GEOG  343         Geographv  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3sh 

GEOG  415          Remote  .Sensing  3sh 

GEOG  440         Consenation:  Enviromncntal  .\nalysis  3sh 

Free  Electivcs: 

Total  Degree  Re(|uircinent.s: 


0-() 
3(j 


124 

( t )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  lie  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

electives. 
(2)    The  same  course  caiuiot  also  count  in  the  track. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Economic 
Developer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  outlined  in  I.iheral  Studies  section 

»ith  the  lollowing  specifications: 

Malhcmalics:  MATH  121  or  217 

Social  .Sciences:  EGON  121 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ECO.N  1 22,  no  courses 

with  Rf;i'l.  prefix 


(jollegc: 

Koreigti  l,a:iguage  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Major: 

Required  Gourses  in  Planning: 

R(;PL213 
RGPL31(J 
RGPL  350 
RGPL  352 
RGPL  353 
R(;PL412 
R(;PL  154 
RGPL  458 
RGPL  464 
RGPL  468 


O-K 
42 


Gartography  1  Jsh 
Intro  to  Geographic  Information  Systems       3sh 

Introduction  to  Plaiming  3sh 

Planning  Metliods  3sh 

Planning  Design  I  3sh 

Research  Seminar  3sh 

Planning  Design  II  3sh 

Land  Use  Law  3sh 

Land  Use  Policy  3sh 

Planning  Theory  3sh 
TVack  Courses:  Four  of  the  following: 

GEOG  23 1         Economic  Geography  Ssh 

GEOG  331          Population  Geography  3sh 

GEOG  334          Political  Geography  3sh 

RGPL  332           I'rban  Geography  3sh 

RGPL  333          Trade  and  Transportation  3sh 

Free  Electives:  24-2! 

RGPL  493           Internship  (strongly  recommended)  l-12sli 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  12' 

(1)  Intennediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studii 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/GIS  and 
Cartographer  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  outli:ied  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

witli  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.ATH  121  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101 

recommended,  no  courses  with  RGPL  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Major: 

Required  Courses  in  Planning: 


RGPL  213 

Cartographv  1 

3sh 

RGPL  316 

Intro  to  Geographic  Infoniiation  Svstems 

3sh 

RGPL  350 

Introduction  to  Planning 

3sh 

RGPL  352 

Plaiu\ing  Methods 

3sh 

RGPL  .$53 

Planning  Design  I 

3sh 

RGPL  412 

Research  Seminar 

3sh 

RGPL  454 

Planning  Design  II 

3sh 

RGPL  458 

Land  Use  Law 

3.sh 

RGPL  464 

Land  Use  Policy 

3.sh 

RGPL  468 

Planning  Theor\- 

3sh 

Track  Courses 

RGPL  313 

Cartography  11 

3sh 

RGPL  314 

Map  and  Photograph  Interjiretation 

3sh 

RGPL  415 

Remote  Sensing 

3sh 

Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Environmental 
Planner  Track 

Liberal  Studies;  As  outlined  m  Liberal  .Studies  secuon  53 

w-idi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  M.\TH  121  or  217 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  BTED/COSC/IFMGIOI 

recommended,  no  courses  witli  RGPL  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  { 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  Courses  in  Planning: 

RGPL  213  Cartography  I  3sh 

RGPL  316  Intro  to  Geographic  Information  Systems       3sh 

RGPL  350  Introduction  to  Planning  3sh 

RGPL  352  Planning  Mcdiods  3sh 

RGPL  353  Plaiming  Design  I  3sh 

RGPL  412  Research  Seminar  3sh 

RGPL  454  Planning  Design  II  3sh 

RGPL  458  Land  Use  Law  3sh 

RGPL  464  Und  Use  Polio  3sh 

RGPL  468  Planning  Theorv  3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Track  Courses:  Four  of  the  following: 

GEOG335         Geography  of  Energy  3sh 

GEOG341         Climatolog)-  3sh 

GEOG  342         Physiography  3sh 

GEOG343         Geography  ofFresh  Water  Resources  3sh 

GEOG  440         Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3sh 

RGPL  314          Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3sh 

RGPL415          Remote  Sensing  3sh 

Free  Electives:  24-29 

RGPL  493           Internship  (strongly  recommended)  l-12sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Regional  Planning/Town  Manager 
Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  uudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53- 

with  die  following  specificadons: 
Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  217 
Social  Science:  PLSC  1 1 1  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  GEOG  230,  BTED/COSC/ 
IFMGIOI,  no  courses  with  RGPL  prefbc 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1)  C 

Major: 

Required  Courses  in  Planning: 


RGPL  213 

Cartography  1 

3sh 

RGPL  316 

Intro  to  Geographic  Information 

Systems 

3sh 

RGPL  350 

Introduction  to  Planning 

3sh 

RGPL  352 

Planning  Methods 

3sh 

RGPL  353 

Planning  Design  I 

3sh 

RGPL  412 

Research  Seminar 

3sh 

RGPL  454 

Planning  Design  II 

3sh 

RGPL  458 

Land  Use  Law 

3sh 

RGPL  464 

Land  Use  Policy 

3sh 

RGPL  468 

Planning  Theory 

3sh 

Track  Courses: 

Either: 

PLSC  354  and 

355  Metropohtan  Problems/ 

3sh 

Intergovernmental  Reladons 

3sh 

Or: 

PLSC  370  and 

37 1  Introducdon  to  PubUc  Admin/ 

3sh 

Issues  in  Public  Administradon 

3sh 

And  two  of  the 

following: 

GEOG  231 

Economic  Geography 

3sh 

RGPL  332 

Urban  Geography 

3sh 

RGPL  333 

Trade  and  Transportadon 

3sh 

Free  Electives: 

24-29 

PLSC 251 

State  and  Local  Pohucal 

Systems  (recommended) 

3sh 

RGPL  493 

Internship  (strongly  recommendi 

ed)           1 

i-12sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/Geography  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  die  following  specificadons: 
Social  Science:  ECON  121,  GEOG  102,PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ECON  122,  SOC  337  or  362  (1), 
and  one  of  die  followmg:  ANTH  271-274  (SOC  271-274) 

CoUege: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 

COMM  103        Digital  InstrucUonal  Technology  3sh 

EDEX  301  Educadon  of  Students  with  Disabihties 

in  Inclusive  Secondary  Programs  2sh 


EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 

EDUC  242 
EDUC  342 
EDUC  441 
EDUC  442 
EDUC  455 

FDED  102 


Educadonal  Psychology  3sh 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 
and  Interpretadon  of  Educadonal  Measures   3sh 

Ish 

Ish 

12sh 

Ish 


Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

Student  Teaching 

School  Law 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in 

Secondary  Schools 

American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 


3sh 
3sh 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GEOG  213         Cartography  I  3sh 

GEOG  230         Cultural  Geography  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  two  courses  from  each  of  die  following  three  groups: 
Environmental  Geography:  GEOG  341, 342, 343, 440 
Human  Geography:  GEOG  23 1 ,  33 1 ,  332, 333, 334, 

335,336,337,431 
Regional  Geography:  GEOG  251,  252, 253, 

254,  255,  256,  257 

Social  Science  Distribution  Requirements: 
Required  Courses: 

HIST  203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3sh 

PLSC  280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western 

PoUucal  Systems  3sh 

Plus  one  of  the  following  options:  9-12sh 

1 .  6  additional  sh  not  counted  above  in  one  social 
science  field  (history  recommended)  and  3sh  in 

another. 

2.  9-12  additional  sh  in  one  social  science  field 
(history  recommended),  sufficient  to  meet  the 
requirements  for  a  minor. 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  125-129 

(1)    The  SOC  151  prerequisite  \\  ill  be  waived  with  instructor  pennission  if 
a  student  has  com].kicd  A.M'll/SOC  271-274. 


Department  of  History 

Gary  L.  Bailey.  Chairperson;  Baumler,  Bodle,  Botelho,  CashdoUar, 
Fincgan,  Franklin- Rahkonen,  Lu,  Mannard,  Marcus,  McDonough, 
Ricketts,  Schroeder,  Vogel,  Wang,  Whited;  and  professors  emeriti 
Cord,  Fricke,  Gallanar,  Gelbach,  Goodrich,  Hatfield,  Lamer,  Lehman, 
Mastro,  Mervine,  Miller,  Oliver,  Rile,  Smith,  Wiley 

Website:  littp://unuw.  iup.edu/histoij 

Programs  in  lustory  are  designed  to  give  both  those  who  major  in  histor)'  in 
the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  and  diose  who  concentrate  in 
history  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology  an 
opportunit)'  to  study  in  some  depth  the  past  story  of  peoples  and  their 
world.  Degrees  offered  by  the  History  Department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  History  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Social 
Science,  concentrating  in  history.  The  first  program  is  under  the  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  and  the  second  is  under  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology. 

The  history  student  will  find  that  the  program  is  excellent  preparation  for 
government  service,  for  pre-law  training,  for  broad  business  opportunities, 
for  work  in  varied  fields  of  journalism,  for  archival  positions,  and  for 
teaching.  Not  only  the  story  of  the  peo])le  of  the  United  States  but  also  that 
of  odier  peoples  is  covered,  in  the  belief  that  global  historical  understanding 
is  essential  for  the  future  of  cixolization. 

Requirements  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  History  are  33  semester 
hours  in  history.  Requirements  for  die  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  with  a  major  in  Social  Science,  concentrating  on  history,  are  a 
minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  history  within  die  54  semester  hours 
required  for  social  science  certification.  The  requirement  for  a  nunor  in 
history  is  15  semester  hours  of  courses  with  an  HIST  prefix.  For  majors  in 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        101 


liisliiiy  priinniiiit,  niiir.ii»  in  lii»liiiy  in  l.il)i:r.il  Sliidiiii  .ire  a|>|ili<  .ililc  'iiilv  il 
iiiiiiil)crt(l  .KM)  oi  liinhti.  All  piunrains  nlioiilil  he  planned  willi  an  advisor. 
Kveiy  niajdr  and  ( imc  tnliair  in  liijilnry  will  lie  advised  l>y  lli»lory 
Deparlinent  (at  ully  nieniliers. 

AdniiHnioM  to  HIST  'I.S2  and  IH.'),  iiiilialion  in  tile  Icieal  chapleni  ofl'ln 
Alpha  'I'lieta  aiul  I'i  (.ainnia  Mn,  |iarli('ipalii>n  in  .ilndy  liiuni  and  nindy 
ahriiad  pmnranis,  an<l  oilier  ai  livilies  should  lie  investiKaled  liy  every  history 
student.  The  department  is  eonimitted  to  the  ideal  ofa  liroad  lilieral  arts 
eduiatioii. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — History 

I.ibcnil  SludivHi  As  outlined  in  Liheral  Studies  section  .50-52 

widi  the  rollowiii);  .speeificatioiis; 

l.ihcrul  SliidicN  Klcclivcsi  no  courses  with  HIST  prefix 

lluniaiiilies-llislory!  Kiillilled  l)v  required  courses  in  major 

C.llene:  <•-<* 

l''orei)(n  Lan);ua)ie  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Majori  ■'■' 

Rei|uircd  C'ounic.Hi 

IIISr:>(l(l  Introduction  to  History  3i\\ 

IIISI':i()l  Western  ('.ivili7.ati(mUcrore  1600  3»h  (2) 

IIISI'202  Western  Civilization  Since  1600  .'Jsh  (2) 

I  lisr  2().i  I'nited  States  History  for  Histiirians  .^sh  (2) 

('.(iiilrollcd  ElvclivcH! 

HIST  480  Senior  Seminar  (:J)  .'Jsh 

Noil- Western  HIST  course:  Latin  America,  Africa, 

or  Asia  3sh 

Five  additional  histon  courses  (1)  15sh 

Other  Requircmciils:  0 

Free  Eleclives:  33-41 

Total  Ucfrrce  RcquircmciiLs:  124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreipi  Laii^uaKe  may  be  included  in  Liheral  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  For  students  who  have  taken  HIST  195.  210, 212.  or  214  prior  to 
becoming  History  majors,  this  course  may  not  be  appropriate.  Cimsull 
History  advisor  before  scheduling. 

(.S)    This  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  either  the  departmental 
honors  program  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding  paper 

(4)    Courses  selected  from  .iOO  and  400  level  olTerings;  no  more  tJiaii  6sh 
from  HIST  493  as  major  elective. 


Free  Kleelive»i 

'Ifitiil  DeKrce  RequircincntJii 


124 


Bachelor  of  Arts — History/Pre-Law  Track 

Libenil  Studies:  .\s  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  witli  HIST  prefix 
Humanities-History:  Fulfilled  by  re(|uired  courses  in  major 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Le 


1(1) 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 

HIST  200       Introduction  to  1  listoiy 

1 1 IST  20 1       Western  Civilization  Before  1 600 

HIST  202       Western  Civilization  Since  1600 

HIST  203       United  States  History  for  Historians 

Controlled  Electives: 

HIST  480       Senior  Seminar  (3) 

Non-Western  HIST  course:  Latin  America,  .\frica. 

or  Asia 
Five  additional  history  courses  (4) 
Other  Requirements:  Prc-law  interdisciplinary  track 
Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas; 
Business:  .\CCT  201.  .\CCT  202.  BL/W  235 
Criminology:  CRIM  210, 260, 357 
Economics:' ECON  121, 122,332 
English:  ENGL  212.220.310 
Philosophy:  PHIL  101, 222.  450 
Politicid  Science:  PLSC  358, 359, 361 


3sh 
3sh  (2) 
3sh  (2) 
3sh  (2) 

3sh 

3sh 
15sh 


( 1 )  InUrinediale-levcl  Foreign  I  jiiguagc  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studie* 
electives. 

(2)  For  stu.leiin  who  have  uken  HISI"  195, 210.  212. or  214  pnor  to 

bei  oniing  History  majors,  this  coumc  may  not  be  appropriate.  Oinsult 
I  Intory  adviwir  before  scheduling. 

(3)  This  requireiiiciit  may  be  fulfilled  by  completing  citlicr  the  dcparunciital 
honors  program  or  graduate  seminar  with  a  concluding  pa(>er 

(4)  Courses  selected  from  300  anil  400  level  oircnngs:  no  more  than  6sh 
from  HI.ST  493  as  major  elective. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Science 
Education/History  Track  C) 

Liberal  Studiex:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  following  specifications: 

iIumanilies-ni.story:  Fulfilled  by  required  courses  in  major 
Social  Science:  ANTH  110.  ECON  1 21,  and  PSYC  101 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  ECON  122.CEOC;  230. 

and  either  SOC  337  or  362:  no  courses  with 

HIST  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence:  ( 1 ) 

(  ()\I\I  103         Digital  Instructional  Technology  3sh 

Kducatioii  of  StudciiLs  with  Disabilities  in 
Inclusive  Secondary  Programs  25h 

Eilucational  Psychology  3sh 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 
and  liitcrjjretation  of  Educational  .Measures   3sh 


KDKX  301 


EDSP  102 
EDSP477 


EDUC  242  Pre-sludent  Teaching  Cfinical  Exp  I 

EDLC  342  Pre-sludent  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II 

EDUC  44 1  Student  Teaching 

EDUC  442  School  Law 

EDUC  455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in 

Secondary  Schools 

FDED  102  .\nierican  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major:  (1)  (2) 

Required  History  Courses: 

HIST  200  Introduction  to  History 

HIST  201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600 

HIST  202  Western  Ci\iUzation  Since  1 600 

HIST  203  United  States  History  for  Historians 

HIST  480  Senior  Seminar 

Controlled  History  Elective: 

One  course  from  the  fields  of  Middle  East.  Afinca. 

.Asia,  or  Latin  .^lerica  at  the  300  level  or  higher 
History  Electives: 
Three  history  courses  at  die  300  level  or  higher 

one  to  be  from  United  Stales  history 

Required  Social  Science  Distribution:  (2) 

GEOG  XXX       200-levcl  or  higher  Geography  course 

PLSC  1 1 1  .\merican  Politics 

PLSC  280  Comparative  Government  I: 

Western  Pohtical  Systems  or 
PLSC  285  Comparative  Goveniniem  II: 

Non-Western  PoUtical  Systems 
SOC  23 1  Contemporary  Social  Problems 


Ish 

Ish 

12sh 

Ish 

3sh 
3sh 


3$h 
3sh  (3) 
3sh  (3) 
3sh  (3) 

3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


3sh 
3sh  (4) 


124 


Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  ".Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog.  To  be  certified  to  teach  History. 
Geography.  Economics,  Civics  and  GovemmenL  Social  Science 
Education/History  majors  must  apply  for  Citizenship  Education 
certification. 

(1)    Students  entering  secondary  social  science  education  must  present  the 
following  in  order  to  gain  admission: 

(a)    A  2.75  GP.A  with  grades  of  C  or  better  in  history  and  social  science 
courses  required  for  certification. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


(b)    A  letter  of  admission  to  teacher  certification  from  tlie  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology;  Acts  34  and  151  must  be 
current  at  all  times. 

(2)  Eligibility  for  student  teaching  and  certification  in  secondary  social 
science  educaUon  (history  concentration)  requires  a  cumuladve  GPA  of 
2.75  and  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  history  courses  and  in  the  required 
social  science  distribution  courses. 

(3)  For  students  who  have  taken  HIST  195,  210, 212,  or  214  prior  to 
becoming  History  majors,  this  course  may  not  be  appropriate.  Consult 
History  adWsor  before  scheduling. 

(4)  SOC  23 1  required  only  if  SOC  337  or  362  are  not  taken  as  Liberal 
Studies  elecdves. 


Department  of  Journalism 

Robert  H.  Russell,  Chairperson;  Ellerbach,  Heilman,  Jesick,  Mukasa; 
and  professors  emeriti  DeGeorge.  Furgiuele,  Truby 

Website:  http://ivwui.iup.edu/journalism 


Students  interested  in  a  career  in  news-editorial  or  pubhc  relauons  fields, 
with  opportunities  in  such  related  areas  as  adverUsing,  desktop  publishing, 
computer-assisted  reporting,  and  markeUng,  should  enjoy  this  innovative, 
flexible  program.  The  journalism  major  combines  journalism  elective 
courses,  the  student's  choice  of  a  variety  of  courses  from  otlier  university 
departments,  plus  internships  wliich  provide  on-the-job  experience. 

The  lUP  journalism  major  is  flexible  for  the  inchvidual  student,  who  decides, 
with  an  advisor,  what  directions  his  or  her  education  will  take  lor  a  mass 
communication  career. 

A  student  wishing  to  enter  the  program  becomes  a  journalism  major  in  the 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Then,  the  student  chooses  an 
individual  program  within  a  large  group  of  elective  journalism  courses,  plus  a 
much  larger  group  of  courses  from  various  other  areas  of  the  university.  A 
student  who  completes  the  major  graduates  with  a  B.A.  in  Journalism. 
Because  journalism  itself  covers  all  areas  of  hfe,  die  journalism  major  covers 
many  areas  of  study  preparation.  There  are  only  four  required  courses,  so  the 
student  is  free  to  mold  the  program  to  his/lier  owti  special  interests  dirough 
both  major  and  free  electives. 

The  journalism  major  will  use  journalism  courses  to  fulfill  the  minimum  of 
30  hours  required  for  the  major.  Alljournahsm  majors  must  complete  the 
intermediate  sequence  of  a  foreign  language.  This  may  be  done  in  one  of 
three  ways:  by  examination,  by  earning  credit  in  third  and  fourth  levels  of  a 
foreign  language,  or  by  completing  four  levels  of  a  new  language.  If  the  last 
procedure  is  used,  the  two  begimiing  foreign  language  courses  may  be 
apphed  as  free  electives  to  the  total  number  of  credits  needed  for  graduation. 

The  Department  of  Journalism  offers  an  18-semester-hour  minor  designed  to 
complement  any  major.  Three  3-semester-hour  courses  are  required:  JRNL 
105, 102,  and  120.  The  remaining  9  semester  hours  may  be  taken  from  die 
following  list  of  Journalism  major  courses:  JRNL  326, 338, 344, 347, 375, 
and  designated  Special  Topics  courses.  Internship  semester  hours  do  not 
apply  toward  the  18-semester-hour  minor;  however,  a  student  in  the  minor 
program  may  take  an  internship  and  apply  the  semester  hours  as  free 
electives. 


Course  Sequence 


The  journalism  faculty  offers  the  following  operational  policy  for  its  course 
sec|uence  and  prerequisites.  The  basic  idea  is  for  students  to  take  Level  1 
courses  prior  to  Level  II  courses,  etc.  We  ask  that  special  attention  be  given 
to  course  prerequisites  to  avoid  scheduling  students  without  proper 
experience  into  courses.  We  do  retain  flexibihty  of  waiving  sequence  and 
prerequisites  in  individual  cases. 

Level  I 

Basic  Journalism  Skills* 
Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media* 
Journalistic  Writing** 
Writing  for  die  Print  Media* 

*       required  for  all  journalism  majors  and  minors 
**      for  journalism  minors  and  nonmajors 


JRNL  102 
JRNL  105 
JRNL  120 
JRNL  220 


Level  n 

JRNL  243 
JRNL  250 
JRNL  321 
JRNL 326 
JRNL  327 
JRNL 328 
JRNL  337 
JRNL 344 
JRNL  345 
JRNL  375 
JRNL  393 

Level  III 

JRNL 347 
JRNL  348 
JRNL  423 
JRNL  427 
JRNL  430 
JRNL  446 
JRNL  450 
JRNL  482 
JRNL  490 
JRNL  491 
JRNL  492 
JRNL  493 
IRN'I.  Ill 


History  of  .American  Press 

Women  and  the  Press 

Feature  Writing 

Pubhc  Relations  I 

Layout,  Design,  and  Production 

News  Reporting  (required  for  all  journalism  majors) 

Editing 

Issues  and  Problems 

Sports  Jouniahsm 

World  News  Coverage 

Document  Design  I 

Journahsm  Law 

TTie  Editorial  Page 

Management  in  Mass  Communications 

Pubhcations 

Public  Opinion  and  the  News  Media 

Research  Mediods  in  Journalism 

Advertising  Writing 

Independent  Study 

Public  Relations  II 

Presentation  Making 

Problem  Solving  in  PR 

Internship 

Doaiiucul  Dcskn  11 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Journalism 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudmed  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  JRNL  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

JRNL  102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills 

JRNL  105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media 

JRNL  220  Writing  for  die  Print  Media 

JRNL  328  News  Reporting 

Controlled  Electives: 
Odier  JRNL  courses  (as  hsted  in  this  catalog) 


30 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

18sh(2) 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Department  recommends  a  planned  program  of 
dual  major,  minor(s),  or  electives.  (3)  (4) 

Free  Electives:  33-41 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Maximum  of  6sh  of  internship  apphed  to  major. 

(3)  Students  may  take  no  more  dian  15sh  outside  the  College  of  Humanities 
and  Social  Sciences  without  prior  approval  of  advisor. 

(4)  Majors  in  the  public  relations  sequence  should  make  every  effort  to 
schedule  BTST  321,  MKTG  320,  and  MKTG  433. 


Minor — Journalism 


18(1) 


3sh  (2) 

3sh  (2) 

3sh  (2) 

9sh 


Required  Courses: 

JRNL  102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills 

JRNL  105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Mecha 

JRNL  120  Journalistic  Writing 

Three  controlled  electives  from  following  fist: 
JRNL  243, 326, 338, 344, 347, 375, 481  (3) 

(1)  Internship  semester  hours  do  not  apply  toward  die  ISsh  minor; 
however,  a  student  in  die  minor  program  may  take  an  internship  and 
apply  the  semester  hours  as  free  electives. 

(2)  The  above  three  courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence. 

(3)  Minors  may  substitute  only  with  departmental  permission. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES       103 


Department  of  Philosophy  and 
Religious  Studies 

Allurl  i..  lliiiin»ril.<:li.iii|ursoii:  ltt|;^l^  il<innt.  Ciiruwuy.  Clianilltr. 
I'Vrraiu,  (>ih>iriii,  lldlin,  I. in,  Mliikii,  M<iiil|;<iiiU'ry.  Ituliciinli-in,  Smith, 
Yiiciikyi;  uiid  |iruiv»N(>rii  emeriti  (iliaii,  llcnnaiin,  Scliauh 

WKhiiiU".lilll)://wwtv.iiil/.r<hi/l>liilmi>filiy 

Philosophy 

I'lir  |in.Kr.nii  in  |>li>l,>s.>|,liv  is  iIcmkiioI  to  |unv  i<lr  lli<  slu.lrlK  » i(li  j 
r.i|i.iiilv  liir  lliiiikiiintlcarl)-,  acrilitalatuiuilc,  ami  lln  ,il>ilit\  In  nasi  in 
lIuMMrllr.illy. 

Major 

I  lit  ni,i|iir  ulTcrs  llit-  Uaikurmind  rciiiiircil  liir  urudiiutc  work  in  pliilosopliy. 

riiosc  wliosf  primary  iiUtrcHls  arc  in  iitlicr  tlisiiplincs  will  lind  pliiliiMiphy 
courses  wliici)  relate  ilireclly  to  their  (ielils  on  a  theoretical  level.  Bull)  tlic 
minor  and  douhle  major  are  especially  desirable  for  their  reflective  benefits 
anil  because  ol  tile  essentially  interdisciplinary  nature  of  philosophy. 

Individually  Designed  Philosophy  Minor 

As  a  niiiior.  pliilosopin  li.is  mil.  h  I..  olUi  in  li.  Ipiii^  iii<lividuals  ufvanous 
backj;rouiHls  belter  imdersland  the  limdamcnlal  assumptions  of  Uieir 
disciplines.  For  that  reason,  the  minor  in  philosophy  will  be  individually 
designed  to  meet  special  career  needs  and  personal  interests.  Selection  ol 
courses  will  be  accoiiiplishetl  througli  discussions  witli  and  approval  of  tlie 
departnicnt  advisor.  Students  iiuist  expect  careful  planning  in  any  program 
approved.  For  (iirtlier  explanation  and  suggestions,  see  explanation  under 
Philosophy  Minor  program  requirements  and  consult  department  ad\'isor. 


Liberal  Studies  Offerings 


TIk-  I'hilosophy  piiij;i.inrs  l.iliiral  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory  i 
ii.iture:  none  of  them  presupposes  anv  philosophical  background.  The 
student  may  choose  from  the  following:  PHIL  101.  120,  221,  222,  223. 


Pre-Law  Track 


The  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Religions  .Studies  participates  in  die 
University  Pre-Law  Track  Program  whereb\'  a  student  nnjors  in  one  of 
several  academic  disciplines  including  pliilusopliy  and  also  meets  the  pre-law 
track  requirements.  Students  interested  in  die  philosophy  major/pre-law 
track  should  consult  the  departmental  pre-law  advisor.  Philosophy  courses 
included  in  die  pre-law  track  program  are  as  follows:  PHIL  101, 222,  and 
4.50. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oinliiml  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  iolltming  specilications: 

Philosophy:  iiu'liuled  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  PHIL  prefix 

CoUej^e:  0-fi 

Foreign  Language  lutermcdiatc  Level  (1) 

Majon  30 

Required  Course's: 

PHIL  221  Svmbolic  Logic  1  3sh 

PHIL  222  Ediics  3sh 

Conlmlled  Electives:  eight  PHIL  courses:  24sh 

PI  111.  32t  or  32.'")  and  one  other  from  list:  (6sh) 

PHIL  324  Histori  of  Philosophv  I 

PHIL  32,'")  HistoiT,-  of  Philosophy  II 

PHIL  32()  Phenomenology  and  Elxistentialisni 

PHIL  410  Contemporary  .•Viialytic  Philosophy 
PI  III.  120  or  42 1  and  one  odier  from  list:  (6sh) 

PHIL  330  Philosophy  of  Science 

PHIL  420  Metaphvsics 

PHIL  421  Theory  of  Knowledge 

PHIL  460  Philosophy  of  Language 


I'oiii  i.lliir  PIIII.<»urscn(l2sli)(iriaybcfr<>indiealM<veli»t>) 
(will,,cstrKtion»)(2)(3) 

Other  llequiremenl*!  0 

Kree  hie.  lives:  33-41 

lolal  Degree  Kequireinenln:  124 

( 1 )  Intenncdiatc-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  be  includc<l  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  N<i  more  llian  four  100-200  level  cf)ur»e«  may  be  counted  unvard  die 
major.  Only  PHIL  cournes  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  I  'nlc«» 
otherwise  indicated  in  die  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  rci|uirc  either  philosophy  major  or  minor  status,  junior  or  Kniur 
standing,  or  |>ermission  of  die  instructor. 

(3)  No  more  than  !)  nori-classwork  semester  hours  may  be  counted  triward 
die  major.  Non-classwork  .semester  hours  include  independent  study, 
imlepcndeiit  honors  project,  and  internship  in  philosophy. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Philosophy/Pre-Law  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  ..lulinc.l  in  LiIhtjI  SiihIrs  sccIiom  53-55 

wall  the  lollowing  spei  ilicauoiis: 

Philosophy:  included  in  major 

Liberal  .Sludici  Electivesi  no  courses  widi  PHIL  prefix 

CoUege:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Major:  30 

Required  Courses: 

PHIL  101  Infomial  Logic:  Mediods  of  Critical 

Thinking  3sh 

PHIL  222  Ethics  3sh 

Controlled  Electives:  24sli 

PHIL  324  or  325,  and  one  odier  from  list:  (6sh) 

PHIL  324    Histor\-  of  Philosophv  I 

PHIL  325    History'  of  Philosophy  II 

PHIL  326    Phenomenology  and  Existentiahsm 

PHIL  410    Contemporary  .'Analytic  Philosophv 
PHIL  420  or  421 ,  and  one  odier  from  list:  (6sh) 

PHIL  330    Philosophv  of  Science 

PHIL  420    Metaphvsics 

PHIL  421    Thcon  of  Knowledge 

PfllL460    Philosophy  of  Unguage 
Four  odier  PHIL  courses  (12sli)  (may  be  from  the  above  lists) 

(with  restrictions)  (2)  (3) 

Other  Requirements:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track  15-21 

Se\en  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  ACCT  20 1 .  .ACCT  202,  BL.W  235 

Criminology:  CRIM  210,  260. 357 

Economics:' ECON  121, 122.332 

English:  ENGL  21 2. 220. 310 

Histon:HlST320.32l.346 

PoUtical  Science:  PLSC  358, 359. 361 

Free  Electives:  12-29 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 24 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  No  more  than  four  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
major.  Only  PHIL  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  major.  Inless 
otheriWse  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  require  either  philosophy  major  or  minor  status,  junior  or  senior 
standing,  or  pennission  of  the  instructor. 

(3)  No  more  than  9  non-classwork  semester  hours  may  be  counted  toward 
the  major.  Non-classwork  semester  hours  include  independent  study, 
independent  honors  project,  and  internship  in  philosophy. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


104       COLLEGE 


OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Minor — Philosophy 


15 


15sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

Five  PHIL  courses  (with  restrictions)  ( 1 )  (2) 

(1)  No  more  than  three  100-200  level  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the 
minor.  OiJy  PHIL  courses  may  be  counted  toward  the  minor.  Unless 
otlierwise  indicated  in  the  Course  Descriptions,  all  300-400  level 
courses  require  either  philosophy  major  or  minor  status. junior  or  senior 
standing,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

(2)  No  more  dian  3  non-classwork  semester  hours  may  be  counted  toward 
the  minor.  Non-classwork  semester  hours  include  independent  study, 
independent  honors  project,  and  internship  in  philosophy. 


Religious  Studies 


The  program  in  Religious  Studies  is  designed  to  provide  a  balanced, 
nonsectarian,  cross-cultural  approach  leading  to  a  better  understanding  of 
the  phenomenon  of  rehgion  in  human  experience.  It  emphasizes  an 
interdisciplinary  approach  by  a)  requiring  religion-related  courses  outside 
Religious  Studies  and  by  b)  encouraging  die  minor  or  a  double  major,  rather 
than  a  single  major  in  Religious  Studies. 

The  program  is  valuable  for  those  planning  careers  in  religious  educaUon, 
religious  journalism,  or  religious  broadcasting.  The  program  also  provides  an 
excellent  background  for  graduates  planning  to  enter  Catholic,  Jewish,  or 
Protestant  seminaries.  Religious  Studies  is  also  a  good  complement  to  majors 
in  such  fields  as  Anthropology.  English,  Fine  Arts,  History,  International 
Studies,  Music,  Philosophy,  Polidcal  Science,  Psychology,  and  Sociology. 
Religious  Studies  is  one  significant  way  to  integrate  course  studies  within  the 
university  curriculum. 

In  addition  to  the  24  semester  hours  of  Religious  Studies  courses  in  tlie 
major,  6  semester  hours  must  be  taken  from  a  ninnber  of  courses  offered  by 
other  departments  which  complement  those  offered  in  Religious  Studies. 
Opportunity  for  interdisciplinary  and  cross-cultural  study  is  implicit  in  the 
study  of  reUgious  themes  and  is  required  in  die  Religious  Studies  Program  at 
lUP.  Revisions  are  pending  in  the  Religious  Studies  program. 


Minor 


The  requirements  for  a  Minor  in  Religious  Studies  are  l.'jsh: 

1 .  1 2sh  must  be  taken  from  the  Religious  Studies  offerings,  which  include 
certain  required  courses  (see  below). 

2.  3sh  must  be  taken  outside  the  Religious  Studies  offering  but  in 
^'reUgion-related''  courses. 

3.  No  more  than  3  non-classwork  semester  hours  may  count  toward  minor. 

Consult  advisor  in  Religious  Studies  for  choices. 


Liberal  Studies  Offerings 


The  Religious  Studies  program's  Liberal  Studies  courses  are  all  introductory 
in  nature:  none  presupposes  any  Rehgious  Studies  backgroimd.  The  student 
may  choose  from  the  following:  RLST  100,  250,  or  290. 
■■■■■■■■■■■■5!'-  '.isnHaiiH^^^^BBaaaBaaBiHi 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Religious  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  RLST  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intennediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  30 

Controlled  Electives:  (2) 

One  course  ft-om  list  A:  RLST  1 00  or  11 0  3sh 

One  course  fi-oni  list  B:  RLST  2 1 0  or  250  3sh 

One  course  fi-om  list  C:  RLST  370  or  375  3sh 

One  course  from  list  D:  RLST  380, 4 1 0,  or  440  3sh 

Four  additional  RLST  courses  (3)  I2sh 

Two  courses  from  religion-related  courses  (3)  6sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 


Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  tlie  1 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Other  courses  may  be  approved  in  consultauon  with  advisor. 

(3)  Consult  Religious  Studies  advisor. 


Minor — Religious  Studies 

RLST  100  or  110 
RLST  370  or  375 
RLST  380  or  410  or  440 
Elective  in  Religious  Studies  (1) 
Religion-related  course  (1) 

(1)    Consult  Religious  Studies  advisor. 


15 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Department  of  Political  Science 

David  D.  Chambers,  Acting  Chairperson;  Bahgat,  Dejenc,  Jackson, 
Kufftier-Hirt,  Lynch,  Sitton,  Torges;  and  professors  emeriti  Chaszar, 
Morris,  Palmer,  Piatt,  Smith 

Website:  hllp://wu'w.iup.fdu/potiliiatsae)irt 


Political  scienUsts  focus  upon  polidcal  systems,  including  the  effect  of 
environment  on  the  system,  inputs,  the  decision-making  agencies  which 
render  binding  public  policies,  and  system  outputs.  Approaches  to  the  study 
of  government  and  politics  include  die  normaUve  approach,  in  which 
philosophical  attendon  centers  on  values  by  asking  the  question  "What 
ought  to  be?"  and  the  behavioral  approach,  in  which  an  attempt  is  made  to 
develop  verifiable  theories  through  scientific  methods  by  asking  the 
questions  "How?"  and  "Why?" 


Students  majoring  in  political  science  have  employment  opportunities  in 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments  and  with  private  civic  groups,  interest 
groups,  and  polidcal  groups.  Students  who  go  on  to  graduate  work  find 
appointments  at  higher  levels  and  in  college  teaching.  Students  graduating  in 
political  science,  as  in  any  of  the  social  sciences,  are  in  demand  by  employers 
in  business  and  industry.  Students  compleung  the  Pohtical  Science 
Internship  Program  have  experienced  considerable  success  in  finding 
employment  upon  graduation.  The  pofidcal  science  major  is  also  especially 
suitable  for  the  pre-law  student. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  Polidcal  Science  Department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
in  Polidcal  Science,  in  Government  and  Public  Service,  and  in  Polidcal 
Science  Pre-Law  track.  An  interdisciplinary  major  and  a  minor  in 
InternaUonal  Studies  are  sponsored  by  die  Polidcal  Science  Department. 
The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  political  science. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outUncd  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PLSC  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  PLSC  prefix 


sh(2) 
sh  (3) 
30sh 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

PLSC  101  World  Polidcs 

PLSC  1 1 1  American  Polidcs 

Controlled  Electives: 

At  least  one  course  in  three  of  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PLSC  251, 300, 346,350, 351, 353, 

354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359 
Political  Theory:  PLSC  360, 361. 362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PLSC  250, 370, 371, 444 
International  Studies:  PLSC  280, 282, 283,  285, 320,321, 

380, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389  (4) 
General  Political  Science:  PLSC  300  (strongly  recommended) 

PLSC  377,  480, 481,  482, 485, 493 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        105 


Olhei  l(ii|inriincMl>.:  I. ''•-27 

Sciiiiiil  iiijjor,  tiiliiiir.  iir  riirict'iilniliciii  m  u|i|iriivc(l  liy  ailvinnr 
with  in.ixiriitiin  nf  ITinli  (iiKnIiIc  CoIIcki' i>I  lliiiiiariilit'ii  .iiiil 
Siiciat  Si'iL-iict'H  iiiilc-sH  Hpccilicaliy  .ijiprnvctl 

lice  I.K. livt«  3-23 


I'olal  Dv^rvc  Kcquirt'invnlN:  124 

( 1 )  liiliiiiicilialc-lfvcl  Kiircinii  LaiiKuani-  mav  lie  iii(  liiikil  in  l.ilitral  Slridiifi 
cli-.livcs. 

(2)  I'LSd  101  ttaliiificn  iioii-WcHlcni  rci|uirciiit:ii(. 

(:))    Scrncslei  lidiirs  liir  I'l-SC  I  1 1  arc  toiiiiltil  in  llii-  l.ilicral  Sciiilii-.  Sud.il 

Scifiiff  i'c()tiirc'iiu:iit.s. 
(1)    l*I,.S( :  2H0  ami/.ir  ^Hf)  rfniiiimc.idid  as  |)rLrc(|iii.iilf  In  I'LSC  :)«(( 

lliroiiKli  .'IH<). 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/Pre-Law  Track 


ISiimIm 


SJ-SS 


0-6 


33 


l.ilicralSliKlii's:  As Iinid  im  I.iI 

widi  llic  lolliiwiiiK  .spcrirKadiins: 

Social  Sni'ni'i'il'l.S(:  III 

Ijbcnil  Sliidivs  l''.lcctivc!i;  no  cDiir.to  with  I'l.SC.  prcHx 

College: 

Foreign  Lan);na);c  Inlcrnudialc  Level  (I) 

Major: 

Required  Coiimes: 

I'LSC.  101  World  Polliics  3sli(2) 

PLSC  1 1 1  American  Politics  *sli  (.)) 

Controlled  Elective^:  3O9I1 

At  least  one  course  in  three  ot  first  four  areas: 
American  Studies:  PLSC  25\. 300, 346, 350, 35 1 , 353, 

354, 355, 35(),  357, 358, 35!) 
Political  Theory:  PLSC  360. 361, 362 
Public  Policy  and  Administration:  PLSC  250. 370, 371 ,  444 
International  Studies:  PLSC  280. 282, 283,  285. 320, 

32 1 .  380, 382, 383, 384. 385, 386, 387. 388, 389  (4) 
(K-neral  Poliucal  Science:  PLSC  300  (strongly 

ucommended).  PLSC  377.  480, 481.  482. 485. 493 

Other  Requiremenis:  Pre-law  interdisciplinary  track  15-21 

Seven  courses,  including  at  least  one  from  each  of  six  areas: 

Business:  .\CCT  201.  ACCT  202.  BLAW  235 

Criminology:  CRIM  210.  260. 357 

Economics:  ECON  121,  122,332 

English:  ENGL  2 1 2.  220. 310 

HistoiT:HlST320.32l.346 

Philosophy:  PHIL  101.  222.  450 

Free  Elcctivcs:  12-26 


'I'olal  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Imermcdiale-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  he  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves. 

(2)  PLSC  101  satisfies  noii-Westem  requirement. 

(3)  Semester  hours  for  PLSC  1 1 1  are  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  Social 
Science  requirements. 

(4)  PLSC  280  and/or  285  recommended  as  prerequisite  to  PLSC  380 
tlirough  389. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Government  and  Public  Service 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

Willi  tile  lollou  ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217 

Social  .Science:  ECON  121.  PSYC  101.  .SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  CO  1 01.  no  courses  widi  PLSC  prefix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I) 

Majon  39 

Required  Courses: 

ECON  335  Public  Finance  3sh  (2) 

ECON  336         State  and  Local  Finance  3sh  (2) 

PLSC  HI  .\merican  Politics  3sh 


PLSC:  250           Pul.li.  Policy  Mi 

PLSC  251             Staleandl^Hail'ohii.  a!  Sytuns  Mi 

PI,S<;  too            Rrseardi  Mellioiln  in  I'olitiial  S<  icrii  t  3»li 

PLSC  170           Introduction  to  Public  AdniiniDtration  'ii\i 

PLSC  371            I.HsiieH  in  Public  Adininitlnilion  3iili 

PSYC  330           Social  P»y<bology  Sdh 
SOC  458             Political  Sociology                                       3iih  (3) 

Controlled  KIcctivcKi  9iili 
•|liree<our.csfronili«l:PLSC.350,.35l,352,353. 
354,  355, 358, 377,  444, 481 ,  482,  485,  493 

Other  Requirement*:  21 

(Jiic  course  from  coininunications  arcan  3«li 

(English, Journalism,  Communications  Media)  a.i 

approved  by  advisor 
Interdisciplinary  minor:  Covemincnt  Management. 

Persimncl  Administration.  Financial  Administration. 

Planning  I8sh 

Free  Electives:  3-11 


'I'olal  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intennediatc-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  the  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(2)  Approved  substitutes  for  ECON  335  and  336:  ECON  283, 332. 333. 
373. 

(3)  Approved  substitutes  for  SOC  458:  SOC  303, 335, 345. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — international  Studies/Political  Science 

Liberal  .Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  tlic  tollowing  specificaUons: 

Social  Science:  PLSC  1 1 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  PLSC  |>rcfix 

College:  0-6 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I ) 

Major:  33 

Required  Courses: 

PLSC  101  World  Polidcs  3sh 

PLSC  1 1 1  American  PoUdcs  *sh  (2) 

Interdisciplinary  sequence  1 5sh  (3) 

Cultural  specialization  sequence  15sh  (4) 

Other  Requirements:  0  (5) 

Free  Electives:  30-38 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elecdves.  OiJy  courses  300  level  and  beyond  may  count  in  the  cultural 
specializadon  sequence. 

(2)  Semester  hours  for  PLSC  III  are  counted  in  tlie  Liberal  Studies  Social 
Science  recjuirements. 

(3)  The  interdisciplinary  sequence  includes  an  introductory  or  comparati%'e 
inteniadonal  course  from  each  of  five  social  science  disciplines: 
andiropology,  economics,  geography.  Iiistory.  poliucal  science,  and 
sociology.  SelecUon  depends  on  goal(s)  of  major  and  should  be  planned 
in  consultadon  with  die  Intemadonal  Studies  advisor. 

(4)  The  specializadon  sequence  focuses  on  one  area  or  ciJture  and  three 
disciplines:  economic  systems.  |>oliucal  systems,  language.  Uteraiure. 
history,  geography.  Currendy.  three  specializadons  are  oSered:  Laun 
America,  the  Far  liast.  and  Soviet  Studies.  Consult  with  advisor  for 
planning  course  selecuon. 

(5)  Majors  are  strongly  encouraged  to  take  ad\-antage  of  die  study  abroad 
opportunides  available  through  lUP  department  programs  and 
exchange  opportunides  available  through  the  Center  for  Intemadonal 
Studies. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Minor — Political  Science 

Required  Courses: 

PLSClOl  World  Politics 

PLSC  1 1 1  American  Politics 

Controlled  Electives: 
Three  additional  PLSC  courses 


15 


3sh 
3sh 


9sh 


Minor — International  Studies  18 

Required  Courses: 

PLSC  101           World  PoUtics  Ssh 

PLSC  1 11           American  Politics  *sh  ( 1 ) 
Controlled  Electives: 

Interdisciplinary  sequence  (see  major)  15sh 

(1)    Semester  hours  counted  with  Liberal  Studies  Social  Sciences. 


Department  of  Sociology 

Harvey  S.  Holtz,  Chairperson;  Ackemian,  Chang,  Darling,  Condolf, 
Grant,  Heasley,  Heckert,  Hunter,  Kanazawa,  Nowak,  Sanderson, 
Schneider,  Snyder 

Website:  htfp://wwu'.  iiip.  ijii/sociology 

The  Department  of  Sociology  seeks  to  develop  both  the  scientific  and 
humanistic  foundations  of  sociolog)',  to  educate  the  wider  community  as  to 
the  significance  of  sociological  knowledge,  to  apply  sociological  knowledge 
to  current  social  problems,  and  to  advance  the  profession  by  promoting  the 
welfare  of  individuals  and  society.  The  discipline  of  sociolog)'  focuses 
primarily  on  the  analysis  of  modem  industrial  societies  by  examining  their 
basic  patterns  of  social  organization,  the  various  changes  that  occur  within 
these  patterns,  and  die  impact  of  the  patterns  on  individual  thought  and 
action.  Students  are  prepared  for  employment  in  human  service  fields  or  for 
graduate  study  in  sociology  or  related  fields. 

Students  majoring  in  sociology  may  select  one  of  three  tracks:  General 
Sociology.  Human  Services,  and  Applied  Social  Research.  The  general  track 
attempts  to  broadly  educate  those  students  who  may  wish  to  pursue  graduate 
training  in  sociology  and  make  sociolog)'  a  career  and  profession.  Because  of 
its  flexibility,  it  is  also  appropriate  for  students  who  want  to  pursue  double 
majors  that  would  include  such  fields  as  psychology  or  criminology.  The 
general  track  gives  students  the  broadest  possible  training  in  sociolog'y. 
Students  graduating  witii  majors  in  general  sociology  often  find  employment 
in  business,  industry,  and  government. 

The  Human  Services  track  in  sociology  seeks  to  help  students  understand 
the  causes  of  many  of  die  problems  that  plague  modern  societies,  such  as 
poverty,  racial  discrimination,  substance  abuse,  and  domestic  violence.  It  is 
designed  to  provide  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to 
become  practitioners  in  various  human  services  areas  (e.g., juvenile 


delinquency,  medical  sociology,  gerontology,  and  interpersonal  dynamics  and 
family  sociology). 

The  AppUed  Social  Research  track  emphasizes  the  development  of  research 
and  assessment  skills  in  students.  Such  skills  are  important  in  carrying  out 
program  assessments,  needs  assessments,  program  development,  and  odier 
activities  that  focus  on  gathering,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  data  important 
for  policymakers. 

The  department  also  prepares  teachers  for  secondary  school  social  studies 
with  a  concentration  in  sociology.  The  program  leads  to  the  degree  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Education.  With  its  emphasis  on  patterns  of  social  organization 
in  modern  industrialized  societies,  sociology  provides  a  sohd  foundation  for 
teaching  social  science  at  the  secondary  level.  Minors  are  available  in 
sociology  and  in  apphed  social  research. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/General  Sociology  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217  recommended 

Social  Science:  SOC  151 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  witli  SOC  prefLx 


College:  0-6 

Foreign  Lang'uage  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  30 

Required  Courses: 

SOC  151  Principles  of  Sociology  *sh  (2) 

SOC  320  Sociological  Theory  '  3sh 

SOC  380  Social  Research  Mediods  3sh 

One  of  the  following  courses:  Ssh 

SOC  361  Social  Stratification 

SOC  362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities 

SOC  363  Sociology  of  Gender 

At  least  one  dijferent  course  from  four  of  the  follouing 

substantive  areas:  1 2sh 

Social  Inequality  and  Social  Change: 

SOC  303. 337. 36 1 ,  362, 363, 448, 458 
Deviance  and  Social  Problems: 

SOC  23 1, 333, 335.  427, 428,  452 
Individual  and  Society:  SOC  251, 345, 357 
Social  Organization  and  Institutions:  SOC  286, 336, 

339, 340. 34 1 .  342. 348. 352,  421.  458 
Comparative  Sociology:  SOC  233,  271,  272,  273, 

286,303,314,337,342 
Free  Sociology  Electives;  (3)  Ssh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  33-41 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Semester  hours  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  not  in  the  major. 

(3)  Internships  in  Sociology  (SOC  493)  will  not  count  as  part  of  the 
required  Free  Sociolog)'  electives  and  must  count  as  credits  beyond  tlie 
30sh  required  for  the  major  (out  of  Free  Electives).  The  stvident  must 
write  a  one-page  justification  explaining  die  selection  of  his/her  9sh  of 
Free  Sociology  electives  as  it  relates  to  the  internship  experience. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Human  Services  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  217  recommended 

Social  Science:  SOC  151  required,  ANTH  110  and 

PSYC  101  recommended 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  SOC  prefix 


College: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  ( I ) 

Major: 

Required  ( 

Courses: 

SOC  151 

Principles  of  Sociology 

*sh(2) 

SOC  301 

Foundations  of  Sociological  Practice 

Ssh 

SOC  302 

Chnical  Sociological  Practice 

Ssh 

SOC  303 

Social  and  Cultural  Change 

Ssh 

SOC  320 

Sociological  Theorv 

Ssh 

SOC  380 

Social  Research  Methods 

Ssh 

SOC  493 

Internship  in  Sociology  (3) 

12sh 

Controlled  Electives:  One  substantive  area  (4) 

15sh(5) 

Medical  Sociology:  .\NTH  444  or  SOC  342.  and  four 

courses  fi-om'hst:  ANTH  222.  444.  BIOL  151  or  155, 
ECON  335,  FDNT  212,  PSYC  32 1 ,  378.  RGPL  350, 
SOC  23 1 ,  SOC  336, 342, 357, 448, 457 

Gerontology:  PSYC  378  or  SOC  357,  and  four  courses 
fi-om  list:  ANTH  444,  ECON  335,  PSYC  312, 378, 
RGPL  3.50.  SOC  231,  251, 336, 342, 352, 357, 
SOC  448,  457 

Juvenile  Dehnquency:  CRIM  451  or  SOC  333,  and  four 
courses  from  fist:  CRIM  102,  270, 361, 370,  451, 
GEOG  432,  HIST  374,  SOC  23 1 ,  333, 335. 336, 
SOC  345, 361 ,  362, 428, 448, 457 

Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  SOC  336  or  345, 
and  four  courses  fi-om  Ust:  HMEC  218, 224, 
PSYC  3 1 1 ,  32 1 ,  330,  SOC  25 1 ,  335, 336, 345, 
SOC  361, 363,  427, 428, 448, 452, 457 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES        107 


\.A„„  ,in<l  Irujintry:  SOC  340  or  348,  and  four  4(iur»c» 
IroiiiliHi:  F.r( )N  .■)•)(), .-ir.O,.)? 1, 372. 37.-), 
IllSr  :l7:t.  II.K  Md,  ISd.  I'SYC  3!)(l. 

S( )( ;  T.i  I ,  :)4n,  mh,  .iii  i .  mh,  457, 4r.« 

Coiiiniiiiiity  l)i.'Vclo|>nii'iil:  SOC  2(1  and  I'LSC  'ri4.aM<l 
'I'lircc  i-oiirHcn  from  line  AN'II  1271,  272,  .1 1 4, 
ECON  33(j,  3«3,  KUNT  402,  CKO(;  331, 332, 
PI ..S{ ;  25 1 ,  KC;PL  3.50,  SOC  333, 336, 341, 
.SO(;.3()3,44H,457 

Other  Ili'i|iiiri-mcn(iii  0 

Krcf  Kill  lives:  2l-2!» 

Total  l)i-](ri'i-  lli'f|iiiri'ini-iilN:  124 

( 1 )  liili'Miii'dialt-k'vi'l  KiniKii  l.aiiKiia)(c'  may  l>c  iiitliidcd  ill  Liberal  Studies 
elettives. 

(2)  ,SemeHter  liotirH  counted  in  Liberal  Studies,  not  in  the  inajtir. 

(3)  .SOC  301  and  302  must  be  taken  before  SOC  493.  GencraUy,  ,SOC  493 
is  taken  in  the  .suininer  belore  the  senior  year. 

(4)  StudenUi  may  create  tlieir  own  substantive  area  willi  die  approval  of  die 
department  chairperson. 

(5)  At  least  dirce  courses  in  any  substantive  area  must  be  SOC  (Sociology) 
courses. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Sociology/Applied  Social  Research  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  \^  .Miilmcd  in  l.ibcr.il  Siudi.s  sieti..,,  53-5.'. 

\\\i\\  tlie  following  specification.^: 

Mathematics:  M.AI'H  217 

.Social  Science:  SOC  l.'il  iec|uired,  .ANTH  110  rccuiniiieiidcd 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  COlOl,  no  courses  with  .SOC  prefix 

College:  O-fi 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Major:  42 

Required  Courses: 

SOC  1. '51              Principles  of  Sociology  *sh  (2) 

.SOC  320             SociologicalTbeory    '  3sh 

SOC  380            Social  Research  Mediods  3sh 

SOC  456            Field  Research  Mediods  3sh 

SOC  457             Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3sh 

SOC  458            Political  Sociology  3sh 

SOC  493            Internship  in  Socioloe\'  (3)  1 2sh 

I5sh(5) 


Principles  of  Sociology 
Sociological  Theory 
Social  Research  Mediods 
Field  Research  Methods 
Computer  Use  in  Sociology 
Political  Sociology 
Internship  in  Sociology  (3) 
Controlled  Electives:  One  substantive  area  (4) 
Medical  Sociology :  ANTH  444  or  SOC  342.  and  four 

courses  from  list:  ANTH  222.  444.  BIOL  151  or 

155,  ECON  335,  FONT  212,  PSYC  321,378, 

RGPL  350,  SOC  23 1 ,  335, 336, 342. 448.  452 
Gerontology:  PS^'C  378  or  SOC  357,  and  four  courses 

from  list:  ANTH  444.  ECON  335, 360, 

PSYC  3 12, 378,  RGPL  350, 

SOC  231 ,  25 1 .  33(1. 342.  352, 357, 448 
Juvenile  Delinquency:  CRIM  451  or  SOC  333.  and 

Four  courses  from  list:  CRIM  102.  270, 361. 370,  451 

GEOG  432.  HIST  374,  SOC  231, 333, 335, 336, 

SOC  345. 361, 362,  428 
Interpersonal  and  Family  Sociology:  SOC  336  or  345. 

and  four  courses  from  Usi:  HMEC  218. 224, 

PSYC  3 1 1 ,  32 1 .  330.  SOC  25 1 .  335. 336, 

SOC  345, 361 ,  363, 427,  428. 448.  452 
Labor  and  Industry:  SOC  340  or  348.  and  four  courses 

from  list:  ECON  330. 350, 371, 372, 373, 

HLST  373.  ILR  426.  4S0.  PSYC  390, 

SOC  23 1 .  303. 340. 348. 361 .  448.  458 
Community  Development:  SOC  231  and  PLSC  354, 

and  diree  courses  from  list:  .ANTH  27 1 ,  272. 3 1 4, 

ECON  336. 383,  FDNT  402.  GEOG  33 1 .  332. 

PLSC  25 1 .  RGPL  350.  SOC  .333, 336, 34 1 .  363.  448 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

{ 1 )    Intcniiediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
elective. 


0 
21-29 


(2)  Scmenlcr  linurt  counted  in  Lil>er?l  Studies,  not  in  the  major. 

(3)  SOC  380,  456,  and  457  must  be  taken  before  taking  SOC.  493, 
Generally.  SO(i  493  is  Lakcii  in  die  Miinincr  before  tbc  unior  year. 

(4)  .StudeiitJi  may  create  their  own  aiibntantive  area  widi  die  approval  of  die 
department  clMir])craKiii. 

(5)  At  leaal  three  oiurscs  in  any  substantive  area  niiisl  be  SO(^  (SiniuAii^) 
coiirses. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Sciences 
Education/Sociology  Concentration  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

widi  llie  following  spccificatiims: 

Social  Science:  PSY( !  1 0 1 .  SOC  1 5 1 ,  ECON  1 2 1 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  F.CON  122,  GEOG  230, 

PLSC  346.  no  courses  with  SOC;  prefix 

32 


College: 

Professional  Kducation  Sequence: 

COMM  103 

Digital  Instnictional  Technology 

3sh 

EDI  (;  242 

Pre-studenI  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  1 

Uh 

EDrC342 

Prc-sludent  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  11 

Ish 

I:DUC441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

EDUC  442 

School  Law 

Isb 

EDUC  455 

Teaching  of  Social  Science  in 

Secondary  Schools 

3sh 

EDSP102 

Educational  Psvcholog\' 

3sh 

EDSP477 

/Vsscssnicnt  of  .Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures    3sh 

EDEX.301 

Education  of  Students  widi  Disabilities 

in  Inclusive  Secondan-  Setungs 

2sh 

FDED  102 

.American  Ed  in  Theory  and  PracUce 

3sh 

Major: 

Required  Sociologv  or  Related  Courses: 

ANTH  211 

Cultural  Andiropologv 

3sh 

SOC  151 

Principles  of  Sociolog\' 

*sh(l) 

SOC  231 

Contemporar\-  Social  Problems 

3sh 

SOC  320 

Sociological  Theory- 

3sh 

SOC  380 

Social  Research  Methods 

3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  recommended  from  each  of  the  following 

Three  areas  of  Sociology: 

Social  Structures  and  Processes:  SOC  336. 340. 341, 

348.3,52.421.4.58 
Social  Problems:  SOC  23 1 .  25 1 .  333, 335. 357. 362. 

363.427.428 
Theory  and  Research:  .ANTH  317,  SOC  301,  456, 457 
History  Distributional  Requirements: 

Any  twa  Histon,-  courses  which  focus  on  the  U.S. 

.Any  Non-Western  or  World  History  Course 
Required  Social  Science  Distribution: 

GEOG  200  level  or  higher 

PLSC  280  or  285 

Other  RequiremenLs: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


6sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


0 
1-3 


124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

(I)    SOC  151  is  counted  as  part  of  the  53-55sh  Liberal  Studies 
requirements. 


Minor — Sociology 

Required  course: 

SOC  151  Principles  of  Sociology 

Controlled  Electives: 

One  course  from  list:  SOC  231. 320. 380 

Three  additional  courses  in  Sociology 


15 


3sh 
9sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


Minor — Applied  Social  Research 

Required  Courses: 

SOC  380  Social  Research  Metliods 

SOC  456  Field  Research  Mediods 

SOC  457  Compulcr  Use  in  Sociolog\- 

SOC  458  Pohtical  Sociolog)' 

Controlled  Elective: 

Any  research  course  in  College  of  Humanities  and 
Social  Sciences,  as  approved  by  department  chair 
Optional  internship:  ANTH  493  or  SOC  493 


Tj^Jl"       Spanish  for  Elementary  Education 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
6sh 


Department  of  Spanish  and 
Classical  Languages 

R.  Roger  Smidi,  Chairperson;  Barton.  Broad,  Carranza,  Delbnigge, 
Dresclier,  Foltz,  Glisan,  Hernandez,  Jurewicz,  Miltz,  Rodriguez,  M. 
Ryan,  Spieker,  Thornton,  Young;  and  professor  emeritus  Mendizabel 

Website:  hltp://wwu>.  iup.edu/ipanish 


The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  offers  a  varied 
curriculum  designed  to  proWdc  not  only  basic  language  instruction  in 
Spanish,  Greek,  and  Latin  but  also  the  more  advanced  competencies  needed 
by  language  specialists  and  students  hoping  to  take  advantage  of  an 
international  study  experience.  For  the  undergraduate  Spanish  major,  the 
department  has  three  degree  programs:  the  B.S.  in  Education,  the  B.A.  in 
Spanish,  and  die  B.A.  in  Spanish  for  International  Trade.  The  latter  degree 
program  provides  soHd  undergraduate  degree  training  preparatory  to  an 
M.B.A.  in  International  Management. 

Students  majoring  in  Spanish  will  acquire  proficiency  in  all  phases  of  the 
language  and  enter  more  deeply  into  the  history,  culture,  and  literature  of 
Spanish-speaking  countries.  Spanish  majors  generally  find  employment  in 
government  work,  librarianship, journalism,  foreign  trade,  airlines,  tourism, 
business,  criminology,  and  teaching.  Students  choosing  careers  as  secondary 
school  teachers  will  find  the  close  supervision  and  advanced  methodology 
offered  by  the  department  a  distinct  asset. 

College  Language  Requirements 

Students  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics  and  College  of 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  who  must  pass  an  intenuediate-level 
language  course  requirement  for  graduadon,  may  choose  any  one  of  the  five 
languages  offered  by  die  Foreign  Language  departments:  French,  German, 
Italian,  Ladn,  and  Spanish.  Those  choosing  die  Spanish  or  LaUn  opUons  will 
fulfill  die  requirement  by  successfully  compleUng  SPAN  201  or  21 1*  or 
LATN  201.  The  student  with  no  previous  foreign  language  study  will  take 
SPAN  101-102  or  SPAN  1 1 1*  or  LATN  101-102  as  a  prerequisite;  die 
semester  hours  will  not  be  applicable  to  any  college  or  department 
requirements  (except  for  students  in  HRIM  who  may  fiilfill  their  3-9- 
semester  hour  language  requirement  with  SPAN  lll*or211*or  SPAN 
131-132  or  widi  two  4-semester  hour  courses)  but  may  be  counted  as 
general  electives  in  the  total  required  for  graduadon.  Students  in  the  other 
colleges  may  choose  to  take  one  of  the  languages  offered  (at  the  intermediate 
level)  in  fulfilling  die  requirements  of  Liberal  Studies  elecUves. 

*Course  is  currendy  inactive. 

Students  with  previous  Spanish  study  in  high  school  will  be  placed  into  the 
appropriate  course  levels  by  means  of  a  written  departmental  exam, 
administered  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  In  addidon,  as  deemed 
necessary,  especially  in  die  case  of  native  or  heritage  speakers,  students" 
wridng  and  speaking  proficiency  will  be  assessed  by  one  or  more  faculty 
members  in  the  Spanish  department.  Each  student's  individual  requirements 
and  the  judgment  of  the  classroom  instructors  uill  also  be  considered  in 
placement. 


A  student  in  Elementary  Educadon  may  elect  a  concentration  of  19  semester 
hours  of  Spanish,  consisting  of  the  following: 

SPAN  20 1  or  equivalent  4sh 

SPAN  221  Inlcrmediate  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 

SPAN  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composidon  3sh 

SPAN  260  Introducdon  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SPAN  321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 

SPAN  404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 

Elementary  Education  students  wishing  to  prepare  to  teach  in  elementary 
programs  where  content  teacliing  in  Spanish  is  the  objecdve  should  enroll  in 
the  Foreign  Languages  and  Internadonal  Studies  for  Elementary  Teaching 
(FLISET)  program  described  under  the  Department  of  Professional  Studies 
in  Education. 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Study  Abroad:  The  universit)'  has  established  study-abroad  centers  in 
Spain,  Mexico,  and  Cosla  Rica.  The  program  in  Valladolid,  Spain,  is  a 
second-semester-only  program,  whereas  the  ones  in  Mexico  and  Costa  Rica 
are  summer  programs.  All  majors  are  required  to  participate  in  study  abroad; 
nonniajors  are  also  accepted  into  these  programs.  The  18  semester  hours  in 
Spain,  7  semester  hours  in  Mexico,  or  4  semester  hours  in  Costa  Rica  are 
applicable  to  a  major  or  a  minor  in  Spanish.  Students  interested  in  more 
informadon  should  contact  the  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Department. 

Internships:  Internships  in  Spain,  Mexico,  and  Costa  Rica  are  available 
dirough  the  department.  All  internships  take  place  during  the  summer  and 
var)'  ft'om  six  weeks  to  two  months  in  duration.  Internship  is  a  credit-bearing 
course,  SPAN  493,  and  all  interns  are  enrolled  in  the  first  session  of  summer 
school.  Noncredit  internships  cannot  be  considered.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
Spanish  for  Internadonal  Trade  program  are  strongly  urged  to  do  an 
internship  in  order  to  gain  credibility  in  die  field  of  internadonal  business. 
Internships  are  available  in  banking,  government,  social  work, 
communicadons,  education,  niarkedng,  and  many  odier  fields.  Arranging  an 
internship  abroad  takes  considerable  long-range  planning,  and  anyone 
interested  should  contact  die  Department  of  Spanish  and  Classical 
Languages  at  least  three  months  in  advance. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Spanish 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  secdon  53-55 

with  the  following  specificadons: 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  SPAN  prefix 

College: 

Foreign  Language  (included  in  major)  0 

Major:  37 

Study  Abroad  ( 1 ) 
Required  Courses: 

SPAN  201  or  equivalent  4sh 

SPAN  221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SPAN  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composidon  3sh 

SPAN  260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SPAN  321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 

SPAN  340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  die 

19'"Centur>-  3sh 

SPAN  342/344   20th-Cenlur>'  Spanish  Civilizadon 
and  Culture/20th-Century  Spanish- 
American  Civilizadon  and  Cidture  3sh 
SPAN  404           Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3sh 
Controlled  Elecdves: 

At  least  two  SPAN  courses  fi-om  those  numbered  4 1 0-43 1        6sh 
,\ny  other  6sli  in  SPAN  courses  342  or  above  6sh 

Other  Requirements:  0 

Free  Electives:  32-34 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Students  in  die  B.A.  Spanish  major  must  successfijUy  complete  a 

program  of  language  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country.  This  program 
must,  as  a  mirumum,  last  four  weeks  and  carry  3  or  more  sh  extending 
beyond  die  intermediate  level.  Students  may  fidfill  this  requirement  by 
pardcipadng  in  any  of  lUP's  study  abroad  programs  in  Spain,  Mexico, 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 


109 


,,in<.llic'i  .«<i('ililc<l 
i|ijlli'inrlll  llir<iii);li  a  liiill-ll  I' 


III  ( :i.Bl.i  Kii  .1,  iir  liy  IraiiKlirriim  niilils  li 
|.iiiKi.ini.  SludcMli  wisliiim  III  liiHill  iIiih  k 

|iiii(i,i.iiii  sliiinUI  iilil.iin  prim  .i|i|iiiiv.il  Ir llic-  (IcparliiiciK.  Ha»til  nn 

(luiniiiixUaliiiM  iirailci|iiatc  mal  iirnfH  iini  y  an.l  siniiifH  aiil  <  rdHfi-nilliiral 
cxiicriciuT,  sliiclciils  may  be  ixtrn|iliil  tn 
a|>|)riival  of  tile  ailviwir. 


Junior  Standing: 


lliis  i('i|Miri'iii('iil  willi  till 


Bachelor  of  Arts— Spanish  for  International  Trade 


mill 


iliii  l.ili.i.ilSliiilio 


lihtiulSiiKlii 

Willi  liilliiwiiin  H|><i  ilii  al s: 

Malliciniilitn:  M/VI'll  121 
Social  Si kiuf.  I'.CON  121 
l.ilural  Siudiis  Kliilivini  CKOC  2.')2.  MAIII  211. 

COSC/HII'.D/IKMC  101,  iiociiiirsc  with  Sl'AN  prefix 

C.iillcgct 

Fiireigii  LaiiRiiani-  (iiulmli 


ajiir) 


Majori 

Sliiily  Al>r<ia<l  ( I ) 

IU'(|iiirccl  Oounii'Ni 

SPAN  201  i.r  ciiiivak-iil 

SPAN  222  liiurimiliali-  Span  Coiivcrsalion-Biisincss 

SPAN  2.'J0  Iniirnuilialc  Spaiilsli  Coinposition 

SPAN  2(i()  iMtriidiiitioii  In  Hispanic  Lilc-ratiirc 

SPAN  :ii  I  Advaiicecl  Spanisli  Conversalinn 

SPAN  340  Hisnanic  Civilization  Tlirougli  the 

1!)"' Century 
SPAN  342/344   20th-('.eiitury  Spanisli  CiviliiaUon 
and  Culturc/20tli-Century  Spanish- 
Ainerican  Civilization  and  Culture 
SPAN  3r)4  Coiniiicrcial  Spanisli 

SPAN  404  Advaiued  Spanish  C.rammar 

Contnillcd  Electivcs: 
Other  Spanish  Kleciives 

Other  Requirement*!:  Business  Sequence 


ACCT201 
ACCT  202 
BLAW  23r. 
BTST321 
ECON  122 
FIN  310 
IFMG  300 
MGMT311 
MGMT  330 
MGMT  495 
MKTG  320 
QBUS2ir) 

Free  Electivcs: 


Accounting  Principles  I 

Accounting  Principles  II 

Legal  Enviroiinient  of  Business 

Business  and  Interpersonal  Comin 

Principles  of  Economics  II 

Finance  I 

liiloiniation  Systems:  Tlieor>'  and  Practice 

lluniJii  Ikliaviiir  in  Organizations 

Production  and  Operations  Mgmt 

Business  Policy 

Principles  of  Marketing 

Business  Statistics 


4sh 
3sh 
Ssh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sli 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


0 


124-126 


Total  Degree  Requirements 

( 1 )    Stndcnis  In  ilu  HA.  Spanish  for  International  Trade  major  must 
succcsslully  complete  a  program  of  language  study  in  a  Spanish- 
speaking  country.  This  program  must,  as  a  minimum,  last  four  weeks 
and  carry  3  or  more  sh  extending  beyond  tlic  intennediate  level. 
Students  may  fiiltill  this  requirement  by  participating  in  any  of  lUP's 
study  abroad  programs  in  Spain.  Me.vico.  or  Costa  Rica  or  by 
transferring  credits  frimi  another  accredited  program.  Students  wishing 
to  fiilfill  this  requirement  through  a  non-Il'P  program  should  obtain 
prior  approval  from  the  ilepartment.  Based  on  demonstration  of 
adequate  oral  proficiency  and  significant  cross-cultural  experience, 
students  may  be  exempted  firom  this  requirement  with  the  approi'al  of 
tlie  advisor. 


B.S.Ed.-Secondary  Spanish  Education 

The  ioUowmg  aiUlilional  rcqiurcmenls  tor  S[)aiiish  KiiuLatuin  in  the 
.Atlmission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification  Process  are  required. 
Please  see  tlie  remainder  of  tlie  requirements  for  all  B.S.Ed,  majors  in  tiie 
.\ilniission  to  Teacher  Education  and  Certification  Process  in  die  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology  section  of  tliis  catalog. 


KflKlive  Willi  the  tnttriiin  .  lasi  of  I '»'»).  luiiior  HUiidiiig  it  reviewed  in  the 
Heinenlcr  that  the  "i?''"  »eiiif.lcr  hour  m  earned.  At  that  point.  MudciiU  need 
III  meet  the  following  clcpartmenlal  rc<)uirenienfi  in  addition  to  tlie 
iiiiivcrsilywide  3-Stcp  requireiiicnU. 

mfully  complete  an  English  essay.  Sludcntii  rcail  a  recent  article 


dealing  widi  innovations  in  teaching  and  arc  asked  to  respond  to  certain 
issues 

2.  Pass  a  standard  exam  in  grammar,  reading,  and  writing 

3.  Attain  intcnncdiate-iiii<l  rating  or  higher  in  an  Individual  Oral 
Proficiency  Interview  (ACTFL-ETS) 

4.  Satisfactorily  complete  an  interview  in  English  widi  llie  Departnicnt  of 
Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  faculty  and  one  cooperating  teacher  Ut 
assess  the  student's  ability  to  interact  witli  others  on  a  professional  level 

5.  Hold  at  least  a  3.0  GPA  in  Spanish 

Admission  to  Student  Teaching: 

1.  AlLdin  ad%diiccd  lalwig  iii  lii);lici  uM  the  Individual  Oral  Proficiency 
Interview  (ACTFL-ETS). 

2.  Hold  at  least  a  3.0  GPA  in  .Spanish 

3.  Earn  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  EDIJC  4.'>3 

4.  Earn  a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  SPAN  3.53 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Secondary  Spanish 
Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  ANTH  110,  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electivcs:  no  courses  with  SPAN  prefix 

College: 
Professional 

COMVI  10:3 
EDFAJOl 


3sh 


Ish 

I2sh 

Ish 

3sh 
2sh 
3sh 


Education  Sequence: 

Digital  Instructional  Technology 

Eclucation  of  Students  widi  Disabilities 

in  Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sh 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EDSP  477  Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Inteqjretation  of  Educational  Measures   3sh 
EDUC242  Pre-Studcnt  Teaching  and  Clinical  Exp  I        Ish 

EDUC  342  Pre-Student  Teaching  and  Clinical  Exp  II 

EDUC  441  Student  Teaching 

EDUC  442         School  Law 
EDUC  453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Language  in 

Secondary  School 
EDUC  499  Multicultural/Multiedinic  Education 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

Major: 

Study  .\broad  ( 1 ) 

Required  Courses: 

SPAN  201  or  equivalent  4sh 

SP.\N  221  Intennediate  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SP.\N  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3sh 

SPAN  260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 

SPAN  321  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3sh 

SPAN  340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  the 

19'"  Century  3sh 

SPAN  342/344   20Ui-Centuty-  Spanish  Civilization 

and  C.ulture/20th-Cenmry  Spanish- 

.American  Ciiihzation  and  Culture 

Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics 

Teaching  of  Elementary  Content 

Through  tlie  Spanish  Language 

.•\d\-anced  Spanish  Grammar 
Controlled  Electives: 
Any  odier  3sh  from  SPAN  300  or  above 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  -■\dimssion  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technolog)'  section  of  tliis  catalog. 


SP.\N  353 
SPAN  390 


SP.\N  404 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 


124 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


no 


COLLEGE    OF    HUMANITIES    AND    SOCIAL    SCIENCES 

)    Students  111  die  B.S.Ed.  Secondary  Spanish  Education  major  must 
successftiUy  complete  a  program  of  language  study  in  a  Spanish- 
speaking  country.  This  program  must,  as  a  mimmum,  last  four  weeks 
and  carry  3  or  more  sh  extending  beyond  die  intermediate  level 
Students  may  ftilfiU  this  requirement  by  participadng  ui  any  of  lUP's 
study  abroad  jirogranis  in  Spain,  Mexico,  or  Costa  Rica,  or  by 
'™'l^,';""g  "^-l'"* '™'"  another  accredited  program.  Students  wishing 
to  lulfall  this  requirement  dirough  a  non-IUP  program  should  obtain 
prior  approval  from  die  department.  Based  on  demonstradon  of 
adequate  oral  proficiency  and  significant  cross-cultural  experience 
students  may  be  exempted  from  diis  requirement  with  the  approval  of 
the  advisor. 


Minor — Spanish  ^^^^^^^'""""'"'"22' 

Required  Courses: 

SPAN  201           or  equivalent  4sl, 
SPAN  221           Intermediate  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 
SPAN  230           Intennediate  Spanish  Composidon  3sh 
SPAN  260           Introducdon  to  Hispanic  Literature  3sh 
SPAN  321           Advanced  Spanish  Conversadon  3sh 
SPAN  342/344   20di-Century  Spanish  Civilizadon 
and  Culture/20th-Century  Spanish- 
American  Civilizadon  and  Culture  3sh 
Controlled  Electives: 
One  course:  SPAN  340, 342, 344, 362, 364, 353  3sh 


I 
NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     200,-02  ^ 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        /// 


College  or  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


John  S.  Eck,  Dean 

Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty,  Assistant  Dean 

Jacqueline  L  Gorman,  Dean's  Associate 

Website:  http://www.iup.edu/natsciandmath 

One  of  tilt  ilianmciistiis  i>l  tlic  twcmleth  ceiilun,  is  tht-  marked  change  in 
the  relation  of  citizens  to  their  environment.  Space  probes,  orbiting  sateUilcs. 
and  productive  research  on  die  stnicture  and  syndiesis  of  living  matter  have 
brought  to  the  forefront  for  reexamination  .such  time-honored  ijueries  as, 
"What  is  die  nature  of  die  universe?"  or  "Can  people  control  their  natural 
environment?"  or  "How  did  life  begin?"  Sciendfically  found  answers  to  diese 
and  other  questions,  coupled  widi  proper  application  of  this  knowledge  for 
humankind's  betterment,  must  be  a  significant  part  of  die  goal  of  educated 
people  ever)-where. 

The  objectives  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics  are  to 
acquaint  die  student  widi  die  kinds  of  problems  which  lend  diemselves  to 
possible  solutions  dirough  die  use  of  science;  to  introduce  different  scientific 
techniques  dirough  significant  illustrative  experiences;  to  give  a  sense  ot 
perspective  in  the  development  of  science:  and  to  develop  an  understanding 
of  die  b.isii  I ommnnitv  of  all  scientific  disciplines. 

Degrees  Offered 

Applied  Madiematics 

Applied  Physics 

Biochemistry' 

Biolog\- 

Biolog)'  Education 

C.bemistr)' 

Chemistr)'  Educadon 

Comjiuter  Science 

Eardi  and  Space  Science  Education 


Economics/Mathematics 

Electro-Optics  (.Associate  in  Applied  Science  and  .Associate  in  Science) 

Enviromiiental  Geoscience 

EnNnronmental  Healdi 

General  Science  Educadon 

Geolog)- 

Madiemadcs 

Mathematics  Educadon 

.Natural  Science 

Physics 

Physics  Educadon 

Psycholog)- 

Degrees 

The  departments  of  Biolog)'.  Chemistr);  Computer  Science,  and  Physici 
offer  work  leading  to  either  a  Bachelor  of  Science  or  a  Bachelor  of  .Arts 
degree,  depending  upon  die  specific  course  program  pursued.  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  work  in  the  departments  of 
Geoscience  and  Madiemadcs.  The  Bachelor  of  .Arts  degree  is  awarded  by  the 
Department  of  Psycholog)-.  .A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  also  awarded  in 
Natural  Sciences.  .An  .Associate  of  .Applied  Science  and  an  .Associate  in 
Science  are  awarded  in  Electro-Opucs. 

Several  departments  in  the  college  sponsor  Master  of  Arts  or  Master  of 
Science  degrees  in  the  universit\"s  Graduate  School.  The  Department  of 
Psvcholog\-  offers  die  Doctor  of  Chnical  Psychology-  degree.  Informadon  on 
these  programs  should  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addidon  to  the  uni\  ersily"s  Liberal  Studies  requirements,  all  snidenls 
seeking  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Madiemadcs  must  complete  die  requirements  for  a  major  as  established  by 
die  department  dirough  which  they  wish  to  speciahze.  Statements  of  these 


I  l\l  D  I  A  N  A     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


112       COLLEGE 


OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


requirements  and  those  for  minoring  in  a  specific  field  appear  in  tlie 
department  sections  that  follow.  A  double  major  or  minor  may  encompass  a 
discipline  outside  as  well  as  within  the  college  but  should  be  selected  only 
with  ad\isor  approval.  As  a  general  principle,  there  is  considerable  latitude  in 
course  choice  for  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  majors;  for  specifically 
required  courses,  substitution  in  any  program  must  have  the  written  approval 
of  the  student's  department  chairperson  or  the  college  dean. 

The  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Unless  other%vise  indicated,  each  department  adheres  to  the  following  foreign 
language  requirement: 

A  candidate  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must 
demonstrate  a  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  equivalent  to  that  attained 
upon  completion  of  two  years  of  college  instruction  in  that  language.  This 
requirement  may  be  met  by  one  of  die  following: 

a.  successfiil  compleUon  of  the  intermediate  level  in  a  specific  language 

b.  successfiil  completion  of  an  exemption  or  credit  examinadon 

Any  foreign  student,  registered  as  such  at  lUP.  whose  acquired  native 
language  is  odier  tlian  English  and  who  demonstrates  an  acceptable 
proficiency  in  Enghsh,  is  exempt  fi-om  the  foreign  language  requirement  for  a 
Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics  degree  if  die  department  he/she  is 
majoring  in  does  not  require  a  specific  language  not  thus  covered. 

Preprofessional  Programs 

The  college  offers  programs  for  die  preparaUon  of  students  for  acceptance  by 
a  professional  school:  pre-niedical  (including  osteopathic  medicine)  and  pre- 
veterinary  medicine.  In  addition,  the  college  olTers  a  major  in  the  Natural 
Sciences  for  those  students  whose  goal  is  dentistry,  pharmacy  or 
pharmacology,  optometry,  podiatry,  chiropracUc  medicine,  or  physical 
therapy  All  programs  are  so  designed  diat,  should  work  at  a  professional 
school  not  ensue,  the  student  may  earn  an  lUP  baccalaureate  degree, 
provided  he/she  has  been  faithftJ  to  facult)'  advisement. 

The  preprofessional  health  programs  in  the  college  presuppose  that  die 
student  has  an  excellent  background  in  the  high  school  sciences  and 
mathematics  and  will  prove  to  be  an  excellent  college  student.  Students 
should  identity-  their  proposed  field  of  study  upon  admission  to  lUP. 

Internship  Programs 

Several  departments  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
have  established  extensive  internsliip  programs  under  which  students  engage 
in  an  off-campus  supervised  work  experience  for  credit. 

For  more  information  about  specific  internship  programs,  students  should 
consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  student  is 
majoring.  Students  eligible  for  internships  may  receive  federal  or  state 
funding. 


Cooperative  Programs 


lUP  has  been  fortunate  to  enter  into  cooperative  agreements  widi  a  number 
of  outstanding  institutions  to  provide  significant  career  opportunities  to  our 
students.  These  formal  agreements  pro\ide  for  accelerated  graduate  or 
professional  degree  programs  or  carefiilly  planned  and  coordinated 
tmdergraduate  programming  with  the  cooperating  institution.  Programs  are 
intended  to  assure  acceptance  of  properly  qualified  students  by  the 
cooperating  professional  schools.  Additional  information  concerning  the 
specific  programs  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  academic  department 
in  this  catalog. 

•  Primary  Care  Scholars  Program:  The  Philadelphia  College  of 
Osteopadiic  Medicine  (PCOM)  has  established  die  Primar)-  Care 
Scholars  Program  with  six  Pennsylvania  State  System  of  Higher 
Education  universities.  The  program  will  enable  students  who  have 
demonstrated  both  academic  excellence  and  a  commitment  to  the 
practice  of  primary  care  in  Pennsylvariia  to  gain  early  admission  to 
PCOM.  Contact  Dr.  Allan  Andrew  for  specific  information  regarding 
diis  program. 

•  Chiropractic  (See  Natural  Science):  The  New  York  College  of 
Chiropractic  Medicine  Program  is  designed  to  accelerate  the 
professional  training  of  lUP  students  in  the  field  of  chiropractic 
medicine. 


Engineering  -  Drcxcl  University  (See  Deparmient  of  Physics):  The 
program  widi  Drexel  Umversity  combines  the  opportunity  for  two  years 
of  study  at  lUP  widi  die  remaining  diree  years  of  study  as  part  of  the 
Drexel  plan  of  cooperative  education.  A  student  completing  this 
program  w  ill  receive  a  bachelor's  degree  in  engineering  fi-om  Drexel 
Universit)'. 

Engineering  -  University  of  Pittsburgh  (See  Natural  Science) 
Family  Medicine  (Sec  Department  of  Biolog)-):  The  program  with 
Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas  jcH'erson  Uiiiversitv-  increases  the 
opportunities  for  lUP  students  to  be  admitted  to  Jefferson  Medical 
College  in  the  Family  Medicine  Program.  The  program  is  designed  to 
provide  physicians  to  rural  communities  in  Pennsylvania  where  there  is 
a  physician  shortage. 

Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  (See  Department  of 
Biolog)-).  Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  and  lUP  have  a 
cooperative  "3-^4"  program.  Students  will  be  awarded  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  Biolog)'  fi^om  lUP  upon  successfiil  completion  of  the 
first-year  curriculum  at  Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine  and 
of  die  undergraduate  reqiurements  at  lUP. 

Primary  Care  Partnership:  The  program  with  Pennsylvania  State 
Umversity  College  of  Medicine  enables  the  college  to  identify'  students 
with  primary  care  potential  and  provide  these  students  v\ith  die 
opportunity  to  interact  widi  primary  care  facult)'  at  die  Pennsylvania 
State  Universit)'  College  of  Medicine.  Contact  Dr.  .Allan  Andrew  for 
specific  inlbnnation. 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  (See  Department  of  Biology): 
The  program  widi  Duke  University  is  designed  to  coordinate  the 
education  of  students  ft^om  lUP  with  the  graduate  programs  in  forestry 
and  environmental  management  offered  at  Duke  University  in  Durham, 
Nordi  Carolina. 

Podiatry  (See  Natural  Science):  The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Pediatric 
Medicine  program  accelerates  the  professional  training  of  lUP  students 
in  die  field  of  podiatry. 

Optometry  (See  Natural  Science):  The  Pennsylvania  College  of 
Optometr)-  program  accelerates  the  professional  training  of  lUP 
students  in  the  field  of  optometry. 

Marine  Science  Consortium:  College  majors  may  be  interested  in  the 
programs  available  through  die  Marine  Science  Consortium.  The 
Marine  Science  Consortium  was  established  in  1968  for  the  jiurpose  of 
promoting  teaching  and  research  in  the  marine  sciences.  Participating 
institutions  include  lUP  and  diirteen  odier  colleges  and  universities. 
."Vlthough  no  separate  major  in  the  Marine  Sciences  exists,  elective 
courses  may  be  taken  and  credited  toward  undergraduate  currictJa  in 
Biology,  Geolog)-,  Geography,  and  Earth  Science.  The  Marine  Science 
Consortium  offers  five  three-week  sessions  during  the  summer  at  the 
NASA  -Wallops  Island  Station,  Virginia.  Nonnally,  several  research 
cruises  are  offered  each  summer. 

Students  must  register  for  credit  and  pay  credit  fees  to  a  participating 
institution.  Room  and  board  fees  are  paid  to  the  consortium. 
Apphcations  for  all  summer  sessions  must  be  submitted  to  the 
institutional  director  by  April  1 .  Students  must  be  accepted  by  die 
consortium  before  registering  at  a  participating  institution.  See  section 
on  Marine  Science  Consortium  for  a  listing  of  courses.  For  brochure, 
summer  bulletin,  and  apphcation  forms,  contact  Dr.  Ray  L.  Winstead, 
Biolog)-,  or  Dr.  Darlene  S.  Richardson,  Geoscience,  who  are  the  lUP 
directors  and  assist  students  in  program  planning. 


Department  of  Biology 

W.  Barkley  Butler,  Chairperson:  Andrew,  ."Vyebo,  Bharadian, 
Brennemaii,  Browe,  Ciskowski,  Dietrich,  Forbes,  Gendron, 
Hinrichsen,  Hulse.  Humphreys,  Jack,  Kesner,  Linzey,  Lord,  Luciano, 
Nastase,  Newell,  Peard,  Pickering,  Pistole,  Simmons,  Winstead;  and 
professors  emeriti  Gallati.  Liegev,  Moore,  Schrock 

Website: /(«/).•//!,'!<'!<'./«/>,,./«  /.^./.-v 


Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Biolog)-  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Biolog)-.  the  Bachelor  of  .'\rts  in  Biology,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Enviroimiental  Healdi,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  with  a 
Biology  certification.  The  first  diree  degree  programs  are  under  the  College 
of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics.  and  die  fourth  is  under  the  College  of 
Education  and  Educational  Technology.  The  department  also  offers  a 
Biology  minor. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG        2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


'I'lic  |>rii)r|.Lin  Ii'.kIjiik  I<>  u  B.S.  in  IlinloKy  In  (IciiiKiii'il  l<>  |iriiviilc  iii.ixiiiiiiiii 
ili:|>lli  in  llic  sc  i>'n( CH  .iiiil  ni.illiciiialit  n  willi  Icin  ii|i|iiirliiiiily  lnr  tree 
('lc(  lives.  Sludenls  who  phni  l<i  ulleiid  Kiiidiialc  nc  linol  nr  iiriileiiKiiin.il 
M  IickiIh,  Hill  Ii  ;is  lliiiHe  ill  liiiin.iM  in  veleriiiiiry  ineilii  iiie,  iiiufiI  iiflcii  rlimine 
iliiN  |iroKniiii  iirstiiilieii. 

I'lirlliei.  llie  li.S.  in  Hiiil(i);y  iiiiliiiiialieally  (|iiulific.H  a  nliiilciit  Tor  a  iiiinni  in 
I  lieniiHli y  anil  tliiin  re|irciieiit.s  more  lliaii  ade<|iialc  |irc|>araliiiii  fi>r 
i'in|il<<ynieiil  i>|i|ii>rliiiii(ie»  llial  rcijiiirc  cxjicrline  in  liiitli  liinlo^y  and 
ilieniiMliT. 

The  iminram  leailin|{  In  llic  U.A.  in  Uiiiliixy  is  ilesinned  li>  alliiw  greater 
i>|i|iiirluiiily  (ill  free  eleelives.  This  rrecdoiii  ciiiild  l>e  imcd  lo  |iiirsiie 
iiilereHlH  in  areas  oiilside  ni  liiiilii);y.  alliiwinx  lnr  a  iiinic  hrnadly  iiaseii 
l.ilieral  Ails  ediiialinn.  Alleinalively.  the  It. A.  decree  sliidcnl  wniilil  have  llie 
llexijiilily  In  jiiirsiie  in  deplli  (in  iiiiiinr  in  iir  (lerliaps  even  ti>  double  niajnr 
in)  aiinther  diHei|>iitic.  A  itinln|;y  majnr  eninhined  uilli  other  ncienccfi  utich 
as  Hiiu  heinistr)'.  Cninptiler  Scicnec,  Oheiiiislry.  I'hysie.H.  (Jcosciciicc. 
Matheinaliis,  nr  Psyi  linlnjry,  or  <lisri|ilincN  swell  ait  Art,  Kn^linh,  Business,  or 
a  loreiKii  laiiKuajrc  can  make  attractive  packaf^s  for  tlic  student  and  for 
pnlenlial  liilnre  einplnyers. 

Environmental  Health  Program 

Thi.s  |)ro^iani  Iticiises  nii  envirniiinciital  anil  ecological  lactnrs  as  iJiey  relate 
In  hiiinaii  well-heing.  including  food  salely.  clean  water  and  air.  vector-borne 
diseases,  and  waste  management.  The  Eiivironnienlal  liealth  Program  is  a 
preparation  for  cinployinent  in  local,  slate,  and  federal  agencies  and  industr) 
as  well  as  graduate  school  in  a  piibhc  health-related  field.  Between  the  junior 
and  .senior  year,  each  stiiilenl  should  ser\e  an  iiiternship  in  the  private  oi 
public  sector. 

B.S.  in  Education — Secondary  Biology 

The  l)ep.iilliu I  Itinlngy.  ill  cnli|llllclioll  willi  llie  Cnllegc  n(  luliuatloii 

and  Kducatioiial  'lechnology.  provides  a  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in 
Education  with  cerlificatinn  to  teach  biology.  The  program  is  coinmilted  to 
preparing  teachers  who  possess  a  strong  foundation  in  biology,  a  broad 
background  in  associated  sciences,  and  an  extensive  preparation  in 
pe<lag.ig\. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Except  for  Biology  Kdiication  majors.  Biology  majors  must  complete 
iiilcrmcdiate  level  nr  twn  semesters  of  foreign  language  starting  at  die  lughest 
level  recnininended  by  the  freshman  Pre-registration  Placement  Test  in  dial 
language  (may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  elcctives).  This  reiguircment 
can  also  be  met  by  ilemonstrating  proficiency'  in  a  foreign  language 
et|uivaleiil  lo  the  inlerinediate  level. 

Cooperative  Programs 

The  Biolnj^y  nep.ulnieiil  cooperates  in  programs  WTdiJctVerson  Medical 
College.  Lake  I'jic  (^illege  of  Osieopalliic  Medicine.  Duke  University  School 
of  Fnicstrv'  and  Eiivirniimeiital  Studies.  Marine  Science  Consortium,  Inc.. 
and  Pymatiining  Laboralory  of  Ecology. 

•       Duke  Cooperative  College  Program  in  Forestry  and  Environmental 
Studies:  The  Cooperative  College  program  with  the  Duke  riiivcrsitv 
School  of  the  Environmeni  (htlj>://xm<xiKrm:dukf.fi}u,f)  is  designed  to 
coordinate  the  undergraduate  education  of  students  at  lUP  with 
graduate  programs  in  the  areas  of  resources  and  em-ironment  offered  at 
Duke.  Undergraduate  majors  in  one  of  die  natural  sciences. 
inaUiematics.  economics,  business,  or  polidcal  science  arc  suited  to  the 
program.  Preparation  for  the  Duke  program  should  include  at  least  one 
year  each  of  biology  widi  work  in  botany,  economics  widi  a  sigiiificaiu 
«)nipoiient  of  microec-onomics.  and  mathematics  wliich  should  include 
calculus,  computer  science,  and  statistics.  .Applicants  to  die  Duke 
program  who  have  completed  courses  in  ecolog)-.  chemistrv;  geolog)-, 
physics,  and  a  foreign  language  or  addidoiial  courses  in  biolog)-, 
economics,  and  madiematics  will  be  given  preferential  consideration. 
Students  are  accepted  in  eidier  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  die 
Master  of  Forestr\-  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Ejivironniental  Management 
(M.E.M.). 

Students  may  be  accepted  into  the  Duke  graduate  program  after  three 
years  of  high-qualit>-  undergraduate  study  at  lUP  or  upon  completion  of 
die  baccalaureate.  Students  who  quahli,-  after  diree  vears  will  have 


I  niiiplcleil  most  of  the  undergraduate  dcj^cc  re()uiremcnu  at  ll/'P 
except  for  total  hniir*.  ( ^nurses  at  Diikr  w  ill  Ik-  applied  to  ifir  bachelor'* 
ilegrcc  at  ll'P.  I)r  Jerr)'  L.  Pickering.  Deparlineiil  nf  Binlogy.  m  the 
faculty  ailviwir  at  H'P  amf  assmls  sliidrnls  in  prngraiii  plaiining. 

Jcflcnon  Medical  (^ollege-IUP  Phynician  SborUge  .Area  Propams  A 

I  nnperalive  I'aniilv  Medii  me  Physic  ian  Va\\ii  alinii  Program  has  l>ccii 
eslabhsheil  by  II  i'  and  Jefiersmi  MciIk  al  College  nf  Thomas  JelTcrv.n 
I  'nivcrsitv  in  Philadelphia  for  the  puqnine  of  improving  die  dislnbnnon 
III  ptiysicians  in  PeniLsylvania.  The  program  is  designed  Ui  iiicreaM:  the 
opporliinilies  for  young  women  and  men  In  prai  iilc  family  medicine  in 
the  rural  cnmmunilies  of  Pennsylvania  where  dicrc  is  a  shortage  o( 
physician.s.  .Students  interested  in  this  program  shniild  enroll  as  Family 
Medicine  majors. 

The  |)rograi!i  at  JcfTcrsoii  Medical  Oillcgc  will  admit  approximately  four 
graduates  of  M  'P  and  twenty  graduates  of  ndicr  colleges  each  year. 
StudeiiLs  from  II  T  will  be  admitted  only  if  properly  qualified  aicnrding 
to  die  admission  standards  and  policies  of  Jefferson  Medical  Cnllegc. 
Applications  arc  reviewed  by  the  Joint  ILT-Jelferson  Subcommittee  and 
recnmmcndatinns  made  to  die  JefTcrson  Committee  on  Admissions. 

AdmiKsion  to  JcRcrHon  Medical  College:  A  strniig  prcparaUon  in  tlie 
sciences  and  madiematics  basic  lo  medical  scIicmiI  studies  is  required.  A 
variety  of  college  course  formats  and  ctmibinations,  including  binlogy. 
general  and  organic  chcmisir).  and  physics  are  a  minimum.  Courses 
taken  to  meet  the  basic  reqiiiremeiiLs  should  l>c  rigorous  and.  in  general, 
comparable  to  courses  accepted  for  concentration  in  these  disciphncs. 
Courses  taken  should  be  supplemenled  by  laboratory  experiences. 
.Students  may  take  upper-level  science  cnurses  nut  of  educational 
interest  or  lo  fiilfill  die  requirements  of  dieir  major.  Taking  additional 
science  courses  that  cover  material  taught  within  the  medical  school 
curriculum  is  not  helpful  to  gaining  admission. 

Breaddi  ofeducadon  is  expected.  Pursuit  of  some  discipline  in  depth  is 
encouraged,  k  successful  medical  student  must  actively  acquire, 
synthesize,  apply,  and  communicate  informauon.  Tliese  arc  skills  tliat 
can  be  developed  dirough  a  great  \ariety  of  academic  disciplines. 
Studies  in  die  humanities  and  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  and 
development  of  effective  wriung  skills  are  strongly  suggested.  Additional 
requirements  for  admission  can  be  found  in  "Informauon  for 
Prospective  Students,"  published  by  Jefferson  Medical  College. 

Students  who  quaUfv'  for  the  Physician  Shortage  Area  Program  (PSAP) 
must  certitS'  their  intentions  to  adhere  to  die  fullowing  plan  of  education 
and  practice:  (a)  complete  die  family  medicine  curriculum  dunng  their 
four  years  of  medical  educadon  at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  including  a 
sLx-week  clerkship  in  a  rural  area:  (b)  complete  a  three-year  faraih' 
medicine  residency:  and  (c)  agree  to  practice  family  medicine  in  an 
underserved  area.  Preference  will  be  gi\eii  to  Pennsylvania  residents 
who  are  interested  in  this  program,  with  highest  priorit)  given  to  those 
who  actually  live,  al  die  time  of  applicauon.  in  the  underserved  area  in 
which  they  hope  lo  practice.  Dr  .\llan  .\iidrew.  pre-mcdical  adsisor  in 
die  Biology  Department,  will  assist  students  in  program  planning. 

Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine:  Lake  Erie  College  of 
Osleopadiic  Medicine  and  UP  have  a  cooperative  "3+4"  program. 
Sludenls  will  be  awarded  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Biology  from 
IIP  upon  successful  completion  of  the  Crst-ycar  curriculum  al  Lake 
Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  .Medicine  and  of  the  undergraduate 
requirements  at  UP.  In  order  to  be  considered  for  the  program, 
students  must  be  in  the  top  25  percent  of  dieir  graduating  class,  have  a 
minimum  SAT  score  of  1 150  (recentered).  and  have  addidonal 
documented  e\ideiice  of  scholarly/professional  potential,  leadership, 
and  communitN  involvement.  Wliile  at  ILP.  diese  students  must  meet 
die  follow  ing  re(|uiremeiits: 

1 .  Cumulative  CP.A  of  3.2  or  better  overall 

2.  Cumulative  GP.\  of  3.2  or  better  in  prescribed  science  courses 

3.  .K  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses 

4.  Successful  compledon  of  Liberal  Studies  and  required  courses  by 
die  end  of  die  third  year 

5.  Successfiil  compledon  of  .MC.\T  (Medic-al  College  .Admission  Test) 
no  later  dian  the  spring  semester  of  the  third  year  with  desired 
scores  of  7  or  better  in  each  subtest  and  an  overall  score  of  24  or 
better 

6.  Favorable  letter  of  recommendation  from  the  Premedical  Advisory 
Committee 

7.  Compledon  of  .AACONHS  applicadon 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


•  Marine  Science  Consortium:  Biology  majors  interested  in  marine 
biology  are  encouraged  to  investigate  summer  courses  offered  through 
the  Marine  Science  Consortium  at  Wallops  Island,  Virginia,  by 
contacting  Dr.  Ray  Winstead  in  the  Biology  Department.  Courses 
offered  have  included  Marine  Biology,  Tropical  Marine  Ecology,  Fish 
Biology,  Marine  Invertebrates,  and  many  more.  These  courses  count  as 
biology  elecdves. 

•  Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology:  Biology  majors  can  expand  their 
selecdon  of  course  offerings  by  parucipaung  in  a  cooperaUve  program 
with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  Field  Station  at  the  Pymatuning 
Laboratory  of  Ecology  located  in  northwestern  Pennsylvania.  These 
elective  courses  center  on  ecological  and  environmental  topics,  i.e.. 
Ecology,  Field  Botany,  Vertebrate  Ecology,  Aquadc  Entomology, 
Behavioral  Ecology,  and  Experimental  Design.  ApplicaUon  and 
registration  for  both  summer  sessions  must  be  completed  by  April  1. 
Students  register  for  credit  and  pay  fees  at  lUP.  Boolcs,  lab  fee,  and  room 
and  board  are  paid  to  the  Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology.  Dr. 
Anthony  J.  Nastase  is  the  faculty  advisor  for  this  cooperative  program 
and  assists  students  in  program  planning,  application,  and  registration. 

lUP  Department  of  Biology/University  of 
Zimbabwe  Department  of  Biological  Sciences 
Exchange  Program 

The  Department  of  Biology  reciprocal  exchange  program  with  die  University 
of  Zimbabwe  Department  of  Biological  Sciences  encourages  both  faculty  and 
student  exchanges  in  the  major  disciplines  of  biology.  Students  register  and 
pay  die  cost  of  housing  and  meals,  as  well  as  any  odier  mandatory  semester 
fees  in  their  home  institution,  and  are  dien  covered  by  the  one-for-one 
exchange  by  the  host  institution.  Course  semester  hours  are  transferable. 
Exchange  of  facidty  and  professional  staff  is  also  based  on  the  principle  of 
reciprocity.  Dr.  Amadu  Ayebo,  coordinator,  will  assist  students  in  program 
planning. 

Mentor  Program  and  Biology  Residence  Floor 

The  Department  of  Biology  offers  a  Peer  Mentor  Program  that  allows 
incoming  students,  new  to  lUP  and  new  to  Biology,  to  quickly  gain  an 
academic  home.  New  students  are  assigned  an  upper-level  Peer  Mentor  to 
help  guide  them  through  the  curriculum,  requirements,  and  programs  within 
our  department  and  college.  A  fall  off-campus  retreat  is  an  important 
component  of  our  Mentor  Program,  and  students  are  expected  to  attend. 
Elkin  Hall,  just  behind  Weyandt  Hall  (die  home  of  die  Department  of 
Biology),  has  a  single  residence  floor  dedicated  to  Biology,  Environmental 
Health,  Biology  Education,  and  Preprofessional  (Pre-Med,  Pre-Vet)  students. 
Students  with  similar  professional  and  academic  interests  can  share  life 
experiences  by  being  part  of  this  component  of  our  academic  communitj-. 
Undeclared  or  Natural  Science  students  with  interests  in  Biology  may  also 
apply  to  be  on  this  floor. 

Degree  Programs 

In  the  programs  of  study  that  follow,  no  more  than  6  semester  hours  total 
from  internships,  independent  study,  and  special  topics  can  be  counted 
toward  biology  course  requirements.  Credits  beyond  six  earned  from  these 
sources  are  counted  as  general  electives.  Note:  Students  changing  into  the 
majors  of  Biology,  Biology  Education,  or  Environmental  Health  are  required 
to  have  a  2.5  cumulative  GPA  or  permission  of  the  chairperson. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  55-56 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  1 1 1  - 1 1 2 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  BIOL  prefix 

Major:  32 

Required  Courses: 


12sh(l) 


4sh 
4sh 

0-6sh 


Controlled  Electives: 

Biolog)'  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 
Chemistry  Sequence 

CHEM  23 1         Organic  Chemistry  I 
CHEM  351         Biochemistry  (2) 
Foreign  Langiiage  Intermediate  Level  (3) 

Free  Electives:  29 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  apphes  to  major:  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  The  two-semester  (6sh)  sequence  of  BIOC  301-302  can  be  substituted 
for  CHEM  351  to  meet  die  biochemistry  requirement. 

(3)  See  Foreign  Language  requirement.  Intermediate-level  foreign  language 
may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Introductory-level  foreign 
language  courses  count  as  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Biology 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudmcd  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  1 2 1 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  PHYS  1 1 1  and  either 

MATH  122  OR  MATH  216,  no  courses  widi 

BIOL  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

BIOL  111 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  210 
BIOL  220 
BIOL  250 
BIOL  263 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

I8sh(l) 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 

Ish 

3sh 

Ish 

0-6sh 


BIOL  111 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  210 
BIOL  220 

Principles  of  Biology  I 
Principles  of  Biology  II 
Botany 
General  Zoology 

4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

BIOL  250 
BIOL  263 

Principles  of  Microbiology 
Genetics 

3sh 
3sh 

Principles  of  Biology  I 

Principles  of  Biology  II 

Botany 

General  Zoology 

Principles  of  Microbiology 

Genetics 
Controlled  Electives: 
Biology  electives  (major  courses  only) 

Other  Requirements: 
Chemistry  Sequence 

CHEM  231  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  232         Organic  Chemistry  II  (2) 
CHEM  351         Biochemistry  (3) 
Physics  Sequence 
PHYS  121  Physics  I  Lab 

PHYS  112  Physics  II  Lecture 

PHYS  122  Physics  II  Lab 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (4) 

Free  Electives:  13 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  No  more  than  6sh  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major;  excess  applied  as  free  electives. 

(2)  Students  may  substitute  a  diird  niadi  course  (MATH  1 22  or  2 16)  for 
CHEM  232. 

(3)  The  two-semester  (6sh)  sequence  of  BIOC  301-302  can  be  substituted 
for  CHEM  351  to  meet  the  biochemistry  requirement. 

(4)  See  Foreign  Language  requirement.  Inteniiediate-level  foreign  language 
may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies  electives.  Introductory-level  foreign 
language  courses  count  as  free  electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Biology  (* 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  1 10  or  121  (I) 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  PHYS  1 1 1,  no  courses  with 
BIOL  prefix,  one  course  must  have  a  GEOS  prefix 
from  the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science,  Option  II, 
Nonlaboratory  List. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        115 


l*ri>rcNfiii)iiiil  I 
COMM  101 
KDSI'  lo:^ 
i:i)SI'.|77 


KDUC^'ll 


Uluciilioii  .St'i|iii'ii(ci  (2) 

l)i(.il.il  liiMiiKli.MulTcclirinldK)'  .'Jdh 

Kilui  .itMMLiI  INvrln>i<>Ky  ''<'<l> 

A.iNtviiiiiiciit  (irStiiilcrit  LcaniiiiK:  DciiiKii 
.iikI  liilci|>rt'Uitiiiii  ciflCdiK'Ulioiial  Mcaniircs   .')ali 
l'rL-»tii(leiil  'Pcai'liiiin  Clinical 
l'.x|icri<;iicc  I 

i'li'-.idulcnt  'IcacliiiiK  Clinical 
Kxpiricncc  II 
Sliuiciit  'IcacliiiiK  (.')) 
SiJKM.I  Law 

Ttacliiiin  SticiKC  ill  llic  Secondary 
Sch.iob 

American  Education  in  Theory  and 
I'r.iclicc 


lull 

I  ah 
I2sli 

lull 
.'i.sll 
J.th 


Major: 

Kci|uirvd  (lourricfii 

lilOl,  II  I  Principles  of  Uiolof^  I 

BIOL  112  Principles  of  Biology  II 

BIOL  210  Bolany 

BIOL  220  CcncralZoolog)' 

BIOL  2r.O  Principles  of  Microbiolog)' 

BI()L2(i.)  Ccnetica 

BIOL  ISO  HioloKy  Seminar 

Controlled  Elcctivcat 

Biology  eleclives:  (major  courses  only) 

Oilier  Rcqiiireinenls: 
C.lieinislry  Se(|iience 

CIIF.M  2;il  Organic  Chemistry  I 

CllEM:}r)l  Biochemistry  (5) 

Physics  Sequence 
PI  I YS  121  Physics  I  Ub 

PIIYS112  Phvsics  II  Lecture 

PIIYS122  Physics  II  Lab 

Free  Elcctivcs: 


48h 
4sh 
3sh 
3ah 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 

!)sh(t) 


4sh 
4sh 

Ish 
3sh 
Ish 


0 


127 


(#)lbtal  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  reciuiremcnts  leading  to  teacher  ccrtificauon,  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technolog)'  section  of  this  catalog. 

( 1 )  Progiain  revision  in  process     3  additional  sh  of  math  will  be  required 
by  the  Peiuisylrania  Department  of  EducaUon. 

(2)  Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 

(3)  Eligibility  for  student  teaching  and  certification  in  secondar)'  biology 
educadon  requires  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.75  and  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
in  all  biology  courses.  The  program  in  secondar)'  biology  educadon 
rei|iiires  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.75  for  all  majors. 

(-1)    No  more  diaii  6sh  from  liulependcnt  Study  (BIOL  482),  Special  Topics 

(BIOL  481).  or  Internship  (BIOL  493)  applies  to  major:  excess  applied 

as  free  clccti^•es 
(5)    The  two-scmcster  (6sh)  sequence  of  BIOC  301-302  can  be  substituted 

for  CHEM  351  to  meet  the  biochemistry  requirement. 
(#)    See  adxnson'  paragraph  "Timely  Conipledon  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  die  section  on  Retjuircments  for  Craduauon. 


lilt  )l.  110 

Applied  EnUjinology  and  /Coonoscs 

3»h 

BIOL  321 

Environmental  Protection  1 

3ah 

BIOL  322 

Environincntal  Protection  II 

3al. 

BIOL4H0 

Biology  Seminar 

lah 

Conlrullcd  KIcclivcsi 

Biology  elective 

n  (major  couraea  only) 

3ah(l) 

Other  Reqiilrci 

inentM 

31 

Required  Coiir 

aea; 

CHEM  2)1 

( )rgaiiic  Chemistry  1 

4ali 

CHEM  323 

Analytical  Mcdiods 

4»h 

PHYS  121 

Physics  1  Lab 

lah 

PHYS112 

Physics  II  Lecture 

3ah 

PHYS  122 

Physics  II  Lab 

lah 

PUSC  250 

Public  Polic-y 

3ah 

SAKE  101 

Intro  to  Occupational  Safety  and  llealdi 

3sli 

SAKE  101 

lleaUh  Hazard  Identification 

3sh 

C:unlrollcd  Elc 

etivea: 

BIOL  493 

Biology  liitenisliip(l)  or 

controlled  elective*  (2) 

9ali 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3) 

O-Ksh 

Free  RIeclivcs: 

7 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  1 24 

(1)  No  more  than  (ish  total  from  Independent  Study,  Special  Topics,  or 
Internship  applies  to  major,  excess  applied  as  free  elcctivcs.  At  least  one 
writing-intensive  course  widiin  die  major  (e.g.,  BIOL  3C2  or  SAFE  462) 
must  be  taken  to  hilfill  Liberal  Studies  requiremerils. 

(2)  The  following  courses  count  as  controlled  elcctivcs:  BIOL  362,  463, 
476, CHEM  232,  CEOS  121, 122, .33 1,  SAKE  402,461,462. 

(3)  See  Korcign  Language  Requirement.  Koreign  Language  courses  are 
counted  as  free  elecUves. 


Minor— Biology 

Required  Courses: 

BIOL  103-104    General  Biology  I  and  II  or 
BIOL  111-112    Principles  of  Biology  I  and  II 
Additional  BIOL  courses 


20 


Ssh 
12sh(l)(2) 


Other  Requirements: 

a)  Student  must  have  at  least  a  2.0  GPA  in  all  BIOL  courses  for  die  minor. 

b)  Student  must  take  at  least  6sh  of  biolog)-  courses  at  IL'P. 

c)  Must  have  permission  of  biolog)'  department  chairperson 

(1)  Widi  approval  of  department  chairperson. 

(2)  At  least  8  of  die  1 2  required  addiuonal  BIOL  sh  must  come  from  200 
level  or  higher  courses. 


Biochemistry  Program 

Jonathan  .N.  Southard  and  .N.  Bharathan.  C  o-Coordinafors:  Buder, 
Dietrich,  Ford.  Harding,  Hinrichsen,  Luciano.  Sowa.  Biology  and 
Chemistry  faculties 

Website:  http://wu'U'.iup.edu/biochemistry 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Health 

Llliend  Studies:  As  oollincil  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
with  the  followinji;  specifications: 
Mathematics:  M.^TH  121 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 
Social  Science:  ECON  101 

Liberal  Studies  Elccdves:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 
MATH  216, PHYS  111 


Major: 

Required  Courses: 


BiOL  1 1 1 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  210 
BIOL  220 
BIOL  241 


Principles  of  Biolog)'  I 
Principles  of  Biolog)'  U 
Botany 

General  Zoology 
General  Microbiolog)' 


4sh 
4sh 
Ssh 
Ssh 
Ssh 


The  B.S.  in  Biochemistry  is  a  four-year  degree  curricidum  offered  as  a 
cooperaUve  program  by  the  Biolog)'  and  Chemisu-)'  departments.  This 
Biochemistr)'  Program  also  offers  a  minor  in  Biochemistry. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  a  B.S.  in  Biochemistr)-  begins  «ith  foundadon 
courses  in  biolog)',  chemistry,  mathemaucs,  and  physics  in  the  first  t^vo  yeais. 
Specializauon  in  biochemistry  commences  in  the  third  year  with  courses  in 
biochemistr)-.  genedcs.  physical  chemistry.  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistr)-. 
and  Biochemistr)'  Seminar. 

.A  unique  feature  of  diis  undergradiute  program  is  that  Biochemistry 
research  is  a  requirement,  .\fter  consultadon  with  faciJty.  the  students  will 
define  a  problem  and  de%-ise  an  experimental  plan  through  hbrar)-  research. 
LaboralorN'  research  will  be  done  under  the  direct  supen'ision  of  a  faculty- 
member.  Finallv,  die  student  «-ill  report  on  the  residts  of  the  research  ui  both 
w-ritten  and  oral  forms. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


116 


LEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


The  B.S.  ill  Biochemistn-  Program  is  intended  for  diose  students  whose 
niterests  lie  in  a  most  exciting  field  of  modem  science.  Graduates  of  this 
jirogram  can  expect  to  be  qualified  to  enter  graduate  programs  in 
biochemistry.  biolog\v  chemistry,  and  molecular  biology,  professional  schools 
in  the  health  sciences,  and  positions  in  industrial  and  government  research 
laboratories  and  in  industrial  production  facilities. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Biochemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  the  Liberal  Studies  section 

«-ith  the  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  123 

Natural  Science:  PHYS  1.31-141  and  132-142 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  124,  no  courses  with 

BIOC  prefix:  one  course  must  be  200-level  or  higher. 
Major: 

Required  Courses: 

BIOC  301-311    Biochemistr)'  1  and  Lab 
BIOC  302-312   Biochemistr)'  II  and  Lab 


.■56-59 


51 


4sh 
4sh 

Ish(l) 
3sh 
2sh 

Ish(l) 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


BIOC  480  Biochemistr)'  Seminar  I 

BIOC  481  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry 

BIOC  482  Independent  Research  in  Biochemistry 

BIOC  490  Biochemistn'  Seminar  II 

BIOL  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BIOL  263  Genetics 

BIOL  250  Principles  of  Microbiology 

BIOL  401  Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and 

Biotechnolog)' 
CHEM  113         Concepts  in  Chemistry 
CHEM  114         Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 
CHEM  23 1         Organic  Chemistry  1 
CHEM  232         Organic  Chemistry  II 
CHEM  323         Analytical  Methods 
CHEM  340         Physical  Chemistry  for  the  Biological 

Sciences 
Controlled  Electives: 
Advanced  Biology  course  chosen  fi-om: 
BIOL  33 1 ,  350,  352, 364,  or  453 
Either  MATH  216  or  COSC  110 
Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  J24 

( 1 )  1  sh  each  semester  of  senior  year. 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


3sh 
3-4sli 


0-6 
7-11 


Minor-Biochemistry 

Total  semester  hours  will  depend  on  die  controlled 
electives  used  (9sh  minimum  required  to  12sh  for  tliree 
4sh  elecdves). 

Required  Courses: 

BIOC  301  Biochemistr)- 1  (la) 

BIOC  302  Biochemistiy  II 

BIOC  3 1 1  Biochemistry  Laboratory  1  ( 1  a) 

BIOC  312  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II 

Other  Requirements: 

At  least  three  controlled  electives  fi-om  following  list  (1): 

BIOC  480  Biochemistry  Seminar  I 

.Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry- 
Biochemistry  Seminar  II 
Principles  of  Microbiology  (lb,  d) 
Genetics  (lb) 
Cellular  Physiology 
Comparative  Animal  Physiology  (Id) 
Immunolog)'  ( 1  d) 

Laborator)'  Methods  in  Biology  and 
Biotechnolog)'  ( 1  d) 
Plant  Physiology  (Id) 
Organic  Chemistry  II  (Ic) 
Instrumental  Analysis  (Ic,  d) 


17-20 


BIOC  481 
BIOC  490 
BIOL  250 
BIOL  263 
BIOL  350 
BIOL  352 
BIOL  364 
BIOL  401 

BIOL  453 
CHEM  232 
CHEM  322 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 


Ish 
I-3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
4sh 

4sh 


CHEM  323    Analytical  Mediods4sh 

( 1 )    Or  other  200-level  or  higher  Biolog)-  or  Chemistry  courses  widi 

periiiission  of  chairperson  of  offering  department.' A  minimum  of  9sh  is 

required. 

a.  BIOL  1 1 1  and  CHEM  232  are  prerequisites. 

b.  Required  for  Biology  major. 

c.  Required  for  Chemistry  major. 

d.  These  courses  have  prerequisites  not  needed  for  die  required 
courses. 


Department  of  Chemistry 

Ruiess  V.  F.  Ramsey,  Chairperson;  Asting,  Ballas,  Crumm,  Eddy, 
Elcesser,  Ford,  Harding,  Klavetter,  Ko,  Kendo,  Kupchella,  Lake,  Long, 
See,  Southard,  Sowa,  Syty,  Varughese,  Wood,  Woolcoclq  and 
professors  emeriti  Bordas,  Costa,  Fazio,  McKelvey,  Patsiga,  Scroxton, 
Tackett,  Wunz,  Zambotti 

Website:  hltp://uww. iiiji.edii/dumisfn 


Degrees  offered  by  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
m  Chemistry,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Chemistry,  and  die  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are 
under  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiemadcs,  and  the  diird  is 
under  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology.  The 
department  also  offers  a  Chemistry  minor. 

The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  is  a  professional  degree  and  is  cerdfied  by  die 
American  Chemical  Society.  The  student  compledng  this  major  should  be 
qualified  to  assume  a  position  in  industr)'  or  government  as  a  chemist  or  to 
apply  for  admission  to  graduate  school  to  pursue  advanced  studies  leading  to 
the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  The  student  considering  going  to  a  professional 
school  who  also  wishes  to  complete  this  degree  should  elect  appropriate 
courses  as  required  by  the  professional  school  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  here.  Those  students  who  are  particularly  interested  in 
biochemistry  should  elect  a  few  selected  biolog)'  courses. 

The  curriculum  leading  to  die  B.A.  in  Chemistry  is  designed  to  allow  for  die 
workable  union  of  nonscience  areas  widi  chemistry  in  such  a  way  as  to  retain 
die  ftmdamental  science  and  mathematics  requirements  needed  for  a  career 
in  chemistry.  A  carefid  selection  of  electives  will  qualify  die  student  for 
entrance  into  many  fields  in  which  there  is  an  acute  need  for  educated  people 
and,  at  the  same  time,  satisfy  the  entrance  requirements  of  various 
professional  and  graduate  schools. 

Some  possible  and  useftd  combinations  between  chemistry  and  odier 
disciphnes  would  include  chemistry-biology,  chemistry-business 
admimstration,  chemistry-computer  science,  chemistry-criminology, 
cheniistr)'-government,  chemistry-pre-dental,  chemistry-pre-law,  chemistry- 
safety  science,  chemistry-pre-medicine,  and  chemistry-Enghsh  (technical 
wnting).  The  student  must  arrange  a  practical  sequence  of  non-chemistry 
courses  in  consort  with  his/her  advisor  and  the  department  chairperson 
concerned.  A  student  seeking  a  career  in  forensic  science  should  major  in 
chemistry.  The  deparuiient  also  offers  pre-medical  programs  in  bodi  die  B.S. 
and  B.A.  curricula.  These  programs  prepare  die  student  to  satisfy-  die 
entrance  requirements  of  medical  schools. 

The  curricidum  leading  to  die  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  Chemistry  major  is 
designed  to  prepare  die  student  to  teach  chemistry  at  die  secondary  school 
level.  Upon  completion  of  die  specified  coursework  and  die  requirements  for 
teacher  certification  processes,  the  student  is  ehgible  for  Pennsylvania 
certification  by  die  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Chemistry 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

widi  the  tollowing  specifications: 

Mathemadcs:  MATH  121  or  123 

Natural  Science:  PHYS  1 1 1  - 1 2 1  and  1 1 2- 1 22  or 

PHYS  131-141  and  132-142 
Liberal  Studies  Elecdves:  MATH  122  or  124,  no  courses 

widi  CHEM  prefix 


INDIANA     UN 


VERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        117 


Major: 

Ki'i(iiirc'<l  (iuursc-fii 

CIIKM  III  Co 
CIIKM  111 
CIIKM  2,11 
CIIKM  XVl 
CIIKM.):!  I 
CIIKM  .l^:^ 
flllKM.tll 
CIIKM  :M;( 


( .<im('|il!i  ill  Cliciiiimr)' 
\\.\»\v  liiiirKunii  ( iliciiiifilry 
( )rn,iiiir  ( llicinisln,'  I 
( lr)(iiiiir  Clu'iiiiiiHy  II 
Oii.cniil.ilivi- Analvni" 
IiLHiniinn.MJ  AiMly.sis 
l'l.vsi,.,ICIuiiii.s(r)'I 
IMivsicilClu'iniHiiv  I.;il»>nili>rvl 


Ollii'r  iti'i|iiiremciilHi 

I'laiiiicd  |>r)>^r.ini  in  coinplritK-iit.iiT  liclcl  (adviNor 
apiirnval)  willi  lisli  in  .<(M)/ 10(1 1<  vcl  loiirscs  (2) 
l'\>rclnii  I.an);iLi^('  liilcinioliaO'  l.cvcl  (.'J) 


Ml 
Isli 
l.ili 
'tf.li 
't>.li 
■Uh 
■UU 
Ml 

^.,Ii(l) 
0-6sli 


I'm-  Kkitlvis:  17-24 

liilal  Di'Ki'ci'  Kt'i|uirt'iiu'ii(.s:  124 

( 1 )  Kccoiiiiiu'IkIihI  fields:  liiiiluK);  Btisiiit'ss,  C<)iii|iiiter  Science, 
Ci'iniiiKilo);)',  Oieletics,  Kciiiuiinic.i,  Knglisli,  Foreign  Language, 
(ieosciencc,  Mallieinatics.  Safety  Science,  Physics,  Political  Science, 
Psychology. 

(2)  Chcmislr)'  Pre-Mcd  program  re<niires  BIOL  111,112,  2fi,'J,  33 1 . 

(3)  Inteiinediate-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  be  iiicltided  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Chemistry 

Libcnil  Studies:  As  <.ii(liiit<l  m  l.ilH'r.il  Studies  : 
with  ihf  lollow  iiig  spci  ilicaliolis: 
MathimalicsiMA'riI  123 
Natural  Sciences:  PIIVS  131-141  and  132-142 
Liberal  Studies  F.lcctives:  MATI I  1 24.  i 
CHEM  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

CIIKM  113         Concept.s  ill  Chemistry 

CIIKM  114         Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry 

CHKM  23 1         Organic  Chcinislrv  I 

CHEM  232         Organic  Chemistry  II 

CHEM  301         Chemistry  Seminar 

CHEM  32 1         Quantitative  Analysis 

CHEM  322         Inslnmiental  Analysis 

CHEM  34 1         Physical  Chemistry  I 

CHEM  342         Physical  Chemistry  II 

CHEM  343         Physical  Chemistry  Laboraton- 1 

CHEM  344         Physical  Chemistry  Laboraton,  II 

CHEM  410         .Ailvanced  Inorganic  Chemistn'  Laboratory    Ish 

CHEM  4 1 1         .^dranced  Inorganic  Chemistn'  3sh 

Controlled  Electives: 

Additional  ('lieinistr>'  electives  from  list: 

CHEM  331. 335, 351. 376, 412, 421, 441,  498 


49h 
4sh(l) 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 


6sh  (2) 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  math:  COSC  1 10  and  one  additional 
course  from:  MATH  1 7 1 .  227.  24 1 .  342 
Prc-Mcd  program  (3) 
Foreign  Language  Intermciliati-  Level  (4) 

Free  Electives:  (5) 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


124 


(1)  Those  who  took  CHEM  1 1 1  and  1 12  should  take  CHEM  1 16  for 
.•Vmerican  Chemical  Society-  (.\C.S)  cerufied  B.S. 

(2)  CHEM  498  (2sh)  required  for  ACS  certification. 

(3)  Chemistn  /Prc-Mcd  program  rciiuires  BIOL  1 1 1, 1 12, 263. 331, 352 
.111(1  CHEM  351. 

(4)  Intcrinciliatc-lcvcl  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(5)  Pre-Med  requires  Biology  sequence  18sh. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Chemistry  (*) 

Liberal  Sludicoi  .'\s  oiiUiiicd  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
Willi  llic  lollciwiiig  specifications: 
MathcmalicDi  MATH  123 
Natural  Sciencci  PHYS  111-121  ami  112-122 
.Social  Scicncci  PS YC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Elcctivcsi  CEOS  1 1 1  or  113.  MATH  124. 
no  (ourscs  with  CHEM  prefix 

College: 

I'rufcNsional  Mucation  Sequence 

COMM  IU3         Digital  Iiistructioiiancchiiology  .ish 

EDUC  242  Pre-studciit  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  I  I  sb 

EDUC  342  Pre-studeiit  Teaching  Clinical 

Experience  II  Ish 

EDUC  44 1         Student  Teaching  I2sb 

EDUC  442         .School  Law  Uh 

EDUC  451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School     Ssh 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psychology  3sh 

EDSP  477  Assessment  of  .Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  .Measures   3sh 
EDEX  301  Education  of  Students  witii  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2sh 

FDED  102  American  Education  in  Theory  and 

Practice  3sli 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

('HEM  113  Concepts  in  Chemistry  4»h 

C:HEM114  Basic  Inorganic  Chemistry  4sh 

CHEM  231  Organic  Chemistry  I  4sh 

CHEM  232  Organic  Chemistry  II  4sh 

CHEM  321  Quantiutive  Analysis  49h 

CHEM  322  Instrumental  Analysis  4sh 

CHEM  341  Physical  Chemistry  I  49h 

CHEM  343  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  Ish 

CHEM  498  Problems  in  Cheirustrv  '                      I-2sh 

3-4sh 


4sh 
Ish 


Controlled  Electives: 

One  additional  chemistn'  course  from  list: 
CHEM  342,  ,351,  41 1 

Other  Requirements: 

BIOL  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I 

GEOS  1 12  or  114  Earth  Science  for  Educators  Lab  I  or  II 

Free  Electives:  0 

(#)Total  Degree  RequiremenU:  126-129 

(*)    Sec  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  titled  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  diis  catalog. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  die  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


Minor — Chemistry 

Required  Courses: 

CHEM  1 1 1  General  Chemistn- 1 
CHEM1I2  General  Chemistry  II 
CHEM  23 1  Organic  Chemistn- 1 
CHEM  232  Organic  Chemistry  II 
One  chemistn'  elective  from: 

CHEM  321.  CHEM  323.  CHEM  351 


20 


4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001- 


118 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Department  of  Computer  Science 

Gar)'  L.  Buterbaugh,  Chairperson;  AJi,  Cross,  Cunningham,  Micco, 
Obheey,  O'NeU,  Shubra,  Wolfe,  Yang;  and  professor  emeritus 
Tompkins 

Website:  http://ifwtr.iup.tilu/compsd 

The  programs  in  Computer  Science  at  lUP  lead  to  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree 
and  are  designed  primarily  to  prepare  graduates  for  productive  work  in 
highly  computer-dependent  areas  of  business,  go:'emment.  and  industry.  In 
recent  years,  majors  graduating  from  die  program  have  attained  their  first 
jobs  in  business  appheations,  programming  and  svstems  anal\sis.  computer 
software  development,  scientific  and  applied  mathemaUcal  programming, 
and  other  computer-related  areas  and  have  gone  to  graduate  school. 
In  a  rapidly  developing  field  such  as  Computer  Science,  it  is  important  that 
the  graduate's  education  be  broad  and  ftindamental  so  that  new  trends  can 
more  readily  be  foUo«ed.  Our  goal  is  to  balance  fi.ndamentaiit>'  and  breadth 
Hitli  sufficient  supervised  practice  so  that  our  graduates  are  productive  at  die 
tmie  diey  graduate  but  ready  and  willing  to  change  with  die  field. 
Most  applied  computer  sciendsts  work  in  cooperation  «-iUi  professionals 
trained  in  odier  areas  and  widi  managers.  Hence,  die  ability  to  work  and 
conuiiunicate  widi  odiers  of  difierent  educational  backgrounds  is  an 
important  characteristic.  To  diat  end,  we  encourage  Computer  Science 
majors  to  take  a  strong  minor  (or  area  concentration)  in  a  second  area  of 
interest.  Some  students  may  wish  to  double  major.  Majors  in  odier 
disciplines  at  lUP  are  also  welcome  to  take  Computer  Science  courses  for 
which  diey  are  qualified  or  a  Computer  Science  minor. 

Students  majoring  in  Computer  Science  should  set  dieir  goals  beyond 
simple  programming  and  should  be  preparing 

1 .  to  program  weU,  bodi  in  design  and  implementation  phases,  and 
document  what  diey  have  programmed 

2.  to  analyze  real-worid  problems  in  preparation  for  program  design  and 
unplementation 

3.  to  manage  activities  diat  are  strongly  computer  dependent 

4.  to  improve  die  tools  diat  programmers  and  systems  analysts  use,  i.e.  to 
develop  ' 

a.  better  software  systems 

b.  better  graphical  user  interfaces 

c.  better  languages  for  communicating  widi  computers 

d.  better  web-based  interfaces  and  databases 

e.  better  mediods  for  solving  intractable  problems 

5.  to  teach  about  computers  at  college  or  high  school  level 
6^_toadvance  die  ftindamental  dieoiy  of  digital  mfonnation  processors 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Computer  Science 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  123  (or  MATH  121-122) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  216  (or 

MATH214or217),no  courses  widi  COSC  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

COSC  105  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  3sh 

COSC  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming  35J, 

COSC  220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3sh 

COSC  300  Assembly  Language  Programming  3sh 

COSC  310  DaU  Structures  3sh 

COSC  3 1 5  Large  File  Organization  and  Access  3sh 

COSC  380  Seminar  on  die  Computer  Profession  1  sh 

COSC  480  Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Ish 

Controlled  Electives: 
Select  9sh  from  :  (1) 

COSC  250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Mediods  3sh 

COSC  304  Interactive  Internet  Programming 

widi  Java  3slj 

COSC  319  Software  Engineering  Concepts  3sh 

COSC  320  Software  Engineering  Practice  3sh 

COSC  345  Data  Conmiunications  3sJi 

COSC/IFMG  354  Testing  and  ControUing  LANs  3sh 

COSC  355  Computer  Graphics  3sl, 

COSC  360         IBMJob  Control  Language  ish 


55-58 


35 


COSC  362  UNIX  Systems 

COSC  481  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science  1  -4sh 

(only  sections  approved  for  majors) 
COSC  482  Independent  Study  l-4sh 

COSC  493  Intenisliip  in  Computer  Science  1 2sh  (2) 

1FMG455  Data  Warehousing  and  Mining  3sh 

Upper-level  Electives  by  Categories:  gsh  (3) 

Computer  .Architecture:  COSC  410 
Theory  of  Languages:  COSC  419,  420,  424,  460 
Systems  Programming:  COSC  430,  432 
Numerical  Mediods:  COSC  450. 451 
Artificial  InteUigence:  COSC  405 
Database  Management:  COSC  441, 444 

Other  Requirements:  <j  99 

Additional  Writing: 

ENGL  322         Technical  Writing  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Inteniiediate  Level  0-6sh  (4) 

Additional  Madiematics:  3-13sh  (5) 

MATH  1 23         Calculus  1  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Madiematics  (MATH  121  and  122  may 

be  substituted) 
MATH  2 1 6         Probabihty  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  (MATH  363  and  364,  MATH  214 

and  417,  or  MATH  217  and  417  may  be 

substituted) 
MATH  2 1 9         Discrete  Madiematics 


9-28 


Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  J24 

( 1 )  Select  at  least  9sh  from  die  list  of  controUed  electives  and/or  die  list  of 
upper-level  electives.  Note:  Only  4sh  of  COSC  493  may  be  counted 
toward  these  9sh. 

(2)  COSC  493  may  be  selected  in  eidier  die  second  semester  of  die  junior 
year  or  die  first  semester  of  die  senior  year  If  COSC  493  is  selected  and 
approved,  COSC  380  should  be  taken  in  die  immediately  preceding 
semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  two  additional  courses,  from  at  least  two  different 
categories,  from  die  list  of  upper-level  electives. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(5)  Any  of  die  Madiematics  options  satisfy  die  Learning  Skill  requirement, 
and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elective.  The  3sh  ' 
minimum  appfies  to  students  who  take  M.4TH  123  and  216.  The  13sh 
ma.\imuni  appfies  to  students  who  take  die  MATH  121-122  calculus 
option  and  die  MATH  363-364  statistics  option. 


Bachelor  of  Science— Computer  Science/Applied  Computer 
Science  Track 


Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  follov\'ing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  123  (or  MATH  I2M22) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  216  (or  MATH  214 

or  217),  no  courses  widi  COSC  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


54-58 


38 


COSC  105 
COSC  110 


Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science 
Problem  Solving  and  Structured 
Programming 

Appfied  Computer  Programming 
Assembly  Language  Programming 
Data  Structures 

Large  File  Organization  and  Access 
Software  Engineering  Concepts 
Seminar  on  die  Computer  Profession 
Database  Management 
Seminar  on  Technical  Topics 
Select  one  of  the  following  two  courses: 
COSC  320  Software  Engineering  Practice 

COSC  493  Internship  in  Computer  Science 


COSC  220 
COSC  300 
COSC  310 
COSC  315 
COSC  319 
COSC  380 
COSC  441 
COSC  480 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 

3sh(l) 
12sh(2) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE 


CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        J19 


Ounlrolk'il  ■'.Ictiivi'ii 

Select  ()nIi:(  I) 
cose  250 
cose  ;)()'l 


cose  Mr, 

COSC/IFMC  r.i   \\ 
cos( ;  .i'i'".       ( :. 

COSC.KiO 
cose  Mii 

cose  481 


hiiriidiK  liiiii  lo  Niiincrical  MciIkxU  -inh 

lnlcr,i(  (ivc  Irilcriict  Pr(>)(niiiiiiiin)( 
wirlij.ivu  t'l" 

Dula  eiiiiiniiiniciitiiiiiH  'inli 

iriiieonlrolliiiKLANK  .'iiili 

(. |Mil('i  (.t.L|>liio  .'ish 

IKMJoliCiiiilrol  l.:inKiiaKc  l"li 

INIXSysttiiis  t'li 

Special  Topics  in  eoiii|)Ulcr  Science  I  -'tsli 

(ciiily  s((  lioMH  approved  for  inajnr.t) 

(;OSe-1H2  lii.lcpcn.U-iil  Study  l-tili 

IKMC; 't.'iS  Data  Warclioii.iiiiR  and  MiiiinR  iili 

Upper-level  lilei  lives  l>y  CalcKoricsi  Select  ,i»li  (A) 

Computer  Arcliilectine:  COSC  tlO 

Database  Management:  COSC  Ml 

•nieory  ol  I.anniiaKC.s:  COSC  IK), 'I^O,  •12-1,  4(>0 

Svstem.i  I'ronraininiMt;:  COSC  4;iO,  4J2 

NMnuri(al  Methods:  COSt)  •ir.O.  •l.'jl 

Aililicial  liitcllincMce:  COSC  105 

Other  Rcquircmentsi 

Additional  Writing: 

ENGL  322         Technical  WritiiiR 

Foreign  l.an)riia)<;e  Intermediate  Level 

Additional  Madiemalics: 

MATH  1 2.)         Calciilns  I  for  Phvsics,  Chemistry, 

and  Mathematics  (MATH  121  and  122  may 

Ix-  snhslitntcd) 

I'rohahilitv  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  (MATH  ,>63  and  364,  MATH  214  and 

1 1 7.  or  M ATI  1217  and  4 1 7  may  be  substituted) 

Discrete  Mathematics 

Complete  a  minor  from  one  of  the  following  areas  from:  6-18 

a)  Any  department  in  die  College  of  Natural 

Sciences  and  Mathematics  6-18sh 

b)  Designated  Business  courses  18sh 

c)  Designated  Economics  courses  15sh 

d)  Designated  Geography  courses  15sh 

e)  Designated  Comnumications  Media  courses  I8sh 

Free  EUctives:  0-20 


3sh 

0-6sli  (5) 

3-13sh(6) 


MATH  2 1 (i 


MATH  219 


Total  Degree  RequireinenLs:  124 

( 1 )  Credit  for  both  COSC  320  and  493  may  be  counted  toward  die  degree, 
but  only  one  will  be  counted  toward  die  major  requirements. 

(2)  COSC  493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior 
year  or  die  first  semester  of  die  senior  year.  If  COSC  493  is  selected  and 
approved,  COSC  380  may  be  taken  in  die  immediately  preceding 
semester. 

(3)  Select  at  least  6sli  from  the  list  of  controlled  clectives  and/or  the  list  of 
upper-level  electivcs. 

(4)  Select  at  least  one  additional  course  from  die  list  of  upper-level  elecdves. 

(5)  Foreign  Langtiage  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(6)  Any  of  die  Madiematics  options  satisfS'  the  Learning  Skill  requirement, 
and  one  course  may  be  counted  as  a  Liberal  Studies  elecuve.  The  3sh 
minimiini  applies  to  students  who  take  M.ATH  123  and  216.  The  13sh 
niaxinium  applies  to  students  who  take  the  M.\TH  121-122  calcidus 
option  and  the  MATH  363-364  staUstics  opdon. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Computer  Science/Languages  and 
Systems  Track 


\s  stated  in  Liberal  Studies  Requirements 
,  specifications: 


Liberal  Studie 

widi  the  fnllow 

Mathematics:  M.\TH  123  (or  M.\TH  121-122) 
Liberal  .Studies  Electives:  M.\TH  124.  no  course 
widi  Ct)S(:  prefix 

Majon 

Required  Courses: 

COSC  lO.'i  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science 

COSC  110  Problem  Sohiiig  and  Structured 

Programming 


f;f )SC  220 
COSC  .300 
CO,SC310 
COSC  315 
CO.SC3I9 
COSC  380 
CO.SC4I0 

COSC  420 
cose  432 
CO.Se480 
Conlriillcd 
COSC  250 
COSC  304 

COSC  320 
COSC  345 

COSC/IFMG 
COSC  355 
cose:  360 
COSC  362 
COSC  405 
COSC  419 
COSC  424 
COSC  430 
COSC  441 
COSC  444 

COSC  450 
COSC  451 
COSC  460 
COSC  481 

COSC  482 
COSC  493 
IFMG  455 


Applied  Clornpiitcr  Prognimnnng  till 

Asuembly  language  Programming  3«h 

Data  Stnicture*  3ih 

l.,arge  File  Organi7.ation  and  Acccsn  3iili 

Software  Engineering  Concept*  3»h 

Seminar  on  the  Computer  ProfeMion  I  jh 
ProccMor  Architecture  and 

Microprograniming  3»h 

Modem  Programming  languages  39h 

IntrmJuction  to  Operating  Syntcnis  3«h 

Seminar  on  Technical  Topic*  1  »h 

ElcctivcK:  Select  9»h  ( 1 ) 

Introduction  to  .Numerical  Methods  3«h 
Interactive  Internet  Programming 

widi Java  3sh 
Software  Engineering  Practice                    3»h  (2) 

Data  Communications  3«h 

354  Testing  and  Controlling  LANs  3«h 

Computer  Graphics  3»li 

IBM  Job  Control  Language  l»h 

UNIX  Systems  Suh 

Artificial  Intelligence  3sh 

.Software  Development  with  Ada  3»h 

Compiler  Construction  3sh 

Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3»h 

Database  Management  3sh 
Producuvity  Tools  and  Fourth  Generation  3sh 
Language 

Applied  Numerical  Mediods  3sh 
Numerical  Mediods  for  Supercomputers        3sh 

Theory  of  Computation  3sh 
Special  Topics  in  Computer  .Science 

(as  approved  for  majors)  l-4sh 

Independent  Study  l-4sh 
Internship  in  Computer  Science               1 2sh  (3) 

Data  Warehousing  and  Mining  3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  writing: 

ENGL  322         Technical  Writing  I  3sh 

Foreign  Language  Intennediate  Level  0-6sh  (4) 

MathemaUcs:  A  minor  in  mathemadcs  including  the    10-I6sh  (5) 

following  courses: 

MATH  1 23        Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry, 

and  Mathematics  (MATH  121  and  122  may 

be  substituted) 

Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry, 

and  Mathematics 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural 

Sciences  (MATH  363  and  364  may  be  substituted) 

Discrete  Mathematics 


M.\TH  124 


MATH  171 
MATH  216 


MATH  219 
Free  Electives: 


0-16 


124 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(1)  Select  at  least  9sh  from  die  list  of  controlled  electi\es.  Note:  Only  4sh  of 
COSC  493  may  be  counted  toward  these  9sh. 

(2)  Credit  for  both  COSC  320  and  493  may  be  counted  toward  die  degree. 
but  only  one  will  be  counted  toward  die  major  requirements. 

(3)  COSC  493  may  be  selected  in  either  the  second  semester  of  the  junior 
year  or  the  first  semester  of  die  senior  year.  If  COSC  493  is  selected  and 
approved,  COSC  380  may  be  taken  in  the  immediately  preceding 
semester. 

(4)  Foreign  Language  intermediate-level  courses  are  counted  as  Liberal 
Studies  electives. 

(5)  Credit  for  MATH  123  and  124  are  counted  in  Liberal  Studies. 


3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


120       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Minor — Computer  Science 


15 


15sh 


Required  Courses: 

COSCelectives(l)(2)(3) 

(1)  The  minor  in  Computer  Science  consists  of  15sh  ofCOSC  electives.  At 
least  9sh  of  the  1 5sh  must  be  from  COSC  courses  numbered  higher 
than  200. 

(2)  COSC  101  is  an  appropriate  entr^-  course  for  minors  or  for  students 
who  wish  to  take  only  one  course.  However,  COSC  101  cannot  be 
counted  as  part  of  a  Computer  Science  minor  by  Management 
Information  Systems  (MIS)  majors. 

(3)  See  Computer  Science  minor  advisor  for  suggestions. 


Department  of  Geoscience 

Darlcnc  S.  Richardson,  Chairperson;  Cercone,  Hall,  Hovan,  Putirlu,    ,_ 
Sutton,  Taylor;  and  professor  emeritus  Park 

Website:  hUp://www.  iiip.  edu/geoscicnce 


The  Department  of  Geoscience  provides  curricula  in  areas  of  natural  science 
dealing  with  and  related  to  the  earth  and  its  environment  by  offering  courses 
in  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  and  oceanography. 

In  addition  to  on-campus  instruction,  opportunities  exist  for  summer 
coursework  and  research  in  geolog>"  and  oceanography  at  the  Marine  Science 
Consortium  located  at  Wallops  Island,  Virginia. 

Degrees  offered  by  the  department  arc  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Geology, 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Envirorunental  Geoscience,  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Earth  and  Space  Science  or  with  a 
major  in  General  Science.  The  first  two  degree  programs  are  under  the 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the  last  two  are  under  tlie 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Geology  is,  in  a  sense,  a  dual-purpose  degree  program. 
Not  only  is  it  designed  to  graduate  well-trained,  competent  geologists,  able  to 
compete  for  positions  as  professional  geologists  in  tlie  job  market;  it  is  also 
designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  allied  science  and 
mathematics  background  to  enable  the  good  student  to  quahfy  for  admission 
to  the  graduate  school  of  his/her  choice  in  Geology. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  Environmental  Geoscience  offers  the  student  a  broad- 
based  science  background.  In  addition  to  a  firm  foundation  in  Geology- 
Geoscience  courses,  the  student  will  also  acquire  a  background  in  Biology 
and  Chemistr)'.  This  will  provide  thorough  training  for  die  rapidly  growing 
field  of  Environmental  Geoscience,  both  for  students  who  plan  to  pursue 
postgraduate  training  in  this  field  and  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  directly 
into  jobs  in  federal  and  state  agencies  and  private  consulting  firms. 

The  department  recognizes  as  one  of  its  functions  the  role  of  serving  die  field 
of  public  education  by  the  preparation  of  qualified  and  certified  teachers  of 
eartli  and  space  science.  Also,  because  of  the  interdisciplinary  nature  of  both 
the  department  and  the  requirements  for  preparing  general  science  teachers, 
the  department  administers  tlie  program  designed  to  lead  to  general  science 
certification  and  includes  majors  of  that  categor\-  as  department  members. 


Minor  in  Geology 


The  minor  in  Geology  consists  ofT7  semester  hours.  Required  are  GEOS 
121-122  and  GEOS  131-132.  Three  upper-level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in 
geology  (total  9sh)  will  make  up  the  remaining  requirements  for  the  minor  in 
Geology  totaling  1 7  semester  hours. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Geology 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  56-57 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  123 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  1 11-1 12  or  113-114 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  122  or  124,  no  courses 
widi  GEOS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses:  ( 1 ) 

GEOS  121 

Physical  Geology 

3sh 

GEOS  122 

Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

Ish 

GEOS  131 

Historical  Geologv 

3sh 

GEOS  132 

Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

Ish 

GEOS  320 

Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology 

3sh 

GEOS  321 

Mineralogy 

3sh 

GEOS  325 

Stnictural  Geology 

3sh 

GEOS  326 

Field  Geology  or  summer  field  course 

(offered  by  other  universiues)  (1)  (2) 

3sh 

GEOS  330 

Paleontology 

3sh 

GEOS  362 

Plate  Tectonics 

3sh 

GEOS  380 

Research  Methods  in  Geoscience 

2sh 

GEOS  411 

Sedimentary  Petrology 

3sh 

GEOS  412 

Straugraphy  or  GEOS  327  Geomorphology  3sh 

GEOS  480 

Geoscience  Seminar 

Ish 

Controlled  Electives: 

9sh 

4sh 

4sh 

0-6sh 


Other  Requirements: 

Additional  Science: 
PHYS  111-121   Physics  1  Lecture/Lab 
PHYS  112-122  Physics  11  Lecture/Lab 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (3,4) 

Free  Electives:  9-16 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Summer  field  camp  in  geology  (5-9sh)  is  strongly  recommended. 

(2)  A  ma.vinuim  of  6sh  from  approved  sunmier  field  camp  may  apply  to  a 
required  core  and  controlled  elecUves  (3sh). 

(3)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(4)  6sh  of  computer  languages  substitute  for  the  foreign  language 
requirement:  COSC  110  and  310  (recommended),  other  higher-level 
COSC  courses  with  department  permission  in  consultation  with  the 
Computer  Science  Department. 


Minor — Geology 

Required  Courses: 

GEOS  121          Physical  Geology  3sh 

GEOS  122          Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Ish 

GEOS  131          Historical  Geology  3sh 

GEOS  132          Historical  Geology  Laboratory  Ish 

Three  upper-level  (300  or  higher)  courses  in  Geology  9sh 


17 


Bachelor  of  Science — Environmental  Geoscience 

Liberal  Studies:  ^Vs  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
widi  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  MATH  121  or  123 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  1 11-112  or  CHEM  113-114 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  122  or  124,  no  courses 
with  GEOS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

GEOS  121-122  Physical  Geology  and  Lab 

GEOS  131-132  Historical  Geolog)- and  Lab 

GEOS  3 1 0  Environmental  Geology 

GEOS  320  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology 

GEOS  321  Mineralogy 

GEOS  325         Structural  Geology 

GEOS  331  Hydrogeology 

GEOS  332         Geochemistry 

GEOS  380  Research  Methods  in  Geoscience 

GEOS  480  Geoscience  Seminar 

Other  Requirements: 
Biology  Sequence: 

BIOL  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BIOL  250  Principles  of  Microbiology 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
Ish 


4sli 
3sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS        121 


i  Ju-iiii.slry  Si-(|iii-iicci 

CIIKM  Til         OinatiiiClicinistry  I 

CI  I  KM  .):;.(         Analylical  MctlM)<l» 

Ooiitriilli'd  I'.lt'ClivcNi 

UK )l.  1 1 2,  272,  ;)2 1 ,  ■Mi2A'MV.M  :i22,  M 1 . 

cose;  iio,2,';o,.)io,(;i':()(;.)i'i,.j'(.),ii5,4i7, 

CKOS  .fifi,  .•)27.  1 1  1 ,  1 1-2.  4.J2,  44() 

I'llYS  111  121  (1),  I'llYS  112-122 

( )nc  Miniinc'i  li.l.i  niiMsc  fr..in:  f IKOS  33 1 ,  :J3(i,  337, 

Mr33« 

l''i>rci)rn  Laii)<;iia)(('  liiUriiK-dialc  Level  (2,3) 

Tree  KIcctivi-s! 


4i)li 

4>li 

8-()  ah 


H-l() 


124 


Toliil  Dt'jrri-t-  lli-i|iiii't-iiu-iil.s: 

( 1 )  SliiilciitN  wliii  plan  li>  piiratie  an  advanced  degree  in  environmental 
geiiii'ienie  arc  strongly  advised  to  lake  the  physics  scc|nen('e  as  tlicir 
cunlrolled  clectives. 

(2)  Interniediate-lcvcl  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
clectives. 

(3)  (ish  of  computer  languages  substitute  for  the  foreign  language 
re(|uirement:  COSC  1  10  and  310  (recoTunicndcd),  or  other  higher-level 
C()S(;  courses  with  department  permission  in  consultation  with  the 
Computer  Science  Department. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — 
Earth  and  Space  Science  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  iMiliincd  in  Liberal  Studies  section 
vvidi  the  following  spci  ilii  alions: 
Mathematics:  MVI'll  121 
Natural  .Science:  CIIF.M  111-112 
Social  Science:  P.SYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electivcs:  B  TED/COSC/IFMC  101, 
I'l  1 YS  111,  no  courses  widi  GEOS  prefix 


CoUege: 

30 

Profesiiional  Education  Sequence:  ( 1 ) 

COMM  103 

Digital  ln.struction.il  Technology 

3sh 

EDUC  242 

Pre-studeiU  Tciching  Clinical  Ky 

;perience  I 

Ish 

EDUC  342 

Pre-slmlcnt  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  11  Ish 

EDUC  451 

Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School 

3sh 

EDUC  441 

Student  Teaching 

12sh 

EDUC  442 

School  Law 

Ish 

EDSP  102 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

EDSP  477 

Assessment  of  Student  Learning: 

Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures 

3sh 

KDED  102 

American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

39 

Required  Courses: 

BIOL  103 

Ge.ierul  Biology  I 

4sh 

GEOS  121 

Physical  Geology 

3sh 

GEOS  122 

Physical  Geology  Laboratory 

Ish 

GEOS  131 

I  listorical  Geology- 

3sh 

GEOS  132 

Historical  Geology  Laboratory 

Ish 

GEOS  34 1 

Solar  System 

3sh 

GEOS  342 

Stellar  .\strononiy 

3sh 

GEOS  350 

Operation  of  the  Planetarium 

Ish 

GEOS  361 

Physical  Oceanography 

3sh 

GEOS  371 

Meteorology  I 

3sh 

PHVS112 

Physics  II  Lecture 

3sh 

PHYS  121 

Physics  I  Lab 

Ish 

PHYS  122 

Physics  II  Lab 

Ish 

Controlled  Elective^: 

Geology  clectives 

(mitCiEOS  101.  103.  105.  111.  113.  141) 

9sh 

Other  Require 

ments: 

0 

Free  Electivcs: 

0 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124-125 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  uded  ".■Vdmission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  tliis  catalog. 


( I )    Special  F^iliicatinii  Competency  Requirement:  Revinion  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2»h). 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — 
General  Science  Education  (*) 

liberal  Sludien;  .As  oullined  in  Liberal  .Studies  section 
» lib  the  following  specifications: 
MalhcmaticsiMATM  121  (1) 
Natural  Science:  CIIEM  111-112 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electivcs:  BTED/C;OSC/IKMG  101,  no 
loiirses  widi  prefix  of  chosen  track  in  major 

Cojicge: 
Professional 
COMM  103 
EDSP  102 
EDSP  477 


3sh 


Fxlucation  Sequence  ( I ) 

Digital  Instructional  Technology 
Educational  Psychology 
Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 
and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Mcasu 
EDUC  242  Prc-studcnt  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I     Ish 

EDUC  342  Prc-student  Teaching  Clinical  Ej<|«:rience  II  Ish 

EDUC  44 1  Student  Teaching  12sh 

EDUC  442         School  Law  Ish 

EDUC  451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School     3sh 

FDED  102  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3sh 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


BIOL  103  General  Biology  I 

BIOL  104  General  Biology  II 

GEOS  1 1 1  Eardi  Science  for  Educators  I 

GEOS  1 12  Earth  Science  for  Educators  I  Lab 

GEOS  1 13  Earth  Science  for  Educators  II 

GEOS  1 14  Eardi  Science  for  Educators  II  Lab 

PHYS  1 1 1  Physics  1  Lecture 

PHYS  112  Phvsics  II  Lecture 

PHYS  121  Physics  1  Lab 

PHYS  122  Physics  II  Lab 

Controlled  Electivcs: 

Biology  track:  BIOL  2 1 0, 220.  250,  272. 480, 

BIOL  elective 
Chemistry  track:  CHEM  23 1 ,  32 1 ,  35 1 .  232, 

or  340  or  34 1 
Geoscience  track:  GEOS  1 2 1 . 1 23.  1 3 1 .  34 1 

or  342. 361. 371 
Physics  track:  PHYS  222.  231 .  242. 33 1 .  350  (2) 

Other  Requirements: 

Free  Electivcs: 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ssh 
Ish 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
I5-16sh 


124-126 


(#)  Total  Degree  Requirements: 

(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certificadon.  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Educadon."  in  the  College  of  Exiucation  and  Educadonal 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 

(1 )  Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Revision  pending  will 
eliminate  exam  opuon  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 

(2)  Note:  If  Physics  track  is  elected.  M.ATH  123  and  124  are  required. 

(#)    See  advisory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


122       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Department  of  Mathematics 

Gerald  M.  Buriok,  Cliair]>crsoii;  Adkiiis,  Alarcon,  .Anderson,  Baker^ 
Balenovich,  Bertness,  Bosse,  Broughtun,  Burkett.  Donley,  Dubovsky, 
Early,  Endersou,  Feldman,  Frank,  Gorman,  Ma!er,  Massey,  Mitchell, 
Morgan,  Myers,  Peterson,  P.  Ray,  Reber,  Sandbothe,  Shawer, 
Steelman,  Stempien,  Stoudt,  Walker,  Zhang;  and  professors  emeriti 
Angelo,  Arms,  Duncan,  Gibson,  Hartman,  Hoyt,  D.  McBride,  R. 
McBride,  Morrell,  Mueller,  Oakes,  Rettig,  E.  Smith,  W.  Smith, 
Stilwell,  Willison,  Woodard 

Website:  http://tuwiv.  iup.tdu/jiiutli 


The  Department  of  Mathematics  prepares  students  for  work  in  industry, 
graduate  school  mathematics,  and  teaching.  Degrees  offered  hy  the 
department  are  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics,  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Applied  Mathematics,  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education 
with  a  major  in  Matliematics  Education.  The  Erst  two  degree  programs  are 
offered  within  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  and  the 
third  is  in  conjunction  witli  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  Madiematics  and  a  minor 
in  Applied  Statistics. 

The  program  for  a  mathematics  major  in  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics  is  two-phased.  A  student  may  pursue  a  degree  in  Apphed 
Mathematics  or  Mathematics.  Those  completing  a  degree  in  Mathematics 
will  be  prepared  to  continue  their  studies  in  mathematics  in  graduate  school, 
though  some  may  enter  business,  industry,  or  government  service.  Those 
students  receiving  a  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics  will  be  primarily 
prepared  to  enter  business,  industry,  or  government  service  in  an  area  where 
madiematics  or  computer  science  is  used  or  to  continue  their  studies  in 
applied  mathematics  or  computer  science  in  graduate  school.  This  student 
would  not  be  expected  to  continue  graduate  studies  in  pure  mathematics. 

The  department  shares  in  a  joint  degree  with  the  Economics  Department. 
Students  with  ability  and  interest  in  economics  discover  that  a  sohd 
background  in  mathematics  is  an  essential  prerequisite  for  advanced 
theoretical  and  applied  work  in  die  discipline.  Similarly,  students  with  talent 
and  interest  in  mathematics  find  economics  an  excellent  field  in  which  to 
employ  their  skills  and  knowledge.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Mathematics/Economics  allows  students  to  combine  these  complementary 
subjects  in  a  joint  degree  program  administered  cooperatively  by  the 
departments  of  Mathematics  and  Economics.  Enrolled  students  will  be 
assigned  an  advisor  in  each  department. 

Those  completing  die  program  will  have  an  exceptional  background  for 
graduate  study  in  economics  and  such  related  fields  as  business,  pubUc 
pohcy,  or  operations  research.  They  also  will  be  ideally  prepared  to  fill  a 
wide  variety  of  technical  and  quantitative  positions  in  bodi  government  and 
private  industry. 

The  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  major  in  Mathematics 
Education  prepares  the  student  for  teaching  mathematics  in  junior  or  senior 
high  school.  Many  graduates,  however,  continue  their  formal  education  in 
mathematics  at  the  graduate  level  or  work  in  government  or  industry. 

Elementary  education  majors  may  elect  to  take  a  concentration  of  at  least  15 
semester  hours  in  madiematics.  The  program  of  courses  for  diis 
concentration  in  mathematics  is  as  follows:  in  addition  to  MATH  151  and 
152,  select  9  semester  hours  from  the  following  courses:  MATH  317,420, 
456,  457,  458, 459,  471,  or  481. 

Minor  in  Mathematics 

The  minor  in  Mathematics  consists  of  a  minimum  of  1 7  semester  hours  in 
mathematics.  The  minor  in  Mathematics  may  offer  preparation  for  advanced 
study  in  areas  such  as  Economics,  Computer  Science,  Physics,  and  odier 
natural  sciences.  Any  student  who  is  required  to  take  a  year  of  calcidus 
should  consider  this  minor 


Minor  in  Applied  Statistics 


The  minor  in  Applied  Statistics,  consisting  of  16  semester  hours,  may  be  of 
interest  to  students  who  are  required  to  take  a  calculus  course  and  a  course 
in  probability  and  statistics.  This  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  students  in 
the  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology,  Safety  Science 
majors,  and  Computer  Science  majors. 


A  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.0  in  MATH  courses  is  required  for  a  minor  i 
Mathematics  or  Applied  Statistics.  The  Mathematics  Department  will  not 
certify  a  minor  for  a  transfer  student  unless  at  least  two  of  the  courses 
counting  for  the  minor  have  been  completed  in  the  lUP  Mathematics 

Dc,M,tnK.„., 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  MATH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

MATH  12:3 


MATH  124 

MATH  171 
MATH  216 
MATH  241 
MATH  271 
MATH  272 
MATH  480 


Calculus  1  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 
Madiematics 

Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 
Mathematics 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 
Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci 
Differential  Equations 
Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  1 
Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II 
Senior  Seminar 
Controlled  Electives:  ( 1 ) 
Two  courses  from  list: 

MATH  371,  421,  422,  423,  424,  427, 476,  477 
One  of  the  following  two-course  sequences: 
MATH  342/COSC  450  or  COSC  451  or 
MATH  451;  MATH  363-364;  MATH  445-446 
A  minimum  of  3  additional  sh  from  the  fist  of 
controlled  electives  above  or  the  following: 
MATH  353, 425,  447, 465,  481 

Other  Requirements: 

Computer  Science: 

COSC  1 10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming 
COSC  250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Free  Electives: 


4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
Ish 


6-7sh 


3sh 

3sh 

0-6sh 


19-28 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  A  student  may  select  courses  to  fiilfill  requirements  for  specialized  track. 

a.  Actuarial/Statistics:  MATH  363, 364, 366, 371,  421, 446,  465 

b.  Math  Analyst/Engineering:  MATH  342/COSC  450,  COSC  45 1 , 
MATH  371,  423.  447, 451 

c.  Operations  Research:  MATH  371,  421, 445/446, 447 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Mathematics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  .Studies  section 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  MATH  prefix 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

MATH  1 23         Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  4sh 

MATH  124         Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics  4sh 

Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  3sh 

Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci  4sh 

Differential  Equations  3sh 

Introduction  to  Madiematical  Proofs  1  3sh 

Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  11  3sh 

Senior  Seminar  1  sh 


MATH  171 
MATH  216 
MATH  241 
MATH  271 
MATH  272 
MATH  480 
Controlled  Electives: 
Four  courses  from  list: 

MATH  371, 421,  422,  423, 424,  427, 476, 477 


12sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,      2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS       123 


■uh 

l)-(i.sli 


A   MIIIMIIMIIIIol    I  ,l(l(lili<>ll.ll   Sll   frillll  IIU'  llHl  lil 

I  iinlriillrd  iliu  (ivcn  ulxivc  or  the  liillowiiiK: 

M  All  I  :m2,  .t.'io,  .•)r.;),  :ir>r>,  .i().i,  :uh,  ■12.'>, 

lll.-llf),  M?, 'Kil.lHI 

OlIuT  IU'i|iiirt'nu'iil»i 

CnrniMiIci  Siicnir: 

cose  I  Id  I'nihlfiii  SdlviiiKiiiid  Sinicliin-d 

l'iiiKiaiiiMiiii|i; 
I'cirtinii  I nii.im-  liil<niit(li;ili-  Levi!  (I) 

I'rtc-  ElcclivcN!  22-31 

'Iblal  Device  Kcqiiircnicnlm  124 

(I)    liilciiiudiau-livc!  l''orcij;Ti  l,iiii)riia)rc  may  lie  iiulii<li(l  in  Liberal  Sliuiics 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Economics/Mathematics 


I  Lilx 


I  Sdidics  Hccliii 


ECON  \>2 
ECONl^l 
ECON  122 
MATH  12.) 

MATH  121 

MATH  171 
MATH  216  or 


l.iiit'ral  Sludicii  As  iiiillliicd  i 
u'itli  tlu'  fdltovviii^  spcciiicatiiiiiK; 
SiH'ial  Science:  ECON  121  (iiu'ltuled  in  major) 
Mallicinatic!*:  MATH  12.)  (iruludcd  in  major) 
K.lcctivesi  liKcnncdialc  foreign  language,  no  course  witli 
ECON  or  MATH  prefix. 

Majori 

Core: 

ECON  121  IViTuiplcs  ol  Economics  1 

lVMi>i|,le.s„IF.,,.T,o„iuslI 

Mainicionomirs  .Analysis 

Microeci>nomics  Analysis 

Calculus  I  tor  Physics,  Chemistry,  and 

Mathematics 

Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistr)',  and 

Madietnalics 

Introduction  to  Linear  .Mjrcbra 

ECON  ;).'),')  Probability  and  Statistics  for 

Natural  Sci  or  Statistics  (or  Economics 
Economics  Electives: 

Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  take  ECON  334 
and  356,  but  any  course  except  ECON  101  may  be  used. 
ECON  493  may  be  coiuited  only  with  the  approval  of 
the  program  coordinator  anti  only  up  to  6sh. 
Matliematics  Electives:  I 

.\t  least  one  of  die  following  two-semester  sequences; 
M.'Vril  241  and  371,  MATH  363  and  364, 
M.'VTH  445  and  446 
Three  additional  courses  either  from  the  above  or 
Irom  the  following: 

MATH  271, 272, 342,417or418,421, 
422, 423,  425,  427,  45 1 ,  465, 476, 477 

Other  Re(|uireinenl.s: 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — 
Mathematics  Education  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  .\s  uuiliiied  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

widi  tlic  tbllowiTig  specifications: 

Mathematics:  (included  in  major) 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  with  M.ATH  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Education  Sequence: 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
3sh 


3-4sh 
12sh 


0 
20-24 


50-52 


29 


EDIIC41I  Student  Tca<  lung  I2»h 

EDUC442  School  I  jw  1»h 

EDUC  456  Tcai  hing  Madi  in  the  Secondary  ScIkk.U  3«h 

EDED  102  Aineric  an  l-UI  in 'Dicory  and  Practice  .3»h 

Major: 

Required  (UiurxcNi 

MAIIII17         PruKiplcsofMadi  3»h 

MATH  1 23         Calculus  1  for  Physics.  Chemistry.  an<l 

Matlicniatics  )sb 
.VI A  Tl  I  1 24         Calculus  11  for  Phy»ic»,  Chemistry,  and 

Matliematica  4sh 

MATH  171         Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  Ssh 

MAT!  1216         Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci  4sh 

MATH  271         Introduction  to  Madicmatical  Proofs  I  3»h 

MATH  272          Introduction  to  Madicmatical  Proofs  II  3sh 

MATH  353         Theory  of  Numbers  3«h 

MATH  355         Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3sh 

M.'\TI1350        History  of  Madicmatics  3»h 

MATH  460        Technology  in  Mathematics  Instruction  3»h 
Two  of  die  following: 

MATH  452/453/454/455  Madi  .Seminar  2sh 

Other  Requirements! 

COSC  205  Programming  Languages  for  Secondary- 

Education  3sh 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


38 


124 


(*)    See  requirements  leading  to  teacher  cerdfication.  tided  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education,"  in  the  College  of  Education  and  Educational 
Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 


Minor — Applied  Statistics 


16 


At  least  1 6sh  selected  as  follows: 

a)  Introductory  calculus  course:  MATH  1 15  or  121  or  123 

b)  Introductorv  stati.stics  course:  MATH  214  or  216  or  217 

c)  MATH  417 

d)  MATH  418 

The  remaining  hours  may  be  chosen  (rom  the  following: 

a)  A  second  calculus  course:  MATH  1 22  or  1 24 

b)  M,ATH171 

c)  QBUS215 

d)  Any  course  for  inadiematics  majors  approved  by  the  .Apphed  Statistics 
Advisor. 


Minor — Mathematics  17 

Required  Courses:  1 7sh 

.\1.\TH  121  and  l22orM.\TH  123  and  124 

Controlled  Electives:  9sh  ( 1 ) 

Other  courses  forniath  majors,  MATH  216  and  219 

may  be  included 

( 1 )   The  foUowing  courses  are  excluded:  MATH  100. 101,  102.  1 10, 1 1 7, 
2 1 4.  2 1 7, 4 1 7,  4 1 8,  and  courses  for  tlie  elementary  education 
concentration  in  niadiematics. 


EDEX.301 


EOSP  102 
EDSP  477 


EDl'C  242 
EDUC  342 


Elba  ation  i>l  Students  «-idi  Disabiliues  in  2sh 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings 

Educadonal  Psychology  3sh 

.Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretarion  of  Educational  Measures  3sli 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  1  sh 

Pre-student  Teaching  CUnical  Experience  U  Ish 

NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


124       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Natural  Science 

Andrew  C.  Browe,  Coordinator 

Website:  http://xouni'. iup.edu/nat.matubnath 

The  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Natural  Science  is 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  early  admission  to  professional 
schools-optometr)'.  podiatry,  chiropracUc,  physical  dierapy,  pharmacy,  and 
denustry.  Another  track  prepares  students  for  further  study  in  engineering. 
The  B.S.  degree  in  Natural  Science  will  be  earned  by  students  who  transfer 
to  professional  schools  that  have  an  articuladon  agreement  with  lUP.  In  some 
cases,  students  interested  in  obtaining  a  four-year  baccalaureate  degree 
before  entering  a  medical  or  professional  school  should  enroll  in  a  program 
of  studies  leading  to  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  in  the  departments  of  Biology  or 
Chemistr)-.  Students  considering  a  professional  career  in  a  high-technology 
business  or  industr)'  may  wish  to  obtain  a  foundation  in  tlie  Natural  Sciences 
while  using  their  free  electives  to  pursue  additional  work  in  areas  such  as 
Economics,  Pre-Law,  or  a  minor  in  Business  Administration.  The  B.S.  in 
Natural  Science  may  not  be  used  for  a  second  major  or  a  second  degree  by 
majors  in  die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Matliematics.  For  furtlier 
informadon  about  these  programs,  contact  die  coordinator  of  die  Natural 
Science  Program. 

Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science 

Liiieral  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon  43-44 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  included  in  major 

Natural  Science:  included  in  major 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  no  courses  widi  SCI  prefix 

Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articuladon 
agreement 
Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year 

students  who  transfer  to  a  professional  school  with 

an  articulation  agreement 

Major:  44-46 

Controlled  Electives:  (*) 

BIOL  courses  8sh 

CHEM  courses  8sh 

PHYS  courses  8sh 

MATH  courses  7-8sh 

Computer  science  and/or  advanced  courses  in  Biology,     13-14sh 
Chemistry,  Mathematics,  or  Physics 

Other  Requirements:  0-9 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (I)  0-6sh 

COSC  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  (2)  0-3sh 

Free  Electives:  25-37 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    Preprofessional  advisors  will  outline  the  courses  required  for  admission 
to  a  professional  school. 

( 1 )  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  Not  required  for  tracks  which  include  COSC  1 10  or  250;  may  also  be 
included  in  Liberal  Studies  elecUves. 


Bachelor  of  Science — 

Natural  Science/Pre-Chiropractic  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  secUon 

widi  die  following  specificauons; 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  Sciences:  PSYC  101,  non- Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  COSC  101,  MATH  217,  no 

courses  with  SCI  prefix 
Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  ardcuIaUon 

agreement 


Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year 
students  who  transfer  to  a  professional  school  with 
an  ardculation  agreement 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


BIOL  111 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  150 
BIOL  151 
BIOL  241 
CHEM  231 
CHEM  232 
PHYS  1 1 1 
PHYS  121 
PHYS  112 
PHYS  122 
PSYC  101 


Principles  of  Biology  I 
Principles  of  Biology  II 
Human  Anatomy 
Human  Physiology 
Genera!  Microbiology 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 
Physics  I  Lecture 
Physics  I  Lab 
Physics  II  Lecture 
Physics  II  Lab 
General  Psychology 


4sh 
4sh 
Ssh 
4sh 
Ssh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ssh 
Ish 
Ssh 


Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Free  Electives: 

ElecUves  to  meet  minimum  of  90  lUP  sh  and  i 

of  24sh  in  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences  for 

admission  to  New  York  Chiropractic  College 
Maximum  credits  for  work  at  New  York  ChiropracUc 

College  34sh 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  131 

(*)    Accelerated  three-year  New  York  ChiropracUc  College  (NYCC) 

program:  students  are  admitted  to  the  NYCC  accelerated  program  only 
as  incoming  freshmen.  A  maximum  of  35sh  of  work  may  be  transferred 
after  the  first  year  at  NYCC.  Upon  the  compleUon  of  die  first  year  of 
studies  at  NYCC,  a  transcript  from  NYCC  is  to  be  sent  by  tbe  student  to 
the  dean  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  with  a  note 
requesUng  application  materials  for  graduation. 

(1)    3  or  4  sh  of  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in 
Liberal  Studies  elecUves. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Dentistry  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secUon  52-55 

with  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  Sciences:  PSYC  101,  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  COSC  101,  MATH  216 

or217,PHYS  111 
Synthesis:  one  course 
Writing  Intensive:  two  courses,  at  least  one  in  College 

of  Natural  Sciences  and  MathemaUcs 

Major:  31 

Required  Courses: 


BIOL  111 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  150 
BIOL  151 
BIOL  241 
CHEM  231 
CHEM  232 
PHYS  121 
PHYS  112 
PHYS  122 


Principles  of  Biology  1 
Principles  of  Biolog)'  II 
Human  Anatomy 
Human  Physiolog)' 
General  Microbiology 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  Chemistry  II 
Physics  I  Lab 
Physics  II  Lecture 
Phvsics  II  Lab 


4sh 
4sh 
Ssh 
4sh 
Ssh 
4sh 
4sh 
Ish 
Ssh 
Ish 


Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


29-34(1) 


124 


( 1 )    Student  is  to  work  with  his/her  advisor  to  select  appropriate  free 

elecUves  for  professional  school.  Biochemistry  and  Ceramics  are  highly 
recommended  courses. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


125 


Bachelor  of  Science — 

Natural  Science/Pre-Engineering  Track 

IJiKiiil  Sliiilii-t.1  As  ,.iillim-.l  III  l,il.<i.il  Slii.lic  «:<  lion 
Willi  lluliillowiiiUHiK.irKaliiiiis: 
MallitnialicHiM/Vni  12) 

llumunilicN/l'l>>l I>l«y  »"«'  KcliKimis  Siiiilicsi  \'\\TU 

NmuralScicmciCIIKM  111   11^ 

Siii'iul  Si'ii-mxi  KCON  I2I.I'I,S(:  ID!  nr  III 

I .lliiral  SludicN  Kkclivcsi  M ATI  1121,  im  .  ciiiim s  « iili 

SCI  pKlix 
SynlhcNiNi  imi  rii|iiirc<l  liir  ihric-ycar  iHulciiLs 
WrilinK  Inlt-nsivf!  niic  course  rcc|iiirf(l  for  tlircc- 

vciir  stiKlcnt.s 

Major. 

Rcc|uircd  (^uuracsi 

cose  1 10  I'roMcin  Solving  and  Stniiliiml 

Prograiiiniing 
cose  2r>0  liilroilmiion  lo  Nunu-riial  Miiliu.ls 

MATH  171  liilr(Klmlionlol,iiii.ar  Algebra 

MATI I  21 1  Ditlcriiilial  Equations 

M  ATI  I  ,")  12  Advanced  Madicinalics  lor  Applications 

PHYS  I'M  I'livsics  1-C  Lecture 

PIIYS  1.12  Phvsics  Il-C  Lecture 

PHYS  in  Plivsics  I-C  Lab  (or  PHYS  121  Lab) 

PHYS  112  Physics  II-C  Lab 

PHYS  :t,t  I  MiKlern  Physics  (2) 

Conlrollcd  Eleclivcs:  One  package,  depending  on  program 
Chemical  EiiKinverinf;: 
CHEM  2;J  1         t)iganic  Cheinistr)- 1 
CHEM  2;)2         Organic  Chemistry  II 
Civil  Enginccrin);: 
MATH  2 1 C         Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci 

Technical  elective 
Electrical  Engineering: 
MATH  2ie         Probability  ami  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci 

Technical  elective 

Industrial  Engineering: 

MAT!  1211)         Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sci 

Technical  elective 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering: 
CHEM2:il  Organic  Cheniistn,  1 
CHEM  2:{2          Organic  Chcmistn,  II 
Mechanical  Engineering: 
Technical  electives 

Other  Requirements: 

Koicign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 

Free  Electives: 


ish 

:)sh 
Jsh 

39ll 

49h 
3sh 
ish 
Uh 
Ish 
3sh 


49h 
49h 


4sh 
3-49h 


4sh 
3-4sh 


4sh 
3-49h 


49h 
4sh 


6-8sli 


Synthc>ii»i  iiol  rr(|iiirrd  for  llin  ■  '  '    "b" 

tniimret  to  a  profeimiorial  (iclmol  » idi  an  jrliculation 

agreement 
Writing  Inlcnuivci  one  coume  required  fur  three-year 

utiidents  who  transfer  to  a  profeitiiioiial  scIkmiI  with 

an  articulation  agrccnicnl 

Major: 

Required  (.ii 

lilOl.  Ill 

BIOL  112 

BIOL  irid 

BIOL  151 

BIOL  24 1 

CHEM  231 

CI  I  KM  232 

CHEM  Ol 

PHYS  111 

PHYS  121 

PHYS  112 

PHYS  122 


jnic»i 

Prin.  iples  of  Biolog>  I 
Pnnciplcs  of  Biology  II 
llunian  Anatomy 
Human  Physiology 
(iencral  Microbiology 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Organic  (Jicniistry  II 
Biochemistry 
Phvsics  I  Ijrctiire 
Physics  1  I^b 
Phvsics  II  Lecture 
Phvsics  II  Lab 


4sh 
4iih 
3sh 
4ih 
3sh 
49h 
4sh 
4sh 
Sub 
Ish 

39h 

Ish 


Other  RcquircmenU: 

Foreign  l-anguage  liilemiediatc  Level  (1) 

MATH  122        Calculus  II  for  Business,  Natural. 

and  Social  Sciences  ''*"  (2) 

Free  Electives: 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  90  lUP  sh  0-39h  (3) 

Credits  from  work  at  PeimsyK-ania  College  ofOptometry       34sh 


(1) 


9 
about  64 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(*)    Accelcraletl  three-year  Pennsylvania  College  ofOptometry  (PCO) 

program:  students  are  admitted  to  tlie  PCO  accelerated  program  only  as 
incoming  freshmen.  A  maximum  of  34sh  of  work  may  be  transferred 
after  the  first  year  at  PCO.  Upon  lire  completion  of  the  first  year  of 
studies  at  PCO,  a  transcript  from  PCO  is  to  be  sent  by  the  student  to  the 
dean  of  the  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  with  a  note 
requesting  application  materials  for  graduation. 
3  or  4  sh  of  Inteniiediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in 
Liberal  Studies  electives. 

(2)  Required  for  many  schools  of  optometry;  recommended  for  PCO. 

(3)  Additional  electives  if  needed  to  meet  minimum  of  90  IL'P  sh  should  be 
selected  from  the  following  suggestions:  BIOL  112  and  263. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Natural  Science/Pre-Physical 
Therapy  Track 

Liberal  Studies:  .-Vs  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

with  the  follow  ing  specifications: 

Madiematics:  MATH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  1 1 1-1 12 

Social  Sciences:  PSYC  101.  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  COSC  101.  M.ATH  217, 

no  courses  widi  SCI  prefix 
Synthesis:  one  course 
Writing  Intensive:  t\vo  courses,  at  least  one  in  College 

of  Natural  Sciences  and  Madiematics 


Majon 

Required  Courses: 


Other  Requirements: 

Two  vears  at  l'ni\cr5itv  of  Pittsburgh  School 

of  Engineering  (2)  (3)  

(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  159-161 

(1)  Intenncdiate-lcvel  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 

(2)  .\  2.8  cumulative  GP.\  is  required  for  transfer  to  die  University  of 
PitLsbui'gh. 

(3)  For  curriculum  infoniiation  about  die  cooperative  program  in 
engineering  widi  Drexel  University,  refer  to  the  catalog  section  for  the 
Physics  Department. 

(#)    See  advisoiT.  paragraph  ""Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 
in  the  section  on  Requirements  lor  Graduation. 


Bachelor  of  Science — 

Natural  Science/Pre-Optometry  Track  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oiuliiied  in  Liberal  Studies  section  52-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 
Mathematics:  M.ATH  121 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  Sciences:  ECON  101.  PSY'C  101.  non- Western  course 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  \L\TH  216  or  217.  COSC  101. 
no  courses  with  SCI  prefix 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


BIOL  111 
BIOL  112 
BIOL  i!;o 
BIOL  151 
CHEM  231 
CHEM  351 
PHYS  111 
PHYS  121 
PHYS  112 
PHYS  122 
PSYCH  101 


Principles  of  Biology  1 
Principles  of  Biology  II 
Human  .\iiatomy 
Human  Physiology 
Organic  Chemistry  I 
Biochemistry 
Physics  I  Lecture 
Physics  1  Lab 
Physics  II  Lecture 
Physics  II  Ub 
General  Psychology 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 
Ish 
3sh 


126       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Other  Requirements:  4-8 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Free  Electives:  32-37(1) 

Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )    A  student  should  work  witli  his/her  advisor  to  select  appropriate  free 
electives  for  professional  school. 


The  two  associate  degrees  in  Electro-Optics,  Associate  in  Applied  Science  in 
Electro-Optics  (A.A.S.E.O.)  and  Associate  in  Science  in  Electro-Optics 
(A.S.E.O.)  are  designed  to  produce  trained  and  skilled  workers  that  vnll 
move  into  senior  technician  slots  in  the  electro-optics  industry',  botii  locally 
and  nationally.  Witli  die  .■\.S.E.O.  degree  the  student  has  a  choice  of  eitlier 
going  direcdy  to  work  or  matriculating  at  tlie  lUP  main  campus  in  the 
Electro-Optics  track  in  Applied  Physics.  The  two  associate  degrees, 
A.A.S.E.O  and  A.S.E.O.,  are  offered  at  the  Armstrong  Branch  Campus  of 
lUP 


Bachelor  of  Science— Natural  Science/Pre-Podiatry  Track  Minor  in  Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

Hidi  tile  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  121 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  Sciences:  PSYC  101,  non-Western  course 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  COSC  101,  MATH  217, 

PHYS 1 1 1 
Synthesis:  not  required  for  three-year  students  who 

transfer  to  a  professional  school  with  an  articulation 

agreement 
Writing  Intensive:  one  course  required  for  three-year 

students  who  transfer  to  a  professional  school  witii 

an  articulation  agreement 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


BIOL  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I 

BIOL  1 1 2  Principles  of  Biology  II 

BIOL  263  Genetics 

CHEM  23 1         Organic  Chemistr>'  I 
CHEM  232         Organic  Chemistry  II 
CHEM  351         Biochemistr)' 
PHYS  112  Physics  II  Lecture 

PHYS  121  Physics  I  Lab 

PHYS  122  Physics  II  Lab 

Controlled  Electives: 
Biology  electives 

Other  Requirements: 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level 

Free  Electives: 

Electives  to  meet  minimum  of  ninety  lUP  credits 
Credits  from  work  at  Temple  University  College  of 
Podiatric  Medicine 

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
4sh 
4sh 
4sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 


Department  of  Physics 

Richard  D.  Roberts,  Chairperson;  Abu  El-Haija,  Freeman,  Gaggini, 
Giniewicz,  Hcrshraan,  Karimi,  Matolyak,  Nuraan,  Ramsey, 
Sobolcwski,  Talwar,  Whitson,  Wijekumar;  and  professors  emeriti 
Berry,  Buckwalter,  Fox,  Matous,  McNamara,  Riban,  Waddell 

Website:  http://wunu.iup.rdn/phys)cs 


The  goal  of  tile  Department  of  Physics  is  to  prepare  ftiUy  qualified 
individuals  for  productive  careers  in  physics.  Five  degrees  are  offered  within 
die  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics:  die  Bachelor  of  .Science  in 
Physics,  die  Bachelor  of  .4rts  in  Physics,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Applied 
Physics,  the  Associate  in  Applied  Science  in  Electro-Optics,  and  die 
Associate  in  Science  in  Electro-Optics.  The  first  diree  programs  otfer  very 
good  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  physics  or  for  research  in  industrial 
technology.  The  applied  physics  degree  provides  a  strong  technical 
background  for  work  in  solid-slate  electronics  or  electro-optics  or  for 
interdisciplinary  research  in  the  areas  of  computer  science,  chemistry, 
biology,  and  geology.  A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Education  witii  a 
major  in  Physics  is  also  offered.  A  two-year  pre-engineering  program  is 
offered  in  cooperation  with  Drexel  University  wherein  students  transfer  to 
Drexel  after  two  years.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor  in  Physics,  as  well 
as  general  science  courses  diat  satisfy  the  Natural  Science  requirements  of 
the  Liberal  Studies  program. 


To  minor  in  Physics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  15  semester  hours 
in  Physics  which  must  consist  of  at  least  three  courses  at  the  200  level  or 
liigher. 

Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  (Chemical,  Civil, 
Electrical,  Materials,  Mechanical)  Program  with 
Drexel  University 

Common  to  all  pre-engineering  programs  are  the  following  science  and 
madiematics  requirements:  *PHYS  131-141.  PHYS  132-142,  PHYS  322, 
PHYS  342,  *MATH  123.*MATH  124,  MATH  171,  MATH  241,  *CHEM 
111,  *CHEM  1 1 2  (*or  appropriate  substitute). 

Further  reiiuireiiients  depend  on  die  particular  engineering  program  chosen. 
Complete  information  regarding  a  specific  progi'am  may  be  obtained  from 
die  physics  department. 

For  information  on  the  Cooperative  Pre-Engineering  program  with  the 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  see  the  catalog  section  for  Natural  Science  and  the 
program  oudine  for  "Bachelor  of  Science  in  Natural  Science/Pre- 
Engineering." 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Physics 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  56-57 

widi  die  following  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  123 

Natural  Science:  PHYS  131-141  and  132-142 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  124,  no  courses  with  PHYS  preftx 

Major:  28 

Required  Courses: 

PHYS  1 3 1           Physics  I-C  Lecture  *sh  ( 1 ) 

PHYS  132           Physics  II-C  Lecture  *sh(l) 

PHYS  141           Physics  1-C  Lab  *sh  (1) 

PHYS  142          Physics  II-C  Lab  *sh  (1) 

PHYS  222          Mechanics  I  2sh 

PHYS  223          Mechanics  II  2sh 

PHYS  231          Electronics  4sh 

PHYS  322          Electricity  and  Magnetism  I                           2sh 

PHYS  323           Electricity  and  Magnetism  II                            2sh 

PHYS  331           Modem  Physics  3sh 

PHYS  350           Intermediate  lixperimental  Physics  I  3sh 

PHYS  351           Intemiediate  Experimental  Physics  II  3sh 

PHYS  473          Quantum  Mechanics  I  4sh 
Controlled  Electives: 

One  additional  PHYS  majors  course  3sh 

Other  Requirements:  22-28 

Additional  mathematics  and  computer  science: 

COSC  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Stnictured 

Programming  3sh 

MATH  241         Differential  Equations  3sh 

M.\TH  342         Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4sh 

Additional  natural  science  sequence  6sh 

Additional  social  or  natural  science  sequence  (advanced)  6sh 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2)  0-6sh 

Free  Electives:  11-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Semester  hours  are  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science 
Requirement 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS       127 


Bachelor  of  Science — Physics 

Lihcnil  Sliiillt's:  As  oullim  <l  in  I.iIk'i,iI  SiikIIch  m.  i 
Willi  ll><'l<>ll.iwli>K»|><'.  ilK.KM.ns: 
MiithcmulicHt  MATH  121 
Natural  Siinict.  I'llYS  I  ill  II  .iiid  \M-\\2 
I jlicral  Sluilk'N  KlvctivcHi  MA  11 1  I X\.  rm  i uiirncs 
Willi  rilVS|.nlix 

Majiiri 

Rt*f|iiiri'fl  (loiirNi'.st 


I'liysiisIC  Loluri- 

I'livsits  Il-C  Ixtiiirc 

I'livsics  I-C  Lab 

I'l.ysiiH  II-(;  I.iil. 

Mc.liaiiits  I 

Mi-.liai.iis  II 

Klcclronics 

Optics 

Kill  Irii  ilv  and  Mannclism  I 

KliclricilyaiKlMaKiKliMiill 

MixltTM  I'liysiis 

Tlicrinal  aiui  Stalislical  Pliy.sic.i 

liitcrincdialc  Experiiiicntal  Pliysics  I 

liiterinedialc  Experimental  Physics  II 

Qiianliini  Mtcliaiiics  I 
Conlnillcd  Electivcs: 
One  oursc  from  lisl:  PHYS  ATi  or  Am) 
One  addilionai  PMYS  majors  ct>iirse 

Other  Rcquireinenlfi: 

cose  1 10  PioWfin  Solving  and  Structured 

Pin^iaiiiniing 
MATH  241  Dillcririiial  EquaUons 

MATH  i'M         Advanced  Mathematics  tor  Applications 
One  from  list:  COSC  250;  MATH  171.  MVi,  42 1 ,  423 
Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (2) 

Free  Elcctives: 


PlIYS  1.(1 

I'livs  \r> 

I'lIVS  III 
I'llYS  142 
I'llYS  222 
I'llYS  22,) 
l'llYS2,n 
I'llYS  242 
I'llYS  ,(22 
PIIYS.«.t 
PHYS ;).)  I 
PHYS  ;i42 
PHYS  3r>0 
PHYS  351 
PHYS  473 


•sh(l) 
*,h(l) 
ShCI) 

2ah 
29h 

49ll 

38h 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
38h 
33h 
3sh 
49h 

39h 

3sh 


3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
0-6sh 


11-18 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

( 1 )  Siiiustcr  lioiirs  are  counted  in  the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science 
Reiiuiremcnl 

(2)  Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Physics 

Libcnil  Studies:  As  oiillincil  in  Liberal  Siiulics  section 

will)  the  following  speciticalions: 

Mathemaucs:  MATH  12.i 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112  (replaced  bv 

C.HEM  113-114  forChcmistnitrack) 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  124.  no  courses 

« ill)  PHYS  prefix 


Major: 

Required  Courses; 

PHYS  131  Phvsics  I-C  Lecture 

PHYS  132  Phvsics  Il-C  Lecture 

PHYS  141  Phvsics  I-C  Lab 

PHYS  142  Phvsics  II-C  Lab 

PHYS  222  Mechanics  I 

PHYS  231  Electronics 

PHYS  242  Optics 

PHYS  322  Electricit\-  and  Magnetism  I 

PHYS  331  Modern  Phvsics 

PHYS  352  Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

PHYS  355  Computer  Interfacing 

Other  Requirements: 

M.\TH  241         DilVerential  Equations 

cose  1 10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured 

Programming 
cose  250  liitroducliori  to  Numerical  Methods 

Foreign  Language  Intermediate  Level  (1) 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
4sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


( irmtrollcd  Klectivem  A<  cording  lo  f  ra<  k  23-27 

Solid  State  Electronic!!  Track:  Cf  JSC:  300.  24  -.li 

MAll  I  342.  PI  lYS  323,  342,  353,  432,  475,  476 
Computer  .Science  Track:  C(JSC  300,  3 1 0,  4 1 0,  450,  27  nh 

PHYS  342,  3.53,  432,  475,  476 
Chemistry  Track:  CHEM  23 1 ,  232, 323, 341,  24  »h 

342, 343,  MATH  .342 
Biology  Track:  BKJL  1 1 1 ,  1 20,  CHEM  23 1 ,  323,  35 1 ,         27  «h 

Two  biology  electives  from  tlic  following: 

BIOL  250,  263, 350,  401 .  472 
Geology  Track:  GEOS  121,122,131,132  23  »h 

Five  Geosciencc  electives  from  tlie  following: 

GEOS  32 1 ,  325, 326, 362,  4 1 2,  440.  481 

Free  Electives:  3-8 

Toul  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)    Interinedialc-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Physics  (*) 

Liberal  Studies:  As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section 

Willi  ilic  liillowing  specifications: 

Mathematics:  MATH  1 23 

Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 

Social  .Sciences:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  241;  BIOL  103; 

GEOS  110.  121,  141,  or  221;  no  courses  with 

PHYS  prefix 


College: 
Professional 

COMM  103 
EDUC  242 
EDUC  342 
EDUC  441 
EDUC  442 
EDUC  451 
EDSP  102 
EDSP477 

FDED  102 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


Education  Sequence  ( 1 ) 

Digital  Instructional  Technology  3sh 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  I  Ish 

Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Exp  II  Ish 

Student  Teaching  12sh 

School  Law  Ish 

Teaching  Science  in  tlic  Secondary  School  3sh 

Educational  Psychology  3sh 
Assessment  of  Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  .Measures  3sh 

American  Ed  in  Theor\'  and  Practice  3sh 


PHYS  131 
PHYS  132 
PHYS  141 
PHYS  142 
PHYS  222 
PHYS  223 
PHYS  231 
PHYS  242 
PHYS  322 
PHYS  331 
PHYS  342 
PHYS  350 

Controlled  Electives; 
Physics  electives 

Other  Requirements: 

.Additional  Math  ('ourses: 

MATH  1 24       Calculus  II  for  Physics.  Chemistry,  and 

Madiematics 
M.ATH  342         .Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications 

Free  Electives: 


Physics  I-C  Lecture 

Physics  Il-C  Lecture 

Physics  1-C  Lab 

Physics  Il-C  Lab 

Mechanics  1 

Mechanics  II 

Electronics 

Optics 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  1 

Modem  Physics 

Thennal  and  Statistical  Physics 

Intennediate  Experimental  Physics  I 


3sh 
3sh 
Ish 
Ish 
2sh 
2sh 
4sh 
3sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


4sh 
4sh 


(#)Total  Degree  Requirements:  126-12" 

9-15  (*^    ^^*  requirements  leading  to  teacher  certification,  tided  ".Admission  to 

■JjIj  Teacher  Education."  in  tlie  College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology  section  of  this  catalog. 
3 jjj  ( 1 )    Special  Education  Competency  Requirement:  Re\Tsion  pending  will 

^jIj  eliminate  exam  option  and  will  require  EDEX  301  (2sh). 

I.gjij  (#)    See  adWsory  paragraph  "Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements" 

in  the  section  on  Requirements  for  Graduation. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


128       COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS 


Associate  in  Applied  Science — 
Electro-Optics  (A.A.S.E.O.)  (@) 

Liberal  Studies:  Tlie  lollomng  are  tlie  reciuiiecl 
Lilieral  Studies  courses: 
English  Composition:  ENGL  101 
Mathematics:  MATH  110  or  121 
Humanities:  3sh 
Natural  Sciences:  CHEM  1 1 1 
Social  Sciences:  3sli 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  SAFE  145,  COSC/BEDU/ 
IFMG  101  orCOSC/BEDU/COMM/IFMG201 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EOPT  1  nr>  Computer  Interfacing  in  Electro-Optics  3sh 

EOPTllO  Geometric  Optics  3sh 

EOPT  120  Wave  Optics  3sh 

EOPT  125  Introduction  to  Electronics  4sh 

EOPT  210  Detection  and  Measurement  3sh 

EOPT  220  Introducdon  to  Lasers  3sh 

EOPT  240  Fiber  Opdcs  3sh 

EOPT  250  High  Vacuimi  Technology  3sh 

EOPT  260  Industrial  Applicadons  of  Lasers  3sh 

PHYS  10(1  Prelude  to  Physics  3sh 

PHYS115  Physics  I  for  Electro-Optics  3sh 

PHYS  116  Physics  II  for  Electro-Opdcs  3sh 

3sh 


Other  Requirements: 

MGMT  234        Introducdon  to  Qualit)-  Control  

Total  Degree  Requirements:  6 

@     New  program  and  courses  pending  Council  of  Trustees  and  State 
System  of  Higher  Education  approval. 


Associate  in  Science — Electro-Optics  (A.S.E.O.)  (@) 

Liberal  Studies:  The  following  are  the  required 
Liberal  Studies  courses: 
English  Composition:  ENGL  101 
Mathematics:  MATH  121 
Humanities:  3sh 
Fine  Arts:  3sh 

Natural  Sciences:  CHEM  111 
Social  Sciences:  3sh 
Health/Wellness:  3sh 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  SAFE  145,  COSC/BEDU/ 
IFMG  101  or  COSC/BEDU/COMM/IFMG  201 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 

EOPT  1 05  Computer  Interfacing  in  Electro-Optics 

Geometric  Opdcs 

Wave  Optics 

Introducdon  to  Electronics 

Prelude  to  Physics 

Physics  I  for  Electro-Optics 

Physics  II  for  Electro-OpUcs 
Choose  two  of  the  following  three: 
EOPT  210  Detecdon  and  Measurement 

EOPT  220  Introducdon  to  Lasers 

MGMT  234        Introducdon  to  Quality  Control 
Choose  two  of  the  following  three: 
EOPT  240  Fiber  Optics 

EOPT  250  High  Vacuum  Technology 

EOPT  260  Industrial  Applicadons  of  Lasers 


Bachelor  of  Science — Applied  Phvsics/Electro-Optics  Track  I 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  Liberal  Studies  secdon 
widi  die  following  specificadons: 
Mathematics:  MATH  121 
Natural  Science:  CHEM  111-112 
Liberal  Studies  Electives:  MATH  122,  no  course 
H-ith  PHYS  prefix 

Major: 

Required  courses: 


EOPT  10 
EOPT  HO 
EOPT  120 
EOPT  125 
PHYS  100 
PHYS  115 
PHYS  1 16 
PHYS  222 
PHYS  322 
PHYS  33 1 
PHYS  350 


Computer  Interfacing  in  Electro-Optics 

Geometric  Opdcs 

Wave  Opdcs 

Introducdon  to  Electronics 

Prelude  to  Physics 

Physics  I  for  Electro-Opdcs 

Physics  II  for  Electro-Opdcs 

Mechanics  I 

Electricity  and  Magnedsm  I 

Modern  Physics 

Intermediate  Experimental  Physics  I 
Choose  two  of  the  following  three: 
EOPT  2 1 0  Detection  and  Measurement 

EOPT  220  Introducdon  to  Lasers 

MGMT  234        Introducdon  to  Quality  Control 
Choose  t\vo  of  the  following  diree: 
EOPT  240  Fiber  Opdcs 

EOPT  250  High  Vacuum  Technology 

EOPT  260  Industrial  Applicadons  of  Lasers 

Other  Requirements: 

COSC/BEDU/IFMG  101  or 

COSC/BEDU/COMM/IFMG  201 

COSC  1 1 0  Problem  Solving  and  Stmctured 

Programming 

Introducdon  to  Numerical  Methods 

Differential  Equadons 

Workplace  Safety  Today  and  Tomorrow 
Foreign  Language-Intermediate  Level  ( 1 ) 

Free  Electives: 


COSC  250 
MATH  241 
SAFE  145 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
2sh 
2sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
0-6sh 


3-9 


Total  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(@)  Program  revision  and  EOPT  courses  pending  Council  of  Trustees  and 

State  System  of  Higher  Educadon  approval. 
( 1 )    Intermediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

Elecdves  and  if  it  is,  6sh  will  be  applied  to  Liberal  Studies  Electives  and 

Osh  here. 


EOPT  110 
EOPT  120 
EOPT  125 
PHYS  100 
PHYS  115 
PHYS  116 


Department  of  Psychology 

Mary  Lou  Zanich,  Chairperson;  Berman,  Federoff,  Gallen,  Goodwin, 
Grover,  Hart,  Husenits,  Kaniasty,  Laporte,  Luo,  Marquette,  McHugh,    i 
Meil,  Pavloski,  Raefl',  Ritde,  Robertson,  Roehrich,  Sadler,  Stires, 
Thornton,  Walz,  Zimny;  and  professors  emeriti  Magee,  Patton,  Rich,      .] 
Schneider 

Website:  /Mp://uiwui.iup.edu/psychokgy 

The  program  in  psychology  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  is 
designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  methods  and  major 
findings  in  the  science  of  behavior  and  mental  processes.  The  major  offers 
the  background  required  for  graduate  work  in  psychology  and  also 
preparadon  for  sucli  related  fields  as  social  work,  personnel  work, 
adverdsing,  medicine,  law,  and  dieology.  The  department  also  offers  a  minor 
in  psychology. 

An  honors  program  has  been  developed  to  enrich  the  educadon  of  qualified 
psychology  majors  and  assist  such  students  in  gaining  entrance  to  graduate 
school  by  providing  classroom  and  research  experiences  which  will  pre]:)are 
them  for  work  at  die  graduate  level. 
A  track  in  apphed  psychology  offers  students  a  fimi  background  in  the 
science  of  psychology,  preparadon  for  nonclinical  applicadons  of  psycholog) 
to  the  solution  of  human  and  social  problems  in  private  and  public 
organizations,  and  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  die  applied  area  of 
psychology.  The  core  for  the  track  is  die  same  as  for  the  psychology  major: 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


3sh 
3sh 
3sh 
4sh 
3sh 
3sli 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 

3sh 
3sh 
3sh 


Total  Degree  Requirements: 

@     New  program  and  courses  pending  Council  of  Trustees  and  State 
System  of  Higher  Education  approval. 


COLLEGE    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES    AND    MATHEMATICS       129 


coiirstwdrk  in  :i|)|ilii(l  psyi Imlnny  i»  |ir<ivi(icil  I))  crimlliiin  in  ;i|>|)rii|irijlc 

|).t)(  liolnny  (III  livTH  and  a  careliilly  dciiiKiicd  coiicciilralion  of  cmiriicii 

diLlsidi'  (lie  di'iLirlrncnt. 

All  |)svi  lioliinv  niiijors  arf  rci|iiirid  In  laki-  a  iiiiiiiir  i>r  a  ri.niciilralioii  in 

an.>du'idiH<i|>linr: 

Bachelor  of  Arts— Psychology 

Ubcral  SludicNi  A»  onllincd  in  lahi-ral  Siiiiliis  nccliiJii  54-55 

u'itli  die  (iillcminK  siKiilii atinn^: 
MalhcinalicNi  MATH  217 
Natural  Scitiui-i  ItlOI.  lO.MOl  rc.ominiiidid 
Social  SciciHt:  l'SV( ;  1 0 1 

Liberal  Suidicx  Kliitivt»i  inKD/COSC/IKMC;  101, 
no  courses  widi  I'SN  ( '.  \mf\\ 

Majori  M-'*" 

Kv(|iiirc-(l  C'.ourNCNi 

I'SYC.  i!)!)  Kistarcli  DcsiKn  ami  Analysis  1  4sli 

l'SY( ;  2!)  1  iti-siarcli  Design  and  Analysis  II  49li 

Oonlrollcd  Kleilivvsi 

A  niiiiiinuni  nl Unc  uitirst  from  catli  of  llii-sc  six  core  areas:  (I) 

A.  Devel<i|Mnenlal  Psvcliolop : 

PSYC. .)  1 0.  .ill.  31 2. .)  1  r-,'  3-49I1  (2) 

B.  Individtial  nilVercnces:  PSYC  320. 32 1 ,  325  3-49li 
C;.     Social/Environmental:  PS^'(;  330,  33 1 .  335              3-4sli  (3) 

D.  (■.oKnition/Learninn:  PSYC  340,  31 1 ,  342, 345         3-49h  (4) 

E.  Biolojrical  Bases  of  Ik'liavior: 

PSYC  350, 352. 355. 35(>  3-49ii  (5) 

F.  Metallu-orclical  Perspectives  in  Psychology: 

PSYC.  410, 411  '  3sli 

Odier  PSYC  elei lives  I.evoiul  PSN( :  1 0 1  6-8sli 

Olhcr  Requirements:  15-21 

Foreign  Language  Interniediale  Level  0-6sl)  (fi) 

Minor/concentration:  L5sh 

Free  Elcctivcsi  9-21 

Total  Degree  Requirements;  124 

(1)  .'\t  least  t>vo  must  lie  coiiteni-based  laboratory  courses. 

(2)  Credit  toward  die  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSY'C  3 1 0, 3 1 1 ,  or 
315. 

(3)  Credit  toward  the  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC  330  or  335. 

(4)  Credit  towartl  the  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSY'C  342  or  345. 

(5)  Credit  toward  die  major  will  be  given  for  oidy  one  of  PSYC  350  or  356. 
(())    Iiiteniiediate-level  Foreign  Language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 

clectives. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Psychology/Applied  Psychology  Track 

Libend  Studies:  As  ,>iillnu-.l  in  LiIkimI  Studies  section  54- 

witli  llie  lolhmini;  siKcifKatioiis: 
Mathematics:  \IVII1  i\l 
Natural  .Science:  BlOl.  lOi-104  recommended 
Social  Science:  PSYC  lOl.ECON  121 
Liberal  Studies  Elcctivcs:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101, 
no  courses  widi  PSYC  prclix 

Major:  38- 

Requircd  Courses: 


Research  Design  and  .Analysis  1  4sh 

Research  Design  and  .\nalysis  II  4sh 

Psychology  of  Work  3sh 

Experimental  Organizational  Psvchology        4sh 

Psychology  Practicum  '3sh(l) 

Controlled  Electives: 

A  mininuim  of  one  course  from  each  of  diese  sLx  core  areas:  (2) 

A.  nevclopmental  Psychology:  P.SYC  3 1 0. 3 11 . 

312.315  ■  ■  3-4sh(3) 

B.  Individual  Differences:  PSYC  320. 321. 325  3-4sh 

C.  Social/Euvironmental;  PSYC  330. 83 1.335  3-4sh  (4) 

D.  Cognition/Learning:  PSYC  340. 34 1. 342.  .345  3-4sh(5) 

E.  Biological  Bases  of  Behanor:  PSYC  350. 352. 

355. 356  3-4sh  (6) 

F.  Metatheoretical  Perspecuves  in  Psvchology: 

PSYC  410.411  3sh 


PSYC  290 
PSYC  291 
PSYC  421 
PSYC  425 
PSYC  493 


Other  llcquiremenlii!  15-21 
Ouliiidc  (  Jincentr^ilioni 

ECON  122          Pniiciplc«  of  Economics  II  3sh 

EC(JN330          I  jl.or  F>onomic«  3sh 
1LR4K0                Principles  and  Praclitcs  of  Collc<  tivt 

Bargaining  39li 

Two  courses,  a»  approved  liy  advisor  ')»li  (7) 

Foreign  Language  Intcnnediatc  I^vel  fWisli  (8) 

Free  Electives:  ^'*^ 


ToUl  Degree  Requirements:  124 

(1)  Department  recoimnciids  at  least  f)sh  <if  PSYC  493. 

(2)  At  least  two  must  be  content-based  laboratory  courses. 

(3)  Credit  toward  the  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC;  3 1 0. 311.  or 
31.5. 

(4)  Credit  toward  die  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC  330  or  335. 

(5)  Credit  toward  the  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC  342  or  345. 

(6)  Credit  toward  the  major  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC  350  or  356. 

(7)  Department  highly  recommends  PSYC  424  and  recommends  one 
course  from  business  or  anodicr  applied  area. 

(8)  Inlemicdiate-lcvcl  Foreign  language  may  be  included  in  Liberal  Studies 
electives. 


Minor — Psychology 


20 


3sh(l) 

3sh 

4sh  (2) 

12sh(3)(4) 


Required  (bourses: 

PSYC  101  General  Psychology 

PSYC  280  Psychological  Inc|uiry  or 

PSYC  290  Research  Design  and  .Analysis  I 

Four  other  PSYC  electives  beyond  PSYC  101 

( 1 )  Meets  Liberal  Studies  requirement. 

(2)  Prerei|ui.site:  MATH  217. 

(3)  Selected  in  consultation  with  the  director  of  the  undergraduate 
program. 

(4)  Credit  toward  minor  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  PSYC  3 1 0. 3 1 1 .  fir 
315. 


Minor — Psychological  Science  17-18 

Required  Courses: 

PSYC  1 0 1             General  Psychology  3sh  ( 1 ) 

PSYC  290           Research  Design  and  .Analysis  I  4sh  (2) 

One  course  from  core  areas  .\.  B.  or  C  3-4sh  (3) 

One  course  from  core  areas  D  or  E  3-4sh  (3) 

One  PSYC  elective  3-4sh 

( 1 )  Meets  Liberal  Studies  requirement. 

(2)  Prerequisite:  M.ATH  2 1 7. 

(3)  At  least  one  course  must  be  a  content-based  laboratory'  course. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


130       SCHOOL    OF    CONTINUING    EDUCATION 


School  of  Continuing  Education 


Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Associate  Provost  and  Dean 
George  E.  Rogers,  Assistant  Dean 

Website:  www.iup.edu/continuing-ed 

The  mission  of  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  is  to  serve  the  lifelong 
educational  needs  of  nontraditional  students,  working  adults,  professional 
organizations,  local  and  state  agencies,  and  tlie  citizens  of  the  commonwealth 
by  providing  access  to  the  academic  and  human  resources  ol  lUP. 

The  School  of  Continuing  Education  was  created  by  the  lUP  Board  of 
Trustees  in  May,  1966.  Today,  the  school  comprises  Credit  Programs, 
Conferences  and  Noncredit  Programs,  the  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center, 
and  the  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation  Center.  The  school  is 
characterized  by  its  commitment  to  academic  excellence  and  high-quality 
programs.  The  school  maintains  a  dynamic  environment  which  fosters 
iiuiovation  and  experimentation  in  order  to  improve  programs  continuall) 
and  respond  to  the  ever-changing  needs  of  society. 

Credit  Programs 

The  Credit  Programs  area  offers  a  variety  of  opportunities  for  the  adult  and 
nontraditional  learner  to  access  the  academic  resources  of  lUP  on  a  part-time 
basis.  Courses  may  be  selected  from  day  or  evening  offerings. 

The  Associate  of  Arts  Degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the 
nontraditional  or  adult  learner  who  seeks  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of 
knowledge  in  the  liberal  arts.  This  program  consists  of  the  core  of  Liberal 
Studies  requirements  of  the  lUP  bachelor's  degree  programs  plus  9  to  12 
semester  hours  of  electives.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  develop  a  plan  of 
study  with  his  or  her  academic  advisor  which  will  bring  focus  to  his  or  her 
interest  in  a  particular  area  or  subject.  No  more  than  30  semester  hours  may 
be  transferred  into  tliis  degree  program  from  other  colleges. 


The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  General  Studies  is  designed  for  the 
mature  adult  student,  who  imder  facult)-  advisement  can  explore  and  develop 
an  individualized  plan  of  study  which  does  not  approach  any  existing  lUP 
major.  This  self-designed  plan  of  study  must  be  based  on  a  specific  theme 
which  incorporates  basic  and  applied  coursework  within  a  theoretical 
framework  culminating  in  a  senior-year  independent  research  project.  At  the 
time  of  application  for  degree  candidacy  through  the  School  of  Continuing 
Education  or  transfer  from  another  major,  the  student  must  submit  a  plan  of 
study  which  contains  the  proposed  theme,  rationale,  and  courses  needed  to 
satisfy-  the  Special  Interest  Area.  A  facult)'  member  will  be  assigned  to  assist 
witii  die  plan  of  study  prior  to  acceptance  to  degree  candidacy.  Students 
other  than  School  of  Continuing  Education  students  must  have  completed 
45sh  before  a  request  for  transfer  will  be  honored. 

The  student's  plan  of  study,  which  is  designed  to  fiilfill  the  Special  Interest 
Area,  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  advisor  and  die  dean  of  the  School 
of  Continuing  Education. 


Associate  of  Arts — General  Studies 

Liberal  Studies:  As  oudined  in  the  Liberal  Studies 
Section  widi  the  following  specifications  and  modifications: 

Fine  Arts  3sh 

Healdi  and  Wellness/ROTC  3-4sh 

Humanities  9sh 

Learning  Skills  10-Hsh 

Natural  Science  7-8sh 

Social  Science  9sh 

Controlled  Liberal  Studies  Electives  9sh 

Free  Electives:  

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


SCHOOL    OF    CONTINUING    EDUCATION        131 


Bachelor  of  Science — General  Studies 


Adult  Advisement  Services 


l.ilxnil  Sliiiiit's:  As 


mill 


,Ii„I.i1m,,iISi,i,I»-, 


A. lull  A.lv 


(•ciivrul  Area  of  Sludyi 

Clioiisc  al  Icasl  (isli  fniiii  llirtc  of  llii-  four  ureas  lislcd 

l>clow.  Al  least  I2»li  iiiusl  hi-  HIOlcvcl  or  above.  Courico 

hIioiiIiI  relate  lo  tlieine  ikveloped  ill  S|iceial  Intercut  Area. 

ArtA,  I^llcrN,  and  CuUiirc  Arcai 

Art,  Coiiiiniinitatioiin  Media,  KiikIihIi,  Kreiuli,  (iemiaii, 

JoiiriialiHiii,  Mimic,  I'liilosopliy,  Religious  Studies, 

Spatiisli,  Tlieater 

Human  Bchuviur  and  Devclcipmcnl  An-ai 

Antliropoloi;).  1  leallli.  Home  Kioiioiiiics,  I'sydioloK)-, 

Socioloj;)' 

Science,  Mathemalicji,  and  'leelinoldRy  Arcai 

UioloRV',  C.lieiiiistiy.  Oonipiiler  Scieiiie.  Ceoseieiite, 

Mathematics,  I'liysics 

Social  and  Political  Systems  Area: 

Kcoiiomics,  (JeoKiaphy  and  Regional  Planning.  History, 

Industrial  and  Lahor  Relations.  Political  Scieiitc 

Special  InlercNl  Area: 

With  approval  of  advisor,  student  may  select,  from  any 
department  listed  above,  courses  which  focus  on  a 
particular  need  or  interest.  At  least  1 2sli  must  be  300- 
level  or  above.  The  program  must  include  eitlier  one 
research  course  which  provides  opportunities  for 
extensive  writing  or  an  independent  study  project. 
Some  courses  will  not  be  available  to  General  Studies 
majors. 

F.Icclives! 

Al  least  ()sh  iiiiisl  be  .iOO-lcvel  or  above 


Total  Degree  Rei|uirementS!  124 

( 1 )  Individually  plaiiiKil  theme  may  not  duplicate  any  existing  degree 
programs  which  are  ollierwisc  available  at  lUP,  nor  may  tliey  be  used  to 
circumvent  specific  requirements  widiin  an  existing  major. 

(2)  No  more  dum  JOsli  taken  in  any  one  department  will  count  toward 
graduation. 

(3)  In  the  application  of  university  policies,  the  Special  Interest  Area  is 
considered  as  die  major.  Specifically,  in  order  to  graduate,  students  must 
be  in  academic  good  standing  and  attain  a  2.00  GPA  in  the  Special 
Interest  Area. 


Part-time  Studies  Program  (Nondegree) 

The  Part-time  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  offer  the  adult  and 
nontradiliunal  learner  the  opportunity  to  begin  or  renew  a  college  education 
at  I  UP.  Through  diis  program  an  individual  may  enroll  in  undergraduate 
credit  courses  to  pursue  personal  interests,  acquire  new  skills,  or  work 
toward  formal  admission  to  degree  candidacy.  Credit  earned  in  this  program 
may  be  applied  to  a  degree  upon  fonnal  admission  to  an  lUP  degree 
program. 

Postbaccalaureate  Program 

The  Postbaccalaureate  Program  is  designed  to  proxide  access  to 
undergraduate  courses  to  indiv  iduals  who  have  an  earned  baccalaureate 
degree.  Students  may  be  seeking  a  second  bachelors  degree,  additional 
teacher  certification,  or  personal  enrichment.  Postbaccalaureate  students  may 
attend  U"P  on  a  part-time  or  full-time  basis. 

Off- Cam  pus  Studies  Program 

The  OH-C:ampus  Studies  Program  is  designed  to  support  the  efforts  of  IL  P 
and  its  faculty-  to  offer  academic  programs  at  off-campus  locations.  The 
Master  of  Education,  the  Master  of  .\rts  in  .\dult  and  Community  Education, 
the  ELxecutive  MB.\  Program,  die  Master  of  .Arts  in  Crimiiiolog\-.  and  die 
Master  of  .\rts  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  are  offered  in  the  IL'P 
Center  in  MonrocNnlle.  In  addition,  the  Executive  MB.-\  is  offered  in 
Johnstowni  and  the  Master  of  Science  in  Safety  Sciences  is  a>'ailable  in 
Harrisburg.  Undergraduate  aiid  graduate  courses  are  also  a\-ailable 
periodically  at  various  off-campus  locations  tliroughout  the  commonwealdi. 


SirviceH  priivlde%  die  parlli 
Icirner  jire.ss  to  acadeiiiK  exploration  and  plai 
conferences  and  workshops.  Seminars  are  offer 
provide  the  opportunity  for  adult  learners  to  bf 
many  resources  of  the  universilv. 


III'.  iMiiiinidilioiial.  anil  adult 
lung  diroiigli  individual 
:<l  dirougliout  the  year  to 
r  ome  ari|iiainted  widi  the 


Center  for  Vocational  Personnel 
Preparation 

Thoman  W.  O'Brien,  Director 

Vocational-  Technical  Professional 
Studies 

Sandra  J.  Durbin.  Chairperson:  Boyd.  Debow,  Dolecki.  Gamble.  Keith. 
Monaco.  Rivosecchi.  Spewock.  Sylves.  Whisncr 


Website:  htlp://wu>w.iup.edu/voud 

The  Vocational-Technic-al  Professional  Studies  program  offers 
undergraduate  curricula  that  prepare  presenice  teachers,  in-service  teachers, 
supervisors,  and  administrators  in  vocational-technical  education.  Students 
enrolling  in  (me  of  die  vocational  education  programs  may  specialize  in  an 
area  related  lo  interest  and/or  previous  work  experience.  Programs  may  lead 
to  either  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Educauon  degree  with  certification  or  to 
professional  ceruficalion  only.  Program  graduates  have  a  broad  range  of 
employment  opportunities  as  teachers/trainers  in  secondary  schools, 
vocational-technical  schools,  postsecondary  schools,  and  business  and 
industry. 

Cerufication  to  teach  vocational-technical  education  in  the  commonwealth's 
secondary  schools  is  issued  to  individuals  who  meet  statuton-  requirements, 
demonstrate  occupational/technical  proficienc)-  on  a  nationally  standardized 
occupational  competency  examination,  and  complete  60  semester  hours  of 
the  Pennsylvania  DeparUnent  of  Educations  approved  university  program. 
In  die  lUP  program,  a  plan  of  studies  will  be  uilored  to  each  student's 
unique  background  (i.e..  electrical,  electronics,  data  processing,  drafting, 
welding,  dental,  etc.)  and  professional  needs. 

Certification  to  serve  as  a  cooperative  education  teacher-coordinator  in  the 
commonwealth's  secondarv'  schools  can  be  earned  by  completing  a  program 
of  studies  tailored  to  each  student's  individual  background  and  professional 
needs.  The  program  prepares  individuals  for  managing  industrial 
cooperative  training  and  school-to-work  transitional  experiences.  For 
persons  holding  a  valid  Peiuisyhania  Instructional  Certificate,  the  program  of 
studies  will  be  individualized  based  upon  educational  credits  earned. 

EUch  program  offered  by  die  Center  for  Vocational  Personnel  Preparation 
requires  completion  of  the  following  semester  hours: 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  124sh 

Cooperative  Education  Teacher/Coordinator  Certificate  75sh 

Vocational  Technical  Education  Certificate  60-62sh 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — 
Vocational-Technical  Education 

Liberal  Studies:  .As  outlined  in  Liberal  Studies  section  53-55 

with  the  following  specifications: 

Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  EJectives:  no  courses  with  \'OED  prefix 

College:  " 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psvchology 

FDED  102  .■Viiicrican  Ed  in  Theorv-  and  Practice 

Majon 

Required  Courses: 

\"OED  ED  100   Prep  of  die  \ocatioiial  Professional  I 

VOED  ED  400  Prep  of  die  Vocational  Professional  U 


3sh 
3sh 


15sh 
I5sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


132       SCHOOL    OF    CONTINUING    EDUCATION 


Other  Requirements: 
Vocational  Technical: 

ENGL  310         PiibUc  Speaking  3sh 

VOED  40 1  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical 

Preparation  3-12sh 

VOED  402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical 

Preparation  3-1 5sh 

VOED  450  Technical  Preparation  of  tlie  Vocational 

Professional  24sh 
Otlier  as  approved 

Free  Electives:  

Total  Degree  Requirements: 


Certificate — Vocational-Technical  Education 

Liberal  Studies:  As  lollous: 
Mathematics:  MATH  101 
EngUsh:ENGL  101 
Humanities:  one  course  from  lists 
Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  list 
Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  one  course,  no  course  with 
VOED  prefLx 

College: 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 

EDSP  102  Educational  Psycholog)- 

FDED  102  American  Ed  in  Theorv'  and  Practice 

Major: 

Required  Courses: 


Public  Speaking 

Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I 

Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II 


ENGL  310 
VOED  100 
VOED  400 

Free  Electives: 

Total  Certification  Requirements: 


3sh 
3sh 


3sh 
15sh 
15sh 


Certificate  as  Secondary  School  Cooperative  Education 
Teacher/Coordinator 

Liberal  Studies:  As  follows:  2 

Mathematics:  MATH  101 
English:  ENGL  101 
Humanities:  one  course  from  lists 
Fine  Arts:  one  course  from  Ust 
Natural  Science:  one  course,  lab  or  non-lab 
Social  Science:  PSYC  101 

Liberal  Studies  Electives:  one  course,  no  courses  with 
VOED  prefix 

College: 

Professional  Educational  Sequence: 


EDSP  102 

Educational  Psychology 

3sh 

FDED  102 

American  Ed  in  Theory  and  Practice 

3sh 

Major: 

48 

Required  Courses: 

ENGL  310 

Pubhc  Speaking 

3sh 

VOED  100 

Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I 

ISsh 

VOED  400 

Prep  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II 

15sh 

VOED  402 

Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical 

Preparation 

15sh 

Free  Electives: 

0 

Total  Certification  Requirements: 

75-77 

Conferences  and  Noncredit 
Programs 

Robin  A.  Gorman,  Director  of  Workibrce  Development  and 
Community  Programs 


The  School  of  Continuing  Education  offers  a  wide  variety  of  noncredit 
programs  which  meet  business,  industry,  and  community  needs  in  the  areas 
of  workforce  training  and  development,  professional  development,  personal 
enrichment,  and  public  service. 


Business  and  Technology 


Courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  Computer 
Literacy,  Professional  Development,  Small  Business  Development,  and 
Customized  Training  for  Business  and  Industry.  Courses  may  be  offered  at 
lUP  or  at  the  business/industry  site,  as  preferred. 


Community-University  Studies 


Noncredit  courses  and  workshops  are  offered  in  Indiana  diroughout  the 
year.  Personal  growdi  and  enrichment  topics  include  creative  leisure,  self- 
improvement,  fitness  and  dance,  culinary  arts,  languages,  outdoor  pursuits, 
Elderhostel,  and  Great  Decisions.  There  are  no  exams,  no  grades,  and  the 
instructors  are  knowledgeable  and  enthusiastic  about  introducing  others  to 
their  areas  of  expertise. 

In  addition,  the  Academy  of  Living  and  Learning,  a  collaborative  effort 
between  the  School  of  Continuing  Education  and  Calvarj'  Presbyterian 
Church  of  Indiana,  offers  a  potpourri  of  trips,  lectures,  and  discussions  on  a 
wide  variety  of  subject  matter.  Held  during  the  day,  all  classes  are  open  to 
interested  connnunity  people.  These  programs  are  provided  as  a  service  to 
the  communit\'. 


Special  Programs 


The  education  auti  training  needs  of  healdi  and  human  service  professionals 
are  met  through  course  offerings,  one-day  workshops,  seminars,  and 
conferences.  In  addition.  Youth  Experience  in  Sunmier  (YES)  provides 
educational  enrichment  for  youth  in  elenientan,'  grades. 


Conferences 


The  professional  staff  of  die  Office  of  Conferences  assists  in  planning  and 
implemenUng  experiences  for  a  variety  of  professional,  subject  matter- 
related,  and  general  interest  groups.  Assistance  in  budgeting,  marketing, 
designing  of  brochures,  on-site  registration,  and  evaluation  are  examples  of 
services  available  to  our  clients.  Coordination  of  off-campus  events  is  also  a 
service  available  to  conference  planners. 


Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Gary  M.  Welsh,  Director 

Website:  littp://uwiii.uij>.id)i/mmju.sticr 

The  Criminal  justice  Training  Center's  role  in  both  die  university  and  die 
community  is  to  provide  liigh-qualify  educauon  and  training  programs  for 
the  continuing  professionalism  of  the  criminal  justice  system. 

These  programs  include  seminars  for  in-ser\'ice  personnel  in  fidfillment  of 
mandatorv  continuing  educaUon  requirements.  They  are  conducted  on  an 
"as  needed"  basis  covering  an  unhmited  range  of  topics,  such  as  vehicle  and 
criminal  law  updates,  search  and  seizure,  accident  invesdgation,  alcohol 
enforcement,  and  driver  proficiency.  Special  programs  are  provided  to  offer 
the  basic  750-liour  academy  training  required  for  law  enforcement  service 
under  Mandatory  Act  120.  Training  under  the  Lethal  Weapons  Act  235 
provides  the  basic  requirements  and  mandatory  recerdficaUon  for  armed 
security  personnel. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        133 


#■  1  r 


Course  Descriptions 


Cmlil  (Usif^iialii'ii  ill  ri^lil  oJlilU  is  i.\ptes.\fil  in  (i)  ikss  lioiin  per  meek.  (I) 
liih  or  (it)  itisaissiiiti  seilioii  liviirs  per  xoeek.  and  (sli)  semesler  hours  of  credit 
per  semester. 


Accounting 


Department  ol  Amumtiiij; 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)' 


.V«i/«  All  courses  at  the  SOO  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  stmlcnts  with  Junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  alfiUation.  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  tliosc  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Jimior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
level  courses. 

ACCT  201  Actounliiig  Principles  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  the  siuiUiit  lo  the  .u countiTiji,  cycle  in  senice  and  merchandising 
concerns  usm>;  the  Mnj;ic  piDpncioiship  lonn  of  business  organization;  covers  use 
of  special  jonrnul.s  and  Nuhsidi.irA  Icdi^ers  in  the  accounting  system  as  well  as 
accounting  and  internal  control  procedures  for  cash,  rcceirables.  inventory,  and 
plant  and  equipment. 

ACCT  202  AccounUng  Principles  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  (Vaile  oft"  or  Iwtler  in  .\CCT  20 1 .  sophomore  status 
Covers  acx-ounting  principles  and  procedures  for  payroll,  partnerships, 
corporations,  long-tenu  liabilities  and  investments,  and  manufacturing  fimis  uitli 
a  general  actM)imtiiig  system.  Introduces  llie  student  to  cost  accounting  systems, 
fmancial  statements  analysis,  budgeting,  and  use  of  accoimting  infonnatitm  in 
making  managerial  decisions. 


ACCT  281  Special  Topics  rar- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  coiUent 

Special  toi)ics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  ciirriculuin.  .\  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  tlirce  times.  SjKcial  topics 
nimibered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ACCT  299  Cooperative  Education  I  Oc-OI-2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  55sh  witJi  a  minimum  2.0  GPA  including  a  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  ACCT  201,  ACCT  202.  and  IFMG  24  Land  approval  of  the 
cooperative  ad\-isor 

The  initial  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom  tlieory  mth 
practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  Student*  arc  actively 
eniploved  in  die  accounting  area  in  business,  industn.  govenimeiiu  and  a  variety 
of  organizations  and  agencies  widi  a  work  focus  which  relates  to  their  academic 
training  and  i  arcer  objectives  in  accounting.  The  student  is  expected  to  complete 
subsequently  ACCT  399  or  an  internship. 

.\CCT  300  Managerial  .-Vccoundng  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\CCT  202  (not  open  to  .Accounting  majors) 
Emphasizes  die  use  of  accounting  information  in  performing  die  managerial 
fiinctions  of  planning,  control,  decision  making,  and  (icrfomiancc  e\^luation. 
Note:  .Accounting  majors  will  not  be  granted  degree  credit  for  .XCtTr  300. 

ACCT  30 1  Inlermediale  Accounting  I  >c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in  .ACCT  202 

.\n  ovcniew  of  the  foundauon  of  accounting  Uieon-  dealing  widi  apphcation  of 
generallv  accepted  accounting  principles  as  promulgated  in  professional 
pronouncements  to  die  rep<irtiiig  process  and  to  acx-ounting  for  various  asset 
items  in  die  Hnancial  statements. 

.\CCT  302  Intermediate  .Accounting  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in  .ACCT  301 

.Ap])lication  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  \arious  areas  such  as 
accoimting  for  corporations,  long-temi  investments  in  securities,  bonds,  pension 
costs,  leases,  etc. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


134       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ACCT  311  Cost  Accounting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACCT  202 

Cost  accounting  methods  and  procedures  including  cost  accumulation  under  job 
order  cost  system  and  process  cost  system,  cost  allocation,  budgeting,  and 
accounting  for  spoilage,  joint,  and  by-products.  The  planning  and  control  aspect 
of  cost  accounting  is  emphasized. 

ACCT  32 1  Federal  Taxes  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACCT  202 

Acquaints  die  student  widi  federal  income  tax  laws  as  they  apply  to  individual 
taxpayers  and  partnerships.  (Offered  as  AG  421  prior  to  1999-2000) 

ACCT  399  Cooperative  Education  11  0c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  299,  completion  of  85sh  with  a  cumulative  2.0  GPA,  a  2.3 
GPA  in  ACCT  301, 302,  and  31 1  wiUi  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course,  and 
approval  of  the  cooperative  advisor 

The  subsequent  course  in  cooperative  education  is  designed  to  combine 
classroom  theory  widi  practical  apphcation  dirough  job-related  experiences. 
Students  are  actively  employed  in  the  accounting  area  in  business,  industr}', 
government,  and  a  variety'  of  organizations  and  agencies  with  a  work  focus  which 
relates  to  their  academic  training  and  career  objectives  in  accounting. 

ACCT  40 1  Advanced  Accounting  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  302 

A  study  of  accounting  issues  of  specialized  nature  including  partnerships, 
organization  and  Uquidation,  agency  and  branch  accounting,  accoundng  for 
business  combinations,  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements, 
accoundng  for  govermnent  and  not-for-profit  entities,  accoundng  for  estates  and 
trusts,  and  receivership  accounting. 

ACCT  412  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  or  better  in  ACCT  31 1 

A  study  of  budgets,  standard  costs,  direct  and  absorption  costing,  analysis  of  cost 

variances,  and  extensive  analysis  of  various  cost  control  and  profit  planning 

programs. 

ACCT  422  Federal  Taxation  of  Corporations, 

Partnerships,  Estates,  and  Trusts  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  302  and  321 

An  advanced  course  in  federal  income  taxation  as  it  applies  to  taxpayers  other 
dian  individuals.  Covers  the  tax  treatment  of  diose  property  transfers  subject  to 
federal  and  state  gift  and  deadi  taxes.  The  tax  planning  aspect  of  die  various 
course  topics  as  well  as  tax  research  meUiodologv'  are  also  discussed. 

ACCT  43 1  Auditing  3c-nl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  302 

A  study  of  auditing  theory  and  practical  application  of  auditing  standards  and 
procedures  to  the  review,  tesdng.  and  evaluadon  of  accounting  controls  and  to  the 
verificadon  of  transactions  and  balances  to  express  an  opinion  in  an  audit  report 
on  the  fairness  of  financial  statements'  presentation. 

ACCT  435  Internal  Auditing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  431 

Covers  four  issues:  foundations  for  internal  audidng,  administering  internal 
audiung  activides,  operational  areas,  and  special  relationships  and  evaluation  for 
internal  audidng. 

ACCT  441  Accounting  for  Government  and 

Nonprofit  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  302 

Presents  the  \'iews  of  authoritative  professional  organizations  as  to  desirable 
standards  of  accoundng  and  reporUng  for  governmentai  and  nonprofit  enUUes. 
Topics  include  budgeUng  and  budgetar)'  accounts,  accoundng  for  various  fiands, 
the  general  fixed  assets  group  of  accounts,  the  financial  reporting  process,  and 
application  of  the  principles  of  fijnd  accounting  in  specific  areas. 

ACCT  451  Seminar  in  Accounting  Standards  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  302 

A  study  of  professional  standards  having  authoritative  support  in  the  field  of 
accounting.  APB  opinions,  FASB  interpretations,  and  SEC  Accounting  Series 
Releases  are  discussed. 

ACCT  461  Accounting  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  302,  ACCT  31 1,  IFMG  300 

A  study  of  concepts,  principles,  and  procedures  of  accounting  system  design, 
installation,  implementation,  auditing,  and  maintenance  in  relating  to  system 
objectives,  information  requirements,  constraints,  system  elements,  and 
considerations  on  a  computerized  basis. 


ACCT  471  International  Accounting  3c()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ACCT  31 1  for  Accounting  majors  or  ACCT  300  for  non- 
Accounting  majors 

A  comparative  study  of  the  etfects  of  differences  in  cidtural  and  business 
philosophies  on  national  and  international  accounting  policies.  Specific  financial 
accounting  controversies,  such  as  accounting  for  transactions  involving  foreign 
currency  exchanges,  will  be  discussed.  International  management  accounting 
topics  will  iticlude  international  transfer  pricing  poficies,  performance  evaluations 
of  multinational  managers  and  di\'isions,  and  management  infomiation  systems. 
International  aspects  of  financial  planning,  auditing,  and  taxation  practices  will 
also  be  reviewed. 

ACCT  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

ACCT  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chaiiperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

ACCT  488  Internship  in  Accounting  (Industrial  and  Government)  6sh 

Prerequisites:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean,  Eberly  College  of 
Business  and  Information  Technology;  cumulative  2.75  GPA  and  3.0  GPA  in 
accounting  courses 

Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  in  an  industrial  or  government 
accounting  setting. 

ACCT  493  Internship  in  Accounting  (Public)  6sh 

Prerequisites:  Consent  of  departmental  chairperson  and  dean,  Eberly  College  of 
Business  and  Information  Technology;  3.00  cumulative  GPA  and  3.00  GPA  in 
accounting  courses 
Practical  experiences,  generally  totaling  400  hours,  with  a  public  accounting  finri. 


ADVT 


Advising  and  Testing 


Advising  and  listing  ('enter 
Division  of  Student  Affairs 


ADVT  1 70  Career  Exploration  I  c-0  M  sh 

Introduces  students  to  die  theoretical  and  practical  framework  widi  which  to 
explore  careers  compatible  with  overall  academic  skills,  aptitudes,  and  life  goals. 
Students  will  examine  die  world  of  work,  assess  their  interests  and  abilities,  and 
make  realistic  decisions  on  academic  majors  and  careers.  Notes:  (1)  Certain 
sections  of  diis  course  will  be  restricted  to  specific  enrollment  groups.  (2)  Offered 
as  ED  170  prior  to  1997-98.  (3)  Course  is  cross-listed  as  LRNC  170.  These 
courses  may  be  substituted  for  each  odier  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D 
or  F  repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 


Rf^BilF 


Anthropology 


Di'pai  tintnl  dI  Aiitlirdpology 

College  of  Hiiiiianities  and  Social  Sciences 

ANTH  1 1 0  Contemporary  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  tlic  nature  of  antliropological  inquiry.  By  using  the 
anthropological  perspective,  current  relevant  topics  will  be  discussed.  Topics 
could  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changing  myths  and  rituals,  legal 
anthropolog)',  cross-cultural  aspects  of  aging,  gender  roles,  evolutionism  and 
creationism,  cultural  extinction,  and  world  hunger. 

ANTH  2 1 1  Cultural  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  the  nature  of  culture  as  a  human  survi\'al  technique.  Provides  a 
framework  for  appreciation  and  understanding  of  cultural  differences  and 
similarities  in  human  societies,  past  and  present. 

ANTH  213  World  Archaeology  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  the  prehistory  of  Western  and  non-Western  cultures  with  an  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  technology  and  on  the  evolution  of  adaptive  strategies  mtli 
particiJar  attention  to  the  origins  of  agriculture.  Exposes  die  students  to  the 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       135 


tjUCNtK 


.il  ^>'.l('rl»  .mil  l<.  llu-  iiii'|Iii>iIiiIiikii.iI  ,iri<l  iliinirliial 
II  jr<'liiirolo)^iftiH. 


AN'I'II  222  liiiiloKitiii  Aiilhropoloxy  UOl-iali 

All  iiiliiiiliHlliiii  lo  lilt  ^ihiU  .mil  III  liiiii|iicn  iirimiliiKiial  iiiilliriipiiliiK)'  willi  jii 

rMi|ilij«lH  nil  |)i iiiliinv.  |).iliii.iiilliiii|ii)liiny.  ni-iiclin,  ami  onlcolojOf.  I'mvUlcii  a 

liasin  lor  I'valiiallliK  llir  mU'  i>l  l>ii.li.);y  In  liliniali  lirliavii.r. 

AN'I'II  2.'J.'»  l-iiiKiiaK«  iinil  <  iulliire  ),  (II- Mi 

I'm  liHC»  nil  siK  lal  anil  nilliiial  liiiii  Imiiim  nl  lanKila);!'.  rarlinilar  riii|>liaMii  kIvcii  In 
|inil)lt'inii  in  anllir<i|)iiliiK)'  wiili  it-ipti  I  lo  non-WiHlcrii  lanniiancs. 

AN'I'II  211  Bai.il  Anliacolngy  tr-DI-  )»li 

All  iiiiioiliu lo  ilii'  Koals  anil  iiictliii(N  iiraiillirii|>iiliiKical  arcliacoloKy  willi 

|iailirnlai  allinlioii  In  tile  aiialvsi.H  iif  tulliiral  ihri Iii^y,  |>aiil  lircwayii,  and 

,  iillural  |)roii.'».i.  l'ri.vi<li-»  lalioralm-y  ixiKii.iK  t-  willi  arlilacls  and  i.llicr 
.iirliaciiliif;ical  ilala. 

AN'I'II  27 1  Culliinil  Area  .Sludii«i  Africa  U-OI-JhIi 

KxploTi*  ilii-  riillinal  ilivcrsily  nlllii-  ronlliicnl  ol  Africa.  The  firm  unit  examines 
llic  liinlorical  priKcsscs  which  shape  modern  society,  including;  ihc  fiimialion  of 
indigenous  African  empires,  ihe  evidence  lor  trade  routes,  slave  trading,  and 
colonialism.  Tlic  second  unit  examines  the  nature  of  African  traditional  societies, 
incliulin);  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural  groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues 
of  contemporary  ilevclopment  in  Africa  sucli  as  famine  and  agricultural  policy,  the 
si.iius  of  women  in  economic  development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  includes 
ethnographic  and  historical  accounts  of  African  society  as  well  as  selections  by 
African  writers  on  the  issues  of  contemporary  society.  (Also  offered  as  .SOC  271; 
may  not  he  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

ANTH  272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  (hiiia  Jc-OI-  !sli 

designed  lo  assist  tlie  sliidenl  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contcmporar)- 
(hina.  While  the  loiiisi  will  IhhIii  with  prehistoric  and  historic  a.specls  of  Ohiiia. 
the  locus  will  he  on  conlcinpiir,in  issues  presented  in  the  context  of 
anthropological  thei>r\.  Spccifu'  ( Chinese  cultural  components  that  will  be 
investigated  include  values,  attitudes,  nonns,  social  nrganizatinn,  linguistics,  and 
folklore.  (Also  offered  as  SOC  272:  may  nut  l>e  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

ANTH  273  Ciilliiral  Area  Studies:  Soulhcasl  Asia  ■Jc-Ol  3sh 

.\n  introduction  lo  the  peo|>les  and  cultures  of  Simdieast  Asia.  Prehistory  and  the 
dexelopment  of  indigenous  states  in  die  area  and  anaiysis  of  impact  of  world 
religions,  such  as  Islam,  and  Western  colonialism.  Also  examines  modem  huiiter- 
gallierer  and  farming  societies  and  discusses  contemporary  issues  in  social  and 
economic  change,  including  tlic  Green  Revolution,  tropical  deforestation,  the 
struggle  of  ethnic  ininority  tribal  peoples,  and  the  plight  of  Indochinesc  reHigces. 
(.Also  offered  as  SOC  27.'i;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

.\NTII  274  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Latin  .America  3c-0l-3sh 

.\n  intioduction  to  the  |)eoples  and  cultures  of  Latin  America.  Focuses  on  the 
prehistory  and  development  of  pre-t'ohmibian  complex  societies  in  Mesoamerica 
and  the  Andes  and  analyzes  the  impact  of  Kuropean  colonialism  on  lliese  major 
regions.  Also  examines  conteniporaiy  issues,  such  as  civil  wars,  economic 
development,  rural-urban  migrations,  and  migration  and  immigration  of  Latin 
.American  peoples  into  die  United  States.  (Also  offered  as  SOC  274:  may  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit.) 

AN  11 1  28 1  Special  Topics  \  ar- 1  -.ish 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  lo  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  s|>ecial  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

.\NTH  286  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  .k  01-3sh 

.\  sociological  and  andiropological  stud>  of  patterns  of  marriage,  kinship,  and 
family  life,  wiUi  an  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  family  patlcnis  and 
other  social  institutions.  Topics  covered  include  die  family  and  marriage  in 
historical  and  comparative  pcrspecUve.  worldwide  patterns  of  gender 
stratification,  incest  and  incest  avoidance,  class  and  race  contexts  of  family 
patterns,  mate  selection  and  love,  parendioud  and  child  rearing,  domestic  and 
sexual  violence,  alternative  family  lifestyles,  and  die  current  crisis  and  possible 
fiiture  of  die  family.  Intended  for  a  broad  audience  hut  also  open  lo  sociology  and 
andiropology  majors  and  minors.  (.\lso  offered  as  SOC  286:  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit.) 

.ANTH  3 1 4  Native  .Americans  3c-01-3sh 

\  survev  of  culture  histon  and  culture  area  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of  Nordi 
.\nicrica.  Detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  lo  historical,  fiincdunal, 
and  eLX>logical  concepts. 


A.NTII  3 1. 'i  North  American  Archaeology  ti  01  lOi 

Prcrcquinilri  AN'I'II  1 10  •«  211  or  |H-rmisii..n  of  die  insiniiior 
A  survey  of  Nordi  American  prefiiMory  with  an  eniplu»«  on  mlliiral  ccnligv  ml 
lc(  hniilogy.  Attention  ii  given  lo  all  geographii  area*  nortfi  of  Mexifo,  but  tlic 
locus  in  on  die  K-isierii  WoodiaiiiU. 

ANTH  3 1  e  Anlhropulogy  »f  Keligion  3c-OI-3th 

Prcrcquinilci  AN  11 1  I  III  or  2 1 1 

Kxplores  nature,  funcnon,  anil  iiiiivcrital  ciiarac  Icristicn  of  relipon  in  hunun 
society  by  utilizing  cro»»-<  iilniral  approach.  'Ilieone*  lonicniing  religious 
phenomena  serve  as  topics  for  discussion. 

ANTH  3 1 7  Archaeology  Rencarch  Design  and  Analyai*  3c-OI-3»h 

Prerequisite:  A.NI'lf  211  or  permission  of  die  instnicUir 

.All  iiiirodiii  lion  lo  tlii'ory  anil  iiiediod  in  anliaeological  research  tlirougli  lecture, 
laboratory  cxcnises,  and  individual  projects.  Provides  students  with  actual 
experience  analyzing  and  inteqircling  archaeological  dau  seU. 

ANTH  3 1 8  Museum  Methods  3c-«l-3»h 

Prerequisite:  A.M  H  I  10  or  21 1  or  244 

Lecture  and  laborator)  course  surveying  the  role  of  inuseuins  as  social  and 
educational  institutions,  types  of  museums,  museum  administration,  and  museum 
architecture.  Procedures  for  collection,  curalion,  preserv-alion,  ami  storage  of 
andiropological  and  natural  liistor\'  s|K-ciiiieii.s  examined. 

ANTH  320  Archaeological  Field  School  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  .A.NTII  1 10,  244,  or  permission  of  instructor 
.An  introduction  to  archaeological  survey,  field  excavation,  and  laboratory 
processing.  Field  school  students  participate  in  one  or  more  of  the  ongoing 
research  projects  of  the  lUP  Archaeology  Program. 

ANTH  340  Anthropology  of  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  die  student  to  various  experiences  faced  by  elderly  |>coplc  in 
numerous  world  societies.  Explores  die  impact  of  such  factors  as  ethnicit>'. 
nationality,  race,  and  class  and  die  processes  ofailtural  change  on  the  lives  of 
people  growing  old.  Comparative,  cross-cultural  perspectives  will  be  stressed. 

ANTH  350  Anthnipolugy  of  Women  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  for  any  student  widi  an  interest  in  the  lives  of  women  around  the  world. 
regardless  of  whedier  ot  not  he  or  she  has  a  strong  background  in  anthro|>ology. 
Examines  the  social  roles,  rights,  and  responsibilities  of  women  cross-culturally, 
viewing  bodi  women's  productive  (economic)  functions  as  well  as  reproductive 
funcdons.  Reading  describes  the  position  of  women  in  technologically  simple 
societies  and  addresses  die  comparative  position  of  women  in  the  industrialized 
socialist  and  capitalist  countries.  The  central  theme  of  die  course  is  an 
examination  of  how  die  position  of  women  changed  in  die  twentieth  century. 

ANTH  360  Applied  Anthropology  3c-0l-3sh 

.Applied  andiropology  focuses  on  die  anthropologist  as  an  agent  of  social  change 
and  bridges  die  gap  between  theories  of  cultural  behavior  and  the  pohcies  which 
aft'ecl  contemporary  cultures.  Examines  the  histoncal  role  of  anthropologists  in 
early  public  administration  and  then  examines  at  lengdi  the  work  of  contemporarv* 
applied  andiropologists  in  programs  of  international  economic  development 
(health,  agriculture,  and  education),  in  domestic  human  service  planning  and 
dehvcry.  in  cultural  resource  prescn-arion.  and  in  their  role  as  advocates  for 
unempowered  minorities. 

ANTH  365  Native  North  .American  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  religions  of  North  America  and  to  the  peoples 
who  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  Not  only  examines 
major  rehgious  Uicnies  and  dimensions  (myth,  ritual,  ethics,  etc.).  but  also 
includes  a  historical  perspective  on  Nordi  .American  Indian  Ufeways.  This 
perspective  involves  discussion  of  the  clash  with  Euro-.Anierican  values  and 
contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social  crisis  and  change.  (.Also  offered 
as  RLS'T  36.5:  may  not  be  taken  for  dupUcate  credit) 

.ANTH  40 1  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-OI-3sh 

PreivquLsitc:  ANTH  1 10  or  SOC  151 

.An  exploration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  on  social  and  cultural  change. 
Special  attention  given  lo  planned  change  at  the  local  or  regional  le>-el. 

.ANTH  4 1 5  Cultural  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .ANTH  244  or  consent  of  the  instructor 

Provides  an  understanding  of  how  cultural  resources  are  being  preserved  and 
managed  under  current  .American  taws  and  regulations  with  particular  emphasis 
on  historic  properties,  such  as  historic  buildings  and  archaeological  sites.  Case 
studies  and  field  trips  are  incorporated  so  that  students  gain  a  thorough 
understanding  of  key  problems  and  issues  in  tustoric  preservation  and  cultural 
resource  management. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


136       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ANTH  420  Cultural  Ecology  .3c01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  110  or  2 1 1 

Introduces  tlie  student  to  the  field  of  ecological  anthropology  by  exploring  tlie 
concept  of  tlie  ecosystem  in  relationship  to  varying  human  adaptive  strategies. 
Illustrates  the  importance  of  understanding  man-environment  interactions  both  in 
studying  tlie  developing  world  and  in  investigating  the  past. 

ANTH  444  Medical  Anthropology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9sli  in  ANTH  or  permission 

Focuses  on  the  study  of  human  confrontation  with  disease  and  illness  and  on  the 
adaptive  arrangements  made  by  various  human  groups  for  dealing  with  these 
dangers.  Healtli  and  disease  are  viewed  from  a  broad  array  of  micro  and  macro 
perspectives,  e.g..  evolutionary,  ecological,  and  psychosocial.  Designed  for 
nursing  and  social  work  students  as  well  as  social  and  biological  sciences 
students. 

ANTH  4.56  Field  Research  Methods  .Sc-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  9sh  in  ANTH 

.-Vn  examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  quantitative  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development 
of  field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation,  etc.  Qualitative 
metliods  of  sampUng  and  analysis  will  include  tlieoretical  sampling  and  analytic 
induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and  group 
structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  480  Anthropology  Seminar  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  9sh  in  ANTH  or  pemiission 

A  seminar  approach  to  the  integration  of  tlie  fields  of  anthropology.  Designed  to 
assist  the  advanced  student  in  understanding  die  nature  of  anthropology,  the 
major  theoretical  issues,  and  the  history  of  intellectual  development. 

ANTH  481  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

ANTH  482  Independent  Study  var  1  -3sli 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairjjerson.  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabiUty  of  resources. 

ANTH  483  Readings  in  Anthropology  var- 1  -3sh 

Directed  readings  on  special  topics  in  anthropology.  Instructor  guides  selection  of 
readings. 

ANTH  493  Internship  in  Anthropology  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instmctor 

Designed  to  offer  students  practical  experience  in  any  of  the  specialized  fields  of 
anthropolog)-  (physical,  social-cultural,  archaeology,  or  linguistics).  Each  student 
develops  objectives  in  consultation  with  a  particular  departmental  faculty  member 
who  is  supervising  the  internship.  Detailed  field  notes  and  a  major  paper  based 
on  die  experience  are  required. 


Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

Music  majors  and  others  who  may  qualify  take  private  instniction  in  their 
respective  major  areas  of  perfonnance  in  instrument  or  voice  for  up  to  eight 
semesters.  Half-hour  lessons  are  given  each  week  (2  sh)  for  students  enrolled  in 
the  B.S,  and  B.A.  degree  programs.  A  one-hour  lesson  {4  sh)  is  scheduled  by 
students  enrolled  in  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  only. 


APMU  101,  IT)!,  201, 251. 301. 3.51,401. 451 
APMU  102.  152,202,252,302,352,402,452 
APMU  103, 153, 203, 253, 303, 353, 403, 453 
APMU  104, 154. 204. 254, 304, 354, 404, 454 
APMU  105,  155,  205,  255,  305, 355,  405, 455 
APMU  106,  156,  206,  256.  306, 356,  406,  456 


Piano  I-VIII 
Organ  I-VIII 
Harpsichord  I-\'1II 
Harp  I-VIII 
Voice  I-VIII 
VioUn  I-VIII 


APMU  107, 
APMU  108, 
APMU  109, 
APMU  110, 
APMU  111. 
APMU  112. 
APMU  113. 
APMU  114, 


157,207, 
158.208, 
1.59,209, 
160,210, 
161,211, 
162,212, 
163.213, 
164,214, 


257.307. 
258,308, 
259,309, 
260,310, 
261.311, 
262,312, 
263,313, 
264,314, 


357,  407,  457 

358,  408,  458 
359, 409, 459 
.360,410,460 
361,411,461 
362,412,462 
363,413.463 
364,414,464 


APMU  1 15,  165,  215,  265, 315.  365,  415,  465 
APMU  116,  166,  216,  266,  316, 366, 416,  466 
APMU  117,167,217,267,317,367,417,467 
APMU  118,168,218,268.318.368,418,468 
APMU  1 19, 169, 219, 269, 319, 369, 419, 469 
APMU  120, 170, 220, 270, 320, 370, 420, 470 
APMU  121,171,221,271,321,371,421,471 


Viola  I-VIII 

Cello  I-VIII 

String  Bass  I-VIII 

Flute  I-Vlll 

Clarinet  I-VUI 

Oboe  I-VIII 

Bassoon  I-VIII 

Saxophone  I-Vlll 

Trumpet  1-Vlll 

French  Horn  I-VIlI 

Trombone  I-VIII 

Euphonium  I-VIII 

Tuba  I-Vlll 

Percussion  I-Vlll 

Guitar  1-VIII 

var-l-3sh 


APMU  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparmient 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  vrith  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlie 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 

A|ipi(i\.il  is  l>.tsL-tl  on  .R.iclciiiit  apiirojjriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Art  Education 


Department  of  Art 
College  of  Fine  Arts 


-l-3sh 


ARED  281  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 

that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ARED  3 1 5  Survey  of  Art  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

A  seminar  to  introduce  the  art  education  major  to  the  principles  and  practices  of 
teaching  visual  arts  K  through  12.  Field  experiences,  pre-student  teaching 
activities,  introduction  to  hterature,  and  history  and  philosophies  of  art  education 
emphasized.  (Prerequisite  to  student  leaching)  Taught  Fall  semester  only. 

ARED  3 1 7  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Elementary  Level        1  c-31-3sh 
Examines  children's  artistic  development,  art  programs,  planning,  motivation,  and 
evaluation.  Weekly  teaching  experience  is  an  integi"al  part  of  the  course. 
(Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Taught  Fall  semester  only. 

ARED  3 1 8  Art  Education  Methodology  at  the  Secondary  Level  1  c-31-3sh 

The  relationship  of  art  education  to  the  total  secondarA'  curriculum  is  studied  to 
determine  goals  of  junior-senior  high  school  art.  The  adolescent  creative  products 
are  analyzed  to  help  tlie  prospective  art  teacher  to  identify  with  problems  of 
students.  (Prerequisite  to  student  teaching)  Taught  Spring  semester  only. 

ARED  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  . 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  Uiree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

ARED  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult;-  member,  department 
chair|)erson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       137 


ARHI 


All  IlisJory 

Department  of  An 
(lollcfff  ol'Fiiic  Alls 

AKIII  101  InlioiliKlioiKoArl  .'ii-dl -IhIi 

l)<vj;;riiil  (<i  inlriidiii  i  llir  slliilinl  Ici  llic  HiKllifitillltr  ci(  jil  ,ifi  rtlalcil  In 
loiilcnipiiMn  living  .mil  iiiit  liiHliiricul  licriUKc 

AKIII  Ittrt  Aiicii'iii  III  Mciliivul  An  t.  OlMi 

A  sln.ly  or  .111  fiiiMi  |iirlii»l..ri(  llinis  lo  iIm-  Muldl.  Ani-s.  Ilu likHiil'H  ..rti»ln 

<lrvclo|iiiunl  is  sicll  ill  uhllimi  In  liiililir.ll,  sue  i.il,  i(  imriiiMr.  ami  IfliKMHIs  cvellLs. 

AKIII  20li  KciiuMnaiiii'  li>  Hnroqiif  Ar(  it-Ol-lnli 

A  sillily  iii'arl  110111  ilit-  Kciiaissaiici'  In  llic  l<arii<|iii'  in  IIkIiI  iiIiIic  liislnriial  cvciiln 
wliii-h  aflcct  ImiiiaiikiiKrs  arlislic  iin|>iilscs  and  (Icvflojiiiii-iil. 

AKIII  i  1 1  Miiikni  Art  k-Ol-.lsli 

A  siii^rv  nlllit'  KvoliilKMiaiy  liuivciiiulUs  wlilili  Ix'Kaii  almul  INriO;  iiiiidmics 
will)  trciuls  in  Ldiilcnipiirai-)'  art!*. 


An  (Studio) 


AKIII222Ar(mAinvricu 

Surv'cvH  Aiiicrican  arl  and  it.s  rL-lalinn  in  ilic  ilt-\cl(i|>iiK-nt  1 
ideals! 


ii-Ol-.tsli 
cricaii  i<lcas  and 


-l-3sli 


AKIII  281  SpccialTopk's 

PriTC<|iii.Hitci  As  ujiproprialc  to  course  content 

Sjiecial  topics  are  nllereil  on  an  experimental  or  teniporar)  basis  to  explore  topics 

lliat  arc  not  included  in  die  established  curricnlnin.  A  ^ivcn  topic  may  be  olfered 

tinder  any  special  topic  identity  no  inure  than  three  tinicN.  Spci  ial  topics 

nnnibered  2S1  are  olVered  primarily  lor  lower-level  uiulcr^radnatc  students. 

AKIII  .<0I)  Native  American  Art  .ic-01-Jsh 

Prrrvqiiiiiilcji;  A  RIM  101.  junioi  standing,  or  permission 
\  survey  oftlie  broad  lorins  ot  visual  aru  and  crafts  tliat  reflects  llie  liteways  of 
Native  Americans  Irum  paleo-indiaii  origins  to  A.D.  1900. 

ARHI  407  Medieval  Art  Jc-0l-3sh 

.\rl  and  architecture  of  Kuropc  during  the  Middle  Ages,  beginning  witli  early 
("liristian  and  Byxantiiie  and  concluding  with  llie  Gotliic  period.  Dual  listed  for 
graduate  credit  as  ARHI  ."".O?. 

ARHI  408  Italian  Renaissance  Arl  k-Ol  .3sh 

Italian  art  from  I  -lOOs  through  1  fi5l)  antl  Mannerist  movement.  Special  attention 
paid  to  great  masters  of  the  period.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  .■\RHI  508. 

ARHI  40H  Baroque  and  Rocuco  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

A  gcncial  suney  ol  art  from  1  Syj  to  1 77').  will  indutle  architecture,  sculpture, 
painting,  and  other  arts.  Dual  listed  for  graduate  credit  as  ARHI  .509. 

ARHI  412  Classical  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

.\  historical  suney  of  tlie  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts  of  lire 
classical  period  of  Greece  and  Rome,  including  llic  Minoaii,  Mycenaean,  and 
Ktniscan  cultures. 

ARHI  4 1  .■{  Senior  .Seminar  :!c-01-3sh 

Intended  to  help  students  develop  adequate  vocabularies  and  inetliods  to  be  used 
in  iliscussion  and  criticism  of  works  of  art. 

.\RHI  4 1 6  Northern  Renaissance  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Explores  plicnoinena  of  art  nortli  of  tlie  .\lps  from  1 400  to  1 600.  especially  as  it 
appears  in  the  Lowlands,  as  well  as  side  explorations  into  art  of  France.  Geniiany. 
.■\ustria.  and  the  court  at  Prague. 

ARHI  481  SpecialTopics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .'\s  appropriate  to  course  conteiil 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  arc  not  included  in  tlie  estabbshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  mor«  tliaii  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

.■VRH 1  482  1  ndepcndent  Study  \^r- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  I'rior  approval  tlmnigh  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparunent 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  OHice 

Smdents  witli  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlie 
curriculiini  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
.\ppro\-al  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Department  of  An 
Clollege  of  Fine  Arts 

ART  100  Art«  of  the  Twentieth  ixnluty  Ic-JI-  Jnh 

Denigned  10  expand  Miideiit  response  lo  vimial.  aural,  and  kinetic  art  liirinii  oi  thit 
century  uilli  ipecial  enipliaM«  on  rc< nil  dei-adei.  Included  lei  lure.  otiiilKi.  and 
lielil  expcricine«. 

ART  1 1 1  HKurc  Drawing  H,  dl  i,l, 

A  foundation  course  in  drawing,  incliiding  a  study  oi  the  slmi  tort  ol  drawing  and 
compoHilion  witli  a  variety  of  media  and  subject  inallcr. 

ART  1 1 2  Kundamcntalii  of  Drawinx  lk-f)l-3th 

Seeks  to  integrate  basic  principles  and  fundamentals  of  drawing  and  design. 

ART  1 1 3  I'hrcc-Dimcnsion  Design  Oc-<il-3ih 

liasii  elemeiiLH  and  principles  of  design  are  stiidicil.  A  course  in  design  in  three 
dimensions. 

ART  1 U  Color  and  TWo-Dimcnsional  Design  Oc-fil-Ssh 

Focuses  on  die  consistent  properties  of  color  and  tfic  manner  in  which  two- 
dimensional  ilesign  can  be  organized.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  complex 
interactions  of  color  within  two-dimensional  design. 

ART  120  Principles  of  Design  Oc-4l-2sh 

Principles  of  design  and  color  arc  studied  and  applied  to  a  crafted  object.  Major 
emphasis  on  acsdielic  quality  inherent  in  designing  widi  materials. 


ART  211  Painting 

An  introductory  course  in  painting  in  which 
and  approaches  are  explored. 


0c-6l-35h 
variety  of  materials,  technii|ues. 


ART  2 1 3  Woodworking:  Function  and  Form  0c-61-3sh 

Involves  die  study  of  woodworking  and  furniture  design  as  it  relates  to  the 
individual  designer-artist.  .Students  will  experience  a  formal  background  in  both 
woodworking  techiiique  and  the  appUcation  of  design. 

ART  2 1 4  Ceramics  0c-6I-3sh 

A  general  introduction  to  the  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  clay.  The  student  will 
work  both  at  the  wheel  and  with  hand  building  methods. 


ART  2 15  Sculpture 

.An  introductory  course  in  sculpture  with  an  empha: 
visualizing  in  the  diird  dimension. 


0c-<il-3sh 
)  on  studv  of  form  as  well  as 


ART  2 1 1>  Basic  Metals  0c-6l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  metal  work  widi  an  emphasis  upon  creation  of  functional  and 
nonfunctional  art  objects.  Approached  from  die  vieu'iKiint  of  beginner  learning 
basic  processes  of  metal  fabrication. 

ART  2 1 7  Printmaking  0c-6l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  production  of  fine  prints  including  work  in 
relief,  intaglio,  lithograph,  and  serigraph  processes. 

ART  2 1 8  Graphic  Design  0c-«l-3$h 

Students  explore  various  techniques  and  dieir  application  to  such  commercial  art 
projecLs  as  package  design,  trademark,  and  other  design  problems.  Lcttcnng  is 
stressed,  bodi  instant  rvpe  and  hand  lettering. 

ART  2 1 9  Fibers  0c-6I-3sh 

Provides  studeiiLs  widi  iiiiroductori  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution 
of  projects  in  non  4/hanie5S  loom  weaving  and  related  fabric  areas.  Other  fiber 
techniques,  including  liarulmade  paper,  available  for  students  to  explore  as 
desired. 

ART  281  Special  Topics  \ar-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  e.xperiiiiental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
dial  are  not  included  in  tlie  estabbshed  curriculum.  .A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  Uian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  low  er-Ievel  undergraduale  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


138 


COURSE 


DESCRIPTIONS 


ART  42 1  Advanced  Drawing  Oc-Sl-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  ART  1 1 1  and  1 12 

Designed  to  meet  tlie  needs  of  tlie  student  who  has  some  background  in  the  field. 
Problems  of  composition,  two-  and  three-dimensional  relationships,  and  surface 
ndividual  basis. 


are  on  an  i 


Oc-6l-3sh 


ART  451  Advanced  Woodworking;  Function  and  Form 

Prerequisite:  ART  213 

Offers  advanced  training  and  skills  involving  the  study  of  contemporary  tumiture 

design  and  woodworking,  .^n  emphasis  will  be  on  a  technical  and  aesthetic  point 


0c-61-3sh 


ART  452  Advanced  Ceramics 
Prerequisite:  ART  214 

Continued  exploration  of  the  field  of  ceramic  production,  along  with  kiln  firing 
and  glaze  formulation. 

ART  453  Advanced  Sculpture  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ART  2 1 5 

Gives  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  in  sculpture. 
Materials  and  processes  will  be  individually  chosen  and  the  work  related  to 
broadening  concepts. 

ART  454  Advanced  Painting  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ART  2 1 1 

Individual  experimentation  and  exploration  by  die  painter  and  investigation  of  the 
various  technical  approaches. 

ART  455  Advanced  Graphic  Design  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .ART  218 

Stresses  advanced  techniques  in  layout  and  illustration.  The  student  explores 
ideas,  such  as  creation  of  trademarks  and  how  products  are  designed.  Layouts  are 
analvzed  as  to  their  quality.  Package  design  is  studied. 

ART  457  Advanced  Printmaking  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ART  2 1 7 

Student  elects  to  study  one  of  the  printmaking  processes  in  greater  depdi  and 
works  toward  development  of  own  techniques,  working  processes,  and  ideas. 

ART  459  Advanced  Fibers  0c-61-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ART  219 

Provides  student  with  a  working  knowledge  in  design  and  execution  of  projects  in 
weaving  and  related  areas.  Odier  fiber  techniques,  including  handmade  paper, 
will  be  available  for  the  students  to  explore  as  desired. 

ART  460  Advanced  Metals  0c-6l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ART  216 

Design  and  processes  associated  with  art  of  metal  are  given  greater  concentration. 
The  developing  artist  is  encouraged  to  investigate,  in  depdi,  one  or  more  of  the 
metal  arts  as  an  extension  of  the  basic  course. 

ART  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowlv  defined  area  of  die  discipline. 
Subject  matter  may  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

ART  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

ART  493  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Designed  for  art  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  witliin 
professional  situations  which  relate  to  the  student's  artistic  and  occupational 


rrrsirs 


Biochemistry 


Biocheiiiistiy  Program 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BIOC  301  Biochemistry  I  3< 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1 1 1  and  CHEM  232 

An  introduction  to  biochemistry  emphasizing  the  stmcture  and  function 
relationships  of  proteins,  enzymes,  and  vitamins:  bioenergetics;  and  the 
metabolism  of  carbohydrates  and  lipids. 


BIOC  302  Biochemistry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOC  301 

A  continuation  of  BIOC  301  concerning  the  metaboHsm  of  nitrogen,  amino  acids, 
nucleotides,  and  nucleic  acids  and  the  function  of  cell  membranes,  hormones,  and 
specialized  tissues. 

BIOC  31 1  Biochemistr>  Laboratory  I  Oc-41-lsh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1 1 1  and  CHEM  232 

A  companion  to  BIOC  301  including  experiments  in  photometry,  enz^Tiie 
kinetics  and  purification,  lipid  isolation  and  characterization,  electron  transport  in 
respiration  and  photosynthesis,  and  use  of  radioisotopes. 

BIOC  312  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  Oc-41-lsh 

Prerequisite:  BIOC  311 

A  companion  to  BIOC  302  including  experiments  in  membrane  characterization, 
properties  of  amino  acids,  isolation  and  ftjnction  of  nucleic  acids,  and  synthesis  of 
proteins  and  nucleic  acids. 

BIOC  480  Biochemistry  Seminar  I  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOC  302  and  312 

A  discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
assigned  readings,  library  or  laboratory  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combination  BIOC  480  and  490  counts  as  one  writing-intensive  course. 

BIOC  481  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOC  302  or  CHEM  351 

A  lecture-discussion  course  of  recent  biochemical  topics  or  those  of  unique 
interest.  Topic  and  instnictors  to  change  annually. 

BIOC  482  Independent  Research  in  Biochemisby  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOC  302  and  312.  pennission  by  program  coordinator 
Student  conducts  a  research  project  in  any  area  of  biochemistry.  Work  supervised 
by  faculty.  Does  not  involve  regular  class  or  lab  hours.  Enrollment  by  permission 
onlv. 

BIOC  490  Biochemistry  Seminar  II  1  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOC  302,  3 12,  and  480 

A  discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biochemical  thought.  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
assigned  readings.  Iibrar\-  or  laborator)'  research.  Guest  lecturers.  The 
combin.iriMti  Bint;  ISO  .iiul  490  (.ouuts  as  one  writing-intensive 


Biology 

Department  of  Biology 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

BIOL  103  General  Biology  I  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biolog\'  majors  only 

A  basic  introduction  to  ecology,  biochemistry,  and  cell  biology,  genedcs,  and 

evolution. 

BIOL  104  General  Biology  II  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  103,  non-Biologv'  majors  only 
A  basic  introduction  to  plant  and  animal  physiology,  neurobiology,  animal 
behavior,  and  plant  and  animal  reproduction  and  development. 

BIOL  1 05  CeU  Biology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biolog\'  majors  ordy 

An  introductory  course  to  provide  concepts  and  applications  for  understanding 
human  biological  fiinction  from  die  point  of  view  of  cellular  biolog)'. 

BIOL  1 1 1  Principles  of  Biology  I  3c  3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  taken  after  or  concurrent  with  CHEM  1 1 1 
Introduces  die  student  to  principles  of  biology,  specifically  in  the  topics  of  cell 
structure  and  function,  genetics,  and  physiolog)'.  Develops  skills  in  the  use  of  the 
scientific  method.  Designed  for  biologv-  majors. 

BIOL  1 1 2  Principles  of  Biology  II  3c-3l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  1 1 1 

Introduces  the  student  to  principles  of  biology,  specifically  in  the  topics  of 
reproduction,  development,  evolution,  ecology,  and  animal  behavior.  Develops 
skill  in  the  use  of  tlie  scienufic  method.  Designed  for  biolog)-  majors. 

BIOL  1 1 4  Environmental  Science  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only 

An  introduction  to  environmental  science  widi  an  emphasis  on  human  impacts. 
Uses  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  consideration  of  populadon  growth, 
polludon,  preservation  of  species,  and  establishment  of  public  pohcy.  Students 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       1.39 


llir 


I  till'  liaoin  liif  rinilirnl.iiiillriK  proMniiH  iil 


•Ji()l-')»li 


■li-OI-.lnh 

iiia|i> 

IN  Jlut  IIOII-Hilllof^ 

Liivcn 

kI  will  ill!  Iiidc  J 

liul  ill 

1  llic  iiKiriiic 

that 

make  up  llic  oceans 

KIOI.  1 15  Bintic  Divcraily  of  North  America 

l*rcrci|iiiiiitci  Non-lliiil>i|;y  iiiajiira  anil  iiiiii-liiiiioKy  iiiinim  iiiily 

An  iniroilui  lidii  In  (lie  l>iiilo|;ii'al  (livrmity  iilNiirlli  America  Iriim  Barrow,  Alaulu, 

III  li'lin;inie|iec,  Mcxini.  All  major  ai|ualic  and  lerrenlnal  liioinc*  ncciirriiiK  in 

North  America  will  lie  examined  with  rcKard  (u  planl  rormn imal  i  >iiii|>onitii>ii, 

and  environmental  (ahiolic)  coiuiitiimN. 


itIOI.  I  l(i  liKnidiieliiin  tii  Marine  HloloKy 
l*rerci|ui»ilci  Nun  lliiilnjry  and  iiiiii-HinliiKV  Kiliicalini 

An  inlrodiictiiin  In  ilie  wmld  nl  iiiariiu'  liiolofry.  Topics 
disciianinn  oftlic  iiiajnr  KroiipH  of  plants  anil  animals  in 
clivironincnt  and  a  disciissiuii  nltlit'  riiajiii  ciimniimilie 
..lllirw.iiiil. 


KIOI.  1 17  UndcrMaiidiii);  lll\  ItiiiloKy  and  AIDS  3c-OI  .lull 

An  inlrudnction  to  tlic  AIDS  virus  in  wliicli  die  mode  oiinfcclion,  Iraiismissinn, 
and  prevention  will  lie  used  as  an  illustration  ol'liiological  principles.  Will  priilile 
liiolngical  indicators  lor  HIV  disease  and  it.s  proKression  to  AIDS.  'I'lieni|>cutic 
and  nomlicnipeutic  ap|>roaclies  to  treat  HIV  infectiiins  will  lie  emphasized. 

HIOI,  1 1 <>  EmcrKing  DUcascn  :ic-()l-38h 

I'rercquiNile:  Non-Biolojry  majors  and  niin-Binlogy  minors  only 
Intended  primarily  to  provide  the  student  with  an  undcnitanding  of  die  biological 
basis  nf  inticctions  diseases  and  the  social,  histoncal,  and  ethical  consequences  of 
these  types  of  aDIiclions.  Covers  background  material  such  as  die  germ  tlicori'  of 
disease  and  die  cell  theory  at  an  introductory  level.  Includes  specific  cases  of 
emerging  or  recmerging  infectious  diseases  with  emphasis  on  current  events 
relating  to  di.sease  otithreaks. 

HIOI.  I.;n  Human  Anatomy  2c-.(l -.ish 

Prerequisite:  Non-ltmlo^  majors  only 

A  study  of  die  fiiiiciinnal  systematic  anatomy  nf  the  human.  l,al)  studies  center  on 
nonbuman  iiianiinal.s  vnIiosc  anatomy  is  dien  related  to  the  human  condition. 

BIOL  1 5 1  Human  Physiology  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  I  O.'i,  non-Biology  majors  only 

Deals  widi  ac<|uiring,  dimugh  lecture  presentatiuns  and  laboratory  experiments, 
an  underslanding  of  die  basic  liinctjons  and  control  of  die  major  organ  systems  of 
the  human  body.  Organ  systems  examined  include  the  following:  muscular 
system,  cardiovascular  system,  respiratory  system,  endocrine  system,  renal  system, 
digestive  system,  reproductive  svsteni,  and  nervous  system. 

BIOL  155  Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  Non-Biology  majors  only  (Food  and  Nutrition,  Dietetics,  Family 
and  Consumer  Sciences  Education,  Physical  Education,  and  .Safety  Sciences 
majors) 

.\  study  of  struclure  and  hmction  of  die  human  body.  An  emphasis  is  on  normal 
function,  with  particular  attention  to  functional  anatomy,  control  mechanisms,  and 
interrelationships  among  sy.stems.  Liboratory  studies  will  include 
experimentation  and  dissection.  For  studenus  with  little  or  no  science 
background. 

BIOL  210  Bouny  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOI.  1 1 1-1 12  or  permission  of  instructor 
.\  -survey  of  die  major  plant  groups,  dieir  physiology,  structure,  life  cycles, 
evolution  and  ecology,  and  economic  roles  of  plants.  Combined  lecture- 
laboratory. 

BIOL  220  General  Zoology  2c-31-3sli 

Prerequisites:  BH)L  111-112  or  pennission  of  instructor 
An  examinauon  of  die  evolution,  form,  and  tiinction  of  all  major  animal  phyla, 
fnim  sponges  dirough  chordates.  Interactive  lecture-laboratory  sessions  follow  a 
phylogenetic  approach  to  the  .\iiimal  fCiiigiloni  and  incoq)orate  essentials  of 
animal  ecology,  physiology,  functional  morphology,  and  behavior. 

BIOL  232  Fundamentals  of  Microbiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  C:HEM  U)l  or  equii^enu  non-Biology  majors  onlv  (Food  and 
Nutrition.  Dietetics.  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education,  and  Hotel, 
Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management  majors) 

.■\  study  of  microorganisms  and  die  role  Uiey  play  in  water,  food  disease,  and 
inleclion.  Food  spoilage,  poisoning,  and  disease  are  emphasized.  General  methods 
and  lecliniques  are  emphasized  in  the  laboraton". 

BIOL  241  General  Microbiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Non-Biology  majors  oiJy  (Eiivironmenlal  Healdi,  Nursing,  and 
Respiratory  Therapy  majors),  BIOL  105,CHEM  101,  or  equivalent 


A  aludy  of  iiiii  roorgaiiisms  and  die  role  diry  play  in  waier,  (oil,  (imkI.  and 
inleclion.  Microbes  and  di»ea»c  will  be  einpha»iu»l.  .Sundard  incdioda  and 
technii|ilCN  arc  enipliasized  in  laboratory. 

BIOL  242  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  2c-3l-1>b 

Prcrcquiiiilriii  BIOI.  220 

An  invcsligatioii  of  die  comparative  utruclure  and  function  of  the  vertebrate  body 
with  an  emphasis  on  the  divcne  solulions  to  die  problem  of  design  for  Mirvival 
and  die  evolutionary  mechanisiin  dial  |>nivide  diose  solutionn.  Meeu  twice  |ier 
week  for  two  and  one-half  hours.  ¥^cU  meeting  will  inrhide  Inith  lecture  and 
laboratory  rxpenences.  (Olfered  as  Bl  432  pnor  to  1<»<»<)-2(M)0) 

BIOL  250  Principlco  of  Microbiology  2c-3l  tsh 

Prcrequinitcsi  BIOI.  1 1 1  - 1 1 2  or  (icnniMion  of  inslniclor 
A  study  of  the  struclure.  nutrition,  and  biochcmiial  atlivities  of  microbe*.  A 
siirvev  of  viruses,  hlue-greeii  bacteria,  bacteria,  algae,  fungi,  and  prolriz'ia  and 
dieir  diversity  in  natural  environnieiiLs.  (bourse  designed  for  biology  and  biology 
education  majors. 

BIOL  25 1  Field  BnUny  2c-3l-3>h 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  210 

The  collecliun.  presen'ation,  identification,  and  distribution  of  selected 

herbaceous  and  woody  plants  of  W'esteni  Pennsylvania.  An  empliasis  will  be  on 

taxonomic  principles,  the  use  of  keys  and  nunuals.  and  die  recognition  of  local 

flora. 


BIOL  252  Field  Zoology 

Prerequiaile:  BIOL  220 

Field  natural  history  of  vertebrates:  ide 

techniques. 


2c-3l-3»h 


itification.  collection,  and  preservation 


BIOL  2(>  I  Ornithology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prcrequi.sitcs:  BIOL  I'll-1 12  or  BIOL  103-104 

.■\  study  of  birds  of  die  region.  Indoor  laboratory  as  well  as  early  morning  and 
possibly  weekend  field  trips  required. 

BIOL  262  General  Entomology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220 

Morphology,  anatomy,  ecology.  ta,xonomy.  and  economic  and  pubhc  health 
importance  of  insect  orders,  particularly  those  of  Western  Pennsylvania:  student 
collection  and  field  trips  required. 


BIOL  263  Genetics 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  1 1 1 

Deals  with  die  distribution  and  tiinction  of  die  hereditary 

emphasis  on  microbial,  viral,  and  molecular  generics. 


2c-3l-3sh 

eaal 


BIOL  269  Bioethics  and  Coevolulion  3c-0l-3sh 

A  discussion  and  exploration  of  the  coevolurion  of  humans  and  nature.  .-Vreas 
covered  include  the  concepts  of  coevolurion.  bioediics.  resource  urilizarion.  and 
possible  future  iifestvles.  Designed  for  majors  and  nonmajors. 

BIOL  271  Evolution  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1 1 1-l  12  or  BIOL  103-104,  BIOL  263 
Historical  development  of  evolurionary  dioughl;  evidence  and  o|>erarional 
mechanisms  involved;  origin  and  phylogeneric  relarionships  of  biological  groups. 

BIOL  272  Conservation  of  Plant  and  Animal  Resources  2c-3l-3sb 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1 1 1-1 12  or  BIOL  103-104 

A  study  of  accepted  pracrices  in  soil,  water,  forest,  and  wildlife  consenarion. 
Saturday  field  trips. 

BIOL  2S I  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  mav  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idenritv  no  more  than  three  rimes.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


BIOL  3 1 0  .\pplied  Entomology  and  Zoonoses  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220  or  permission 

A  study  of  die  measures  for  abatement  or  control  of  arthropods,  rodents,  birds, 
and  other  disease  vectors  of  pubhc  importance:  selecrion.  chemistry,  formularion. 
and  safe  applicarion  of  insecricides.  rodenricides.  and  fiimigants:  pesriciding 
equipment;  apphcarion  of  biological  and  other  measures  of  control. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


140       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


BIOL  32 1  Environmental  Protection  1  2c-31-3sl) 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1 1 1-112,  CHEM  1 12,  Environmental  Healtli  majors  only  or 
permission  of  instructor 

Considers  the  impact  of  important  components  of  the  physical  envirormient  on 
healtli  and  deals  with  principles  and  methods  for  identification,  evaluaUon,  and 
control  of  such  health  liazards.  Major  attention  to  principles  and  metliods  of 
epidemiological  investigation.  Major  credit  only  for  Environmental  Health  majors. 

BIOL  322  Environmental  Protection  11  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  111-112,  CHEM  1 12,  Environmental  Health  majors  only  or 

permission  of  instructor 

Subjects  receiving  attention  include  water  and  food  suppUes,  domestic  and 

industrial  sewage  and  vrastes,  housing,  accidents,  conmiunity  air  pollution, 

domestic  and  industrial  poisons,  ionizing  radiations,  and  occupational  health 

hazards. 

BIOL  33 1  Animal  Developmental  Biology  2c-31  3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220  or  pennission 

Comparative  and  molecular  development  of  vertebrate  animals  are  tlie  major 
considerations.  General  principles  of  development  are  illustrated  using  vertebrate, 
invertebrate,  and  plant  materials. 

BIOL  3.^0  CeUular  Physiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  1  i  1.  CHEM  231 

Topics  include  cell  membrane  systems,  bioenergetics,  and  information  processing 
systems  as  well  as  growth  and  differentiation  of  cells  and  tlieir  organelles. 
Complements  plant  and  animal  physiology  and  biochemistry. 

BIOL  352  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  220.  CHEM  231 

A  comparative  study  of  homcostatic  mechanisms  and  systems  in  animals  and  dieir 
relation  to  fiindamental  chemical  and  physical  events  in  cells. 

BIOL  362  Ecology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  111-112,  BIOL  210  or  BIOL  220 

A  study  of  interrelations  and  adaptations  of  organisms;  includes  consideration  of 
physical  and  biotic  environmental  factors.  Field  trips. 


BIOL  363  Medical  Microbiology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  250  or  permission 

A  study  of  disease  caused  by  microorganisms  with  an  emphasis  on  human 
padiogens.  Both  epidemiology  and  aspects  of  host-parasite  relationships  will  be 
discussed.  Lab  stresses  methods  of  isolation  and  identification  of  pathogens. 

BIOL  364  Immunology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  250,  CHEM  232,  or  permission 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  antigens  and  antibodies;  nature  of  antigen- 
antibody  interactions;  mechanism  of  antibody  formation;  and  immune  reaction 
and  disease.  Lab  employs  serological  techniques. 

BIOL  401  Laboratory  Methods  in  Biology  and  Biotechnology  2c-4l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  351 

Theory  and  practice  in  a  number  of  major  analytical  and  preparative  techniques 

currendy  in  use  in  physiology,  molecular  biology,  and  biotechnology. 

BIOL  425  Herpetology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  die  classes  Amphibia  and  Reptilia,  including  their 

classification,  structure,  origin,  evolution,  phylogenetic  relationships,  distribution, 

and  natural  history.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  herpetofauna  of 

Pennsylvania. 

BIOL  450  Pymatuning:  Field  Studies  var  3sh 

During  tlie  summer  session,  various  field  courses  are  offered  through  the 
Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology.  The  offerings  will  vary  depending  on  the 
summer.  Some  of  llie  possible  offerings  include  E.\perimental  Design,  Fish 
Ecology,  Behavioral  Ecology,  Aquatic  Botany,  and  Ecological  Genetics. 
Information  regarding  specific  offerings  available  from  Biology  Deparmient  in 
spring. 

BIOL  453  Plant  Physiology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  210,  CHEM  231 

Studies  physiological  processes  occurring  in  plants  considered  in  relation  to 
growth,  development,  and  ecology  of  plants. 

BIOL  463  Limnology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  362 

An  investigation  into  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of  inland 
waters  and  their  interrelationships.  In  the  laboraton-  die  student  will  gain 


experience  in  the  techniques  involved  in  aquatic  sampling  and  die  analysis  of 
data.  (Saturday  or  Sunday  labs  may  be  required.) 

BIOL  466  Principles  of  Virology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  263  or  equivalent  course  in  Genetics,  or  CHEM  351  or 
equivalent  course  in  Biochemistry,  or  pemiission  of  instructor 
Topics  include  structure,  classification,  assay,  and  transmission  of  viruses; 
methods  used  in  the  study  of  viruses;  viral  rephcation,  gene  expression,  and  gene 
regulation;  host-viral  interacbons  and  subviral  padiogens. 

BIOL  471  Dendrology  of  the  Eastern  U.S.  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  210  or  permission  of  instructor 
A  comprehensive  sur\'ey  of  die  tree  species  in  the  eastern  portion  of  Nordi 
America  with  an  emphasis  on  Pennsylvania  forests. 

BIOL  475  Mammalogy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220 

A  general  discussion  of  mammals  emphasizing  systematics,  distribution,  and 
structural  and  ftmctional  modifications  related  to  evolution  of  this  group.  Lab 
work  samples  numerous  tecliuiques  diat  can  be  applied  to  mammalian  biology. 


BIOL  476  Parasitology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BIOL  220 

Stmcture,  phvsiology,  ecology,  life  cycles,  pathology,  and  treatment  of  parasitic 
protozoa  and  flatworm  and  roundworm  species  of  man.  Dissection  of  hosts  for 
parasites. 

BIOL  480  Biology  Seminar  Ic-OI-lsh 

A  discussion  of  recent  trends  in  biological  diought  and  research.  Students  report 
on  assigned  readings  and/or  personal  research. 

BIOL  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Course  varies  from  semester  to  semester  covering  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas 
of  biology. 

BIOL  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office.  A  2.5  cumulative  GPA  and  in  major 
courses  required. 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculimi  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 
Work  is  supervised  by  a  faculty  member  but  does  not  involve  regular  class  or 
laboratory  hours. 

BIOL  493  Biology  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Biology  major  with  at  least  57sh,  2.5  cumulative  GPA,  and 
pemiission  of  the  director  of  internships  and  the  chair|)erson 
Selected  students  have  opportunity,  under  deparUnent  supervision,  to  gain  off- 
campus  practical  experience  in  area  of  interest.  Only  6sh  may  be  applied  toward 
major;  total  number  of  semester  hours  will  be  decided  in  consultation  involving 
student,  liis/her  advisor,  and  director  of  internships. 


Business  Law 

Department  of  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Inforniadon  Technology 

Note:  All  courses  at  die  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  diose  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
leve!  courses. 

BLAW  235  Legal  Environment  of  Business  3c-OI-3sh 

Explores  the  current  American  legal  system  by  providing  students  widi  an 
introduction  to  a  variety  of  legal  topics  important  to  all  individuals  and 
businesses.  Topics  must  include  sources  of  law,  the  court  system  and  basic 
procedures,  tort  law.  criminal  law.  and  contracts.  Topics  may  also  include  legal 
research  and  intellectual  property.  Ethical  issues  and  international  law  are 
integrated  throughout  die  course. 

BLAW  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  cumcidum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       /// 


under  any  Hpcciul  lopic  klcnllry  mi  ninrc  than  llircc  (iiiicii.  S|i»'lal  li>|iii'< 
Iicrcd  2S1  are  iiHcrccI  |irimarily  f'lr  liiwcr-lrvcl  iinilcrKraihiatc  >ilii<lcntii. 

III.AVV  l.'lf)  Law  iiflluiiiiunii  <>n(ani«iilii>ni>  )<  OlMi 

l'rerci|uii«ilci  III.AVV  2.'i.'i 

A  Kliidy  III  llir  law  (IcaliiiK  willi  ((iriiiiicrcial  iiupcr,  aKiiiry.  p.irtiii  isliiiis. 
ror])f>raliiMiH,  and  hankriipti  y. 

BI.AW  3-J7  Coiifiumcr  Law  )<  Ol-  )»li 

NaCurc  iillaw  an  ii  iicrUiitin  in  ilic  iiinnuiMcr.  Adiiilinn  In  ( iMiniiincr  iiroicdinn 
i<'laliiin»lilp»;  rial  and  pi^rHimal  pnipcrly;  crcdili  ciivirnniiiciilal  law;  law 
pcrlaiiiinK  to  cinpliiviiu'iil;  landl<ird(cnanl  rclatiiiii«liip>:  prodiicl  lialiililv; 
iiiHiirance;  and  laMniy  law. 

Id. AW  .'iN2  Kcnl  Ivilalc  I'lnKlanunlalx  It  -1)1 -Inli 

l)(si);iinl  III  ac'i{iiaiiil  llir  sliiilint  witli  llii'  I.iiiku.ikc.  prim  iplt's. and  lawn  llial 
Hiivirii  till-  Inininess  nl  rial  iilalf.  An  tnipliasis  will  In-  nn  llii-  iiiidcdyinn  iiiiiiipn 
III  laiitl,  propi-rly.  ri|>lils  in  riallv.  and  llii  iniaiiM.  MiilliiidH.  and  laws  liial  ^iivtrii 
llir  iiinvcvanic  nl  iliisi-  riRlilH.  Kii|iiinil  i  niirsf  Inr  uklim  ilii-  IVniiiivlvaiiia  Real 
Ksialc  Sales  Ks.iiii. 

HI.AW  .•}«.•»  Real  Kslaci-  Prailicc  itOl  .Mi 

l'rtrtqui»ileilll..\VV,IH2 

( >iie  III  llic  iwii  I  nurses  rc<|uircd  by  the  Pennsylvania  Real  EsUlc  Commission  in 
nider  III  take  the  I'ennsylvaiiia  Real  Estate  Sales  Licensing  Kxani. Topics  iiitludc 
leal  estate  hriikeraKe.  llie  real  estate  market,  listing  cnnlraiLs,  the  Pennsylvania 
Real  Estate  Licensing  and  Registratinn  Act  and  its  rules  anil  regulations, 
appniisal,  property  inanagcment.  fair  housing  taws,  ethiial  pnirlices  for  real  estate 
prnfessioiials.  and  real  estate  math. 

KLAW  440  Business  Ncgntialinns  .k-lll-.'ish 

Prerequisites:  IIL.\VV  2.'!.^.  jiininr  .slaiiiliiig 

<  )peii  to  all  majors  iiieeliilg  the  prerciiliisites.  Olivers  the  basic  tbenries  and 
strategies  oriiegnli.iiinii  in  ilu-  Inisiness  ciivironmciil  and  provides  iiistniclion  anil 
practice  In  devcliifi  iii-y;iiii.iiinn  skills.  Focuses  on  the  knowleilge  anil  skills  needed 
in  intercompany  and  iiilracninpany  negotiations.  Focuses  on  ncittier  collective 
b.iigailiiiig  nor  labor  iiegotialioiis. 

HLAW  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite!  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  oirered  on  an  experimental  or  temptiraf)'  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  artr  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  olTered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  tlirce  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  4.SI  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergratluatc  students. 

BL.V\\  4«2  Independent  Study  var- 1  3sli 

Prerequisite:  I'nnr  approval  thriuigh  atlvisnr.  iaculty  member,  departiiient 
cliaiqiersoii,  dean,  and  Provost's  DtVice 

Suulcnts  with  interest  in  iiidcpenilent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlie 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appn>priateiiess  anil  a\-ailabilit\'  of  resources. 

Business  and  Technology  Education 

Department  ui  rtcliiiology  Sii])|)nit  aiitl  Training 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 

Note:  All  cx)urses  at  the  .'iOO  anil  400  level  arc  open  only  to  students  witli  junior 
or  senior  standing.  .Ml  studenLs.  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  orilcr  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Educalion)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  arc  nnrmally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 

BTED  101  Micmbascd  Computer  Literacy  3c-01-3sh 

.\n  Intnuluctor)'  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fiindamental 
iiiidcrslanding  of  computers.  Familiarizes  students  witli  tlie  interaction  of 
computer  hardware'  and  softw-are.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  application  of 
microcomputers,  tlie  use  of  productivity  softvrare  (vvord  processing,  spreadsheet 
management,  file  and  daubase  management),  and  tlie  social  and  ethical  aspects  of 
the  impact  of  computers  on  socieP.-.  Note:  Cross-listed  as  COSC  101  and  IFMG 
101.  Any  of  Uiese  courses  may  be  substituted  for  each  otlicr  and  mav  be  used 
iiilcre-hangeably  for  D  or  F  repeats  but  mav  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 
(OlVcrcd  as  BEOl'  101  prior  lo  2001-02) 

BTED  1 1 1  Foundations  of  Business  Mathematics  3c-01-3sh 

Develops  an  undcrslanding  of  numbers  and  biowledge  of  fiindameiital  concepts 
in  aridimetic  and  algebra  in  die  solution  of  common  and  ad\-anced  problems 


rncouiitcrcd  in  busincn*  by  die  liusincM|>erton  and  coiKUiner.  Topic*  illuttnling 
and  emphasizing  die  applitalion  nf  liuninrns  malhcmalii  «  incllltic  inctliiKlii  ukJ 
III  I  oinpule  interest  diw nuiil,  partial  payiiicnis.  dux riuiiling  of  ni.us  and  dnfu. 
dcprccialion,  ainoruzatiiin,  sinking  luiiil  redempiioin.  cffei  live  rale  nl  intcrctl. 
and  prcparalinn  nrstalisUcal  ilata.  (Oflcrcd  as  BKDI '  1 1 1  pnnr  In  2IMtl-02) 

BTF.I)  I'lOKcyboarding  li-OI-l>h 

K.xieplion:  Cniirsc  is  open  In  students  in  all  colleges  wiihniit  rcntricUnii. 
Dt'signcd  In  provide  students  widi  the  fiindamcnul  skills  bi  kcylxiaril  inromutinn 
i|iiiikly  and  aiiuraiely  in  fnurtecn  one-liour  sessions.  Il  is  intended  for  tlie 
sindeni  whn  dues  not  require  die  additional  skills  iniluded  in  kcylxiarding  and 
document  fomiatting,  siiih  as  letter  formats,  nianusiript  typing,  and  lahuUuon. 
Recommended  for  students  in  computer  s<  iencc.  journalism,  nianagcmcnt 
informalion  systems,  criminology,  etc.  (tJIfcrcd  as  BEI34  pnor  to  l9<IH-f>f»  anil 
BEDi;  l.in  1 999-00  dirougli  2000-0 1) 

BTED  132  Computer  Kcyboarding  and  Formatting  li  -Ol-3sh 

Prerequisite:  H  TK.l)  I  tO  or  suiccssfiil  innipletion  nf  priificieiic7  exam 
Focuses  on  the  development  nf  correct  techniques  in  keylHiarding.  Tlic  emphasis 
is  on  proofreatling,  fnnnatting  tabulations,  business  letters.  f)usincss  refMirts. 
business  foniis,  rough  drafts,  and  manuscnpts:  an  additional  emphasis  on 
production,  accuraiy.  and  s|)eed.  ((JIfcrcd  as  BEDU  132  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  201  Inlcrnel  and  Multimedia  3c-0l-39h 

Prerequisite:  UTED/CC)SC;/IFMC  101  or  prior  cx|>osurc  to  word  processing 
and  electronic  mail 

The  major  focus  will  be  on  the  evaluation  of  information  and  multimedia 
resources  a\'ailablc  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
choice.  This  information  literacy  course  is  designed  for  students  u>  gain  a  more 
in-depUi  understanding  of  the  information  resources  available  electronic-ally  and 
of  how  to  utilize  tlieni  more  effectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how 
to  access  anil  utilize  these  resources  for  two-way  cnmmunicatinns  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incoqioratiiig  selected  elements  in  multimedia 
presenutions  of  their  own  design.  (BTED/COMM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201  may 
be  used  interchangeablv  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  dupbcatc 
credit.)  (Offered  as  BEDr  201  prior  to  2001-02)  ' 

BTED  250  Electronic  Office  Procedures  3c-01-35h 

Prerequisite:  BTED  131  or  equivalent 

A  study  of  Uic  theory  and  practice  of  the  systems  in  an  electronic  office:  records 
management,  office  environment,  communication  transmittal  systems, 
reprographics,  and  office  procedures.  (Offered  as  BEDU  250  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  264  Office  Procedures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED  131  or  equivalent 

.*Vn  advancetl  study  of  dieorv-  and  practice  in  activities  common  to  office  records 
management:  handling  of  mail:  telephone  and  telegraph  seniccs:  receiving  callers: 
writing  reports:  dictation  and  transcription  equipment:  bank,  financial,  and  legal 
transactions:  shipping  and  receiiing  services:  reference  books:  etc.  (Offered  as 
BEDU  2fi4  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  273  Word  Processing  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED  131  or  equivalent 

Students  will  ilevelop  a  high  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  use  of  word  processors. 
The  emphasis  is  on  machine  operations  and  pniduction  skills  in  formatting,  text 
editing,  and  understanding  word  processing  concepts.  May  not  be  used  as  a 
substitute  for  BTED/COSC/IFMG 1 01.  (Offered  as  BEDU  273  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  28 1  Special  Topics  nt- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

.Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  .\  given  topic  mas'  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  arc  offered  primarilv  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 
(Offered  as  BEDU  2S1  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  .3 1 1  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  and 

Marketing  Education  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSVC  101.  EDSP  102.  and  completion  of  the  freshman  and 

soiibomore  courses  in  die  student's  major  areas 

Includes  general  metliods  of  teaching  and  evaluation  plus  methods  and  evaluation 

in  basic  business  courses.  Unit  plans.  lesson  plans,  and  unit  tests  are  emphasized. 

Techniques  and  procedures  of  teaching  and  classroom  management  are  studied. 

Includes  units  in  vocadonal  education  such  as  advisory  committees,  adult 

educadon.  and  federal  legisladon  for  funding.  (Offered  as  BEDU  311  prior  to 

2001-02) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


142       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


BTED  312  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Business  and 

Marketing  Education  II  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisites:  BTED  311,  EDSP  102 

The  emphasis  is  placed  on  tlie  development  of  mediods  aiid  strategies  for  making 

effective  classroom  presentadons  ajid  working  wiUi  students  in  both  the  skill  and 

cognitive  areas.  Students  will  be  provided  opportunities  to  undertake  the  many 

responsibihties  assigned  to  the  business  classroom  teacher.  (Offered  as  BEDU 

312  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  (»r  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  estabUshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  idenuty  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 
(Offered  as  BEDU  481  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTED  482  Independent  Study  vTir-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost^s  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncdon  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  avaiUibilitv  of  resources. 
(Offered  as  BEDU  482  prior  to  2001-02) 


BTST 


^Technology  Support  and  Training 


Department  of  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Technology 


Note;  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  AH  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
acliieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
levei  courses. 

BTST  101  Introduction  to  Business  3c-01-3sh 

An  overview  of  tlie  principles,  practices,  and  methods  connmin  to  most  business 
firms  in  a  private  enterprise  system.  (Not  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  in  Business) 
(Offered  as  ADMS  101  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  221  Business  Technical  Writing  3c-0l  3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  101 

Application  of  business  and  technical  wridng  st)'les.  letters,  memos,  reports, 
procedures,  and  manuals  are  some  areas  of  concern.  The  emphasis  will  be  on 
clear,  concise  wriung  style.  (Mav  not  be  used  as  a  subsdtute  for  BTST  321) 
(Offered  as  ADMS  221  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  231  Speech  Communication  for  Professionals  U-Ol-lsh 

Students  will  study  theor)*  and  principles  of  effective  oral  presentations  in  a 
professional  setUng.  Content  includes  audience  analysis,  management  of  speech 
anxiety,  topic  selecUon  and  refinement,  proper  selecdon  and  use  of  visual  aids, 
and  speech  forms.  Students  will  build  professional  presentadon  skills  as  they 
fiiltill  course  assignments  to  develop,  cridque,  and  deliver  professional 
presentadons.  (Offered  as  ADMS  231  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)'  basis  to  explore  topics 
Uiat  are  not  included  in  the  estabUshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idendC)'  no  more  than  thrte  dmes.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 
(Offered  as  OSYS  281  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  301  Microcomputer  Software  Solutions  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  permission  of  instructor 
Advanced  utilizadon  of  the  microcomputer  to  enhance  producdvity  of  office 
employees:  executive  and  managerial,  professional,  and  support  personnel 
through  optimization  of  hardware  and  software.  Comparadve  and  e\'aluative 
techniques  for  appropriate  selecdon  and  implementation  of  software.  Operating 
environment,  integrated  suites,  muldmedia,  Internet,  and  utility  software  will  be 
emphasized.  (Offered  as  OSYS  301  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  310  Telecommunications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101 

Provides  an  introducdon  to  telecommunications  in  the  business  environment. 
Includes  an  overview  of  electronic  communication  systems  including  a  conceptual 


framework,  as  well  as  hands-on  experience.  Concepts  of  telecommunications 
technology,  applications,  and  management  as  they  apply  to  business  and  industr*- 
will  be  addressed.  (Offered  as  OSYS  400  prior  to  2000-2001  and  OSYS  310 
during  2000-01) 

BTST  311  Training  Methods  in  Business  and  Information 

Technology  Support  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  1 01, junior  standing 

Includes  die  application  of  dieories  of  adult  learning  to  planning,  dehvering,  and 

evaluating  training  for  education  and  information  technology.  A  major  emphasis  is 

placed  on  die  planning  of  instruction.  Topics  include  needs  assessment;  live  and 

mediated  instruction;  classroom  management;  evaluation  and  follow-up  mediods; 

and  evaluation  of  training  strategies.  (Offered  as  OSYS  31 1  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  313  Office  Systems  Technologies  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  systems  hardware,  especially  the  microcomputer. 
Concepts  and  design  principles  common  to  all  microprocessors  are  studied. 
Auxiliary  hardware,  such  as  reprographics,  printers,  modems,  scanners,  and  laser 
technology  will  be  included.  (Offered  as  OSYS  313  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  315  Records  Administration  3c  0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  permission  of  instructor 
Development  of  the  goal  of  records  administration  as  a  system  including  the 
input,  process,  and  output  components.  Records  creation,  records  classification 
systems,  evaluation,  retention  programs,  manual  through  automated  information 
systems,  image  technolog\',  form  design,  record  control  systems,  records  manuals, 
and  disaster  prevention  and  recovery  will  be  discussed.  (Offered  as  OSYS  315 
prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  321  Business  and  Interpersonal  Communications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101.  202 

A  study  of  conmiunication  dieon'  and  principles  as  appHed  to  business  situations 
and  practices;  development  of  communication  skills  in  areas  of  communication 
such  as  speaking,  writing,  listening,  and  nonverbal  communicating.  The  emphasis 
will  be  on  building  effective  interpersonal  relations  in  a  business  environment. 
(Offered  as  ADMS  321  pnor  to  2001-02) 

BTST  342  Intercultural  Business  Communication  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Provides  an  in-depth  study  and  theoretical  understanding  of  intercultural 
business  communication,  including  international,  national,  ethnic,  racial,  and 
socioeconomic  cultures.  Students  will  explore  practices,  trends,  and  difficulties  of 
people  primarily  identified  with  one  culture,  attempting  to  interact  with  people  of 
anodier  culture  through  speaking,  Ustening,  wTiting,  and  nonverbal  means. 
Problems  of  intercultural  communication  situations  for  business  will  be 
pinpointed,  elements  of  the  problems  clarified,  and  guidehnes  projected  for 
problem  mitigation.  (Offered  as  ADMS  342  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  402  Website  Development  and  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COMM/GOSC/IFMG/LIBR  201  or  instructor  permission 
Guides  die  student  dirough  a  hands-on.  step-by-slep  process  of  creating  an 
attractive,  well-desigTied  website  for  an  enterprise.  The  student  will  learn  how  to 
install  and  configure  a  WWW  server,  pubHsh  web  pages  using  die  latest  tools,  and 
set  up  mechanisms  to  manage  and  update  a  website  and  content.  (Offered  as 
OSYS  402  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  41 1  Microcomputer  Support  for  Office  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BTST  301, 3 13,  and  400 

Includes  three  dimensions  of  study  relative  to  office  systems— helpdesk 
management,  training  and  development,  and  ergonomics.  Incorporates  practical 
applications  for  delivering  technical  support  through  the  operation  of  a  helpdesk. 
Requires  development  and  deUver)'  of  technological  applications  and  a  field  study 
of  ergonomic  office  designs.  (Offered  as  OSYS  411  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  4 1 2  Administrative  Office  Services  3c-0l-3sh 

A  presentation  of  fiuidaniental  principles  and  practices  used  in  die  development 
of  an  office.  Speciafized  areas  such  as  systems  analysis,  work  simplification,  forms 
design,  information  processing,  office  macliines  and  equipment,  records 
management,  office  design  and  layout,  office  location  and  physical  environment, 
office  supemsion,  office  manuals,  and  development  of  office  personnel  will  be 
discussed.  (Offered  as  OSYS  412  prior  to  2001-02) 

BTST  413  Enterprise  Technology  Support  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BTST  313;  COSC/IFMG  352;  or  permission  of  instructor 
Pro\'ides  a  comprehensive  and  practical  knowledge  of  enterprisewide  technolog): 
Topics  covered  include  knowledge  management,  remote  user  support, 
teleconferencing,  and  network  management  and  enhancement.  Students  will  have 
hands-on  experience  working  \Wdi  software,  customizing  user  environments. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE 


DESCRIPTIONS 


143 


rii;iiKi|;iiiK  IccliiiiildKy  ncciirily,  iiiiil  ciiliuiii  iiix  ami  troiihlcaliniiliiiK  llir  i  i>rn|iiiijiiK 
I  iiviriinintiil.  (Ollir.il  as  OSYS  ■II.)  prior  Ki  mnni) 

It  rS'l'  IHd  Scminur  in  llunincmi  'I'cchiiiiliiKy  Supporl  ii  (tl-  )»li 

l'n'rv<|iiiiiilci  CniiliialliiK  Hcniiirii  only  or  |iiriiiiii«i(iii  nl  iriiniiiloi 
riir  ciiiphaiilfi  will  Ih-  nil  llif  iidlvinK  <iri)iru  i-  iiiaiiancimiil  |iriil)liiiiii.  I'mvidm  an 
<i|i|ii>iMinilv  lo  iiilcuralc  and  apply  llir  nkilln  and  kniiwli-<lnc  prcvimnly  gained  in 
llu-  HiisMKM  ■|Vclin.il..Ky  Snpporl  niajnr.  (Ollrrc-d  a»  OSYS  IHO  pni.r  to  2001- 

HIST  ISI  Spciiil  Toplo.  varl-.fHli 

rrt'ri-<|iiiNiu-:   \s  jppinpii.iU-  (o  (-nunc  c'oiili-nl 

S|m  lal  iiipii  ^  .111  iilli  II  d  nil  an  cxpcrimcnlal  m  liiiipnian  liaiii»  lo  explore  lopiin 
ilial  arc  iiiii  iiii  liidrd  in  ilic  cslalilislicd  ciirrlniliiiii.  A  |;i>cii  lopic  may  be  olicrcd 
under  any  Hpcrial  lopii  iiiiiillly  no  more  lliaii  llircc  lliiic^.  Special  (iipics 
iiiiniliered  ISI  arc  olicrcd  primarily  for  upper-level  imdei'Kradiiale  .sUKlcnLs. 
(( llleieil  a»  .\l)MS/(  ISVS  IHI  prior  lo  2(Hll-()2) 

Ili'Sr  Wl  lnile|iendrnl  Sludy  var- 1   fsli 

l*rerc<|uii<itci  Prior  approval  lliroii);li  advisor,  lactilty  niciiibcr,  dcparuiicnl 

I  liairpeison.  dean,  and  I'lovosl's  ( Jlflce 

SliidciiLs  willi  inlcicsl  in  iiidcpciideni  sitidy  ola  lopic  not  iifTcrcd  in  llic 

ciirriciiliiin  may  propose  a  plan  o(  sliidy  in  ciinjunction  vvilli  a  laculty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  approprialciiess  ami  availability  of  resources. 

(( lllcred  as  ADMS/OSVS  182  prior  In  2(10102) 

K  1ST  4»3  Inlcrnnhip  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Approval  nl  inlernsbip  cnordinalor,  cl)air]icrsnn,  and  dcaii  and 
2.7,')  ciimulalive  (;i'A  and  .(.Oia'A  in  Business 

A  siipcniscd  nllice  experience  program  v»ilb  an  approved  agencT  (business, 
industry. ami  government).  (Olliicd  as  OSYS  19:!  prior  tn  2001-02) 


J> 


Chemistry 

Department  of  Cliciiii.sli y 

(lollege  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Matiu-matics 

CIIF.M  lUI  College  (:heiiiis(r>  I  3c-2l-4sli 

Basic  principles  and  concepts  ol' inorganic  cbcmistry  arc  developed  I'roni  tbe 
standpoint  of'atomic  and  iiinlcciilar  stnicturc  witli  illtistrativc  examples  from 
descriptive  clicimsm.  'I'lic  Lihniatnry  portion  of  tlie  course  illustrates  pbysical 
aiul  cliemical  properties  iii  a  ijiialitative  and  quantitative  manner.  Designed  for 
selected  majors  witliin  tiic  ('ollege  of  Healtli  and  Human  Serv'ices  and  lo  fulfill 
the  Liberal  Studies  Natural  Science  Laboratory  Sequence  requirement. 

CHF.M  102  College  Chemislrv  II  .k-2l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CI  I  KM  101 

Basic  lundaniental  principles  and  concepts  nforganic  and  bioclieiiiistry  are 
developed.  Deals  primarily  witji  stnictural  features  of  organic  compounds,  tlie 
chemistry  of  flinctional  groups,  and  practical  examples  and  uses  of  organic 
compounds.  The  laboratory  portion  itiiistratcs  properties  and  reactions  of 
rcpre.sentative  organic  compounds.  Designed  for  selected  majors  within  the 
College  of  Healtli  and  Human  Services  and  to  fulfill  tlie  Liberal  Studies  Natural 
Science  Laboratory  Sequence  reipiirement. 

CHEM  1 1 1  General  Chemistry  1  ,3c-31-4sh 

A  Icctiin-disciissioii  nl  principles  nl  clicmisiry,  including  tlicory  and  applications. 
The  lull  illiislialcs  principles  discussed.  Topics  discussed  include  scientific 
incasurciiicnts.  simple  deliiiitiniis  and  cnncepts.  die  mole,  stnicliiomeiry.  gas  laws, 
electronic  structure  of  tlie  ainni.  bnndiiiK.  tlieriiincliemistry,  and  descriptive 
chemistry  of  the  elements. 

CIIF.M  112  General  Chemistn  II  ic  .il-4sli 

Prerequisite:  CIIF.M  HI 

A  cnntinuation  of  (leiicral  Chemistr;  I.  Topics  discussed  include  die  solid  and 
liquid  state,  solutions,  kinetics,  equilibria,  acids  and  bases,  solubility  equilibria, 
thermodynamics,  electmchemistry,  and  descriptive  chemistry-  of  die  elements. 

CHEM  1 13  Concepts  in  Chemistry  3c-3l-4sh 

.\ii  intniduclnry  cnurse  for  chemistiy  majors.  Topics  covered  include  atomic 
dieory.  an  inmiduction  to  chemical  reactions,  stoichionictry,  thermochemistry, 
chemical  bonding,  molecular  geometry,  kinetic-molecular  tlieory  of  gases,  die 
liquid  and  die  solid  slates,  and  soludon  dieory. 

CHEM  114  Ba.sic  Inorganic  Chenustr>  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisite:  C.l  I  KM  113 

Topics  include  chemical  kinetics,  equilibrium  and  diennodynamics,  acids  and 
bases,  electrochemistry,  coordination  chemistry,  and  descriptive  cliemistr>-  of 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


nelci  led  clrllK'lils. 

CHEM  I  Ki  Kmk  InnrKiinir  Chcminlry  3c-3l-2>h 

PrrrcquisilemCIIKM  III  and  112 

Kci|iiirrdlniiliriiiislry  niaiorswIinluvetakrnCHKM  III  anil  1 12.  A  nyitcnulic 
sillily  of  ihr  I  liemi«lr\  ol  tlir  cleineiitii  will  be  prenciiird  in  bnlli  ihr  lecture  and 
die  laboralon.  Alvi  iiii  liiiled  w  ill  be  die  clicmiMry  ol  looidinalioii  com|Miuiid«. 
Tlii«  coiirne  stiirui  at  the  beginning  ol  llic  sci  niid  half  nl  the  ^prlnK  Kiiiettcr  and  l> 
taught  concurrently  wiUi  (JIKM  I  14. 

C;HEM  2.J  I  Organic  Chcmimry  I  It  41  4iili 

PrcrcquinilriCMKM  ll2or  114 

.'\  siiith  nl  ininpnunds  nf  carbon,  witli  a  sfiecial  emphasis  on  struciurc-rcactiviiy 
relalion.ships.  Laboratory  work  emphasizes  mctlioils  of  separation  and 
purification  of  organic  compounds. 

CHEM  232  Organic  Chemistry  II  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CIIKM  2il 

.■\  contimiation  of  (Organic  (Jieinistry  I  widi  an  intriHluction  to  spectroscopic 

techni({ncs.  l>aboralor\  work  einphasi/es  the  synthesis  nf  representative 

compounds. 

CHEM  2.^.5  Biochemistry  and  Nutrition  3c-«l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CIIKM  102 

For  Family  and  Cnnsumcr  Sciences  Education  majors.  Studies  chemistry  and 
biological  function  of  biologically  active  compounds  with  respect  Ui  nutritional 
requirements. 

CHEM  2HI  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  arc  not  included  in  die  established  curricidum.  A  given  topic  may  Ik  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idenlih'  no  more  diaii  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  2SI  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

CHEM  301  Chemistry'  Seminar  Ic-OI-ish 

A  discussion  of  current  technical  literature  and  current  research  problems  of  siafT. 
Lectures  by  outside  chemisLs  and  student  presentations.  Open  lo  junior  or  senior 
chemistry  majors  and  to  odiers  by  permission  of  the  chairperson. 

CHEM  321  Quantitative  Analysis  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  1 12  or  1 14 

Theory'  and  practice  of  quantilauve  analysis,  including  gravimetric  and  volumetric 
analysis;  a  special  emphasis  on  perfecting  student's  laboratory  techniques  and 
application  of  general  chemical  knowledge  through  problem  solving. 

CHEM  322  Instrumental  Analysis  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  341 

Modern  insininicnt.il  methods  of  chemical  analysis.  Student  learns  dieory-  behind 
the  instrument,  pnnciple.s  of  operation,  interpretation  of  data  obtained,  and 
limitations  of  mediods. 

CHEM  323  Analytical  Methods  3c-4l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  1 12  and  non-Chemistry  major 

Principles  of  precipitation,  acid-base,  oxidation-reduction,  and  equilibria  are 
applied  to  problem  solving  and  to  laboratory  determinations:  instrumental 
methods  of  analysis,  such  as  colorimetry.  atomic  absurpbon  and  flame  emission, 
gas  chromatography,  etc. 

CHEM  33 1  Organic  Molecular  Structure  Determination  4c-var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  231-232  (CHEM  232  may  be  taken  concurrenth) 
Gives  die  student  experience  in  systematic  identification  of  various  classes  of 
organic  compounds  by  both  chemical  and  physical  methods. 


CHEM  335  Advanced  Organic  Chemistr>'  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  232  and  341 

Selected  topics  of  current  interest  coveretl.  Possible  topics  include  reaction 
mechanisms,  molecular  spectroscopy,  stereochemistrv.  natiual  products, 
hcterocycUcs.  polyiiier  chcmistrv-.  and  organic  syiidiesis. 

CHEM  340  Phvsical  Chemistrt  for  the  Biological  Sciences  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.\TH  122  or  124  or  12S.and  PHYS  1 12  or  132:  CHEM  232 
.\  one-seincster  course  for  Biochcmistrv-  and  Biology  majors.  Chemical 
thermodynamics,  equilibria,  kinetics:  quantum  meclianics:  and  spectroscopy 
especially  as  appUed  to  bioniechanical  systems. 


144       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CHEM  34 1  Physical  Chemistr)  I  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  122,  124,  or  128  and  PHYS  112  or  132:  CHEM  1 12  or 

114 

Chemicul  themmdynamics  with  applications  to  solutions,  pitase,  and  chemical 

equilibria-kinetic  theor)'. 

CHEM  342  Physical  Chcmislry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  341 

A  study  of  solids,  hquids,  suriaces.  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry-,  atomic  and 
molecular  structure. 

CHEM  343  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  Oc-31-lsh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  321,341 

Experiments  illustrating  application  ni'tinuiamcntal  laws  to  actual  systems. 
Carries  writing-intensive  credit. 

CHEM  344  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  Oc-31-lsh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  342,  343 

.An  extension  of  Physical  Chemistry  Lalioratory  I;  experiments  related  to  chemical 
kinetics,  molectJar  spectroscopy,  and  otlier  topics  of  physical  chemistry. 

CHEM  351  Biochemistry  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  231 

\  study  of  chemistry-  and  biological  (unctions  of  carboliydrates,  lipids,  proteins, 
minerals,  vitamins,  and  honnones. 


CHEM  498  Problems  in  Chemistry  var-l-2sli 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  chairperson 

A  course  of  independent  study  on  selected  problems,  including  lab  work,  hbrar\' 
reading,  and  conferences  with  staff  member.  A  minimum  of  4  hours  per  week 
required  per  credit. 


MP^.MrcJi, 


^oun^^g  and  Student  Development 


Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 


CNSD  150  Life  Skills:  Improving  your  Social  and 

Emotional  Intelligence  Ic-Ol-Ish 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  instructor 

Provides  students  with  practical,  hands-on  cognitive,  emotional,  and  interpersonal 

skills  which  will  help  them  to  increase  their  abilities  to  process  and  respond  to 

environmental  demands  and  stresses  of  their  social  and  academic  environment. 

These  skills  include  mindfiilness,  emoUon  regulation,  behavior  management,  and 

handling  relationships  by  understanding  emotions  in  others.  The  goals  will  be  to 

understand  basic  principles  of  emotion  regulation  and  interpersonal  effectiveness, 

improve  students'  ability  to  focus,  and  attend  to  one's  own  thoughts  and  feelings 

as  tiiey  apply  to  tlie  skills  described  above. 


CHEM  410  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory  Oc-31-lsh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  322 

A  laborator)^  course  in  which  tlie  techniques  used  in  the  syntliesis  and 
characterization  of  inorganic  compounds  will  be  explored.  An  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  preparation  of  a  wide  variety  of  inorganic  compoimds  and  the 
methods  by  which  they  are  identiBed  and  characterized. 

CHEM  411  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  341 

Gives  understanding  of  advanced  theories  of  atomic  structure,  chemical  bonding, 
acids  and  bases,  coordination  compounds,  and  selected  topics. 

CHEM  412  Advanced  Structural  and  Synthetic  Methods  in  Inorganic 
Chemistry  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  411  and  either  CHEM  410  or  322 

Advanced  techniques  used  in  tlie  synthesis  and  characterization  of  inorganic 
compounds  will  be  explored.  In  lecture,  an  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  theory- 
and  ai)i>lication  of  stnictural  and  spectroscopic  methods  of  characterization.  In 
lab,  an  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  advanced  methods  of  synthesis  and  structural 
characterizadon  using  representative  examples  of  important  classes  of  inorganic 
compounds. 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Instrumental  Analysis  4c-var-35h 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  322 

A  study  of  modern  chemical  analysis,  using  advanced  instrumental  techniques; 
with  an  emphasis  on  theory,  principles  of  operadon,  capabilities,  and  Hmitations 
of  advanced  analytical  instruments  used. 

CHEM  441  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  3c-0U3sh 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHEM  342 

A  study  of  fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  and  statisdcal  mechanics,  molecular 
structure,  and  other  topics  of  current  interest. 

CHEM  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

CHEM  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  (acuity  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncUon  with  a  facult\'  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

CHEM  493  Internship  in  Chemistry  var-4-9sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  1 1 3, 1 1 4,  23 1 ,  232, 321 ,  34 1 ,  and  departmental  approval 
Full-time  involvement  in  an  actual  "on-die-job''  situation  in  an  industrial  or 
research  laboratory  under  the  tutelage  of  a  selected  preceptor.  A  department 
faculty  member  will  work  closely  with  tlie  student  and  preceptor  and  will  assume 
responsibiht\-  for  making  die  final  evaluation  and  assigning  a  grade. 


Consumer  AfTairs 

Depat  tnient  t)l  Hinnan  Development  and 

Environmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

CNSV  101  Personal  and  Family  Management  3c-0l-3sli 

Management  as  a  system  and  its  relationship  tn  individuals  and  famiUes. 
Formulation  of  goals,  values,  and  standards;  use  of  decision-making  process; 
utihzadon  of  resources. 

CNSV  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  estabUshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idendty  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

CNSV  315  Consumer  Economics  and  Family  Finance  3c-0l-3sh 

Economic,  sociological,  and  psychological  principles  are  applied  to  family  money 
management  problems.  Infomiadon  needed  to  manage  finances  effecdvely  and  to 
become  a  rational  consumer  is  presented. 

CNSV  413  Problems  in  Consumer  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CNSV  315  or  Economics 

Problems  of  consumer- seller  relationships  studied  with  an  emphasis  given  to 
effects  of  current  economic  and  social  forces.  Governmental  and  private 
protecdon  agencies  which  aid  the  consumer  are  reviewed.  Individual 
investigadons  required.  Taught  Fall  semester  only. 

CNSV  416  Problems  in  Family  Finance  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CNSV  315 

In-depth  dieories  and  principles  in  personal  and  family  finance  and  the  rights  and 
responsibilides  of  consumers  are  emphasized.  Opportunities  are  provided  for 
students  to  explore  specific  areas  of  interest.  Taught  Spring  semester  only. 

CNSV  421  Senior  Seminar  2c-Ol-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Compledon  of  90sh 

Knowledge  gained  in  major  and  outside  concentradon  courses  is  applied  to 
individual  career  goals.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to  pursue  related  areas  not 
direcdy  covered  in  previous  coursework,  widi  an  emphasis  upon  independent 
research,  analydcal  Uiinking,  and  communications  skills. 

CNSV  433  Study  Tour  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

An  opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  centers 
concerned  widi  household  equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and  housing 
in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers'  showrooms, 
distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are  included.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  of  6sh.  (Cross-hsted  as  FSMR/INDS  433.) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


/'/5 


CNSV  IHI  S|.c<iiillo|.ii»  var  I   )»li 

l*ri'ri'<|iiiNili'i  Ah  j|i|>rn|)iiaU-  In  ( iMif*ic  (nnlclil 

.S|iiri.il  liipirs  tiiiirnis  arc  iifltrcil  nil  .111  ('X|ii'riiiirliliil  iir  lclli|Hirar\  lianiii  In 
explore  lii|ii<  N  llial  are  mil  iiicliiclcil  in  (lie  cnLililiniicct  lurriniiiiMi.  A  xlvcii  liipii' 
may  be  nlleieil  iiiidei  any  »peiial  Inpji  idciility  iin  inure  than  three  tinicn.  Spciial 
Uipiis  nninlieii'il  IS  I  arc  priniaiily  inr  iippil-li'vel  nii(irr);raililate  stililenlii. 

(  :N.SV  'IN2  lnile|Hiidciil  Study  var  I    l»li 

i'rcrequiiiilci  I'rinr  appinval  llirntixli  advisor,  iaciilty  incinlicr,  depariininl 

(  hairperftoii,  dean,  and  Provost's  <  )nice 

l'aili(  iilar  I'oiMiinier  ( nimidcratiiiiiii  are  independently  iiivcnliipited  in  the  area  ol 

linimiiiK,  linine  e<|iiipnieiil,  intcrinr  dcaixn,  cloihin^,  and  textiles  or  in  tlic 

nianiiKenient  olresniirien.  C.oiirHe  inav  lie  repeated  liir  a  total  ol  .'isli.  Sliidciiln 

meet  with  a  lanilly  meinl,<i  al  i.asl  s'linuri  per  srnx  ster  limir. 

CNSV  493  liilerniihip  var- 1  - 1 2sli 

I'rerequiNilem  Ap|iinval  nl  iiiNtriiclnr  anil  ilepailinent  rliairpcrson;  upper-level 

siaiidiiiR 

A  prai  ii(al  experience  related  to  tlic  .stiidcnl's  major  area  of  study  with  objectives, 

supervised  experience,  and  evaluation.  Course  inav  be  rcfieated  Tor  a  total  of 

12»li. 


WtlBLT 


Communications  Media 


Departniciit  orduinniiiiiicatioii.s  Media 

Collcjfc  of  Education  and  Kdiicational  Technology 

COMM  101  Conimunieations  Media  in  American  Society  .'k-Olvisli 

Keijiiired  nl'Comiminicatinns  Media  majors.  .-\n  introduction  to  die  evolution, 
status,  and  liiture  tif  communications  media.  Students  explore  intrapersonal 
cdinmunicatiim  tliiough  seir-asscssment,  values  clarificaliun,  and  feedback; 
interpersonal  cunununicatinn  through  intcnicws,  observations, case  studies,  and 
gaining;  and  mass  communications  tlirough  tlie  examination  of  die  processes  and 
die  technology  utilized  to  disseminate  and  manage  information.  Career  paths, 
lu'lil  applications,  professional  associations,  and  die  primary  literature  are 
iiivestigalctl.  (Previous  tide;  Survey  of  Communications  Media) 

COMM  103  Digital  ln.«lnictional  Technology  :ic-01-3sh 

Prerequisite!  Education  major 

Introduces  fresbinaii  prcserv  ice  teachers  to  die  ever-changing  world  of  digital 
instnictional  technology.  Learners  will  be  exposed  to  computer-based  tools  of  die 
trade  used  by  teachers  in  die  deliver)'  and  inanagement  of  instruction.  Does  not 
count  towar<ls  semester  hours  neetled  for  Cuiniminications  Media  major. 


COMM  l.'iU  .'Vcslhelics  and  Theory  of  Communications  Media  3c-lll-:!sli 

Prcrcqui.site:  COMM  1(11 

Examines  die  dicoretical  assumptions  of  sight,  sound,  and  motion  as  applied  to 
the  design  of  comnumication  protlncis  for  difTerent  media  fonnats.  Within  the 
course,  strategics  for  creative  cninposition  are  demonstrated.  Psychological  and 
lihysiological  implications  of  images  arc  discussed.  (OITercd  as  CM  200  Images 
prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  201  Inlcmel  and  Midtimedia  3c-()l-.>sli 

Prerequisilc:  BTED/COSC/IKMC;  101  or  prior  exposure  to  word  processing 
and  electronic  mail 

Tlic  major  focus  will  be  on  die  cvaluadon  of  iiifoniiation  and  multimedia 
rcsourcxs  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  oiic"s 
choice.  This  infonnation  literacy  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depdi  niiderstanding  of  die  information  resources  available  clcctrnnicallv  and 
of  how  to  utilize  diem  more  etlecuvely  in  cnmmunicating.  Students  will  leani  liow 
to  access  and  utilize  these  resources  for  lwo-wa\  cnninmriii  atiuns  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incoqjorating  selected  cli-mtnt-.  in  imiltimedia 
presentadons  ofdieir  own  design.  (BTED/tX)MM,(:OS(:iFMG/LIBR  201  may 
be  iiseil  interchangeably  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate 
credit.) 

COMM  20.5  Media  Prcsenution  Skills  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  l.'iO.COMM  majors  only 

Introduces  students  to  basic  prescntauon  skills,  emphasizing  die  use  of  media  to 
enhance  presentations.  Students  will  research,  organize,  and  write  presentations, 
design  appropriate  media,  and  deliver  presentations  in  various  settings,  including 
to  large  groups,  on  camera  and  in  groups  « idi  other  students. 

COMM  2.30  Issues  in  Inlemational  Coinmuiiication  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  ol  inteniational  communications  widi  particular  emphasis  on 
communications  flow,  four-press  dieorics,  omiership.  structure  and  access  to 
media,  government/inedia  relationships,  and  die  impact  of  c^^mmunications  on 
developed  and  developing  countries. 


COMM  210  (.<immunicationii  Craphiiii  >•  -OI-:)>h 

Prerequinilei  COMM  101  nr  |Rriiii»sinn 

.An  inlriMliii  (inn  In  gnipliii  de«ign  1  niii  ipln  jiiil  related  piiKe»«rH  and  lccliiiM|Uct 
Inr  a  vanety  of  foniis  of  prcMriitalinn  media  iiu  hiding  trlcvikinn.  iniillimedia.  aiifl 
on-line  coininiinicationit  Inr  educational.  ( nr|Hiralc  training,  and  cniiiiiiutiKaiioru 
iipecialists.  Hndi  two-  and  diree-dimeniiinnal  design,  and  baiiii  aniniaunn 
concepts  will  l>e  explored,  llaiidn-on  cx|)erieiicc«  imng  a  vancly  ofgrapbii 
software  jppliialinns.  (Ollered  as  CVI  ItO  pnnr  to  l<t<)M-20<)0) 

COMM  249  llasir  Audio  Recording  Icchniqucn  3c-«l-3»h 

Prerequisites:  CO.VIM  101.  periiinsinn 

Theory  and  practice  of  recording  sound,  develnping  an  understanding  of  tlie 
language  of  sound  recording  as  well  as  die  ability  to  make  sound  redirilings. 
( >II(Ts  exposure  to  recording  fiir  various  media  including  radiri.  music,  motion 
pictures,  television,  and  multilnedia  production.  Material  alft<i  appropriate  for 
teachers  who  wish  to  make  use  of  tape  recorder  in  the  classrfHfin.  Students  will 
gain  hands-on  experieix  c  through  latis  and  projects  to  Ik  completed  outside  of 
class.  SludeiiLs  will  be  expected  to  provide  an  audio  tape  recorder.  (Olfcred  as 
CM  ■M9  prior  to  1999-2000) 

( :OMM  2.')  I   lelevision  Production  Jc-OI-  Isli 

Prerequisites:  CO.MM  101.  permission 

Develojis  basic  skills  in  television  production  and  direcUon.  O^nsideraUon  of 

rtperating  problems  of  a  television  studio,  as  well  as  funi  tjons.  limitations,  and 

capabilities  of  (elevisinii  ei)uipiiieiii  and  facilities.  (Oflered  as  C.Vl  451  pnnr  to 

1999-2000) 

COMM  271  Beginning  Photography  3c-()l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  COMM  101  or  permission 

Working  widi  black-and-white  materials,  the  student  Icams  to  operate  a  camcn, 
develop  film,  make  contact  prints  and  enlargements,  and  mount  prints  for  display. 
Ancillary  topics  are  introduced  such  as  filtration,  print  spotdng,  flash,  and  the  use 
of  accessory  lenses.  Student  is  required  to  have  a  35nini  camera,  preferably  a 
single-lens  reflex,  with  fully  manual  focusing  and  exposure  capability. 

COMM  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
dial  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  dirce  times.  .S[>ecial  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

COMM  302  Research  in  Communications  Media  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  150.  E.\(;L  101  and  202  (Grade  of  C  or  better) 
Designed  to  provide  knowledge  of  (he  resource  materials  and  research  strategics 
used  in  die  cummunications  media  field.  Students  w  ill  design  basic  data  gathering 
instruments,  collect  data,  and  assimilate  infonnaUon  (ix)m  various  sources  and 
data  into  communication  products,  services,  or  documents. 

COMM  303  ScriplMTidng  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  101.  ENGL  101  and  202  (Grade  of  C  or  belter)  or 

permission  of  instructor 

.\n  introducuon  to  die  design  of  media  materials  and  script  writing.  Style  and 
techniques  of  writing  wiU  be  analyzed.  Classroom  emphasis  is  on  wriung. 
critiques,  and  revision  of  designs  and  scripts.  Scripts  for  audio,  mulumedia 
presentations,  and  inodoii  picture  and  television  productions  will  be  written. 

COMM  305  Electronic  Media  Programming  and  Sales  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  150 

Explores  two  primary  tuncUons  of  die  electronic  media:  providing  programming 
for  audiences  and  providing  economic  viability  to  media  oudets  by  selling 
commercial  time  (o  clients.  Students  will  explore  topics  such  as  program 
development,  scheduUng.  and  promotion.  .Also  explores  the  basic  strategics  used 
in  die  electronic  media  to  sell  commercial  time  and  the  use  of  audience  and 
ratings  analysis  in  die  processes  of  programming  and  sales. 

COMM  330  Instructional  Design  for  Training  and  Dcvelopmeni       3c-OI-3sh 
Prerequisites:  COMM  101.  240,  ENGL  101  and  202  (Grade  of  C  or  better)  or 
permission 

Examines  die  systems  approach  for  the  design,  development,  and  evaluation  of 
instructional  material.  Students  uill  learn  alxmt  the  history  of  instructional  design 
and  development  and  die  current  status  of  die  field.  Each  student  will  produce  a 
self-instructional  prototype  that  will  require  die  student  to  systenuticalh  and 
creatively  apply  the  concepts  and  rules  learned  in  the  class.  (Previous  title: 
Communications  Media  in  Training  and  Education) 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


146       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


COMM  335  Communications  Consulting  and 

Project  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  101 

Presents  the  tlieoretical  views  and  clinical  applications  of  consulting  skills  and 

practices  associated  witli  and  needed  by  communication  professionals.  Presented 

will  be  the  functions  and  role  of  the  consultant,  the  client's  perspective  on 

consulting,  hiring  a  consultant,  ethics  in  consulting,  personal  assessment  tests. 

and  related  literature  and  models. 

COMM  340  Advanced  Communication  Graphics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  240.  permission 

Provides  in-depth  experience  in  planning  and  preparing  graphic  materials 
commoiJy  used  in  the  communications  profession;  graphic  materials  include 
design,  photosketching.  lettering,  slide  tiding  and  duplication,  preparation  of 
camera-ready  art,  Hdiographic  film  and  master  layout  sheets,  professional  slide  flat 
production  and  photocopy,  large-format  transparency  production,  color  key,  and 
color  systems.  (Offered  as  CM  441  prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  345  Television  Criticism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  150  or  permission  of  instructor 
The  medium  of  television  offers  a  unique  environment  for  development  and 
dehvery  of  information,  entertainment,  and  news.  Explores  and  analyzes  television 
programming.  Includes  examination  of  genres  ranging  from  situation  comedy  to 
drama,  to  mini-series  and  made-for-TV  movies. 

COMM  349  Radio  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  150  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  mtroduction  to  production  techniques  as  they  pertain  to  radio.  The  student 
will  be  exposed  to  programming,  scripting,  producing  programs,  intros,  outros. 
commercials,  pubhc  service  announcements,  station  identificauons,  and 
promotional  announcements.  Also  deals  wiUi  the  interaction  of  a  radio  station 
with  national  networks  and  widi  die  real-life  concerns  of  deadlines.  (Offered  as 
CM  405  prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  351  Advanced  Video  Production  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  251  and  COMM  303  or  403 

A  production  course  diat  emphasizes  advanced  field  production  techniques. 
Some  of  the  topics  covered  will  include  field  lighting,  video  post-production 
editing  with  A-B  roll,  on-line  editing,  and  nonlinear  editing.  Students  will  gain 
hands-on  experience  through  projects  and  field  trips. 

COMM  354  Broadcast  Regulation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  150  or  permission  of  instructor 
Delves  into  die  areas  of  law  affecting  broadcasters.  Topics  covered  are  laws 
pertaining  to  cable  television,  station  licensing  and  renewal,  poUtical 
broadcasting,  libel,  copyright,  the  right  of  reply,  and  privacy.  The  historical 
development  of  the  FCC  and  its  jurisdictions  will  also  be  examined.  Case  studies 
will  be  discussed  along  witli  die  relevancy  of  some  laws  as  they  pertain  to  today's 
societ).  (Offered  as  CM  454  prior  to  1 999-2000) 

COMM  371  Photography  II:  The  Print  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  271,  permission 

Students  will  develop  camera  and  print-making  skills  to  the  degree  diat  diev  can 
produce  salon-quality  photographic  prints.  Students  will  understand  the 
photographic  processes  utilized  in  producing  a  high-quality  negative  and  print  to 
die  extent  that  tliey  can  manipulate  those  processes  to  communicate  an  intended 
message  with  their  photographs.  An  emphasis  will  be  on  camera  and  print  control 
as  well  as  composition  and  negative  and  print  manipulation.  (Offered  as  CM  472 
prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  375  Mass  Media  and  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101  and  junior  or  senior  status 

Theory  and  research  on  die  influence  of  die  mass  media  on  human  behavior  and 
attitudes.  Topics  include  die  effects  of  news  and  poUtical  advertising  on  pubhc 
opinion;  the  effects  of  racist  and  sexist  portrayals;  and  die  effects  of  violence  and 
pornography  on  aggressive  behavior.  (Also  offered  as  PSYC  375;  may  be  taken 
only  once) 

COMM  380  The  History  of  African  Americans  in  Film  3c-OI-3sh 

Traces  the  historical  development  of  die  roles  of  African  Americans  in  film  and 
television.  Students  examine  the  early  stereotypic  portrayals  of  diis  group,  the 
origins  of  diese  stereotypes,  and  the  ongoing  changes,  positive  and  negative,  diat 
have  occurred  regarding  die  media  representation  through  research,  fihii,  and 
archetypal  analysis,  observation,  and  discussion.  The  new  generation  of  .African 
American  filmmakers  and  dieir  creative  efforts  to  promote  more  reahstic 
portrayals  are  analyzed. 

COMM  390  Practiciun  in  Communications  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  101,  written  permission 

An  opportumty  widi  credit  for  students  to  make  contribuuons  to  department  and 


campus  media-related  facilities  and  offices  including  WIUP-TV,  WIUP-FM, 
Pnin.  Pubhc  Relations,  and  Media  Resources.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6sh. 


COMM  395  Career  Planning  in  Communications  Media  lc-01-lsli 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20  COMM  semester  hours 
Serves  as  a  primary  skill-building  and  strategy-seeking  experience  for  the 
internship  program  and  later  career  entry  and  growth.  Extensive  wridng.  research, 
and  individual  counseUiig  are  involved.  Travel  may  be  necessary. 

COMM  403  Broadcast  Newswridng  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  101.  ENGL  101  and  202  (Grade  of  C  or  better)  or 
permission  of  instructor 

Acquaints  students  with  the  various  styles  and  script  formats  used  in  writing  news 
scripts  for  radio  and  television.  Includes  instruction  in  writing  news  stories  for 
radio  and  television  and  an  introduction  to  broadcast  news  production.  Students 
will  practice  and  work  to  improve  writing  skills  in  diis  area  of  broadcast  writing. 

COMM  408  Media  Field  Studies  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  COMM  101.  junior  standing,  and  permission  of  instructor 
A  hands-on  course  designed  to  help  the  students  learn  about  die  production 
process  involving  on-location  production.  Will  have  three  distinct  phases: 
students  will  begin  widi  research  and  pre-production  tasks  on  campus;  students 
may  travel  to  a  remote  site  to  collect  additional  information  and  images  and  use 
those  images  to  complete  a  production;  and  students  will  be  responsible  for  travel 
expenses.  (Offered  as  CM  401  prior  to  2000-2001 ) 

COMM  440  Multimedia  Production  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  240  or  permission  of  die  instructor 
The  student  will  learn  the  processes  and  techniques  of  planning,  designing,  and 
producing  used  widi  interactive  multimedia.  Provides  hands-on  experiences  in 
die  use  of  graphics,  audio,  animation,  video,  and  authoring  software  appUcauons 
to  produce  an  aesthetically  acceptable  product  diat  meets  specific  objectives. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  educational  media,  corporate  training,  and 
communications  specialists. 

COMM  445  Applications  and  Techniques  of  Motion  Pictures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  150  or  permission  of  instructor 

A  survey  of  die  role  that  motion  picture  film  production  plays  in  society.  A  major 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  die  variety  of  applications  widi  special  consideration 
given  to  motion  pictures  as  a  tool  to  support  research. 

COMM  449  Advanced  Audio  Recording  Techniques  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  249,  permission 

Sound  recording  utilizing  advanced  techniques  and  concentrating  on  specific 
appHcarions.  Student  participates  in  an  intensive  lab  experience  utihzing  the  most 
advanced  equipment  available.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  application,  editing, 
signal  processing,  and  multi-track  recording.  Student  is  expected  to  produce  a 
sound  recording  for  a  specific  use  of  professional  quality.  (Offered  as  CM  450 
prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  451  Broadcast  News  Process  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM251,349,  permission 

Reporting  and  presenting  radio  and  TV  news  programs.  Analysis  of  news  and 
public  affairs  broadcasting.  (Offered  as  CM  453  prior  to  1999-2000) 

COMM  460  Emerging  Trends  in  Communication  Technology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COMM  150 

An  introduction  to  die  ever-changing  world  of  telecommunication  technologies, 
focusing  on  modern,  computer-driven  modes  of  information  exchange.  Students 
will  get  an  opportunity  to  syiidiesize  several  of  the  technologies  covered  in  the 
course  and  integrate  them  into  a  workable  solution  to  a  practical 
telecommunication  problem.  (Previous  tide;  Alternative  Systems  of 
Communications) 

COMM  470  Management  Practices  in  Electronic  Communications  3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  COMM  150,  any  COMM  Writing  Intensive  course,  and  junior  or 
senior  standing 

Presents  the  theory  and  practice  of  media  management.  Areas  covered  will 
include  problem-solving,  documenting  and  reporting,  career  systems,  budgeting, 
personnel,  ownership,  unionization,  market  analysis,  and  special  topics  as  direcdy 
related  to  communications  media  industries.  Students  will  conduct  case  study 
research  related  to  their  career  direction. 

COMM  471  Electronic  Imaging  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COMM  271  or  permission 

An  introduction  to  the  use  of  electronic  still  photography  (ESP)  for  die  capture, 
recording,  and  transfer  of  still  images  and  the  use  of  computers  for  the  storage, 
manipulation,  and  output  of  color  and  black  and  while  photograph;-.  Extensive 
training  in  die  use  of  software  packages  for  image  enhancement,  restoration,  and 
manipulation  wiU  be  provided.  Students  will  learn  the  applications  of  this 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       147 


IccliiioliiKy  III  llir  priiil  in 
iiiKW  n,.u,.|M.l..ni„,,  (( >ll. 


'(Ii,i  .iiiil  will  rxariiinc  llic  clliiiul  ami  Icxnl  i 
ml  as  CM  ■)7<)|.riiirin  I <('(<)•  20(10) 


COMM  47.'>  SiiiMir  INirtrolio  Prcniiiliilian  k-OlMi 

l'riTci|iiiiiili'fii  (iiiiniiiiiiili  j(iiiiiii  Media  majiim  only,  ^-t  COMM  iiciiiciKcr  liuum, 

.iiulCdMM.'I'l.'i 

SiiidiMils  will  (iiinpilc  and  prcneiil  a  acricn  iirworku  prodiiicd  ihniiixli  prcvioii* 

( aiininiiiiiialiiiiiH  Media  ciiiirHcii  and  ailivilicn.  The  re.iull  will  be  a  ixirlfolio 

miiuilile  fur  |irenenla(iiin  ti>  a  piieential  eiM|iliiyer.  The  |iiirir<iliii  may  include 

examples  ni  sindeni  works  from  a  variely  (ilsiilijei  I  areas. 


Ill  (ioniiiiuiiii-uliiinN  Media 


.'ic-Ol-Jnli 


iir  siiiniliiiK,  iitlier  prcrc(|uiiiitc»  as 


COMM  INOSe 

l*rcie<|uiNilt«i  COMM  lOi!,  jii 

appropriate  (o  cotirse  conleiit. 

A  HCiniiiar  in  seleeled  t'liminiinieations  issues  or  pr<il>lems.  Includes  the  rcadiiij; 

and  R'vicw  of  the  i  tineiil  literature  as  appropriate  to  the  major  topic  presented  in 

die  Ncminar.  Sludenls  will  l.r  invnlvrd  in  liu-  mscik  li  .tiul  ..ral  deleiise  of  a  major 

research  paper. 

COMM  4N I  Special  liipicH  var- 1  -:isli 

PrcrvtjuiNitci  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  olfercd  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  thai  are  not  included  in  die  cstalilislicd  curriculum.  A  f^nxn  topic 
may  be  ofVercd  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  Uiaii  dirce  times.  .Special 
topics  numbered  -IK  I  are  pi'imarily  liir  upper-level  niiderj2;raduate  studeiiLs. 

COMM  im  Inlcrnsliip  var-li.  <l.  1 2.sli 

Prcn:qui.sitcMi  (X>MM  M^Ty^  <lepartment  approval 

Siipervisetl  prolessional  siinuner  work  experience  in  communications  media. 
Sites  relied  the  .uademic  goals  of  the  department  and  are  approved  and 
admniisicii  <l  liv  ,i  <k{>,irinieiil  coordinator.  Location,  duties.  Icngtli  of  internship, 
and  tioms  .It!  iniliMilii.ilK  t.iitored  to  student  career  goals.  Sites  represent  wide 

applic.iii I  [ii>><  (-SN  .ind  technology  orcommunications  in  business,  education, 

allied  health,  or  other  agencies.  Students  must  complete  40  hours  of  the 
internship  work  experience  per  semester  hour  earned.  A  maximum  of  l.'>sh  is 
applicable  to  an  undergraduate  degree  program  from  any  i  (inibinalion  of 
internship  and  practicuni  experience. 


cose 


iputer  Science 


Department  of  Computer  Science 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

cose  101  Micrt)ba.scd  Computer  Literacy  .Sc-Ol-.ish 

An  intniiluctory  course  designed  to  pro\idc  students  widi  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  compulers.  Kaniiliarizes  students  with  the  interaction  of 
computer  hardware  and  suliwarc.  .An  emphasis  is  placed  on  die  application  of 
microcomputers,  die  use  of  produclivit)'  software  (word  processing,  spreadsheet 
management,  file  and  database  management),  and  die  social  and  etliical  aspects  of 
die  impact  of  compulers  on  society.  (Does  not  count  toward  Computer  Science 
major.)  Note;  Course  is  cross-listed  as  BTED  101  and  IFMG  101.  Any  of  tliese 
courees  may  be  substituted  for  each  odicr  and  may  be  used  interchangeably  for  D 
or  F  repeats  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  credit. 

cose  lOIJ  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  :5c-OI-.'Jsh 

The  first  course  lor  Computer  Science  majors.  Rcijuired  of  all  Computer  Science 
stiidciiLs  and  appropriate  for  oUier  Natural  Sciences  and  Madicmatics  studenus. 
Topics  include  die  fundamcnUil  concepts  of  computer  architecture,  algoridim 
development  and  analysis,  programming  languages,  sofhvarc  engineering,  data 
organization  and  representation,  and  systems  software.  Hands-on  intn)duction  to 
computer  usage  widi  an  emphasis  on  terminology  and  the  underlying  connections 
widiin  die  discipline. 

cose  1 10  Problem  Solving  and  Structured  Programming  :ic-01-;Jsli 

For  Science.  Madiematics,  and  Computer  Science  majors  and  for  otiiers  who  have 
a  suRiciendy  quantitative  orientation.  Basic  stnicture  of  modern  digital 
computers;  problem  analysis  and  c-omputer  solution  using  flowcharting  and  die 
C++  language.  Exemption  or  credit  by  examination  possible. 

cose  201  Internet  and  Multimedia  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  prior  exposure  to  word  processing 
and  electronic  mail 

The  major  focus  will  be  on  die  evaluation  ofinrnrmadoii  and  muluniedia 
resources  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
choice.  This  information  literacy  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depdi  understanding  of  die  infomiauon  resources  arailable  electronically  and 
of  how  to  utilize  Uieni  more  eflectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how- 
to  aixess  and  utiUze  diese  resources  for  t^vo-way  comiiiunicadons  and  support  for 


dccinioii  making  while  iiii  fir|><iraling  selected  cicmcnu  in  inulumcdu 
prcK-ntations  of  dicir  own  design.  (l»TE»/C;(JMM/eOSC/IFMf./LIBR  201  iruy 
lie  used  interchangeably  for  I)  or  K  repeals  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate 
iredit.) 

COS*;  20.1  Programming  languagca  for  Secondary  F^ucation  3c-<)l-:J»h 

Prcrel|uiiiile:  |jliji.ilion  major 

Provides  an  introduction  to  die  dirce  high-level  progrjininilig  laiigiiagti  mint 
commonly  used  in  seiondar)  education:  Pascal,  MMiO,  and  BASK,,  widi 
paruciilar  emphasis  on  Pascal.  Also  includes  a  comparative  study  of  die  control 
stnii  lures  and  data  stnicturcs  present  in  diese  ihrce  languages.  Inlended  Ui 
establish  a  solid  fouiufation  to  prepare  prospective  tcadicrs  of  tumputing  courKS 
K-12.  (Note:  Previous  experience  with  microcoinpulers  is  strongly  rccornineridcd. 
Does  not  count  toward  a  Computer  Science  major.  Credit  toward  graduation  will 
not  be  given  if  tins  course  is  taken  after  completing  Oili  or  more  of  CUSC 
courses.) 

cose  220  Applied  Computer  Programming  3c-OI-39h 

Prerequisite:  CO.SC  1 10  or  ec|uivalenl 

.Structured  programming  principles  and  tcchniijues.  as  implemented  dircmgli  die 
.\NS  CX)BOL  language;  program  design  using  top-dcnvn  technicjucs;  program 
and  project  documentation;  introduction  to  sequential  file  algondims. 

cose  250  Introduction  to  Numerical  Methods  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSf;  1 10,  MATH  122  or  I2.3  or  127 
.Mgoridimic  methods  for  function  evaluation,  roots  of  ecjuations,  solutions  to 
systems  of  linear  equations,  inter]>olation,  curve  fitling,  numerical  difTerentiaticjii 
and  integration;  errors  in  computadon.  Intrcxluction  to  FORTRAN90 
programming  and  introduction  to  die  use  ofa  matheinaucal  software  package  Ui 
graph  functions. 

C:(  )SC  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite;  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  tcmporan  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curricnilum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idenuty  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  2S I  are  ofTered  primarily  for  lower-le\el  undergraduate  students. 

cose  300  Assembly  Language  Progianuning  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  1 1 0  or  equivalent 

An  examinadon  of  structure  and  languages  of  machines;  reprcsentaUon  of  data, 
addressing  techniques,  synibohc  coding,  assemblers.  macTos.  etc.;  problem 
solution  using  assembly  language. 

cose  304  Interactive  Internet  Programming  with  Java  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  (^OSC  1 10  or  equivalent 

All  introduction  to  interacdvc  Internet  programming  usingjava.  The  focus  b  on 
wriung  platfonn-independcnt  multimedia  applications  diat  are  useable  across  the 
Internet.  L'ses  a  write-once,  mn-any^vhere  approach  while  providing  adequate 
security.  Covers  event-based  processing,  multithreading.  MIME  file  liandUng, 
exccpuon  handling,  sandbox  security,  networking,  and  component  architectures. 

COSC310Data  Structures  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  110 

Basic  concepts  of  data:  storage  systems  and  structures;  lists,  arrays,  strings, 

hashing  techniques;  searching  and  sordng  techniques;  data  structures  in 

prugraniining  languages;  string  processing.  Programming  in  an  object-oriented 

language. 

COSC  3 1 .5  Large  File  Organization  and  .\cccss  3c-0I-3sh 

PrertiquLsite:  COSC  220 

The  organizauon  of  large  computer  files  for  business  systems,  informadon 
systems,  and  odier  applicauons.  Use  of  advanced  COBOL  for  efficient  file  access. 
Evaluation  of  file  access  methods  and  directorv-  organizauon.  Introduction  to 
random  file  algoridinis  and  integrated  file  systems. 

cose  3 1 9  Software  Engineering  Concepts  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  3 1 .5  or  permission  of  instructor 

Includes  die  collection  of  tools,  pnicedures.  methodologies,  and  acxumulaled 

knowledge  about  the  development  of  the  soft\\are  life  cvcle;  current 

mediodologies.  tools,  and  techniques  being  applied  to  each  phase  will  be 

discussed  in  depth  with  localized  exercises  gi^■en  to  reinforce  learning  of 

concepts. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001 


148       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


cose  320  Software  Engineering  Practice  1  c-2tl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  319  or  pemiission  of  inslnictor 

Planning,  design,  and  implenientaiion  of  large  software  systems  using  software 
engineering  teclini(]ues.  Students  work  in  project  teams  on  real  or  realistic 
software  development  projects.  Credit  for  either  COSC  320  or  493  may  count 
toward  computer  science  major  requirements  for  graduation  but  not  both;  the 
other  course  semester  hours  are  free  electives. 

COSC  345  Data  Communications  '3c-Ol-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  1 10  or  220:  MATH  121  or  123;  MATH  214  or  216  or 

217;  or  equivalents 

Communication  of  digital  data  between  computers  and  to  and  from  terminals  and 

other  peripherals;  computer  networks;  small  design  projects  or  term  paper. 

COSC  352  LAN  Design  and  Installation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IFMG  350  or  BTST  313  or  any  COSC  course  numbered  300  or 
higher 

A  study  of  fundamental  local  area  networking  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  the 
basics  of  local  area  network  (LAN)  technolog)'.  Comparative  study  of 
commercially  available  LAN  systems  and  products.  Features  a  hands-on 
laborator)-  implementation  of  a  LAN.  Cross-listed  as  IFMG  352.  Eitlier  course 
may  be  substituted  for  die  odier  for  D/F  repeats  but  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit. 

COSC  354  Testing  and  Controlling  LANs  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  352  or  IFMG  352  or  equivalent 

Explores  local  area  network  (LAN)  topologies  and  their  associated  protocols. 
Introduces  ways  of  interconnecting,  securing,  and  maintaining  LANs.  Provides 
students  with  hands-on  experience  in  the  interconnection  of  multiple  LANs.  Also 
presents  a  hands-on  approach  to  design,  testing,  and  administration  of 
interconnected  LANs.  Cross-listed  as  IFMG  354.  Either  course  may  be 
substituted  for  the  other  for  D/F  repeats  but  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit. 

COSC  355  Computer  Graphics  2c-ll-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  310  and  junior  status 

The  use  of  computer  graphics  hardware  and  software.  An  overview  of  current 
appUcations  and  experience  with  representative  software  will  introduce  current 
practice.  Foundations  in  primitives,  geometry,  and  algorithms  of  passive  computer 
graphics  are  the  principal  focus  of  die  course.  A  brief  introduction  to  interactive 
computer  graphics  will  be  included. 

COSC  360  IBM  Job  Control  Language  Ic-OMsh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  220  or  pcnnission  of  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  the  job  control  language  (JCRLG  )  of  the  IBM  OS  operating 

system;  comparison  of  OS  with  the  locally  available  DEC  operadng  system,  VAX 

VMS. 

COSC  362  Unix  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  310  or  pennission  of  instnictor 
An  introduction  to  the  features,  syntax,  applications,  and  history  of  UNIX. 
Coverage  includes  utilities,  system  administration,  development  environments, 
and  networking  concerns  including  distributed  systems,  cHent-server  compudng, 
and  providing  Web  services. 

COSC  380  Seminar  on  the  Computer  Profession  Oc-ld-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Permission 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  Hterature  of  computer  science  and 
industry  trade  journals;  effective  oral  presentadons;  emplovment  prospects. 
Should  be  taken  die  semester  before  an  internship  or  the  first  semester  of  the 
senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  die  same  rime  as  COSC  480. 

COSC  405  Artificial  Intelligence  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  310 

An  introduction  to  die  field  of  artificial  intelligence,  i.e.,  die  study  of  ideas  diat 
enable  computers  to  process  data  in  a  more  intelligent  way  than  conventional 
practice  allows.  Covers  many  information  representation  and  informarion 
processing  techniques.  Students  will  explore  die  underlying  theory  including 
matching,  goal  reduction,  constraint  exploration,  search,  control,  problem  solving, 
and  logic. 

COSC  410  Processor  Architecture  and  Microprogramming  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  300  and  310 

The  logical  description  of  computer  processor  structure  (architecture),  with  an 

emphasis  on  the  microprogramming  approach.  Project  assignments  using 

minicomputer. 

COSC  419  Software  Development  witii  Ada  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  310 

An  introducrion  to  die  Ada  programming  language  as  a  tool  of  the  software 

engineer.  Projects  will  use  the  advanced  programming  constructs  resident  in  Ada, 


including  packages,  multi-tasking,  generic  units,  exception  handlers,  and 
concurrent  programming. 

COSC  420  Modern  Programnung  Languages  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  220  and  310 

A  comparative  study  of  the  properties  and  applications  of  a  range  of  modern 
higher-level  programming  languages,  including  Ada,  APL,  C,  LISP,  LOGO, 
Pascal.  PROLOG,  and  SNOBOL.  Comparison  with  older  languages  such  as 
ALGOL,  BASIC,  COBOL,  FORTRAN,  and  PL/I. 

COSC  424  Compiler  Construction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  300  and  310 

Relates  the  formal  concepts  of  automata  and  language  theorv-  to  die  practicalitv'  of 
construcring  a  high-level  language  translator.  The  structures  and  techniques  used 
in  lexical  analysis,  parsing,  syntax  directed  translation,  intermediate  and  object 
code  generation,  and  oprimization  are  emphasized. 

COSC  430  Introduction  to  Systems  Programming  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  300  and  310 

Concepts  and  techniques  of  systems  programming  widi  an  emphasis  on  assembly, 
linking,  loading,  and  macro  processing  for  user  programs.  Overview  of  higher- 
level  language  translation  and  system  control.  Programming  and  research  projects. 

COSC  432  Introduction  to  Operating  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  300,  COSC  310  or  equivalents 

.A.n  introduction  to  the  principles  of  operating  system  design  and  implementarion. 
Topics  include  interrupt  service,  process  states  and  transitions,  spooling, 
management  of  memory  and  disk  space,  virtual  storage,  scheduling  processes  and 
devices,  and  file  systems. 

COSC  44 1  Database  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  315 

A  review  of  database  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  database  management 
approaches.  Comparadve  study  of  commercially  available  database  management 
systems.  Project  on  the  locally  available  database  systems. 

COSC  444  Productivity  Tools  and  Fourth  Generation  Language        3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  COSC  441  or  IFMG  450 

Develop  an  understanding  of  producdvity  issues  and  how  Fourth  GeneraUon 
Languages  (4GL)  improve  producdvity  as  contrasted  with  3GLs.  Advances  in  die 
programming  paradigm  such  as  event-driven  programming,  objects,  reusabilit); 
graphical  user  interface  (GUI)  design  and  development,  information  systems 
based  on  relational  databases,  and  chent/server  technology  are  addressed. 
Students  will  gain  a  pracdcal  experience  with  these  concepts  through  an  in-depth 
study  of  Visual  Basic  and  the  development  of  a  GUI  interface  to  a  relational 
database  using  Visual  Basic. 

COSC  450  Applied  Numerical  MeUiods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  250.  MATH  171.  and  MATH  24 1 .  or  equivalents 
Polynomial  approximarions  using  finite  differences,  with  appUcations  in 
numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Numerical  soiuUon  of  inidal  value 
ordinary  differendal  equations.  The  APL  language  will  be  introduced  and  used, 
along  with  FORTRAN,  in  programming  selected  algorithms. 


COSC  451  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  121  and  122,  or  MATH  123  or  127.  MATH  171,  COSC 

250 

Supercomputers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures— vector  and  parallel 

processors^in  order  to  achieve  die  fastest  processing  speed  currendy  available. 
Students  will  be  introduced  to  these  features  and  will  learn  how  numerical 
algorithms  can  be  constnicted  to  exploit  supercomputers'  capabifides.  Students 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  programming  for  the  Cray,  YMP,  in  incorporating 
existing  sciendfic  software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitUng 
remote  jobs  to  the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated 
graphical  output  to  summarize  the  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated 
by  large  scientific  programs.  (Also  offered  as  MATH  451;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit) 

COSC  460  Theory  of  Computation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  310  or  consent  of  instructor 

Fomial  methods  for  describing  and  analyzing  programming  languages  and 

algoridinis.  Backus-Naur  forms;  producdons;  regular  expressions;  introduction  to 

automata  theory;  Turing  machines;  recent  concepts  in  algorithm  theory 

computabiht)'. 

COSC  480  Seminar  on  Technical  Topics  Oc- 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  See  text  below 

Reading,  review,  and  discussion  of  the  current  literature  of  computer  science  and 
industr)'  professional  and  techmcal  journals;  oral  presentations.  Should  be  taken 
the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Should  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time  as 
COSC  380. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    UESCRlPriONS       149 


COSC'tHI  S|iciiarr<.|iit«  varlMi 

PrercquiKUci  An  u|i|ini|ii'ialc  lo  (<iiirin;  iniiUiil 

A  ncmiiiur  in  iidvarutd  lii|>ii'«  (iliDmimlcr  siicnre;  cniilciil  will  var>'  (lr|«ri(liiiK 

nil  iiilcrcnin  iii'liinlnK'tiir  and  nliiiliriDi.  May  he  re|>calc(l  liir  a<l(litiimal  <  rcilil. 

Si)fcialTi.|.i<»niiinl><rcil  ISI  ,itc- |.rimarlly  fnr  ii|)|.irUv.l  iinilirnra.liiaK- 

Kludc'iil!!. 

cose  Wi  lii<lt'|Kii<l('iil  Sliidy  var  I   Inli 

I'rcreiiuinili':  rimf  .i|j|irM\.il  tliriiiinh  adviiiir.  laniltv  imliilitr.  dr|>arlMiciil 

.  liairpeiHi.n.  <l<'..n.  .iri.l  I'mvoil's  ( )irK  t- 

Siiidi'iil.H  willi  inU'icHi  in  iiiili'|ic'iidi'iil  Mndy  <>i  a  iii|iir  mil  iilTircd  in  llic 

tiirriciiliiiii  may  |iin|M>st'  a  plan  nlsliidv  in  (iin|iirii  unii  hiiIi  a  ratully  mciiihcr. 

A|,|)inval  based  ..n  aiad.lni.  a|lll^n|>naU■n^•^^  and  availaliilily  ..rrtMilirtcs. 

cose  IHr>  liidcpcndcnl  Study  var-l2sli 

l'rrrc<|iiiiiili.-!i:  IVnniiisinn  nla  imiipniir  s.  iiiiic  larnlly  rncnibcr  wjin  aRrccs  Ui 
»lipcni»f  llic  sllidinl's  pnijiil.  Arraiiniliunli  Inr  •iclcilinn  iif a  •ipciific  topic 
must  be*  made. 

COSC'tH.'i  IiiltTiiiiliip  ill  Computer  Sciciiit:  var-l2fib 

I'rt'rcquMitvNi  ( !( )S( ;  )(!().  )  1 0.  i  I  h. .)  I  <l.  ;iHO,  ntiicr  cnurscs  depending  on  type 
ol  iiiternsllip  piuition  desired,  Ldinplelion  orapplicatinn,  and  selection  by 
ciimmittce 

I'ositioiis  widi  participating  companies  provide  students  witli  paid  experience  in 
(oinpiiler  science  iiniler  the  supervision  «rtbc  companies  and  Taculty. 
Ke>|iiiieiiienls  include  diree  on-site  constillalions.  two  university  consultations, 
t  oinplelion  ofprogress  report.s,  oral  presentation,  and  a  nnal  cumulative  paper. 
OtVcrcd  only  to  students  (luring  tbe  second  semester  and  .summer  of  tiie  junior 
year  or  die  summer  and  the  lirsi  semester  of  die  senior  year.  No  innre  diaii  ^sh  ol 
cose  W.i  may  be  applied  toward  Uie  semester-boiir  rc(|uiremcnLs  for  die  major 
in  Computer  Science. 


CRIM 


Crimtiiolo)>;y 


ounseior  Education 


Department  orCiDniiscliiig 

College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog)' 

COl'N  2.50  Developing  Interpersonal  Relationship  Skills  Ic-OI-lsb 

Teaches  inteqiersonal  relationship  skills:  listening,  communicating,  group 
tlvnamics,  decision  making,  leadenibip,  assertiveness,  time-use  management, 
prolilem  solving,  and  conflict  resolution.  Restricted  to  residence  hall  counselors. 

COUN  253  Counseling  in  School  Settings  3c-OI-.3sli 

\\\  elective  ccmrse  designed  to  provitle  in-semce  teachers  and  school  persormel. 
other  tliaii  counselors,  with  a  basic  understanding  of  die  knowledge,  information, 
.md  skills  appropriate  to  counseling  with  individuals  and  groups.  Restricted  to 
peer  tutors. 

COUN  28 1  Special  Topics  rar- 1  -.3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  otlcrcd  oil  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  indudeil  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  ofiercd 
under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  dian  direc  times.  Special  topics 
mimbcred  2S I  are  olVercd  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

COUN  481  Special  Topics  rar-1-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  .A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity-  no  more  Uian  dirce  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  i"or  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

COUN  482  Independent  Study  «r-l-3sb 

Prerequisite:  Prior  appnn-al  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjimctioii  «-itli  a  facult)'  member. 
.Approral  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  r 


Department  ol  (  i  iiiiiii'>l.,;^\ 

(loiiej^c  of  Hiitiiiiiiitics  <in(l  Sotial  .S<  iciiccs 

CRIM  101  Crime  and  Junticc  Syslemn  ti  OlMi 

Introduces  die  field  of  criminology  ibrough  die  examination  of  hisionial  dau. 
statistical  inforinalion.  dicories  of  mmiiial  (aiisation.  social  (onlrol  of  behavior, 
ilcveliipmcnt  of  laws,  evaluation  oltnminal  justice  system  policies,  priKcdures, 
and  trends.  Students  will  learn  die  terminology  of  the  field,  gain  an  awareiie»>  of 
die  mediods  of  in(|uiry  ulili«;d  in  die  field,  and  have  die  opportunity  U>  examine 
personal  attitudes  and  »-alucs  regarding  crime  and  rcs|xinscs  to  cnine. 

CRIM  102  Survey  of  Criminolojnr  .lc-<)l-3sh 

Provides  an  understanding  of  die  discipline  <if  criminology  through  an 
examination  of  its  Uicorics,  basic  assumptions,  and  definitions. 

CRIM  2 1 0  Criminal  Uw  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  die  historv'  and  sources  of  criminal  law  coupled  widi  an  analysis  of  tlic 
substantive  eleinciiLs  of  specific  crimes. 

CRIM  2fiO  Criminal  Procedure  and  Admissibility  of  Evidence  3c-OI-3>h 

\jtw  of  arrest,  search,  and  seizure,  with  discussion  of  important  case  law.  Analysis 
of  safeguards  eslalilislied  for  protection  of  individual  liberties. 

CRIM  270  Juvenile  Justice  System  3c-OI-3»h 

A  study  of  die  agencies  and  processes  dealing  with  juvenile  justice  in  die  L'nitcd 
States. 

CRIM  28 1  Special  Topics  s-ar- 1  -Ssh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

.Special  topics  are  oflered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary*  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  cstabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  diaii  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  2SI  are  offeretl  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

CRIM  283  Police  Patrol  Administration  3c-0l-39h 

The  study  of  die  role  and  characteristics  of  die  police  patrol  function.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  understanding  how  patrol  relates  to  other  police  fijncliofis 
and  its  effect  on  crime. 

CRIM  291  Theory  and  Techniques  of  Interviewing  3c-01-3sh 

Consideration  of  die  theory,  nature,  mediods.  and  principles  of  interviewing. 

CRIM  295  Criminal  Investigation  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  logical  and  scientific  principles  necessary  for  the  detection  and 
investigation  analysis  of  criminal  activities.  Theories  of  information,  interrogation, 
observation  and  interrogation,  and  observadon  and  ethics  are  among  the  topics  to 
be  discussed. 

CRIM  300  Theory  of  Complex  Criminal  Justice  Organizations  3c-01-35h 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  102  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  study  of  die  evtilution  and  dieories  of  organizauonal  altematis'cs  and  their 
apphcation  to  the  administration  ofjusdce. 

CRIM  30«i  Criminological  Research  Methods  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  102  or  peniiissioii  of  instructor 

.An  intruducuon  to  the  basic  criminological  research  methods  designed  to  prepare 
die  student  to  understand  and  participate  in  quantitads'e  and  qualitati^'e  research. 

CRIM  355  Crime  in  the  W'orkpUce  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  the  theoretical  and  legal  basis  of  crime  in  die  workplace. 

CRIM  357  Law,  Social  Contral,  and  Society  3c-01  3sh 

The  evolution  and  development  of  die  modem  legal  system.  Topics  include  civil, 
criminal,  and  administration  law.  die  legal  profession,  legal  sv*stems  in  .American 
societ);  and  the  law  as  one  of  many  instruments  of  social  control  and  social 
change. 

CRIM  361  Juvenile  Law  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  pertinent  juvenile  law  and  procedure  im^olving  t:ase  study  methods. 

CRIM  370  Correctional  Institutions  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  examination  of  die  organization  and  fiinction  of  correctional  institutions.  .An 
emphasis  is  placed  on  \arious  social  processes  and  problems  associated  with 
incarceration. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


150       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


CRIM  371  Community-Based  Corrections  3c-01-3sh 

A  sur\'ey  of  noiiinstitutiutjal  programs,  focusing  on  alteniatives  to  incarceration  In 
community  settings.  Programs  reviewed  include  prerelease,  probation,  parole, 
lialtway  houses,  and  restitution-based  programs. 

CRIM  383  Police  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  ot  police  management,  stmcture,  and  operations  and  tlieir  roles  in  the 
quality  ol'services  dellveied.  The  relationship  between  |)olice  administration  and 
its  social  environment  will  be  examined. 

CRIM  386  Correctional  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

.A  study  of  correctional  management,  stmctures,  and  operations  and  their  roles  in 
tlie  quality  of  sen-ices  delivered.  The  relationship  between  correctional 
administration  and  its  social  enviroimient. 

CRIM  388  Court  Administration  3c-01-3sh 

.\  study  of  court  responsibility  within  the  criminal  and  civil  justice  systems; 
jurisdictions,  policies,  and  management  procedures  in  court  administration. 

CRIM  390  Women  and  Crime  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  tlie  nature  and  extent  of  women's  crime,  theories  of  female  criminality, 
processing  of  women  offenders  through  the  criminal  justice  system,  the  response 
of  police  and  court  officials  to  women  as  victims  of  crime,  and  opportunities  for 
women  as  employees  in  criminal  justice  agencies. 

CRIM  391  Substance  Use  and  Abuse  in  Criminal  Justice  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  substance  use  and  abuse  confronting  American  society.  Alcohol  and 
drug  use  and  abuse  education,  philosophy,  physiological  effects,  and  social 
aspects  will  be  examined  in  terms  of  control  measures  and  public  safety. 

CRIM  400  Theoretical  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

A  review  and  criucal  analysis  of  the  major  criminological  theories  begiiming  with 
die  Classical  School;  psychological,  sociological,  economic,  biological,  and 
political  theories  of  crime  and  its  causes  will  be  included. 

CRIM  401  Contemporary  Issues  in  Criminology  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  crime  in  modem  Western  society.  An 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  issues  selected  from,  but  not  limited  to,  emerging 
patterns  of  violence,  organized  crime,  white  collar  crime,  victimless  crime, 
corruption,  and  those  crime  control  strategies  deemed  appropriate  in  a 
democracy. 

CRIM  416  Criminal  Justice  Personnel  and  Supervision  3c-01-3sh 

k  smdy  of  public  personnel  systems  vvidi  specific  application  to  criminal  justice 
agencies.  The  role  and  lijnction  of  supervision  as  a  concept  of  a  comprehensive 
personnel  system  as  well  as  tlie  relationship  between  agency  personnel  and  the 
impact  on  crime  will  be  examined. 

CRIM  451  Etiology  of  Delinquent  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  tlie  prevalent  tlieories  of  delinquency  causation  witli  a  view  toward 
developing  prevention,  control,  and  treatment  approaches. 

CRIM  470  Comparative  Study  ofjustice  3c-01-3sh 

Comparison  of  .•\merican  systems  of  administration  ofjustice  widi  those  of  other 
nations. 

CRIM  480  Seminar  in  Criminology— The  Administration  ofjustice  3c-01-3sli 
k  study  of  selected  topics  in  criminology— the  administration  ofjustice.  May  be 
taken  more  than  once  for  a  maximum  of  6sh.  Not  for  credit  after  prior  CRIM  480. 

CRIM  481  Special  Topics  in  Criminology  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Department  consent 

A  seminar  providing  study  of  selected  topics  not  emphasized  in  odier  courses. 
May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  6sh. 

CRIM  482  Independent  Study  in  Criminology  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

CRIM  491  Individual  and  Croup  Treatment  Modalities  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  therapeutic  techrii(|ues,  jnocess,  and  apphcation  used  in  various 
criminal  justice  environments. 

CRIM  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

A  structured  field  placement  designed  to  broaden  die  student's  educational 
experience  through  observation  and  participation  In  work  assignments  In 
government  or  private  sectors.  6sh  of  credit  can  be  applied  to  the  major 
requirements. 


tiollege  (it  Hiiiiiaiiities  and  Social  Sciences 

Critical  Languages  are  offered  in  four  levels.  See  program  description  In  die 
opening  section  of  the  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences.  Specific 
languages  are  offered  as  available. 

CRLG  101-120  Critical  Languages  I  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  vocabulary  and  pronunciation  in  the  target  language.  Oral/aural  skills  are 

stressed. 

CRLG  101  Arabic  1 

CRLG  102  Chinese  1 

CRLG  103  Dutch  1 

CRLG  104  Finnish  I 

CRLG  105  Hindi! 

CRLG  106  Hungarian  I 

CRLG  108  Japanese  I 

CRLG  109  Korean  1 

CRLG  110  Modern  Greek  I 

CRLG  1 1 1  Portuguese  I 

CRLG  112  Russian  I 

CRLG  1 13  Swedish  I 

CRLG  114  Hebrew  1 

CRLG  115  SwaliUil 


CRLG  151-170  Criucal  Languages  II 

Prerequisite:  Level  I  or  acceptable  equivalent 

k  continuation  of  the  first-semester  course.  Depending  on  the 

studied,  reading  and  writing  may  be  introduced  at  dils  level. 


3c-01-3sh 
being 


CRLG  151 
CRLG  152 
CRLG  153 
CRLG  154 
CRLG  155 
CRLG  156 
CRLG  158 
CRLG  159 
CRLG  160 
CRLG  161 
CRLG  162 
CRLG  163 
CRLG  164 
CRLG  165 


Arabic  II 
Chinese  II 
Dutch  II 
Finnish  II 
Hindi  II 
Hungarian  II 
Japanese  II 
Korean  II 
Modern  Greek  II 
Portuguese  II 
Russian  II 
Swedish  11 
Hebrew  II 
SwahUi  II 


CRLG  201  -  220  Critical  Languages  III  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Level  II  or  acceptable  equivalent 

At  this  first  intermediate  level,  students  will  begin  to  develop  a  degree  of  oral 
proficiency  diat  will  vary  with  die  language  studied.  Reading  and  writing  will  be 
studied  in  all  languages  by  this  level. 


CRLG  201 
CRLG  202 
CRLG  203 
CRLG  204 
CRLG  205 
CRLG  206 
CRLG  208 
CRLG  209 
CRLG  210 
CRLG  211 
CRLG  212 
CRLG  213 
CRLG  214 
CRLG  215 


Arabic  III 
Chinese  III 
Dutch  III 
Finnish  III 
Hindi  III 
Hungarian  III 
Japanese  III 
Korean  III 
Modern  Greek  III 
Portuguese  III 
Russian  III 
Swedish  III 
Hebrew  111 
Swahill  III 


CRLG  25 1  -  270  Critical  Languages  IV  3c-0l-3s 

Prerequisite:  Level  III  or  acceptable  equivalent 

By  die  end  of  this  course  die  student  should  be  able  to  communicate  in  simple 
terms  with  an  educated  native  speaker  on  a  topic  widi  which  the  student  is 
famdiar.  Ability  in  reading  and  writing  will  vary  widi  language. 


CRLG  251 
CRLG  252 
CRLG  253 
CRLG  254 
CRLG  255 
CRLG  256 
CRLG  258 
CRLG  259 
CRLG  260 


Arabic  IV 
Chinese  IV 
Dutch  IV 
Finnish  IV 
Hindi  IV 
Hungarian  IV 
Japanese  IV 
Korean  IV 
Modern  Greek  IV 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE  descriptions"   151 


VM.V.IM 
VM.V.iM 


k'lr 


I'c.tlllKIICHC   IV 
i(i|»Hl.lll    IV 

Swdlisli  IV 
llilu.«   IV 

Su.ilnh  l\ 

Da  net- 


Deparliiiciii  iiiriicih  i  .ind  D.iiitc 
(loik'jfi-  III  i'iiic  Alls 

DANC  11)2  liiinxliitlioii  l<>  Daiitc  .Ic-Ul-ioii 

Kxaiiiiiics  cl.iiiK  .IS  .1  |ir>l<iiiiiiii)>  .irl  in  Imlli  llic  liisliirical  iiiitl  culliirjl  conti-xU. 
Ainu  iiu  liuli".  llii  .iii.il)  SIS  III  J  inajiir  jiiccc  (ilcliorcoKraiiliy,  atlciidiiij;  live 
|icri(iriiiiiiii'i.'ii,  and  vicH  inx  sclttl  works  iif  dance.  Nii  prcviuns  dance  cx|ifricncT 
i»  ie(|nired.  (Ollcifd  as  IHTR  102  pricir  In  2n()l-(l2) 

DANC:  1 50  Finulaiiu'iiluis  of  Dunrc  .kill -.Isli 

A  Itasic  <laiu('  lc(  linii{ii<  ili.il  s<'i{iicmially  dcvclups  llic  cIciiicnKi  iirnmvcmcnl 
(s|>ai't',  time,  liiicc)  iiilii  .i  \,iritiv  iil dance  genres  and  pcriiid  styles.  Olivers  special 
care  and  salelv  .il  llie  iiisiniin.  iii     llie  Imdy.  (Offered  as  THTR  1 .50  priiir  K, 
2001-02) 

DANC  2.'>0  Conlempiirary  Dance  .k-OI-.'ish 

Ciinleinpiiian  dance  teclini(|iics.  iinpriivisatiun.  and  cliiirenKrapliy.  Examines  the 
liisliirical  develnpnieiil  and  ciiluiral  inlUiences  on  the  cliaii|;ing  pliilnsophics  of 
conteniporar>-  dance  perliimiance  today.  PeH'onnance  ofcreativc  work  require<l. 
(Olllred  as  niTR  2.10  prior  to  200 1 -()2) 


lepeatrd  Willi  a  dillernil  loi  iih 
02) 


til  nine.  (Olleied  a«  III  IK  W,  prior  to  2001- 


:tc-oi-:isli 

ronillie  l!)20s  liiroiiKli  llie 
ciioreoj;rapliy.  (Offered  as 


DANC  2t)UJazz  Dance 

|a7,7  leclinii|ues.  dynamics,  and  slylc  lor  tlicater  danci 
ineseiil.  The  emphasis  will  he  on  anatvsis  orimisic  To 
TMTR  2(iO  prior  to  2001 -02) 

DANC  270  Ballniom  and  Tap  Dance  Jc-01-3sh 

.■\  sei|iienlial  ilcvclopmciit  of  tap  and  ballroom  dance  techniques  in  tlie  context  of 
historical  developineni  and  perioil  styles.  Perfomiaiice  for  an  audience  is 
required.  (Offered  as  11 ITR  270  prior  to  200 1  -02) 

DANC  280  Ballet  .k-OI  .Jsh 

Se(|uentia)  development  of  barre  and  center  techniques  that  pnif^ress  to  linking; 
moves,  turning,  and  jumps,  to  dance  sequences  and  choreography.  The  historical 
periods  of  development  and  the  status  of  die  art  today  will  be  examined  in  a 
cultural  context  which  includes  gender  and  minoritv  influences.  (Offered  as 
Tl  ITR  2S0  prior  to  200 1 -02) 

DANC  2»0  Ethnic  Dance  3c-01-.isli 

Includes  dance  techniques  from  a  variety  of  indigenous  fonns  from  Western  and 
F.asterii  cultures.  Presented  in  die  historical  and  social  context.  An  emphasis  will 
be  given  to  the  needs  of  theater  production.  (Offered  as  THTR  290  prior  to 
2001-02) 

DANC;}.51  Choreography  .Jc-01-;isli 

Prercqiiisilc:  One  of  the  following  introductory  or  advanced-level  dance  classes; 
DANC  150,  250.  2()0.  270,  280,  485:  or  pennission  of  instructor 
Introduces  die  necessary  choreographic  tools  needed  to  manipulate  dance  as  a 
medium  to  create  dance  works.  The  class  will  leant  and  use  various  approaches  to 
die  choreographic  process  to  create  dance  works,  one  of  which  will  be  presented 
ill  a  public  showing  at  die  end  of  the  semester.  (Offered  as  Tl  ITR  35 1  prior  to 
2001-02) 

D.\NC  ,'J5;)  Dance  Curriculum  and  Inslmclion  :ic-01-.ish 

Prerequisite:  One  of  the  tollowmg  theater  courses:  DA.NC  250,  260,  270,  280. 
2^Mt.  or  185;  or  pennission  of  instnictor 

liitiodnces  die  necessary  teaching  skills  and  curriculum  development  needed  to 
understaiul  die  peilagogical  stniclure  for  leaching  dance.  The  class  will  leant  the 
apprxiaches  to  teaching  that  are  unique  to  dance  and  will  Icani  how  to  design 
dance  curriculum.  (Ollired  as  THTR  .35;>  prior  to  200 1  -02) 

DANC  485  Dance  .Studio  3c-0l-.isli 

Prerequisite:  DANC  250.  2(>0.  270.  or  280  (begiiiiiing  technique  class  taken 
must  he  the  specilic  dance  genre  of  die  Dance  Studio  class  offered);  or  by 
pennission  of  instructor 

KurUiers  die  develupmcnt  of  die  danc-er  at  die  iniemiediate  level  of  a  specified 
genre  of  dance.  Development  in  dance  requires  die  integration  of  both  technique 
and  artistic  development.  The  specific  genres  vary  from  semester  to  semester, 
including  modem.  b.illet.  tap.  and  jazz  as  alternating  semester  options.  Mav  be 


DEDU 


Distributive  F^ducation 


I)c|)artment  o(  1 1 1  liii..|.,;;\  Sii|,|M.ri  .hkI  Trairiitij; 
Kberiy  College  dI  liiisiiicss  uiid  Iritnrtiiatioii  TecluK)logy 

Notei  All  coumes  at  die  300  and  100  level  are  open  only  U>  sliidcnls  widijunuir 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  pro)(ram  affiliation,  mual 
meet  course  prerequisite  requircincnt*  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Staniling  are  normally  not  |>erTniucd  to  enniU  in  .300-  or  400- 
level  courses. 

DEDl'  2HI  .SpecUl  Topic*  var  1    Jsli 

Prerequisite:  As  a|ipropnale  to  course  content 

.Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topic? 
that  are  not  included  in  die  csublislied  curric-ulum.  A  given  topic  may  l>c  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
mimliered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

DEDU  33 1  Modem  Merchandixing  3c-01-3sh 

Techniques  for  planning  and  controlling  inventory,  analyzing  sales,  working  willi 
modern  systems  for  handling  cash,  and  using  color,  line,  and  design.  Practice  ui 
preparing  merchandise  display  iiniLs. 

DEDU  4 1 3  Methods  and  Evaluation  in  Distributive  Education  II       3c-01-3sli 
Prerequisites:  Bl  ED  1 1 1,  DEDL'  333,  EDSP  102. and  MK TG  320 
Includes  two  sections  of  special  methods  and  evaluation  in  diis  field.  Objectives 
are  to  acquaint  students  widi  the  basic  principles  of  group  and  individual 
instruction  in  various  subject  matter  areas,  as  well  as  niediods  of  presentation. 
Unit  plans,  lesson  plans,  demonstrations,  and  evaluations  will  be  prepared. 
.StudenLs  select  sections  needed  for  certification. 

DEDU  48 1  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  tri 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  I/jpic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upi>er-level  undergraduate  students. 

DEDU  482  Independent  Study  >ar- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

StudenLs  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  facidty  member. 
Ajiproval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availahilirv  fif  resources. 


ECED 


Eariy  Childhood  Education 


Professional  Studies  in  Education 

College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology- 
Note:  Courses  in  Early  Childhood  Educadon  are  restricted  to  majors  with  a  2.5 
cumulative  GPA.  except  widi  departmental  permission. 

ECED  200  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

.\n  introductory-  course  for  prospective  teachers  of  young  children.  Provides 
students  with  die  opportunity  to  gain  knowledge  of  historical,  sociological,  and 
political  aspects  of  early  childhood  education.  The  emphasis  will  be  on 
systematically  obsening,  recording,  and  evaluating  children's  behavior  in 
classrooms. 

ECED  220  I.anguage  Development  and  Children's  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Includes  die  study  of  children's  language  acquisition  and  children's  Uterature 
within  the  context  of  a  devclopnientally  appropriate  language  arts  currictilimi. 
preschool  dirough  die  priniar\  grades.  Strategics  for  developing  children's 
lingiustic  coni|ieteiice  and  integrating  hteratiire  diroughout  the  earlv  cliildhood 
program  will  be  emphasized.  Observations,  interviews,  and  teaching  experiences 
are  an  integral  pan  of  the  course.  (Offered  as  a  writing-intensive  course.) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


152       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ECED  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As.  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ECED  310  Integrated  Curriculum  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  die  sequence  of  cognitive  development  in  children  and  die  implicadons 
for  instructional  programs.  Stages  of  cognitive  imderstanding  will  be  appUed  to 
die  basic  components  of  numerical  concepts  and  science  concepts.  Classroom 
management  strategies  that  can  be  utilized  in  varied  environments  will  be 
stressed. 

ECED  511  Integrated  Curriculum  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Enables  students  to  realize  the  importance  and  relevance  of  content  area  subjects 
as  related  to  the  early  childhood  years.  Planning  for  teaching  widi  specific 
emphasis  on  methods  and  materials  for  social  and  environmental  living  is 
introduced.  The  integration  of  music  and  art  is  emphasized.  Values  systems  and 
seff-esteem  are  integral  to  social  living. 

ECED  312  Aesthetic  Experiences  for  Young  ChUdren  3c-01  3sh 

An  interdisciplinar)^  approach  to  different  forms  of  creative  expression  in  young 
children.  Art,  music,  and  movement  will  be  analyzed  as  aesthetic  elements  in  a 
comprehensive  early  childhood  curriculum.  Development  of  creative  potenUal  in 
both  teachers  and  children  will  be  promoted  as  a  means  of  enhancing  the  artist's 
experiences.  Students  will  expand  dieir  use  of  the  arts  to  enhance  the  self-esteem 
and  self-wordi  of  die  children. 

ECED  315  Development  and  Learning  Through  Play  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  early  childhood  educators  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  to 
promote  and  guide  children's  play  behavior  as  the  child's  basic  learning 
mechanism.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  definitions,  theories,  and  stages  of  play 
within  the  context  of  social,  emodonal,  physical,  and  intellectual  growth  for 
children  aged  0-8  years.  Students  vrill  observe  children  at  play,  design  specific 
learning  activities  tiiat  utilize  a  play/games  format,  and  direct  educational 
experiences  during  a  supervised  field  component. 

ECED  45 1  Teaching  Primary  Reading  3c-0l-3sh 

A  niediods  course  designed  to  assist  students  in  developing  die  reading  abilities 
of  young  children.  Deals  widi  instructional  issues  related  to  teaching  reading  and 
introduces  students  to  varying  reading  and  pre-reading  processes  which  are 
effective  with  young  children.  Also  emphasizes  diagnostic  and  assessment 
strategies  for  teaching  reading. 

ECED  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

A  course/seminar  on  topics  in  education  appropriate  for  die  Early  Childhood 
Education  setting. 

ECED  482  Independent  Study  \'ar- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Pnor  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)'  of  resources. 


ECON 


Department  of  Economics 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

ECON  101  Basic  Economics  3c-01-3sh 

Scarcity,  role  of  prices  in  determining  production  and  the  allocation  of  resources, 
business  cycle  analysis,  policy  options  for  reducing  unemplo^Tiient  and  inflation, 
economic  role  of  government,  international  trade,  and  selected  current  economic 
problems  are  studied.  For  those  who  do  not  plan  to  take  more  than  3sh  of 
economics.  Note:  May  not  be  taken  after  successfiil  completion  of  or  concurrent 
registration  in  any  other  Economics  course. 

ECON  1 2 1  Principles  of  Economics  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Nature  and  methodology  of  economics;  mixed  capitalism  and  market  economy; 
national  income;  employment  theory,  including  economics  of  fiscal  policy;  money, 
banking,  and  Federal  Reserve  System;  international  trade  and  finance. 


ECON  223  Economics  of  Crime  3c-0l-3sh 

Economic  analysis  of  criminal  activity  and  its  impact  on  die  allocation  of  scarce 
resources.  Will  use  fi^indamental  economic  models  to  explain  crimes  against 
people,  property  crime,  'Victimless  crime."  and  organized  crime. 

ECON  239  Economics  of  Sports  3c-0l-3sh 

The  purpose  is  to  gain  a  belter  understanding  of  die  sports  industry.  Explores 
how  economics  applies  to  bodi  amateur  and  professional  sports.  Students  will 
learn  about  a  variety  of  areas,  including  the  labor  issues  in  sports  (e.g.,  free 
agency,  reserve  clause,  unions,  strikes,  and  discrimination),  the  legal  relationship 
between  sports  and  the  government  (e.g..  Tide  IX  and  antitrust  law),  and  public 
finance  issues  (e.g.,  location  of  sports  fi-anchises  and  public  ownership  of 
stadiums  and  arenas).  Guest  speakers  and  a  multimedia  approach  will  be  used. 

ECON  241  Contemporary  Economic  Issues  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  ECON  101  or  122 

A  rigorous  but  nontechnical  analysis  of  a  variety  of  economic  problems  and  a 
fomiiJation  and  evaluation  of  possible  corrective  policies. 

ECON  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculmii.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ECON  283  Environmental  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ECON  101  or  122 

An  examination  of  economic  costs  and  benefits  of  envirormiental  control  and 
modification.  Techniques  of  economic  analysis  are  used  to  understand  economic 
aspects  of  environmental  problems  and  contribute  toward  their  solution. 

ECON  325  Monetary  Economics  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121, 122 

Organization,  operation,  and  economic  significance  of  U.S.  monetary  institutions; 
commercial  banks  and  Federal  Reserve  System;  survey  of  monetary  theor)'  and 
policy;  mechanism  of  international  payments. 

ECON  326  Monetary  Economics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ECON  325  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Detailed  study  of  monetar)'  theory;  tasks  of  central  banking;  principal  objectives 
of  monetary  policy;  intensive  study  of  recent  monetary  experience; 
complementary  and  competing  aims  of  monetary  and  fiscal  pohcy. 

ECON  330  Labor  Economics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121.  122 

History,  structure,  and  operation  of  trade  unions  and  employer  organizations; 
major  federal  labor  legislation;  collective  bargaining  dieor)';  wage  determination; 
current  labor  problems. 


ECON  331  Economic  Organization  of  Industry 
Prerequisite:  ECON  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Social  effectiveness  of  industries  analyzed  through  measures  of  ii 
market  conduct,  and  market  perfoi 


3c-0l-3sh 


3c-0l-3sh 


ECON  332  Government  and  Business 

Prerequisite:  ECON  1 22  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

An  analysis  of  the  antitrust  laws  focusing  on  the  maintenance  of  competition,  the 

prohibition  of  unfair  business  conduct,  and  the  achievement  of  desirable 

economic  performance. 

ECON  333  Regulation  of  Industry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121,  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Examines  the  theor)'  and  practice  of  regulation,  emphasizing  effects  of  regulation 
z  performance  and  efficiency  in  the  U.S. 


ECON  334  Economics  of  Corporate  Decisions  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121.  ECON  122.  MATH  121  or  equivalent 
Applications  of  economic  theory  using  algebra,  elementar)'  statistics,  and  calculus 
to  solve  managerial  optimization  problems  including  problems  of  forecasting  and 
risk. 

ECON  '^^5  Public  Finance  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121,  122  or  permission  of  the  instnictor 
Taxation  and  expenditure  theor)-  at  the  federal  level;  federal  budget  and  debt 
considerations:  public  sector  impact  upon  economy. 


ECON  336  State  and  Local  Finance  3c-0 

Prerequisite:  ECON  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
An  analysis  of  character  and  impact  of  state  and  local  government  revenue 
sources,  expenditures,  and  fiscal  systems;  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


ECON  122  Principles  of  Economics  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Economics  of  the  firm;  theory  t)f  consumer  demand;  determination  of  price  and 
output  in  different  market  structures;  distribution  of  income;  economic  growth. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       153 


I'.CON  .'>:<•)  I'.iiMioniii  l>i'vil<i|iiti<iil  I  .'ii-Ol -Ixli 

■'rcreqiiinilcNi  KCON  121,  1:^2 

I'iKiiry  111  uniwlh;  lliciiry  iifccoiiDinic  ilcvtli>|iimril  nl  uniliiilin  Io|m(I  <  iMiiilriii. 

I'.OON  .'M.'i  llialory  iifllic  Kconomii'  Development 

•■I  Ihc  lliiilcd  Sliilepi  vol- lull 

l'rcrei|uiiiilei  I'.CON  101  iir  121  or  122 

A|i|>licatioiiii  iircdinciMiK  llieiiry  and  miulclii  iif  ccdiiiMiiu  dc'vcl<i|iiiiciil  In  ihc 

rtiiiiii  palU-nm  dI'  I  I.S.  )H).Htri-v<>liili(iiiury  Krciwlli;  cni|)lmfti/.c»  llic  liinlor)'  of 

cconoinic  dcvi'lo[)iiK-n(  jk  a  lalioratory  lor  IcHliii};  ctonoiiiic-  liypodicNCK. 

KCON  J4.'S  Inlenialioiml  IVuile  .Ic-Ul-iiili 

Prcrc<|iiinilc)ii  K( '.( )N  121  and  122  or  |ic'nni.ini(iii  oldii.- iiMnicIor 

A  sindy  ol  ilic  niicroccononiic  sckmu'iK  oliiili'maUonal  npci  ialization  and 

{-xclian^f,  inc'ludin)(  dicoric-H  of'inlcrna(i<inal  trade  and  tlicir  applicaijon  (o 

1  <itnnicr('ial  polii-ic?*,  historical  Htirvx-y  and  examination  of'airrcnt  problems  uf 

tntrrnational  trade,  and  the  infttitutioiial  ncttinK  of  international  trade. 

ECON  346  liilenialinnal  Haymenlii  :ic-OI-.'isli 

Prcrcc|iiiNltefl:  K(!()N  121  and  122  or  perinifi.^ion  oi'tlie  inntructor 
A  study  ot'lhc  inacroec<Hion)ic  Mcpnent  of  international  specialization  and 
exchange,  includin};  aiialy.iis  ofbalance  of  paynientJt,  exchange  rales,  and  the 
inechaniHin  of  inlernational  economic  and  monetary  adju.Htnient!i;  inlcrnatitmal 
macroeconomic  policy;  historical  survey  and  examination  of  current  intenialional 
Itnancial  prohlems:  and  the  institutional  selling  of  intcrnatitinal  payments. 

KCON  .ISO  Cnmparalive  Eeoniimic  Syilcms  Jc-Ul-3sh 

Prercquisilet  ECON  101  or  121  or  122 

.-\ii  evaluation  of  premises,  practices,  institutions,  and  performance  of  capitalist, 
socialist,  and  mixed  economies  using  economic  theor\-  and  measurement. 


KCON  351  Russian  Eeiinomic  Development  .ic Ol  isli 

Prvrcquisile:  KCON  101  or  121  or  122 

A  study  of  the  theory,  institutions,  and  performance  of  die  Russian  economy 
including  comparison  of  present  and  past  pallcrns  of  economic  development. 

KCON  355  Slalistics  for  Econnmisls  :ic-OI-3sli 

.\n  introduction  to  ec4momic  statistics,  including  fre()uency  distributions, 
probability,  distributions  of  random  variables,  functions  of  random  variables,  an^ 
tests  of  economic  hypvitbese.s. 

ECON  .l.'iK  Intniduclion  to  Econometrics  .Ic-OI-^sli 

Prerequisites:  ECON  .')5.')  or  its  e(|uivalcnt  or  pemiission  of  the  instructor 
.\n  introduction  to  econometrics,  including  linear  nonnal  regression  models  of 
two  or  more  random  variables,  special  econometric  problems,  and  solutions  of 
simultaneous  etjiiations. 

ECON  360  Economics  of  Health  Services  .^c-OI-3sh 

.■\n  analysis  of  die  allocation  of  lesourccs  in  the  healUi  sector  using  demand  and 
supply  techmques.  Pricing  and  output  decisions  by  physicians,  hospitals,  and 
other  healtli  agencies  will  be  considered  along  witli  other  current  policy  issues. 

ECON  37 1  Economics  ofLabor  Legislation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  E(;ON  .i.'il)  or  pirinisMcn  i.l  the  instructor 

Economic  background  and  ttU<  l^  ul  ijovi  roTncntal  regidation  oflabor  relations, 

with  an  emphasis  on  a  deiaikil  txarninalion  of  National  Labor  Relations  Act  as 

amended. 

ECON  372  Economics  ofWagcs  and  Employment  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  EC'ON  .i.il)  or  permission  of  die  instnictor 

An  analysis  ot  wages  and  employment  under  various  market  structures.  Also, 

analysis  of  tlie  impact  oflabor  market  forres  on  wages,  prices,  and  distributive 

shares. 

ECON  373  Economics  of  Human  Rcsourecs  .'ic-OI-.'ish 

Prerequisite:  KCON  11)1  or  122 

.\n  inquiry  into  economic  demographics  and  related  factors  affecdng  growth, 
stnicturc,  and  distribution  of  an  economy's  labor  force  into  different  occupations. 

ECON  383  L'rban/Regional  Economics  3c-0l-.'Jsh 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121  and  122 

Location  dieon.  land  use  patterns,  urban  economic/regional  gr«wth  change,  and 
urban  economic  problems  and  policies. 

ECON  421  Macroeconomic  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ECON  121.  122  or  permission  of  the  instructor 
Emphasizes  aggregate  mcome  levels  and  pniblems  of  unemployment,  inflation, 
and  gnmdi.  Covers  consumption  and  investineni  tlieories  and  die  role  of  fiscal 
and  monetan-  policv. 


KCON  422  Microeeonomic  Analynin  3c-OI-3»h 

Prerequi*il«iM:ON  121.  KCON  122,  MATH  121  or  equivalent 
Consiiincr  behavior,  theory  of  die  finii.  theory  ol  exchange,  nurkel  >mjcturc>. 
dislnliulioii.  general  equilibrium  theory,  welfare  rconomics. 


KCON  4H0  Seminar 
Prerequisite!  Herinissi 
A  seminar  in  selected  c 


in  of  die  instructor 
Lonomic  issiics  or  problems. 


3c-Ol-3ih 


-l-3sh 


KCON  48 1  Special  Topics 

Prerequisitci  Peniiissioii  of  tlie  instructor 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  ex[>erimenul  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topits  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  u>|>ic 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topii  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  .Special 

topics  numbered  4K1  are  primarily  for  up|>er-level  undergraduate  students. 

KCON  482  Independent  Study  %ar-l-0»h 

Prere<|uiNite:  I'rinr  approval  througli  advisor,  faculty  memlicr,  department 
cliaiqierson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Stiidcnui  with  interest  in  inde|>cndcnt  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  [iropose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

KCON  493  Internship  in  Economics  var-2-l2sh 

Prerequisites:  Must  be  an  economics  major  who  has  completed  at  least  12  sh  in 
K( !( )N  and  who  has  at  least  a  2.5  GPA  in  the  major  and  in  all  coursework 
Provides  on-the-job  experience  in  economics  positions  widi  private  and 
governmental  employers.  The  student  is  also  required  to  complete  related 
academic  work  in  the  form  of  papers  and  selected  readings.  Number  of  semester 
hours  earned  will  depend  upon  tlie  nature  of  die  job  and  amount  of  lime  involved 
in  internship.  A  maximum  of  (ish  earned  in  Uiis  course  may  be  counted  toward 
die  30sh  in  economics  requirement  for  Kc<inoniics  majors. 


oai 


Education  of  Exceptional  Persons 


Department  of  Special  KducttKui  and  Clinical  Services 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog)' 

EDEX  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Exceptional  Persons  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  For  department  majors  and  official  incoming  transfers  only 
Suneys  characteristics,  needs,  problems,  and  behavior  patterns  of  any  perscin 
who  deviates  suflicieiidy  from  ''normal"'  to  be  considered  exceptional. 
Consideration  to  those  who  fall  intellectually  both  above  and  below  average  and 
to  those  who  are  handicapped  visually,  acousdcally,  beha\-ioralK',  orthopedically. 
neurologically.  or  in  respect  to  speech  patterns. 

EDEX  1 1 2  Typical  and  Atypical  Growth  and  Development  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  1 1 1.  PSYC  101 

Presents  foundations  of  human  growth  from  conception,  including  basic 
embryogenesis.  up  to  but  not  including  adolescence.  Considers  the  biological, 
cultural,  educational,  and  parenting  influences  diat  shape  die  child,  as  well  as 
selective  examples  of  normal  and  deviant  physical  and  inteUectual  developmenL 

EDEX  22 1  Methods  ofTeaching  Mathematics  to  Persons 

with  Disabilities  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.\TII  151.  EDEX  1 1 1 

Emphasizes  recent  developments  in  elementary  curriculum  and  instructional 

techniques  for  develo|>ing  concepts;  implications  of  recent  resource  developments 

and  materials  helpful  to  the  prospective  special  educadon  teacher.  .\n  emphasis  is 

also  placed  on  methods  of  helping  children  learn  mathemadcal  concepts  through 

physical  acdvity  and  on  ways  to  adapt  regular  classroom  materials  to  meet  needs 

and  abilides  of  slow  and  chsabled  learners. 

EDEX  222  Methods  ofTeaching  Reading  to  Persons 

with  Disabilirics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  status  or  above 

Presents  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instnicdon  and  s^'stemadc 

coverage  of  the  methods  of  teaching  reading  from  readiness  stages  through  eighth 

grade.  Diagnosdc-prescripdve  techniques  are  included. 

EDEX  23 1  Methods  ofTeaching  Content  .-Vrea  Subjects  to 

Persons  with  Disabiliues  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  1 1 1.  2..=>  GPA 

Presents  mcdiods  for  teaching  science  and  social  studies  to  the  mentally  and/or 

physically  handicapped.  Sco|k  and  sequence  of  content,  as  well  as  evaluatjve 

techniques  for  each  content  area,  are  studied.  Integrauon  of  other  content  areas 

and  skiU  areas  is  stressed.  -Also  stresses  teaching  in  both  resource  room  and  less 

restricuve  environments.  (Offered  as  EX  322  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSIT>     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


154       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EDEX  300  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Elementary  Classrooms  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisites:  For  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  Education  majors  only;  to  be 

taken  only  during  die  semester  of  the  designated  meUiods  courses 

Examines  the  issues  associated  with  educadon  of  students  widi  diverse  learning 

needs,  parUcularly  those  widi  disabilides  or  who  are  at  risk  for  school  failure. 

There  is  an  emphasis  on  special  education,  particularly  the  legal  riglits  of  students 

widi  exceptionalities  and  tlieir  parents,  and  the  responsibihties  of  educators  in 

addressing  tliose  rights.  Examines  the  differential  impact  of  student  characteristics 

on  elementary-level  school  perfonnance  and  instructional  mediods  proven  to  be 

effective  in  educating  students  with  disabilities  and  learning  style  differences. 

EDEX  301  Education  of  Students  with  Disabilities  in 

Inclusive  Secondary  Settings  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  For  Secondary'  Education  majors  and  oUiers  who  will  be  certified  to 

teach  content  from  K-12 

Rectimmendation:  It  is  strongly  recommended  tliat  students  take  this  course  in 

tlie  same  semester  as  tlie  designated  methods  course. 

Examines  the  issues  associated  with  education  of  students  with  diverse  learning 

needs,  particularly  those  with  disabilities  or  who  are  at  risk  for  school  failure. 

There  is  an  emphasis  on  special  education,  particularly  the  legal  rights  of  students 

with  exceptionalities  and  their  parents,  and  the  responsibilities  of  educators  in 

addressing  those  rights.  Examines  the  differential  impact  of  student  characteristics 

on  secondary-level  school  perfonnance  and  instructional  mediods  proven  to  be 

effective  in  educating  students  with  disabihties  and  learning  style  differences. 

EDEX  32 1  Methods  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  to 

Persons  with  Disabilities  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  Hi.  EDEX  222.  and  SPLP  254,  2.5  GPA 

A  review  of  typical  and  aty-jiical  characteristics  of  the  handicapped  in  relationship 
to  the  language  arts.  Deals  with  preparation  and  execution  of  units  of  instruction 
in  language  arts  for  mentally  and/or  physically  handicapped  persons.  Diagnostic 
and  prescriptive  approaches  are  included;  integration  of  language  arts  with  a 
highlight  on  reading  is  stressed. 

EDEX  340  Introduction  to  Behavior  Management  in 

Special  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  1 1 1,  EDEX  1 12,  EDSP  102,  2.5  GPA 

An  overview  of  systematic  behavioral  change  techniques  for  use  with  students  in  a 

variety  of  special  education  settings  including  integrated,  resource,  seff- contained, 

special  school,  and  residential.  Emphasizes  a  case  analysis  approach  to  creating 

and  evaluating  behavioral  changes  for  students  with  mild  to  severe  disabihties. 

EDEX  4 1 5  Preschool  Education  for  Children  with  Disabilities  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  permission,  2.5  GPA 

Provides  infonnation  on  assessment,  intervention  strategies,  curriculum,  and 
prescriptive  planning  for  preschool  children  with  disabihties.  Serves  as  a  course 
for  departmental  majors  who  are  specifically  interested  in  early  childhood 
education,  as  an  elective  for  other  interested  students  in  related  fields,  and  as  a 
prinriry-  course  for  Early  Childhood  Education  majors. 

EDEX  416  Education  of  Persons  with  Emotional  or 

Behavioral  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  status  or  above,  2.5  GPA 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  emotional  and 

behavioral  disorders,  definition  and  identification  of  the  population,  and 

educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including  current  issues, 

trends,  practices,  and  services. 

EDEX  417  Education  of  Persons  with  Mental 

Retardation  or  Developmental  Disabilities  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  status  or  above.  2.5  GPA 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  eliolog)'  of  mental  retardation 

and  developmental  disabilities,  including  autism.  Definition,  identification,  and 

educational  approaches  are  discussed.  Reviews  research  in  die  field,  including 

current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  services. 


EDEX  418  Education  of  Persons  with  Physical  or 

Multiple  Disabilities 

Prerequisites:  Junior  status  or  above,  2.5  GPA 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  a  wide  and  diverse 

range  of  physical/multiple  disabilities,  the  definition  and  identification  of  the 

population,  and  educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  the  field,  including 

current  issues,  trends,  practices,  and  j 


3c-01-3sh 


EDEX  419  Education  of  Persons  with  Brain  Injuries  or 

Learning  Disabilities  3c-0l-^ 

Prerequisites:  Junior  status  or  above.  2.5  GPA 

Focuses  on  major  theoretical  positions  regarding  etiology  of  neurological  and 

learning  disabilities,  definition  and  identification  of  the  jjopulation,  and 


educational  approaches.  Reviews  research  in  die  field,  including  current  issues, 
trends,  practices,  and  services. 

EDEX  425  Methods  and  Curriculum  (Mild-Moderate  Disabilities)    3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  EDEX  221,222,231,321, 340.  2.5  GPA 

Provides  in-depth  examination  of  assessment  methods,  strategies,  and  curricula. 
Emphasizes  assessment  methods  and  strategies  used  in  a  variety  of  service  models 
that  serve  elementar)'-  and  secondary-level  students  with  learning  disabilities, 
behavioral  disorders,  mild  mental  retardation,  and  high-function  autism. 

EDEX  435  Methods  and  Curriculum 

(Severe-Profound  Disabilities)  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  221,  222,  231, 321,  340,  2.5  GPA 

Emphasizes  methods  designed  to  facilitate  the  development  of  an  integrated, 

tunctional,  and  community-based  curriculum  that  will  prepare  students  for 

participation  in  a  wide  variety  of  postschool  environments. 

EDEX  440  Ethical  and  Professional  Behavior  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  permission,  2.5  GPA 

Emphasizes  ethical  and  professional  behavior  for  student  teachers  and 

professional  employees.  Possibilities  for  and  methods  of  initiating  and  profiting 

from  postbaccalaureate  study  are  indicated.  Student  teachers  are  required  to 

complete  and  present  a  curriculum  book  regarding  each  student-teaching 

experience. 

EDEX  480  Seminar  in  Special  Education  var-  l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  Departmental  permission 

Interested  students  may  use  diis  course  for  die  pursuit  of  knowledge  regarding 
specific  concerns  of  die  exceptional  which  are  not  ordinarily  considered  in  such 
detail  during  regular  classroom  instruction.  Students  wishing  to  enroll  are 
expected  to  submit  a  written  proposal  regarding  dieir  desire  for  study  at  die  time 
permission  ft)r  enrollment  is  sought.  Widi  pennission,  the  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

EDEX  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  estabfished  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tlian  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


EDHL 


Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss 


Department  of  S])ecial  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 

EDHL  114  Introduction  to  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  AdWsor  permission.  EDHL  majors  only 
Deals  widi  the  different  approaches  used  in  teaching  the  hearing  impaired— 
marmal  language,  oral  language,  and  total  comnmnication.  The  historical 
background  of  each  approach  is  presented  with  its  strengths  and  weaknesses. 
Criteria  for  the  use  of  each  approach  established  in  consideration  of  degree  of  loss 
exhibited  by  the  pupil,  the  age  of  onset,  and  the  social  and  psychological 
implications. 

EDHL  115  Introduction  to  Sign  Language  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Development  oi  nianual  dcxterit\'  and  fluencj-  using  fingerspeUing.  Acquisition  of 
basic  sign  language  vocabulan'.  Practice  in  act|uiring  general  infonnation  fi"om  a 
signed  message  and  comersing  infonnally  on  commonly  used  topics. 

EDHL  244  Intermediate  Sign  Language  1  c-(H- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  EDHL  115 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  comprehension  of  signed  information  and  on  developing 
fluency  in  conveWng  a  message  in  bodi  signed  English  and  American  Sign 
Language.  Modification  of  signs  and  indi\idualization  of  techniques  for 
instniction/communication  witii  learning-impaired  or  multihandicapped  deaf 
learners. 

EDHL  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

EDHL  307  Speech  for  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDI  IL  1 1 4.  SPLP  242,  2.5  GPA 

Techniques  for  developing,  diagnosing,  analyzing,  and  correcting  die  speech  and 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       155 


'|>r.>l>lrni'.<.llii 


<lni.liM.ln,iU.  I.< 


EES? 


Ucatioiial  and  School  I'syctiolo^y 


I'.DIII,  .'ION  LuiiKiiUKc  for  IVr»oiii.  »illi  lltariiiK  I.01.1.  IrOlM 

l>rem|ui»ilriii  1  1)111,  1 1-1.  SI'l.l'.ltl,  ii..")  CI'A 

Dcvclopiiiini  .mil  K  iiicdlution  ollaiiKUaKC  of  the  liiariiiK  iiii|)uirc(l.  I^iiiiKiiaKc 
NaiiipliiiK  ami  <liaKiii>Htii »,  sciilciuc  paltcrniiiKi  ami  analylii  v>.  natural  IracliiiiK 
imllioiU.  Stnicliiriiii;  a  iniiiimiiiicalivc  ciiviroiiiiicnt. 


KDI^I,  .12!)  HciiriiiK  Pnuticuin  I  var  I '.li 

Prerci|iMi>iliM  I'.DIII.  Ml.  1 15,2..^  CI'A 

I'ldvidcii  llle  stmltril  uilli  ai  liial  I'lilitacl  willi  ImllvidiialH  »itli  hearing  \'n<>. 
t'ractica  will  lu-  ncI  ii|i  in  appropriate  •iclinfil  pniKraniN  and/or  cltim.i  lor  the 
licarin);  impaired,  in  hearing  itinerant  prn^rainft,  or  in  clinical  »eltin);H  where 
licarinK-impairrd  indiviilnal^  arc  reccivin);  therapy  or  arc  heinR  tested, 
'rcchnicjurs  ol  ohncnin^  .ind  cv.iluaiin(;  behavior  arc  |>re.icnle(l  initially  to  prepare 
the  atnilent  to  prolii  niaMni.illv  horn  the  ohncrvation  experieiiccii.  Written  reports 
oltlie  praclica  are  snhmiilcil  ami  <lis<  nsscd,  and  each  .sliidciil  is  encouraged  to 
Kiiin  experience  in  a.<t  tnany  diliercnt  scttinj^s  ah  available. 

EDHI,  330  llcurinx  Pnivliium  II  var- 1  sh 

Prct«qui«ilcsi  KUIIL  .12<).  2..'>  (,V\ 

Pn)vides  .students  with  actual  contact  with  individuals  with  hearing  loss.  F'ractica 
will  be  set  up  in  appropriate  school  programs  and/or  clinics  for  tlic  hearing 
impaired,  in  hearing  itincr^atit  pn)grains,  or  in  clinical  settings  where  hearing- 
impaired  individuals  are  receiving  tlierapy  or  are  being  tested.  Icchniques  of 
observing  and  evaluating  behavior  are  presented  initially  to  prepare  the  student  to 
profit  maximally  from  the  observation  experiences.  Written  reports  of  the  practtca 
arc  submitted  and  discussed,  and  each  student  is  encouraged  to  gain  experience 
in  as  many  different  settings  as  aviiilable.  This  is  a  continuation  of  EDHL  .'529: 
Hearing  Practicuni  I  and  includes  support  and  supcr\'ision  of  students  in  EDHL 
.129. 

EDHI,  .'i.'i  I  .Advanced  Sign  Ungiiagc  lc-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  KDIIL  I  !.'">.  24-1.  2..')  C.P.A 

Studies  the  cvohiiinn  of  signs:  dialectical  sign  systems.  Analysis  and  comparison 
of  tlic  lni^iii.sii(  similarities/differences  of  vari()us  sign  languages.  Direct 
translation  nt  \\  riticn  or  spoken  iiifonnation  on  specific  topics  using  American 
Sign  Language  or  Signc<l  English.  Practice  using  conversation  on  bodi  a  social 
and  academic  level. 

EDHL  3.51  Teaching  Reading  to  Penmns  with  Hearing  l^ss  3c-nl-3sh 

Prerequi.site.s:  EDHL  308.  2..";  t;PA 

Presentjt  basic  concepts  of  developmental  reading  instruction  and  systematic 
coverage  of  tlte  metliods  of  teaching  reading  to  students  witli  hearing  loss  from 
readiness  stages  dirough  upper  school. 

EDHI,  .3(iO  General  Methodology  for  Education  of 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequi.sites:  EDHL  1 1  I.  307. 308.  2..')  GPA 

Provides  a  systematic  i-overage  of  die  basic  procedures  for  teaching  curriculum 

subjects.  Included  arc  adaptive  mediods  of  instniction  for  teaching  mathematics; 

science  as  it  relates  to  tlie  child  and  die  curriculum;  content,  objectives,  and 

resource  materials  for  social  studies;  creative  experiences  in  die  field  of  language 

arts,  rhydiinics,  and  physical  education  and  health. 

EDHL  3().'>  Parcnl-Presch.iol  Programs  for 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites!  EDEX  1 12,  EDHL  307,  EDHL  308,  EDHL  114,  SPLP  334, 2.5 

GPA 

Developing  home/clinic  programs  for  parents  and  hearing-impaired  iniants  (0-3 
years).  Teaching  speech,  language,  speechreading,  use  of  residual  hearing,  and 
developing  readiness  skills  at  preschool  level. 

EDHL  481  Special  Topics  «r-I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .Vs  appi-opriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  arc  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar\-  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  .\  given  topic 
may  be  ottered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tliaii  three  times.  Special 
topics  ntmibcred  4S 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  .students. 

EDHL  4.S2  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  appnn-al  dirough  ad\-isor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Prinost's  Office 

Students  «iUi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curnculuni  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  facult\'  member. 
ApproNd  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


I)e|)artiiiciil  ol  I'.dncatioual  and  Stliofd  I'sytlidlrjj^- 
Cdllcgc  of  Kducation  and  Kdiicational  'Icthnology 

EDSP  102  Educational  P.ychology  3c-<)l-3.h 

l)esigne<l  to  promote  an  iniderstandmg  of  the  principles  of  piychology  govcniiiig 
human  behavior,  with  particular  cinphaiis  on  llicir  relation  U>  learner,  learning 
process,  and  learning  situation  in  an  educational  environnicnt.  (Offered  a>  EDSP 
2112  prior  to  2001-02) 

K.DSP  2N I  Special  Topics  ^ .ir  I  -Sih 

Prerequisite:  As  appropnatc  to  course  content 

Special  lopus  arc  ollcred  on  an  experimental  r>r  temporary  ba.sis  to  explore  uipics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curnculuin.  A  given  u>pic  may  lie  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  S|>ecial  tfipics 
mimbercd  2SI  are  ottered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


EDSP  373  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Education 
Prerequisite:  EDSP  1((2 

A  studv  of  signilicaiit  characteristics,  behavior,  and  educational  i 
problems  of  adolescents. 


3c-01-3»h 
[id  s<K.'ial 


EDSP  37H  Behavior  Problems 

PrerequUite:  EDSP  102 

An  exaniinatjon  of  emotional  and  social  aspects  of  behavior  problems 

encountered  in  classroom  situations  and  potential  remedial  techniques. 


EDSP  378  Learning 
Prerequisite:  EDSP  102 
Explores  learning  theories 


id  educational  application  in  the  classroom. 


EDSP  477  .Assessment  of  .Student  Learning:  Design 

and  Interpretation  of  Educational  Measures  Sc-Oi-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101  or  permission 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  widi  major  methods  and  techniques  of  evaluation 

used  to  assess  and  report  growUi.  development,  and  academic  achievement  of 

learners  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  including  interjiretation  of 

standardized  test  information.  (Offered  as  EDSP  377  Educational  Tests  and 

Measurements  prior  to  2001-02) 

EDSP  48 1  Special  Topics  in  Educational  Psycholog>  i-ar-l-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  Special  topics  are  ottered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  Uiree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 
students. 

EDSP  482  Independent  Study  \3r-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Appro\-al  is  baseti  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabihty  of  resources. 

EDSP  499  Independent  Study  var  1   ish 


College  of  Education  and  EducationaJ  Technolog)' 

EDUC  242  Pre-Student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  I  vu- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  .Admission  to  teacher  certification 

Observauon/parucipation  in  a  basic  education  classroom  beginning  not  later  than 
die  sophomore  year.  Transfer  students  (and  odier  selected  students  at  Uic 
recommendation  of  the  teacher  education  coordinator  of  the  program)  mav 
register  later  tlian  sophomore  year  upon  admission  to  teacher  certification. 

EDL'C  281  Special  Topics  >Tu^-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ottered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  .A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  prinianK  for  Kiwer-levcl  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


156       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


EDUC  342  Pre-student  Teaching  Clinical  Experience  11  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  EDUC  242  and  admission  to  junior  standing 
Students  work  toward  the  tlevelopnient  of  specific  competencies  tliat  relate  to 
individual  major  fields  of  teaching. 

EDUC  389  Field  Experience  Intervention  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission  of  department  and  instructor;  Elementary  Education 
or  Early  Childhood  Education  major 

Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  achieving  the  competencies  within  the  major 
necessar)'  for  performance  in  student  teaching.  Teaching  skills  will  be  developed 
dirough  one-on-one  tutoring  and  a  field  experience.  Each  student  will  work  in 
collaboration  witli  the  instructor  to  develop  a  personal  learning  contract  that 
pro\ides  a  means  for  dcmonstradng  tliose  competencies  idendfied  by  tlie 
instnictor  and  student.  Students  are  expected  to  show  commitment  to  self- 
development  and  teaching.  Course  is  only  offered  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

EDUC  408  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  3c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisite:  ELED  222 

Problems  related  to  teaching  students  reading  and  study  skills  specifically  needed 
in  each  of  die  subject  areas  at  the  elementar)'  level.  Content  teachers  learn  how  to 
develop  students'  competence  in  diese  skills  as  part  of  their  regular  classroom 
instrucUon. 

EDUC  415  Computers  in  the  School  Curriculum  3c-0!-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

Students  will  use  a  variet)'  of  computer  software  including  word  processing, 
record  management  programs,  and  simulaUon  programs.  The  emphasis  will  be  on 
the  application  of  computer  programs  within  die  IC-12  school  curriculum. 

EDUC  421  Student  Teaching  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

An  experience  in  teacliing  at  the  elementary  level;  coordination  and  visitadon  by  a 

university  faculty  member  widi  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperaUng  classroom 

teacher. 

EDUC  423  Professional  Practicum,  Including  School  Law  var-3sh 

A  series  of  conferences  and  related  activides  to  prepare  students  for  actual 
teaching  experiences.  Parallels  student  teaching  experience  in  junior  and  senior 
years.  (Elementary  Educadon  majors  only) 

EDUC  431  Student  Teaching  in  Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

An  experience  in  teaching  family  and  consumer  sciences  at  the  secondarv  level. 

EDUC  441  Student  Teaching  v^r-6-12sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

.\n  experience  in  teaching  at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level:  coordinaUon  and 
visitadon  by  a  university  faculty  member  with  daily  supervision  by  a  cooperadng 
classroom  teacher. 

EDUC  442  School  Law  Ic-Ol-Ish 

Required  of  all  teacher  certificaUon  students.  Includes  overview  of  legal  principles 
that  apply  to  special  areas  of  educadon.  Must  be  taken  prior  to  student  teaching. 

EDUC  451  Teaching  Science  in  the  Secondary  School  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

Background  to  help  science  majors  meet  the  problems  of  teaching  science. 
Various  inquir)'  approaches  usefijJ  in  meedng  objecdves  of  a  contemporary' 
science  class  are  taught  and  exemplified. 

EDUC  452  Teaching  of  English  and  Communication 

in  the  Secondary  School  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  314.  323,  and  380  and  admission  to  Student  Teaching 

A  prerequisite  to  student  teaching  in  English.  Introduces  the  student  to  current 

professional  pracdces  in  die  teaching  of  English  and  communicadons  in  high 

school. 

EDUC  453  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  in  the 

Elementary/Secondary  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Successfiil  compledon  of32 1-322  and  351-352  in  the  student's 

major  language;  passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examinadon  or  permission  of 

the  instructor;  and  admission  to  Student  Teaching 

The  student  will  study  current  dieories  of  language  acquisidon  and  mediods  of 

language  teaching  for  the  elementar)-  and  secondary  school.  Through  hands-on 

pracdce  and  peer  teaching  demonstradons,  the  student  will  develop  techniques 

for  teaching  fiiiicdonal  language,  planning  lessons,  setdng  curricular  objecdves. 

tesdng  language  skills,  and  selecdng/adapdng  materials  for  bodi  elementary  and 

secondary  school  classrooms.  Taught  Fail  semester  only. 


EDUC  455  Teaching  of  Social  Science  in  Secondary  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

A  study  of  modern  methods  and  techniques  for  teaching  social  science  and  of 
current  curricula  in  social  science. 

EDUC  456  Teaching  Math  in  the  Secondary  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  Student  Teaching 

A  study  of  modem  mediods  and  techniques  for  teaching  madiemadcs  and  current 

curricula. 

EDUC  462  Issues  and  Innovations  in  Education  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  issues  and  innovations  which  influenced  educadon  will  be  included. 
Educadona!  innovadons  and  issues  wluch  deal  with  curriculum,  school 
organizadon,  and  materials  of  instrucdon  will  be  examined. 

EDUC  481  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  By  permission  only 

Provides  an  opportimity  for  students  to  investigate  in-depth  an  area  of  educadon 
under  professional  supervision. 

EDUC  482  Independent  Study  var-I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjimction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

EDUC  495  International  Study  Tour  in  Education  var-3sh 

A  study  of  various  peoples  dirough  dieir  cultural  sctdngs  and  educational 
systems;  on-site  visitadon  to  selected  schools  and  other  social  agencies  and 
insdtudons;  seminars  with  school  officials  and  directed  readings. 


EDUC  499  Multicultural/Muldethnic  Education  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  mediods  course  must  be  taken  prior  to,  or  concurrenUy  with. 
EDUC  499 

Provides  students  widi  an  understanding  and  appreciadon  of  cultural  diversity  in 
die  United  States.  Students  will  gain  die  abilit)'  to  locate  and  develop  cunicular 
materials  appropriate  to  this  countr\'"s  diversity-. 


Elementary  Education 

Prulcssioiial  Studies  in  Education 

College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 

Note:  Courses  in  Elementary  Educadon  are  restricted  to  majors  with  a  2.6 
cumuladve  GPA,  except  with  departmental  permission. 

ELED  1 1 0  Pathways  to  Teaching  1  c-Ol- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  Freshmen  widi  a  declared  major  of  Elementar)'  Educadon  or  Early 
Childhood  Education  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  orientadon  to  the  profession  of  teaching  for  incoming  freshman  majors. 
Designed  to  enhance  awareness  of  the  skills,  atdtudes,  and  behaviors  majors  will 
need  for  success  as  university  students  and  as  elementary-  and  early  childhood 
educators.  In  light  of  die  increasing  complexit)'  of  the  teaching  profession  it  will 
familiarize  die  students  with  die  program  opdons  and  career-enhancing 
specializadons  available  to  them  dirough  the  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
Department.  Introduces  students  to  die  Conceptual  Framework  of  the  College  of 
Education  and  provides  knowledge  about  the  foundadonal  elements  of  Content, 
Collaboradon,  die  Learner,  Commitment,  and  Competence,  which  are  regarded 
as  CRicial  aspects  of  a  professional  idendty  for  teaching. 

ELED  211  Music  for  the  Elementary  Crades  2c-0l-2sh 

Geared  for  elementar)'  education  students.  Includes  basic  ideas  for 
understanding,  development,  and  confidence  for  future  classroom  teachers  and 
dieir  pupils  in  areas  of  music  educadon. 

ELED  213  Art  for  the  ElemenUry  Grades  2c-0l-2sh 

The  creative  use  of  art  materials  and  an  understanding  of  development  of    . 
capacities  of  children  through  art. 

ELED  215  Child  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  of  human  de\elopment,  fi^om  conception  to  adolescence,  in  terms  of 
basic  scientific  data.  Development,  growth,  and  behavior  are  studied  and  dieir 
implications  for  home,  school,  and  community  are  considered. 

ELED  22 1  Children's  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Acquisition  of  a  wide  acquaintance  widi  children's  literature,  old  and  new.  Poetr\' 
selections,  annotated  stories,  and  bibliographies  will  be  assembled.  Ways  and 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       157 


U'Vrl<.|i.Mniiul.il<'..i 

l|>ll'».UI<llt'llllli(|U<'l.<>h 


III  kuhIc  (liiMrriiH  rt^acliiiK  ol  liuraliirc  | 
uicinliil  nlortlt'lljliu  uir  nliiillnl  .mil  iiii 


clKl'il. 
rd. 


KI.KI)  Hi  iUniliiiK  fur  llic  Klcnicnlury  ScIkioI  I<  III  I>Ii 

A  synU'iiialii  iiivi  nine-  (il  the-  (tdilllllK  iil  rcadiiiK.  liii  liidinn  imciIiihI.i.  Iu  I |ilc». 

;iri()  iiiulcriuU. 


KI.KIMMJ  linli|Mii<l.i>l  Sludy 

PrcrcquUilci  I'rioi  j|,|ir..wl  ihrounl.  jdviw.r.  fjiidly  riicnU  r.  d.|.jtlm.  nl 

I  l|jir|»rrs<iii,  dean,  jikI  l'riivii»l"»  (Mike 

Siiidcnui  Willi  inti-rcil  in  iiidc|H;iiili'iil  Xudy  <ii  a  bi|iK  mil  ollcrc<l  in  die 

( iirriiuliiiii  nijv  |iro|H»c  a  pldii  <il  miidy  in  coiijiiru  tion  widi  t  idiruky  niciiil>cr. 

A|)|)r<iviil  In  luK<l  ••ii  acadcniii  a|i|>t<i|ini(ciic»»  and  jmUbilily  i)S  levmim. 


KI.KI)  m  IVdiiminy  I  t<  III  Ml 

Ccpmiiiliiiiiis  »|iiririr  Iodic  Hi'iciiccoricachiiiKwill  Ik-  iiiliiuliuiil.  S|ii(Ilii|!i  will 
l>cniiiii'  biiiili,ii  wllli  (111-  liiiidiiiiicntaln  iil' leadline  al  llic  t'lciiiinlan  Icvtl.  Arcan 

dial  will  hi.'  I'xplor.'d  III.  Iu<li' ddH  oluai  liiiiK.  iix  IiuIiiik  Icnvm  and  iiiiil 

lilanniiiK,  and  <  iciliii);  .1 1  l.i»»ri>i>iii  tnt iriitiniciil  dial  in  cdiidiu  ivc  lo  learning. 
(OlVniil  a»  Kl.  .IS(i  |imcii  In  I'»!I7'IS) 

KI.KI)  2N I  Special  lupiin  var- 1  -Ml 

Prcrci|uifiilci  Ah  a|i|>i>i|irialt'  In  < nunc  lontciil 

Spci  iai  liipic.i  arc  nllcicd  on  an  (xpiTinicnlal  or  temporary  i>asi»  lo  explore  loplcii 
llial  arc  noi  Included  in  die  eslalilislicd  ciirricnluin.  A  Kiveii  liipii  may  be  oDered 
under  any  speiial  liipic  idenlily  no  more  ihaii  three  tiiiicH.  Special  topics 
iiumliercd  2S1  arc  ollircd  primarily  for  lower-level  iindcr|;raduale  sIikIciiLi. 

KI.KD 3 1 2  IVachinn of  Klenuiilary  Science  2c-()l-2»li 

All  empliasis  placed  upon  sruriir  ,is  il  rcLilcs  lo  child  and  ciirriciihini,  planning 
lor  IcachiiiR  science,  and  rcicnl  iniiov.iiioii'.  In  science  leachiiijj.  ( ionrse  ciHercd 
on  die  junior  lilock  oiilv. 

KI.KI)  3 1.1 1'caehinx  Mallicmalics  in  the  KlcmcnUry  School  .'ic-()l-:Jah 

IVercquisitcs!  MAIM  111,  l')2.  ELKI)  2,'i7 

Kci  cut  devclopiiienlH  in  curriculum  and  mcduidn  of  instruction  orcontciiiponiry 
elementary  school  niatliemalics  programs.  Students  will  become  actjuainted  with 
books,  materials,  and  oilier  resources  helpful  to  prospective  teachers.  Includes 
obsen-ations  orinasler  teachers. 

KLKU.1I4  Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Kducation  2c-Ol-2sh 

(Raines,  stunts,  rliyllims,  rclavs,  uimliliii);,  dances,  and  skills  suit.lble  for  die 
elementary  school  child.  Teaching;  of  health  in  elementary  school  is  emphasized, 
including  methods,  malcnals,  and  lesson  planning. 

ELED  322  Teaching  of  Reading  II  Jc-01-3sh 

The  secoiul  course  of  a  two-course  se(|ueiice.  Systematic  coverage  of  teaciiing  of 
reading,  including  inethods.  materials,  and  lesson  planning. 

ELED  35 1  CrcHUve  Activiues  in  the  ElcmenUry  School  Jc-()l-.isli 

Provides  students  widi  a  witie  range  of  creative  experiences  in  fields  of  art,  crafts, 
music,  rhydimics.  dramatics,  and  games  in  elementary  school.  Stress  is  placed 
upon  need  to  help  children  in  developing  their  capacities  for  creative  expression 
ill  diese  areas. 

ELED  357  Pedagogy  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prercquisitcijunior  status 

Principles  based  on  classroom  experience.  Iiistriiction  will  include  classroom 
manageinent  skills,  integration  of  computers  in  die  elcinentary  curriculum, 
contemporary  issues  in  education,  die  role  of  research  in  elcmentar)-  classroom 
teaching,  and  teacher  professionalism  during  and  after  Held  experiences.  (Course 
is  writing  intensive.) 

ELED  4 1 1  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

All  overxiew  of  social  sliidies  In  clcnientan  school.  Includes  study  of  objectives, 
trends,  areas  of  content,  patterns  and  principles  of  organizadon,  and  techniques  of 
teaching.  Variety  of  learning  experiences  and  materials  used  and  o-alualed, 

ELED  422  Diagnostic  and  Remedial  Reading  :ic-()l-.3sli 

Prcm|uisitc:  ELED  222 

Causes  of  reading  disability:  inediods  of  diagnosis:  procedures  and  materials  for 
remedial  work,  group  and  individual. 

ELED  ■J25  Language  .\rts  Across  the  Cuiriculum  .ic-OI-;isli 

Prerequisite:  ELED  222 

Places  an  emphasis  on  the  view  diat  die  art  of  communication  is  an  interrelated 
process  and  die  Usk  of  classroom  teachers  is  not  only  Integrating  die  language  arts 
among  diemselves  but  also  integraung  diem  diroughout  the  entire  curriculum. 
Techniques  for  teaching  oral  and  written  comiiiunicalioii.  spelling,  liandw  nung. 
vocabulary  development,  listening,  and  linguistics  will  be  presented.  Special 
emphasis  given  to  recent  trends  and  research.  Course  is  offered  as  a  wridng- 
intensive  course. 


ENGL 


English 


ELED  48 1  .Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  .\ppro\al  of  inslniclor  and  department 

.\  course/seminar  on  topics  in  education  appropriate  for  the  Elementarv 

Education  setting. 


r-3sh 


Dcpartinciit  of  Kiij^lisli 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Scicntts 

ENGL  100  Raiiic  Writing  Ol-S.h 

Designed  to  develop  die  basic  Kngllsli  skills  necessary  for  1  liar  .mil  .  Ilci  live 
communication.  Reserved  for  selected  siudcnlti.  Does  not  meet  fJeiieral 
Education  English  or  Liberal  Studies  writing  rcquiremenLs. 

ENGL  101  College  Writing  :)<-var-4sh 

Prrrcquiailc:  E.N(;L  100.  where  reijuired  by  placement  testing 

Normally  to  be  taken  the  first  semester  at  lUP.  fiourscs  use  readings  in  die  nature 

and  history  of  language,  semantic  and  linguistic  analysis,  and  problems  in  rhclfiric 

and  (idler  approaches  to  com|Hisition.  Seven  theme-lengtii  cx|K>sit<ir)'  pa|>cni  (or 

the  equivalent)  arc  written,  in  addition  to  shorter  exercises  and  a  written  6nal 

examination. 

EN(;L  121  Humanities  Literature  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  E.\(;i.  101 

Introduces  sludeiiLs  lo  literature  of  various  genres  through  a  careful  analysis  of 
poetry,  fiction,  and  drama.  Includes  literature  of  various  time  periods, 
nationalities,  and  minorities. 

ENGL  1 22  Introduction  to  Literary  Analysis  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENtil,  101 

Acquaints  studeiiti.  widi  the  literar.'  genres  (especially  fiction.  jHietry,  and  drama) 
by  means  of  examples  of  each  and  provides  diem  with  some  of  the  x-arious  critical 
approaches  to  the  interpretation  of  literature  so  that  d)ey  may  gain  the  abihty  to 
apply  them.  .At  die  conclusion  of  die  course,  students  are  expected  to  be  able  to 
read  literature  perceptively  and  to  write  critical  papers  about  it.  (OITered  as  EN 
210  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

ENGL  1 50  English  for  Foreign  Students  3c-01-3sh 

Provides  international  students  with  an  opportunity  to  improve  their  ability  to 
speak  and  write  Englisli  before  dicy  take  ENGL  100  and  ENGL  101 .  The 
emphasis  is  on  individualized  exercises  and  assignments.  Carries  graduation 
credit  but  does  not  meet  Liberal  Studies  English  requirements. 

ENGL  202  Research  Writing  3c-01-35h 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101.  sophomore  standing 

Teaches  students  to  read.  anal\-ze.  and  evaluate  nonfiction  sources  and  to  present 
the  results  of  dieir  analysis  in  dear,  organized,  carefully  documented  research 
papers.  The  focus  of  reading  and  research  in  each  section  will  be  determined  by 
die  instructor 

ENGL  208  The  Art  of  the  FUm  3c-01-3sh 

Concentrates  on  the  film  as  an  artistic  medium.  Eight  lo  tweh-e  motion  pictures 
are  shown  during  semester  and  are  analyyed  in  class  discussions. 

ENGL  2 1 0  British  Literature  to  1 660  3c-01-3$h 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101.  1 22.  or  permission 

.Sun'eys  British  literature  from  its  beginnings  to  about  1660.  acquainting  students 
with  the  experience  of  reading  many  of  the  primary  materials  (whole  works 
whenever  p<issible  or  frill,  free-standing  parts)  and  pro\ides  them  with 
background  infoniiation  conceniing  die  development  and  flowering  of  the  various 
genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and  the  social  and  c-ultural  context  of 
the  separate  works.  (dlTercil  as  EN  21 1  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

ENGL  211  British  Literature  1660-1900  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EN(tL  101.  1 22.  or  [lemiission 

Suneys  British  literature  from  about  1660  to  die  beginning  of  the  twentieth 
centur)-,  acquainting  students  with  die  experience  of  reading  manv  of  the  primary 
materials  (whole  works  whenever  possible  or  fiill.  free-standing  parts)  and 
pro»iding  them  with  background  information  concerning  the  development  and 
flowering  of  the  various  genres,  the  dominant  ideas  of  each  period,  and  the  social 
and  otltiiral  context  of  the  separate  work.  (Offered  as  EN  212  English  Literature 
prior  to  Spring.  1998) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


158       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


ENGL  212  American  LileraUire:  Beginnings  to  1900  3c-0l-.Ssh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  122,  or  pemiission 

Provides  an  understanding  of  American  literature  from  its  beginning  to  about 
1900.  The  course  will  concentrate  primarily  upon  a  relatively  small  number  of 
major  works,  each  of  wiiich  will  help  to  illustrate  the  "'spirit  of  tlie  age"  it 
represents.  (Offered  as  EN  213  American  Literature:  Beginnings  to  the  Present 
prior  to  Spring,  1 998) 

ENGL  213  British  and  American  Literature  Since  1900  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  122,  or  permission 

A  survey  of  major  audiors  and  works  in  British  and  American  literature  since 
1900.  Begins  with  die  shift  from  Victorianism  and  late  ni neteenth -century 
literature  into  modernism,  as  exempli6ed  by  writers  such  as  Woolf,  Hemingway, 
and  O'Neill,  and  continues  with  postmodernism  and  contemporary  literature. 

ENGL  2  H  The  Novel  3c-0i-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  122,  or  permission 

Surveys  die  development  of  die  novel  from  Cen'antes'  Don  Quixote  to  die  present 
with  an  emphasis  on  major  writers  and  tonus  in  English.  Includes  consideraUon 
of  teacliing  die  novel. 

ENGL  2 1 5  Poetry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101, 122,  or  permission 

A  study  in  appreciation  of  poetry,  with  special  attention  to  the  technique  of  die 
poet  and  structure  of  poetry.  Includes  consideraUon  of  teaching  poetry. 

ENGL  216  Short  Fiction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101, 122,  or  pemiission 

A  study  of  die  development  of  the  short  stor\^  from  the  middle  of  the  nineteendi 
century  to  the  present  widi  attention  to  form,  structure,  and  t)pes  of  die  story. 
Includes  consideration  of  teaching  short  fiction. 

ENGL  217  Drama  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  122,  or  permission 

The  study  of  selected  plays  from  various  periods  in  an  attempt  to  understand  the 
frincdon  of  drama.  Includes  consideration  of  teaching  drama. 


ENGL  220  Advanced  Composition  I 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  202 

Primarily  seeks  to  improve  writing  style,  particularly 
such  as  magazine  article  and  personal  essay. 


3c-01-3sh 
;  utilitarian  forms, 

3c-0l-3sh 


ENGL  221  Creative  Writing 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  202 

A  seminar  course  in  which  students  are  expected  to  produce  a  substantial  body  of 
written  work  in  one  or  more  of  die  creative  genres,  the  particular  kind  of  writing 
chosen  vvidi  regard  to  die  special  interests  and  abiUties  of  each  student. 

ENGL  225  Introduction  to  Literature  by  Women  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  121  or  122  and  202 

Major  trends  and  motifs  across  genres  (fiction,  nonfiction,  poetry,  autobiography) 
which  reflect  diemes  and  subjects  of  continuing  interest  to  women  writers.  The 
intersection  of  genre  with  race,  ethnicit)-,  and  social  class  will  be  of  particular 
significance.  {Offiered  as  EN  384  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

ENGL  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)^  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ENGL  301  British  Medieval  Literature  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202, 210.  21 1,212,  213 

Examines  particular  literar)'  traditions  in  England  from  the  eleventh  to  the 
fifteenth  centuries,  excluding  Chaucer.  The  purpose  will  be  to  acquaint  students 
with  the  diversit)'  of  materials,  ranging  from  prose  to  verse,  oral  to  written,  and 
serious  to  comic.  Most  texts  will  be  taught  in  the  original  Middle  English, 
accompanied  by  side  glosses.  Translations  will  be  used  where  appropriate.  Radier 
than  sur\'ey  die  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closelv  on 
particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  the  instructor. 

ENGL  302  Renaissance  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210,  21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  major  works  and  genres  in  Elizabethan  literature  such  as  pastoral  and 
tragedy  and  key  fiction  writers,  dramatists,  and  poets  during  1558-1603.  Radier 
than  survey  the  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  a 
specific  hterary  period  and  on  die  writers  of  tliis  period  as  selected  by  die 
instructor.  {Offered  as  EN  361  The  Elenaissance  prior  to  Spring,  1998) 


ENGL  303  British  Enlightenment  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,210,211.212,  213 

British  Enhghtenment  Literature  refers  to  die  imitation  of  the  Greek  and  Roman 
audiors  of  antiquit\\  Begins  widi  die  assumptions  and  goals  of  neoclassical 
literature  and  integrates  the  intellectual  debates  and  contemporary  politics 
(patriarchy,  nascent  capitalism,  empire,  slavery,  class  divisions)  that  flourished 
alongside  of  (and  thai  shaped  die  emergence  of)  new  genres  (the  slave  narrative, 
the  novel,  godiic  tales,  die  periodical  essay).  Radier  than  survey  the  period 
comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects  or 
writers  as  selected  by  die  instructor. 

ENGL  304  British  Romantic  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210,  21 1,212,  213 

Emphasizes  die  relationship  between  literature  and  its  milieu.  Focuses  primarily 
on  English  Romantic  Poets  but  considers  development  in  Germany,  France,  and 
America  and  examines  its  continuing  manifestations  in  fiterature,  culture,  and 
politics.  Rather  than  survey  die  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to 
focus  closely  on  a  specific  hterary  period  and  on  the  writers  of  this  period  as 
selected  bv  the  instructor.  (Offered  as  EN  360  Romanticism  prior  to  Spring. 
1998) 

ENGL  305  British  Victorian  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210,  21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  fiteran,'  works  against  a  background  of  rapidly  changing  social, 
economic,  reUgious,  and  political  forces.  Counterculture  movements,  such  as  the 
Pre-Raphaelites,  vrill  be  examined  against  ''liigh  Victorianism"  to  develop  a  sense 
of  the  tremendous  inteUectual  and  political  energ)'  of  the  period.  Roots  of  recent 
concerns  such  as  feminism,  poUtical  literalism,  and  capitalism  will  be  explored  to 
help  us  better  understand  our  own  as  well  as  die  Victorian  age.  Rather  than 
survey  the  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on 
particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  the  instructor. 

ENGL  306  Modem  British  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  210,  21 1,  212,  and  213 

Examines  major  works  and  trends  in  modem  British  literature,  such  as 
modernism  or  key  fiction  writers,  dramatists,  or  poets  during  the  first  half  of  the 
twentiedi  centur\'.  Rather  than  survey  die  period  comprehensively,  die  purpose 
here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular  aspects  or  writers  as  selected  by  die 
instructor. 

ENGL  307  Contemporary  British  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210, 21 1, 212, 213 

Examines  major  works  and  trends  in  contemporary  British  Uterature,  such  as  late 
modernism,  postmodernism,  the  age  of  diminishment,  or  key  novehsts, 
dramatists,  and/or  poets  from  the  period  1945  to  die  present.  Rather  than  survey 
die  period  comprehensively,  the  purpose  here  is  to  focus  closely  on  particular 
aspects  or  wxiters  as  selected  by  tlie  instructor. 

ENGL  310  PubUc  Speaking  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  101 

Fundamental  principles  of  pubhc  speaking,  audience  analysis,  interest  and 
attention,  and  selection  and  organization  of  speech  material. 

ENGL  311  Oral  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  310 

Emphasizes  understanding  and  appreciation  of  literature  through  developing  skill 
in  reading  aloud. 


ENGL  312  Speech- Persuasion 
Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  310 

Advanced  study  of  problems  involved  in  influencing  an  audience. 


3c-0l-3sh 


ENGL  313  The  Rhetorical  Tradition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,310 

Sui-vey  of  rhetorical  theory  from  Greek  and  Roman  dirough  modern  times. 

ENGL  314  Speech  and  Communication  in  the 

Secondary'  English  Classroom  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  122,  202 

Offers  students  practical  and  theoretical  approaches  to  relationships  between  oral 

and  written  communication.  The  course  is  performance  based  (involving  a  variety 

of  communication  activities)  and  knowledge  based  (involving  study  of  research  on 

language  arts  relationships).  An  emphasis  is  given  to  integration  of  the  four 

language  arts  for  improving  teachers'  own  communication  skiUs  as  weU  as  those  of 

their  students. 

ENGL  315  American  Literature  to  1820  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210,  21 1, 212,  213 

The  beginnings  of  American  hterary  cultures  from  six  teen  di-century  pre- 
Columbian  indigenous  contacts  witli  European  explorations,  through  diverse 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       159 


colonializationH  (I  Iis|i;iiiii ,  FrciK  li,  uiid  lluliiili)  im  lulling  ihc  irn|nirljiii>ii  i>( 
African  slaves,  ii|>  Ic.  ilii  ATiH-ncan  Itrvolminn  and  iimrncnl  I'.S.  Iilcran 
iialiiiiialinin  in  llic  liisl  iln  ail<»  nl  llic  inrulciiilli  i  cnlur).  Halliir  llian  snncy  llir 
licrioil  r..in|ir(licii»ivcly,  llic  |iur|i<isc  licrc  is  In  Iik  iis  cidscly  nn  parln  niar  aspects 
cir  writers  as  sclci  led  l)y  llie  iiislnictnr. 

KNOI.^lfi  Amiriian  I.ilimlurr  IH.i()-IHHO  )c Ol- tsii 

PrcrcquMilcin  KN(  ;i,  2(W,  •21(1,  2n.  212,  an.i  21.) 
Kxamines  in.<i>ii  Hinks  and  Ircnds  in  1    S.  Iiu  raliire,  IriMii  llle  Kederalisl, 
Hoiiiaiilii ,  anil/or  Kcalislic  perimis,  Kalliei  llian  survey  llie  peritid 
coinprclieiisiveiy.  llic  piir|Mise  here  is  lo  focus  cliiscly  on  parlicular  aspecis  or 
wrilers  as  sele(  led  liy  llie  insinuior. 

INCI.  ,'JI7  Amcricmi  l.ilcniliire  IHHO-IHIO  k  Ol-.Jsli 

I>rerequiiii(ci)i  KN(  d .  HYI.  2 1 0.  2 1  1 ,  '2 1 2,  2 1 .) 

Kxamines  rcpresciilalive  U.S.  wrilers  durinn  ISNO-KMO.  Incliiilcs  Iradilioiial 

figures  as  well  as  wrilers  who  have  recently  cntcreil  the  c; n.  Katlier  than  survey 

the  pcriocl  coiiiprcheiisively,  the  purpose  liere  is  to  focus  closely  uii  particular 
aspecis  or  wrilers  as  selci  ted  by  the  instructor. 

KNCL  3 1 N  Lilcnilurc  for  Adulcscciilii  3c-nl-.'i»li 

Prercquinitcai  K.N(  d.  I  IM .  122.  or  pcnnission,  Kn^lish  Education  major 
Surveys  poetry,  drama,  and  liclioii  with  which  the  aclolesccnt  is  familiar  tliroiigli 
school  work  and  personal  reading. 

ENGL  3 1 9  American  (.ilcralun-  I  S40-preseiit  3c-0l-3sh 

Prcrequisilcs:  KNC;i,  202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  ENGL  210,  21 1.  212. 
21.) 

.'Ulditioiul  prcre(|uisites  for  B,A.  KiiKlish  majors:  RNCL  210. 211, 212. 213 
Kocuscs  on  rarious  movements,  tliemes.  genres,  and  authors  writing  in  the  United 
States  since  1940,  Not  a  survey  course;  each  section  will  develop  an  extended 
Ircalmcnt  of  a  particular  topic  selected  by  t)ic  instnicior.  Emphasizes  writing  by 
living  writers  to  develop  an  understantling  of  die  diversity,  Ibmially  and 
iheinatically,  of  current  U.S.  literary  production  across  genders  and  etluiicities. 

ENGL  320  Advanced  Composilinn  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prcrvquifiitcs:  KNCd.  202,  221) 

A  uiirkshop  and  tutorial  atnios|iliere  liir  studenl.s  who  intend  to  write  or  teach 

writing. 

ENGL  322  Technical  Writing  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  202 

Focuses  on  hcl{>ing  the  studciii  lo  ac(]uirc  anil  to  apply  communication  skills 
essential  to  Uie  technical  and  proti^ssional  writer. 

ENGL  323  Teaching  Literature  and  Reading  in  the 

Secondarv  School  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  122,  202 

Introduces  students  to  the  theory  and  research  nn  leaching  literature  and  reading 
in  die  secondary  school.  Uevicws  reader-response  literary  theory  and  classroom- 
based  research  on  teaching  literature.  .*\lso  reviews  socio-psychoUnguistic  reading 
dieory  and  classrnnm-basctl  research  on  teaching  reading. 

ENGL  324  Teaching  and  Evaluating  Writing  .'k--01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  EN(>L  1 22,  202,  English  Education  major  or  permission 
A  study  of  modern  approaches  to  the  leaching  of  writing,  including  current 
theories  on  the  composing  prtK^ss.  as  well  as  instniction  in  evaluating,  including 
holistic  scoring.  Includes  practice  in  writing. 

ENGL  325  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENtlL  22 1 ,  pemussioii  of  instructor  based  on  samples  of 
student's  work 

.•\  writing  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  focus  intensively  on  the  writing  and 
revision  of  poein  and  nn  developing  an  audience  for  one's  works. 

ENGL  326  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  ,5c-01-.3sh 

PrerequLsiles:  ENGL  22 1 ,  pennission  of  instructor  based  on  samples  of 
student's  work 

.\  writing  workshop  for  students  who  wish  to  write  fiction  under  tlie  guidance  of 
an  instructor.  Focuses  intensively  on  tile  writing  and  revision  of  prose  fiction  and 
on  developing  an  audience  for  one's  works. 

ENGL  329  The  History  of  the  English  Language  lc-01-lsh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  202 

Studies  historical  development  of  tlic  EngUsh  language,  as  a  basis  for  a  better 
understanding  of  modem  American  English. 


ENGL  .).J0  I  he  Sti  u.  lure  of  English 

PrcrcquiiiilciENt. 1.202 

All  inlrnduition  lo  the  fundaiiieiitals  of  language  study  widi  an  e<)uiil  emptusis  on 

the  sound,  word,  sciitenie,  meaning,  anil  distiiurse  pallcrns  of  English. 

hUlui  alionally  relevant  topics,  sue  h  as  apphiations  oflinguMtJcs  to  die  teaching  of 

English  language  and  literature,  vaneties  o(  graniinar,  anil  linguistic  descTiptioni 

of  styles  and  registers  arc  an  integral  part  of  die  loursc.  Course  is  a  prerequisite 

for  EDUC  4.')2. 

ENGL  332  Advanced  Film  3c-«l-3ih 

Prerequisite*!  em;  1.  101.  20S 

( )llers  a  close  examination  of  ilassic  and  contemporary  films  and  film  theory  from 
a  variety  of  critical  perspectives;  sjki  tatorship,  cinematic  authorship,  feniinism, 
historiography,  genre,  and  cultural  studies.  Pays  special  attention  U)  die  treatment 
of  women  and  AfricaiiAincricans  in  film. 

EN(;L  333  Psycholinguistics  3c-OI-3»h 

Prerequisite:  EN<;i.  202 

Goiiccms  llie  interrelation  between  language  system  and  behavior  and  various 
factors  of  human  psychology.  Surveys  developments  since  die  HMOs,  including 
relationships  between  language  and  [lerception,  biology,  memory,  meaning,  and 
cognition,  as  well  as  oral  and  written  behavior.  Students  of  language  and  literature 
may  improve  their  assumptions  about  how  human  beings  use  language. 

ENC:L  334  ESL  Methods  and  Materials  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  nr  permission  of  die  instructor 
\t\  introdut  tioii  lo  English  as  a  .Second  Language  theory  and  practice.  Aims:  ( I ) 
general  understanding  of  current  dicory  and  mediods  of  teaching  ESL;  (2)  ability 
lo  select  appropriate,  and  adapt  existing,  materials  for  elementary  and  high  school 
ESL  students.  Recommended  for  all  English  teachers  who  exficct  to  have  E.SL 
students  in  their  classes. 

ENGL  335  The  Essay  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  210,  21 1,  212.  2 13 

Focuses  on  die  creation  and  development  of  the  essay  in  English,  its  form  and 
content,  fi'oni  its  beginnings  to  die  present.  Students  will  begin  by  studying 
Francis  Bacon,  the  first  English  essayist,  and  follow  the  evolution  of  the  form  to 
die  present  day. 

ENGL  336  Language,  Gender,  and  Society  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  junior  standing 

Investigates  die  various  ways  dial  language  and  gender  interact  and  intersect  in 
society.  Examines  such  questions  as:  Does  society  use  language  to  favor  one  sex 
over  tlie  other?  WTiy  is  language  a  crucial  component  in  fomiiJating  constructs  of 
masculinity  and  femininity?  What  stereotypes  of  gender-based  language  are 
promoted  in  our  society?  How  can  we  analyze  language  to  reveal  disparate  views 
and  treatment  of  die  sexes? 

ENGL  337  Myth  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202  and  at  least  two  courses  firom  ENGL  210. 21 1. 212. 

21.'5 

.Additional  prerequisites  for  B..\.  EngUsh  majors:  ENGL  210.  21 1.  212.  213 

Examines  die  nature  and  flincuon  of  the  mythic  experience  and  explores  the 

archetypal  patterns  of  myths  from  various  cidtures.  (Offered  as  EN  370  .Mydi  and 

Literature  prior  to  Spring.  1998) 

ENGL  338  Oral  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  2 1 0.  2 1 1 .  2 1 2.  2 1 3 

.Acquaints  students  with  the  nature  of  oral  c-omposition.  the  habits  of  thought  that 
orality  fosters,  and  the  particular  mode  of  awareness  the  oral  dimension  of 
literature  demands  of  an  audience  (and  awakens  in  a  reader).  .At  the  conclusion  of 
the  course  students  should  have  an  understanding  of  the  formulaic  nature  of  such 
purely  oral  forms  as  die  ballad  and  the  epic  and  an  awareness  of  the  manner  in 
which  oraliry  patterns  diought  differendv  from  writing,  and  the\'  should  be  able  to 
detect  oral  features  and  patterns  in  works  of  literature  fi^im  cultures  not  primarily 
oral  but  containing  a  high  "oral  residue."  (Offered  as  EN  353  The  Oral 
Dimension  prior  lo  Spring.  199S) 

ENGL  344  Ethnic  American  Literature  3c-01-3$h 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  ENGL  210.  21 1. 212. 
213 

.Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  English  majors:  ENGL  210. 21 1. 212.  213 
Concerned  widi  ethnic  U.S.  experiences  as  expressed  in  poetry,  fiction,  drama, 
and  autobiography.  The  topic  will  vary  and  be  announced  in  advance.  Examples 
include  .Asian- American.  Hispanic.  Irish-.American.  Jcwish-.American.  and  Nalive- 
.American  literatures. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


160       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


KNCl.  MS  Atrican-American  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  121  or  122  and  202 

Primarily  nineleentli-  and  twendetli-century  African-American  literature  (poetry, 
fulion.  ii()nliction):  includes  works  by  Frederick  Douglass,  W.E.B.  Du  Bois. 
spintuals  and  folk  poetry.  Harriet  B.  Wilson. Jean  Tooiner,  Richard  Wright, 
Audrey  Lorde.  and  loiii  Morrison.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  historical  context 
and  an  Afrocentric  approach. 

ENGL  349  English  Bible  a.s  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  121  or  122  and  202 

Considers  literary  aspects  of  the  English  Bible  by  relating  earlier  translations  to 
the  Authorized  Version  of  1 6 1 1  and  by  tracing  some  of  die  major  influences  of  the 
King  James  Bible  upon  writers  and  speakers  of  modern  English.  Offers  a  close 
reading  of  the  major  narrative  and  poetic  portions  of  the  Old  Testament. 

ENGL  354  Classical  Literature  in  Translation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  122.  202 

Masterpieces  studied  range  from  diose  of  ancient  Greece  to  Middle  .Ages.  English 

literature  and  .American  literature  excluded,  (Ottered  as  EN  345  prior  to  Spring. 

1998) 

ENGL  356  Film  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,208 

\i\  introduction  to  major  film  theories,  studied  in  relation  to  representative  films. 
Details  the  complex  relationship  between  film  production  and  filjn  theory:  i.e,, 
how  theorists  have  attempted  to  explain  what  appears  on  the  screen,  its  impact, 
and  its  relation  to  "reality,"  and  how  filmmakers  have  responded  to  die  works  of 
theorists  (widi  the  two  sometimes  being  the  same).  Goes  far  deeper  into 
understanding  film  than  ENGL  208.  which  focuses  mainly  on  how  film  is 
constructed  tiirough  aesthetic  and  institutional  processes. 

ENGL  357  Major  Figures  in  Film  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101.208 

Studies  major  artists  and  dieir  contributions  to  die  development  of  film  as  an  art 
forni  from  its  beginnings  to  the  present.  Close  analyses  of  directors, 
cinematographers.  editors,  screenwriters,  or  actors-as  individuals  or  as 
representatives  of  a  movement  in  film.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester; 
Uius.  one  semester  may  concentrate  on  a  specific  director  such  as  Alfred 
Hitchcock;  another  semester  might  study  women  (as  directors,  actresses,  and 
editors):  and  yet  another  semester  might  study  a  collective  movement  such  as  film 
noir. 

ENGL  385  .Advanced  Women's  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202  and  for  non-majors  ENGL  225 

Considers  issues  of  genre  and  canon  revision  and  why  particular  genres  may  have 
particular  appeal  for  women  writers.  While  many  of  our  readings  will  be  by 
"literary  women,'*  we  will  also  consider  works  by  women  who  were  professionals 
in  nonliterary  disciplines. 

ENGL  386  Regional  Literature  in  English  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENtJL  202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  ENGL  210,  21 1.  212. 

213 

Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  EngUsh  majors:  ENGL  210,  21 1,  212,  213 
Examines  die  contributions  of  a  particular  region  to  national  literature.  The  focus 
of  the  course  might  be  any  of  the  following:  Appalacliian  writers,  local  color 
writers.  New  England  writers.  Southern  writers,  writers  of  the  American  West,  or 
Canadian  writers. 

ENGL  387  Irish  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  210,  211,212,  213 

.An  introduction  to  Irish  literature  since  1800,  with  particular  emphasis  on  die 
Literary  Revival  in  the  early  twentieth  century.  Key  authors  include  Yeats.Joyce, 
S)-nge.  O'Casey,  Edgeworth,  Somerville  and  Ross,  Gregory.  Beckett,  and  Heaney. 
The  development  of  Irish  writing  mW  be  examined  within  die  contexts  of  Irish 
history,  language,  culture,  and  politics. 

ENGL  390  Literary  Tour:  Britain  var-3sh 

Oifered  selected  summers,  for  five  weeks  during  the  first  or  second  summer 
session.  Visits  Lontlon,  Stratford,  and  Cambridge  or  Oxford,  as  well  as  other 
places  important  in  English  literature. 

ENGL  39 1  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 
Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as 
representative  of  major  themes  of  medieval  European  literature.  Also  listed  as 
FNLG391. 

ENGL  393  Romanticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 

.A  study  of  die  principal  authors  and  works  of  late  eighteenth-century  and  early 


nineteentii-century  Europe  and  the  unique  national  characteristics  of  die 
Romantic  movement  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  Also  listed  as  FNLG  393. 

ENGL  394  Nineteenth-Century  European  Novel  in  Translation         3c-01-3sh 
Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122.  ENGL  202 
.A  sun^ey  of  major  nineteendi-century  European  novels  in  translation  (excluding 
EngUsh),  emphasizing  the  rise  of  realism  and  naturalism  and  the  ciUtural, 
historical,  social,  and  artistic  relationships  between  the  various  national 
literatures.  Also  listed  as  FNLG  394. 

ENGL  395  Selected  Writers  from  Twentieth-Century  Europe  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 
Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  or  as 
representatives  of  major  trends  in  twentieth-century  hterature.  Also  listed  as 
FNLG  395. 

ENGL  396  The  Literature  of  Emerging  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 
A  comparative  study  of  a  selection  of  literature  written  in  major  European 
languages  but  originating  in  the  nations  of  die  developing  world.  Works  will  be 
mainly  prose  fiction  (although  essay,  theater,  and  poetry-  may  be  included)  and 
reflect  a  diversity  of  geographical,  cultural,  and  prior  colonial  circumstances.  Also 
listed  as  FNLG  396. 

ENGL  401  Advanced  Literary  Theory  and  Criticism  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  210.  21 1.  212.  213 

Acquaints  students  with  major  issues  and  problems  in  literary  theory.  Rather  than 
survey  the  history  of  criticism  and  theory,  this  course  focuses  on  modem  and 
contemporary  critical  schools  and  methods.  The  purpose  is  to  introduce  students 
to  a  select  group  of  influential  theories  and  dieorists  and  how  such  theories 
impact  the  way  we  read,  study,  and  teach  literature  and  cultural  studies. 

ENGL  420  Special  Writing  Applications  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  220 

Oilers  students  who  are  well  into  their  disciphnes  "forums"  for  advanced  reading 
and  writing  about  the  cultural,  professional,  and  personal  uses  of  textual 
knowledge.  Students  wifl  read,  analyze,  and  compose  essays  that  build  meaning 
around  discipHnary  knowledge,  independent  reading,  and  personal  or 
preprofessional  experience.  They  wifl  be  encouraged  to  make  connections 
between  disciplinary  knowledge  and  emerging  knowledge  or  experience. 

ENGL  422  Technical  Writing  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  322 

An  advanced  workshop/tutorial  that  provides  intensive  instruction  in  technical 
writing.  Technical  Writing  11  buUds  on  the  basics  of  audience,  readability, 
proposals  and  reports,  letters,  memos,  and  resumes  which  are  covered  in 
Technical  Writing  1.  Describes  the  writer's  role  in  such  areas  as  legal  and  ethical 
aspects  of  technical  communication:  planning,  testing,  reviewing,  and  evaluating 
documents:  and  proofreading  and  editing. 

ENGL  430  Major  BriUsh  Author  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202.  210,  21 1,  212,  213 

Examines  major  works  of  a  single  major  author,  including  biographical,  hterary, 
and  cultural  contexts.  Places  the  author  vrithin  both  inteUectual/cultural  history 
and  literary  developments.  Major  author  studied  in  a  particular  semester  to  be 
ced  in  advance. 


ENGL  432  Chaucer  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210,  21 1,  212.  213 

Studies  Chaucer,  his  life,  his  language,  the  development  of  his  literary  style,  and 
his  art,  with  and  through  his  major  poetical  works.  (Offered  as  EN  340  prior  to 

Spring,  1998) 

ENGL  434  Shakespeare  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202  and  at  least  two  courses  from  ENGL  210.  21 1,  212, 

213 

Additional  prerequisites  for  B.A.  English  majors:  ENGL  210,  21 1,  212,  213 

Studies  Shakespeare's  development  as  a  poetic  dramatist  against  background  of 

Elizabetlian  stage;  examines  audience,  textual  problems,  language  imagery,  and 

philosophy.  (Offered  as  EN  34 1  prior  to  Spring,  1 998) 

ENGL  436  Major  American  Authors  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  202,  210.  21 1,  212,  213 

Studies  in  the  literary  out])ut  of  a  major  American  author  or  audiors  against  the 
background  of  die  social  and  hterary  mUieus  in  which  die  works  were  created. 
Specific  subject  or  subjects  to  be  announced  by  the  instructor.  (Offered  as  EN 
343  prior  to  Spring,  1998) 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       767 


KNCI.  H>(l  r<i|ii.H  III  I  iliii  )c-(ll-  ),li 

Prcrf<|uii>ilc»i  KN(.I.  Illl,'i>im 

Sclcdc'il  liltiiN  iIimIIii);  wilh  ,i  fi|ii.'(Hir,  ailviiiucil  lii|>ic'  will  l>c  viewed  jiiil  axicnacd 
In  cx|)liiic  lliL'  ilillt'iciil  niliTi  llial  iiliii  |iluyn.  °rii|iit  In  lie  aiiiioiiiiicil  ill  advuiicc. 

KNIJ.  Ilil   liiiiicn  in  llriliiili  l.ilcnilure  .'k-Ol-.Mi 

l'rercqiii»iU-»i  l'.N<  ;i .  1^(12. :;  I  (I,  2 1  1 .  2 1 :2.  2 1  I 

ICxuiiiiiieii  iiiiijiir  wiirkn  itlii  purliciiLir  lii|iit'  In  llrilinli  lilcnilure  liy  iiininiiiK  on  in 
I  iilliinil  iiiiil  lilcniry  coiilexln.  Tiiiiic  lo  lie  ; iiiiiicd  in  ailvaiiie. 


CNGI,  ■Iti'i  'I'upii'ii  in  Amcrimn  Lilrnilurc 

Prcrc<|uiiiilciii  KNCI.  202.  21(1.  21  I.  212.  2I.( 

Kxaiiiiiieii  m>(jor  wiirkn  iii  a  |iarli(ular  topic  in  Aiiieriiaii  liUraliiri  liy  Ini 

il.1  ciilliiial  and  lilenir)'  coiilcxln.  'Iiiiiii'  In  lie  aniiniinicil  in  advaiiie. 


I,  ()l-),li 


-:Wi 


ENGL  IHU  .Scminan  .Scudicn  in  English  and  American  I.ilrralurc 
Prerequinilem  KN(J.  id  I.  122.202 
Cnrcquiailviii  KN(.I.  211.  212.  21.1,  iir  |ieriiiis.iiiin 

A  seminar  ex|K'rit'iiie  ilisi^iii'd  liir  ailvaiiied  .nludeiiLi.  Siiideiit.H  iniisideniiK 
Kradualc  work  in  KiikIisIi  iimkIiI  well  wish  In  eiimll.  bnt  .slndeiiM  widi  a  variely  of 
larcer  unals    Imsiiiess.  iniluslr\,  law.  )>(ivernineiil  senile    call  lake  a(lvaiita|;e  of 
diis  npiHirllinily  In  plan  a  si  ludiile  nl  iiidepeiuleiil  sliidv  willi  llic  help  iiPa 
raciillyinciilnr.' 

EN(a,  IM I  .Spcciul  Tupien  var  I  -  Isli 

Prvrequinilct  As  .ipprnpriale  In  cniirse  cnntcnt 

Vary  fniiii  seiiiesler  In  sciiiesler  covcriiin  .such  diverse  inpiis  as  aiilnhioKrapliy. 
science  liclinii.  (nlklnre.  ihe  pnlilical  imvel.  Iilack  ihcaler.  elc. 

ENGL  4N2  Independent  Study  var  1  (ish 

Prcrcquisitci  Prinr  appmval  dirniigli  advisor,  faculty  member,  dcpartnieiil 
chair^iersnii,  dean,  and  Pnivnsf  s  ( )nice 

Stiideiils  with  inlcrcst  in  indepeiidenl  study  iiFa  lii|)ic  iinl  uH'ered  in  die 
ciirriculuiii  may  propnse  a  plan  nl'study  in  cnnjunctinn  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  nii  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


EN(;i.  4!).-)  Internship 

t)n-dle-inb  tmillill^  oppnrtiinilie 
internsliip  prn^ram  rci|tiireil. 


var-3-12sh 
.Application  and  acceptance  to 


EOPT 


lectro-Optit-s  (@) 


Department  of  Physics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

@     New  program  and  courses  pending  ("oiincil  of  Trustees  and  .Stale 
System  of  Higher  Education  approval 

EOPT  105  Computer  Inierfacing  in  Electro-Optics  2c-3l-.3.sh 

Designed  to  leach  the  hiiidamenlals  of  interfacing  die  personal  computer  to  its 
physical  suiToiindiiigs  such  as  electro-optics  e(|uipment.  The  students  will  do 
graphical  programming  and  learn  how  to  use  virtual  instruments  in  order  to 
collect  data  and  to  control  experiments.  The  students  will  use  a  program  that 
employs  graphical  block  diagrams  that  compile  into  machine  cocle.  Includes  a  lab 
component. 

EOPT  1 10  Geometric  Optics  2c-31-;ish 

Corequisite  or  Prerequisite:  PlIYS  100 

Introduces  die  stiuleiii  to  die  principles  and  dieor\'  of  light  as  a  geometric  ray  and 

gives  an  elementary  treatment  of  image  formation.  Topics  include  reflection. 

retraction,  prisms,  lenses,  mirrors,  pupils,  stops,  aberrations,  optical  iiistnimcnls. 

aspherical  surfaces,  and  optical  system  <lesign  and  eraluadon.  Includes  a  lab 

conipoiu-nl. 

EOPT  1 20  Wave  Optics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EOPT  110 

Coret)uisite  or  Prerequisite:  MATH  1 10  or  121 

Designed  lo  pmvide  tlie  student  widi  die  basic  knowledge  of  die  wave  nature  of 

light.  Topics  include  spectral  characteristics  of  light,  propagation  of  light. 

interfeience.  ditVraction.  polarization,  wnndows.  tillers,  beam  splitters,  and 

gratings.  Includes  a  lab  component. 

EOPT  12.5  Introduction  to  Electronics  3c-31-4sh 

Corequisite  or  Prerequisite:  M.VTll  1 10  or  121 

Designcil  to  intmduce  smdeiits  to  basic  analog  and  digital  electronics.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  direct  current  (DC)  circuits  and  networks  utilizing  Ohm"s  Law 
and  Incused  upon  die  use  of  electronic  instrumentation  and  design  using 
operational  ainplitiers  as  "black  box"  building  elements.  In  addition,  die  digital 


I  iimpniieiil  ol  die  inurne  will  oivcr  bakic  digital  logic  and  itx  iiiiplcmcntation  in 
liardware  using  inlrgralcd  ciri  nil  based  logic  gales  and  cnnnlcrt.  Iiii  ludcn  a  lab 
cniii|Mincnl. 

EOI*T  210  Detection  and  Mcanureincnl  2c-3l-3»li 

I'rerequiMteni  KOI"!    120  and  U'i 

(  oveis  electrniiit  aniplifii  alion,  opucal  detccbirii,  and  the  incasureincnt  ur>null 
disljlices  using  inlerlcrciice  cflcils.  (  )|»cniUoiial  amplifiers  are  used  to  build 
cimiitJi  lo  measure  die  output  of  plioton  and  dieriiial  detcclors.  In  order  lo 
accurately  measure  properties  such  as  wavclcngdis,  absnr|>Uon  of  wavclengdis, 
ilelei  Is  ill  lenses,  prisms,  and  llat  plates,  die  foUiiwing  instruments  are  used  by  die 
tiudenls:  iiionochroinalors,  spectrophotometers,  and  interferometers.  Includes  a 
tab  component. 

EOPT  220  Introduction  to  Users  2c-3l-3»li 

PrcrcquUiteiEOI'T  120 

Dillc'rent  types  of  incolierenl  light  sources  will  be  discussed  and  investigated.  'Ilie 
concepts  of  laser  safely  will  be  introduced.  'Hie  clemenu  and  o|>enitioii  <jl  an 
optical  power  meter  will  be  covered.  Tlic  energy-level  diagrams  and  die  eiiergy- 
Iraiisfcr  processes  in  die  active  medium  will  lie  discussed.  Tlic  spatial  and 
leiiipnrol  prnperties  of  lasers  will  lie  investigated  along  widi  odicr  cliaracteristics 
sucli  as  modes  of  oscillation.  .Some  applications  of  lasers  will  lie  investigated. 
Includes  a  lab  component. 

EOPT  240  Fiber  Optic*  2c-3l-3.h 

Prerequisite:  E()I*T  1 20 

(invers  basic  concepts  in  fiber  optics  such  as  dispersion,  attenuation,  and  single- 
mode  and  inultiniode  propagation.  Fiber  optic  test  e(|uipnielit  such  as  optical 
time  domain  reflcctnmeters  and  optical  power  meters  will  be  discussed  and 
investigated.  .Sources,  detectors,  and  optical  amplifiers  will  be  covered.  Includes  a 
lab  component. 

EOPT  250  High-\acuum  Icchnology  2c-3l-35h 

Prerequisite:  PHY.S  116 

The  student  will  leani  how  to  produce  and  measure  a  vacuum.  Tlie  properties  of 
gases  and  die  concepts  of  fluid  flow  and  pumping  will  be  presented.  .Many 
different  kinds  of  vacuum  pumps  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  The  concept  of 
measuring  a  vacuum  will  be  introduced  dirough  die  discussion  of  vacuum  gauges 
and  gas  analyzers.  The  technicjues  of  leak  detccliuii  and  diin  film  deposition  will 
be  covered.  The  concept  of  ultrahigh  vacuum  will  be  touched  upon.  Includes  a 
lab  component. 

EOPT  2fiO  Industrial  Applications  of  leasers  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  EOPT  220 

Laser  power  and  energy  measurements  will  be  made.  The  theory-  and  applications 
of  industrial  lasers  will  be  covered.  Material  processing  such  as  welding,  cutting, 
and  hole  drilling  will  be  discussed,  implemented,  and  analyzed.  The  role  of  opdcs 
in  laser  machining  will  be  cxivcred.  Laser  safety  will  be  emphasized  throughout 
the  course.  Includes  a  lab  component. 


1^1 


Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education 


Department  nl  Hiiin.in  Dc\cl(i|imcnt  and 

Emaronmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


wr-l-3sh 


FCSE  281  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 

dial  are  not  Included  In  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identitv-  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 

numbered  2,S1  arc  offered  pnmarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FCSE  350  Teaching  Family  Life  Education  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FCSE  250.  EDI  C  242 
Corequisite:  EDSP  302 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  teaching  family  hfe  educadon  in  family  and  consumer 
sciences  classrooms  and  dirtiugh  communit^■  organizations  and  agencies.  Lessons 
are  planned  and  implemented  using  a  \-arier\'  of  instnicDonal  methods 
incorjiorating  adaptations  and  mochficaiions  for  special  needs  learners,  basic 
skiUs.  global  concerns,  and  use  of  a  prtiblem-sohing  decision-making  approach. 
Planning  of  content,  learning  acthides.  instiucdonal  materials,  and  es'aluadon 
based  on  clearly  stated  objecdves  are  emphasized.  A  microcomputer  spreadsheet 
is  utiUzed  to  manage  a  department  budget  and  a  gradebook.  Pairiinpadon  in 
professional  organization  acuvities  is  expected. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


1 62     c'o  u  R  s'e  descriptions 


FCSE  450  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics  3c-0i-3sh 

Prerequisite:  KCSE  350 

The  emphasis  is  oti  teacliing  vocational  (aniily  and  consumer  sciences  in 
consumer/honiemaking  and  occupational  family  and  consumer  sciences 
programs.  Federal  legislation  impacting  on  family  and  consumer  sciences  is 
analyzed  for  use  in  program  decisions.  An  emphasis  is  given  to  program 
development  using  CBVE  model,  development  of  individual  learning  packets, 
vocational  youdi  organizations,  ad\isory  committees,  family  and  consumer 
sciences  and  vocational  educational  priorities,  professional  organizations, 
proposal  development  for  fiinding,  impact  on  public  policy,  marketing  family  and 
consumer  sciences,  and  development  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  family  and 
consumer  sciences  education. 

FCSE  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  arc  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar\'  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculimi.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity*  no  more  tlian  tliree  times.  Special 
toj)ics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FCSE  482  Independent  Study  var  l-3sb 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Upper-level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  their  pardcular 
interests  outside  the  realm  of  die  organized  home  economics  educadon 
curriculum.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  3sh.  Approval  is 
based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


program. 

FDED  45t>  Issues  and  Trends  in  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Cridcal  analysis  of  issues  and  trends  in  education  with  emphasis  on  philosophical 
and  social  dimensions  of  topics  covered.  Attention  to  work  of  some  major 
contemporar)'  criucs  of  educadon. 

FDED  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  idenUt\'  no  more  than  three  dmes.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FDED  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  lacult\-  member,  deparunent 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  studv  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Ap])ni\al  is  lijst-d  on  Luadtinu  ajipinpriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Food  and  Nutrition 

Department  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


FDED 


Foundations  of  Education 

Department  of  Foundations  of  Education 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technolog)' 

FDED  102  American  Education  in  Theory  and  Practice  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  familiarize  prospective  teachers  widi  the  history  and  philosojjhy  of 
American  education  and  widi  some  of  the  pracdcal  aspects  of  teaching  in  the 
American  public  school  classroom.  (Offered  as  FDED  202  prior  to  2001-02) 

FDED  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity'  no  more  than  three  dmes.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FDED  440  Orientation  to  Teaching  in  Urban  Centers  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  learners  and  their  unique  learning 
needs  and  conditions.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  understanding  the  origin  of 
atutudes  and  values  and  how  these  affect  the  reladonships  which  exist  between 
students  and  teachers.  Special  attention  to  practical  application  of  dieoretical 
informadon  to  problems  of  urban  education.  Field  trips  and  guest  speakers  will  be 
emphasized. 

FDED  441  Field  Experiences  in  Urban  Centers  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  FDED  440 

Provides  specialized  experience  for  students  desiring  to  teach  in  inner-cit\' 
schools.  Aspects  to  be  emphasized  include  physical  characteristics  of  community, 
background  and  aspirations  of  children  and  youth,  and  specialized  teacher 
competencies,  classroom  management,  planning,  instructional  materials,  teaching 
strategies,  and  evaluauons.  Records  of  comprehensive  experiences  in  urban  areas 
will  be  considered  in  making  field  experience  assignments.  Schools  selected  for 
student  experience  will  be  located  in  Pittsburgh. 

FDED  442  Interpreting  Urban/Field  Experiences  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FDED  440.  44 1 

Evaluadon  of  learning  and  behavior  problems  encountered  during  field 
experience  in  urban  schools.  Flexible  approach  stressed  to  encourage  wide  range 
of  investigation  and  exploration  of  psychological  and  sociological  problems  as 
Uiey  affect  educadon.  Supervision  and  guidance  for  invesdgating  specific 
problems  provided  by  specialists  fi"om  psychology,  sociology,  and  educadon  who 
will  funcdon  as  resource  personnel  giving  direction.  Enables  students  to  combine 
experiences  gained  by  teaching  in  urban  schools  with  recent  and  pertinent 
theoretical  information. 


FDNT  1 1 0  Careers  in  Food  and  Nutrition  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Career  possibilities  for  nutrition  majors  are  explored.  Students  will  be  guided  in 
clarifying  dieir  professional  goals  and  will  become  acquainted  with  the 
educational  and  experiential  requirements  necessary  to  attain  these  goals. 

FDNT  1 43  Nulridon  and  WeUness  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  die  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  diey  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness,  stress 
management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  AIDS,  and  substance  abuse. 
Completion  of  FDNT  143  fiilfills  die  Liberal  Studies  Healdi  and  Wellness 
requirement. 

FDNT  145  Introduction  to  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  students  with  an  understanding  of  essential  nutrients  and  their  roles  in 
the  body,  as  well  as  the  changing  nutritional  needs  of  an  individual  throughout  the 
lifespan.  Includes  the  impact  of  exercise  and  food  choices  on  metabolism,  body 
composition,  and  weight  control;  nutrition  misinformation;  consumer  issues; 
commercially  prepared  foods;  and  major  diseases  that  are  affected  by  eating 
behaviors. 


FDNT  150  Foods 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  101  or  1 1 1 
Corequisite:  FDNT  151 

Basic  principles  of  food:  composition,  sanitation,  preparatio 


3c-0l-3sh 


,  and  preservation. 


lc-31-lsh 


FDNT  151  Foods  Laboratory 
Corequisite:  FDNT  150 

Apphcation  of  basic  principles  of  food  preparation. 

FDNT  2 1 2  Nutrition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  102  or  1 12 

Sources  and  functions  of  nutrients,  interdependence  of  dietary  essentials,  and 
nutritive  value  of  an  optimum  diet  are  studied.  Attention  given  to  varied 
conditions  in  human  life. 

FD>rr  213  Life  Cycle  Nutrition  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FDNT  212 

A  detailed  study  of  nutrition  which  applies  information  from  FDNT  212  to  all 
stages  of  the  life  cycle;  current  issues  and  research  as  they  impact  on  these 
developmental  stages. 

FDNT  245  Sports  Nutridon  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FDNT  1 45  or  2 1 2 

Emphasizes  knowledge  and  application  of  sports  nutrition  principles.  The  impact 
of  die  macro-  and  micro-nutrients  on  physical  performance  will  be  discussed  in 
light  of  current  scientific  research  and  applied  to  realistic  dietar\-  recommendation 
for  all  types  and  levels  of  adiletes. 


FDED  454  Public  School  Administration  3c-0l-3sh 

The  study  of  the  development  of  public  school  administration;  current 
organizational  patterns  for  pubhc  education  at  the  local,  county,  state,  and 
national  levels;  and  the  impact  of  administration  upon  the  total  educational 


FDNT  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Sjiecial  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       163 


iniilii  .inv  »|Hi  iai  Inpir  ul.nlily "nr  rli.in  tliict  liiiics.  Special  If.pin 

iiiinilx'l't'il  2SI  .iiT  ..ll.Tcil  |,rin..irily  l(ir  liiw.rUvcl  iiii(kTKr.i(liKilc-  ■.iuiI.tii.h. 

!•  DNT  :ir>r>  Nulrition  in  l)i»iii»i- 1  .)<()l-  Isli 

I'mcquiNilfNi  Kl  )N  T  2 1 2.  Iil<  )l .  I  Sr>  or  I  r.{)- 1 S I 

ll.isic  Idiil.i  lor  ilici  nio(lili<  .iliori:  loiiil  LXtliaii^c  systems;  iiilcrvicwiiiK  IitIiiiI(|Iich: 
iiiilrilioii  as.st'HsiiK'iil;  prolrvsicmal  pracliiL';  (liL'tary  Ircadiiciil  ol  caloric  iinlialancc 
ilialictcs,  and  cur<liova»(  ular  iliscasc.  •|aiinlil  Kail  sciiusur  only. 


I'I)NT  357  Spcciul  l»n>blcm»  in  FooiIn 
I'rircqiiinilci  FONT  15(1 
liiilividual  problems  In  foods  investigated  wiili 
in  the  Htndent's  knowledRe  olliiod. 


Oc-ll-)»li 


>  identilied  weaknes 


I  l)NT  362  Expcriincniiil  Foods  2c  -ills 

l'rerequi»ilc»i  FONT  I  f)!),  KDN  T  :ir>r>  or  concurrently,  MA  Tl  1217 
The  experimental  study  of  foods,  relating  chemical  and  physical  properties  to 
teactions  and  processes  occurring  in  liiod  systems, 

Fl)Nr3(il  Methods  of  llathinR  .3c-()l-3s 

I>ierei|ui»ile!Fl)N'r2lt 

Clnrrcnt  teachiiif;  tecluil(|iics  and  resource  materials  in  nutrition  education 

emphasized.  The  emphasis  includes  all  ionns  of  nutrition  education,  includitig 

classroom  instruction,  in-sen'ice  training  of  employees,  and  community-based 

edncalioii. 


FONT  102  Community  Nulrition 
Prerequisite:  FDNT  212 

Nutritional  imphcations  of  both  good  and  poor 
home  and  comnuniity  situations  are  studied.  C)< 
einphasixed.  Taught  Spring  semester  only. 


nilntio 
rectivc 


.■)c-OI-.tsh 


or  all  age  groups  ni 
kI  preventive  nieasnn 


.ic-Ol-.ish 


FDNT  410  Food,  Nutrition,  and  Aging 

Prerequisite:  Junior  status 

Relationship  of  food  to  health  maintenance  and  special  dlelai-\  problems  during 

the  niidille  and  later  veais. 


FDNT  430  Professional  Topics  in  Food  and  Nutrition  Sc-OI-.^sh 

Prerequisite.s:  FDNT  !'">'").  FDNT  i(i  I.  HRIM  ^V^.  .nid  I'SVC  101 
Topics  include  promoting  food  .nid  notrition  scniii-s  .nid  jnograms,  career 
planning  and  tlevclopnient,  ethical  challenges  to  dictttian.s.  ijtiality  assurance 
standards,  and  impact  on  the  legislali\'e  process. 

FDNT  444  Food  Composition  and  Biochemistry'  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  2.')5 

Basic  chemistry  and  biochemistry  of  essential  components  of  food  originating 
from  plant  and  animal  sources. 

FDNT  447  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Food  Technology  3c-0l  3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  232  an<l  FDNT  2 12; Junior  status 

.\  stutly  of  current  known  effects  of  food  processing  teclmitiues  on  tlie  initritioiial 
value  and  safety  of  foods. 

FDN1  4.5.5  Nutrition  in  Disease  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  KDN  T  .555 

Dietary  treatment  of  disortlers  t)f  die  gastrointestinal,  renal,  cardiovascular,  and 
hepatic  systems;  inborn  eri'ors  of  metabolism;  allergies;  cancer.  Therapeutic 
quackery.  Food  sampling  experiences.  Taught  Spring  semester  only. 

FDNT  458  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  4c-m-4sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  255  or  351,  FDNT  355,  M.\TH  217 

In-dcpth  study  of  die  nutrients  and  their  (unction  witliin  die  cell.  Incorporation  of 

the  principles  of  physiology  and  biochemistry  in  tlie  study  of  nutrition.  .-Vn 

emphasis  will  be  placed  on  applying  current  research  and  evaluation  of  research 

methodology.  (Does  not  count  tow-ard  M.S.  in  Food  and  Nutrition  degree 

rei|uirements) 

FDNT  46 1  Microwave  Cooking  Technology  2c-21-3sh 

The  study  of  die  electronic  technology,  selection,  care,  and  use  of  die  microwave 
oven.  Basic  physical  and  chemical  concepts  related  to  microwave  cooking  are 
included.  Individual  investigative  research  problems  are  required. 

FDNT  462  Advanced  Experimental  Foods  1  c-41-3sh 

Prerequisites:  KDN  T  3fi2.  C:iIEM  23 1 

\n  txperimental  approach  to  die  many  factors  influencing  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  food.  Use  of  die  scientific  mediod  in  developing  an 
individual  project  combining  an  evaluation  of  current  literature  and  appropriate 
sensory  and  analytical  mediudology. 


KDN  I  4<>3  Nutrition  (>iun*eling  2c-3l-3ih 

Prerequiiiite»i  FDM  355, 1'SYC:  101,  FDNI  455  or  .oncurrcntly 
I  \i-  of  intervention  strategies  in  prevention  and  treatment  of  diHea»c  through  diet. 
Supervised  practiciini  (.3  hours  per  week)  louriitehng  ( Itclitele  in  normal  ami 
tlierapeuiu  nutrition. 

FDN  r  464  FiMid  and  Nutrition  Research  Melhods  3c-<)i-3>h 

Prerequiditem  FONT  .)()2,  45S,  CHEM  351.  and  M.VHI  217 
An  introduction  to  research  methodology  in  fitods  and  nutrition.  Includes  dicory 
and  techni(|ues  of  physical,  chemical,  and  instrunicntal  analysis.  Applicatiorift  of 
these  methods  to  food  and  animal  models  widi  statistic^  analysis  of  data. 

FDNT  470  Human  Fwid  Coiuumption  Paiunu  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  social  science  course  and  junior  standing 
Exploration  of  human  food  consuinpticni  behaviors  fmm  fo<Kl  production  to 
iiulividual  and  societal  consumption  patterns.  Influencing  factors  which  will  be 
discussed  include  agronomic,  economic,  geographic ,  sociologic,  nutntional, 
political,  and  psycholc)gical  factors.  The  ethics  and  morality  of  IimhI  distribution 
will  be  discussed.  Students  may  not  enroll  in  tliis  course  if  they  liave  taken  die 
corresponding  section  of  LBST  49f>. 

FDNT  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  \  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  4S1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  studeiiLs. 

FDNT  482  Independent  Study  v^r- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chaiqierson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office;  must  liave  earned  60sh 
Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curricidum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncUon  with  a  faculty  member. 
.Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

FDNT  484  Senior  Seminar  1  c-Ol- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  status 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  individual  review  of  food  and  nutrition  literature  with 
formal  jirescntation  and  discussion  of  current  research. 


FDNT  493  Internship  v-ar-6- 1 25li 

Prerequisite:  Must  have  earned  57sh 

.■\n  opportunity  for  students  to  work  away  from  the  university  in  supcnised  job 
situations  at  healdi  care  facilities,  restaurants,  or  other  insdtulional  food  service  or 
lodging  establishments.  Objecuvc  is  to  provide  students  with  jol>-rebted 
exiierience-S,  Must  meet  university  internship  requirements. 

Note:  White  uiiifoniis  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  aiurscs 
where  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  die  professional  dress  requirements 
of  the  department 


Fine  Arts 


College  of  Fine  Arts 


var-l-3sh 


FIAR  281  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 

diat  are  not  included  in  die  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 

under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  $|>ecial  topics 

numbered  28 1  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FIAR  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary'  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  .\  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  diaii  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FIAR  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  apprcnal  dirough  advisor,  facility  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
.\ppToval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabiUty  of  resources. 


FI.\R  493  Internship 

Covers  the  areas  of  die  visual  and  jierfomiing  arts. 


var-3-I2sh 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


164       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


Finance 


Department  ot  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 

Eberly  College  ol  Business  and  Information  Technology 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing.  Ail  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  {except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
leve!  courses. 

FIN  220  Essentials  of  Finance  3c-01-3sh 

Pro\'ides  students  with  a  survey  of  diree  fundamental  areas  of  finance:  1) 
Corporate  Finance.  2)  Basic  hivestment,  and  3)  Financial  Intermediation  and  the 
Monetary  System.  Students  will  be  introduced  to  financial  analysis,  planning,  and 
control;  to  the  management  (the  acquisition  and  allocation)  of  hands;  and  to  the 
fiindanientais  of  die  time  value  of  money  and  capital  budgeting.  Students  will  be 
familiarized  with  tlie  basic  invesunent  markets,  fiindamental  and  teclinical 
analysis,  and  portfolio  analysis.  Students  will  also  consider  the  influence  of 
government  and  financial  institutions  on  interest  rates,  sources  of  finance, 
invesmient  of  fiinds,  and  finance  in  general.  (Offered  for  Associate  Degree 
Program  only;  may  not  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  FIN  310) 

FIN  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FIN  310  Finance  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites  for  business  majors:  ACCT  202.  MATH  214 

Prerequisites  for  non-business  majors:  ACCT  202,  MATH  214  or  217  (MATH 

214  recommended) 

The  study  of  tlie  methods  of  securing  and  managing  fiinds  on  short,  intermediate, 

and  long-term  bases.  The  financial  analysis,  planning,  and  control  of  a 

corporation.  Also  covered  is  working  capital  management. 

FIN  320  Finance  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FIN  3 1 0,  upper  division  only 

Continues  FIN  310  and  covers  topics  on  long-tenn  external  financing  oi  die  fimi, 
capital  budgeting,  valuation  of  the  finn.  mergers,  international  business  finance, 
and  business  failures. 

FIN  322  Life  Insurance  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FIN  310 

Comprehensive  study  of  that  insurance  which  provides  protection  against  the 
economic  loss  caused  by  termination  of  earning  capacity.  Analysis  benefits, 
underwriting,  rate  making,  and  legal  doctrines. 

FIN  324  Principles  of  Investments  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FIN  310 

An  analysis  of  various  types  of  securities  and  other  fonns  of  investment 
possibilities  and  a  study  of  sound  investment  poHcies  from  a  corporate  viewpoint. 
Factors  influencing  the  general  movement  of  security  prices  and  tlie  return  fi-om 
investments  are  considered. 

FIN  355  Financial  Analysis  Using  Lotus  1-2-3  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  and  FIN  310 

Develops  tlie  financial  students'  computer  modeling  and  analysis  skills.  Students 

wiU  be  taught  how  to  utilize  current  computing  resources,  electronic  spreadsheet, 

and  other  computing  software  to  analyze,  model,  and  solve  a  variety  of  financial 

problems. 

FIN  385  Securities  and  Commodities  Markets  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FIN  320, 324 

The  study  of  the  structure  of  security'  and  commodity  markets;  die  nature  of 
speculative  transaction  and  methods  of  trading;  analysis  of  pricing;  and  the 
objectives  of  security  and  commodity  market  regulation. 

FIN  410  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FIN  324 

Review  of  die  entire  structure  of  financial  institutions,  money,  and  capital  markets, 
of  which  the  business  enterprise  is  both  a  supply  and  demand  factor,  and 
structure  and  dynamics  of  interest-rate  movements. 


FIN  420  Investment  Analysis  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FIN  320,324 

Integrates  the  work  of  die  various  courses  in  die  finance  areas  and  familiarizes  the 

student  vrith  die  tools  and  techniques  of  research  in  the  difi'erent  areas  of 

investments. 

FIN  422  Seminar  in  Finance  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  FIN  320, 324,  seniors  only 

Primarily  for  the  senior  Finance  major,  covers  topics  in  aU  areas  of  finance  by 
using  recent  articles,  cases,  discussions,  speakers,  and  a  financial  simuladon  game. 

FIN  424  International  Financial  Management  3c-()l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  FIN  310 

The  financial  management  concepts,  usefid  in  a  single -countr\'  context,  are 
adapted  for  die  international  variables  and  constraints  caused  by  being 
international.  Provides  an  insight  into  unique  issues  and  problems  the  manager  of 
the  multinational  enterprise  will  face,  such  as  working  capital  management;  capital 
budgeting  process:  financing  and  investing  abroad;  capital  and  money  markets; 
foreign  exchange  markets;  and  risk  management. 

FIN  481  Special  Topics  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idendty  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

FIN  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facultv'  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

FIN  493  Finance  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisites:  FIN  320. 324,  consent  of  chairperson  and  dean 

Practical  experience  in  die  finance  field.  Note:  FIN  493  can  be  taken,  if  the 

student  qualifies,  as  a  general  elecdve.  It  does  not  fiilfill  the  major-area  elective 

requirement. 


Study  Abroad  and  Comparative  Literature 

(Foreign  Language) 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FNLG  100  Study  Abroad  var-l-12sh 

Registration  mechanism  and  limited  credit  arrangement  as  provided  in 
preapprovai  process  for  Study  Abroad  programs  coordinated  dirough  the 
Intemadonal  Affairs  Office. 

FNLG  121  Humanities  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  die  student  to  works,  authors,  and  genres  of  general  literary 
significance  in  the  Western  tradition.  Not  organized  historically  but  trains  the 
student  in  the  critical  reading  and  appreciation  of  Hterature  from  die  present  and 
other  periods.  Audiors,  works,  and  dienies  are  studied  with  respect  to  cultural 
context,  aesthetic  form,  and  diematic  significance.  Taught  in  English.  Substitutes 
for  ENGL  121. 

FNLG  391  Selected  Works  from  the  Medieval  Period  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 
Comparative  study  of  selected  works  of  major  importance  per  se  and  as 
representadve  of  major  themes  of  medieval  European  Hterature.  Also  listed  as 
ENGL  391. 

FNLG  392  Renaissance/Baroque/Classical  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 
Literary  works  represendng  various  genres  fi-om  both  periods  are  studied  and 
compared  for  their  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  features.  appl>ing  principles  set 
forth  in  H.  Wolffin'^s  Renaissance  and  Baroque. 

FNLG  393  Romanticism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL/FNLG  121  or  ENGL  122,  ENGL  202 

The  study  of  the  principal  authors  and  works  of  late  eighteenth-  and  early 
nineteenth-centur)'  Europe  and  the  unique  national  characteristics  ot  die 
Romantic  movement  in  lyric,  drama,  and  prose.  Mso  listed  as  ENGL  393. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       165 


l''NI,(>  .'<!)')  Niiiclc'i'iilli-Cciilury  Kiir<>|>i'un  Novel  in  IVansliilion  icOI-'Inli 

IVimiuiNiltN;  KN(  :i,/l'NI,(;  liil  i.iKNCI,  122,  KNCI,  :i(l2 
A  iiirvcy  III  rn.i|iii  iiiiuiiinlli-ifnliiry  Kumpiaii  rjovcls  In  Iiaiiilalinn  (cxcliidiriK 
l''.ri);lisli).  c'rii|ili.isi/inK  llic  rise  iirrc'illlHjii  and  nalliralisni  and  the  i  lillriral. 
iMsliiiical,  siicial,  and  arli.Htic  relaliiiiislniis  lielwecn  llie  various  natiimal 
lileraturcH.  Also  listed  as  KNCI,  'M-i. 

FNIX;  39!)  Scli'clt'd  Writers  friiin  'IVveiitielli-CcnIury  Eunipe  .'<i  -lll-lsli 

Prerequisilesi  KN(;i,/INI,(;  121  i.r  KNCL  122,  KN(;i.  202 
(;i>ini)arative  sliidy  ii(  seleclcil  wiirks  (il'inaidr  irii|)(>rLanie  per  se  iir  as 
leprtsenlalivcs  nl  riiaior  Ireiiils  in  Iwcriliclli-ienluTT  iileratnre.  Also  listed  as 

KN(;i-;j»r). 


FKN(:2NI  Spetial  lopies  var  IMi 

Prerequisite:  As  appnipnale  l<»  f  ourst  eonterii 

Spe(  iai  lopit  s  arc  ollcred  on  an  cxperiinciil^l  or  teinpor^iry  tuuis  to  explore  If^pic* 
that  are  not  inclnded  in  the  esiiililislied  eiirriLuluni.  A  }pvcn  topic  may  lie  ofTcrcd 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  (liaii  three  timet.  S|>ecial  Uipict 
tiiiinbcrcd  281  arc  ollered  primarily  for  lower-level  uridcr|;radiialc  •ludcfiLt. 

FRNC  .'iO  I  Portraidi  of  Women  in  ihe  French  Novel  .'U-OI-Jnh 

Explores  the  polarity  ol  tjie  treatincnl  ollernalc  c  liaracters  in  tiie  French  rifA'cl. 
Kx|>lorcs  diilcrenccH  of  treatment  by  male  and  female  writers  tlirou};li  inclusion  of 
wuiiien  novelists.  Provides  a  chronolrij^cal  survey  of  tlic  development  of  the  nm-el 
in  France  from  the  sevcnlccnth  to  llie  tweiiljetli  centuries. 


FNI.G  .•»«)()  The  Literature  iifEmerKinK  Nations  .ic-Ol  .)sli 

Prcret|ui(iitc«i  I':N(;L/KNL(;  121  iir  KNCI.  122,  V.NCA.  2(12 
A  companitive  study  ofu  selection  ol  literaltire  written  in  major  Kuropean 
laiiKuaKes  but  origiualiii^  in  the  nations  of  the  develo|iiiiK  world.  Worlcs  will  be 
mainly  prose  fiction  (allhouKh  e.s.say,  dicater,  and  p<ietr)'  may  be  iiu  hided)  and 
reflect  a  diversity  of  Reoniaphical,  cultural,  and  prior  ciilonial  circiiinstances.  Also 
listed  as  ENGL  ,)<)(). 

FNLG  42 1  Lanpiage  and  Society  .Jc-01-.ish 

(Considers  salient  iacls  of  language  and  its  role  in  society  and  culture.  Language 
families,  linguistic  change,  and  reciprocal  influences  of  culture  and  language  are 
presented. 

FNIX;  JH2  Independent  Study  var- 1  -.ish 

I'rercquisile:  Prior  ap|irov;il  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
(haiqiersou,  dean,  and  Provosl\  Oflicc 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlic 
curriculum  may  pnipose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
.Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  a\'ailability  of  resources. 


FRNC 


Department  of  French  and  German 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

FRNC  101  Basic  French  4c-()l-4sh 

For  the  student  beginning  the  study  of  French  or  who  needs  remedial  study 
before  beginning  the  intermediate  sequence.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  the  masten 
of  French  pronunciation  and  oral  communication.  Students  will  learn  to  converse 
in  simple  present  time  and  become  acquainted  with  location  of  Francophone 
populations  and  elements  of  tlieir  daily  lives.  Attendance  and  Foreign  Language 
Learning  Center  practice  is  required. 

FRNC  20 1  College  French  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  initiation  of  cuik-ge-lt\fl  in.isurv  of  basic  language  skills  and  exposure  to 
cultural  in.itcri.ils.  Supplements  hi^inners"  oral  competency  widi  more  ad\'anced 
reading  and  writing.  The  eiiiph.iMs  will  be  on  narration  in  the  past.  Efforts  are 
matle  to  practice  skills  and  comprehend  texts  in  authentic  cultural  contexts. 
Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is  given  for  tliis  course. 

FRNC  202  College  French  11  )c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  201  or  equivalent 

Continues  die  college-level  mastery  of  language  skills.  The  ability  to  narrate 
present  and  past  is  intended  to  express  opinion  and  bypodiesis.  The  emphasis  is 
on  acquiring  greater  skill  in  reading  literary  and  cultural  texts.  Liberal  Studies 
elective  credit  is  given  for  this  course. 

FRNC  20.'J  Accelerated  College  French  6c-01-6sh 

Develops  listening  and  speaking  skills  dirough  an  immersion  method.  Students 
use  present,  past,  and  ftiture  to  indicauve  tenses  in  intensive  aural/oral  interaction 
and  are  expected  to  make  use  of  the  audio  and  \-ideo  capabilities  of  die  Foreign 
Language  Learning  Center  on  a  weekly  basis.  Liberal  Studies  elective  credit  is 
given  for  tliis  course. 

FRNC  2.';3  Inlermediale  Composition  and  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Intenncdialc  course  in  grammar,  reading,  composition,  and  some  oral  work.  Can 
substitute  for  or  be  in  addition  to  FRNC:  202  for  majors  or  serious  students. 

FRNC  2.54  Civiliiation  of  Modem  France  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisite:  FIINC  202  or  eiiuivalent 

A  study  of  modern  French  culture  and  civilization— social  insdtutinns. 
government,  industry,  economics,  and  geography.  Development  of  all  language 
skills  for  use  in  business  situation  in  French-speaking  environment.  The  emphasis 
will  be  on  acquisition  of  an  active  knowledge  of  the  business  world. 


FRNC  33 1  Intermediate  French  C:onvcriMtion  3c-0l-3>h 

Prerequixite:  KKISiC  202 

;\n  emphasis  will  he  placerl  on  development  of  communication  skills,  v(K-abulary. 
and  discourse  strategies.  Activities  include  directed  coriversaUoriA.  video-  and 
audio-based  listening  comprehension,  and  role  pby  and  oUier  simulations. 

FRNC  34 1  French  Grammar  3c-OI-3ah 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  202 

.Students  will  review  and  refine  their  knowledge  of  French  grammatical  structure, 
including  question  formation,  description,  comparison,  and  present  and  past 
narration.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  written  expression. 

FRNC  3.'>3  Intermediate  French  Composition  3c-0l-3»h 

Prerequisite:  KR.NC  202 

Includes  intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  French.  An  cmpliasis  is  placed 
on  die  development  of  communicative  skills  as  well  as  knowledge  of  French 
structure.  Taught  in  French. 

FRNC  354  Business  French  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  2,')4  or  pennission  of  instructor 

The  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  business  communication  in  French 

secretarial  and  administrative  procedures  with  an  emphasis  on  the  planning  and 

writing  of  business  letters,  reports,  and  abstracts  of  articles  in  business  and 

economics. 

FRNC  370  Introduction  lo  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  341  or  353 

Designed  to  develoj)  students*  French  reading  skills,  to  proxide  tools  for  Utcrarv 
interpretation  of  texts,  and  to  introduce  major  literary  works  of  France  and  tlie 
French-speaking  world. 

FRNC  373  French  Civiliiation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FilNC  202 

Covers  die  historical  development  of  French  high  culture  exclusive  of  hterary 
genres  (i.e.,  prose,  poetry,  Uieater).  Presents  an  overview  of  political  and 
intellectual  bistory,  music,  art,  and  architecture.  Certain  content  areas  will  receive 
special  emphasis  at  the  instructor's  discretion. 

FRNC  37.5  French  Literature  from  Medieval 

through  Seventeenth  Century  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  370 

Introduces  students  to  die  major  developments  in  French  literature  and  thought 

from  the  Mediexal  dirougb  die  seventeendi  centur)*.  Includes  an  overview  of 

major  French  literary  genres:  novel,  poetry,  and  theater.  Readings  and  discussion 

are  in  French. 

FRNC  37t)  French  Literature  from  Eighteenth 

through  Twentieth  Century  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  370 

Introduces  students  to  major  developments  in  French  Uterature  and  thought  from 

die  eighteenth  century  to  the  present.  Includes  an  o%'erview  of  major  French 

literary  genres:  novel,  poetry,  and  theater.  Readings  and  discussion  will  be  in 

French. 

FRNC  390  Teaching  F'.lemenury  School  Content  in 

French  and  German  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  the  instructor 

Students  will  explore  issues  rele\-aiit  to  die  teaching  and  learning  of  French  aad 
German  in  die  elementary  school  (grades  K-S).  Current  theories  of  child  second- 
language  acquisition  will  be  treated.  Tliese  dieoretical  foundauons  will  form  the 
basis  for  die  development  of  objectives  and  acri\ides  that  integrate  the  leaching  of 
foreign  language  and  culture  widi  elementary  schiKil  subject  content  Students 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  planning  and  implementing  lessons,  assessing 
student  learning,  and  selecting  materials  appropriate  to  the  needs  and  interests  of 
yoimg  learners. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


FRNC  431  Advanced  French  Conversation  3c-0l-.Jsli 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  331 

Builds  on  the  communication  skills  acquired  in  FRNC  33 1 .  Focuses  on  the 
development  of  advanced  vocubular>'  and  discourse  strategies.  Activities  will 
include  in-deptli  discussion  and  deliate  of  current  events  and  real-lire  problems. 

FRNC  432  French  Phonetics  and  Phonology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  33 1  or  equivalent 

Presents  an  introduction  to  the  sound  system  of'French  and  provides  training  in 
standard  French  ijronnncialion.  Basic  issues  on  phonological  theory  and 
description  will  be  examined.  Students  will  refine  tlieir  own  pronunciation  of 
French  through  classroom  practice,  oral  presentations,  and  tape  recordings. 

FRNC  441  Advanced  French  Grammar  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  341 

Students  will  build  upon  tlieir  previous  knowledge  of  French  grammar,  with  a 
view  to  perfecting  their  control  of  more  complex  structures.  These  stnictures 
include  complex  sentences,  the  subjunctive,  hypothetical  statements,  and  passive 
voice.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  written  expression. 

FRNC  460  Studies  in  French  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  375  or  376 

Provides  a  flexibly  designed  syllabus  permitting  instructors  and  students  to 
explore  areas  of  special  interest  in  French  literature  and  culture.  Content  will  vary- 
according  to  die  instn4Ctor*'s  desired  focus  for  a  given  semester.  Will  be  conducted 
in  French  or  Enghsh  at  the  instructor's  discretion. 

FRNC  462  Studies  in  French  Language  and  Linguistics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  353  or  equivalent 

Students  will  explore  some  topic  relevant  to  French  language  and  linguistics. 
Possible  topics  include:  French  around  die  world,  history  of  tlie  French  language, 
French  applied  linguistics.  (Total  pages  read  in  French  for  the  course  should  be 
more  tlian  150.) 

FRNC  463  Studies  in  French  Culture  and  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FRNC  353 

Aspects  of  current  French  culture  and  civihzation  will  be  explored  and  assessed 
pardcularly  in  reladon  to  French  governmental  and  cultural  institutions. 

FRNC  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times. 

FRNC  482  Independent  Study  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources.  An 
opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  wiUi  the 
French  language  and  culture  through  consultation  with  a  faculty  member. 

FRNC  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  France 

A  supervised  field  experience  in  France  with  approved  pubhc  agencies  and 
institutions  or  private  firms;  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one 
month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  the  intern's  personal 
interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more  information,  contact  the  director  of  the 
Internsliip  Abroad  Program. 


FSMR^ 


Fashion  Merchandising 


Department  of  Human  Development  and 

Environmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

FSMR  1 1 0  Introduction  to  Fashion  3c-01-3sh 

A  survey  of  aesthetic,  cultural,  sociopsychological,  and  economic  factors  related  to 
the  meaning  and  use  of  clothing  for  tlie  individual  and  socier\'.  (Offered  as  CS  216 
prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  112  Fundamentals  of  Clothing  Construction  1  c-31-3sh 

Principles  and  techniques  involved  in  fijndamental  clothing  construction  and 
fitting  are  analyzed.  Directed  laboratory  experiences  provide  an  opportunity  to 
solve  itidividiial  problems  in  garment  structure  through  the  application  of 
principles.  (Offered  as  CS  112  prior  to  1996-97) 


FSMR  2 1 2  Advanced  Clothing  Construction  1  c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FSMR  1 12  or  placement  (by  exam) 

Principles  of  advanced  fitting  and  clothing  construction  are  applied  and  analyzed. 
Offered  even  years.  Fall  semester.  (Offered  as  CS  2 1 2  prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  252  Aesthetics  of  Fashion  lc-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 

The  study  of  contemporary  apparel  design  and  the  relationship  of  design 
elements  and  principles  to  personal  characteristics  and  social/professional 
orientation.  (Offered  as  CS  252  prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

FSMR  303  Visual  Merchandising  1  c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  AR120  or  equivalent 

Designing  and  arranging  ofdisjjlay  and  selling  areas  in  relationship  to 
merchandising  trends  and  consumer  demands.  The  emphasis  will  be  on 
promotion  techniques  and  merchandise  sales  through  effective  use  of  space, 
design,  and  color.  (Offered  as  CS  303  prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  314  TextUes  2c-2l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  102  or  permission 

.Analyses  of  textile  components  of  fiber,  yarn,  fabrication,  finishes,  and  color  witli 
emphasis  upon  consumer  acquisition,  use,  and  satisfaction.  (Otlered  as  CS  314 
prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  350  Apparel  Industry  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FSMR  110,  completion  of  57sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  design,  production,  and  distribuUon  of  apparel, 
including  primary  textile  markets;  women's,  men's,  and  children's  wear; 
accessories;  fashion  centers;  retailers  of  fashion;  apparel  wholesale  selling  process; 
fashion  store  image;  and  future  trends.  (Offered  as  CS  350  prior  to  1 996-97) 

FSMR  357  Global  Issues  in  Textiles  and  Apparel  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ECON  121 

The  study  of  the  gkibal  textiles  and  apparel  industry-  with  emjjhasis  on  the  U.S. 
textile  complex  and  the  U.S.  market  witliin  an  international  context. 

FSMR  385  Ready-to-Wear  Analysis  I  c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FSMR  112, 350 

An  examination  and  evaluation  of  the  quality  of  ready-to-wear  apparel  through 

construction,  style,  fit,  marketabifitv,  and  price.  (Offered  as  CS  385  prior  to  1996- 

97) 

FSMR  433  Study  Tour  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

Opportunity  is  provided  to  visit  business  estabUshments  and  cultural  centers 
concerned  widi  household  equipment,  furnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and  housing 
in  America  as  well  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers'  showrooms, 
distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are  included.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  a  total  offish.  (Cross-listed  as  CNSV/INDS  433.) 

FSMR  434  Quality  Control  in  Textiles  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FSMR  3 14 

Physical  properties  explored  through  microscopic  examination  and  use  of  textile 
testing  e<|uipment  for  fabric  analysis.  (Offered  as  CS  434  prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  450  Apparel  Industry  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  FSMR  350  and  Liberal  Studies  matli  requirements 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  merchandising  and  promotion  of  apparel,  including 
organization,  buying  responsibilities,  techniques,  and  resources:  various  retail 
institutions,  resident  buying  offices,  apparel  dollar  planning  and  control,  apparel 
merchandise  assortment  planning,  apparel  buying  practices,  application  of 
apparel  planning  and  buying,  and  apparel  advertising  and  promotion.  (Offered  as 
CS  450  prior  to  1996-97) 

FSMR  453  Flat  Pattern  Design  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FSMR  1 12  or  212 

Garment  design  achieved  by  use  of  flat  pattern  techniques.  An  understanding  is 
developed  of  the  interrelationship  of  garment  design,  figure  analysis,  fabric,  fit, 
and  construction  processes.  Offered  even  years.  Spring  semester.  (OfTered  as  CS 
453  prior  to  1996-97) 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       167 


ISMIt  irifilliKloiiiCoNliimc 

(:li>oii.,l<.Ki<.>UlN<l><>rln'.lcMi<  loMiirrK'tn 
Willi  <'lil|>li.l.sis  nil  iIk'  cflci  I  oLk'siIicIIi  ,  ir. 
iinils.Hi.illiHi.M'.Mli.MlllK'ilrsiKiioldi.llii 
l!)!)(i-i)7) 


.■Jt-()l-.')«li 
(-lit  tiinc-H  t(i  the  prcflfiil  day 
.Kcmi-ipli".  |>"lili'al,reliKi<.uii, 
II.  ((>ll>'r(!<laN(:S'ir>(i|<rlort<> 


r'SMR  157  IliNtmic  lixlilis  .)( -01 

l'rerei|uiNilc:  I'S M II .') I ■!  in  witli  |iLiini»»i<iii 

A  .study  oIiIk;  (Jcvulnpnicnt  of  textiles  in  |ireliist(iiii,  am  icnt.  iiiiditval.  and 

iiiodeni  histnry  with  special  einphasis  on  Western  Kiiropean  and  American 

textiles. 


FSMK  'IH(I  .Semiiiur  in  KuNliiiiii  MertliuiidiHinK 
Preix*i|iiiNi(c:  Seniiu  standing, 

KlKiwiedne  Kaiile<l  in  liia|..r  and  additional  re,|iiirein 
individual  career  glials.  .Students  have  the  ci|)iiciilnni 
directly  covered  in  previous  ((iiirsework.  with  eiiiph; 
lesearcli,  analytical  ihinkinn.  and  cc iiiiik  .ition  ski 


Ml  curses  isapplie.l  to 
to  pitrsMi-  related  urcj 
lis  upon  iiKJe|K*ri(lciit 


ir-l-:Jsh 


KSMH  ISI  Special  I'opH.s 

l*ri-ri'4piiNi(ci  As  appropriate  t<>  toiirse  loiitent 

Special  topics  coiir.se»  are  olVcrcd  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

I  \plore  topics  tliat  arc  not  included  in  the  eslahlislied  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  ofVered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  4KI  are  primarily  for  upj)er-level  undergraduate  studeiiLs. 

FSMR  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -Ish 

Prcrcquisitet  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparluictit 
chair] Jersoii,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Particular  consumer  considerations  are  indcpcndendy  investigated  in  die  area  of 
liousing,  home  equipment,  interior  design,  clodtiug.  and  textiles,  or  in  die 
Miauagement  of  resources.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  3sh.  Students 
meet  with  a  facuUy  member  at  least  ^  h<iurs  pti  semester  hour. 


GEOG 


jgraphy 


Department  of  Geogiapliy  and  Regional  Planning 
College  olllunianities  and  Social  Sciences 

GEOG  101  Inlniduction  to  (;eoKTaplly:  Miiiiian  EnviriinineiK  .'ic-UI-.'ish 

Tlmmghimt  liistoiy.  huiiian  liti'  .iiul  so.  iii\  li.ni  liicii  sli.ipcil  by  the  physical 
environment.  Today,  human  activity  tliieatcns  that  cnviKMiiiieiit.  The  relationship 
between  liunians  and  environment  is  exaiiiincd  in  die  context  ol  the  surface 
prui-esses  of  weaUicr,  climate,  plate  tectonics,  population  distrihution,  and  soil 
torniation.  Topics  include  agriculture,  acid  rain,  global  wanning,  deforestation, 
desertification,  erosion,  volcanistn,  and  pollution. 


GEOG  102  Geography  ofUnited  States  and  Canada  3c-OI-3sh 

The  cultural  landscape  of  North  .America  is  studied.  The  relationship  between 
man  and  environment  is  examined  and  .spatial  patterns  of  environment,  economy, 
society,  and  politics  are  considered. 

GEOG  1 04  Geography  of  the  Non-Western  World  .Jc-OI-.ish 

Relates  dieories  of  the  discipline  of  geography  to  problems  In  the  developing 
world.  Emphasizes  geographic  components  of  dependency  tbcon.-.  indigenous 
versus  industrial  strategies  of  resource  management:  wiiild  systems  dieorj-.  spatial 
legacies  of  colonialism:  and  development  economics,  tlieories  of  migration,  and 
urban  structure  to  explore  causes,  characteristics,  and  consequences  of 
underdevelopment. 

GEOG  213  Cartography  1  3c-()l-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  thematic  ma|>  constniction.  Emphasizes 
techniques  ol  choropletli  mapping  and  die  production  of  scientific  graphs  and 
charts.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  213:  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  230  Cultural  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  cultural  geography,  including  po|>ulation.  setdement. 
historical,  urban,  and  political  geography,  human  relationships  widi  die  natural 
environinenl.  and  tlic  literature  and  mediods  of  cultural  geogrd|)hv. 


GEOG  23  IE. 

An  intniductioM 
patterns  of  piod^ 


Geography  3c-01-3sh 

t.r.i|ihic  concepts,  methods,  and  skills  related  to  spatial 
.  I  onsnmption,  and  exchange  over  tlie  earUi"s  surface. 


GEOG  2.51  Geography  of  Pennsylvania  .ic-Olvisb 

Regions  of  PennsyU-ania  arc  examined  in  detail  to  identih  man-environment 
relationships.  Soils,  topography,  climate,  vegetation,  population,  and  economic 
patterns  are  studied. 


GKOG  2.'i2  Geography  of  l.alin  America  U  Hi   ish 

Impact  of  rapid  population  growth  and  etonomn  development  rm  the 
eiiviroinncnl  and  itpatial  organization  of  l^lin  Aiiierua  arc  con»idere<l.  'Hie 
resource  baHe  and  cultural  heritage  of  the  region  arc  Miijdic<l. 

(;K0G  2.5.'i  Geography  ofEurope  (c -OI-3*h 

Investigates  relatioimhips  underlying  land  ukc,  dominant  inteniatioiial  |in>hlcm<, 
boundary  disputes,  and  regional  complexes  rif  the  Kiiropcan  conliriciil. 

GEOG  254  Geography  ofRufiiiiii  and  the  Soviet  Sphere  Ic-OI -Itli 

Kxamincs  the  Kussian  Republic  and  tiic  fonncr  SfivicI  empire  including  die  new 
nations  emerging  from  the  U..S..S.R.  and  fonner  Natellite  nations.  Seldcmenl 
patterns,  econoniit  s.  cultures,  and  physical  environinents  arc  studied. 
Oontemporar)'  topical  emphasis  is  placed  f;n  efiorts  at  transformation  from 
communist  to  market  ecruiomics  and  the  geo-political  status  of  die  new  nations. 


(;E0G  255  Geography  of  Africa  3c-()l-3ih 

Systematic  suney  of  the  physical,  economic,  political-historical,  and  cultural 
geography  of  the  continent  is  fiitlowed  by  regional  studies  of  crmntnes  and 
peoples  in  Africa,  south  of  the  Sahara. 

GEOG  2.5(>  Geography  of  East  Asia  3c-OI-3sh 

.Studies  (]hina.  )a|)aii.  Korea.  Outer  Mtingolia.  Taiwan.  ('Cograpbi(  background 
for  development  and  wise  use  and  restoration  «»f  natural  resources  are  dealt  with. 

GEOG  257  Geography  of  South  and  .Southeast  Asia  3c-OI-3sh 

India.  Pakistan,  Bangladesh,  Sri  Lanka,  Bunna,  Thailand,  l^os.  (Cambodia, 
V^ietnam,  Malaysia,  and  liidoiiesia  are  studied  widi  special  attention  Ut  regional 
similarities  and  differences,  particularly  as  they  pertain  to  human  adjustment 

GEOG  2(i  1  Geography  of  Wine  3c-OI-3sh 

The  geography  of  the  grape,  its  jiroduction.  products,  social  significance,  and 
consequences  of  die  global  wine  trade  are  explored.  Students  will  develop  an 
appreciation  for  the  environmental  constraints  and  characteristics  of  wines  and 
wine  regions.  Field  trips  to  visit  wineries  are  an  essential  element  of  the  course. 
Verifiable  proof  of  2 1  years  of  age  retjuired  for  voluntary  wine  tasting  activibcs. 

GEOG  28 1  Special  Topics  3c-OI-39h 

Prerequisite:  \s  appropriate  to  course  content 

.Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
also  be  offered  as  RGPL  281:  may  not  be  taken  as  duplicate  credit  under  same 
tide) 

GEOG  313  Cartography  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  213 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quantitative  data. 
Develops  skills  essential  to  the  construction  of  various  types  of  maps.  (Also 
offered  as  RGPL  313;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  314  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3c-OI-3sh 

Maps  and  air  photographs,  along  with  remote  sensing  materials,  permit  inventory, 
and  analysis  ot  geologic,  land  use.  urban  development,  and  other  landscape 
phenomena.  The  understanding  of  dicse  materials  and  associated  tools  for  dieir 
use  is  presented.  (.A.ls<i  offered  as  RGPL  314:  niav  not  be  taken  for  duphcale 
credit) 

GEOG  316  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information  Systems  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  213.  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
.Automated  mediods  for  creadng.  maintaining,  and  anaK^ing  spaual  data  are 
presented.  Topics  include  1)  specialized  GIS  hardware  and  software.  2)  vector  vs. 
raster  vs.  object-oriented  spatial  data  structures.  3)  creation  and  manipidation  of 
geographic  data  files.  4)  database  design  and  management  concepts.  5)  spatial 
analysis,  and  6)  cartographic  design.  (.Also  offered  as  RGPL  316;  nuy  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  33 1  Population  Geography  3c-01-3sh 

Spatial  variations  in  numbers,  characteristics,  and  dynamics  of  human  population, 
models,  and  dieoretical  constnicts  relcNant  to  demographic  structures  and 
processes  are  studied,  as  well  as  major  world  and  regional  problems. 

GEOG  332  Urban  Geography  3c-OI-3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  fiinction.  urban  land 
use.  urban  structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  intn>duced.  Relationships  betw^een 
urban  geography  and  urban  planning  are  explored.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  332; 
mav  not  be  taken  for  duphcate  credit) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSIT'i     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


GEOG  333  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-0l-3sh 

Deals  witli  the  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  tlieir  use.  Circulation, 
accessibility,  time  and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are  discussed.  (Also 
offered  as  RGPL  33.S;  may  not  be  taken  lor  duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  334  Political  Geography  :k-0l-3sh 

Geograpiiic  (actors  and  condidons  are  analyzed  as  they  relate  to  the  character  and 
function  of  states.  Political  institutions  are  evaluated  in  light  of  geographic 
conditions. 

GEOG  335  Geography  of  Energy  3c-0l-3sh 

Covers  patterns  and  problems  of  energy  production  and  consumption  in  liuman 
societies.  Descriptions  of  what,  where,  and  how  much  are  combined  wiUi  issues 
such  as  technological  change,  conservation,  allocation,  environment  impacts,  and 
economic  development.  Specific  topics  include  global  history  and  trends  of 
energy  development,  pricing  systems,  types  of  energy,  locations  of  production 
areas,  and  the  energ)'  status  of  the  United  States. 

GEOG  336  Social  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Spatial  dimensions  of  the  American  society  are  the  focus  of  this  course.  The 
distribution  of  various  social  groups  and  their  impact  on  the  landscape  are 
considered. 

GEOG  337  Historical  Geography  3c-()l-3sh 

Studies  of  past  geographies,  geographical  change  through  time,  and  historical 
perspectives  on  die  cultural  landscape  are  included.  Historical  geography  of  the 
United  States  is  emphasized. 

GEOG  341  Climatology  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  the  elements  of  weather  and  cHmate  on  Eardi.  The  location  and  causes 
of  global  climatic  regions  are  examined  in  relation  to  moving  pressure  and  wind 
systems.  .\lso  considers  die  climatic  history  of  the  planet  and  recent  human 
modifications  of  tlie  atmospheric  environment. 

GEOG  342  Physiography  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  landfomi  types  and  their  spatial  distribution.  An  emphasis  is  placed 
on  die  tectonic  forces  that  build  landforms  and  the  weathering  and  erosional 
processes  that  erode  and  shape  surface  features.  The  relationship  between  human 
activities  and  landfonns  is  also  considered. 

GEOG  343  Geography  of  Fresh  Water  Resources  3c-0l-3sh 

Learn  about  surface  and  groundwater  as  a  resource  widi  unique  properties.  Fresh 
water  is  defined  physically  by  storage  in  die  hydrologic  cycle  and  die  values 
assigned  by  different  cultures.  Problems  featured  relate  to  consumptive  and 
withdrawal  water  uses,  the  problems  of  water  supply  and  scarcity,  water  law  and 
its  inconsistencies,  flooding  and  floodplain  management,  sources  of 
contamination  and  polludon.  wedands,  and  case  studies  of  selected  river  basins. 
(Offered  as  GE  340  prior  to  1998-99) 

GEOG  352  Plannmg  Methods  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RGPL  350  or  permission  of  instnictor 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 

planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional 

comprehensive  plans.  {Also  offered  as  RGPL  352;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 

credit)  (Offered  as  GE36I  Planning:  Basic  Studies  and  Analysis  prior  to  1996- 

97) 

GEOG  371  Aerospace  Workshop  3c-0l-3sh 

Develops  an  appreciation  and  provides  information  related  to  aerospace  activities 
and  contributions;  offers  background  for  teaching  aerospace  courses;  discusses 
aviation/space  careers;  and  presents  the  basic  principles  of  flying  (usually 
including  some  flight  instruction).  Taught  in  the  Summer  only. 

GEOG  41 1  History  of  Geography  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GEOG  213,  230,  231,  and  341or  342 

Course  dealing  with  histor)-  of  the  discipline,  great  ideas,  leading  problems,  and 

unresolved  issues. 

GEOG  412  Research  Seminar  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  411 

This  senior  seminar  and  workshop  is  a  capstone  course  that  focuses  on  recent 
research  in  the  major  field.  Students  carry  out  a  research  project  on  a  topic  of 
local  or  regional  importance.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  412;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit)  (Offered  as  GE  312  Research  in  Geography  and  Planning  prior 
to  1996-97) 

GEOG  415  Remote  Sensing  3c-0l-3sh 

Deals  with  air  photographs,  satellite  imager);  diennal  sensing,  and  radar  imagery 
and  their  appHcation  to  deriving  information  about  the  earUi's  physical  and 
cultural  landscapes.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  415;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 
credit) 


GEOG  4 1 7  Technical  Issues  in  GIS  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOG  316 

A  project-based  class  in  which  students  learn  the  skiUs  to  develop  and  maintain  a 
Geographic  Informadon  System.  Through  cooperative  learning  students  will 
design  and  implement  fiinctional  systems.  Mediods  for  designing  GIS  systems  to 
user  specification,  data  collection,  data  input,  project  management,  and  system 
documentation  are  covered.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  4 1 7;  may  not  be  taken  tor 
duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  431  Geography  of  American  Indians  3c-0l-3sh 

Focuses  on  the  historical/cultural  geography  of  Native  Americans.  Population, 
resources,  land  use,  development,  setUement  patterns,  and  other  selected  topics 
are  covered. 

GEOG  432  Geography  of  Crime  3c-01-3sh 

The  geographical  context  of  crime  is  examineil  from  historical  and  contemporary 
viewpoints.  Relevant  concepts  and  analytical  approaches  are  introduced. 

GEOG  440  Conservation:  Environmental  Analysis  3c-0l-3sh 

Problems  of  exploitation  and  utilization  of  regional  resources  such  as  soils, 
minerals,  forests,  and  wildlife  are  considered  in  relation  to  populadon  growth  and 
regional  planning  and  development. 

GEOG  464  Land  Use  Policy  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  and  provides  an  over\'iew  of  land  use  issues  at  die 
regional,  state,  and  federal  levels.  An  emphasis  is  placed  upon  die  e\'oludon  of 
contemporary  policy  strategies,  constituUonal  issues,  and  regional  controversies 
involved  in  die  regulation  of  metropohtan  growdi,  central  city  decline,  and 
management  of  public  lands.  (Also  offered  as  RGPL  464;  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit) 

GEOG  481  Special  Topics  .3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  dmes.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
also  be  offered  as  RGPL  481;  may  not  be  taken  for  duphcate  credit  under  same 
tide) 

GEOG  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncUon  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)'  of  resources. 

GEOG  484  Field  Studies  in  Geography  and  Social  Studies  var  1-3  sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  ot  instRictor 

Immerses  the  student  in  a  regional  en\qronment.  Helps  the  student  to  see 
critically  and  to  interpret  a  cultural  landscape.  The  experience  is  predominandy 
off  campus.  Using  a  combination  of  structured  field  exercises,  culturafly  specific 
readings,  primary  and  secondary  data,  and  standard  geographic  field  techniques, 
the  course  strives  to  develop  for  the  stiident  a  deeper  affective  and  cognidve 
understanding  of  a  cidtural  region.  May  be  repeated  under  a  different  study  area 
tide. 

GEOG  493  Internship  var-3- 1 2sh 

Professional  learning  experience  with  emphasis  on  application  of  academic 
background.  Open  to  majors  and  minors  in  geography  with  a  total  of  57sh  and 
15sh  in  the  major.  See  internship  supen'isor  for  additional  information. 


GEOG  499  Independent  Study 

Independent  research  and  stud)  undt 
should  approach  departinetil  t hairpti 


var-3- 6  sh 
r  faculty  direction.  Interested  students 


GEOS^ 


Department  of  Geoscience 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 


3c-()l-3sh 


GEOS  101  The  Dynamic  Earth 

Prerequisite:  No  Geoscience  majors/minors 

Examines  die  constant  changes  that  atfect  tlie  rocky  surface  of  our  planet.  From 

volcanic  eruptions  and  catastrophic  eartliquakes  to  the  slow  drift  of  continents 

and  passage  of  ice  ages,  eartli  processes  have  shaped  tlie  history  of  life  and  altered 

the  development  of  liiunan  civilizadon. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       1  fj9 


(;i:<»S  102  I  li.  I)yiiaiiii(  Kiirlh  l.al.  (Ic  -21-UI. 

l'ri'rc<|lliiiiU't  No  (  kii»<  kiuc  rii.i|.ir»/inilMirs 
ComiiimiU'iKiiKillincnlniCKOS  llll 

InlnKlmis  Nliulunts  Up  llic-  lccllin<|iK-»  jriM,|<,(.i,|s  use  in  sliiily  llii  c.iilli  .inil 
rMoridlruct  lis  past.  Lal)»  covt-r  minerals,  rocks,  iiiap  iiiltr|)rc;luliiin.  lostil 
i(lfiilificati<iii.  Iiitliiilfs  lii-lcl  trips  cluririt;  the  sdicilulcd  lab  pc-rioil. 

CKOS  l().}  OttaiiN  Mini  Almi>»plitTi-»  .it-dl-.Jsli 

I'rcii'qiiiHitc!  No  (iciiscii-iKt-  rnaiors/minors 

lilt'  carlli's  oceans  and  almosplicrc  play  a  cnuial  role  in  (IcIvniiininK  the  pace 
.in<l  exieiil  nf'clianm's  orcinrinn  to  (im  nloliai  cnvinirnncnt.  Examines  the 
I  iinipiisilion  and  tliaradir  of  tlitst'  (oniponciils  and  their  interaction  with  other 
inajor  ciiiuponenls  ol'tlic  larlli  sysiini. 

(;K<>S  I  (It  Oceans  and  Atmospheres  l.ab  (li  •21- 1  sh 

I'rereipiisilci  No  Ceoscienie  inajcirs/minors 

Corciiiiisile:  I'JiKilhnent  in  GEOS  Id.) 

IntroiliH  (-S  students  to  the  techniqnes  oceano^raphers  atid  ineteorolo^ists  use  to 

siiidv  the  eartliN  oceans  and  atmospheres  and  reconslrnct  their  evolution.  Labs 

I  (ivcr  seawatcr  processes,  oceanic  circulation,  marine  life,  atmospheric  stmctiire, 

,ind  weather. 

(;K()S  \nri  Exploring  the  Universe  .k-Oi -.isli 

Prereqiiisilc;  No  Cleosciencu  aiajors/iniiiors 

l''.xamines  the  history  of  time,  the  reasons  for  the  seasons,  the  characteristics  of  the 

planets,  moons,  stars,  and  galaxies,  and  the  history  and  future  of  space 

cxplftration. 

CKOS  IO(i  Explorin);  the  Universe  l.ab  Oc-2llsh 

I'reretpilsile:  No  (  ao.sciencc  maiors/niiiiors 

(loropiisilc:  Enrollment  in  CEOS  Hl.'j 

Introduces  students  to  the  techni(|ues  astronomers  use  to  study  the  celestial 

sphere,  (lonstellations,  seasons,  motions  of  Sun,  Moon,  planets,  and  stars. 

characteristics  of  stars  and  galaxies.  Includes  two  observations  which  will  be  held 

at  night. 

(;E(>.S  1 1 1  Earth  .Science  for  Educators  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prere(|uisite:  Natural  Science/.Science  Education  majors  only 
An  in-depth  tivatment  of  introductory  oceanography  and  geology  designed 
specifically  for  Secondary  Science  Education  majors.  Focuses  on  fundamentals  of 
the  eardvs  physical  processes  and  history  and  on  tlie  occan*s  dynamics, 
chemistrv,  and  tectonics. 


nc-.'JI-lsh 


1  niajo 


(;E0S  112  Earth  Science  for  Educators  1  Lab 

Prerequisite:  Natural  Science/Science  Educatior 

('orcquisitc:  Ein'ollmcnt  in  CEOS  1 1 1 

l,.th  experiences  in  various  aspects  of  oceanography  and  geology,  designed  to 

proviile  loni cprs  and  skills  for  ftiture  teaching  to  Secondary  Education  majors. 

Includes  field  tnp(s). 

CEOS  1 1 3  Earth  Science  for  Educators  II  3c-01  3s 

Prerequisite:  Natural  Science/Science  Education  majors  only 
.\ii  in-deplh  Ire.ilmcnl  of  introductory  meteorology  and  astronomy  designed 
spccilicallv  for  Sccond.nx  .Science  Education  majors.  Focuses  on  atmospheric 
processes  aiu!  climate  cli.iiige  and  t>n  the  earth's  place  in  the  solar  system  and 


CEOS  1 1 4  Earth  Science  for  Educator  II  Lab  Oc-31- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Natural  Science/Science  Education  majors  only 

Corequisite:  Enrollment  in  CEOS  1 13 

Use  ol  the  weather  station  and  planetarium  highlights  a  series  of  exercises 

designed  to  aid  Secxmdary  Science  Education  majors  in  developing  concepts  and 

laboratory  skills  for  future  teaching. 

GEOS  1 2 1  Physical  Ceology  3c-01-3sh 

Corequisite:  Enrollment  in  CEOS  122 

.\  semi-(|uantit;itivc  intrciductioii  to  the  cardi  sciences,  which  will  include  the 
physical  properties  of  the  earth's  interior  and  crust.  |)late  tectonics,  surface 
processes,  and  the  complex  geologic  interactions  diat  shape  and  modify-  our 
planet.  Designed  to  prepare  students  for  upper-level  coursework  in  geology, 
physical  geography,  and  aiuhropology. 

GEOS  122  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  Enrollment  in  GEOS  121 

Selected  problems  in  nick  and  mineral  identification,  topographic  and  geologic 
mapping  techniques,  geologic  landfonns,  and  deformation  structures.  Designed  to 
prepare  students  for  upper-level  coursework  in  geology,  physical  geography,  and 
anthropology.  Includes  field  trips. 


CKOS  121  Applied  Mathematics  in  the  (.com  icncrH  1.   (II  Ish 

Corequiailct  Concurrent  enrollment  in  MAI  II  121  •.r.MA'I'll  1 21.  or 
perniisNion  of  instructor 

For  (;coscierice  major*  enrolled  in  cither  MATH  121  or  MATH  I2.'>. 
Ap]>licatioim  of  the  calculus  to  problems  in  geo(  hemistry  and  gcophyoicv.  Tr»|>ict 
will  involve  (icosciencc  applications  of  liinitA,  diilerentiatioii,  Taylor  scrieii, 
exponential  fiinctioiis,  integration,  and  advani  cd  topics. 

GEOS  L'il  HuUirical  Geology  'ic-01-3>li 

Prcrcquinilem  CEOS  121  and  122 
(Wcquiiiile:  Fjirollnicnt  in  C-KOS  132 

.All  introdiK  tion  to  die  history  of  Eardi.  including  the  fossil  record  and  the  history 
of  biologic  evolution.  Topics  will  also  include  die  growtli  and  tectonic 
interactions  of  oceans  and  c<mtinents  and  the  physical  evolution  of  die  canb's 
atmosphere,  lithosphere.  and  hydrosphere.  Designed  to  prepare  majors  and 
minors  frtr  upj>er-level  geohtgy  classes. 

GEOS  1 32  Historical  Geology  laboratory  Oc-3i- 1  sli 

Prerequisites:  CEOS  121-122 

Corequisite:  Enrollment  in  C^FZtJS  131 

Selec  ted  problems  in  stratigrapliic  analysis,  paleontology,  and  structural  geology; 

designed  to  prepare  students  for  upper-level  geology  classes.  Includes  field  trips, 

GEOS  HI  Introduction  to  Ocean  Science  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  biological,  and  geological  processes  in 
oceanography  and  the  interactions  among  them.  Impact  of  exploitation  of  the 
oceans,  coastal  areas,  marine,  physical,  and  living  resources  on  the  cnvininment 
and  on  humankind.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  involve  a  fee  and  may  occur  on 
weekends. 

GEOS  1 50  Geology  of  National  Parlui  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  geological  |>r{»cesses  and  eardi  history  as  documented  b>'  the  classical 
geological  features  of  U.S.  and  Canadian  national  parks.  Includes  Badlands. 
Glacier,  Grand  Canyon,  Great  Smokies,  Gros  Momc.  Mammodi  Cave. 
Yellowstone,  Yosemite,  and  odicrs.  Not  open  to  Geoscience  majors  r 


GEOS  1 5 1  The  Age  of  Dinosaurs  3c-OI-3sh 

A  thorough  introduction  to  dinosaurs  and  die  world  diey  inhabited.  Topics 
include  the  most  current  tlieorics  regarding  dinosaurian  biology  (bchanor. 
metabolism,  evolution),  ecology  (greenhouse  climate,  associated  plants  and 
animals),  and  extinction  (asteroid  impact,  volcanism,  climate  change).  .Not  ojwn  to 
Geoscience  majors  and  minors. 

GEOS  220  Mineralogy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOS  121 

Prerequisite  or  Corequisites:  (;HEM  1 1 1  or  1 13.  or  permission  of  instructor 
.'\n  introduction  to  crT>'stallography.  crystal  chemistry,  optical  properties,  and 
mineral  associations  and  phase  equilibria.  Emphasis  is  on  minerals  pertinent  to 
geology.  Earth  resources,  and  technology.  Laboratory  topics  emphasize  mineral 
identification  in  hand  specimen,  use  of  the  pctrographic  microscope,  and  x-ray 
diffracuon  techniques.  Includes  field  trips,  which  mav  occur  on  weekends. 
(Offered  as  GEOS  321  prior  to  2001-02) 

GEOS  221  Physical  Resources  of  the  Earth  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  mineral,  energy,  and  water  resources  of  the  earth:  genesis  of 
ore  depositions:  exploration,  exploitation,  and  utilization  of  resources:  impacn  of 
exploitation  of  resources  on  the  envirormient  and  on  humankind.  Includes  field 
trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3$h 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  arc  not  included  in  the  estabUsbcd  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-le^■el  undergraduate  students. 

GEOS  310  EnWrt)nmentol  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Ssh  in  geoli>g\  or  permission 

The  application  of  geologic  information  to  the  acxommodation  and  reduction  of 
natural  hazards,  to  land-use  planning,  and  to  die  utilization  of  eartli  materials. 
Includes  field  trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


GEOS  320  Igneous  and  Melamorphic  Petrology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GEOS  131  aiid  321.  or  perinissioii  of  instructor 
All  introduction  to  tlie  origin  and  evolution  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks 
based  upon  a  plate  tectonic  tranievvork.  Topics  include  the  evolution  of  Earth,  the 
Moon,  Mars,  and  otiier  terrestrial  planetan,'  objects.  Planetary  evolution  will  be 
examined  tlirough  analysis  of  phase  equilibria  and  tlie  physics  ol  magnia 
transport.  Laboraton,'  topics  emphasize  quantitative  methods  in  petrology  and  the 
identification  and  interpretation  of  rocks  and  rock  textures  in  hand  specimen  and 
diin  section.  Includes  field  trips,  which  may  occur  on  weekends.  (Offered  as 
GEOS  322  prior  to  2001-02) 

GEOS  325  Slructural  Geology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GEOS  131  and  132-133  or  permission  of  instrxictor 
The  study  of  primary  structures,  contacts,  rock  mechanics,  joints,  faults,  folds, 
foliation,  and  Uneation.  Includes  work  with  geologic  maps  and  strucUire  sections. 
Brunton  compass,  orthographic  and  stereogiaphic  projections.  Includes  field 
trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  326  Field  Geology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOS  325 

Principles  and  techniques  of  field  geology  witli  emphasis  on  developing  field 
skills  using  Brunton  compass,  aerial  photographs,  topographic  maps,  altimeter, 
Jacob  staft',  and  rock  color  charts.  Field  projects  involve  techniques  of  field  note- 
taking,  measuring  and  describing  stratigraphic  secUons,  geologic  field  mapping 
and  analysis,  construction  of  geologic  maps  and  structure  sections,  and  report 
writing.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  327  Geomorphology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  GEOS  121.131 

A  study  of  die  origin  of  die  earth's  land  forms,  including  relationship  of  geologic 

structure  to  landform  types  and  role  of  geomorphic  processes  in  landscape 

development. 

GEOS  330  Paleontology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOS  131  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  study  of  the  morpholog)',  evolution,  geologic  significance,  and  paleoecology 
of  fossil  organisms.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  331  Hydrogeology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.ATH  121-122,  GEOS  121-122/123,  or  permission 
An  overview  of  groundwater  geology,  including  flow  equations,  graphical 
solutions  to  flow  problems,  and  computer  modeling  of  flow  systems,  as  weU  as  the 
geotechnical  and  social  imphcations  of  groundwater  utilization.  Includes  field 
trips  which  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  332  Geochemistry  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  11 1-1 12,  GEOS  121-122/123,  or  permission 
An  introduction  to  low-temperature  chemistry  of  the  earth's  surface  and  near- 
surface:  includes  discussions  of  chemical  activity,  solution  chemistry,  organic 
geochemistry,  trace  elements,  isotopes,  and  the  chemistry  of  natural  waters. 

GEOS  336  Geology  of  the  Northern  Rockies  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instnictor  required;  at  least  14sh  of  GEOS  courses 

recommended 

A  field  smdy  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  involved  in  tlie 

development  of  the  nordiem  Rocky  Mountains.  National  Park  and  Monument 

areas  of  Soutli  Dakota,  Wyoming,  and  Montana  are  included  among  die  areas 

invesdgated.  (Three  weeks,  taught  in  the  Summer  only) 

GEOS  337  Geology  of  Newfoundland  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  required;  at  least  14sh  of  GEOS  courses 

recommended 

A  field  course  designed  to  utihze  the  exceptional  and  diverse  geologic  features  of 

Newfoundland  for  instruction  of  departmental  majors  and  minors  in  tectonic 

analysis  utihzing  sedimentologic,  stratigraphic,  and  paleontologic  observations. 

(Three  weeks,  taught  in  the  Summer  only) 

GEOS  338  Geology  of  the  .\merican  Southwest  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Pennission  of  instnictor  required;  at  least  14sh  of  GEOS  courses 

recommended 

A  field  study  of  the  major  geologic  features  and  relationships  exposed  in  the 

.\jnerican  Southwest,  including  the  Colorado  Plateau,  the  Rio  Grande  Rift,  Death 

Valley,  and  parts  of  the  Soudiern  Rock)'  Mountains.  (Three  weeks,  taught  in  die 

Summer  only) 

GEOS  34 1  Solar  System  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  121  and  PHYS  1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  ol>.ser\'ational  methods,  mechanics, 
and  origin  of  the  solar  system  and  spatial  relationship  of  die  solar  system  to  the 
other  members  of  the  universe. 


GEOS  342  Stellar  Astronomy  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  121  and  PHYS  1 1 1 

Fundamentals  of  astronomy,  with  emphasis  on  sun,  stars,  galaxies,  the  sidereal 
universe,  and  use  of  spectroscopy  for  gathering  astronomical  data. 

GEOS  350  Operation  of  the  Planetarium  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  GEtJS  1 10.  341.342.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  methods  of  operation  and  repair  of  a  Spitz 
.V3-P  planetarium.  Content  includes  topics  suitable  for  lectures  to  various  age 
groups.  Student  will  write  and  present  a  demonstration  program.  Meets  once  a 
week  widi  occasional  evening  observations. 

GEOS  361  Physical  Oceanography  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  1 1 1  and  MATH  121  or  pennission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  physical,  chemical,  geological,  and  biological  nature  of  ocean: 
topography,  submarine  geolog)-,  and  bottom  deposits.  Includes  field  trip(s)  which 
may  occur  on  weekend(s). 

GEOS  362  Plate  Tectonics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  111-112  and  a  minimimi  of  20sh  of  geology 
.■Vn  introduction  to  formal  tiieory  of  plate  tectonics.  Topics  include  magnetic 
anomalies,  first  motion  studies,  thermal  structures  of  the  plates,  kinematics, 
crustal  generation,  sea  floor  spreading,  colfision,  and  subduction  deformation. 

GEOS  371  Meteorology  I  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  physical  science  or  physics 

.\ii  introduction  to  meteorological  sciences;  composition  and  structure  of  the 
amiosphere:  radiation  principles;  elementary  thermodynamics  and  heat  balance. 

GEOS  380  Research  Methods  in  the  Geosciences  2c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisites:  75sh  or  permission  of  instructor 

For  students  enrolled  in  aU  majors  within  the  Geoscience  Deparmient.  Students 
will  learn  die  methods  of  research  in  the  geosciences  by  working  on  a  project  of 
their  choosing.  Students  will  define  a  problem,  propose  several  hypotheses, 
coUect  data,  and  perform  a  quantitative  analysis  to  test  their  hypotheses  and 
propose  a  solution.  Final  results  will  be  submitted  in  professional  manuscript 
form.  As  preparation,  students  wiU  examine  various  geoscience  problems  and  data 
sets  through  the  semester.  Cannot  be  taken  subsequent  to  GEOS  480. 

GEOS  41 1  Sedimentary  Petrology  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOS  321  or  permission  of  instructor 

The  study  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks  with  emphasis  on  interpreting 
ancient  environments  of  deposition  utilizing  sieve  analysis,  hand  lens,  and 
petrographic  microscope.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  4 1 2  Stratigraphy  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  GEOS  41 1  or  permission  of  instructor 

Principles  and  processes  involved  in  development  and  description  of  stratified 
rock  sequences,  principles  and  problems  of  correlation,  and  selected  stratigraphic 
problems.  Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  440  Subsurface  Geology  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Minimum  20sh  of  geology 

.4n  introduction  to  die  geology  of  petroleum,  its  origin,  migration,  entrapment, 
and  production.  Lab  is  designed  to  provide  practical  experience  in  subsurface 
mapping  techniques  and  the  use  antl  evaluation  of  geophysical  logging  devices. 
Includes  field  trips  which  may  occur  on  weekends. 

GEOS  441  Carbonate  Geology-Florida  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  17sh  geolog)-  courses  or  written  permission  of  instructor 
Two  to  three  weeks  of  field  study  in  Florida  Keys.  Course  will  be  conducted  ft-om 
base  camp  in  Florida  Keys  and  will  consist  of  bodi  land  and  water  work  as  the 
different  carbonate  environments  in  die  Keys,  Florida  Bay.  and  die  Adanric  reef 
tract  are  studied. 

GEOS  480  Geoscience  Seminar  var- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  GEOS  380,  senior  standing 

For  seniors  majoring  in  some  aspect  of  geoscience.  The  seminar  ( 1 )  provides  die 
student  with  an  opportunity  to  prepare,  formally  present,  and  defend  a  scientific 
paper  based  either  on  his/her  own  research  or  on  a  topic  chosen  with  the 
approval  of  instructor  and  (2)  provides  opportunity  to  discuss  topics  presented 
by  other  students,  faculty,  or  guests. 

GEOS  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sli 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

It  is  the  deparmient's  intention  to  use  diis  course  to  schedule  extended  field  trips 
and  for  teaching  special  courses  which  will  utilize  the  specialties  of  the 
Geoscience  faculty. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIOhJS       171 


(J'.OS  Wl  Indcpi'iidciil  Stuily  var-l-.KIi 

l'ri'rvi|iiiiiilci  Prior  approval  through  advi.nor,  family  nicmlnr,  ilcparlimiil 

1  liairpcmnn,  dean,  and  Provosl's  ( Xlkr 

liidvpcniltril  sliidy  provides  tlic  »liiilcn(  wilh  an  oppiirliiiiily  lo  uie  library, 

lalmralorv.  or  lulil  riHtarcli  in  an  area  wliiili  i»  of  iiKcrcHl  inulcr  ihc  siipcrviHion  ol 

a  (Icsinnatcd  lainlly  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academii-  approprialcncss  and 

availability  of  resoiiries. 

(;K().S  )•).-<  GcoHcicncc  liileriisiiip  var- 1  - 1 2sli 

Siniunir  or  semesltr  work  experiiiu i-  willi  (ooperalinK  (inns  or  aKencies.  May  be 
SI  lu'dulcd  only  after  eonsullation  with  advisor  and  tliaiq)crson.  IU'i|nirenients 
ini  ln<le  np  to  lliree  mi-silc  oinsiiltalions,  depending  on  <  redil  lioiirs  and 
ioialion's  site:  lompletion  of  up  to  tliree  oral  progress  reports;  and  submission  ol 
a  detailed  work  diar\'.  Kestriiled  to  jiniior  and  senior  department  majors;  only  .'isli 
may  be  applied  towiird  major. 

\        Gerontology 

Department  111  .\ III siiii;  .ind  .Mlicd  lli'altli  Professions 
('ollcgc  ofllealtli  iinii  I  liim;in  Senices 

(.|;KN  2«1  Special  Topics  var- 1  Jsb 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  tillered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
llial  are  not  included  in  tbe  establisbed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
niuler  any  special  topic  iilenlity  no  more  tlian  tlirec  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  2KI  are  ofVcrcd  primarily  for  lower-level  luiderj^ruduate  students. 

(;|:RN  18 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sli 

Prerequi.site:  As  appropriate  lo  iixirse  content 

Special  topics  are  ofVereil  on  an  experimental  or  leiitporar)'  basis  to  explore  topics 
dial  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  otlered 
uiuler  any  special  topic  iilentitv  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  liHl  are  ofl'ered  piiniarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  studenLs. 

GKRN  4K-2  Independent  Study  var- 1  -.3sb 

Prerequisite:  Piior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
cl)aiq)erson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  witfi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
.Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


CRKK  .'i.^2  Advanced  (.reek  Ungiiagc  II 
A  contimialion  of  (iRKK  .).')l.  Selcitions  arc  Ir^ 
only  by  individualized  instriKtion. 


U   III    Uli 
»  »eiiir%ler.  tillered 


GF.RN  4».'>  Inlcniship 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses 

Supervised  experience  in  public  or  private  agency  that  s 


reek 


.Ssh 


>  aging  clients. 


Department  oi  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

GREK  1 5 1  Creek  I  3c-0l-3sh 

For  beginning  students;  pronunciation,  reading,  oral,  and  written  communication 
are  die  objectives.  In  grammar  tlie  case  system  of  tlie  Greek  noun  is  begun.  .All 
classical  Greek  courses  arc  offered  occasionally  Uirougb  Independent  Study; 
Modem  Greek  may  be  available  dirough  die  Critical  Languages  program.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  instniction. 

GREK  1.152  Greek  11  Sc-OI-Ssb 

.A  continuation  of  Greek  I.  In  graininar  the  case  system  ol  the  Greek  noun  is 
completed.  Ofl'ered  only  by  individualized  instniction. 

GREK  25 1  Gnek  III  3c-01-3sh 

{'.ontiuued  training  in  basic  skills.  wiUi  die  possible  addition  of  die  study  of 
specific  topics;  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest.  In  grammar  most 
lenses  of  the  Greek  verb  arc  studied.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 

GREK  2.')2  Gtrek  IV  3c-nl-3sh 

\  continuation  of  Greek  III.  In  granunar  more  tenses  of  die  verb  arc  studied.  The 
readings  become  short  selections  from  Greek  literature.  Offered  only  by 
individualizetl  instniction. 

GREK  3.';  I  Advanced  Greek  Language  I  3c-01-3sli 

Reviews  grammar  in  depdi;  analyzes  die  stnicture  of  die  language.  While  diemes 
are  not  required,  sclecuons  from  Greek  prose  are  read  both  for  knowledge  of  dieir 
content  and  for  developing  knowledge  of  die  structure  of  die  language.  Offered 
only  bv  individualized  instniction. 


GREK  4H2  independent  Study  var  lnh 

.An  opportunity  lo  engage  in  an  iii-dcpdi  aiiaiysis  of  Home  lopiti  dealing  wiili  tlic 
(■nek  language  and  culture  through  consulLatioii  wiUi  a  faculty  incnilxr. 
Permission  retniircd. 


German 


GRMN 


Department  of  Frciicli  and  (.crnian 
College  ol  I  liiiiiariities  and  .Social  Sciences 


(;RMN  101  ElcmcnUryGcrniiin  var-6sb 

Students  complete  levels  I  and  II  setjuence  in  one  semester  (fish).  Ilic  cmpluuia 
will  be  on  mastery  of  spoken  language  as  well  as  basic  langiiagc  skills.  Classes 
meet  M,W,F  for  liO  minutes  and  T,R  for  90  minutes. 


GRMN  1.51  German  I 

for  beginners,  the  objectives  include  grammar,  pi 
and  writing. 


3c-OI-3»li 
ciation.  reading,  siiealung. 


GRMN  1 52  German  II  3c-OI-3sli 

For  students  who  have  had  Gcniian  I  or  its  equivalent,  the  objectives  arc  to 
enhance  and  develop  the  four  skills  of  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  u-nting. 

GRMN  201  Intermediate  German  var-6sh 

Students  complete  levels  III  and  IV'  sequence  in  one  semester  (6sh).  Students 
ticvelop  language  skills  widi  emphasis  on  oral  competency.  Classes  meet  M.W.K 
for  tiO  minutes  and  T.R  for  90  minutes. 

GRMN  221  Conversation  III  2c-OI-2sh 

Two-bours-weekly  conversauon  practice  in  small  gn^ups  cmpliasizing  the  use  of 
greetings,  idiomatic  expressions,  and  conununication  skills  lo  improve  vocabulary 
and  pronunciation. 

GRMN  222  Conversation  IV  2c-OI-29h 

Two  hours  of  weekly  conversation  designed  as  a  condnuation  of  die  practice  in 
small  groups,  focusing  on  speaking  and  listening  skills  and  on  participation  in 
discussions  and  dialogues.  May  enroll  Nsidiout  having  taken  GR.V1N  221. 

GRMN  25 1  German  III  3c-01-3sh 

Continued  training  in  basic  skills,  with  the  possible  addition  of  the  study  of 
specific  topics;  consult  the  department  for  topics  of  interest. 

GRMN  252  German  I\'  3c-0l-35h 

.A  continuation  of  Geniian  III  with  some  emphasis  on  literary  works. 

GRMN  253  Intermediate  Composition  and  Conversation  3c-0I-3sh 

Can  be  taken  instead  of  or  in  addition  to  252.  Designed  for  majors  or  serious 
students.  Taught  Spring  .semester  only. 

GR.MN  25-1  Business  German  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  (iRVIN  251  or  equivalent 

.A  one-semester  course  which  can  be  taken  instead  of.  or  in  addiuon  to.  GRMN 
252  by  students  interested  in  business  or  as  pan  of  the  Liberal  Studies 
requirement  (equivalent  to  German  IV).  Business  pracdces  and  specialized 
business  vocabulary,  letter  writing,  and  problems  of  translation  are  emphasized. 

GRMN  256  Scientific  German  3c-OI-3$h 

Designed  to  substitute  for  GRM.N  252,  course  will  be  offered  in  the  second 
semester.  Primarily  for  science  majors;  it  may  be  taken  as  an  elective  by  German 
majors. 

C;RMN  2S  I  Special  Topics  «r- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  lo  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  -A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lowxr-le^el  undergraduate  students. 

GRMN  32 1-322  .Advanced  Conversation  I  and  U  each  2c-01-lsh 

Designed  to  increase  speaking  ability.  The  variety  of  content  permits  repetitions 
of  these  relatively  informal  courses. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


GRMN  351  Advanced  German  Language  1  3c-01-3sh 

Aims  to  review  and  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills,  to  apply  tliese  skills 
to  extensive  ciJtural  and  short  literar.'  readings,  and  to  produce  frequent  themes 
on  these  readings. 

GRMN  352  Advanced  German  Language  11  3c-0l-3sh 

Continues  to  expand  the  student's  grammatical  skills  and  to  apply  them  by  the 
writing  ol  longer  diemes  based  on  cultural  and  literar)-  readings. 

GRMN  361  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  provide  a  background  in  German  literature,  music,  art,  architecture, 
and  histor)f.  Surveys  the  period  from  tlie  migrations  of  the  Gennanic  tribes  to  the 
rise  of  Prussia  as  a  European  power. 

GRMN  362  Development  of  German  Culture  and  Literature  II  3c-01-3sh 

A  continuation  of  GRMN  361.  Covers  the  period  from  the  French  Revolution 
and  its  efiects  on  Germany  up  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  German 

literature,  histor);  and  music. 

GRMN  363  Introduction  to  German  Literature  I  3c-nl-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  poetr\'  to  acquaint  the  student  witli  formal  and 
thematic  aspects  of  German  verse  from  tlie  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

GRMN  364  Introduction  to  German  Literature  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Selected  readings  in  German  ficdon  and  drama  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
representative  works  and  techniques  of  interpretation. 

GRMN  367  Nineteenth-Century  German  Literature  3c-0I-3sh 

A  sur^■ey  of  the  major  works  of  German  poetr\-  and  prose  widi  an  emphasis  on  the 
literan,'  movements  of  Romanticism,  Realism,  and  NaturaUsm. 

GRMN  368  Twentieth-Century  German  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  of  German  poetr)'  and  prose  from  Expressionism 
through  World  War  II. 

GRMN  369  Contemporary  German  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  Iiterar\'  achievement  of  postwar  Gennany  up  to  the  present. 

GRMN  370  The  Age  of  Goethe  1  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  representative  works  from  tlie  Enlightermient  and  Storm  and  Stress 
periods. 

GRMN  371  The  Age  of  Goethe  H  3c-0I-3sh 

A  study  of  selected  works  of  German  Classicism  with  an  emphasis  on  die  prose 
and  poetry  of  the  first  decades  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

GRMN  381  German  Drama  in  English  Translation  3c-0l-3sh 

Representative  works  of  major  dramatists  in  English  transladon.  Primarily 
intended  for  students  of  English  literature  and  comparative  literature  and  not 
considered  as  credit  toward  a  German  major. 

GRMN  390  Teaching  Elementary  School  Content  in 

French  and  German  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor 

Students  will  explore  issues  relevant  to  the  teaching  and  learning  of  French  and 
German  in  the  elementary  school  (grades  K.-8).  Current  dieories  of  child  second- 
language  acquisition  will  be  treated.  These  theoretical  foundations  will  form  the 
basis  for  the  development  of  objecdves  and  activities  that  integrate  tlie  teaching  of 
foreign  language  and  culture  with  elementary  school  subject  content.  Students 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  planning  and  implementing  lessons,  assessing 
student  learning,  and  selecdng  materials  appropriate  to  die  needs  and  interests  of 
young  learners. 

GRMN  4 1 0  History  of  the  German  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

Histor)'  and  development  of  Gennan  language,  with  special  emphasis  on 
relaUonships  with  English.  Analysis  of  annals  in  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  and 
Middle  High  German  using  methods  ol  historical  and  contemporar)'  linguistics. 

GRMN  481  Special  Topic  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identit\*  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 
Designed  to  meet  die  special  needs  of  a  student  group. 

GRMN  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 
An  opportunit)'  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the 


Ge 


1  language  and  culture  through 


ultatic 


ith  a  faculty'  member. 


GRMN  493  Internship  in  Germany  \^r-3-I2sh 

Prerequisites:  I2sh  in  300-  or  400-level  courses  and  a  niininuim  of  one  semester 
study  in  Gentiany 

A  superxnsed  field  experience  in  Germany  with  approved  public  agencies  and 
institutions  or  private  firms;  no  longer  dian  one  semester  and  no  less  than  one 
mondi.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as  possible  with  the  intern's  personal 
interests  and  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  German  language.  Academic  work  at  the 
Gesamdiochschule  in  Duisburg  must  precede  the  internship.  Open  to  students  in 
other  disciplines,  such  as  Political  Science,  Internadonal  RelaUons.  Business,  etc., 
widi  advisor  approval. 


History 

Department  of  Histoiy 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

HIST  1 95  The  Modem  Era  3c-0l-3sh 

Interprets  the  development  of  two  centers  of  civilizadon.  Europe  and  America, 
within  a  global  context  and  extends  fi^om  at  least  the  Age  of  Enlightenment 
through  the  present.  (Histon,-  majors  should  subsdtute  HIST  202  for  HIST  195 
to  meet  the  Liberal  Studies  humanities  requirements.) 

HIST  200  Introduction  to  History  3c-01-3sh 

For  History  majors  and  concentrates.  Topics  include  philosophy  of  history, 
important  schools  of  liiston'  and  historians,  and  methods  of  historical  research. 
Student  is  encouraged  to  become  a  better  historian  and  to  idenufy  with  historical 
profession.  For  History  majors  only. 

HIST  201  Western  Civilization  Before  1600  3c-0l-3sh 

A  sur^'ey  course  presenting  in  various  forms  the  origin  and  development  of  major 
political,  social,  refigious.  and  intellectual  institutions  in  Western  CivilizaUon  to 
approximately  1600.  For  History'  majors  or  by  instnictor's  permission. 

HIST  202  Western  CiviUzation  Since  1600  3c-0l-3sh 

Development  of  Western  civilizadon  from  die  expansion  of  Europe  to  the  present, 
including  political,  diplomatic,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  areas.  Introduces 
issues  and  interpretations  encountered  in  upper-level  courses.  For  Histor)'  majors 
or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HIST  203  United  States  History  for  Historians  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  aspiring  historians  to  United  Stales  liistorj'  since  1763.  Emphasizes 
the  issues,  methods,  and  problems  that  currendy  concern  professional  historians. 
For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HIST  210  Ancient  Civilization:  The  Middle  East  and  die  Eastern 
Mediterranean  3c-0l-3sh 

Note:  Not  open  to  Histor}-  and  Secondary  Social  Science  Education  majors 
.4n  examination  of  the  development  and  the  spread  of  ancient  civilization  in 
ancient  Middle  East  and  the  Eastern  Mediterranean.  Topics  of  study  will  include 
die  characteristics  of  civilization  and  the  development  of  pohtical,  social, 
economic,  and  cultural  institutions  in  the  river  valley  centers  and  the  difiusion  to 
the  fringe  areas. 

HIST  212  Ancient  and  Medieval  Europe  3c-0l-3sh 

Note:  Not  open  to  History  and  Secondary'  Social  Science  Education  majors 
An  examination  of  the  development  of  ci\ihzauon  in  Europe  during  the  ancient 
and  medieval  periods.  Focuses  on  die  Ancient  Greek  and  Roman  ci\Tfizadons  and 
the  medieval  European  civilization.  The  characteristics  and  institutions  of 
civilization  will  be  stressed  as  well  as  the  pofitical  history. 

HIST  214  Themes  in  American  History  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HIST  1.95 

Open  only  to  non-Histor\-  majors.  Designed  to  give  students  an  appreciation  of 
die  basic  diemes  and  issues  in  die  making  of  American  society;  Students  will 
examine  themes  such  as  the  fruition  of  democracy,  the  .Ajnerican  dream,  slaven' 
and  freedom,  the  tensions  between  libert)'  and  order,  and  the  role  of  die  United 
States  in  a  world  setting. 

HIST  281  Special  Topics  N-ar-l-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)-  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        173 


MIS  I  .'Mil  W'nimy  iil  Aiuiciil  (^rccci; 

Arialy/.iH  liujiir  piililiral,  soi  iiil.  Jliil  ct()lliiiiii(  devtln 
( iviliolioii  from  Hriiii/.e  Akc  Ii>  dt-atli  of  AltxaiidtT. 


:k-()l-.)»li 
(;ri'ck 


NISI    1(12  lli»lc.ry  ol  Aiui.iil  Rome  .)<-(ll  .)»li 

'|',,,,^l(,,Mi..iilii t  ri..nM,.iK  KriHililicchmiiKilalloll'.inpjrc'.  K.Miiaii 

|n>liiH.il  iluory  will  I..-  |Miiu  .il.iiK  .mpliasimi. 

1 1  ISi"  .103  Midiival  Kunipt  I,  JOO- 1  (MM)  )c  Ol  t»li 

I  liMnry  i>r early  Mi-dlrval  Kiudpc,  rnini  <lcclin<- .,(  K..im-  u,  l>isiriniiiR»  .,1  I  IIkIi 
Middle  Akik;  clil|>lia»i.i  mi  pnlilical.  sinial,  c<  iniiiiiiii .  rtllKiiiiis,  and  liililkrtual 
(U-vclopint'iits. 

IllSr  .'{04  Medieval  Eurupe  II,  HMMI-I JUII  .'k-0i-3»h 

I  listiiiy  ollalc  Medieval  Kiirope,  rrniii  iliuli  Mld<llc  A^es  lo  Renaissance  periiid; 
I'lnplia.iis  III!  piililical.  social,  ecoiminic.  rcliKioiis.  and  iiUcllectual  developnicnls. 

HIST  JO.'i  ReiiaUsance  and  Rcfonnatioii  k-Ol  )sli 

I  lisloi-y  of  Europe  lioin  c.  1 250;  rise  of  connncrcial  city,  kings,  and  pressures  on 
( :iiris(ian  Oluirch  lo  1600.  .Some  consideration  of  leclinology  and  voyages. 

HIST  JOH  Early  Modern  Europe  .ic-Ol-.')sli 

CIrcaliiess  of  France  under  I.nuis  XIV;  Sweden;  Tliirly  Years'  War.  Kniergence  of 
modem  society;  Krcncli  Revolution. 

III.ST3()7  ilisloiy  ofEurope:  181.')-I<)I4  .ic-OI-.'3sli 

I'he  study  of  Kuro|)e  in  nineteenth  century,  wiili  emphasis  on  llie  emergence  of 
m.ijor  thought  patterns.  Komanlicism.  Nationalism.  Socialism,  and  Positivism. 

HIST  308  Twcntieth-Cenlury  Europe  3c-0l-Jsh 

I'olitical,  economic,  and  diplomatic  trends  in  Europe  since  1900.  witli  major 
emphasis  on  causes  and  results  of  war  and  search  for  securit)'. 

1 1 IST  3 1 1  Rise  and  Fall  of  Hitler's  Empire  3c-0l-3sh 

In-deplh  study  of  Hitler  and  the  Nazi  order:  oUcrs  an  analysis  of  nineteenth- 
century  origins  of  Nazi  ideology  and  intensively  analyzes  domestic  and  foreign 
totalitarian  policy  (1920-1945).  including  Holocaust,  Resistance,  and  tlie  postwar 
Nuremherg  Trials. 

HIST  320  History  of  England  to  168H  .k-0l-3sh 

.\  survey  of  die  growth  of  the  English  nation,  with  emphasis  on  political,  social, 
and  economic  developments  leading  to  seventeenth-century  ctmtlict  between 
drown  and  Parliament. 

HIST  32 1  History  of  England,  1 688  lo  Prt:sen(  3c-01-3sh 

\  snney  of  tlie  growth  of  England  as  a  democratic  constitutional  monarchy. 
.Attention  directed  to  industrial  revolution  and  to  iniperial  expansion  and 
England's  role  in  twentieth-century  world.  .Attention  given  to  social  and  cultural 
history. 

HIST  322  French  Revolution  and  Napoleon  3c-0l-3sh 

Brief  sketch  of  Old  Kegime.  concentration  on  Revolution  and  Empire,  with 
emphasis  on  politics,  social  structure,  diplomacy,  and  economics. 

HIST  324  History  of  Germany  lo  1 848  3c-0l-3sh 

The  study  of  the  development  of  Germany  politically  and  culturally  from  ancient 
limes,  emphasizing  medieval  and  early  modern  periods  to  1849. 

HIST  325  History  of  Germany:  1849  to  the  Present  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  ol  tlie  political  and  cultural  ilcvelopmcnt  of  modem  Gemiany  tri>m  the 
Revolution  ol  1S4S.  inchiding  imperial,  repnhlican.  and  totalitarian  phases,  to 
post-Worlil  War  II  Eiist  and  West  Germany. 

HIST  326  History  ofRussia  3c-0l-3sh 

General  survey  of  Russian  history,  culture,  and  institutions.  Special  consideration 
given  to  study  of  historical  forces  fomiative  of  Revolution  of  19 1 7. 

HI.ST  327  Soviet  Union  and  Contemporary  Russia  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerc<|uisiles:  Sophomore  stamling.  completion  of  HIST  195  (nonmajors) 
Analyzes  die  period  from  KS55  to  the  [iresent.  including  the  attempts  at 
modernization  by  Imperial  Russia,  tlie  creation  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  fiirtlier 
modernization,  and  tlie  colla|)se  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

HI.ST  330  History  of  the  Islamic  Civilization  3c-01-3sh 

.\n  approach  to  learning  ahoui  a  non-Western  culture:  Muhammatl.  .Arabs,  and 
Muslims  as  creators  of  a  great  civilization  from  rise  of  Islam  to  ISOO;  emphasis  on 
cultural  institutions  of  Islam  and  tlieir  interrelationships  within  Middle  East. 


IliSI  .331  Modern  .MiddkKaM  ,.  iil  M, 

A  survey  of  cliange^  that  have  taken  plate  \u  Mlildlc  f-.j«l  anil  in  Islam  mm>  e 
ciglitccnili  century  and  of  contemporary  problems  in  tlial  regir>n. 

HIST  33.5  llimory  of  V^i  Ania  3r-Ol-3»h 

History  of  (]liina  and  japan  from  ancient  times,  liuddhism.  nicdirval  Japan. 
(Chinese  commnniNm.  inilnsinalizalion.  .Some  conaidcralion  of  |Kriplicral  A*u 
from  15011. 

HIST  340  Colonial  America  3c-()l-3»h 

A  survey  of  original  Uiirtcen  stales  from  their  inception  as  colonics  widiin  die 
llritish  empire  to  17b3.  the  eve  rif  IndcpeiHlence.  Attention  is  given  tfi  their 
political  development:  economic  |Kisiti<in  widiin  die  empire;  rclatioiu  widi 
Indians:  and  evolution  of  social,  educational,  and  religious  life. 

HI.ST  34 1  American  Revolulion  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  of  Whig-Tory  participants  of  American  Revolution.  Exaraina 
events  from  1763  to  1783.  C^hanging  iiitcqireutions  of  die  causes  and  eflecuof 
the  revolution  will  be  discussed. 

HIST  342  The  F^riy  Republic  3c-()l-3sh 

A  survey  of  United  States  history  from  1783  to  1850,  wiUi  special  attention  on 
constitutional,  political,  economic,  and  social  trends. 

HIST  343  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  3c-0l-3ih 

The  study  of  the  failure  of  .American  democracy  to  co[>e  with  issues  of  mid- 
nineteenUi  century,  followed  by  political,  economic,  military,  and  srK-ial 
developnieiiLs  during  war  and  reconciliation  of  .\ordi  and  South. 

HIST  350  History  of  Latin  America  Colonial  Period,  1450-1820  3c-0I-3sh 
A  study  of  life  of  peojile.  Indian  cultures,  conquest  by  Spaniards  and  Portuguese, 
government  during  Colonial  Period,  and  Wars  of  Independence. 

HIST  351  History  of  I.atin  .America:  National 

Period,  1820-Present  3c-0l-3sh 

.A  study  of  the  history  of  nations  which  have  emerged  since  independence: 
emphasis  on  economic,  political,  cultural,  and  social  developments  of  these 
nations,  as  well  as  relationships  of  these  nations  to  others  in  die  hemisphere. 

HIST  355  African  History  I:  Antiquity  lo  1600  3c-01-35h 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing,  completion  of  HIST  195  (nonmajors) 
.A  survey  of  the  sociocultural,  political,  and  economic  life  of  prccolonial  .African 
societies.  Focus  is  on  ancient  kingdoms  and  cultures,  precolonial  states,  internal 
and  .Adantic  trade  networks. 

HIST  356  .Afncan  History  II:  1600  lo  Present  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing,  completion  of  HIST  195  (nonmajors) 
A  sun'ey  of  African  sociocultural,  political,  and  economic  developments  during 
the  colonial  and  modem  periods.  Course  covers  im|>erialism.  the  struggle  for 
control  for  Africa,  die  two  global  wars  and  their  repercussions  for  .Africa, 
decolonization,  and  modem  .African  stales. 

HIST  360  History  of  Pennsylvania  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  die  cultural,  economic.  poUtical.  and  social  development  of  our  stale 
in  its  rarious  periods  from  colonial  to  today.  Special  attendon  given  to  diversity  of 
Pennsylvania's  people,  their  instiiiiiions  and  problems. 

HIST  361  History  of  American  Diplomacy,  1775-1900  3c-OI-3sh 

Traces  foreign  relations  of  die  United  Slates  from  Independence  to  emergence  as 
a  world  power.  Topics  concentrate  on  diemes  of  commercial  reladons.  poUdcal 
isolation,  expansion,  and  debate  over  imperialism. 

HIST  362  History  of  American  Diplomacy.  1900-prcseni  3c-0I-3sh 

Treats  primarily  our  twenuedi-century  involvement  in  world  affairs  and  domestic 
debate  over  that  involvement.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  role  of 
interest  groups  and  increasing  power  of  Executive  Dejiartment  over  foreign 
affairs. 

HIST  363  Thought  and  Culture  in  Early  America  3c-01-3sh 

Selected  topics  in  early  .American  intellectual  and  ailtural  growth,  with  emphasis 
on  Puritanism.  EnUghtenraenU  cultural  nadonalism,  and  Romanbc  movemenL 

HIST  364  Thought  and  Culture  in  Modem  America  3c-OI-3sh 

Selected  treatmeni  of  historical  development  of  mcnlem  .American  moi-ements  in 
social  and  political  diought.  rehgion.  philosophy,  fine  arts,  and  hterature. 

HIST  365  History  of  Black  .America  Since  Emandpadon  3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  role  of  blacks  in  die  history  of  the  United  States 
since  the  CiWl  Wan  emphasis  on  kcv  leaders,  major  organizadons.  leading 
movements,  and  cmcial  ideologies  of  blacks  in  modem  .America. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001 


02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HIST  366  African-American  Women  3c-01-3sh 

Major  economic,  social,  and  political  issues  which  have  aftected  black  women 
since  their  introduction  into  North  America  to  the  present. 

HIST  367  Native  American  History  3c-01-3sh 

An  unl'amiliar  perspective  on  a  familiar  tale.  Presents  tlie  "new  Indian  History"— 
Nortli  America  from  Native  American  materials  and  points  of  view.  Identification, 
analysis,  and  syntliesis  of  Indian  realities  and  options  over  time  are  at  tlie  heart  of 
this  course. 

HIST  369  Women  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

A  study  of  the  activities  of  women  from  the  colonial  era  to  the  modern  era- 
evaluating  cultural,  societal,  religious,  economic,  and  political  fiameworks. 
Reviews  women^s  involvement  in  movements  for  feminism,  social  reform, 
unionism,  and  the  abolition  of  slavery. 

HIST  370  ReUgion  in  America  3c-01-3sh 

A  histor\-  of  religious  belief  and  practice  in  tlie  United  States  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  present,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  last  one  hundred  years. 

HIST  372  History  of  the  Early  American  Working  Class  3c-01-3sh 

Description  and  analysis  of  the  nature  and  significance  of  die  working  class  of  the 
United  States  in  die  eighteenth  and  nineteendi  centuries.  The  work  settings  and 
communiues  of  workers  will  be  examined  as  well  as  unions  such  as  die  Nadonal 
Labor  Union  and  die  Knights  of  Labor. 

HIST  373  History  of  the  Modem  American  Working  Class  3c-01-3sh 

DescripUon  and  analysis  of  die  nature  and  significance  of  the  working  class  of  the 
United  States  in  the  twentieth  century.  Work  settings  and  strikes  will  be  examined 
and  analyzed  as  well  as  unions  such  as  die  United  Mine  Workers  and  the  United 
Auto  Workers  and  labor  leaders  including  Samuel  Gompers,John  L.  Lewis,  and 
George  Meany. 


HIST  374  History  of  Organized  Crime 

Studies  the  relationship  between  urban,  entrepi 
of  industrial  America. 


3c-0l-3sh 
eurial  crime  and  the  evolution 


HIST  390  History  of  Women-Worid  Cultures  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  religious,  legal,  poUtical,  economic,  and  mythic  dimensions  of  women  in 
society  from  ancient  to  modern  Umes,  including  Western  and  non- Western 
experiences. 

HIST  39 1  FUm  as  History  3c  01-3sh 

Particularly  concerned  widi  probing  the  relationship  between  cinema  and  society. 
History  of  fihn  is  explored  and  student  is  given  some  background  in  film 
interpretation  and  cinematography,  the  western,  science  ficuon,  pohce  films,  and 
great  foreign  and  American  detective  films. 

HIST  480  Senior  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

A  regimen  of  research  resulting  in  a  written  paper.  Students  work  on  a  program 
selected  by  the  instructor  For  History  majors  or  by  instructor's  permission. 

HIST  481  Special  Studies  in  History  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Each  semester,  courses  are  offered  in  interest  areas  that  are  not  part  of  the  regular 
program.  Some  examples  of  courses  of  this  type  are  the  Victorian  Age,  die 
History  of  Love,  World  War  II,  the  Great  Depression,  die  Adams  Chronicles,  and 
the  History  of  New  York  City.  Students  may  schedule  as  many  of  these  courses  as 
desired,  but  two  per  semester  is  the  usual  limit. 

HIST  482  Independent  Study  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office  with  12sh  in  history;  a  3.0  GPA  in  history 
classes;  permission  of  a  faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 
appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources 

Involves  directed  reading  or  research  for  qualified  students.  Experimental  projects 
and  personalized  learning  are  encouraged. 

HIST  483  Independent  Study  3c-01-3sh 

An  honors  program  within  the  independent  study  format.  Minimum 
qualifications  are  a  3.0  GPA,  15sh  of  history,  and  a  3.2  GPA  in  history  classes. 
Satisfactory  honors  work  is  rewarded  by  f<»rmal  recognition  at  graduation. 

HIST  487  Honors  Colloquium  in  History  3c-01-3sh 

Colloquium  emphasizing  reading,  discussion,  and  writing  on  an  announced 
historical  topic  or  dienie  which  will  var)-  from  semester  to  semester  according  to 
die  expertise  of  die  faculty  member  teaching  die  course.  Open  to  all  Honors 
College  students  who  have  completed  HNRC  201  and,  with  instructor 
permission,  to  junior  and  senior  History,  History/Pre-law,  and  Social  Science 
Education  majors  who  have  at  least  a  3.5  GPA  in  liistory  classes. 


HIST  493  Internship  var-3-I2sh 

With  departmental  approval,  students  are  attached  to  local  or  national 
government  or  private  agencies  doing  directive,  bibliographical,  archival,  or 
museimi  work.  .Advising  professor  meets  widi  intern  regularlv  and  determines 
ports  will  he  Rum. id. 


I    |M|.( 


Child  Development/Family  Relations 


Department  of  Human  Development  and 

Environmental  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


3c-0l-3sh 


HMEC  218  Child  Development 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Focuses  on  the  normal  development  and  behavior  of  children.  A  survey  made  of 
physical,  emotional,  social,  and  intellectual  development  of  children  from 
conception  through  early  adolescence.  Pertinent  child  development  research 
analyzed. 

HMEC  220  Teaching  in  Child  Development  Centers  2c-41-4sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  218  or  equivalent 

Techniques  in  planning  for  and  teaching  preschool  children.  Participation  as 
teacher-assistant  provides  experience  in  applying  principles  of  child  guidance  and 
development  needed  by  teachers  in  preschool  centers  or  secondary  school  child 
development  laboratories. 

HMEC  224  Marriage  and  Family  Relations  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Focuses  on  principles  of  human  relations  basic  to  marital  decisions  and 
adjustment.  Influence  of  community  and  family  experiences  on  personal 
development  and  adjusunent  explored. 

HMEC  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

HMEC  3 1 7  Infant  Development  2c-21-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  218 

A  study  of  characteristic  developmental  changes  of  human  infants  from  birth  to 
approximately  two  and  a  half  years.  Participation  as  teacher  assistant  in 
infant/toddler  cliild  care  center  provides  experience  in  developmentally 
appropriate  guidance  and  ])lanning  for  very  young  children. 

HMEC  32 1  Preschool  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  220  or  concurrendy 

Examination  of  die  child  development  philosophy  as  the  basis  for 
developmentally  appropriate  decisions  and  methods  in  preschool  education 
programming.  The  emphasis  is  placed  on  play  as  a  developmental  process  and  as 
the  major  aspect  of  the  preschool  curriculum.  May  not  be  interchanged  with 
ELED  353. 

HMEC  324  Family  Dynamics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  224  or  equivalent 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  processes  and  models  of  family  development  topics. 
Focus  on  approaches  and  dynamics  of  principles  related  to  familial  and  marital 
adjustment  and  coping. 

HMEC  418  Advanced  ChUd  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  218 

A  study  of  trends  and  research  in  the  field  of  child  development  based  on  a  review 
of  major  theorists  and  current  literature. 

HMEC  422  Early  Childhood  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  HMEC  220  or  concurrendy 

Current  educational  dieories  and  research  reviewed  in  terms  of  impUcation  for 
preschool  and  their  effect  on  material,  equipment,  and  activity  selection. 

HMEC  424  Family  Issues  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HMEC  224 

Concentrated  study  of  selected  areas  of  family  life,  with  emphasis  on  current 
personal  and  social  issues  affecting  the  family. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       175 


IIMKC  I2rri<-.lii.i.|iivs..ll\irciill.<lii.iili..ii  .Ji Ol-.isli 

IVt'mllliHilr:  WWV.i.'Wm  ('<|iMV,ilnit 

|.\ iM.iKoii  ol  ii.iiijii'.i'xicni.  .111(1  siKriirK'aiicc  orpurciit  cducalioii. 

liiIciM'l.iiiniisliipH  uriiorric,  s(li(M>l,  iiiid  cfiiiiimitiily  a^c-iiciL-M  arc  examined  in  li^lit 
cil  variiins  prDnranis,  niillicids,  and  lei  lnn(|ue»  iil  |)arcrilin);  e<lneatiiin. 

IIMI'.C  127  AdiiiiiiiHtnilioii  orCliild  Devt'lopmi'iK  Ctnecm  .)i  III-  )»li 

IVerequiNileNi  I  IMK( :  220  or  ei|nivalenl,  jnnidm  or  »cniiir.s  only 
DcvelDpincnl  nl  s|H-<ial  kn(>wled);e  and  eonipeteneien  needed  by  Muccessfiil 
.uhninislratnis  (jl  i  hild  tare  proKranis  iniliidinR  |>ri)|Hi»al  writinn,  budnelinn, 
iiiana|;enienl,  Hlal)  seieetinn  and  training,  a|>|iri>|)riatv  ciirriculnni  nialcrials, 
|>lnliiHii|iliy,  (larenl  involvcinenl,  cliild  advocacy,  and  program  evaluation. 

IIMKC  ■!«.•»  Kuinily  unci  the  Cdminiinily  .fc-OI-'Isii 

A  sln<ly  <il  cmnniunily  anencies  and  problems  llial  ailed  lainilies  and  dieir 
conlribntion.H  In  connnunity.  InvcHlinalion  of  ways  jironp  dynamics, 
cornmimicalion  media,  and  odler  resources  aid  undcrslan<lin);  olbninan 
lieli.iviors.  I'ield  experience  is  an  inlCKral  pari  ol  (be  lourse. 

IIMKC  INI  .S|>eciurr<)|>ics  var-l-.isli 

l*i'erei|uisilci  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  ollered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  tbe  vstablislied  curriculum.  A  K>ven  topic 
may  be  olVcreil  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tlian  tlirec  times.  Special 
topics  nunibereil  1X1  are  primarily  lor  up|)er-levcl  nndrrnraduale  students. 

IIMEC  482  Indcpt'iidenl  Study  var-l-.ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  tbrougb  advisor,  faculty  member,  deparunent 

cliairpcrson,  dean,  and  Piovost's  Olficc 

I  'pper-level  students  with  high  scholastic  achievement  pursue  their  particular 

interest!!  outside  tlic  realm  of  the  organized  home  econt)mics  education 

<  urriculum.  May  be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  ot".'}sh.  Approval  is 

based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

HMEC  493  Internship  var-6-12sh 

Prerequisites:  Periuissiod  ot  department,  college  dean,  and  university  internship 
coordinator;  U|)per-level  .standing 

Practical  experience  related  to  the  student's  major  area  of  study.  Objectives  arc 
(le\eloped  individually  in  consultation  with  universitv'  faculty  member  who 
snpen  ises  the  internship.  Log  and  major  paper  required.  May  be  repeated  up  to  a 
total  of  1 2sh;  however,  diese  semester  hours  are  not  applicable  toward  die  I24sh 
retjuired  for  graduation  if  student  receives  1 2sli  in  student  teaching. 


(Completes  the  introilnrtion  oi  Honors  College  ntudciilii  Ui  ttiajor  worlu  oi 
literature  and  art;  to  major  ideas  in  liislor).  pInl'iMiphy.  rcllgioun  itludicv 
literature,  and  die  line  arls:  and  to  i  ntn  al  dunking  akilU  used  in  reading,  writing, 
and  discussion  in  an  integrated  and  iiiteratUvc  pcdagogiciil  ciivtroiiincnl. 

H.NKC  4K.<  llnnoni  Thcuis  var-l-Osh 

Prcrei|uisiler<i  Honors  College  stndenl  in  good  standing;  at  least  junior  aUlus  ill 
time  topic  i«  proposed.  Prior  approval  through  ailvisor,  faculty  members, 
department  chair|>erson,  dean,  an<l  Provost's  <;(litc 

All  intensive,  iiicused  study  involving  iiide|iendciit  research  within  Uic  student's 
major  discipline  ciilminaling  in  a  written  thesis  approved  by  a  diesis  direcUir  and 
two  faculty  readers/committee  incinbers.  May  be  taken  more  dian  once  to  a 
maximuiii  offish.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appn.prian  mss  and  availabiltiv 
of  res 


\'   Health  ana  Fhysical  Education 


Department  of  llcaltii  ami  I'liysical  EduLatioii 
Clollegc  of  Healtii  and  Human  Services 

UPED  117  Fitness-.Swimming  Ot-21-lsh 

Kundamentals  and  techlii{|ues  of  swimming  and  fitness. 

IIPEU  1 24  Fitness  Thrnugh  Dance  Oc  21  I  sh 

.A  [ihysical  fitness  developineiil  course  for  men  and  women  that  employs  a 
combination  of  exercises  and  dance  techniques  perlormed  to  music. 


HPEDI2NCoir 

Fundamentals  and  techniqu 


.of  golf. 


HNRC 


lonors  College 


Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


.5c-OI-.5sh 


HPED  142  Foundalioiu  of  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Sport     Jc-OI-Jsh 
Historical,  philosophical,  and  psychosocial  foundations  of  heaidi  and  physical 
education  are  introduced.  Specific  emphasis  is  given  to  scientific  dieories  and 
principles  in  such  areas  as  healdi  promotion  and  beliavioral  change,  exercise 
physiology,  motor  development,  kinesiology,  and  motor  learning. 

1 1 PED  1 43  Health  and  Wellness  3c-OI-3sh 

Introduces  die  student  to  die  major  components  of  wellness:  contemporary 
nutrition  issues  as  they  relate  to  personal  food  choices,  physical  fitness,  stress 
management,  sexually  transmitted  diseases,  AIDS,  and  substance  abuse. 
Completion  of  HPED  143  ftilfills  die  Liberal  Studies  Healdi  and  Wellness 
requirement. 

HPED  145  Tennis  Oc-21-lsh 

Fundamentals  and  techniques  of  tennis. 

HPED  162  Scuba  Diving  Oc-21-lsh 

Designed  to  teach  necessary  skills  and  proper  use  of  equipment  for  underwater 

swimming.  Tanks,  regulators,  weights,  and  special  equipment  liimishcd.  Student 

must  purchase  a  mask,  fins,  and  snorkel  (approximately  $1.5).  Includes  dicory  as 

well  as  practical  work. 

H  PED  1 65  Lifeguarding  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  .\d\"aiiced  Swimmer 
Designed  for  professional  lifeguards.  Includes  lifeguarding  techniques  for  pools 
and  tresli  and  saltv\ater  beaches.  Red  Cross  certificadon  (Pittsburgh  Division) 
granted  upon  satisfacton-  completion  of  course  requirements. 

HPED  166  Basic  Smallcraft  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Inteniiediate  swimming  abiUty 

Designed  to  introduce  die  use  of  the  canoe,  paddle  board,  and  sailboat.  .\n 

emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  boating  skills,  safety  rescue,  and 

sun'i>'al  procedures.  Red  Cross  smallcraft  certification  is  granted  upon  successful 

conipleUonofdie< 


HNRClOl  Honors  Corel 

Prerequisites:  Freshman  standing,  admission  to  the  Honors  College 

This  first  in  a  series  of  diree  required  anil  iiiterrelateil  courses  introduces  Honors 

(Vtllege  students  to  major  works  of  literature  and  art;  to  major  ideas  in  history, 

philosophy,  religious  studies,  literature,  and  the  line  arts:  and  to  critical  thinking 

skills  used  in  reading,  writing,  anil  iliscussion  in  an  integrated,  syndietic,  and 

nileracuve  pedagogical  environment.  While  materials  from  various  periods  and 

iliscipliiies  are  part  of  UN  RC  101,  each  instmctor  has  attempted  to  incorporate 

some  works  from  a  common  century  to  proviile  stiiilents  widi  a  common  groimil 

liir  exploring  die  core  questions. 

HNRC  102  Honors  Core  11  5c-()l-5sli 

Prerequisites:  HNRC  101.  freshman  standing,  and  admission  to  Honors  College 
The  second  in  a  scries  of  diree  required  and  interrelated  courses.  HNRC  102 
continues  die  emphases  of  HNRC  101:  (a)  Introduction  to  major  works  of 
literature  and  fine  arts;  (b)  introduction  to  major  ideas  in  history-,  philosophy, 
religious  studies;  and  (c)  focus  on  critical  drinking  skills  used  in  reading,  wriung, 
and  discussion  in  an  interrelated,  syndietic,  and  interactive  pedagogical 
environment.  .Although  materials  come  from  various  periods  and  disciplines,  each 
instructor  has  incorporated  works  fi-oni  a  common  centuiy  to  provide  a  common 
ground  for  exploring  core  quesUons.  Building  on  dieir  experiences  in  HNRC 
101,  students  will  become  more  critical  and  analytical  In  their  reading  and 
response.  Furdier,  the  ability  to  syndiesize  will  be  emphasized  based  on  dieir 
previous  readings  and  learning  experiences. 

HNRC  201  Honors  Core  111  4c-01-4sh 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  staiuling,  admission  to  die  Honors  College,  and 
successliil  completion  of  HNRC  101  and  102  if  admitted  to  Honors  College  as  a 
first-year  student.  Prerequisites  for  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  College  as 
sophomores  are  ENGL  101  and  at  least  one  Liberal  Studies  course  in  die 
humanities  or  fine  arts. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


HPED  175  Prevenuon  and  Care  of  Injuries  to 

the  Physically  Active  2c-01-2sh 

Ceneral  infonnation  will  be  presented  related  to  die  prevenuon.  recognition,  and 
care  of  boUi  acute  and  chronic  injuries  cxinimon  to  participants  of  ph\  sical 
activity/fitness,  and  adiletics.  Specific  topics  to  be  addressed  include  prevention 
techniques,  the  classificadon  and  suging  of  injurj-  condidons.  and  basic 
e\'aluauoii  techniques,  as  well  as  emergency  management  and  follow-up  care 
procedures. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HPED  200  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Aclivily  lc-21-lsh 

A  fouiidatinii  course  designed  lor  the  purpose  of  training  in  tlie  analysis  and 
performance  of  tlie  Rindaniental  skills  for  subsequent  motor  behavior  as  diey 
relate  to  games,  sports,  and  dance.  The  opportunity  to  refine  powers  of 
observation  through  principles  of  efficient  and  effective  movement  limdanientals 
is  provided.  Individual  data  profile  charts  of  perjbmiance  will  be  completed  for 
ftiture  reference. 

HPED  210  Motor  Development  2c-01-2sh 

Corequisite:  HPED  200 

A  study  of  tlie  processes  of  growth  and  development  and  their  effects  upon 

human  motor  behavior  across  the  lifespan.  Includes  changes  during  physical 

growdi,  maturation  and  aging,  and  subsequent  eifects  upon  cognitive,  perceptual, 

and  physiological  performance,  both  individually  and  within  a  sociociJtural 

context. 

HPED  2 1 1  Dance,  Rhythmic  Activities,  and  Gymnastics  2c-41-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  200 

Designed  to  provide  an  aesthetic  and  kinesthetic  movement  experience  which  will 
prepare  the  student  as  a  teacher  of  basic  movement  in  a  variety  of  situations.  The 
dance  section  will  include  creative  movement,  rhythms,  and  square,  folk,  and 
contemporan'  dance.  GyTunastics  will  include  basic  tumbling,  stunts,  and 
apparatus  skills. 

HPED  212  Team  Sports  2c  41-3sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  200 

Introduces  students  to  the  history,  current  status,  and  teaching  similarities  among 
team  sports.  Also  includes  materials  and  methods  unique  to  each  sport. 

HPED  213  Individual  and  Dual  SporU  and  Adventure  Activities       2c-41-3sh 
Prerequisite:  HPED  200 

Provides  historical  and  current  status  of  individual  and  dual  sports,  as  well  as 
adventure  activities.  Includes  skill  development,  analysis  of  skilled  performance, 
and  strategies  for  plaiming  and  implementing  instructional  programs. 

HPED  221  Human  Structure  and  Function  3c-01-3sh 

Anatomical  organization  of  die  human  body,  sun'cyed  in  sufficient  depth  to 
prepare  students  for  physiology,  biomechanics,  and  adaptive  physical  education. 

HPED  230  Aerobic  Fitness  lc-21-2sh 

An  opportunit)'  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  aerobic  activities;  vnll  aid  fitness 
leaders  in  developing  and  implementing  several  types  of  aerobic  programs;  will 
offer  current  information  on  aerobics  as  preventive  medicine. 

HPED  242  Emergency  Health  Care  1  c-21- 1  sh 

American  Red  Cross  Standard,  Advanced,  and  Instructor's  certification  and 
Muldmedia  Instnictor's  cerdfication  awarded  upon  successfiil  compledon  of  this 


HPED  251  Foundations  of  Safety  and  Emergency  Health  Care  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  accident  prevendon,  injur)'  control,  and  first  responder's  skills. 
Emphasizes  identification  of  causes  of  accidents,  recommended  countenneasures, 
and  mitigation.  American  Red  Cross  certifications  are  issued  in  (1)  standard  first 
aid,  (2)  conmmnity  CPR,  (3)  instructor  of  standard  first  aid,  and  (4)  instructor  of 
community  CPR. 

HPED  252  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Task  2c-21-3sh 

Provides  an  in-depth  treatment  of  operating  a  motor  vehicle  competendy  in  all 
major  variations  and  under  most  conditions  encoimtered  in  traffic.  A  competent 
operator  is  one  who  performs  die  total  driving  task  knowledgeably  and  skillfully 
and  demonstrates  full  understanding  and  apphcation  of  identification,  predicdon, 
decision,  and  execudon  process. 

HPED  261  Water  Safety  Instructor  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisites:  Departmental  consent  and  lifesaving  certificaUon 

Emphasizes  die  teaching  aspect  of  skills,  techniques,  and  attitudes  necessary  in  all 

areas  of  swimming.  Students  successfully  completing  course  are  qualified  to  hold 

such  positions  as  waterfront  directors,  aquatic  directors,  and  other  similar 

positions. 

HPED  263  Aquatics  0c-21-l5h 

Basic  perfbmiance  techniques  in  swimming  strokes  presented  with  special 
emphasis  on  teaching  methodology,  aquatic  sports  and  games,  water  safety,  skin 
diving,  springboard  diving,  and  other  aquatic  activities. 

HPED  264  Advanced  Aquatics  Oc-21-lsh 

Swimming  and  rescue  skills  necessary  to  complete  American  Red  Cross  Senior 
Lifesaving  Course.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  a  broad  range  of  other 
aquauc  experiences  and  teaching  strategies. 


HPED  270  Instructor  ofHandicapped  .Swimming  Oc-21-l.sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  261 

Concerned  with  the  learning  of  skills  used  to  teach  swimming  to  excepdonal 
children.  All  handicaps  are  considered.  Important  not  only  in  physical  education 
but  also  lor  the  mentally  retarded,  rehabilitation  education,  agency  personnel, 
postgraduate  swinmiing  education,  YMCA  Boys  Clubs,  communit)-  programs, 
private  clubs,  and  industrial  programs.  The  Red  Cross  certificaUon  Instructor  of 
Swimming  for  tlie  Handicapped  is  granted  upon  successfiil  completion  of  die 
.  Taught  in  the  Summer  only. 


HPED  271  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  2(i2 

Prepares  instructors  to  teach  skin  and  scuba  diving.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on 
teaching  methods,  use  and  mechanics  of  equipment,  safety,  diving  physics  and 
physiology,  and  advanced  diving  skills.  Instructor  of  Scuba  Diving  certificate 
granted  by  the  Professional  Associadon  of  Diving  Instructors  upon  successfiil 
compledon  of  the  course.  Taught  in  the  Summer  only. 

HPED  272  Instructor  of  Canoeing  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  266 

Concerned  with  die  learning  of  skills  perdnent  to  teaching  canoeing  to  beginners. 
AU  aspects  of  canoeing  including  paddling,  repair  of  equipment,  white  water 
canoeing,  safety,  survival,  and  teaching  techniques  are  presented.  The  Red  Cross 
cerdfication  Canoeing  Instructor  is  granted  upon  successfiil  completion  of  the 
course.  Taught  in  the  Summer  only. 

HPED  273  Instructor  of  SaiUng  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  266 

Concerned  with  learning  of  skills  perdnent  to  teacliing  beginning  saiUng.  All 
aspects  of  saifing  are  considered,  including  the  elements  of  sailing,  repair  of 
equipment,  racing,  safety,  and  techniques  of  teaching.  Taught  in  the  Summer  only. 

HPED  274  Instructor  of  Infants  and  Preschoolers  in  Swimming        Oc-21-lsh 
Prerequisites:  HPED  261,  instructor's  consent 

Mediods  course  for  preparadon  of  swimming  instructors  in  the  knowledge  and 
skills  of  teaching  young  children  to  swim.  YMCA  cerdfication  Instructor  of  the 
Very  Young  granted  upon  successfiil  compledon  of  course  requirements.  Taught 
in  the  Summer  only. 

HPED  276  Coaching  of  Swimming  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  261 

A  lecture-discussion  methods  course  designed  to  prepare  Health  and  Physical 
Education  majors  for  coaching  of  swimming.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  training 
methods,  officiadng,  nutrition,  scientific  principles,  and  meet  strategy.  Taught  in 
the  Summer  only. 

HPED  279  Swimming  Pool  Maintenance  and  Chemistry  21-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  264 

A  lecture-discussion  course  designed  to  teach  liindamental  water  chemistry, 
filtration,  treatment  of  water  problems,  winterizadon  of  outdoor  pools,  and  pool 
management,  .^n  emphasis  is  placed  on  water  testing  and  analysis  of  chemicals 
and  bacteria.  Taught  in  die  Summer  only. 

H  PED  280  Aquatic  FacUitics  Management  2l-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  264 

An  organizational  and  administradve  course  designed  to  prepare  the  aquadc 
professional  for  management  of  indoor  and  outdoor  facilities.  Includes  facility 
design,  safety  procedures  activity,  and  sport  and  recreadonal  aspects.  Taught  in 
the  Summer  only. 

HPED  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  dmes.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  snideiUs. 


HPED  315  Biomechanics 

Prerequisite:  HPED  221 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between  mechanical  and  physical  pri 
human  movement.  (Offered  as  HP  246  prior  to  1998-99) 


3c-0l-3sh 


ciples  and 


3c-01-lsh 


HPED  318  Preprofessional  Experience  I 
Prerequisite:  Health  and  Physical  Educadon  majors  only 
Recommended  Prerequisite:  HPED  321 

Students  teach  as  assistants  to  a  faculty  member  in  two  different  acdvides,  one  in 
physical  educadon  (general  educadon)  and  one  in  elementary  physical  educadon 
at  the  University  School.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  unit  development,  class 
management,  leadership  skills,  and  evaluation. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       7  77 


lll'I'.l)  .')l!»  rniiiiifiFiNioiwI  l'.x|itririi€t  II  var-.'J«li 

I'ltTcilllilitCNi  Ailvaruril  ulaiidilin,  (lc|iiirlnirril,il  .i|.|)riiviil 
SiikIcmIs  may  rc(|iitHl  an  a»si»liriK/tcarliiiij;/lra(li  nlii|i  afninnint-nt  in  trrlaiii 
cniivcrsilyrcialal  areas  llial  may  lit-  lilliii  JmiriK  imnal  or  iifiiiinslriiitifuial  in 
iiatiiri-.  l'.xaiii|)lcH  (if'tucli  prolcssiimal  areas  are  adaptivcs,  recreatiiiii,  dance, 
rnacliin^,  ai[iiaticK,  intramural^,  adminintration,  elementary,  Hcrvicc  or  major 
c  l,i»,si»,i  lull  ai'tivilleii.aiid  a»sislinn  in  laliiiraliny  or  llic  training  room. 

III'KI)  .121  Melh.idN  in  Kleinentary  llrallli  and  l'livsi<al  l,<liualinii    IcOl  Kli 
IVci'cquiNilet  finiKM  slandinj!, 

(:nl<les  ihe  prolissiniial  nnidcni  In  llie  dcvclopnicnt  ol  coin|ietencics  enscntial  to 
l<  IK  liing  lieallli  and  |iliyhi(  al  cdn<atioii  at  llic  elementary  school  level.  Inclndci 
tlu-orieH  otiiiHtnu'lion  in  liealtli  Ncience,  necessity  ofa  safe  and  licaltlifiil  scIkioI 
iiivironnicnl,  and  judicious  utilization  olsclionl  and  conununity  licaltli  resources 
A\u\  service,  as  well  as  study  of  theories  of  and  movement  relevant  to  elementary 
SI  liixil  children.  Oh.servallon,  materials,  nielhoils  of  leaching,  and  o|>|iorlnnities 
liir  intern  teaching  |)rovi(le<l. 

HPKU  32.5  School  and  Clommuiiity  Health  l>  1)1  isli 

Prerequisite!  jurnor  slandlriR 

llilrodnccs  students  to  the  role  of  school  and  (onnniinllv  in  prolectiliK  and 

pniMiiitni);  tile  health  of  its  inemhers.  Topics  include  historu  al  ilcvclnpment  of 

ihr  (onri'pis  of  health  and  heaUh  cducaiion,  idcnlilitadon  ol  ii.iiKinal  and 

( iilinnunilv  pials  to  reduce  risk  of  discise  and  enhance  health  status,  and  die 

responsihilities  of  lioth  school  and  connnuinly  toward  achieving  these  goals. 

2c-()l-2sh 
.cs:pnnc,ples  and  responsihilities 


MI'KD  .t.l.'i  INycholngy  ofCuachinK 

I'he  Koals  of  adiletics  in  schools  and  en 
of  the  coach;  current  j)rohleins. 


1 1 PKI)  .'{3.5  Coaching  and  Managing  of  Athletic  Programs  3c-0l-3sh 

Lecture  course  tlesi^ncd  to  prepare  students  for  coaching  or  administering  an 
athletic  program.  Emphasizes  the  professiotial  preparation  and  responsibilities  of 
.1  coach,  the  support  and  auxiliary  persoiniel  working  under  and  with  the  coach, 
and  the  coach's  responsibility  to  die  athletes,  plus  die  administrative 
responsihilities  of  coaching. 

HPEI)  34 1  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  .3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing 

EvaUiation  tlieoi-y.  instructional  objectives,  and  cognitive  test  construction; 
technical  and  pnictical  considerations  in  testing  and  interpretation  of  test  results 
ill  hotli  hcallli  and  physical  education. 

HPED  343  Physiology  of  Exereise  3c-0l-3sh 

Prt;reqiii.site:HPED22I 

Physiological  elfects  of  exercise  in  luiinans.  Major  factors  of  diet,  conditioning, 
physical  fitness,  maxiniiini  perfonnance  level,  and  fatigue  are  considered. 


HPEI)  344  .Adapted  Physical  Education  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisite!  HPED  246 

Recognition  of  stnictural  deviations,  corrective  exercises,  and  physical  education 
programs  tiir  a  wide  range  of  handicaps. 

H  PED  34.')  .AUiletic  Training  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisite!  lll'ED  221  or  ci|ulvaleiit  applieil  anatomy  course 
A  sun'ey  ot  common  adiletic  injuries  widi  emphasis  on  etiology,  padiophysiology. 
and  classification.  General  injury'  assessment  and  inanagemcnt  procedures  will 
also  be  presented. 

HPED  34(i  .Vthlelic  Training  l.ab  Oc-21  1  sh 

Corcqui.sile:  HPED  .!■!.'> 

Designed  to  develop  basic  adiletic  training  skills  for  the  beginning  and 
intermediate  atliletic  training  student.  The  emphasis  will  be  directed  towards 
athleuc  taping  and  wrapping,  contemporary  immobilization  and  ambulation 
devices,  protective  sports  equipment,  and  transportation  and  transfer  of  die 
injured  adilete. 

HPED  350  Health  Aspects  of  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  I'.SVC  1(11,  SOC  l,')l,and  junior  standing 

Current  theory  and  research  related  to  gerontology  will  be  introduced  to  increase 
students  understanding  of  the  physical  and  psychosocial  dimensions  of  aging. 
.\(lditionally.  diis  course  will  emphasize  lifcst)le  factors  and  disease  prevention 
aspects  of  aging.  Recommeiuled  for  students  who  plan  to  work  widi  older  adults. 

HPED  353  Driver  Education  Program  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Emphasizes  the  development,  organization,  and  management  of  high  school 
driver  education  from  die  standpoint  of  its  historical  development  to  iLs  present 
programs  designed  to  meet  die  demands  of  tlie  higlm-ay  transportation  system. 
Special  emphasis  on  tlie  role  of  die  teacher  in  conducting  a  high-quality  program 
that  will  meet  mlh  suident,  parent,  school,  and  commuiiitN-  approval. 


IIPKI)  354  Application  ofDrivcr  Education  Intliuclional  Mode*       2c-2l-3>h 
PrerequinitcN!  HI'KD  251.  252.  353 

Prepares  prospective  driver  eiliic-dlioii  tcaclierii  Ui  plan,  teach,  and  cvahute  the 
lour  modes  of  driver  education  (claNNrr>oni,  on-roacj,  »imij|alion,  and  multiple- 
vehicle  range).  Teaching  high  hcIiooI  studeiiLi  in  su|iervise<i  lahomtiiry  KMiunt  is 
provided. 

HPED  3fi.5  Advanced  Athletic  Training  3c-2l-4>li 

Prerequiniten!  HPED  345.  iU, 

Designed  to  teach  assessment  \mn  edurcH.  evaluatifui  inediods.  and  pro)>cr 
athletic  training  protocol  for  neuromuscular  and  skeletal  muscle  injuries.  In 
addition,  administrative  issues  in  athletic  training  will  be  addressed  cinpha»i7.iiig 
accurate  medical  docuincntation.  The  emphasis  will  l>c  placed  on  subjcctjvc  arui 
objective  assessment  and  clot:unientalion  of  findings. 

HPED  .372  Health  and  Phyaical  Education  for  Special  Populationa    2c-OI-2<h 
Prerequisite:  EDEX  1  1 2;  junior  level  or  above 

Methods  and  techniques  of  teaching  health  and  physical  education  to  s|>ccial 
jiopulations  will  be  explored.  Designed  primarily  for  students  rnajoring  in  8)>ccial 
education,  the  course  will  focus  on  handicapping  conditicfiis.  limitations  imfKiscd 
by  such  conditions,  and  tlie  responsibility  of  the  special  education  teacher 
working  in  the  physical  education  setting. 

HPED  375  Physiological  Banis  of.Slrcngth  Iraining  3c-0l-3sh 

Designed  to  give  the  student  the  anatomical  and  physiological  basis  cif  muscle 
liiiu  Iinii.  Stu<lents  should  also  gain  an  understanding  of  changes  tliat  can  )>e  made 
llirough  weight  training  and  knowledge  of  programs  diat  will  bnngaJxiut  these 
changes.  Opportunities  for  working  widi  various  tY]Kb  of  equipment  will  be 
available. 

H  PED  376  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  I  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  HPED  251.345,34fi 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  within  die  domains  of  athletic  injur>'  prevention  and  acute  care,  in 
coordination  with  a  one-semester  clinical  field  experience.  This  clinical  field 
experience  will  allow  each  student  an  opportunity  to  practice  and  appiv  skills 
taught  within  this  course  under  die  direction  ofa  clinical  instructor  widiin  the 
lUP  Athletic  Department  or  an  alliliated  clinical  site.  Specific  skills  emphasized 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to.  diosc  relating  to  safety/risk  management 
conditioning,  equipment  fitting,  taping  and  wra[)|)iiig.  acute  care,  and 
transportation/transfer  of  the  injured  athlete.  Restricted  to  students  seeking 
certification  by  die  National  .Adiletic  Trainers  .Association. 

HPED  377  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  U  Oc-21- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  3()5 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  within  the  domain  of  athletic  injury  assessment  in  coordinadon  with  a  one- 
semester  clinical  field  experience.  This  clinical  field  experience  will  allow  each 
student  an  opportunity  to  practice  and  apply  skills  taught  within  this  course 
under  the  direction  ofa  chnical  instructor  widiin  the  lUP  Atldetic  Department  or 
an  affiliated  clinical  site.  Specific  skills  emphasized  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
Uiose  relating  to  anatomical  landmarks'  identificadon.  orthopedic  and 
neurological  evaluauon,  and  general  medical  examination.  Restricted  to  students 
seeking  certificadon  by  the  National  Adiletic  Trainers  .Associanon. 

HPED  408  Guided  Rcscareh  Problem  rar-2sh 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department  cliair])erson 

Selection  and  research  ofa  problem  pertinent  to  student  interests  and  those  of  the 
professions  of  liealdi,  physical  education,  and  recre-ation.  Classes  held  on  a 
seminar  basis. 

H  PED  4 1 0  Exercise  Prescription  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  343 

Designed  to  teach  individuals  to  write  exercise  prescriptions  based  upon  a 
subject's  tolerance  for  physical  actix-ity.  Special  emphasis  on  risk  factors, 
techniques  of  evaluadon.  drugs,  injuries,  enviromnental  (actors,  and  moti>ation 
and  dieir  role  in  physical  activity  assessment 

H  PED  4 1 1  Physical  Fitness  Appraisal  3c-OI-3sh 

Involves  die  selection,  admiiiistrauon.  and  interpretation  of  N^arious  tests  for 
ap|>raising  the  physical  fitness  levels  of  indi\iduals.  Information  gi^■en  concerning 
die  various  fitness  components,  and  discussions  held  so  that  each  student  gains 
an  understanding  of  the  variables  to  be  tested. 

HPED  412  Physical  .Acti\ity  and  Stress  Management  3c-OI-3sh 

.Acquisition  of  necessary  understanding  of  aitxiety  and  stress:  their  nature,  place 
in  society,  and  intervention  strategies  as  thev  relate  to  ph\*sical  activity. 


NDIANA     U  N  I  V  E  R  S  I  T -r     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


HPED  413  Physical  Activity  and  Aging  3c-01-3sh 

Presents  major  aspects  of  physical  activity,  its  importance  to  the  older  adult,  and 
the  organization  of  an  activity  program.  Attention  to  physiolog)'  of  physical 
activity,  effects  of  activit)'  on  growth  and  aging,  exercise  prescription,  flexibilit)', 
overweight  and  obesit);  and  motivational  strategies. 


HPED  426  Health  Science  Instruction 

Health  curriculum— K- 12,  methods  and  media  of  instnictioi 


3c-0l-3sh 
in  health  science. 


HPED  430  The  American  Woman  and  Sport  :k-01-3sh 

Comprehensive,  multidiscipiinary  analysis  of  tlie  problems,  patterns,  and 
processes  associated  witli  the  sport  involvement  of  girls  and  women  in  our 
culture.  Presents  historical  perspective  with  an  emj>hasis  on  physiological, 
psychological,  and  sociocultural  influences. 

HPED  441  Psychosocial  Implications  for  Health 

and  Physical  Education  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 

A  study  of  psychological  and  sociological  influences,  both  theoretical  and 

empirical,  and  their  effects  upon  health  and  physical  performance. 

HPED  442  Seminar  in  Health,  Physical  Education, 

and  Recreation  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Theorv  and  philosophy  oi  health,  pliysical  education,  and  recreation;  current 
issues  and  problems;  innovative  and  creative  programs. 

HPED  446  Therapeutic  Modalities  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  365 

A  basic  introduction  to  the  use  of  therapeutic  modalities  and  the  role  they  play  in 
the  rehabilitation  of  athletic  injuries.  Physical  agents  used  in  the  care  of  athletic 
injuries  wiU  be  presented  highlighting  the  physiological  effects  of  each  modality, 
as  weU  as  indications  and  contraindicadons  for  their  use. 

HPED  447  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation  (CPR)  Instructor  Ic-U-lsh 

Prerequisite:  Basic  CPR  certification 

A  study  of  methods  and  skiUs  necessary  to  certify  instructors  of  cardiopulmonary 
resuscitation  and  multimedia  first  aid.  Successful  completion  of  requirements 
leads  to  cerdfication  by  the  American  Health  Association  and  the  American  Red 
Cross.  Taught  in  the  Sunmier  only. 

HPED  448  Therapeutic  Exercises  for  Athletic  Injury  Management   3c-2l-4sh 
Prerequisite:  HPED  365 

The  theoretical  framework  for  athletic  injury  assessment  and  management  of  the 
injured  atlilete  is  discussed.  A  problem-solving  approach  to  the  selection  and 
implementation  of  specific  tests  and  therapeutic  intervendons  is  utilized.  An 
overview  of  therapeudc  management  as  well  as  the  development  of  skiU  in  basic 
therapeutic  exercise  procedures  for  improving  muscle  performance,  relaxation, 
and  mobilization  is  included. 

HPED  450  Curriculum  and  Programming  in  Sexuality  Education     3c-0l-3sh 
Topics  include  anatomy  and  physiology  of  die  human  reproductive  tracts, 
development,  birth  defects,  contracepdon,  venereal  disease,  and  abortion.  Not  for 
credit  toward  degrees  in  Biology. 

HPED  476  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  III  Oc-21-lsh 

Prerequisite:  HPED  365 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skiUs  within  the  domains  of  athletic  training  o rganiza do n/ad ministration  and 
education/guidance,  in  coordination  with  a  one-semester  clinical  field  experience. 
This  clinical  field  experience  wiU  aUow  each  student  an  opportunity  to  practice 
and  apply  skiUs  taught  within  diis  course  under  the  direction  of  a  cfinical 
instructor  within  the  lUP  Athletic  Department  or  an  affiliated  cfiiiical  site. 
Specific  skills  emphasized  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  reladng  to 
conmiunicadon,  record  keeping,  planning,  budgeting  and  purchasing,  facility 
design,  policies/procedures,  and  other  athletic  health  care  managerial/ 
administradve  dudes.  Athledc  training  instruction  and  guidance  skills  will  also  be 
addressed.  Restricted  to  students  seeking  certificaUon  by  the  National  Athledc 
Trainers  Association. 

HPED  477  Athletic  Training  Clinical  Practicum  IV  Oc-21-Ish 

Prerequisites:  HPED  446,  448 

Provides  the  opportunity  to  develop  and  demonstrate  proficient  psychomotor 
skills  witliiii  the  domain  of  adiledc  injury  rehabiiitaUon,  in  coordinaUon  with  a 
one-semester  cfinical  field  experience.  This  clinical  field  experience  wiU  allow 
each  student  an  opportunity  to  pracdce  and  apply  skiUs  taught  within  diis  course 
under  tlie  direcUon  of  a  clinical  instructor  widiin  the  lUP  Athletic  Department  or 
an  affiliated  clinical  site.  Specific  skiUs  emphasized  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
exercise,  manual  therapy,  and  other  advanced  musculoskeletal  screening  and 
therapeutic  intervendon  techniques.  Restricted  to  students  seeking  certification 
by  the  National  Athledc  Trainers  Associadon. 


HPED  481  Special  Topics  var  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  estabfished  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  idendty  no  more  than  three  dmes.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

HPED  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chaiqjerson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncdon  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

HPED  485  Student  Assistance  Program  Training  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and  EDSP  102 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  concept  of  Student  Assistance  Programs  (SAP)  in 
schools.  Includes  the  history  of  SAP,  current  involvement  in  public  educadon, 
and  the  educator's  role  as  an  SAP  member.  ProWdes  an  experiendal  basis  for 
preparation  to  assume  the  role  of  an  SAP  member.  Note:  Majors  in  the  B.S.Ed.- 
Health  and  Physical  Education  program  will  have  first  opportunity  to  enroU  in 
class;  any  openings  in  the  class  wifl  then  be  offered  to  Elementary'  and  Secondary 
Educadon  majors. 

HPED  492  Health  Fitness  Instruction  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  HPED  221.343.  441  or  equivalent 

The  purpose  is  to  acquire  the  knowledge,  skifls,  and  abilides  retjuired  to  develop 
programs  of  physical  acdvity  and  fitness  for  healthy  adults  and  those  with 
controUed  disease.  Experience  in  leading  an  exercise  class,  knowledge  of 
functional  anatomy,  and  exercise  physiology  is  also  expected  prior  to  pardcipadon 
in  tlie  class. 

HPED  493  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Educadonal  opportunity  which  integrates  classroom  experience  with  practical 
experience  in  communitv  ser\'ice  agencies  or  industrial,  business,  or  governmental 
organizutiurLs.  junini  standing,  requirt-d. 


Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Mngmnt. 


Department  of  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and 

Institutional  Management 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 


HRIM  101  Introduction  to  the  Hospitality  Industry  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  development  and  current  status  of  the  hospitality  industry.  Major 
hotel,  restaurant,  and  related  area  employers  are  profiled.  Career  opportunities  are 
discussed.  Guest  speakers  from  various  hospitality  industry  segments  are 
featured. 

HRIM  1 15  Introduction  to  Tourism  3c-0l  3sh 

Introduces  the  student  to  concepts  pertaining  to  international  and  domestic 
tourism.  Course  examines  the  economic,  social,  and  cultural  aspects  of  tourism  as 
well  as  how  destinations  are  marketed. 

HRIM  245  Diversity  and  Multicultural  Management 

in  the  Hospitality  Industry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 

Course  will  exphjre  what  happens  when  diverse  people  work  together  in  the 

hospitality  industry.  It  will  also  examine  the  effects  of  international  migration  and 

die  changing  roles  of  women  and  other  minorities  which  lead  to  nuilti cultural 

urban  centers  within  the  United  States  and  other  hospitality  veimes.  Furthenr.ore, 

it  will  also  focus  on  the  cultural  factors  affecting  productivity  in  the  culturally 

diverse  hospitality  environment. 

HRIM  259  Hospitality  Purchasing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  FDNT  150  or  equivalent 

Includes  sources,  standards,  grades,  mediods  of  purchase,  and  storage  of  various 
foods,  beverages,  and  fixtures.  An  emphasis  will  be  on  die  development  of 
purchasing  policies  and  specifications. 

HRIM  260  Hotel  Systems  Management  3c-0I-3sh 

Development  and  application  of  management  skills  as  applied  to  die  rooms 
division  of  a  hotel.  Specific  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  front  office  procedures, 
the  relationship  between  the  hotel's  rooms  division,  food  and  beverage,  and 
supports  areas,  and  safety  and  security  concerns.  (Offered  as  HRIM  360  prior  to 
2000-2001) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       /7.V 


IIHIM  mi  S|>i<i;il  lii|iii»  var-l-.'tHli 

l'ri'ii'(|iii»ilt::  As  a|)|)r"|)iiatc  Ki  coiirMi-  niiiltnl 

Snciiul  t(»|)i<-s  arc  oilercd  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  Uasin  to  exjilorc  topie» 
that  are  not  iiiehideil  in  the  established  curiiiiijinii.  A  ((ivtii  topie  may  l)e  oll'cred 
under  any  speiial  topie  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  lopies 
uninhered  2K!  are  oflcred  primarily  liir  lower-level  tiiKicrf(radnale  stutlenls, 


IIKIM  2!M)  Ciioperalive  I'.ihieulioii  (l''irii(  Kxpcrieiicc) 

l'rere«iiii»ile«i  <  ioriipKli I  lllsli.  2.0  C.i'A 

A  senieslel-lntij;  jiru^iarn  desij^ned  to  eomhine  elassrooni  theory 
ap|ili(alioii  dirouKh,jol)-relale<l  experiences.  The  student  is  reipi 
nvo  allernatitig  expericiiecs;  only  one  may  he  a  snmmer  experien 


(Ish 


nplete 


2.-var-lsh 


HKIM.'<l.'tl'mi(ISy!i(ein»l 

l'lXTeqili»ilf»i  I'DNT  ITiO,  IIKIM  2m,  pernnssion;  prolessronal  chefs  mnforni 

re.|i.ircd 

A  lia.sic  course  in  cpiantity  li>od  production  witli  experience  in  plamiing, 

purchasing,  preparing,  and  .serving  nutritionally  adecjuate  meals.  Ilet|iiiremeiiLs  of 

the  National  .School  l.uru  li  program  emphasized  in  satellite  and  nn-prcmiscs  I'ood 

service.  Kcc|ulres  soriii  |iic{Mraliori  and  service  outside  regularly  scheduled  class 

time. 


IIRIM  3!iO  Introdueliiiii  (»  (he  (lasino  Industry 


.ic -Ol-.ish 


of  the  professor 
,.,smi,.mi,Imsi,s.  Kxannnes 
111,  li„l,--l,..;.,I.Mui.il,and 
.Uc.liiM.isiMos.nidthe 
destinations  itl  tile  world. 


Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing  or  per 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  nnihi  luiliiiii  c 

gaming  industry  from  a  histcnini  |ii  ispn  in 

economic  issues.  Also  reviews  the  \.iiii)iis  \; 

current  trends,  as  well  as  the  most  popular  i 

Special  attention  will  be  devoted  to  the  growdi  orcasinos  on  cniise  ships,  on 

Native  American  reservations,  and  on  riverhoats  in  the  U.S.  Includes  a  field  trip  to 

.Atlantic  City  or  another  casino  setting,  which  occurs  on  a  weekend.  This  Held  trip 

serves  as  a  catalyst  to  appreciate  all  of  die  dicorctical  concepts  discussed  in  the 

lectures. 

IIRIM  35(i  Human  Resources  in  the  Hospitality  InduMry  ic  -01-  ish 

Prvrvquisitcs:  HRIM  .i!3,  PSYC  101 

Organization  and  administration  of  hospitality  business,  including  liumati 
ivsource  theories  and  policies,  work  sinipiincation.  training,  coniniunication.  and 

safely. 

HRIM  :i!iH  Food  Service  Kipiipineiil  and  Facilities  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IIKIM.il.S 

Kxaniirus  t\pis  .iiul  uses  of  food  service  production  and  ser\'ice  equipment  widi 
emphasis  on  nicdrpoialion  into  an  eflcclive  facilities  design.  Field  trips  permit 
investigation  of  a  variety  of  emit  designs. 

HRIM  3(i5  Hotel  Facilities  Management  3c-01-.'ish 

Prerequisite:  MIIIM  101 

.Analyzes  princ  iples  of  hotel  design,  construction,  and  physical  plant  managenicnt. 
Housekeeping  and  niaiiitenance  department  operations  are  discussed. 

HRIM  401  Cost  Management  .'k-Ol-.ish 

Prerequisites:  HRIM  .)l;J,,i.'>6 

Food,  beverage,  and  labor  controls  for  hospitality  or  health  care  operations, 
including  relationships  between  budgetary  inlbrniation  and  managerial  decision 
muking  to  meet  financial  needs. 

HRIM  402  Beverage  Management  ;ic-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Wrili.iblc  proof  of  21  years  of  age  or  pennission 
FxaniincN  tlu-  pi  nu  ijiles,  processes,  and  dicories  of  beverage  service.  Analysis  of 
niethods  ol  alioholic  beverage  production  and  examination  of  categories  of 
spirits,  malt  beverages,  and  wine,  as  well  as  legal  concerns  of  service. 
Development  and  marketing  of  beverage  operations  arc  discussed.  Includes 
vohniuiry  tasting  and  evaluation  of  alcoholic  beverage  products.  (Ollered  as  IIR 
30fi  Food  and  Bevciage  Management  prior  to  2000-0 1 ) 

HRIM  406  Catering  and  Banquet  Management  var-3sli 

Prerequisites:  HRIM  313,  majors  only;  chePs  uniform  and  wait-staft'attirc 

reciuired 

I'rofitable  organization,  preparation,  and  service  of  catered  events  in  both  on-  and 

off-premises  locations  are  die  main  emphases.  Requires  meeting  times  odier  dian 

listed  ill  order  to  meet  course  objectives. 

HRIM  408  Institutions  Management  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  .UX.  T  201.  HRIM  313.  3,56.  senior  standing 
A  compendium  ol  the  concepts  of  managing  human  resources,  capital,  materials, 
equipment,  and  markets  as  related  to  rarious  hospitality  property  systems.  Focus 
on  concept  development  and  managerial  decision  making. 


HRIM  4 II  Seminar  in  Hoopiulily  Managenienl  .')c-<Jl-3rih 

Prcrequinilciii  IIRIM  3(>0,30.'i 

An  analysis  of  the  current  trends  and  practices  wiiliin  hospitality  iridutlry  a> 
related  by  industry  prolessionals.  Inc  hides  rcsearcliing  topic*  and  wnting  at  leant 
three  research  papers,  t^arrics  writing-intensive  credit. 

IIRIM  41.3  Advanced  RcsUiunint  Operation*  k-(>l-4i>h 

Prerequisites:  IIRIM  313  and  pennission 

.■\  fiiod  and  beverage  systeiiiN  course  with  emphasis  on  restaurant  front-  and  back- 
of-house  operations  management.  .Students  resi^arcli,  plan,  prepare,  and  present 
theme-oriented  dinners  showcasing  selected  domestic  and  international  cuisine. 
.Students  function  as  bodi  operations  employees  and  managers  widiin  tlie 
ilepartnient's  food  and  beverage  operation. 

IIKIM  420  Hotel  Sales  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IIRIM  101  and  2(>0 

A  practical  approach  to  understanding  the  functions  and  activities  of  die  sales 
dejiarunenl  widiin  a  holc\  property.  A  diorough  review  ol  die  organizaUonal 
structure  of  a  typical  hotel  sales  department  and  documentation  used  by  die 
department  will  be  iiiaclc.  Identification  of  and  approaches  Ui  securing  typical 
hotel  market  segments  will  be  made. 

IIRIM  433  Fducational  Study  Tour  var-2-6sh 

Oimpreheiisive  |irograiii  of  directed  activities  permits  firsthand  experiences  in  the 
historical  and  cultural  aspects  of  die  hospitality  industry  worldwide.  Visits  to 
renowned  operations  will  be  included  in  die  tour. 

HRIM  4S I  Special  Topics  var-3»h 

Prercc)uisile:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

S[>c'(  lal  topic  s  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  S|Kciai 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

HRIM  482  Independent  Study  in  Hospitality  Management  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairjjcrson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  jilan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  facility  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  approjiriateness  and  availabihty  of  resources. 
Must  apply  a  semester  in  advance  and  have  60sh  earned. 

HRIM  493  Internship  in  Hospitality  Management  var-6-l2sh 

Prerequisites:  ."jysh  earned.  2.0  GP,'\.  and  completion  of  an  approved  440-hour 
Work  Kxperience  I 

An  opportunity  for  students  to  work  in  a  supervised  experiencx-  direcdy  rebted  to 
the  HRIM  major.  Must  meet  university  and  departmental  internship 
recjuirements.  Minimum  of  440  hours  required  during  (he  internship. 

Note:  White  uniforms  including  white  shoes  are  required  for  all  lab  courses 
u  here  food  is  prepared.  Students  must  meet  the  professional  dress  requirements 
of  die  department. 


IFMG 


Information  Management 


Department  of  Maiia*],cnK  lU  Iiifomiation  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)* 

Note:  .-Ul  courses  at  die  300  aiid  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enrol!  for  a  gi^en  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  pennitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
level  courses. 

IFMG  101  Microbased  Computer  Literacy  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduclor\'  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  fundamental 
understanding  of  computers.  Familiarizes  students  with  the  interaction  of 
computer  hardware  and  sothvare.  .An  emphasis  is  placed  on  die  applicati<m  of 
microcomputers,  tlie  use  of  pr<>ducti\it\-  software  (word  processing,  spreadsheet 
management,  file  and  database  management),  and  die  social  and  ethical  aspect  of 
die  impact  of  computers  on  societ\'.  Note:  Course  is  cri>ss-lisled  as  BTEDIOI  and 
cose  101.  Any  of  diese  courses  may  be  subsdtutcd  ft)r  each  other  and  may  be 
used  interchangeably  for  D  or  F  repeals  but  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate 
credit. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


180       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


IFMG201  Internet  and  Multimedia  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  prior  exposure  to  word  processing 
and  electronic  mail 

The  niajor  focus  will  be  on  tlie  evaluation  of  information  and  multimedia 
resources  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
choice.  This  information  literacy  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depth  understanding  of  the  information  resources  available  electronically  and 
of  how  to  utilize  them  more  effectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how 
to  access  and  utilize  these  resources  for  two-way  communications  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incorporating  selected  elements  in  multimedia 
presentations  of  dieir  own  design.  (BTED/CM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201  may  be 
used  interchangeably  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate 
credit.) 

IFMG  205  Foundations  of  MIS  .■5c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101 

An  introductory  course  designed  to  provide  students  witli  a  Rmdamental 
understanding  of  MIS.  Systems  theory,  quality,  decision  making,  and  the 
organizational  role  of  information  systems  are  introduced.  Information 
technology,  including  basic  programming  skills,  is  stressed.  Concepts  of 
organization,  infoniiation  system  growth,  telecommunications,  and  re-engineering 
are  introduced. 

IFMG  25]  Business  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  201  and  IFMG2()5 

Involves  teaching  the  tools  and  techniques  required  for  the  analysis  and  the 
design  of  business  systems.  The  major  steps  in  tlie  system's  development  life 
cycle  are  presented  along  with  practical  applications  from  tlie  major  subsystems  of 
typical  business  organizations.  Issues  related  to  personnel,  hardware,  software, 
and  procedures  are  explored  as  students  work  individually  and  in  project  teams  to 
solve  typical  business  application  problems. 

IFMG  255  Business  Applications  in  COBOL  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  201  and  IFMG  205 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  COBOL  programming  language  as  it  applies  to 
business  organizations  and  their  apphcations.  Structured  COBOL  concepts  and 
methods  are  taught  as  the  student  learns  how  to  solve  business  problems  using 
computers.  The  student  will  be  involved  using  files,  reports,  and  tables  to 
produce  a  variety  of  outputs  utilized  in  operating  and  managing  business 
activities. 

IFMG  261  Micro  Database  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  1 0 1 

The  fimdamentals  of  database  management  including  different  database  models 
and  database  design  issues  will  be  examinetl.  Emphasizes  die  use  of  various  tools 
of  relational  database  software,  including  report  generators,  screen  builders,  and 
query  facihties.  Design  techniques  and  software  tools  will  be  used  in  creating  a 
database  application.  Intended  as  an  elective  for  business  students  who  are  not 
majoring  in  MIS.  MIS  majors  will  not  be  allowed  to  count  this  course  towards 
satisfying  tlieir  graduation  requirements. 

IFMG  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
tliat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

IFMG  300  Information  Systems:  Theory  and  Practice  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  .-^CCT  202,COSC/BTED/1FMG  101 
Includes  basic  MIS  concepts,  fiuidamentals,  and  practices.  Broad  areas  of 
coverage  are  principles,  the  computer  as  a  problem-solving  tool,  Computer-Based 
Information  Systems  (CBIS),  organizational  information  systems,  and  Infoniiation 
Systems  management. 

IFMG  350  Business  Systems  Technology  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  COSC  220  or  IFMG  255 

Student  is  taught  fiindamental  and  advanced  concepts  of  computer  hardware  and 
a  procedure  for  evaluation  and  acquisition  of  computer  hardware. 

IFMG  352  LAN  Design  and  Installation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTST  3 1 3  or  IFMG  350  or  any  COSC  course  numbered  300  or 
higher 

A  study  of  fimdamental  local  area  networking  concepts.  Detailed  study  of  the 
basics  of  local  area  network  (LAN)  technology.  Comparative  study  of 
commercially  available  LAN  systems  and  products.  Features  a  hands-on 
laboratory  implementation  of  a  LAN.  Cross-listed  as  COSC  352.  Either  course 
may  be  substituted  for  the  other  for  D/F  repeats  but  may  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit. 


IFMG  354  Testing  and  Controlling  LANs  3c-0 1  -3sli 

Prerequisite:  COSC  352  or  IFMG  352  or  equivalent 
Explores  local  area  network  (LAN)  topologies  and  their  associated  protocols. 
Introduces  ways  of  interconnecting,  securing,  and  maintaining  LANs.  Provides 
students  with  hands-on  experience  in  the  interconnection  of  multiple  LANs.  Also 
presents  a  hands-on  approach  to  design,  testing,  and  administration  of 
interconnected  LANs.  Cross-listed  as  COSC  354.  Eitlier  course  may  be 
substituted  for  the  odier  for  D/F  repeats  but  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit. 

IFMG  370  Advanced  COBOL  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  COSC  220 
Corequisite:  IFMG  350 

A  continuation  of  introductory  COBOL  with  an  emphasis  on  structured 
mediodology  of  program  design,  development,  testing,  implementation,  and 
documentation  of  common  business-oriented  applications.  It  includes  a  heavy 
emphasis  on  the  techniques  and  concepts  of  the  table  processing,  file 
organization,  and  processing  alternatives,  internal  and  external  sorting, 
subroutines,  and  application  development  for  both  the  batch  and  on-hne  systems. 
Micro  Focus  COBOL  software  is  utilized. 

IFMG  372  Microcomputer  Applications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  201,  COSC  220,  IFMG  350,  or  by  permission 
Demonstrates  how  to  use  die  microcomputer  in  business  and  how  to  provide 
technical  assistance  to  users  of  the  microcomputer.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
integrating  software  and  interfacing  with  mainframe  computers  or  with 
minicomputers.  Topics  covered  include  microcomputer  hardware, 
microcomputer  operating  systems,  local  area  networks,  and  microcomputer 
software  tools. 

IFMG  382  Auditing  for  EDP  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ACCT  201,  COSC  220  or  IFMG  255 

Emphasizes  Uie  responsibility  of  the  systems  analyst  to  include  in  systems  design 
die  proper  management  and  financial  controls  and  audit  trails  in  business 
information  systems.  The  design  of  controls  for  application  programs  and  systems 
is  covered.  Audit  software  packages  are  examined. 

IFMG  450  Database  Theory  and  Application  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IFMG  370,  upper-division  students  only 
After  learning  data  structures,  die  student  will  Uien  apply  them  to  CODASYL 
compatible  database  management  systems,  TOT.\L,  and  IBM's  database 
management  system.  Student  must  develop  and  use  a  database  as  part  of 
retiuirement.  [Course  revision  in  process] 

IFMG  45 1  Systems  Analysis  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisites:  IFMG  350  and  255  or  COSC  220 

Develops  an  understanding  of  concepts  and  techniques  involving  conventional 
and  structured  approaches  to  analyzing  problems  of  business  informadon  systems 
and  systems  definition  feasibility,  as  well  as  quantitative  and  evaluative  techniques 
of  business  information  systems  analysis. 

IFMG  455  Data  Warehousing  and  Mining  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  IFMG  450  or  261  or  COSC  441,  and  MATH  214  or  216 
Introduces  students  to  die  strategies,  technologies,  and  techniques  associated 
with  diis  growing  MIS  specialty  area.  Composed  of  two  main  parts.  In  die  first 
part,  students  will  learn  die  basic  methodology  for  planning,  designing,  building, 
using,  and  managing  a  data  warehouse.  In  the  second  part,  students  will  learn 
how  to  use  different  data  mining  techniques  to  derive  information  from  die  data 
warehouse  for  strategic  and  long-term  business  decision  making. 

IFMG  470  Systems  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IFMG  451 

Students  learn  tools  and  techniques  for  design  of  a  business  system.  Along  widi 
classroom  discussions  of  principles  and  techniques  for  analyzing,  designing,  and 
constructing  tlie  system,  students  will  formulate  system  teams  to  analyze  the 
problems  of  an  existing  business  information  system,  to  design  an  improved 
system,  and  to  control  implementadon  of  a  new  system. 

IFMG  480  Distributed  Business  Information  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IFMG  350 

A  study  of  the  techniques  involved  in  planning,  design,  and  implementation  of 
distributed  processing  systems.  Distributed  marketing,  financial,  and  corjjorate 
accounting  systems  are  included. 

IFMG  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  oHered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary-  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum,  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS        IHl 


II'MC  1H2  lii<l€|iiinltiit  Sillily  var- 1 -.inli 

l'rei'ci|uiiiili'i  I'liiir  appnival  lliriiuRli  ailvinor,  fiicully  intiiil)cr,  clcparlriiciil 

('luiir|ierKi>n,  dean,  and  I'roviwt's  ( Mliix 

liuliviiliial  rcscarcli  ami  analysis  Dlriiiilciiiporary  pnihltiiis  and  issuci  in  a 

I  >>n<  cntraltd  area  ol'sliuly  midcr  llic  );iiidant'C'  iil'a  Hciiior  laciilly  iiiciiibcr. 

.\|ipr«val  is  liascd  on  academic  approprialeiicss  and  availability  of  resources, 

IKMC;  4HS  Seminar:  IS  Current  Topics  Ic-OI  .)»li 

I'rerciiuisiles:  IKM(;  :i(l(l.  sciiinr  si.iridiii^; 

( !iirren(  topics  and  issues  in  iiirurniation  systems  in  the  Inisincss  environment  are 
addressed  tiirougli  systematic  coverage  of  current  literature  and/or  electronic 
suinces.  Practitioner  publications  and  academic  journals  integrate  cmerKing 
technologies  and  infbnnation  issues  with  identification  oftlu-ir  impact  on  the 
managemcnt  of  business  organizations.  Not  a  capstone  re(|uircmcni  but  a  viliide 
to  explore  a  variety  of  topics  in  the  field. 


IFMC;  4!).'l  Inlernship  in  MIS 
Prercqiiisiles!  IKMti  .)7(),  (oris 
Positions  with  parlicipalinn  liusi 
provide  the  stuilcnl  wiili  i\pini 
'19.1  can  be  taken,  if  the  siuilcni 
the  major-area  elective  re(|MiiTiii 


i>t  of  dep.n'ln 

I.".'..  Mi.losln 


-;M2sh 


Note:  lHl(.nslil|)IKM(; 

.<IU<.   ll<l..>M.c.llulflll 


Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 


Department  oriiKlii.strial  and  Labor  Relations 
College  oillealtli  and  iliiinan  Services 

ILR2HI  SpecialTopics  var-1-.'Jsb 

Prerc<|iiisitc:  As  api)ropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
tliat  are  not  included  in  the  establi.slied  curricuhun.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  throe  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  i)rimaiily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

ILK  -42(>  Case  Studies  in  Labor-Management  Relations  3c-OI-3sh 

In-deptb  study  of  daily  labor-management  relatinnships  in  a  variety  of 
organizational  settings  dirougb  utilization  of  case  study  technique.  Focuses  on  a 
problem-solving  approach  to  the  legal  and  conlr.n  t  administration  components  of 
the  labor-management  relationship. 

ILR  480  Principles  and  Practices  uf  Collective  Bargaining  3c-UI-.'ish 

An  exantination  of  tlie  historical,  legal,  and  functional  parameters  of  collective 
bargaining.  Topics  covered  include  the  organizing  process,  negotiations,  contract 
administration,  dispute  resolution,  ami  public  sector  labor  relations. 

II, R  4K1  Special  Topics  in  Industrial  and  Labor  Rclation.s  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  tliree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

ILR  4«2  Independent  Study  \-ar- 1  -,'5sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approx.il  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
cliair])erson.  ilean,  and  Pmxost's  Office 

Students  witli  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


ILR  4»9  Independent  Study 

bide|)endent  rcadini;  .md  ri  siai,  li 


r-l-3sh 


nuler  the  direction  of  a  facultv  i 


Interior  Design 

Department  ot'I  Inman  Deveiupmcnt  and 

Enviroinncntai  Studies 

College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

INDS  105  Introduction  to  Interior  Design  3c-0l-3sh 

Piesenus  overview  of  interior  design,  including  introduction  to  design,  selection, 
and  application  of  components  in  tlic  interior  environment.  The  emphasis  will  be 
upon  development  of  eflective  design  problem  soKHng  skills,  (Offered  as  CS  217 
Interior  Design  prior  to  1998-99) 


INDS  IIMDrartinglordMislruclioiil 

lntrodu.es  two  ami  ihree-diiiiensioiMl  giaphh  sk.lh 
drafting,  dclincaling.  perspective  drawing:  applies  pr 
design:  stresses  graphic  design  and  layoui.  {t  )flered  '* 
prior  to  1998-99) 


lc-.3l-3.h 

nil  lulling  \>Mu  drawing, 
iiriples  and  clemcniji  of 
I  ^^S  1 1 7  Deiign  Graphic* 


INDS  20.5  <;olor  rhei>r>  and  Application  3c-(Jl-3>li 

The  theoretical  basis  of  color  is  presented  as  it  relates  to  the  human  visual  vyslcm, 
light,  piginent,  perception,  and  ineasuremeiil.  The  application  of  color  theory  in 
discussed  in  terms  of  interior  design,  iiierchandising.  and  display.  (Offered  u  CS 
20.')  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  2 1 3  Residential  Appliances  and  Consumer  Electronics  2c  -2l-3sh 

(yonsumer  education  in  the  selection,  use,  and  care  of  home  e<]uipiiient 
appliances  and  consumer  electronics;  tlie  relationship  of  energy  sources  and 
utilities  to  major  appliances,  portable  and  personal  care  appliances,  and  consumer 
electronics,  (Offered  as  CS  213  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  2 1 K  Drafting  for  Construction  II  I c-3l-3th 

Prerequisites:  INDS  1 18  and  li  I  1:D/(:(J.SC/IFMG  101 
Introduces  basic  computer-aided  draftuig  and  design  (Cy\DD)  for  designers: 
emphasizes  CADD  theory'  and  the  value  of  the  computer  as  a  problem-solving, 
design  tool. 

INDS  281  SpecialTopics  3c-0l-3»h 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  which  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given 

topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tlian  three  times. 

Special  topics  numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  fi>r  lower-level  undergraduate 

students. 

INDS  305  Interior  Lighting  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  INDS  1(13  or  equivalent 

Lighting  tuiid.niientaU  applicable  to  the  environmental  design  of  residential  and 
commercial  spaces.  Includes  calculation  methods,  terminology,  dicory  of  color 
visibility,  light  source  alternatives,  fixture  function  and  selection,  lighting  trends, 
and  related  professional  organizations.  (Offered  as  CS  465  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  310  Human  Factors  in  Interior  Design  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

The  study  of  human  and  technology  systems  interface  as  related  to  interior 
design.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  ergonomic  and  economic  decision  making  to 
insure  that  the  user  can  function  witli  a  minimum  of  stress  and  a  maximum  of 
efficiency.  (Offered  as  CS  310  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  3 1 2  Housing  and  Culture  3c-0l-3sh 

Managerial,  sociological,  economic,  and  aestlietic  aspects  of  housing  and  people 
are  investigated  as  well  as  a  consideration  of  die  environment  of  die  home  as  part 
of  the  cimimunity.  (Offered  as  CS  312  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  3 1 3  Materials  and  Finishes  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  KSMR  314 

.\n  introduction  to  the  modem  and  historic  use  and  maintenance  of  materials  in 
architecture,  construction,  and  interior  design  and  the  codes  and  costs  that  go«ni 
their  use  today.  Consideration  is  given  to  contemporary  meUiods  of  liarvesting. 
preparation,  and  manufacture  of  building  materials  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
impact  of  diese  processes  on  the  enN-ironment. 

INDS  315  Residential  Design  I  lc-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  INDS  218 

.\pplies  interior  design  space  planning  and  design  problem  solving  processes  to 
residential  design  and  emphasizes  graphic  comnmnicauon  and  presentation  of 
solutions.  (Offered  as  CS  357  Interior  Design  Studio  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  319  Residential  Design  II:  Kitchen.  Bath.  Media  Room  Design  lc-3l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  INDS  315 

Design  elements  are  appUed  to  kitchen.  baUi.  and  media  room  areas  of  Ore 
residence  to  provide  design  solutions  supporting  indi\'idual  needs  and  changing 
lifestyles,  .\ddrcsses  die  needs  of  special  populations.  Current  national  standards 
will  be  addressed. 

INDS  370  Development  of  Design  I  3c-0l-3sh 

.\  chronological  study  from  ancient  times  to  the  mid-nineteenth  century  of  the 
dominant  influences  and  characteristics  of  historical  interiors,  furniture,  and 
ornamental  design.  An  em|>hasis  is  placed  upon  stylistic  detail  and  its  relationship 
to  social,  economic,  pohdcal.  rehgious,  and  aesthedc  influence  and  to  the 
contemporary  scene.  (Offered  as  CS  462  Historic  Interiors  prior  to  1998-99) 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


INDS  380  Development  of  Design  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  INDS  370 

A  chronological  study  from  mid-nineteenth  century  to  the  present  of  the 
dominant  influences  and  characteristics  of  the  twentieth- century  interior. 
furniture,  and  ornamental  design.  An  emphasis  is  placed  upon  styHstic  detail  and 
its  relationship  to  social,  economic,  poHtical,  religious,  and  aestlietic  influences 
and  to  contemporan  usage.  (Offered  as  CS  463  Modern  interiors  prior  to  1998- 
99) 

INDS  405  Interior  Design  Professional  Practice  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Planning,  business  organization,  management,  contracts,  procedures,  and  ethics 
for  the  professional  interior  designer.  (Offered  as  CS  468  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  433  Study  Tour  var-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Upper-level  standing 

Opportimity  is  provided  to  visit  business  establishments  and  cultural  centers 
concerned  with  household  equipment,  ftirnishings,  textiles,  clothing,  and  housing 
in  America  as  weU  as  abroad.  Museums,  factories,  designers'  showrooms, 
distribution  centers,  stores,  cultural  events,  and  seminars  are  included.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6sh.  (Cross-listed  as  CNSV/FSMR  433.) 

INDS  464  Contract  Design  I  lc-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  INDS  319 

Apphes  interior  design  space  planning  and  design  problem -solving  processes  to 
nonresidential  design  and  links  goals  in  interior  design  and  facility  management. 
(Offered  as  CS  464  Interior  Planning  and  Drawing  prior  to  1998-99) 

INDS  465  Contract  Design  II  1  c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  INDS  464 

A  studio,  project-based  course,  ascertaining  tlie  process  to  be  followed  in 
developing  large-scale  nonresidential  interior  design  schemes  of  over  10,000 
square  feet. 

INDS  481  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  oflered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  which  are  not  included  in  the  estabUshed  curriculum.  A  given 

topic  may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  tlian  three  times. 

Special  topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 

INDS  482  Independent  Study  v^r  l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult)-  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  at  .Kkniii  appropriateness  and  availabiHty  of  resources. 


ITAL    I 


Department  of  French 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

ITAL  101  Basic  Ilalian  I  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  tlie  Italian  language,  witli  emphasis  on  tlie  four  basic  skills: 
reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  listening.  Students  will  also  gain  knowledge  of 
Italian  culture.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  the  master)-  of  oral  conmiunication  and 
basic  writing  skills.  Attendance  and  language  lab  practice  are  required. 

ITAL  102  Basic  Italian  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IT,\L  101  or  equivalent 

A  contitmation  of  Basic  Italian  I.  Introduces  students  to  tlie  Italian  language,  with 
emphasis  on  the  four  basic  skills:  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  listening. 
Students  will  also  gain  knowledge  of  Italian  culture.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  the 
continuing  mastery  of  oral  communication  and  writing  skills.  Attendance  and 
language  lab  practice  are  required. 

ITAL  201  Intermediate  Ilalian  III  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ITAL  101  and  102  or  equivalent 

An  intermediate-level  course  for  students  w'ho  have  previously  studied  Italian.  A 

condnuation  of  mastery  of  the  four  skills:  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  listening. 

Students  will  also  increase  their  knowledge  of  Itaiian  history,  culture,  and 

hterature. 

ITAL  202  Intermediate  Italian  IV  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  IT.^L  201  or  equivalent 

An  intermediate-level  course  for  students  who  have  previously  studied  Italian. 


Students  will  contitme  their  progress  in  the  mastery  of  die  four  skills:  reading, 
writing,  speaking,  and  listening.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  increasing  proficiency 
in  reading  and  writing.  Students  will  also  increase  their  knowledge  of  Italian 
history,  ciJture.  and  literature. 


lutemational  Studies 


Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

ITST  281  Special  Topics  in  Non-Western  Studies  var-l-3sh 

Focuses  on  politics,  society,  and  culture  of  a  particular  non-Western  country  or 
area.  Content  is  variable,  depending  on  die  semester.  Will  be  taught  by  visiting 
exchange  professors  from  non- Western  countries.  This  Special  Topics  course  may 
be  offered  on  a  condnuing  basis. 

ITST  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  oiTered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  widi  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Jounialism 

Department  of  Journalism 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 


3c-01-3sh 


JRNL  102  Basic  Journalistic  Skills 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  101 

Required  for  journalism  majors  and  minors.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  grammar, 
punctuation,  spelling,  AP  StyUbook^  copyediting,  headlines,  and  accuracy. 

JRNL  105  Journalism  and  the  Mass  Media  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  101 

A  critical  examination  of  roles-goals  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  books, 

movies,  and  tele\ision  as  they  affect  .American  society  socially,  politically,  and 

economically. 

JRNL  120  Journalistic  Writing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ENGL  101.  nonmajors/minors 

The  emphasis  will  be  on  intelligent  use  of  writing  ability  in  a  journalistic  style  and 
understanding  of  die  why  of  journalism  and  mass  media.  Practices  and  improves 
vniting  skills. 

JRNL  220  Writing  for  the  Print  Media  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JRNL  102  (grade  of  C  or  better),  majors  only 
A  course  in  journalistic  style  intended  for  students  who  plan  to  become 
professional  writers.  Teaches  the  basic  joumahstic  formats  and  strategies  used  in 
print  media  such  as  the  summary  lead,  die  delayed  lead,  and  die  conventional 
news-ston-  format.  Throughout  emphasizes  economy,  claritv;  and  die 
development  of  voice  for  a  given  medium. 

JRNL  243  History  of  the  American  Press  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JRNL  120  or  220 

Traces  the  development  of  the  American  press  from  its  Colonial  roots.  The 
emphasis  will  be  on  the  role  of  die  press  in  political  and  social  development. 

JRNL  250  Women  and  the  Press  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  sophomore  standing 
Explores  die  role  of  women  in  American  journalism.  Includes  study  of 
fives/careers  of  women  journalists  and  their  specific  contributions  to  die 
profession.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  evolution  of  equal  opportunity  for  women 
and  other  minorities  in  die  American  Press.  Attention  to  die  changing  definition 
of  news  as  influenced  by  the  inclusion  of  women  and  minorities  in  editorial  roles. 

JRNL  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


JRNL  321  Feature  Writing 
Prerequisites:  JRNL  102,220 
Designed  tor  die  student  who  might  i 
write  on  a  part-time  or  free-lance  basi 


3c-0l-3sh 
irk  in  journalism  or  who  might  wish  to 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       1S3 


JIIM.  .(^f)  I'libli.  IUIiili..ii»  I  .»<  Ol-.Jsli 

PrercqiiiNilc'.iJKNI,  102,  l2nor22() 

liilrixlmcs  ilMiltMls  111  llic  principles,  practices,  pni(;rains,  and  piissihilitics  in  llic 
various  arras  cil 'pulili*  rdalinns. 

|KNI,  T27  l.iiymil  IksiRii  anil  rniiliiclion  2c-.'il-.isli 

l*rcrci|ui(ilUr.|RNI.  Iin 

I'rnvidcD  hasic  lcclnn(|ncs  an.)  ihc.rics  ..llayc.nl  (IcsIkm  an.l  pr.«lncli(.n, 
incluilinn  lypoKruphy.  c.pyrmi.i*;,  |.l...l../ar(  <  n.ppinK  and  sral.n)..  and  steps  in 
ilesiRti  process.  Includes  traditional  paste-np  and  desktop  pnlilisliin);  in  the 
design  olads,  newspapers,  newsletters.  l)ro<  lu.res.  and  uiaKazincs. 

JRNI.  328  News  RiportlnR  .k-()l-,)sh 

PrcrequisitcmJIlNI.  11)2.  I  Of),  220,  majors  only 

Includes  instruction  in  writing  the  news  story,  preparing  c(ipy,  interviewing, 
covering  special  events,  and  similar  reporting  activities. 

JRNL  3i7  Editing  .'Jc-Ol  3sh 

Prerequisites:, I RNL  102,220 

.Stresses  basic  prat  lices  such  as  copycditing  and  headline  writing  while  also 
focusing  on  guidelines  for  iinprt)ving  accuracy,  clarity,  transition,  spelling,  and 
pntu'tnation  of  copy.  Students  use  wire  sen-ice  stylebook  extensively. 

|R1NI,  344  Issues  and  Problems  .)c-OI  3sh 

Prerequisites: JRNI.  102,  120  or  220 

Studenui  examine  critical  case  histories  of  ethical  and  professional  situations  and 

circumstances  in  die  mass  communication  inilnsin  in  a  Iccinn-  and  iliscussion 

format. 

JRNL  34.')  Sportsjounialism  ic-OI  3sh 

Prerequisite:  JRNL  220 

Kmphasizes  skills  for  covering,  writing,  and  editing  of  sports  and  introduces 
students  to  specific  practices  in  newspaper.  radit.-TV',  and  sports  infonnation 
work. 


JR.M,  I  to  Public  Opinion  and  the  News  Media  3c-OI-3lll 

Prerequisite;  Junior  standing 

Deals  with  iinderslaniling  and  measuring  public  opinion.  An  crnphasii  is  (ilaccd 
on  critically  analyzing  the  historic-al  origins  and  iJic  <lynainics  iif  public  opinion  in 
the  p<ilicyinakiiig  process  as  well  as  tlic  role  of  the  news  mc<lia  in  public  opinion. 
Stnclcnts  then  measure  pcfiplc's  diinking  on  any  given  issue  or  issues. 

JRNI.  44«>  Rcseareh  Methods  in  Journalism  3c-OI-.)sh 

Prerequisite:  I KN I.  128  or  inslnictor's  [lermission 

Kxplores  theoretical  and  practical  issues  in  infonnation  gathering,  widi  cmpliasis 
on  data  analysis  and  computer-assisted  rcponing  lor  public  affairs  jounulism. 
Students  will  apply  sciciiliric  methods  in  news  reporting  and  analyze  die  effects  of 
precision  journalism  on  society. 

JRNI.  4.'>0  Advertising  Writing  3c-01  .'isli 

Prerequisites:  JR.NI.  220.  inslnictor  permission 

A  basic  course  in  the  preparation  of  advertising  copy  and  cimtjnuily  for  all  media. 
It  is  a  combination  of  lecture  and  laboratory  course.  Enrollment  is  limited  to 
fifteen  npperclass  majors  per  semester. 

JRNI.  455  High  School  journalism  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  pennission 

Aimed  at  e(]uipping  students  with  basic  skills  in  teaching  and  student  media 
advising  at  the  high  school  level.  Offers  a  package  of  skills  ranging  from  basic 
elements  of  news,  news  writing,  editing,  newspaper  layout  and  design,  student 
publications  advising  as  well  as  legal  and  ediical  Lssues  in  higli  school  journalism. 
Kor  noiunajors. 

JRNL  481  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

These  courses  vary  from  semester  to  semester,  covering  a  number  of  journalism 

specialties.  From  time  to  time  they  are  converted  to  permanent  course  numbers. 

Special  topics  numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate 

students. 


JRNL  347 Journalism  Law  .ic-OI -.ish 

Prerequisites:JRNI.  .'}2S,  junior/senior  standing 

Open  to  nonmajors  by  permission  of  the  instnictor.  A  sur\'ey  of  the  major 

Supreme  Court  and  state  court  ntlings  governing  die  mass  media,  especially  the 

news  media.  Areas  include  libel,  antitrust,  free  press/fair  trial,  privacy.  Approach  is 

nontechnical. 

J  RNI.  348  The  Edit.irial  Page  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior/senior  standing 

The  etnphasis  will  be  on  the  writing  of  vigorous  but  thoughtful  and  fair  editorials. 
Study  of  contemporan.'  practice  and  policy  on  letters  to  the  editor,  columnists, 
cartoons,  the  op-ed  page. 

JRNL  375  World  News  Coverage  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite;  .Sophomore  standing 

Deals  witli  international  news  events  and  analysis  of  international  new  coverage  in 
sources  from  around  tlie  v\orld.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  analyzing 
comparative  coverage  of  events  in  different  sources.  StudenLs  study  not  only 
current  inteniational  news  but  also  how  it  is  reported.  The  goal  of  tlie  course  is 
fostering  a  critical  attitude  toward  news. 

JRNL  393  Document  Design  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  Junior/senior  staiuling 

Teaches  students  adranced  principles  of  document  design  and  gives  them  tile 
opportunity  to  apply  techniques  of  rhetorical/stylistic  analysis,  general  problem 
solving,  and  hoUstic  infonnation  display  to  a  wide  variety-  of  writing  fonnats  used 
in  business,  industry,  and  government  news. 


JRNL  423  Management  in  Mass  Communications 
Prerequisite:JRNI.  493  or  field  experience 

.Attention  given  to  the  process  of  advancement  to  management  positio 
advertising, journalism,  and  public  relations  industries. 


3c-0l-3sh 


3c-01-3sh 


JRNL  427  Publications 

Prerequisite:  J R.M.  .■i27  or  instnictor  pennission 

Provides  advanced  tcchiii(|ues  and  dieories  of  publications  design,  including  the 

legibility  principles  of  typography,  tlie  psychological  impact  of  color  and  paper, 

and  designing  on-line  publications,  such  as  newspapers,  newsletters,  and 

magazines.  Students  will  also  leani  principles  and  concepts  of  publications 

nianagement.  incliuling  coping  with  deadline  pressures  and  die  creauve 

disposidon,  and  the  marketing  of  publicatioii.s.  The  class  will  produce  a  total 

publication. 


JRNL  482  Independent  Study  «r-l-6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  ad\isor.  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Opportunities  for  independent  study  that  goes  beyond  the  usual  classrmim 
activities.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  approjiriateness  and  availability  of 
resources;  enrollment  is  limited  to  fifteen  npperclass  majors  per  semester. 

JRM.  490  Public  Relations  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JRNL  220, 326 

A  public  relations  writing  class  that  includes  assignments  such  as  releases, 
features,  newsletters,  reports,  biographies,  rewrites,  hometown  stories, 
copyediting.  interviewing,  research,  and  special  projects. 

JRNL  491  Presenution  Making  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  JRNI.  220.  32() 

Gives  the  student  practice  in  writing  and  making  oral  presentations  based  on 
public  relations  cases  and  problems.  Familiarizes  die  student  with  problem- 
solving  and  small-group  communication  skills  necessary  for  diosc  working  in  the 
area  of  public  affairs. 

JRNL  492  Problem-solWng  in  Public  Relations  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  JR.N'L  ;i2S 

Introduces  students  to  technitpies  for  analyzing  and  tracking  infomiadon  flow  in 
organizations.  Introduces  students  to  creative  problem-solving  techniques  which 
are  standard  practice  in  corporate  research  groups. 

JRNL  493  Internship  var-6-1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  JRNL  102, 105, 220, 328,  department  approval 
On-the-job  training  opportunides  in  journalism  and  related  areas.  Ma.\imum  of 
fish  may  be  apphed  to  30sh  minimum  of  major. 


JRNL  494  Document  Design  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  J R.\L  32S.  393 

Gives  students  advanced  work  in  preparadon  of  sid>standal  corporate  and 
government  documents  such  as  annual  rejxirts.  lengdiv  project  reports,  and 
research  reports,  etc.  Emphasizes  skills  in  research  of  public  and  government 
documents,  data  analysis  and  problem  soKing,  holisdc  informadon  display, 
wridng.  and  edidiig. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


184       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


Latin 

Depaitineiit  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

LATN  101  Elementary  Latin  I  4c-01-4sh 

For  beginning  stutltiits.  Tlie  emphasis  is  on  oral  and  reading  skills.  Students  will 
learn  most  of  tlie  Latin  noun  system;  they  will  also  learn  how  to  answer  simple 
and  moderately  difficult  Latin  questions.  There  are  also  short  readings  in  easy 
Latin.  Students  learn  significant  differences  between  Latin  and  English. 
Attendance  is  required. 

LATN  102  Elementary  Latin  II  4c-01-4sh 

A  continuation  of  LATN  101.  In  grammar,  students  finish  the  noun  system  and 
learn  several  LaUn  tenses,  including  the  perfect  tense.  Ladn  questions,  oral  and 
written,  remain  an  important  part  of  the  course,  as  do  the  readings.  There  are 
class  discussions  and  a  paper  on  readings  in  English  fi-om  Sophocles,  Tacitus,  and 
Cicero.  Attendance  is  required. 

LATN  201  Intermediate  Latin  4c-0l-4sh 

More  of  the  verb  system  is  learned;  while  grannnatical  studies  coiitiime,  more 
emphasis  is  placed  on  learning  how  to  read  short,  intermediate-level  selections 
from  Latin  hterature.  Oral  and  written  questions  continue.  Ovid's  Metamorphoses 
is  die  topic  for  class  discussion  and  a  paper.  Liberal  Studies  credit  is  given. 

LATN  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)'  basis  to  explore  topics 
tliat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

LATN  35 1  Advanced  Latin  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Reviews  grammar  in  depdi;  analyzes  the  structure  of  the  language.  Written  Uiemes 
are  not  required.  Selections  from  Latin  prose  are  read  for  knowledge  of  their 
content  and  for  developing  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  die  language.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  instruction. 

LATN  3.52  Advanced  Ladn  II  3c-01-3sh 

\  continuation  of  LATN  351.  Selecdons  are  from  poetry  this  semester. 

LATN  361  Development  of  Roman  Culture  and  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Latin  poetry  and  history  will  be  read  to  show  die  influence  of  political  and  social 
ideas  on  literature;  emphasis  will  be  on  die  contrast  between  the  Republican  and 
Imperial  periods.  Some  reading  will  be  in  Ladn;  most  will  be  in  English.  Offered 
only  by  individualized  iiistrucdon. 

LATN  362  Latin  Conversation  and  Composition  3c-01-3sh 

Aims  at  the  ability  to  speak  LaUn  on  a  conversational  level  and  to  write 
grammadcally  correct  Ladn  prose.  Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 


LATN  371  Survey  of  Latin  Literature  I 

Comprehensive  view  of  Latin  literature  froi 
Offered  only  by  individualized  instruction. 


3c-01-3sh 
I  Ennius  through  the  Augustan  Age. 


LATN  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  Umes.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

LATN  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

An  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-depdi  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the 
Ladn  language  and  culture  through  consultadon  with  a  faculty  member.  Approval 
is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


Liberal  Studies 

Liijeial  Studies  Fiograni 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

LBST  499  Senior  Synthesis  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  73sh  or  more  earned 

Helps  students  understand  and  handle  complex  intellectual  and  social  issues  troni 
multiple  perspecuves.  A  selecuon  of  topics,  available  each  semester  and  summer 
session,  is  announced  and  described  in  the  undergraduate  course  schedule. 
Students  should  schedule  the  course  during  the  senior  year  or  at  least  no  earlier 
than  die  last  half  of  die  junior  year.  In  order  to  broaden  dieir  experiences, 
students  are  encouraged  to  enroll  in  synthesis  secdons  taught  by  instructors 
outside  of  the  students"  major  fields. 


Library 

The  University  Lijjraries 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


LIBR  151  Introduction  to  Library  Resources  var-lsh 

A  lecture/laborator)'  course  (fourteen  one-hour  classes)  which  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  resources  of  a  university  librar)',  how  those  resources  are 
organized,  and  how  to  use  those  resources  effectively. 

LIBR  201  Internet  and  Multimedia  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  BTED/COSC/IFMG  101  or  prior  exposure  to  word  processing 
and  electronic  mail 

The  major  focus  will  be  on  the  evaJuadon  of  infonnaUon  and  muldmedia 
resources  available  on  electronic  networks  when  doing  research  in  an  area  of  one's 
choice.  This  infonnation  Uteracy  course  is  designed  for  students  to  gain  a  more 
in-depth  understanding  of  the  information  resources  available  electronically  and 
of  how  to  utilize  them  more  effectively  in  communicating.  Students  will  learn  how 
to  access  and  utilize  these  resources  for  two-way  communicadons  and  support  for 
decision  making  while  incorporating  selected  elements  in  muldmedia 
presentadons  of  their  own  design.  (BTED/CM/COSC/IFMG/LIBR  201  may  be 
used  interchangeably  for  D  or  F  repeats  and  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate 
credit.) 

LIBR  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  estabfislied  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idendty  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

LIBR  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  dines.  Special 
t<»|)its  iiunibLrctl  4SI  art-  piiniaiiK  fur  uppci-lci'cl  undergraduate  students. 

Learning  Center 

Tile  Learning  Center 
Student  Affairs  Division 

LRNC  070  Reading  Skills  for  College  Study  3c-01-3sh 

Designed  to  assist  students  in  the  development  of  college-level  reading  skills  widi 
emphasis  on  textbook  reading.  Includes  literal  and  cridca]  comprehension  skills, 
vocabulary  development,  and  reading  efficiency.  Carries  insdtudonal,  nondegree 
credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LRNC  075  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Applications  Ic-Ohlsh 

Prerequisite:  LRNC  permission 

Assists  students  in  the  applications  of  college-level  reading  and  study  skills  to 
content-area  coursework.  Intended  for  freshman  students  in  poor  academic 
standing  who  need  addidonal  and  individualized  guidance  in  the  transfer  of 
learning  strategies  into  day-to-day  reading  and  coursework.  Students  will 
parUcipate  in  small-group  instrucdon,  as  well  as  individual  appointments  with  die 
instructor.  Carries  iiistitudonal,  nondegree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       1H5 


I.IINC  OHO  liilr...liKli..i.  I..  Colk-KC  M^illi  I  3c-()l-.)»l. 

I'n'ix'iiiiiiilt'i  A  sliidirit  niay  not  ic)i,i»li.i  Im  tlii.i  limik  after  iiuccc»iil'iilly 
(oiiinlcliiiK  any  >  iiuinc  olU^id  liy  llic  Mulli<'inalii'»  (lL'|iartnic'iit  willmiil  tin- 
wiitlcii  a|)|>i<ival  I.I  llu-  I.KirnliiK  CciiUr  .liri-.K.r 

Ki'virwH  ImhIi  i'iirn|>ula(i(inal  Hkills  ami  (heir  a|)|>li<  aiioiis.  Iiii'lti(lc!i  ii|ic'rall<iiiH 
wilh  whole  miiiil)ci».  ili-.  Iriials,  and  Iraclii.n.s;  llu  .riiKcpIs  iilratiin,  |>in|>(irli<inh, 
and  |a-i«-nl»;  l)a»ii  ULiiinilrK  prim  iplis;  and  an  iniKidiK  linn  Id  al^thra.  Carries 
iiiHlilnliiinal,  i Uf!,m  <lcdil,  ami  atUlidaiKi-  is  ri-i|nired. 

l.llNC  0<)r>  liilniiliii'liiiii  (o  ColleKC  Malli  II  .'k-OI-.'lHJi 

l'rt'rt'i|iiisilci  A  stndcnl  may  nnl  rt(i,i«"-r  li)r  tlii»  course  alter  MiccesKliiily 

, pli  iMiK  any  ciinrse  ollered  hy  the  Matlicriiaticfi  depurtnieiil,  witliiiut  written 

approval  iil  the  l,tariiinK  Otiiler  direclor 

Inlrodtice.H  licKinninK  alKcl>rai(  ciinieplM.  iiicUidiii);  sijrncd  minibcr.i;  mies  uiid 
|>n>|)ertiei«  i>rc(|nalic>n»;  exponentn:  pdlyminiial.s;  racIiiriiiK;  algebraic  rrdctioim; 
Uraplis  and  lijiear  e(|ualii)ns,  ine(|ualities.  and  radical  expressiiiiiH.  Carries 
inslitntional,  mmdcKree  credit,  and  attendance  is  required. 

LRINC 1 50  Kducatinnal  PlanninK  Ic-dl- 1 sli 

Introduces  sludcnls  lo  the  system  olliiKlier  education  and  to  skills  tliat  pnmiotc 
cll'ective  educational  planning  and  decision  inakinf;.  Includes  the  topics  of  history 
ami  purposes  of  higher  education  and  its  changing  curricula;  models  for,  and 
variables  to  consider  in,  decision  making,  goal  setting,  and  e(hu:ational  planning. 
Note:  (x'rtaiu  sections  will  be  restricted  to  specific  ciirollinent  groups.  (Olfered  as 
V.U  IliOpriorlo  l!)!)7-i)H) 

I.KNCKiO  Learning  Strategies  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Assists  students  to  develop  and  use  elfective  and  eflicieiit  stiuly  strategies  on  a 
coiKsistcnt  basis.  Students  will  exainiiie  their  academic  goals  and  impleniciU  study 
strategies  tt>  help  achieve  those  goals.  Includes  the  to])ics  of  goal  setting  and  self- 
Minnitoring,  learning  styles,  test  preparation  and  test  talking,  lecture  and  textliook 
iioic  taking,  time  inanageineiit  and  concentration,  atid  general  strategics  for 
kariiiiig.  Students  will  be  required  to  give  evidence  of  application  of  tile  study 
strategies  to  otlter  courses  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled.  Active 
participation  in  class  meetings  is  expected.  Note:  Certain  sections  will  be 
restricted  to  specific  enrollment  groups.  (Offered  as  F.O  HiO  prior  to  lf)97-9S) 

I.KNC  1 70  Carver  Kxploi-alioii  I  c-(l  I  - 1  sli 

Introduces  students  to  the  theoretical  and  practical  framework  witli  which  to 
explore  careers  compatible  with  overall  academic  skills,  aptitudes,  and  life  goals. 
StudeiiLs  will  examine  the  world  of  \\'ork.  assess  their  interests  and  abilities,  and 
make  realistic  decision',  mi  .n.uli  inn  iii,i|..is  .md  cjucrs.  Notes;  (1)  Certain 
sections  of  this  course  \\  ill  Ik  u  sii  k  u  li  t.-  s|m  ,  itii  i  nmllmenl  groups.  (2)  Offered 
as  ED  170  prior  to  Uni/  'is.  (  i|  (  ..m  v  is.  n.ss  liskd  as  .ADVT  170.  These 
courses  may  be  substituted  for  each  other  and  ma)  be  used  interchangeably  for  D 
or  I'"  repeats  hut  may  not  be  counted  for  duplicate  cretlit. 

LRNC20I  Vocabulary  Expansion  2c-UI-2sb 

Students  will  ;rc()uire  an  enriched  vocabulary  through  learning  aiid  applying 
knowledge  of  IfiS  LaUn  and  Greek  word  parts  and  mastering  the  nieanings  and 
tlie  use  of  100  mature  words  based  on  some  of  those  word  parts.  Primary 
emphasis  is  on  developing  the  reading  vocabulary,  but  attention  is  also  given  to 
students'  writing,  listening,  and  speaking  vocabularies. 


MATH 


Department  of  Matheinatits 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

MATH  100  Intermediate  .\lgcbra  .'k-0l-3sb 

Note:  May  not  Uike  MATH  100  after  successftilly  completing  MATH  105  or  1 10 
or  a  calculus  course  without  die  written  approval  of  die  Mathematics  department 
chairperson. 

Basic  course  in  algebra  including  factoring,  ex|)unents  and  radicals,  systems  of 
linear  equauons,  complex  fractions,  and  ineiiualities.  Designed  for  diose  students 
who  lack  die  basic  algebraic  skills  required  in  MATH  lOf)  or  110.  Will  not  meet 
l.ibcr.-il  Stiiilies  inaUi  re<|uirements. 

MATH  101  Foundations  of  Mathematics  3c-01-3sli 

Imroiluces  logic  and  matliematical  way  of  analyzing  problems;  develops  an 
appreciation  for  nature,  breadth,  and  power  of  madiematics  and  its  role  in  a 
technological  society;  introduces  usetiil  madiemadcs  or  madiematics  related  to 
student  interest.  Possible  topics  include  logic,  problem  solving,  number  dieon; 
linear  pmgrammiiig.  probability,  statistics,  intuitive  calculus,  introduction  to 
computers,  madiemaUcs  of  finance,  game  theory. 


MATH  lO.I  Collcxc  Algcbni  .3c-Ul-3>h 

Prcrc<|uiiiitci  MATI I  100  or  eqiiivalciil  high  si  liool  preparation 

Note:  May  not  take  MATH  lO.'i  after  sue  ccnufully  i  omplcliiiga  calculiit  courw  or 

MATH  1 10  widioiil  the  written  approval  ol  die  .Vlalheiiutica  de|MrUnciit 

diairperson. 

Prepares  students  liir  the  study  of  calculuB  for  biisiiicts,  iiaUiral.  and  vjcial 

sciences.  Topics  include  a  detailei!  study  of  polynomial,  exponential,  and 

liigaridiliiic  jiinitioiis. 

MATH  1 10  ElcmcnUry  Fuiiclioiis  3c-OI-3iih 

Note:  May  not  take  MATI  I  1 1 0  alter  sut  ce<isfiilly  completing  a  calculus  courM 
without  die  written  approval  of  the  Malheiiiati<  >  department  chair^iersfili. 
I'or  sludeliLs  not  prepared  to  begin  the  study  of  calculus;  lopics  include 
polyiioiiiial.  exponential,  logarithmii ,  and  trigonometric  functions. 

MATH  1 1 5  Applied  Mathematics  fur  Business  4c-0 1  -4>h 

Prerequisites!  MATH  10.5  or  appropriate  Placement  Test  score  or  |M;niiis«ion  of 

the  Madiematics  department  cliair)>erson 

Note:  A  student  may  not  take  MATI  1115  after  successfully  completing  a  calculus 
course  without  die  written  approval  of  the  Mathematics  department  cliaiqjcrsoii. 
Offers  a  review  of  elementary  lijiictions  including  logaridirnic  and  ex|Hineiitial 
functions.  Musiness  majors  are  introduced  to  die  madiematics  of  tiiiaiice  and 
central  ideas  of  die  calculus,  including  limit,  derivative,  and  integral.  Applications 
to  business  and  economics  are  emphasized. 


MATH  1 1 7  Principles  of  Mathematics  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  intrixliiction  to  the  nature  of  matliematics.  designed  sfiecifically  as  a  first 
course  for  madiematics  education  majors  to  experience  several  facets  of 
mathematics  including  deduction,  induction,  problem  solving,  discrete 
mathematics,  and  theory  of  equations.  Enrollment  open  lo  Secondary 
Mathematics  Education  majors  only. 

MATH  121  Calculus  I  for  Business,  Natural,  and  Social  Sciences      4c-OI-t»h 
Note:  May  not  take  MATH  1 2 1  after  successfully  completing  anodier  calculus 
course  widiout  die  written  permission  of  the  Mathematics  department 
chairperson. 

Prerequisite:  M.ATH  105  or  110  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 
Introduces  noii-Madi  major  to  analytic  geometry,  elementary  functions  (including 
logaridirnic  and  exponential  funcuons),  central  ideas  of  the  calculus  (hmiu 
derivative,  and  integral),  applications  of  derivatives  to  business,  social,  and  natural 
sciences. 

M.\TH  122  Calculus  II  for  Business,  Natural,  and  Social  Sciences     4c-01-4sh 

.Applications  of  integrtils  to  business,  natural,  and  .social  sciences,  functions  of 
several  variables,  trigonometric  functions,  sequences  and  series,  numerical 
inediods.  differential  etjuatiuns. 

M.^TH  123  Calculus  I  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Mathematics        4c-Ol-4sh 
Prerequisites:  High  school  algebra,  geometn-.  and  trigoiiometr\- 
Functions,  limits,  continuity,  derivatives,  application  of  die  derivative,  integral,  and 
applications  of  die  integral.  (Trigonometric  and  inverse  trigonometric  functions 
are  included  diroughout  the  course.) 

M.\TH  1 24  Calculus  II  for  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Mathematics       4c-01-4sh 
Logaridirnic  and  exponential  funcuons.  techniques  of  integration,  sequences  and 
series,  differential  calculus  of  fijiictions  of  several  \'ariables.  multiple  integrals,  line 
integrals,  surface  integrals,  differential  equations  widi  application  to  physical 
problems. 

M.\TH  151  Elements  of  .Mathematics  I  3c-01-3sh 

Topics  included  arc  sets,  concepts  tif  logic,  mathematical  systems,  systems  of 
numeration,  developing  die  set  of  integers,  rational  numbers,  and  real  numbers. 

M.\TH  152  Elements  of  Mathematics  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Preivquisite:  M.ATH  151 

Topics  included  are  sentences  in  one  variable,  sentences  in  two  variables, 
nonmetric  geometry,  metric  geometry-,  coordinate  geometry,  introduction  to 
sudstics  and  probability,  computers,  and  calculators. 

M.ATH  1 7 1  Introduction  to  Linear  .4lgcbta  3c-01-3sh 

.An  introduction  to  vector  spaces,  linear  transformations,  determinants,  and  matrix 
algebra.  Topics  are  presented  in  a  direct  and  innliti^'e  approacli. 

M.ATH  2 1 4  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Business  Majors  3c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  study  die  methods  of  describing  data,  probability  theory,  discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables,  sampling  distributions,  estimation  and  tests  of 
Inpothesis  for  means,  proportions  and  \'ariaiice.  and  simple  linear  regression  and 
correlation. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MATH  216  Probability  and  Statistics  for  Natural  Sciences  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  121  or  123 

Frctiuency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency  and  variation,  probability, 
proljabilit)'  distributions,  sampling  distributions.  Hj'pothesis  testing  for  means, 
variances,  proportions.  Correlation  and  prediction,  regression,  analysis  of 
variance,  and  nonparametric  statistics.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  applications. 

MATH  2 1 7  Probability  and  Statistics  3c-0!-3sh 

(For  non-Madi  majors)  Frequency  distributions,  measures  of  central  tendency, 
variation,  elementar)-  probability,  sampling,  estimation,  testing  hypotheses, 
correlation,  and  regression;  emphasis  on  applications  as  opposed  to  theoretical 
development  of  topics. 

MATH  219  Discrete  Mathematics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  COSC  1 10  and  MATH  123,  127.  or  122 

Topics  include  set  algebra,  mappings,  relations,  semigroups,  groups,  directed  and 
undirected  graphs.  Boolean  algebra,  and  propositional  logic,  viith  examples  and 
applications  of  these  to  various  areas  of  computer  science.  An  emphasis  is  placed 
on  developing  an  intuitive  understanding  of  basic  structures  rather  than  formal 
tlieories  and  influence  of  these  topics  on  theory  and  practice  of  computing. 

MATH  241  Differential  Equations  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  122,  124,  or  227 

An  emphasis  is  placed  on  techniques  of  solution  and  elementary  physical 

applications.  A  thorough  study  is  made  of  differential  equations  classified  as  order 

one-degree  one,  Hnear,  and  nonhomogeneous.  Solution  techniques  involving 

reduction  of  order  techniques,  the  differential  operator,  and  infinite  series  are 

introduced. 

MATH  271  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  I  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  123  and  171 

Gives  student  basic  ideas  of  necessary  to  prove  results  in  mathematics.  Includes 

but  is  not  Umited  to  logic  of  mathematics,  basic  methods  of  proof,  algebra  of  sets, 

equivalence  relations  and  partitions  of  sets,  hinctions,  and  mathematical 

induction. 

MATH  272  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Proofs  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  124  and  271  with  a  grade  (if  C  or  better 
A  furdier  study  of  the  basic  ideas  of  contemporary  mathematics.  Topics  include 
but  are  not  limited  to  mathematical  induction,  cardinality  of  sets,  relations, 
mediods  of  proof  in  number  Uieor)',  analysis,  and  algebra. 

MATH  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idenUty  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MATH  317  Probability  and  Sutistics  for  Elementary  and  Middle  School 
Teachers  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Introduces  students  to  elementary  concepts  of  probability  and  statistics  which 
will  enable  them  to  analyze  data,  make  predictions,  and  determine  which  concepts 
may  be  used  with  children. 

MATH  320  Mathematics  for  Early  Childhood  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  151,  Early  Childhood  major 
Studies  child -centered,  activit)'-oriented  madiematics  programs  for  early 
childhood  education.  Focuses  on  helping  children  develop  understanding  and 
insight  into  basic  concepts  of  mathematics  through  the  use  of  manipulative 
materials.  Topics  include  pre-number  activities,  number  activities,  numeration, 
operations  on  whole  rmmbers,  estimation,  rational  numbers,  geometry, 
measurement,  probability,  stadstics,  and  problem  solving. 

MATH  342  Advanced  Mathematics  for  Applications  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  241 

Deals  with  the  application  of  mathematics  to  problems  of  science.  An  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  three  phases  of  such  an  application  and  on  the  development  of 
sldUs  necessary  to  carry  out  each  step:  (a)  translation  of  the  given  physical 
information  to  a  mathemaUcal  model;  (b)  treatment  of  the  model  by  mathematical 
methods;  (c)  interpretation  of  the  mathematical  result  in  physical  terms.  Topics 
included  are  vector  calculus,  integral  theorems,  Fourier  series,  partial  differential 
equations,  and  the  Laplace  transformation. 

MATH  350  History  of  Mathematics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  122  or  124  or  permission  of  instructor 
Dtvelopmeiit  of  tlie  central  concepts  of  mathematics  fi-om  ancient  times  up  to  the 
development  of  calculus  in  the  seventeenth  century.  Mathematical  concepts  will 


be  placed  in  historical  perspective.  The  use  of  the  historv'  of  madiematics  as  a 
pedagogical  tool  and  its  relationship  to  other  sciences  will  be  addressed. 

MATH  353  Theory  of  Numbers  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  271  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

Divisibility,  congruences,  primitive  roots,  number  Uieoretic  fi.mctions,  diophantine 
equations,  continued  fi-actions,  quadratic  residues. 

MATH  355  Foundations  of  Geometry  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  171,  271  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
Studies  various  groups  of  transformations  and  geometries  associated  with  these 
groups  in  die  Euclidean  plane.  The  Euclidean  Similarity  and  affine  and  projective 
groups  of  transfonnations  are  studied. 

MATH  363  Mathematical  Statistics  I  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  122  or  124;  MATH  216 

Probability  theory  necessary  for  an  understanding  of  mathematical  statistics  is 
developed.  Applications  of  set  theory  to  models,  combinations  and  pennutations, 
binomial,  Poisson  and  normal  distributions,  expected  values,  and  moment 
generating  hinclions. 

MATH  364  Mathematical  Statistics  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  363 

Multivariate  distributions,  change  of  variable  technique,  chi-square  distribution, 
estimation,  confidence  intervals,  hypothesis  testing,  contingency  tables,  goodness 
of  fit.  Practical  appUcations  are  used  to  aid  in  the  development. 

MATH  366  Preparation  for  Actuarial  Examinations  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  171  and  calculus  sequence 

Provides  an  introduction  to  die  actuarial  profession  and  helps  the  student  prepare 
for  die  first  actuarial  examinations.  The  examination  preparation  consists  of 
studying  sample  actuarial  examinations  and  related  material.  The  student  is 
required  to  take  the  actuarial  examination.  The  student  should  be  aware  that  for 
most  students,  considerable  study  beyond  die  requirements  of  this  Ish  course  will 
be  required  in  order  to  pass  the  actuarial  examinations. 

MATH  371  Linear  Algebra  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  171,  27!  with  a  C  or  better  grade 

Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations  are  studied  in  a  theoretical  setting.  Also, 
canonical  forms  and  multilinear  algebra  are  studied. 

MATH  4 1 7  Sutistical  Applications  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  214.  216,  or  217  (for  non-Math  majors) 
Using  computer  programs,  a  wide  array  of  statistical  procedures  for  educational 
research  workers  will  be  explored.  Basic  concepts  of  statistical  inference  and 
prediction  will  be  reviewed,  including  regression  analysis  and  prediction, 
hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  and  partial  and  multiple 
correlation.  The  emphasis  is  on  use  of  the  computer  and  interpretation  of 
computer  printouts,  along  with  understanding  techniques  employed.  No 
computer  knowledge  is  necessary. 

MATH  418  Sampling  Survey  Theory  and  Its  Application  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  (For  non-Math  majors)  MATH  214,  216,  or  217 
Directed  to  the  student  who  is  or  will  be  doing  quantitative  research, 
commissioning  large-scale  surveys,  and  evaluating  die  results.  Sampling 
techniques  and  statistical  principles  underlying  their  use  will  be  introduced. 
Consideration  to  the  practical  problems  associated  with  implementation. 

MATH  420  Patterns  and  Functions  for 

Elementary  and  Middle  School  Teachers  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisites:  MATH  152;  Elementary  Education  concentration 

Examines  the  fiiiictiori  concept  as  applied  to  elementary  real  number  functions 

and  graphing  techniques  for  these  fimctions.  Topics  include  real  number 

hinctions  such  as  absolute  value,  step,  linear,  quadratic,  and  other  polynomial 

fianctions,  trigonometric  and  other  periodic  fimctions,  exponential  logarithmic 

hinctions,  and  all  other  inverse  fianctions.  Students  will  examine  curricular 

materials  that  develop  fimction  concepts  in  Grades  K-8. 

MATH  421  Advanced  Calculus  I  3c-0l  3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  124  and  272  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

A  study  of  set  theory,  real  number  system,  fimctions  topology  of  Cartesian  space, 

sequences,  convergence  and  uniform  convergence,  continuity,  and  unifonii 

continuity. 

MATH  422  Advanced  Calculus  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  421 

Includes  the  study  of  convergence  sequences  in  Rn,  global  properties  of 
continuity,  uniform  continuity,  differentiation  of  Rn,  Riemann  integrals,  and 
infinite  series. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       187 


MAUI  n:i-\i\  <:..iii|.lix  Viiriublc  I  and  II  cad,  kOl -.i.Hl. 

l'rcmiui»iUiMAril  1 21  or  227 

All  iiilniiiiu  lliiii  1"  llii'  llicDiy  1)1  luMcliuiw  iila  i'()iii|)lex  varialile:  liipicH  iiic  liicKd 
arc  clciiiciilaiy  liinrlinns,  analytic  furictions,  ciinroriiial  mapping,  iiilcKralion. 
oericH,  amiapplicaliiiii. 

MATH  ■ii^t  Applicil  Malluiiiiiticiil  Aiiiily»is  I  Ic-dl-Jnli 

Prerci|iii»il<.'iii  ( )ali  iilus  nci|iiciu  c,  irilKKliicKiiy  linear  alt;cl)ra,  iir  pcniii»f)i(in  ot 

inshiK'tor 

I'riividcs  llic  necessary  hack^rmiricl  lor  an  umicrHtandinn  of  niaUicniatical 

pninraniniinn,  prixils  (ilcoiivcrnciicc  oCalKoridiiiis,  convexity,  an<l  f'acloraliic 

liinc(ii>n».  Also  devclopn  iiece«»ary  concepli  in  matrix  theory  which  are  rei|iiired 

In  develop  cllicient  aluorilhin.s  to  solve  linear  ami  nonlinear  pro)>rainniinK  models. 

MAI  II  127  liiliodiietlmi  Ki  U.poloKy  Jc-OI -Jsli 

I'rerequinilci  MATH  272  with  a  ^rade  olC  or  I.etter 

A  sindy  of  sets,  functions,  continuity,  compactness,  tlie  separation  ol  axioms,  and 
metric  spaces;  application  of  topology  to  analysis  is  demonstrated. 

MATH  44.5  I'riij^'amniinK  Models  in  Opvnitluns  Research  .k-OI-.)sh 

Prcrctiiiisilvsi  'Iwo-seEnesier  sei|nence  ol  calccilns  and  MA'I'll  171  or  penmssion 

ofinstrnctor 

Development  of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for  maiiajferial  and  .social 

sciences  with  relevant  computational  techni(|iics. 

MA'I'll  44t>  Prnbukilistie  Models  in  Operations  Research  .'ic-OI-.'ish 

Prerequisites:  Two-semester  .sequence  of  caliiiliis,  MATH  3f)3 
Development  of  probabilistic  mathematical  models  for  managerial  and  social 
sciences  with  relevant  computational  technii|ues. 

M.VIH  447  Simulation  Models  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ( lomplelion  of  the  calculus  sec|uence:  background  in  statistics  and 
probability,  anil  liimiliarity  with  concepts  of  programming  (knowledge  of  a 
particular  progminmiiig  language  not  recjuired) 

Considers  the  types  of  models  that  arc  basic  to  any  simulation  and  method.s  lor 
building  and  using  such  models.  It  includes  discrete  and  continuous  system 
sinuilations,  their  applications,  and  an  introduction  to  ,S1,.\M  II  (Simulation 
Language  for  Alternative  Modeling). 

MATH  4.5 1  Numerical  Methods  for  Supercomputers  .'ic-OI-.3sh 

Pn-rcquisile.s:  M.-VFl  I  1 2 1  and  1 22.  or  M.Vn  II 23  or  1 27,  MATH  171.  COSC: 
250 

Snpcrcoiiiputers  make  use  of  special  computer  architectures— vector  and  parallel 
processors— in  order  to  achieve  tlie  fastest  processing  si>eeil  curiently  available. 
Students  will  be  introduced  to  tin  m  Ic.iiuks  .imi  will  li.nn  ln.u  noim  nc.il 
algorithms  can  he  constmcted  iiM\|il..ii  sii|ji  i,  ,iiii|inii  rs' .  .iiliImIuu  s  SiniUriis 
will  gain  practical  experience  in  inoj;i.iinninij;  t.n  the  ( :r.i\.  WW.  in  iiu  i'r|H. rating 
existing  scientilic  software  packages  into  user-written  programs,  in  submitting 
remote  jobs  to  the  Pittsburgh  Supercomputer  Center,  and  in  producing  animated 
graphical  output  to  summarize  the  typically  large  volume  of  output  data  generated 
by  large  scientific  programs.  (.'\lso  olTered  as  COSC  45 1;  may  not  register  for 
duplicate  credit) 

M.\TH  452  Seminar  in  Teacliiug  Algebra  var-l-4sh 

MATH  453  Seminar  in  Teaching  Geometry  var-l-4sh 

MATH  454  Seminar  in  Teaching  General  Mathematics  var- 1 -4sh 

Designed  lor  pre-student  teacher.  Students  in  each  class  will  gain  insights  into  the 
problems  in  teaching  each  topic  and  become  aware  of  the  materials  available  and 
methods  ot  instmction  gcare<l  to  the  special  tvpe  of  student.  Kducation  majors 
only. 

MATH  455  Seminar  in  Teaching  Probaliilily  and  Statistics  1  c-OI- 1  sli 

Designed  for  the  pre-studeiu  te.n  lur.  Siiuli  iiis  in  each  class  will  gain  insights  into 
the  problems  In  teaching  each  tupa  and  bcconic  aware  of  die  materials  available 
ami  metliods  of  instmction  geared  to  the  sccondan,-  mathematics  student. 
Kducation  majors  only. 

MATH  45fi  Geomctr>'  for  Elementary  and  Middle  School  Teachers  3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisites:  M.VTH  152.  Elementary  Education  ci>ncentration 
Students  become  aci|uainted  widi  an  informal,  intuitive  approach  to  geometr)'. 
.Activities  and  materials  for  teaching  geometrical  concepts  to  children  are  an 
integral  part  of  die  course. 

M.ATH  457  dumber  Theory-  for  Elementary-  and 

Middle  School  Teachers  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.ATH  152,  Elcmenlan,  Education  concentfation 

An  introduction  to  topics  of  elementary  uumher  theory  including  di\-isibilit\'. 

prime  numbers,  factorization,  modular  ariUimetic.  problem  solving,  and  place  of 

number  dieon,'  in  tlie  elenieiitaiy  school  curriculum.  Students  will  examine  many 

number  dieor^-  activities  which  can  help  to  strengdien  skills  widi  basic  facts  in  an 

interesting,  iionroutine  setting. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVAN 


MATH  45H  l.<>gic  and  l.ogical  (ianics  for 

Elementary  and  Middle  School  Tcachcm  3c-01-3»li 

PrerequiHitcni  MATH  152,  Elementary  F^liicaliori  coiucntnlion 

.\ji  mtroduclion  to  some  of  die  basic  ideas,  tcrniiiiology,  and  iiolatioii  oi 

mathematical  logic  and  lioolean  algebra  an  well  as  games  iifslrdlcgy  Uuit  involve 

logic.  In  addition,  an  investigation  of  how  logic  is  lauglil  and  used  in  variouit 

programs  for  the  elementary  schotil. 

MAUI  45<)  Uchnology  in  Elcmenlary  and  Middle 

.School  Malhemalies  Instruction  3c-l)l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  152,  Ekiiicritan  Kxluc  ation  loiuenlnition 

Intended  to  develop  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  perspectives  required  for  using 

educational  technolog)'  in  teaching  iiiadiemalics  at  tlic  cicmcntar)'  and  middle 

school  levels.  I'arlir  ipants  will  have  hanils-on  experieiues  widi  technology. 

MATH  4()0  Technology  in  Mathematics  Instruction  3c-l)l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  COSC  205 

Designed  to  provide  prescrvice  mallicmatics  teachers  with  cx|>crti«e  in 
instructional  technology  fiir  teaching  mathematics  at  tlic  secondary  level. 
I'edagogical  and  content  knowledge  arc  integrated  within  the  context  rif 
technology  and  current  reforms. 

M.Vril  4(i5  Topics  in  Sutislics  3c-nl-3sli 

Prerequisite:  M.Vn  I  3()4 

Ciorrelation  and  regression  from  applied  and  llieoreiKal  points  ol  view,  brvariatc 
and  multivariate  normal  distribution,  analysis  oi  variance,  mmjiarametric 
methods.  Practical  problems  involving  statistical  technifjues  and  use  of  computer 
statistical  packages.  Knowledge  of  computer  programming  is  not  required. 

MATH  471  Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  3c-0l-3»h 

Prerequisites:  MATH  152,  Elementary  Education  concentration 
Concepts  of  basic  algebraic  structures  such  as  group,  ring,  integral  domain,  field, 
and  vector  space  are  studied  within  the  ctmtcxt  of  die  madieniatical  maturity  of 
the  student.  Other  topics  include  relations  and  functions,  polynomials  and 
polynomial  equations,  systems  of  equations,  and  inequalities.  ConsidcraUon  given 
to  development  of  these  concepts  in  the  mathematics  curriculum. 

MATH  476  Abstract  Algebra  I  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite;  MATH  272  wiUi  a  grade  of  C  or  better 

Development  of  theory  of  integral  domains,  fields,  rings,  and  groups;  designed  to 
develop  student's  power  to  think  for  himself  or  herself  and  to  improve  ability  to 

construct  formal  proofs. 

MATH  477  Abstract  Algebra  II  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MA'I'll  476 

Dcsi^iicil  to  have  student  continue  study  of  algebra  by  use  of  axiomatic  method: 
Kuclidcan  domains:  polynomial  domains  and  extension  Gelds  included; 
interrelationships  bet^veen  diese  structures  and  simpler  structures,  jiarticularly 
groups  and  rings,  are  developed  as  in  study  of  Galois  group  of  a  polynomial  and 
in  an  introduction  to  Galois  dieory. 

MATH  480  Senior  Seminar  Ic-OI-I  sh 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  Mathematics  major 
To  assess  die  effectiveness  of  die  mathematics  curriculum  and  to  proWde 
mathematics  majors  widi  a  culminating  madiematical  experience. 

M.ATH  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  cstabhshcd  curriculum.  .A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  minibcrcd  481  arc  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

MATH  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairjiersoii.  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  coiijuncuon  with  a  faculty  member. 
-Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  a\ailabiht)'  of  resources. 


MATH  490  Independent  Study 


var- 1  -3sh 


MATH  493  Internship  in  Mathematics  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  core  curriculum,  completion  of  application 
Positions  with  participating  companies  or  agencies  provide  students  with 
experience  in  matliematics-related  work  under  die  supcnision  of  the  agencies  and 
facult)'.  Requirements  include  one  to  three  on-site  consultations,  two  university 
considtations.  completion  of  progress  reports,  and  presentation  of  final  ciunulative 
paper.  Internship  credit  may  not  be  used  in  fulfilling  math  major  course 
requirements. 

lA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


188       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


UJJ 


Medical  Technology 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

MEDT  494  Clinical  Microbiology  var-6- 1  Osh 

Ideiititication  aiul  clinical  pathology  of  bacteria,  tiingi,  viruses,  and  parasites. 
Tecliniiiues  to  isolate,  slain,  culture,  and  determine  antimicrobial  susceptibilit)'. 
InstnimerUation;  quality  control. 

MEDT  495  Clinical  Chemistry  var-7-lOsh 

Enzymolog)'.  endocrinology,  biochemistry  of  lipids,  carbohydrates,  and  proteins: 
metabolism  of  nitrogenous  end  products;  physiology  and  metabolism  of  fluids 
and  electrolytes;  and  toxicology  as  related  to  tlie  body  and  diseases.  The  technical 
procedures  include  colorimetry,  spectrophometry,  electrophoresis, 
chromatography,  automation,  and  quality  control. 

MEDT  496  Clinical  Hematology /Coagulation  var-4-7sh 

The  composition  and  ftinctioii  of  blood:  diseases  related  to  blood  disorders;  die 
role  of  platelets  and  coagulation.  Manual  and  automated  techniques  of  diagnostic 
tests  for  abnormalities. 

MEDT  497  Clinical  Immunohematology  var-3-6sh 

Blood  antigens,  antibodies,  crossmatching,  hemolytic  diseases,  and  related 
diagnostic  tests.  An  in-depth  study  of  blood  donor  service  and  its  many  facets 
such  as  transhisions,  medico-legal  aspects,  etc. 

MEDT  498  Clinical  Immunology /Serology  var-2-4sh 

Immune  response,  immunoglobulins,  autoimmunity,  and  complement  and  related 
tests  and  diseases.  Survey  and  demonstration  of  serological  diagnostic  tests. 

MEDT  499  Clinical  Seminar  var-0-6sh 

Other  courses  which  are  not  included  in  die  above  (such  as  orientation, 
laboratory'  management,  education,  clinical  microscopy)  and/or  are  unique  to  the 
individual  hospital  program. 


recniiting  and  selection,  trai 
evaluation,  communications 
relations. 


■  ll^Wi^l  Ma,.as 


:ement 


Department  of  Management 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technolog)' 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  with  junior 
or  senior  standing.  All  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  affiliation,  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enrofl  in  300-  or  400- 
level  courses. 

MGMT  234  Introduction  to  Quality  Control  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Must  be  enrolled  in  either  tlie  Associate  in  Applied  Science  in 
Electro-Optics  or  the  Associate  of  Science  in  Electro-Optics 
Introduces  the  student  to  die  principles,  philosophies,  and  pracdces  of  Total 
Quality'  Management  (TQM)  and  the  techniques  of  Statistical  Quality  Control 
including  hindamentals  of  probability  and  statistics,  control  charts  for  variables 
and  attributes,  acceptance  sampling,  and  reliability  concepts. 


3c-0l-3sh 

:  status,  only  for  nonmajors. 


MGMT  275  Introduction  to  Entrepreneurship 
Prerequisites:  ACCT  201,  ECON  121,  sophomo 

permission  by  department 
Entrepreneurship  is  defined,  common  myths  are  discussed,  and  characteristics  of 
entrepreneurs  are  identified.  Basic  characterisdcs  of  entrepreneurs  are  reviewed. 
Includes  topics  such  as  the  psychology  of  entrepreneurship;  economic  and  social 
aspects  of  entrepreneurship;  history:  techniques  of  purchasing  a  company;  new 
venture  initiation;  and  risk  taking. 

MGMT  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offisred  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MGMT  300  Human  Resource  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Designed  to  recognize  and  evaluate  the  application  of  behavioral  science 
approaches  in  the  study  of  human  resource  management.  Topics  include 


ing,  management  development,  performance 

A-agc  and  benefit  programs,  and  management-labor 


3c-0l-3sh 


MGMT  305  Organizational  Staffing 
Prerequisites:  MATH  214,  MGMT  300 

Focuses  on  the  theoredcal.  technical,  administrative,  and  legal  issues  involved  in 
the  recruitment,  selection,  placement,  and  promotion  of  individuals  by 
organizations.  Topics  covered  include  human  resource  planning,  job  analysis,  job 
description  and  specifications,  recruitment,  selection  process,  equal  employment 
opportunity  and  affirmative  action,  reliability  and  validity  ot"  selection  instruments 
and  techniques,  and  contemporary  issues  in  selecUon. 

MGMT  3 1 0  Principles  of  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  the  student  with  an  in-depth  idendfication  and  understanding  of  the 
relevant  dieories,  concepts,  and  principles  underlying  die  management  fi.mction. 

MGMT  31 1  Human  Behavior  in  Organizations  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Human  problems  of  management.  Basic  ideas  and  theories  from  die  beha\'ioral 
sciences  as  diey  apply  to  human  behavior  in  organizadons  are  presented. 
Management  solutions  to  problems  resulting  from  individual-organization 
interaction  are  emphasized. 

MGMT  325  Small  Business  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MGMT  275,  MGMT  310,  MKTG  320 

A  survey  course  emphasizing  those  aspects  of  small  business  management  not 
covered  elsewhere  in  the  student's  program.  Key  topics  include  Real  Estate,  Site 
Selection,  and  Facilides  Management;  Purchasing  Management.  Vendor 
Relations,  and  Inventor)'  Systems;  Plant  Security.  Loss  Control.  Risk  and 
Insurance  Management;  Human  Resources  Management,  Employee  Benefits, 
Modvation,  and  Leadership;  Small  Business  Market  Research,  Customer  Services 
Management,  and  Pricing,  A  review  of  other  elements  of  the  small  firm's  milieu  is 
included  as  a  necessary  contextual  element  (e.g.,  planning,  accoundng,  financing, 
law). 

MGMT  330  Production  and  Operations  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  121,  214, junior  status.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Infonnation  Technology  or  approved  major 

A  study  of  the  process  of  converdng  an  organization's  inputs  into  outputs 
whedier  in  goods-producing  or  service  industries.  Provides  an  overview  of 
concepts,  tools,  and  techniques  used  in  management  of  production  and 
operations  fimcdon  in  organizations. 

MGMT  334  Quality  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  330 

Emphasizes  die  philosophy  that  quality  is  an  organizationwide  phenomenon  that 
influences  every  aspect  of  its  operations.  An  overview  of  current  quality 
management  philosophies  and  tools  and  techniques  for  managing  quality  in 
manufacturing  and  services. 

MGMT  350  International  Business  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  310 

A  study  of  die  internadonal  dimensions  of  business  and  the  critical  environmental 
and  organizaUonal  factors  that  affect  managerial  approaches  in  the  international 
arena.  Focuses  upon  the  management  problems  stemming  from  the  movement  of 
goods,  human  resources,  technolog)',  finance,  or  ownersliip  across  internadonal 
boundaries.  (Also  off'ered  as  MKTG  350) 

MGMT  351  International  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  3 1 0 

Provides  the  student  with  a  general  foundadon  on  managing  muldnational 
corporadons  (MNCs).  Examines  the  macro-  and  structural-level  issues  of  MNCs. 
Focuses  on  planning,  organizadon  stnicture,  managerial  decision  making,  and 
human  resource  management  in  global  structures  and  differences  between  MNCs 
and  domestic  organizations. 

MGMT  400  Compensation  Management  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  300 

Studies  the  policies  and  programs  that  help  managers  design  and  administer 
compensation  systems  for  private  and  public  sector  enterprises.  Includes 
modvation  theories  and  pracdce  designing  of  comjiensation  systems. 

MGMT  401  Management  Development  and  Training  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MGMT  300,  310 

Principles,  problems,  and  procedures  in  planning,  organizing,  directing,  and 

controlling  aU  aspects  of  training  and  development  programs  in  a  business 

enterprise.  Methods  of  improving  and  development  of  managerial  skills  are 

emphasized. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


1 89 


M(;M  r  lOi  S.i.iiiKii  in  lliinniii  Ki«mii<i  MiiiiMKHiiiiil  .t.  -Ol-.iiili 

l'rem(uiiiitc»:  VKiMT  id",  );ni<l".itnin  Kt-niiir 

All  iiilc^r.itivc  inline  In  I  Iuiikiii  Ki'inuric  MaiiiiKeiiieiil.  C^iiiHldcm  currcnl  iiistic?i 
in  hnnian  icsiiunc  in;nia);<'Tncnl  lilcMnirc  anil  a>iilviii|i«niry  topicH  in  llic  luimun 
ri'sonrcc  liianjj;''iniiil  li'l'l  usiii);  lasi-  slllclics. 

M(;M  r  lO.J  Siiiiill  llunintsN  PliiimiiiK  fi -()I-).hIi 

Premiuinilcm  A(;(  .I'  :ll)(l,  ini',l)/(  <  )S(  :/ll'M(;  101,  MCMT  .'J2r> 
Inli'KialfS  lllc  iiinU-nl  ol  niiu  li  i.l  llu  liiisincss  rmc  .ilid  rclulcs  i(  in  llie  i>ii-iiii(..'>s 
plannillR  Inr  small  lnisiiics«s  .mil  ii;lic|.icn<  iirial  illi.rls.  The  slndcnl  will  lie 
iiitriKiuccil  to  llii-  (diiiciit^  vvlni  li  will  w\\\mn  (lie  iltvi-l(i|)iiunl  nl  an  elliciin- 
l,ii»iiic,«,'U". 


MGM'I'  4(l(>  lliiniuii  Rvsourcci  ManaKcmcnl  Research  .Sc-Ol-^sli 

l>rerequi«iti«:  MCMT  , )(!(),  (JHUS  21.5 

Tile  iliidy  "I  liic  iialnrc  (iliesearili  i|nestiiins,  research  inelhiids,  research  design, 
colleeliiiii.  analysis,  and  interpretatinn  iil  data.  Focuses  on  design,  developnienl. 
inipleiiienlalion,  and  cvaliialioii  of  Human  Resources  Management  programs. 
.Applications  in  employee  selection,  perlormance  measurement,  work  altitudes 
and  motivation,  em|>loyee  training,  and  development  areas. 

M(;MT  'I2N  Scmiiiiir  in  Management  .'k-Ol- Isli 

l'ieic<iiiisileiMr.MT.il() 

.■\n  integialive  course  in  managenieiit.  Considers  ciirieiil  literature  in  the  tiehl  and 
contemporary  issues  in  manageinciit  using  case  studies. 

MGMT  4.12  Business  and  Society  .k-Ol-.ish 

An  overview  of  tlie  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system  in 
which  it  operates.  Considers  the  problem,  solutions,  and  future  directions  of 
societal  issues  and  their  relationships  to  the  business  environment.  Topics 
discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self-regulation, 
polliitioii  and  ecology,  oveq)opulation,  government  regulation,  and  the  social  and 
ethical  responsibilities  of  business  and  industix  (Also  offered  as  MKTC  4.32;  may 
not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

M(;MT  4.')7  Opei'alion.s  Managemcnl  System  3c-Ol-.'5sh 

Preret|uisile:  M(.M  r.t.iO 

K  theoretical  and  practical  understanding  of  nianufacturing  aiul  ser\'ice  planning 
and  control,  inrlndiiii;  s\st(ins  niodclini;.  pun  h.isin^;  and  sourcm^.  iiifomiation 
and  control  inchulii.K  MI'S.  MRP.  and  MKP-II.  sdicdulniR.  el. .  M.ninracturing 
and  service  tcchnoloj;ies  .ind  iicnds  are  also  cinpliasizcd.  ( icmiputcr  ajiplicatinns 
are  used  for  understanding  the  interrelationshi])s  between  various  cninponents  of 
operations  system. 

MGMT  438  Seminar  in  Operations  Management  .'!c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MGMT  .'J.'JO,  senior  standing 

An  integrative  course  in  operations  management.  Considers  and  analyzes  the 
current  literature  and  contemporary  topics  in  the  area  of  providing  ser\'ice  and 
producing  goods.  Case  studies  and  field  trips  are  used  to  provide  students  with  a 
comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  tlieorics,  currcnl  practices,  and  trends  in  several 
topical  areas  of  operations  management.  Students  will  learn  to  present  their 
findings  and  analyses  in  a  professionally  written  format. 

MGMT  4.'>2  Comparative  Management  .Sc-OI-.'Ssh 

Prerequisite:  MCMT  .i'iO 

The  study  ol  the  similarities  and  dillcrcuces  among  managers,  management 
practices,  and  organizatinns  in  dltlcrcnt  cultures.  A  variety  of  comparative 
management  systems,  models,  .nid  ilienries  are  presented,  and  research  findings 
are  examined. 

MGMT  454  International  Competitiveness  .'Jc-,'5l-.Ssh 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  350 

The  study  of  the  most  important  challenges  tliat  face  nations  and  firms  alike  in 
gaining  or  restoring  competitiveness.  Focuses  on  factors  tliat  determine  the 
success  of  nations  and  their  firms  in  highly  dynamic  worid  markets.  Various 
tlicories,  models,  and  cases  dealing  widi  competitive  advantage  are  examined. 

MGMT  459  Seminar  in  International  Management  .'ic-OI-:!sli 

Prerequisites:  MCMT  4.';4.  senior  standing 

An  analysis  of  recent  literature  and  developments  related  to  global  business  issues 
such  as  strategic  alliances,  human  resource  management  in  global  environments, 
global  assignments. Japanese  Inisiness  system,  multinational  corporations  in  die 
worid  ( 


MGMT  48 1  Special  Topics  in  Management  var- 1  -.ish 

Covers  ad\-anccd,  iniun-ative.  or  exploratory  topics  and  disciplines  widiin 
management.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instiiictor.  Credits  may  be 
applied  to  either  required  (by  pennission  of  department  chairperson)  or  Iree 

elcctives  in  a  student's  program. 


MGM  I  4H2  liulepeiidenl  Study  ,|.  ttli 

Prercquinitc:  I'rior  approval  ihroiigli  advisor,  (amity  niemlHr.  (leparlnienl 

( li.iirperHiin,  dean,  and  Provont^N  ^iflice 

liidividiial  research  and  analyiin  of  contciiiponiry  probleniK  and  i»»nci  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  icnior  faculty  iiiciiilicr. 

Approval  is  based  on  ac-adciiiic  appropriateiiesii  and  availability  iif  rewiurict. 

M(;MT  4M2  Small  Husinc*s/Entrcpreneunihip  Internship  var-.?- 1 2th 

PrcrequisiteN:  .M(>MT  40.3,  pennifision  of  departnient  chaiq>er»on.  2.75 
niniulative  (.f'A.all  other  re<|lliremeiit.i  of  the  Kbedy  College  of  i)utinc>«  and 
liiforinatioli  Technology 

Involves  practical  entrepreneurial  experience  of  oii-sile  consulting  with  small 
busiiiess  finiis.  Stiidenls  will  generally  work  fr>r  a  scincslcr  on  functioiially  relaird 
topics  in  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  MIS  or  on  general  lopict  •ucli  as 
business  planning,  l(>rccasting,  policy,  and  general  iiianagcmcnt. 

MGMT  W.i  Management  Internship  var-3-l2sh 

Practical  experience  to  develop  knowledge  aixl  skills  in  the  application  oftlieory 
to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassroom  setting.  A  maximiiiii  of  3sl)  of  intcniship  in 
the  student's  major  may  be  applied  toward  the  nianagenient  and  liuman  res<jurce 
nianagement  major  area  elective  requirements.  A<lditioiial  intcniship  cTcdit  must 
be  used  as  free  elcctives  only.  Admission  only  l)y  pennission  of  die  dcpanmenl 
cliair]>crson  and  dean.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology. 

MGMT  495  Business  Polic7  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  Completion  of  all  Business  (^ore  requiremeiiLs  or  permission: 
graduating  seniors 

,A  capstone  case  analysis  course  designed  to  give  die  student  practice  in  applying 
business  theories  to  the  solution  of  management  pr<ililems.  An  analysis  of  how  top 
management  detennines  strategy  and  policy  and  influences  die  philosophy  and 
character  of  die  company.  Develops  in  the  student  a  general  managemcnl 
viewpoint  that  integrates  the  various  functions  of  die  orgaiil7.ation. 


Ik^ilMiC^  Marketing 


Department  of  Marketing 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Infonnation  Teciinolog)' 

Note:  All  courses  at  the  300  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  Alt  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  afliliation.  must 
meet  course  prerequisite  requireiuenLs  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majors  (except  those  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  normally  not  permitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
level  courses. 

MKTG  320  Principles  of  Marketing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  ECON  122 

.\  study  of  those  activities  necessary  to  die  design,  pricing,  promotion,  and 
distribution  of  goods  and  semces  for  use  by  organizations  and  ultimate 


consumers. 


3c-01-3sh 


MKTC  321  Consumer  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  MKTG  320  and  PSYC  101 

A  sun-ey  of  noteworthy  contribudons  of  behavioral  science  and  research  on 

consumer  purchasing  and  decision-making  process,  with  particular  attention  to 

formal  and  Infomial  infiuence  patterns. 

MKTG  350  International  Business  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MGMT  310 

\  study  of  the  inteniadonal  dimensions  of  business  and  the  critical  emiromncntal 
and  organizational  factors  diat  affect  managerial  approaches  in  the  international 
arena.  Focuses  upon  the  management  problems  stemming  from  the  movement  of 
goods,  human  resources,  technology,  finance,  or  ownership  across  intemadonal 
boundaries.  (ALso  offered  as  MGMT  350) 

MKTG  35 1  Self-Marketing  1  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  (as  per  semester  hours  earned) 
The  focus  is  on  die  development  of  bodi  long-term  and  shon-term  self-matleting 
plans  and  self-marketing  packages.  Theories  of  managerial  marketing,  professional 
selling,  market  research,  and  advertising  appUed  to  self-raarkcnng  in  order  to 
prepare  students  to  seek  internship  experience. 

MKTG  420  Marketing  Management  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MKIX".  320  and  321 

\n  analysis  of  niarkeung  and  operational  problems  and  policies  invoh'ed  in 
planning,  organizing,  coordinaung,  and  cxintroUing  a  total  marketing  progiam. 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


190       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MKTG  421  Marketing  Research 
Prerequisites:  MKTG  320  and  QBUS  215 

Nature,  methods,  aiiaiysis.  and  application  of  present-day  marketing 
technitiues  utilized  in  die  solution  of  practical  markedng  problems. 


MKTG  422  Seminar  in  Markedng  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MKTG  420  and  421.  graduating  senior 

A  terminal  course  designed  for  majors  in  marketing:  considers  current  literature 
in  die  field,  case  problems  pertaining  to  die  total  marketing  effort,  and  current 
problems  of  actual  companies. 

MKTG  430  International  Marketing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

International  markedng  and  markets  are  analyzed.  Special  consideradon  is  given 
to  the  significance  of  government  regulations,  organization  structures  of  export 
and  import  enterprises,  and  credit  policies. 

MKTG  431  Industrial  Markedng  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  420 

Concerned  unth  the  major  activities  involved  in  die  marketing  of  industrial  goods 
and  serxices,  including  the  industrial  marketing  system,  marketing  information 
needs  of  the  industrial  firm,  industrial  marketing  implementation  and  control,  and 
channel,  pricing,  product,  and  promotional  strategies  for  industrial  goods. 

MKTG  432  Business  and  Society  3c  01-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  interactions  between  business  and  the  larger  social  system  in 
which  it  operates.  Considers  die  problems,  solutions,  and  fixture  directions  of 
societal  issues  and  dieir  relationships  to  the  business  envirormient.  Topics 
discussed  include  consumerism,  the  morality  of  advertising,  self-regulation, 
pollution  and  ecology,  overpopulation,  government  regulation,  and  the  social  and 
ethical  responsibiUties  of  business  and  industry.  (Also  offered  as  MGMT  432; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duphcate  credit) 

MKTG  433  AdverUsing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

An  introduction  to  the  principles,  practices,  and  creations  of  advertising.  Use  of 
various  media  and  legal,  economic,  social,  and  ethical  aspects  of  advertising  are 
also  considered. 

MKTG  434  Marketing  Logistics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  junior/senior  standing,  MKTG  320  and  MGMT  330 
The  focus  is  on  planning,  organizing,  and  controlling  the  marketing  logistics 
(unction.  In  addition  to  the  acquisition  and  application  of  management  science 
[nediods.  students  will  integrate  and  apply  previously  gained  knowledge  to 
analyze  and  solve  complex  marketing  logistics  problems.  Areas  of  major 
concentration  include  facilit)'  location,  transportation,  inventory  management,  and 
customer  service. 

MKTG  435  Professional  Selling  and  Sales  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

Introduces  students  to  the  role  and  nature  of  modern  personal  selling  in 
marketing.  Theor\'  and  practice  of  personal  seUing  process,  sales  planning, 
dehvering  sales  presentations,  and  relationship  marketing  are  emphasized.  Basics 
of  managing  sales  force  including  territor)'  management,  recruiting,  training,  and 
compensating  sales  force  are  also  covered. 

MKTG  436  Retail  Management  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

Introduces  students  to  all  facets  of  retaiUng  including  the  history  of  retailing,  retail 
theories,  and  decision-making  in  retaifing  framework. 

MKTG  437  Services  Marketing  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

Focuses  on  current  theories  and  applications  of  marketing  techniques  in  the  fast- 
growing  area  of  services  in  the  business,  government,  and  nonprofit  sectors.  The 
emphasis  is  placed  on  characteristics  of  services  and  dieir  marketing  implications 
and  formulation  and  implementation  of  marketing  strategies  for  sen'ice  firms. 

MKTG  438  Relationship  Marketing  c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  MKTG  320 

Relationship  marketing  entails  performing  marketing  activities  directed  toward 
establishing,  developing,  and  maintaining  successfiil  long-term  relational 
exchanges.  Covers  the  dieor)-  and  practice  of  relationship  marketing. 

MKTG  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Covers  advanced,  innovative,  or  explorator)'  topics  and  disciplines  within 
marketing.  Specific  content  items  developed  by  instructor.  Credits  may  be  applied 
to  either  required  (by  permission  of  departmental  chairperson)  or  fi-ee  electives  in 
a  student's  program.  Special  topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level 
undergraduate  students. 


MKTG  482  Independent  Study  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office.  Approval  is  based  on  academic 

appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

Individual  research  and  analysis  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues  in  a 

concentrated  area  of  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  senior  faculty  member. 

MKTG  493  Marketing  Internship  var-3-12sh 

Practical  experience  in  the  marketing  field  to  develop  knowledge  and  experience 
in  die  practical  application  of  theory  to  actual  problems  in  a  nonclassroom 
situation.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  die  student's  major  may  be  applied 
toward  die  marketing  major-area  elective  requirements.  Additional  internship 
credit  must  be  used  as  ft^ee  electives  only.  .Admission  only  by  pennission  of  die 
department  chairperson  and  die  dean.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 
Information  Technology. 


MLSC 


Military  Science 


Department  of  Military  Science 
Academic  Affairs  Division 


MLSC  101  Introduction  to  Military  Science  2c-ll-2sh 

A  study  of  the  organization  of  die  United  States  Army  and  the  role  of  the  military 
in  today's  society.  The  emphasis  is  on  die  customs  and  traditions  of  die  service, 
die  Total  Anny  concept,  and  die  fiiiidamentals  of  leadership.  Included  is 
instruction  in  basic  miUtary  skills,  land  navigation,  and  personal  nutrition  and 
fitness.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory. 

MLSC  102  Fundamentals  of  Military  Science  2c-ll-2sh 

The  stud)'  of  the  basic  knowledge  regarding  military  service  and  the  profession  of 
anns.  The  emphasis  is  on  basic  military  skills,  first  aid,  and  the  development  of 
leadership  abihties  through  practical  exercises.  Included  is  instruction  on 
offensive  and  defensive  tactics,  the  Army  writing  st>'le,  and  military  briefings. 
.\lso,  see  Leadership  Laborator\'. 

MLSC  203  Fundamentals  of  Tactical  Operations,  Techniques 

of  Leadership,  and  Weapons  Characteristics  2c-II-2sh 

Organization,  techniques,  resources,  and  capabilities  involved  in  conducting 
small-unit  tactical  operations.  The  emphasis  is  on  leadership,  organization,  and 
management  techniques  needed  to  cause  a  group  of  people  to  accomplish  specific 
objectives.  Characteristics  of  military  weapons  systems  are  taught.  Students  serve 
as  leaders  in  Leadership  Labs. 


2c-ll-2sh 


MLSC  204  National  Security  and  Fundamentals  of 
Military  Topography 

The  study  of  national  securit)'  concepts,  policies,  and  the  national  de 
making  process  with  emphasis  on  national  resources,  national  will,  and  economic 
factors.  Included  will  be  a  study  of  nuclear  and  conventional  response  options. 
Fundamentals  of  military"  topography  including  the  use  of  militar)'  maps  to 
determine  topographic  features,  to  conduct  land  navigation,  and  to  perlonn 
terrain  analysis  will  be  covered.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laborator)'. 

MLSC  305  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Modem 

Learning/Teaching  Relationship  3c-ll-3sh 

A  study  in  practical  appfication  of  principles  of  leadersliip/management  as 
apphed  in  classroom  and  field  to  include  case  studies  in  psychological, 
physiological,  and  sociological  factors  which  affect  human  behavior;  individual 
and  group  solution  of  leadership  problems  common  to  small  units.  Also,  see 
Leadership  Laboratory. 

MLSC  306  Study  of  Advance  Leader  Planning  and 

Execution  of  Modem  Combat  Operations  3c-ll-3sh 

An  analysis  of  leader*'s  role  in  directing  and  coordinating  efforts  of  individuals  and 
small  units  in  execution  of  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  missions,  to  include 
command  and  control  systems,  the  military  team,  and  communications 
techniques.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory, 

MLSC  407  Management  of  the  Military  Complex  to 

Include  Fundamentals  of  Military  and  International  Law  3c-M-3sh 

The  study  of  the  various  managerial  elements  needed  to  effectively  control  a 
mihtary  organization  and  the  techniques  used  to  accomplish  these  functions. 
Studies  in  mifitary  law  and  international  law  prepare  the  students  for  their  legal 
responsibilities.  Also,  see  Leadership  Laboratory'. 

MLSC  408  Seminar  in  Military  Analysis  and  Management  3c-ll-3sh 

Contemporar)'  analysis  of  use  of  militarj'  in  world  affairs  to  include  importance  of 
strategic  mobifity  and  neutralization  of  insurgent  movements.  Selected 
management  problems  and  situations  will  be  presented  as  they  relate  to  military 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       191 


iil»liif..i<liiiMii.ilr. 
■|,ca<lc-nlM|,  l,.il...r 


„I„M,H.,IH 


ill  .ill  Mihi.iiv  Sill 

I- ■l-l'"'<Mi 

k  .•Ml!  I<.i(ln'sln|i. 


Lcadcnihip  l,iili<irat<iry  ("ni  .ilicmnMn  ptr  wii 
A  practical  cxiicriciux-  .l.sinii.d  Ini  ilir  .illaiii.n. 
principles.  Ciiiuiirrciilly  mc  luduliil  in  i  ori|Niii  i 
coiiiHcs,  it  proviilcs  liii  pi.i.lu.il  ili.ill.nms  in  |) 
physical  and  nicnldl.  .in.l  li.i  <l.  v<lo|,iii.nr  i.l  I.  ,i 

NutnniiT  Camp 

varOsh 

Sluiit-nH  allcmi  a  six-wcck  sunnncr  camp  upon  coniplclicin  of  llit  first  year  ol'llic 
Advanced  Ciiursc.  Time  at  camp  is  devoted  to  practical  application  of  principles 
and  theories  lauuhl  dining  the  preccdinn  school  year.  While  at  camp,  each 
student  receives  lodpng,  sulisislcncc,  iniiforms,  medical  care,  rcimburseincnl  liir 
travel, and  pay  in  ainoinii  m(  om< -half  |i.iv  ol\scciind  lienienant  per  monlli. 


ES!^ 


Marine  Science 


Marine  Science  Coii.sortiiiin/Bioiojn,-  Dcpar  tnieiit 
College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

MR.S(:  1 10  Intniduction  to  Occanoj^raphy  var-3sh 

An  iiiiroilucliiin  In  physical,  chemical,  l)ii>U)j;ical,  and  geological  aspects  ofoccans 
and  niclhiids  anil  i(chni>|ues  oroccanography.  Lab  emphasis  placed  on  al-sea 
assigiuncnt.s. 

MRSC  21 1  Field  Methods  in  Oceanography  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MK.Stl  1 10  or  consent  of  instriictor 

.\  ramiliarizalion  with  dynamic  marine  environment  involving  use  and  application 
ofoceanographic  instnnneiiLs  and  sampling  devices. 

MRSC  2 1 2  Navigation  var -.ish 

Prerequisite:  Four  years'  high  school  matli  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  the 

instructor 

Covers  navigation,  i.e.,  tlic  art  and  science  of  safely  bringing  a  vessel  from  one 

position  to  another  in  a  body  of  water.  Course  divided  into  (I)  brief  historical 

background;  (2)  iiaxigation  within  sight  of  land,  i.e.,  piloting;  (3)  navigation  in  die 

open  sea,  including  electronic  navigation  mediods. 

MRSC  221  Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  var-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
.A  -Study  of  marine  invertebrates  widi  emphasis  on  development,  reproduction, 
structure,  function,  and  classification  of  selected  marine  organisms. 

M  RSC  24 1  Marine  Biology  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Bnlaiiy  and  zoology  or  consent  of  instructor 
.\  .stud)  of  plant  and  animal  life  in  maiine  environment  with  emphasis  placed 
upon  physical  and  chemical  factors  affecting  biota. 

MRSC  250  Managemcnl  ofWetland  Wildlife  var-3sh 

The  etx>logy  and  management  of  wetland  wildlife,  particularly  of  freshwater 
marshes  and  saltwater  marshes.  Special  emphasis  on  ecosystem  approach. 


MRSC  2KU  Marine  Ecology 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 

A  course  in  ecology  of  marine  organisms. 


var-3sh 


MRSC  270  Scuba  Diving  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Swimiiiing  abilit)'  and  good  health.  (A  standard  diving  physical 
fonii  will  be  iiiaiUd  lo  siudcnLs  electing  die  course.) 

Studeiils  who  complete  course  will  receive  a  National  .Association  of  Underwater 
Instructors  Diver  Certificate. 

MRSC  280  Marine  Field  Biology  \^r-3sh 

.An  introduction  to  basic  principles  of  ecology  and  natural  history  of  selecleti 
plants  and  animals  in  terrestrial,  freshwater,  and  marine  environments.  Suitable  for 
non-Science  majors. 

MRSC  281  Special  Topics  \-ar-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special  topics 
imnibered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


MRSC  331  Cliemical  Oceanography  var-3ih 

I'rcrequiiiitcsi  MHS(;  1 10  and  one  year  of  cheniimry 

Trealment  <if  oceanic  chemical  plieiiimieiu  by  »aniphiig  anil  lalxiratory  analyaii 

tcclinii|ues. 

MItSC  342  Marine  Bouny  var-3th 

In  ihc  held  iiiidies  anil  laboratory  analysis  by  instrumentation  ofnurinc  and 
marine  fringe  plants  in  die  Middle  Atlantic  ( jiasi  as  excmpliried  by  di<»c  found  ifi 
die  ( iape  llenlopcn.  Delaware,  and  Wallops  Island.  Virginia,  areas. 

MRSC  343  Marine  ichlhyoloKy  var-3»b 

Prerequisiles:  (•eiieral  Biology  and/or  consent  of  die  instructor 
A  sliidv  of  fisfies.  Speciinens  (ollectcd  along  F.astem  Scalxiard  l>y  students  will  Ik 
used  to  illustrate  aiialoiny.  physiology,  and  systcniatics  of  tliis  nujor  vcncbtalc 
group.  Field  collections  will  give  student  opportunity  u>  observe  relationships  of 
llie.sc  animals  to  die  biotic  and  physical  environnicnl. 

MRSC  344  Anatomy  ofMarinc  Chordatcs  var-3»h 

Prerequisites:  fish  of  Uiology  including  (ieneral  Zoology 

Designed  to  familiarize  students  wiUi  various  as|>ccls  of  marific  chordatcs. 

MRSC  345  Marine  Ornithology  var-3»li 

Pre-requisile:  One  year  of  biology  or  consent  of  die  instructor 
Introduces  student  to  avian  fauna  ofseacoast  and  enables  comparison  with  inland 
species.  In  addition  to  field  work  providing  visual  and  vocal  identification,  lecture 
material  will  include  infonnation  on  distribution,  behavior,  physiology,  and 
anatomy  of  birds. 

MRSC  3(12  Marine  Geology  var-Ssh 

Prerequisites:  MR.S(;  1 10  and  physical  geology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Studies  of  structural  and  sedimentary  environments  of  continental  shelf,  slopes, 
and  ocean  basins  and  cnislal  structure  of  die  earUi  and  its  relation  to  sedimentary 
record  and  geologic  history  of  oceans. 

MRSC  364  Physical  Oceanography  «r-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ,\1RSC  1 10,  one  year  of  physics,  one  semester  of  calculus,  and 
pennission  of  the  instructor 

hicludes  consideration  of  physical  properties,  mass  and  energy  budgets,  theory  of 
distribution  of  variables;  cause,  nature,  measurement,  analysis,  and  prediction  of 
tides,  currents,  and  u'aves;  and  basic  instrumentation  in  the  field. 

MRSC  420  Marine  Micropaleonlology  \-ar-3sh 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  geology  and  biology  or  consent  of  instructor 
Deals  widi  modern,  living  representatives  of  microorganisms  important  in  fossil 
record  widi  particular  emphasis  placed  on  taxonomy,  morphology,  evolution,  and 
ecologic  affinities  of  representative  groups. 

MRSC  43 1  Ecology  of  Marine  Plankton  \^r-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology 

.A  study  of  phytoiilankton  and  zooplankton  in  marine  and  brackish  environments. 

(,)ualitative  and  quantitative  comparisons  made  between  the  planktonic 

populations  of  various  types  of  habitats  in  relation  to  primary  and  secondary 

productivity. 


35h 


MRSC  459  Coastal  Ceomorphology 

Prerequisite:  One  year  of  geolog>' 

.A  study  of  coastal  geomorphology  widi  emphasis  on  Late  Cenozoic  and 

Pleistocene  sea-level  changes  in  response  lo  worldwide  continental  glaciation. 

The  student  v\ill  participate  in  field  studies  of  Pleistocene  deposits  and  die 

weathering  of  diese  deposits. 

MRSC  48 1  Special  Topics  \-ar-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  estabhsbed  curriculum.  .A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  Uirec  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  up(>er-level  undergraduate  students. 

MRSC  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjimction  with  a  faculty  member. 
.Approval  is  based  on  academic  appriipriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MRSC  500  Problems  in  Marine  Science  var-3sh 

Graduate  students  or  undergraduate  students  \vitli  advanced  standing  registering 
for  this  course  may  elect  either  of  the  following  options. 

Option  As  Take  a  200, 300.  or  400  level  MRSC  course  and  complete,  in  addition 
to  regular  course  re(|uirements,  a  project  in  the  area  under  direction  of  instructor. 
Option  B:  Complete  an  independent  research  project.  A  research  proposal  must 
lie  approved  bv  the  .Academic  Committee  of  M.S. C.  in  advance  of  the  time 
r.N.ai.iM^clHiMiiLrtakcil. 

Music  History 

Drpiii  iiiiciit  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MUm  101  Introduction  to  Music  3c-01-3sh 

Presumes  no  technical  background  but  does  utilize  the  varied  musical 
experiences  of  each  individual  to  help  extend  interest  as  far  as  possible. 
Attendance  at  various  concerts  of  university-  organizations,  ciJtural  Ufe  events,  and 
visiting  artist  concerts  is  required  to  augment  listening  experiences  of  students. 

MUHI  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

MUHI  30 1  Music  History  1  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  ENGL  101,  ENGL  202,  HIST  195,  HIST  305 
.An  intensive  study  of  the  liistory  and  style  of  Medieval,  Renaissance,  and  Baroque 
music.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MUHI  302  Music  History  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUHI  301  or  permission 

.An  intensive  study  of  die  history  and  styles  of  Classical,  Romantic,  and  twentieth- 
century  music  to  1950.  Considerable  analytical  listening  required. 

MUHI  322  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Music  3c-01-3sh 

An  intensive  study  of  tile  plainchant  foundations  in  the  early  Middle  Ages;  the 
origins  of  polyphony;  sacred  and  secular  music  of  the  thirteenth  to  the  sixteenth 
centuries;  special  emphasis  on  Dufay,Josquin,  Palestrina,  and  their 
contemporaries. 

MUHI  323  The  Baroque  Era  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MUHI  301, 302 

Extends  from  Monteverdi  through  Bach  and  Handel  and  considers  vocal  and 
instrumental  forms,  styles,  and  practices  of  era. 

MUHI  324  The  Classical  Era  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MUHI  301,302 

A  survey  of  nmsic  from  about  1 725  to  about  1 827,  with  special  attention  to  tlie 
music  of  Mozart  and  Haydn.  Consideration  is  given  also  to  die  works  of  D. 
Scarlatti  and  C.P.E.  Bach. 

MUHI  325  The  Romantic  Era  3c-01-3sh 

.A  survey  of  music  from  about  1 SOO  to  1910,  with  attention  directed  to  the  earlier 
romantic  composers  such  as  Beethoven,  Schubert,  Mendelssohn,  and  Berlioz 
through  the  later  romantic  composers  such  as  Wagner,  Tschaikowsky,  Mahler,  and 
Dvorak  as  well  as  otiiers. 

MUHI  420  The  Twentieth  Century  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MUHI  301,302 

A  survey  of  the  stylistic  trends  of  music  from  1900  to  the  present,  beginning  with 
Debussy,  Ravel,  and  other  impressionists  dirough  the  music  of  Schonberg, 
Stravinsky,  Webern,  Honegger,  and  Milhaud.  Offered  infrequendy. 


MUHI  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  factJty  member. 
Approwil  IS  h.isid  nil  .Raik-inic  a|)|»ropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


MUHI  421  American  Music 
Prerequisites:  MUHI  301,302 
A  study  of  history  and  literature  of  i 
dav. 


3c-01-3sh 
1  America  from  1600  to  the  present 

var-l-3sh 


MUSC 


Department  of  Music 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

MUSC  1 10  Fundamentals  of  Theory  3c-01-3sh 

Rudiments  of  musical  materials;  hamionic.  melodic,  rhythmic,  and  basic  fonnal 
procedures  of  the  common  practice  period  including  pitch  reading,  interval 
construction,  scales,  and  modes. 

MUSC  1 1 1  Theory  Skills  I  0c-3l-2sh 

Develops  aural  skills  through  dictation  and  interpretation  of  written  music  by 
sight-singing.  Taken  in  conjunction  with  Theory  I. 

MUSC  112  Theory  SkiUs  II  0c-31-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  1 1 1 

Continuing  development  of  aural  skills  and  introduction  of  keyboard  skills.  Taken 
in  conjunction  with  Theory  II. 

MUSC  1 15  Theory  I  3c-01-3sh 

The  study  of  die  hannonic,  melodic,  and  fonnal  devices  of  the  common  practice 
period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants. 

MUSC  1 16  Theory  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  115 

The  study  of  die  hamionic,  melodic,  and  formal  devices  of  the  common  practice 
period,  from  simple  diatonic  chords  through  secondary  dominants.  Theory  II 
introduces  basic  music  forms. 


MUSC  120  Brass  Ensemble 

MUSC  121  Chamber  Singers 

MUSC  122  University  Chorale 

MUSC  123  Symphony  Band 

MUSC  125  Marching  Band 

MUSC  126  Music  Theater 

MUSC  127  Percussion  Ensemble 

MUSC  129  University  Symphony  Orchestra 

MUSC  130  Striing  Ensemble 

MUSC  131  University  Wind  Ensemble 

MUSC  133  Woodwind  Ensemble 

MUSC  134  University  Chorus 

MUSC  135  Jazz  Ensemble 

MUSC  136  Advanced  Jazz  Ensemble 


MUHI  481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


Oc-21-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-61-O/lsh 

Oc-61-O/lsh 

Oc-41-O/lsh 

Oc-51-O/lsh 

Oc-21-O/lsli 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-21-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

Oc-31-O/lsh 

MUSC  137  Piano  Accompanying  var-1-1  or  Osh 

Piano  accompanying  may  be  scheduled  by  qualified  pianists  from  the  Department 
of  Music  in  partial  frilfiUment  of  ensemble  reqiurenients.  May  be  repeated  lor 
credit.  Pianists  registered  for  this  course  will  provide  accomjianiments  for 
Department  of  Music  students  in  solo  vocal  or  instrumental  performances  in  area 
and  departmental  recitals  and/or  in  voice  and  instrumental  lessons.  Registration 
must  be  approved  by  a  designated  Department  of  Music  faculty  member  from  die 
piano  area. 

MUSC  151  Class  Voice  1  lc-11-lsh 

Conceived  for  non- Voice  majors.  Development  of  correct  vocal  production 
techniques  through  individual  and  group  performance  in  class.  Use  of  the  voice  as 
a  tool  for  theorv  skills  and  for  eventual  use  in  die  music  classroom. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       19!^ 


MllSClViCIa-.-.  Voice  II  I.IIM, 

A  I  iMilinii.Khiii  1)1  Cla.s.H  Voict-  I.  llcHiimcn  (Icvclopriicnl  nli  mm  c  vd.al 
pi.xlni  (M.ii  ici  lilli(|tlt»  lliniilKli  pcrCoriiianrt:. 

MUSC  l.l.l  (:ia»»  I'iaiio  I  U-11-lnli 

I)[vsi)(iii'il  l<<r  stiulcnrs  wiili  mi>  slj^iiificanl  liackKroiind  In  |iiiiriri  who  need  to 
ili'V('lo|>  linK  lion.il  k(  vImmiiI  skills.  Till'  cnipliasis  is  plaicd  on  liarin<ini/.inK 
nirloilics  and  playing  simple  a<Toinpanina-nl.s. 

MUSC  ir>4Cla»»l'iaii<.  II  hll-lsli 

A  ((iiilimialioiiolClass  I'ianii  I. 

MUSC  155  Class  Slriiin»  I  U- 1 1-  Isl. 

I'oi  Music  K<liicali<in  majors  wlio  will  develop  nidiuicntary  playing  lcclinii|UCH 
sndUicnt  lo  initialc  instniclion  for  licKi'miii);  students.  The  cmpliasis  Is  placed  on 
correct  plavinn  positions  ,nid  lone  prodm  lion  tor  violin,  viola,  cello,  and  donhle 

hass. 

MUSC  157  Class  Herciisshm  I  k-ll-ish 

\  practical  introduction  to  the  various  ln»trunient.s  ol  the  percussion  raiiilly. 
Students  will  denionslrate  correct  playing  technl(|ucs  and  develop  a  resource  file 
containing  inlonnatlon  on  percussion  instnnnents  and  instnictlonal  materials  as 
needed  by  the  school  music  teacher. 

MUSC  l.5»  Class  Brass  I  Ic-ll-lsh 

For  Music  Kducation  majois  who  will  demonstrate  nidimentan'  playing 
tecliiii(|ucs  and  tone  production  skills  to  Initiate  beginning  Instruction.  Students 
will  dcvel..p  plaving  o,i  tnnnpet  or  Krench  horn  and  tror.ibone.  euphonium,  or 
tuba. 

MUSC  Hil  Class  Woodwinds  I  Ic-ll  Ish 

For  Music  Education  majors  who  will  ac(|uire  correct  tone  production  and 
plaving  technu|nes  sulVicient  to  initiate  beginning  instruction.  Students  will 
demonstrate  skills  with  Oute.  clarinet,  saxu{)hone.  and  oboe  or  bassoon. 

Mll.SC  Ifi.'J  Class  Guitar  I  Ic-ll-lsh 

Designeil  liir  students  witli  no  significant  background  in  guitar  who  wish  to 
develop  hmciiorial  playing  skills.  The  emphasis  is  placed  on  using  the  guitar  as  an 
accompanying  instrument. 

MUSC  21 1  Theory  Skills  III  ()c-.5l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MUSC  111.112 

Further  development  oi'anral  and  kevboard  skills.  Taken  In  conjunction  with 
Theory  III. 

MUSC  212  Theory  Skills  IV  Oc-3l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  MUSC  1 1 1.  1  12.  21 ! 

Culmination  of  tlevetopmeut  in  aural  atid  ke\l)nai<l  skills.  Taken  in  conjunction 
with  Theory  IV. 

MUSC  215  Theory  III  Sc-OI-Jsh 

Prerequisites:  MUSC  1 1,'").  1 16 

An  extension  of  the  techniques  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries  to 
include  modulation,  altered  chords,  more  advanced  musical  forms,  and 
contrapuntal  proceduies. 

MUSC  2 1  (J  Theory  1\  .ic-Ol-.Ssh 

Prerequisites:  MUSC  1  IS.  I  I(i.  21.') 

An  extension  of  tlic  techniques  of  the  eighteei\th  and  nineteenth  centuries  to 
include  modulation,  altered  chords,  more  adranced  musical  forms,  and 
contrapuntal  procedures.  Theory  IV  concentrates  lar^eK  on  music  and  materials 
of  the  present  century. 

MUSC  2 1 7  Keyboard  Harmony  I  1  c- 1 1- 1  sh 

Prerequisite:  Nominal  facility  at  keyboaril 

Designed  to  develop  keyboard  skills  so  die  student  may  realize  and  produce  in 
sound  basic  harmonic  progressions. 


MUSC  218  Keyboard  Harmony  II 

Prerequisite:  MUSC.  217 

A  cominn.iuoTi  of  Ki  vbnard  Hannony  1.  involving  chromatic  I 

complex  prii^iessions. 


Ic-II-Ish 
and  more 


MUSC  225  Jazz  Improvisation  lechniquoi  II  .3c-(ll-3>h 

A  continuation  of  the  basic  materials  and  praillies  tor  iin|)rovising  or 
extempomiicous  playing.  Makes  use  of  more  complicated  and  involved  haniKtiiic 
progreNsions  ntili/ing  extended  ( lioral  harinonies. 

Ml'SC  210  Technology  in  ihc  Music  (Jauruom  2c-ll-2»li 

I'rerequisile:  Sophomore  standing,  fil  KD/COSC/IFMf.  101 
Introduces  the  student  to  the  technology  resources  available  lor  iik  in  the  music 
classroom  and  with  Instnictlonal  technologies  appropriate  to  their  application  in 
K-12  settings.  Students  will  be  exposed  to  a  variety  of  media  and  will  have  the 
opportunity  lo  gain  familiarity  In  dicir  use.  The  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  llic 
use  of  the  computer  in  the  classroom,  computer-based  Instruction,  and  Musical 
Inslniinent  Digital  Interlace  (MIDI). 

MUSC:  2«  1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3«h 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  oflered  on  an  expcrinienlal  or  temporary  basis  lo  explore  topics 
that  are  not  Included  In  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  llian  three  times.  Special  Uipics 
numbered  2K I  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


MUSC  .104  Form  and  Amdysis  I 

Prerequisite:  MISC  2l(j 

A  thorough  study  of  smaller  foniis  of  music. 


2c-OI-2sh 


2c-OI-2sh 


MUSC  224  Jazz  Improvisation  Techniques  I  Jc-0I-.3sh 

A  study  ol  the  basic  materials  and  practices  lor  improvising  or  extemporaneous 
plri^ing. 


MUSC  MH  Counterpoint  I 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  2 If) 

.Alter  study  and  analysis  of  die  style  of  sbctccnth-century  contrapuntal  writing. 

student  will  do  original  writing  using  techniques  and  devices  of  jMrriod.  As  time 

permits,  same  approach  will  be  made  to  explore  stvie  of  seventeendi-  and 

eightcenth-centurv'  composers. 

MUSC  309  Orchestration  I  2c-0l-2sli 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  216 

All  instruments  of  orchestra  arc  studied  from  the  viewjioint  of  dieir  contribution 
to  the  total  sound  of  ensemble.  Ranges  and  timbres  are  considered,  as  w-cU  as 
actual  arranging  of  selected  music. 

MUSC  3 II  Fundamentals  of  Conducting  3c-OI-2sh 

The  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  liindainental  physical  skills  of  conducting 
process:  various  beat  patterns  are  mastered  and  elementary  score  reading  and 
interjiretation  are  considered. 

M  use  3 1 2  Choral  ConducUng  3c-OI-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  311 

Provides  an  opportunity  for  tile  student  to  apply  basic  conducting  techniques  to 
choral  music.  Each  student  conducts  the  class  in  standard  choral  works.  Includes 
survey  of  suitable  literature,  organizational  problems,  voice  testing,  rehearsal 
techni((ues.  program  building,  interpretation,  and  diction. 

MUSC  313  Instrumental  Conducting  3c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  .ill 

Provides  the  student  with  an  op[)ortunity  to  apply  basic  conducting  skills  to 
various  Instrumental  ensembles.  Includes  sun'ey  of  suitable  literature, 
organizational  problems,  audition  procedures,  rehearsal  techniques,  program 
building,  and  intcqiretation. 

MUSC  33 1  Elemenuiy  Methods  3c-Ol-3sh 

Includes  analytical  study  of  texts,  recordings,  equipment,  instruments,  and  other 
materials  suitable  to  musical  development  of  elementary  pupils;  pmper  treatment 
of  child  voice:  selection,  use.  and  teacliing  of  rote  songs:  rliythmic  activities  and 
development;  music  reading;  part  singing;  planning  and  organizaQon:  guided 
observations;  and  evaluation  techniques. 

MUSC  333  Secondary  Methods  3c-OI-3sh 

Includes  General  Music  Class,  choral  organizations,  changing  voice,  techniques  of 
instruction,  including  team  teaching  and  programmed  learning,  high  school 
tlieory  courses,  high  school  music  hterature  courses,  scheduling,  administrative 
problems,  curriculum  developmenL  evaluation  of  materials  and  equipment, 
evaluative  techniques,  and  guided  obsenation.  Extra  laboratorv  sessions  arc 
required. 

MUSC  333  Music  for  the  Exceptional  Student  2c-2l-2sh 

Develops  music  education  skills,  techniques,  and  materials  for  the  emotionally, 
mentally,  physically,  or  neurologically  handicapped  student  and  the  gifted. 
Designed  for  students  in  music  education,  special  education,  and  elementary 
education. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


MUSC  :i37  General  Music  in  Middle  Schools  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  3:il 

Provides  general  practices  and  pedagogy  related  to  recent  standards  for  a 
compreiiensive,  sequential  middle  school  general  music  curriculum.  Specific 
focus  on  cuniculum  development,  lesson  planning,  instmctional  strategies, 
adolescent  behavioral  characteristics,  as  well  as  diverse  materials  and  resources. 

MUSC  .340  Woodwind  Instrument  Repair  Oc-2)-2sh 

Prerequisites:  Ml'SC  133,  Teacher  Certification 

Designed  for  students  preparing  ft)r  teaching  careers  in  instnunental  tnusii. 
Instruction  will  be  conducted  in  a  laboratory  setting  and  will  include 
development  of  tlie  diagnostic  and  repair  skills  necessary  to  deal  witli  the 
problems  most  frequendy  encountered  in  a  public  school  classroom  on  the 
clarinet,  Qute,  and  saxophone. 

MUSC  351  Italian  Diction  and  Literature  2c-01-2sh 

For  first-semester  voice  majors.  Meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  The  emphasis  is 
on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  readings  of  Italian  song  texts.  Italian 
madrigals,  solo  song  literature,  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MUSC  353  French  Diction  and  Literature  2c-0l-2sh 

For  diird-  or  fourth-semester  voice  majors.  Meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  The 
emphasis  is  on  pronunciation  for  the  stage  and  the  International  Phonetic 
Alphabet.  French  solo  song  literature  and  operatic  repertoire  are  also  studied. 

MUSC  354  German  Diction  and  Literature  2c-Ol-2sh 

For  second-semester  voice  majors.  Meets  for  two  hours  per  week.  The  em]>hasis 
is  on  pronunciation  for  die  stage.  German  solo  song  literature  as  well  as  Bach 
chorales  are  studied. 

MUSC  405  Piano  Pedagogy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  in  Piano  and  a  Piano  major  or  minor 
A  survey  of  current  and  significant  past  developments  in  teaching  of  piano,  both 
privately  and  in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  piano  methods  are  analyzed, 
compared,  criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MUSC  406  Voice  Pedagogy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  A  voice  major  or  minor  and  permission  of  the  instructor 
A  survey  ol  current  and  past  development  in  teaching  of  voice,  both  privately  and 
in  small  and  large  classes.  The  various  vocal  methods  are  analyzed,  compared. 
criticized,  and  adapted  to  each  individual's  use. 

MUSC  408  Marching  Band  Techniques  2c-Ol-2sh 

Considers  building  a  band  show;  alignment  of  ranks  and  files;  development  of  a 
standard  pace  of  5  to  5  and  8  to  5;  selecdon  of  music;  instrumentation; 
techniques  of  developing  morale;  and  fundamentals  of  uniform  design. 

MUSC  41 1  Composition  I  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  216 

Instruction  is  individualized.  Compositional  devices  studied  through  analysis  of 
works  by  major  composers.  Students  will  write  several  original  compositions 
utilizing  smaller  forms. 

MUSC  412  Composition  II  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  411 

A  continuation  of  Composition  I. 

MUSC  413  Composition  III  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  412 

Students  will  write  several  original  compositions  utilizing  larger  forms. 

MUSC  414  Composition  IV  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  413 

A  continuation  of  Composition  III.  Outstanding  works  will  be  programmed  by 
university  performing  ensembles. 

MUSC  475  Music  Lab  var-Osh 

All  music  majors  must  attend  eight  recitals  per  semester  and  all  departmental 
recitals,  as  well  as  all  recitals  for  their  respective  performance  areas. 

MUSC  481  Special  Topics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

May  provide  an  in-depth  study  of  a  narrowly  defined  area  of  the  discipline. 
Subject  matter  will  change  with  repeated  offering  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

MUSC  482  Independent  Study  var  1  6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 


curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabilit)-  of  resources. 

MUSC  493  Internship  in  Music  var- 1  -6sh 

Designed  for  music  majors  who  wish  to  receive  practical  experience  working  witli 
people  in  music  or  in  areas  related  to  music. 


NMDT 


Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 


Department  of  Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions 
College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

NMDT  427  Nuclear  Scintigraphy  3c-0l-3sh 

Theoretical  aspects  of  nuclear  medicine  imaging  procedures,  including  applicable 
pathophysiology,  technical  aspects  for  data  acquisition,  and  computer  analysis  of 
data.  Systemic  radionucUde  therapy  procedures  are  also  discussed. 

NMDT  428  Radiation  Physics  3c-0l-3sh 

Applicable  aspects  of  rmclear  and  atomic  physics  are  covered  both  in  theory  and 
madiematical  formulae.  Theoretical  topics  include  atomic  and  nuclear  structure, 
radioactive  decay,  interacdons  with  matter,  and  radionuclide  production  methods. 
Mathematical  concepts  discussed  are  the  decay  equadon,  equilibrium,  and 
radiation  dosimetiy. 

NMDT  429  Nuclear  Medicine  Instrumentation  2c-ll-3sh 

Covers  tlie  basic  principles  of  both  in  vitro  and  in  vivo  instrumentation.  The 
design,  operation,  and  quality  control  of  gas  detectors  and  scintillation  detectors 
are  covered.  Survey  equipment,  spectrometers,  and  stationary  imaging  devices  are 
presented  with  their  applicadon  to  nuclear  medicine.  Hands-on  laboratory 
experience  with  single  chaimel  analyzers  and  Anger  cameras  is  included. 

NMDT  430  Radiation  Biology  and  Radiation  Protection  2c-Ol-2sh 

Topics  include  ionization  and  energ)'  transfer;  molecules,  cellular,  tissue,  and 
organ  response  to  radiation;  acute  and  chronic  effects  of  radiation;  radiation 
protection;  licensing  requirements;  recordkeeping;  and  management  of  clinical 
radiation  spills. 


lc-01-lsh 
images  as  well  as 


NMDT  431  In  Vivo/In  Vitro  Nonimaging 

In  vivo  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures  not  resulting 

principles  of  in  vitro  radioassay  are  presented.  Included  are  venipuncture,  blood 
volumes,  red  cell  studies.  Schillings  test,  principles  of  immunology,  various  types 
of  radioassay,  and  sensidvity  and  specificity  of  procedure. 

NMDT  432  Radiopharmaceuticals  3c-0l-3sh 

Topics  include  tracer  theory,  pharmacological  actions,  localization  methods, 
radiopharmaceudcal  properties,  radionuclide  generators,  radiopharmaceudcal 
preparations  and  quality  control,  and  transient  vs.  secular  equilibrium.  Routinely 
used  radiopharmaceudcals  are  discussed. 

NMDT  433  Introduction  to  Tomographic  Imaging  Ic-OI-lsh 

An  introducdon  to  die  basic  principles  of  cross-secdonal  anatomy  and 
tomographic  imaging  is  presented.  Topics  include  body  planes  and  cross- 
sectional  anatomy  of  the  heart,  brain,  Hver,  and  lumbar  spine,  as  applicable  to 
nuclear  medicine,  and  the  dieory  and  application  of  botli  SPECT  anil  PET 
imaging  systems. 

NMDT  434  Clinical  Nuclear  Medicine  0c-40l- 1 6sh 

Prerequisites:  CompleUon  of  77sh  at  lUP  and  Phase  I  and  NMI 

Students  complete  1,320  hours  of  supervised  chnical  training  at  an  affiliate 
hospital.  Students  receive  instruction  and  participate  in  the  performance  of 
various  clinical  nuclear  medicine  procedures,  patient  care,  administradve  duties, 
radiopharmaceudcal  preparation  and  quality  control,  equipment  quality  control, 
quality  assurance,  and  radiation  safet)'.  Students  develop  both  dieir  technical  skills 
and  interpersonal  communication  skills  for  incorporation  into  the  medical 
community  and  to  provide  high-tjualitv  patient  care.  Onlv  offered  on  a  pass/fail 
basis. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       195 


■nnass 


Nursing 


Departiiiciil  of  Nursing  .111(1  Allird  Ikullli  i'lolessioiis 
CollcKf  oflliiillli  and  iluiiian  Scniccs 

Mills  21 1  NurNinn  Praclici- 1  0t-3l-l»li 

rrci'i'<|iiiHilc!  Scipluumirc  staiicliriR 

Prcii-quifiiun  or  CorcqiiiiiilfK:  IlIOI,  10'),  I  50  or  ir>l 

The  lii.sl  cillwi)  clinical  courses  ihal  prcscnls  the  diiucpts  and  abilities 

ruiidaiiicnial  Ki  the  practice  Dlprolcssicinal  riiirsiii;;  and  provides  a  fouiidatinn  on 

which  students  can  build  their  professional  knovvlcdji,c  base  as  well  as  tJieir 

iiilcrpersoiial  and  psychomotor  skills.  Clinical  assigninenta  in  a  variety  of  settings 

provide  opporluiiilies  lor  students  to  develop  basic  clinical  practice  skills. 

NIIRS  212  I'roftsnional  NursiiiR  I  2c-Ol-2sh 

Pi-erequisilv:  Sophomore  standing; 

Introduces  sludeiils  to  die  discipline  oluursiuj^aud  values  thai  are  fundamental 
lo  practice.  Caring  as  a  concept  central  to  die  practice  of  prolcssional  nursing  will 
provide  the  framework  for  examining  the  values  of  the  profession,  liumaii 
di\ersily  an<l  the  effects  diat  culture,  socioeconomics,  ethnicity,  and  religion  have 
on  heallli  sl.ilns  ami  response  to  health  care  will  be  studied.  An  overview  of  the 
healtlicare  system  In  the  Uiiite<l  States  and  access  issues  will  be  examined.  As  a 
foundation  for  client  contact  in  suIim  i|ih  m  .nurses,  students  will  learn 
dierapcutic  cominunicatiou  skilK  ,in.l  ili.  .ii\  id.ited  lo  leaching  and  learning. 
Service/learning  and  tearnliuil.liii.'  i  \|u  1 1<  ii.  c  will  be  an  integral  component  of 
the  course. 

NUIlS  21.J  Nursing  Practice  II  Oc-.il-lsh 

Prerequisites:  NUKS  21 1.  212 
Cou-quisilcs!  NURS  211,  2:»i 

Builds  on  Nursing  Practice  I  and  provides  opportunities  for  students  to  continue 
to  build  professional  knowledge  and  skills  widi  diverse  individuals  and  families  in 
a  \ariety  of  settings.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  ability  to  pcrfonn 
health  assessments,  using  therapeutic  coniniunication,  and  executing  basic 
nursing  skills  while  promoting  health)'  behaviors. 

NURS  214  Health  Assessment  2c-OI-2sli 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  150  or  151,  NUKS  21 1,212 
Prerequisites  or  Corcquisites:  BIOL  1 50  or  1 5 1 ,  FONT  2 1 2 
Corequisite:NUIlS21.! 

Introtluces  die  student  to  basic  heakh  assessment.  HeaUh  assessment  is  a 
systematic  method  of  data  collection,  organization,  and  validation  for  the  purpose 
of  determining  a  cliciu\  iu.iUli  si.itus.  Will  involve  assessment  of  clients  across  die 
lifespan.  Emphasizes  jsmsmiu  ni  ..I  c  In  iii  needs  diat  atfect  die  total  person,  which 
is  consistent  widi  nursMi;.;'s  bolisiu  .ij)pinacli  to  client  care.  Methods  of  data 
collection  used  for  liealdi  assessments  include  observing,  interviewing,  and 
examination.  The  student  will  learn  to  apply  diese  meUiods  eifectively  in  order  to 
gatlier  accurate  and  complete  assessments. 

NURS  236  Foundations  ofNursing  ic-OI-^sh 

Prerequisites:  Sophomore  standing,  CMEM  102 

Introduces  students  to  fundamental  nursing  concepts  that  apply  to  die  practice  of 
professional  nursing  widi  individuals.  Topics  include  nursing  theories  related  to 
professional  practice,  elements  of  holistic  care,  promotion  of  psychosocial  and 
physiologic  liealdi,  and  application  of  phaniiacology  in  nursing  practice. 

NURS  28 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  e.\plore  topics 
tliat  are  not  includeil  in  the  established  curriculum.  \  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idcntilv  no  iiime  dian  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

NURS  .•502  Core  1  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  280 

Emphasizes  tiie  involvement  of  nurses  and  nursing  in  selected  aspects  of  wellness 
promoUon  and  maintenance.  The  dieory  base  for  die  use  of  die  nursing  process 
to  support  individuals  and  famiUes  Uirongh  malurational  change  and  die 
childbcaring  cycle  is  presented. 

NURS  303  Clinical  Laboratory  I  Oc- 1 4l-5sli 

Prerequisites:  NURS  280, 285 

K  clinical  laboraton  course  which  enables  die  student  to  care  lor  individuals  and 
families  across  die  life  span.  Guided  experiences  are  provided  in  hospital  and 
community  -based  facihdes.  The  nursing  process  is  utilized  to  promote  and 
mainuiii  wellness  in  individuals  widiin  families. 


NURS  304  Core  II  2c-OI-2.li 

Prercquinitci  NlJItS  302 

('.iiiphasi'/eH  the  involvement  of  nur»c»  and  miniiiig  in  lelccird  aajieclji of  wcllncu, 
promotion,  maintenance,  and  rcnloration.  The  dicory  Waw  for  the  u»c  of  the 
nursing  process  is  expanded  to  include  family,  cornrniinity  hcaldi,  and 
tran.Hcultural  nursing  concepts. 

MRS  (05  Clinical  Labonlory  11  (Ic  I4l-5<li 

Prerei|nisilc:M:KS.)O.J 

A  I  linii  .il  l.iboijloi-)  roiirse  whidi  enables  die  siuileiit  to  provide  care  to 

mdividuals  and  lainilicH  widi  acute  and  chronii  hcaldi  problcmt  acroin  tlic  life 

span.  ( >uided  cxpenences  are  provided  in  liospital  and  coinniunity-based  facilitie* 

and  individuals'  homes.  The  nursing  process  Is  utilizeil  to  promote,  maintain,  and 

restore  optimal  wellness  in  individuals  widiin  laiiiilics. 

NURS  3 1 2  Professional  Nuning  II  2c-0l-29li 

Prerequisite:  NURS  212 

Ciircquisite:  NUItS  337  or  339  or  permission  of  instructor 
Provides  the  nursing  major  widi  a  working  knowledge  of  the  values,  oxie  of 
ethics,  ediical  principles,  professional  standards,  and  legal  framework  diat  govern 
clinical  decisions,  cictennine  professional  conduct,  and  guide  interactions  with 
clients,  families,  colleagues,  and  odier  hcaUh  care  providers.  Students  will 
lonnulate  an  ethical  decision  making  framework  diat.  Iiy  iiicor]Kiniting  (lersonal 
values,  iirofessional  values,  moral  concepts,  and  legal  mandates  serves  as  a  guide 
to  professional  practice.  Using  a  problem-based  approach,  students  will  study 
legal  an<l  ethical  frameworks  that  guide  professional  practice  and  relate/apply 
these  to  actual  clinical  situations. 

NURS  3I»  Research  Utilization  in  Nursing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  212  and  23fi  or  permission  of  instructor 
Prerequisites  or  Corequisites:  ENGL  202,  MATH  2 1 7 

Focuses  on  understanding  and  critiquing  nursing  research.  The  emphasis  will  be 
to  understand  the  research  process  and  to  apply  research  findings  to  practice. 
Students  will  describe  die  various  stages  of  the  research  pmccss  and  apply  these 
steps  to  evaluate  clinical  nursing  research  problems.  The  focus  will  be  on 
developing  die  necessarj-  skills  to  engage  in  scholarly  research  writing. 

NURS  322  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  I  3c-(Jl-3sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  28(1.  285 

Introduces  pathophysiologic  change  in  individuals  across  the  life  span  and 
associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual  who 
requires  surgery  or  whose  alteration  in  health  is  related  to  problems  in 
oxygenation,  nutrition,  and  Quid  and  electrolyte  balance. 

NURS  323  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  1 1  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  322 

Physiologic  and  psychologic  padiology  in  indi%iduals  across  die  life  span  and 
associated  nursing  management.  Topics  include  caring  for  the  individual  whose 
alteration  in  healdi  is  related  to  problems  uidi  reproductive,  cognitive-perceptual, 
motor,  metabolic,  and  elimination  (uncdon. 

NUR.S  334  Transitions  in  Professional  Nursing  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite  or  Corcquisite:  ENGL  202 

Corequisite:  Registered  nurse 

Explores  the  dvnamic  nature  of  liealdr  and  its  impact  on  die  practice  of  nursing. 

Nursing  dieories.  concepts,  and  issues  related  to  nursing  pracdce  will  be 

analyzed.  Linkages  among  theory,  research,  and  practice  will  be  explored  for 

relevance  and  utility.  Writing-intensive  course. 

NURS  33t)  Adult  Health  I  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  241:  NURS  212,  213.  214,  2.J6:PHYS  151-161 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS316 
Corequisite:  NURS  337 

Introduces  the  student  to  disease  processes  and  treatment  regimens  and  examines 
their  impact  on  adults  diroughoul  their  Ufe  span.  An  empliasis  is  placed  on 
increasing  student  knowledge  about  assessing  human  responses  to  changes  in 
health,  determining  appropriate  nursing  intervendons.  and  identifying  the 
physiological  and  psychosocial  basis  for  nursing  actions. 

NURS  337  Adult  Health  Clinical  I  Oc- 1 5I-5sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  241:  .NURS  212.  213.214,236:  PHYS  151-161 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  316 
Corequisite:  NURS  336 

Students  are  provided  with  opportunities  to  apph'  the  nursing  process  with  adults 
and  aging  tamihes  in  a  variety  of  setungs.  .\n  emphasis  is  placed  on  increasing  the 
student's  ability  to  perfonii  comprehensive  health  assessments  and  lo  use 
assessment  data  to  identify-  problems,  intervene,  and  evaluate  care.  Students  will 
funcuon  as  a  member  of  die  health  care  team,  identify-  discliarge-plaiining  needs, 
and  differendate  between  coUaborabv-e  and  independent  nursing  activides. 
Service  learning  is  a  component  of  die  course. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


NURS  33H  Materaal-Child  Health  4cd-4sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL24I;NURS  213,214,236;  PHYS  151-161;  PSYC  310 
Corequisite:  NURS  339 

Focuses  on  knowledge  essential  to  provide  nursing  care  for  pregnant  women  and 
tlieir  children  within  a  family  context.  The  first  half  of  the  course  emphasizes  the 
changes  experienced  by  tlie  woman  and  family  during  normal  and  compUcated 
pregnane)'  as  well  as  those  of  the  developing  fetus  and  neonate.  The  second  half 
focuses  on  acute  and  chronic  health  problems  of  infants,  children,  and 
adolescents. 

NURS  339  Matemal-ChUd  Health  Clinical  Oc-15l-5sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  241:  NURS  213,  214,  236;  PHYS  151-161;  PSYC  310 
Corequisite:  NURS  338 

Pro\'ides  cUnical  learning  experiences  designed  to  enable  students  to  provide 
nursing  care  for  primary  prevention/intervention  with  child-bearing  families  and 
with  children  and  secondary  prevention  with  women,  children,  and  their  famihes. 
These  experiences  are  planned  in  a  variety  of  ambulatory,  community,  and  acute- 
care  settings  to  enable  the  student  to  develop  core  values,  knowledge, 
competencies,  and  skills  associated  with  nursing  care  of  mothers,  children,  and 
their  families. 

NURS  402  Core  III  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  304 

Emphasizes  die  nurse's  roles  as  accountable  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  and 
member  of  a  profession.  The  specific  issues  that  are  addressed  are  quality 
assurance  in  provision  of  patient  care;  rights  and  responsibilities  of  the  individual. 
the  nurse  as  an  employee,  and  the  employer;  current  environmental  health 
concepts. 

NURS  403  Clinical  Laboratory  HI  0c-141-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  305 

A  clinical  laboratory  course  which  affords  the  opportunity  to  apply  the  nursing 
process  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  with  individuals  and  families 
experiencing  complex  health  care  needs  in  a  variety^  of  health  care  facilities. 

NURS  404  Core  IV  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  402 

Emphasizes  die  nurse''s  roles  as  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  in  health  care 
facihties  and  in  emergency  and  disaster  situations.  Concepts  and  principles 
related  to  the  management  of  the  health  care  team,  community  health,  and 
rehabilitadon  are  addressed. 

NURS  405  Clinical  Laboratory  IV  0c-14l-5sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  403 

A  chnical  laborator)-  course  wliich  affords  the  opportunity  for  die  applicadon  of 
cridcal  thinking,  heaJdi  teaching,  and  management  skills.  Emphasizes 
development  of  the  caregiver  role  in  selected  areas  of  clinical  pracUce; 
development  of  the  care  provider  and  coordinator  roles  in  inpatient  and 
community  settings  with  individuals  and  families  experiencing  complex  health 
care  needs;  integration  of  the  roles  of  provider  and  coordinator  of  care  and 
member  of  a  profession. 

NURS  407  Skills  for  Professional  Success  Ic-Ol-lsh 

Prerequisite:  must  be  enrolled  in  senior-level  nursing  courses 
A  Ish  elective  for  senior  nursing  majors  designed  to  help  students  foster  cUnical 
judgment  skills  by  focusing  on  critical  thinking  and  test-taking.  An  emphasis  is 
placed  on  preparing  students  widi  die  skills  diat  are  essential  for  success  on  the 
National  Council  Licensure  Examination  for  Registered  Nurses  (NCLEX-RN). 

NURS  41 1  Advanced  Health  Assessment  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Registered  Nurse  or  permission  of  instructor 
Tliis  chnical  course  will  build  upon  the  basic  assessment  techniques  of  the 
registered  nurse.  Designed  to  {provide  the  student  widi  die  ability  to  assess  the 
health  status  of  adults.  Will  enable  the  student  to  collect  a  comprehensive  health 
history  and  perform  complete  physical  examination  on  adults  ft-om  various 
backgrounds.  ExaminaUon  techniques  and  identification  of  deviations  from 
normal  will  be  the  focus. 

NURS  412  Professional  Nursing  III  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  312  and  337  and  339  or  permission  of  instructor 
The  professional  nurse  is  expected  to  use  clinical,  managerial,  and  personal 
leadership  skills  to  ensure  the  delivery  of  high-quahty, 
cost-effecdve  care  in  divergent  health  care  delivery  systems.  The  study  of 
leadership  and  management  skills  and  processes  will  be  Approached  as  inherent 
elements  for  all  levels  of  nursing  pracdce.  The  role  of  designer/manager/ 
coordinator  of  care  in  professional  nursing  will  be  examined  in  depdi. 


NURS  422  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  III  3c-0I-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  323 

Emphasizes  pathophysiology  and  psychopadiology  for  understanding  the 
complex  process  of  the  individual's  adaptation  to  crisis.  The  theory  base  for  the 
applicadon  of  the  nursing  process  in  the  care  of  individuals  requiring 
hospitahzation,  life- sustaining  treatment,  intensive  monitoring,  and  crisis 
intervention  is  discussed. 

NURS  423  Maintenance  and  Restoration  of  Wellness  IV  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  NURS  422 

Emphasizes  strategies  used  in  assisting  individuals  and  their  families  in  die 
promodon,  maintenance,  and  restoradon  of  opdmal  wellness.  The  theory  base  for 
the  application  of  the  nursing  process  when  illness  is  being  managed  in  acute, 
long-term  care,  and  community  settings  is  discussed. 


NURS  430  Nursing  Research  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  217 

The  focus  is  on  evaluating  research  dirough  a  study  of  research  design, 
methodologies,  sampfing,  data  analysis,  and  significance  of  findings. 
Consideradon  is  given  to  issues  in  conducing  research  and  the  impact  on 
problems  investigated,  the  nurse  researcher,  and  the  consumer  of  research. 

NURS  432  Psychiatric/Mental  Health  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  336,  337,  338,  339 

Corequisite:  NURS  435 

Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  412 

Focuses  on  the  princi])Ies  and  concepts  that  guide  nursing  practice  in  a  variet)'  of 
psychiatric/mental  health  setdngs.  The  role  of  the  nurse  in  primary,  secondary, 
and  terdary  preven don/intervention  is  addressed  as  it  relates  to  individuals, 
families,  and  aggregates. 

NURS  434  Community  Health  2c-0l-2sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  336^  337,  338, 339,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Corequisite:  NURS  435  or  permission  of  instructor 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  412 

Focuses  on  nursing  care  that  is  popidation  and  community  oriented.  An  emphasis 
is  placed  on  die  community  as  a  client,  perspectives  and  influences  of  the  health 
care  delivery  systems,  theoredcal  fi^ameworks  applicable  to  community  health, 
contemporary  issues  in  community  health  nursing,  and  nursing  roles  as  designers, 
managers,  and  coordinators  of  care  in  the  community. 

NURS  435  Community  and  Psychiatric/ Mental  Health  Clinical       0c-151-5sh 
Prerequisites:  NURS  336, 337, 338. 339 
Corequisites:  NURS  432,  434 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  4 1 2 

Focuses  on  community-based  and  community  health  nursing  experiences  to 
enable  students  to  provide  health  promotion,  risk  reduction,  and  disease 
prevendon  in  a  wide  variety  of  community  settings  and  with  diverse  populadons. 
Students  also  will  have  experiences  within  acute  and  community-based 
psychiatric  care  facilities,  working  as  members  of  a  muld disciplinary  team  to 
provide  primary,  secondary,  and  terdary  prevendon/intervention.  Emphases  will 
also  be  placed  on  nursing  management  and  development  of  nursing  strategies  to 
assist  at-risk  families,  aggregates,  and  groups,  while  considering  health  care  on  a 
condnuum  throughout  the  life  span.  Opportunides  for  individual  mentoring  in  a 
cUnical  area  will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

NURS  436  Adult  Health  II  4c-0h4sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  336,  337 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  412 
Corequisite:  NURS  437 

Builds  on  Adult  Health  1,  focusing  on  the  adult/family  coping  with  complex 
health  problems.  The  reladonships  among  disease  states,  treamient,  and 
associated  nursing  responsibilides  are  emphasized  as  students  build  their 
knowledge  base  of  pharmacology,  therapeudc  procedures,  rehabilitadon  needs, 
and  teaching-learning  strategies.  Principles  underlying  the  use  of  technology  in 
cUnical  pracdce  provide  a  basis  for  the  concurrent  chnical  course. 

NURS  437  Aduh  Health  Clinical  II  0c-I51-5sh 

Prerequisites:  NURS  336.  337. 338, 339 

Corequisite:  NURS  436 

Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NURS  412 

Designed  to  provide  opportunities  for  clinical  pracdce  as  a  provider  of  care  for 
complex,  acutely  iU  cUents  in  a  variet)'  of  settings  including  intensive  care  unit, 
monitored  units,  medical-surgical  units,  and  rehabilitadon  setdngs.  Focus  will  be 
on  secondary  preven don/interven don  for  long-term  criticaUy  iU  patients.  The  role 
of  designer/manager/coordinator  of  care  will  be  emphasized  with  opportunides  to 
apply  management  principles  and  pracdce  leadership  skills  in  the  acute  care  and 
rehabilitadon  setting.  Opportunities  for  students  to  receive  preceptoring  widi  a 
registered  nurse  will  be  an  integral  component  of  the  course. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       197 


NUltS  ISO  A  CiKiiilivi  ApiiMiaili  lo  Cliiiual  l'i..liUiii  Solviiin  )< Ol  tili 

l'r«;rfqui«ili:NllHS  112 

KiKiiNcN  III!  a<lv.iiirc(l  cliiiicul  |ii'olilcm-H(>Ivint;  and  (IcciNiori-iriukiriK  ikllln  iiicclcd 
liy  |)r(>lcssiiiiMl  riiirHi's.  Kaclors  (hat  inlliic'iKC  diiilcal  pnihlciii  hiiIvIiik  will  lic 
t'xaniillt'il  to  larilitati'  \\\y}\i:r  Uvi'l  tliillkili);  ii]  sliiiillalcd  illrjical  siltialiiiiiH. 

INIIRS  'ir)')  lleallli  l'r<>iiiiili<>ii  iif  i'aiiiilit'N  Acronn  (la-  I.if'vNpaii  .'Ic-OI-.'IhIi 

l'rir«|ui»ilciNll|{S.I.M 

I  lit'  liiHt  |iait  l(i(  uses  iiii  the  iiii(lcrlyiii)r  theories  and  iraincworkii  Tor  faniily 

sii  iiLtiire,  liiiieliuii,  and  aN»eHNn)ent.  The  Neeond  part  loc-UMeN  on  application  and 

evaluation  ol  Tainilies  in  the  omlext  ol' health  pminotiiiii.  The  family  it  ttiidie<l 

aei'oHH  the  life  span.  Knipliasis  is  placed  on  laiiiily  assessment  and  cultural 

(liversitv  and  on  the  stressors  vvhii  h  impact  lamilies  during  the  various  sla^^es  of 

life.  Students  will  In  r('i|uire(l  to  i  nndllct  a  family  assessment  in  the  cciuuiuinity. 

NURS  l.'i.'i  liitroducliuii  lu  NiminK  InfiirmuticH  icdl-  Kh 

Prercquifiilci  Kegistered  Nurse  or  peiniission  olinslructor 
An  introductory  and  overview  in  the  application  of  the  disciplines  of  iiursiu;; 
science,  computer  science,  and  inf'onnation  science  in  collecting;,  processing,  and 
manaj^in);  ii)f()riiiation  to  promote  dccisif>n  making  in  nursing. 

NIIK.S  l(>7  Li-adcri<hi|>  Pnicticum  (lc-()l-2sli 

Prerequisite:  NUKS  .i.M 

Prere<(Hlslte  or  Cnreqiiisite:  NU11.S  4 1 2 

Focuses  oti  role  (ie\'elopriuiit  in  management  and  IcatUrslup  fiir  the  Registered 

Nurse.  Plaimed  indivuluali/ed  experiences  will  .illorcl  the  lU^istered  Nurse 

.student  opportunities  to  apply  tnanagcmvnt  and  leadership  lluories  in  a 

workplace  setting.  The  faculty  members  will  guide  tlie  student  in  theory -based 

practice  and  synthesis  of  Uieory  to  practice  experiences. 

NURS  469  Community  Health  Practieum  Oc-()l-2sli 

Prerequisite:  NllR.S.J.i4 
Prerequisite  or  Corequisite:  NUIIS  4.'i4 

Allows  the  Registered  Nurse  to  apply  knowledge  to  the  practice  of  community- 
based  and  community  liealth  nursing.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  health  promotion, 
risk  reduction,  and  disease  prevention  in  a  witle  variety  of  community  settings 
and  with  diverse  populations. 

NUR.S  480  Seminar  in  Nursing  var-1-.'Jsh 

A  seminar  which  provitles  a  foruni  for  the  exploration  and  discussion  of  issues 
relevant  to  the  professional  nurse.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of 
professional  values,  critical  thinking,  clccision-making,  and  communication  skills. 
A  selection  of  topics  on  current  issues  and  trends  will  be  ofi'ercd;  each  will  focus 
oil  a  particular  titeme  related  to  nursing  practice. 

NllRS  4S I  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sli 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  ciiurse  cttntent 

Special  topics  courses  are  oBeied  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriciJum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  otl'ered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  luunbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

NURS  482  Independent  Study  var  1  .!sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  niemlier.  department 
chair]>erson.  ilean.  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  n<it  offered  in  the 
curriculmn  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

NURS  4»3  Internship  var- 1  - 1 2sh 

Prerequisites:  \URS  2.i6  or  Registered  Nurse;  ,')7sh  completed:  minimum  2.0 

GPA 

Supervised  experience  in  a  practice  setting  which  extends  and  complements 

courscwork  in  imrsing.  The  types  of  practice  settings  may  include  acute  care 

hospitals,  outpatient  healtli  centers,  and  commuiuty  agencies. 


Philosophy 

Department  ol'Plulosopliy  and  Religious  Studies 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PHIL  101  Informal  Logic:  Methods  of  Critical  Thinking  ;ic-01-;!sh 

Designed  to  develop  students"  ability  to  analyze  critically  detluctive  and  inductive 
argumentation,  riietoric,  and  persuasion,  by  examples  draw  n  fiom  media, 
textbooks,  advertising,  scholarly  works,  personal  contacts,  etc. 

PHIL  120  Introduction  to  Philosophy  3c-01-.'5sli 

Designed  to  ac(inaiiit  the  bcgiiuiing  student  widi  philosophical  problems  and 
metluids  in  such  areas  as  metaphysics,  cpistemology.  logic,  and  >-alue  theory. 


Pllll.22i  Symbolic  Uigic  I  .1r-OI.1«h 

An  introduction  (o  fundanieniai  cofuepls  in  dediif  tivr  Ittgii  wiili  an  cniplianin  on 
teaching  students  the  basis  of  clear  logical  tiiought.  .Sonic  of  tlic  historical)  (tngius 
of  logical  theory  arc  explored.  SludeiiLs  learn  to  Hyrnl>oli/.c  arguments  in  die  truUi- 
functioiial  logic  and  the  preditale  logic.  Ways  ol  testing  drgumenLs  for  validity  aji 
welt  as  proofs  are  covered,  with  a  stressing  ol  appln  aiioii  to  actual  arguiiicnlji 
drawn  Ironi  mimeroiis  sources  in  the  media,  philosophical  issues,  and  moral 
problems. 

PHIL  222  ElhicD  3c-OI-3»h 

An  investigation  of  elliirts  ti>  ratif>nally  justify  moral  jiidgmcni.  Deals  with 
fundamenlat  issues  such  as:  What  is  morality?  Are  moral  iKilions  cultural, 
rational,  divine,  or  innate  in  origin':'  Are  they  relative  or  absoliile?  Arc  tlicy  freely 
chosen  or  determined  by  genetics  and/or  ciivironmenl?  (Covers  a  variety  of  eUiical 
dieories  significant  bndi  historically  and  contemporarily  and  applies  thoK 
theories  to  current  issues  which  involve  moral  dilemmas. 

PHIL  223  PhUusophy  of  Art  3c-0l-3sh 

Investigates  some  of  the  major  problems  in  the  philosophy  of  art.  e.g..  the  ruture 
of  beauty  and  die  acsdietic  experience,  die  cdiics  and  politics  of  art,  creativity,  die 
nature  of  die  work  of  art  and  aesthetic  objects,  the  concept  of  fine  art^  and  die 
e\'aluatioii  of  works  fif  art  alitl  acsdietic  objects. 

PHIL  232  Philosophical  Perspectives  on  Love, 

Marriage,  and  Divorce  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  the  philosophical  foundations  of  conteni|Hirary-  Westeni  institutions 

and  ideologies  of  romantic  love.  Considers  major  positions  in  bodi  die  history  of 

philosophy  and  contemporary  philosophy.  Investigates  the  concepts,  problems. 

and  philosophical  theories  central  to  understanding  rfimantic  love,  mamage.  and 

divorce. 

PHIL  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3ah 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  olTered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PHIL  32 1  Symbolic  Logic  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  221  or  pcnnission  of  instructor 

.A  continuation  of  Symbolic  L^gic  I  designed  to  enable  students  to  evaluate 
consistency  of  statements,  vahdity  of  arguments,  soundness  and  completeness  of 
fonnal  systems.  Focus  on  quantificational  calculus  and  inductive  logic. 

PHIL  323  Political  Philosophy  3c-OI-3sb 

.■\n  in(|iiiry  into  the  philosophical  concepts  underlying  the  major  polidcal  theories 
from  ancient  Greece  to  die  modem  era.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  major 
audiors  and  texts  to  demonstrate  a  condnuutn  of  ideas  and  their  modifications, 
replacement,  and  revival,  as  well  as  novel  political  ideas.  Possible  topics: 
commonality;  peace;  internationalism;  sovereignty;  nature  of  the  state:  law:  the 
ruler;  cosmopobtanism;  nationalism;  social  contract;  liberty:  obligation;  property: 
racism:  sexism;  slavery. 

PHIL  324  History  of  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medio-al  3c-OI-3sh 

Western  philosophy  of  pre-Socratic.  classical  Greek.  Roman,  and  medieval 
periods.  Special  attention  given  to  Plato,  .\ristode.  .Augustine,  and  Aquinas,  as 
well  as  die  philosophic  schools. 

PHIL  32;;  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Renaissance  and  Modern  3c-01-3sh 

.\  contimialion  of  PHIL  .324.  beginning  widi  fifteenth-centurv  Renaissance 
diought  and  ending  with  the  nineteendi-ccnlurv  precursors  of  contemporary* 
philosophies. 

PHIL  326  Phenomenology  and  Existentialism  3c-OI-3sh 

A  study  of  die  phenomenological  niediod  as  developed  by  Edmund  Husserl  and 
of  the  subse<|uent  i)benomenological  movement  as  e-xemplified  in  the  works  of 
such  representative  figures  as  Heidegger.  Mcrleau-Ponty.  and  Paul  Ricoeour  and 
of  existentialism  bodi  as  an  independent  movement  of  diought  and  as  influenced 
by  plienonicnology  and  exemplified  in  die  worts  of  such  reprcsentauve  figures  as 
Kierkegaard,  jaspers.  .Marcel.  Buber.  and  Sartre. 

PHIL  330  Philosophy  of  Science  3c-01-3sh 

.\n  investigation  into  die  nanirc  of  formal  and  empirical  sciences;  structure  of 
scientific  thought  and  its  dependence  upon  or  independence  of  theor\';  the  logical 
and  metaphysical  status  of  scientific  laws  and  theoretical  concepts;  rcductionism 
in  science;  die  concept  of  causality;  the  logic  of  cxplanadon;  problems  in 
confinnation  theory;  science  and  viAxie.  ,No  special  background  required. 
Recommended  for  madi  and  science  majors. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PHIL  400  Elhics  and  Public  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  ol  tlie  etiiical  dimension  of  public  policies.  Provides  a  general 
understanding  of  etiiical  theories,  then  focuses  on  dieir  apphcation  to  specific 
policy  issues.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  See  current  schedule  of 
classes. 

PHIL  405  Justice  and  Human  Rights  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  justice  and  an  analysis  of  the  concept  of  human 
rights  which  is  central  to  a  just  society  and  to  much  moral,  political,  and  legal 
dispute.  Explores  relevant  major  positions  in  the  history  of  philosophy,  but  its 
major  focus  is  contemporary  and  raises  issues  such  as  women's  rights,  black 
rights,  animal  and  environmental  rights,  welfare  rights,  and  rights  to  hfe  (or 
death). 

PHIL  410  Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  3c-0l-35h 

An  investigation  of  twentiedi-centun"  Western  positions  such  as  pragmatism, 
logical  positi\ism,  logical  and  ling"uistic  analysis. 

PHIL  420  Metaphysics  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  reality  in  general  and  of  tlic  main  categories  through 
which  it  is  understood.  The  main  topic  areas  of  metaphysics  concern:  the  one  and 
the  many;  the  relation  of  thought  and  being;  the  problem  of  universals; 
nominalism;  realism;  ideahsm;  the  nature  of  being,  substance,  essence,  space. 
time,  eternity,  matter,  mind;  determinism  and  indeterminism. 

PHIL  42 1  Theory  of  Knowledge  3c-01-3sh 

An  investigation  into  problems  involved  in  knowledge  and  justification  and  a 
consideraUon  of  methods  suggested  for  their  resolution.  Particular  attention  is 
paid  to  issues  such  as  knowledge,  justilicadon,  certainty,  objecuvity.  perception, 
and  trudi. 

PHIL  4.50  Philosophy  of  Law  3c-01-3sh 

An  examination  of  the  nature  of  law  and  its  relationship  to  such  questions  as 
morality,  obhgation,judicial  review, jusUce,  rights,  punishment,  liberty.  Combines 
philosophical  theory  with  consideration  of  selected  court  cases  to  develop  a 
philosophical  and  legal  imderstanding  of  law  and  its  place  in  society. 

PHIL  460  Philosophy  of  Language  3c  01-3sh 

An  investigation  of  issues  in  tlie  philosophy  of  language  and  related  issues  in 
linguistics  (including  anthropological  linguisdcs,  sociohnguistics,  and 
psycholinguistics).  Topics  include,  for  example,  tire  influence  of  language  on 
perception,  rationahst/empiricist  perspectives  on  language  acquisition,  language 
and  poUtical  control,  reference,  meaning,  and  truth. 

PHIL  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tlian  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

PHIL  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  (jsh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult)'  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculiun  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncUon  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availabihty  of  resources.  May 
be  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh.  (Tliis  opUon  is  available  to  both 
philosophy  majors  and  nonmajors.) 

PHIL  482  Independent  Study:  Honors  Project  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Pro\'ost's  Office.  3.00  cumuladve  GPA,  15sh  in 
Philosophy,  and  3.20  GPA  in  departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Philosophy  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study  designated 
Honors  Project.  Upon  saUsfactory  completion,  graduaUon  with  departmental 
honors  is  possible. 

PHIL  493  Internship  in  Philosophy  var-3-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Pennission  of  the  department,junior  or  senior  PHIL  major  or 
double  major,  2.5  GPA 

A  supervised  experience  of  no  longer  than  one  semester  and  no  less  than  five 
weeks.  This  would  take  place  in  either  a  pubhc  or  private  organization  in  areas 
that  either  extend  and  develop  or  complement  coursework  in  Philosophy.  Log 
and/or  major  paper  required.  Internships  are  to  be  done  mth  a  clear  analysis, 
argumentation,  and  examinadon  of  governing  principles. 


PHYS 


Physics 


Department  of  Physics 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PHYS  100  Prelude  to  Physics  :3c-Ol-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  100  or  equivalent  high  school  preparation 

Designed  to  prepare  students  for  tlieir  first  course  in  quantitative  physics  by 
reviewing  fundamental  concepts  involving  measurement  and  error,  graphing, 
motion,  and  appfications  of  Newton's  Laws  in  developing  problem  soKdng  skills. 
In  addition,  tlie  course  will  present  an  historical  perspective  as  well  as  introduce 
students  to  Uie  many  opportunities  that  exist  for  tliose  wiUi  a  backgrfiund  in 
Physics. 

PHYS  101  Energy  and  Our  Environment  3c-0l-3sh 

An  overview  of  the  areas  of  energy,  transportation,  and  pollution.  These  topics  are 
approached  via  tlie  relevant  concepts  of  physical  science  and  physics.  A 
nunlaboratory  course  for  Liberal  Studies  requirements. 


PHYS  111  Physics  I  Lecture 

Prerequisites:  Elementary  algebra  and  trigonometry 

General  college  physics;  mechanics,  wave  motion,  ani 


3c-0l-3sh 


PHYS  112  Physics  II  Lecture  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  111 

Electricity  and  magnetism,  heat,  light,  atomic  and  nuclear  physics,  and  an 
elementary  introduction  to  relativity  and  quantum  theory. 

PHYS  1 15  Physics  I  for  Electro-Optics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  100 

Corequisite  or  Prerequisite:  MATH  1 10  or  121 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  mechajiical  universe  through  the  study  of 

the  motion  of  matter  and  waves  and  tlie  causes  of  waves.  The  learning  of 

quantitative  problem  solving  skills  will  be  emphasized.  Includes  a  lab  component. 

PHYS  1 16  Physics  11  for  Electro-Optics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  115 

By  applying  Newton's  Laws  of  Motion  to  atoms  and  molecules  the  student  is 
introduced  to  the  basic  principles  of  and  connections  between  temperature,  heat, 
and  molecular  motion  at  a  fundamental  level.  Concepts  involved  in  Quid  flow, 
electric  charge,  and  the  origin  of  magnetism  will  be  covered.  The  fiindamental 
basis  for  the  existence  of  electric  and  magnetic  fields  and  the  generation  of 
electromagnetic  energ\-  as  waves  will  be  explored.  Includes  a  lab  component. 

PHYS  121  Physics  I  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PHYS  1  U 

Physics  laborator)'  at  level  of  Physics  I;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave  motion,  and 
sound. 

PHYS  122  Physics  II  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PHYS  112 

Physics  laborator)'  at  level  of  Physics  II;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  and  radioactivity. 

PHYS  131  Physics  I-C  Lecture  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  121, 123,  or  127,  at  least  concurrently 
A  calculus-based  course  in  general  college  physics;  topics  covered  are  similar  to 
those  covered  in  Physics  111  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  tlirough  the  use  of 

calculus. 

PHYS  132  Physics  Il-C  Lecture  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  MATH  122,  124,  or  128,  at  least  concurrentiy 
A  continuation  of  Physics  I-C;  topics  covered  are  similar  to  tliose  covered  in 
Physics  II  but  are  treated  in  more  depth  through  the  use  of  the  calculus. 

PHYS  141  Physics  I-C  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PHYS  131 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  I-C;  exercises  in  mechanics,  wave 
motion,  and  sound. 

PHYS  142  Physics  H-C  Lab  Oc-31-lsh 

Corequisite:  PHYS  132 

Physics  laboratory  at  same  level  as  Physics  II-C;  exercises  in  optics,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  and  radioactivity. 

PHYS  151  Medical  Physics  Lecture  3c-0l-3sh 

Development  of  concepts  and  principles  of  physics  with  a  strong  emphasis  as  to 
their  use  and  application  in  medical  and  other  biophysical  areas. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       /  .9.9 


IMIVS  Kil  Mulical  I'liysiis  liil.  (t.    ilMi 

CurcquiHUc:  i'lHS  I'M 

Kxiicrliiu'iils  dialing  with  ;i|>|>Ii<:ati<>nii  ol  phyHical  priiitiplcH  In  llie  field  nf 
liK'dit'iiit'.  I'riK  IK  .il  ix|icriiiirc  with  use  ol'tlci  Irnnir  i'(|iii|iiiU!lll,  ( lurt  ric  <ii(l<  rn. 
,.|,  ..  „(  ly|,.-  I,mm\  m  lilo,l>Tn-.bv  .m-.li<ll..-  will  Ik-  inl.,„ln,  ><I. 

IMIYS  T22  Miiliiiiiu»  I  2c-()l  ;2«li 

Prerequi»itcm  I'lIVS  1 12  or  IKi.ir  l.)2;  MATH  122  nr  12'1 
Odvcis  llir  l)ii»ir  laws  and  < uni  tpis  ol  ilic  incchaiiical  iiiiivtrsc.  The  dynamicii  cif  a 
panicle  ill  one,  Iwn,  and  lliree  dinicii.sioii.s  arc  tdvcred.  (^cnlral  lorccs,  liii'liidiiiK 
planetary  and  satellite  iiiDtiiin,  are  discu.4!ied  and  analyzed  in  detail  usin)( 
Ncwt(in'i)  uravilatinnal  law.  Other  topits  covered  arc  otatien,  iniiltipic  particle 
system  dyiianiirs,  nu-rlianical  cnci);)-.  and  oscillations. 


rlIVS  ir>l  InltrniKliale  Kk|>triminlal  I'hysi.s  II 
l>rcrc(|uifiilei  I'llYS  fit) 

Inc  rea*iiiij;lv  sophisticated  cxperiiiiciits  in  essential  arras 
(.iinpntcrHaiKl  di.  Van  de  CraafI  are  avallahle. 


Oc-flI-.3»li 
>f  physics.  f>i]^tal 

l)c-«)l-lsh 


IMIYS  22.'i  Mechanics  II 

I'rcreiiiiiNitcHi  MAIM  211,  I'llYS  222 

Mechanics  ol  a  riKid  liody.  constrainLs,  oscillations,  wave  motion,  iiilrodi 

Lagran^iaii  and  I  lainiltonian  rorninlation  and  relativiatic  mechanics. 


2c-()l-2sh 


-.■)l-4sli 


I'ln  S  .'l.'>2  Applied  Physica  labontlnry 

Prerequisites:  IMIVS  2'*!.  'f'i'i.  or  pcnnission  ot  iiistnirtor 

The  student  is  intr<idil(ed  to  nincli  of  the  hinilaincntal  c<|nipiiient  used  in 

industry.  The  student  is  traine<l  in  the  operation  and  proper  use  of  this  etjuipmcnl 

throufrh  a  series  orexperiinenLs  that  teac  h  hini/lier  signal  detection  and  arulysis 

including  data  ac<|iiisition  by  computer.  The  student  will  receive  instruction  on 

the  proper  iiiciIkkIs  to  he  uned  for  varicius  oral  and  written  presentations. 

Pins  .'l.'i.')  Solid  Sutc  Electronics  l.iib<ini(ory  Oc-6l-.3sh 

Prerequisite:  PIIYS  .■{'i2  or  permission  of  instructor 
i'hc  sindent  will  encounter  a  nuinher  of  areas  of  cnjrrcnl  interest  in 
semiconductor  technolojry.  The  student  will  peri'inn  ex|)erinienLs  and  learn  skills 
ill  .such  areas  as  device  process  simulation,  device  simulation,  incasurcmenLs  of 
semiconductor  nialcrials,  and  measurcnicnt  of  dct'icc  parameters.  Tlic  student 
will  also  he  instnicted  in  tlie  proper  presentation  of  written  and  oral  re|><frts. 

PIIYS  35.5  Computer  InlcrfacinK  2c-2l  3sli 

Prerequisite:  COSCI 10 

Ocsi^ned  to  teach  the  hindamcntals  of  interfaciii);  the  pergonal  computer  to  itA 
physical  surroundings.  The  students  will  leant  how  to  collect  data  and  Ui  cfintrol 
experiments  in  real  time.  They  will  leant  how  to  use  digital  to  analog  conversion 
(D.AC)  techniques  and  analog  to  digital  conversion  (.ADC!)  techniques.  I'hcy  will 
also  use  a  graphical  software  package  (such  as  LabV'IKW)  to  design  icon-based 
interfacing  tools,  to  leant  how  to  use  vinual  instrrimenls,  and  to  analyze  data. 
(Offered  as  PYI50:  Computer  Applications  to  Physics  LalHjratories  prior  to 
1997-98) 

PH YS  39<>  Cooperative  Education  II  \^r- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  PI  I VS  299:  PI  I YS  350;  completion  of  80sh  with  a  minimum  2.5 
(iP.A  and  approval  of  Utc  cooperative  education  coordinator 
A  second  course  in  cooperative  education.  Includes  instruction  diat  builds  u|>on 
learning  experiences  in  college  by  combining  and  correlating  them  w  ith  Icanung 
experiences  at  the  tttiining  station  to  meet  die  student's  career  goals.  E\'aluation 
requirements  may  include  on-site  visitations  by  Uie  faculty/coordinator, 
consultation  with  the  on-site  supervisor,  and  a  major  progress  report  by  the 
student  or  die  presentation  of  a  detailed  oral  report  before  the  departmental 
cooperative  education  committee.  No  more  dian  3sh  of  PHYS  299.  PHYS  399, 
and/or  PHY'S  493  may  be  used  in  fulfilling  Physics  major  course  requirements. 

PHYS  432  Advanced  Electronics  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  23 1 

Digital  measurement,  switcliing  circuits,  logic  circuits,  counting,  coding,  input 
and  output,  .\D  and  DA  converters,  computer  organization. 

PHYS  472  Nuclear  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  331 

.A  suncy  of  nuclear  physics,  nuclear  size,  nuclear  mass,  reaction  theory,  types  of 
radioacti\e  decay,  nuclear  models,  nuclear  forces,  and  elementary  particles. 

PHYS  473  Quantum  Mechanics  I  4c-0l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  222  and  331 

Quantum  mechanics  following  methods  of  Scluodinger  and  Heisenberg:  the 
theory  is  applied  to  properties  of  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogen  atom,  electron  in 
a  magnetic  field,  and  radioactive  dec-ay  of  alpha  particles. 

PHYS  475  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  I  3c-OI-35h 

Prerequisites:  PHY'S  23 1 ,  242, 342,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Develops  die  basic  foundation  for  a  study  of  the  theory  of  semiconductors. 
Elementar\'  quantum  concepts,  tlie  band  Uteory  of  solids,  electrical  properties  of 
solids,  effective  mass  Uteory.  and  principles  of  semiconductor  devices  arc 
discussed. 

Pins  47(i  Physics  of  Semiconductor  Devices  II  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PH\'S  475  or  permission  of  instructor 

Discusses  the  physics  and  oj)eration  of  a  number  of  discrete  dc\'iccs  including: 

bipolar  transistors.  MOSFETS.JFETS.  CCDs.  various  diode  technologies. 

photovoltaic  and  photoconducuve  devices,  sohd-state  lasers,  and  hght-enutting 

diodes. 

PIIYS  350  Intermediate  Experimenul  Physics  I  0c-61-3sh  PHYS  480  Seminar  var-lsh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  331;  PHYS  242  or  EOPT  120  Si>eakers  from  wiUiin  and  outside  the  uni>ersity  conduct  a  seminar  on  a  weekly  or 

The  sttident  will  pcrtonn  required  ftindamental  experiments  in  areas  of  biweekly  basis  on  different  topics  of  interest  in  the  physics  community, 

mechanics,  optics,  modem  physics,  and  heat.  Speaking  before  other  classmates 
and  faculty  and  cx)mpetence  in  writing  scientific  papers  and  reports  will  be 
emphasized.  Effectiveness  in  the  collection  of  data  is  important.  Computers  will 
often  be  utilized  to  perform  data  taking  and  analysis. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


Pins  231  Electronics 

Prerequisites:  MAIM  122.  121. or  12K;  IMIVS  I  12  or  132 

(jiruit  tlieory,  transients,  transistor  circuits,  fre(|ueiicy  response,  input  and  output 

impedance,  feedback  anil  electronic  noise.  Operational  amplifiers  and  digital 

electronics. 

PIIYS  242  Optics  .3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  M.ATll  122.  121.  or  12N;  IMIVS  112  or  132 
Cieoinetrical  optics  and  physical  optics;  inclutling  iiitcrlerence.  dilfraction.  and 
polarization.  Quantum  optics  is  introduced. 

PHYS2HI  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  t<ipics  are  ottered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  ciirriciiliint.  A  given  topic  m;ty  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  olfered  primarily  for  lower-level  iiiulergraditatc  students. 

PHYS  299  Cooperative  Education  I  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  132:  completion  of  illsli  with  a  minimum  2.0  GPA  and 
approval  i»f  the  cooperative  ediu  .iiion  » iMniliiiator 

This  program  blends  classroom  tlicor)  with  practical  application  through  job- 
related  experience.  Students  will  work  in  positions  ofli^red  by  die  participating 
industrial  or  feileral/state  work-study  program  employers  under  joint  siipemsion 
of  die  Physics  faculty  and  Uie  on-site  siiper\'isor.  A  co-op  student  must  be  a  fitU- 
lime  university  student  in  good  academic  standing  and  be  planning  to  return  to 
campus  for  completion  of  his/lier  degree  program.  Evaluation  requirements  may 
include  on-site  visitations  by  the  faculty/coordinator,  consultation  with  the  on-site 
5uper\isor.  and  a  major  progress  report  by  the  student  or  the  presentation  of  a 
detailed  oral  report  before  die  departmental  cooperative  education  committee. 

PHYS  322  Electricity  and  Magnedsm  I  2c-01-2sli 

Prerequisite:  PI  IVS  222 

Electrostatic  |>otential  tlteory,  dielectrics,  dipole  dieory,  magnetostatics.  Maxwell 

equations  for  static  fields,  and  Legendre's  polynomials  and  otlier  approximation 

methods. 

Pll  VS  323  Electricity  and  Magnetism  II  2c-01-2sh 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  .i22 

rime-dependent  fonii  of  Maxwell  equations,  electromagnetic  induction,  vector 
potential,  magnetism,  radiation  fields,  and  Poynting  vector. 

PHYS  33 1  Modem  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  \'\\\S  1 12  or  1  Ui  or  132:  M.ATH  122  or  124 
The  histon  of  modern  physics  will  be  covered.  Particle  and  wave  properties  of 
matter  will  be  exploied  using  die  ideas  of  quantum  mechanics.  Systems  examined 
using  tlie  ideas  of  quantum  and  classical  mechanics  are  atomic  structure,  solid 
state,  and  nuclear  physics.  The  special  dieory  of  relativity  will  also  be  covered. 
Some  of  die  problems  will  be  solved  using  computers. 

PHYS  342  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.ATH  122.  124.  or  128;  PHYS  112  or  132 
1  heniionietr\'.  laws  of  theritiodynamics,  low-temperature  phvsics,  entropv, 
pmpertics  of  ideal  gas.  and  an  introduction  to  statistical  mechanics. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PH YS  48 1  Special  Topics  in  Physics  var- 1  -3 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Varies  from  semester  to  semester  and  covers  diverse  topics  in  specific  areas  of 
physics.  This  course  number  is  also  used  to  oiler  courses  under  development. 


PHYS  482  Independent  Study  in  Physics  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  tlirough  advisor,  lacult)-  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost^s  Office 

Students  witli  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  oi  resources. 
Work  is  supervised  by  a  Physics  faciJty  member  but  does  not  necessarily  involve 
regular  lecture  or  laboratory  hours. 

PHYS  490  Solid  State  Physics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  223  and  331 

Reciprocal  lattice,  crystal  structure,  the  quantizaUon  of  fields  to  produce  quasi- 
particles  such  as  phonons,  magnons,  excitons.  Fermi  gas  of  electrons,  energy 
bands,  semiconductor  crystals,  and  photoconducdvity. 

PHYS  493  Internship  in  Physics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  350,  compleUon  of  90sh  with  a  minimum  2.5  GPA,  and 
approval  of  die  internship  educadon  coordinator 

A  super\'ised  professional  work-experience  in  physics  and  applied  physics. 
Location,  duties,  internship,  and  hours  are  individually  tailored  to  the  student's 
career  goals.  A  maximum  of  3sh  of  internship  in  the  student's  major  may  be 
applied  toward  die  physics  major  area  elective  requirements.  Additional 
internship  credit  must  be  used  as  free  electives.  Evaluation  requirements  include 
on-site  visitations  by  die  faculty/coordinator,  consultation  with  die  on-site 
supervisor,  and  a  major  progress  report  bv  die  student  or  the  presentation  of  a 
detailed  oral  report  before  tlie  departmental  iiiternsliip  education  committee. 


^^Q£^~ 


Political  Science 


Department  of  Political  Science 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PLSC  1 0 1  World  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

An  analysis  of  contemporary  (post-1945)  state  system  and  forces  shaping  the 
world  in  which  we  live.  Student  is  given  a  Iramework  within  which  to  analyze 
contemporary  international  politics. 

PLSC  1 1 1  American  Politics  3c  01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  .\merican  national  government  and  politics,  emphasizing 
Constitution,  party  system,  Congress,  Presidency,  courts,  and  problems  in 
national-state  relations,  civil  rights,  foreign  policy,  and  social  and  economic 
pohcies. 

PLSC  250  Public  Policy  3c-01-3sh 

Emphasizes  dynamics  of  government  as  they  are  evidenced  in  public  opinion, 
pressure  groups,  political  parties,  and  our  governmental  institutions;  attention 
also  directed  toward  the  political-economical  nexus  within  .American  society. 

PLSC  25 1  State  and  Local  PoUtical  Systems  3c-01-3sh 

Institutions  and  processes  of  state  and  local  goverrmients,  with  special  attention  to 
Pennsylvania;  emphasis  on  die  nature  of  federahsm,  state  constitutions,  and  role  of 
state  and  local  government  in  an  urban  society. 

PLSC  280  Comparative  Government  I:  Western  PoUtical  Systems     3c-01-3sh 
Analyzes  Western  political  systems  widi  emphasis  upon  major  contemporary 
democratic  governments  of  Europe.  Analyzes  and  compares  their  political 
cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PLSC  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  -As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  Uian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PLSC  282  International  Relations  3c-0l-3sh 

Provides  a  conceptual  iramework  for  understanding  sovereignty,  nationalism, 
power,  security,  dispute  settiement,  and  diplomatic,  legal,  economic,  and  military 
relations  of  nation-states. 

PLSC  283  American  Foreign  Policy  3c-0l-3sh 

Examines  formulation  and  execution  of  American  foreign  policy,  witli  attention  to 
governmental  institutions,  mass  media,  interest  groups,  and  pubUc  opinion; 
emphasizes  contemporary  problems. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


PLSC  285  Comparative  Government  II: 

Non-Western  Political  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Analyzes  major  non-Western  political  systems  with  emphasis  upon  authoritarian 
and  totalitarian  systems.  Analyzes  and  compares  in  a  systematic  manner  tiieir 
political  cultures,  political  institutions,  and  political  processes. 

PLSC  300  Research  Methods  in  Poiidcal  Science  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  PLSC  101  or  1 1 1 

An  examination  of  the  apphcation  of  the  scientific  approach  to  the  investigation  of 

social  and  political  phenomena.  Concentrates  on  approaches,  methods,  and 

computer  tools.  All  political  science  majors  and  minors  are  strongly  urged  to 

enroll. 

PLSC  320  International  Law  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PLSC  101,  281,  or  pennission  of  instnictor 

The  study  ol  the  development,  nature,  and  function  of  international  law,  including 
recent  trends. 

PLSC  321  International  Organizations  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisites:  PLSC  101,  281,  or  permission  of  instructor 

An  inquir)'  into  purposes,  structures,  and  actions  of  contemporary  international 

political  organizations,  such  as  United  Nations,  regional,  and  ftinctional 

organizations. 

PLSC  346  Political  Sociology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PLSC  1 1 1,  SOC  151 

Examines  (a)  who  controls  the  state  and  state  policy,  (b)  the  role  die  state  plays  in 
stabilizing  capitahsm  and  protecting  the  power  of  die  upper  class,  (c)  the  political 
activities  of  the  middle  and  upper  class,  (d)  labor,  civil  rights,  welfare  rights,  and 
social  movements  in  America.  Cross-listed  as  SOC  458. 

PLSC  350  The  Presidency  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  examination  of  die  Office  of  President,  widi  attention  to  constitutional 
foundations,  evolution,  structure,  powers,  and  functions;  some  comparisons 
between  presidential  and  parliamentary  systems  and  between  offices  of  President 
and  governor. 

PLSC  35 1  Legislative  Process  3c-0l-3sh 

A  functional  study  of  legislative  bodies  and  process  of  legislation,  covering 
organization  of  legislative  assembUes,  operation  of  committee  system,  procedures, 
bill  drafting,  aides,  and  controls  over  legislation. 

PLSC  353  American  Political  Parties  3c-0l-3sh 

The  role  of  people,  parties,  and  pressure  groups  in  politics  of  American 
democracy;  attention  to  sectional  and  historical  roots  of  national  politics,  voting 
behavior,  pressure  group  analysis,  and  campaign  activities. 

PLSC  354  Metropolitan  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

.\nalyzes  multiplicity  of  problems  facing  our  nietropofitan  areas.  Contemporary 
developments  such  as  urban  renewal,  shrinking  tax  base,  federal  aid  to  cities, 
subsidized  mass  transit,  municipal  authorities,  and  political  consolidation  are 
examined. 

PLSC  355  Intergovernmental  Relations  3c-01-3sh 

Explores  characteristics  of  federal  systems  of  government,  widi  emphasis  on 
theories,  origins,  institutions,  problems  in  intergovernmental  relations  in  the 
United  States,  federal  systems  in  other  nations,  and  trends. 

PLSC  356  Mass  Media  in  American  Politics  3c-01-3sh 

Variant  theories  of  the  symbolic  relationship  between  American  poUtics  and  die 
press  are  examined  in  die  light  of  die  .American  colonial-national  experience.  The 
special  Constitutional  rights  given  to  the  media  are  explored,  witii  particidar 
attention  to  racfio-TV. 

PLSC  358  Judicial  Process  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PLSC  1 1 1 

Explores  nature  and  limits  of  judicial  power,  courts  as  polic)-making  bodies, 

selection  of  judges,  decision  process,  external  forces  impinging  on  the  courts,  and 

role  of  Supreme  Court  in  its  relationship  witii  Congress,  die  Presidency,  and 

federalism. 

PLSC  359  Constitutional  Law  and  Civil  Liberties  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PLSC  1 1 1 

A  study  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  rights  issues  dirough  leading  Supreme  Court 
decisions;  topics  treated  include  First  Amendment  rights,  procedural  due  process 
and  the  Bill  of  Rights,  and  Equal  Protection  problems  in  civil  rights. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       201 


l'I.S(;.t(*0<:Li-.»i.Nill'<.llii<al  ri...»Klil  .Ji-Ol-Mi 

IU-»lri(IM.ri:  N..I  I..1  nr.l.l  ..ll.r  IMIIl.  .i^.i 

Tlif  oriniii"  a'lil  il<v<lii|iMiiril  i.l  Wcsicrii  (IiohrIu  IWmi  I'lalii  ami  AriMlotli- 

iIiiiiiikIi  CidTii  and  SaJiil  A(|iiin,is.  i'liu  loiiin  In  cHiiccially  iiri  |iciIitiLal 

M.itlu  Ipaliiiii  an  a  way  iillilc,  llic  unily  iif  political  and  moral  ccimTpliiins  In 

lirtinixltTii  piilitkal  iIhmikIiI.  anil  lla-  rclaliiinnliip  bttwcun  order  and  junti(<;. 

PLSC  3fil  Moilirn  Poiilical  I  Ii.iiikIiI  .k-OI-.fsli 

Covers  lilt  major  n  pr.  si  mi.iIim  s ,,( Ii  m  poliiiial  tlioiiglil  since  llic 

KciiainNanie.  follows  llic  ik  vclupiiii  nt  nl  the  spccilically  modern  notion  of  the 
•.rale  and  political  action  tlirimgli  the  works  olMacliiavclli,  llobbes.  Locke, 
lloiisseau,  Marx,  and  Lenin.  The  tmpliasis  will  he  on  the  "instmmentalist"  iiute 
.mil  the  idea  111  a  political  science. 

I'l.SC  3(>2  American  Political  'nKiughl  .tc-OI-.ish 

Covers  a  variety  of  American  political  ideas  rroiii  the  I'uiilaiis  tliroii);h  recent 
radical  and  conservative  critic|iies  of  American  liberal  democracy.  Focus  on  the 
continiiirif;  development  ol  the  idea  iil  individual  right-s,  the  [lolitical  theory  ol'the 
Conslitirtion.and  the  tension  between  classical  liberalism  and  pii|»ilar  rule. 

PLSC  .'1711  Intniiliiction  t<i  Public  Admini.<<tralion  .lc-01-.isli 

Theories  oror^ratii/alion  and  siruerural  organization,  personnel  processes, 
executive  lunctions,  linaricial  aihiiinrslration.  the  politics  of  administration,  public 
rclatiims,  and  priiblenis  orileriiocralic  control  of  bureaucracy. 

PL.SC37I  Issues  in  Public  Administration  .Ic-OI-'Jsh 

An  intensive  study  ot'tlic  role  of  federal  agencies  and  their  .idiniriisrijlors  in 
ilelennining  and  developing  public  policy.  Public  administration  in  practice  is 
emphasized  by  utilizing  case  studies. 

PLSC  ;f77  Political  Behavior  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PLSC  1 1 1. 1'SYC  101 

.An  interdisciplinary  course  which  investigates  the  psychological  bases  of  political 
behavior.  Cross-listed  as  PSYC  .377. 

PL.SC  ;JH()  .Soviet  Politics  .k-OI-.ish 

Essential  learun  v  i>l  Communist  party  and  government  of  the  former  U.S.S.R., 
including  geogi .iphical  and  historical  background  and  ideological  and  theoretical 
foundations.  PLSC  ^80  should  be  taken  prior  to  diis  course.  (Course  content  is  in 
revision  to  reflect  changing  stnicture.) 

PI^C  3K2-387  Political  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

.•\n  intensive,  comparative  studv  of  the  government  and  politics  of  a  selected 
region.  Suggested  Prerequisites:  PLSC  280  and/or  285;  PLSC  .382  Africa;  PLSC 
383  Asia;  PLSC  384  Middle  East;  PLSC  385  Central  and  Eastern  Europe;  PLSC 
387  Latin  America 

PLSC  388  Polilical-Mililary  Strategy  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PLSC  281  or  283  or  MS101-U)2 

Deals  with  national  security  problems  including  decision  making  and  budgeting, 

levels  of  strategy,  tlie  utilit)'  of  force,  and  the  impact  of  tlie  inihtary  on  .Vmerican 

society. 

PLSC  389  Developing  Nations  3c-01-3sh 

Suggested  Prerequisites:  PLSC  280  and/or  285 

Political  characteristics  of  emerging  nations;  impact  of  economic  and  social 
change  upon  political  stnicture;  evolving  patterns  of  political  development;  and 
lechnii|nes  of  nation-building. 

PUSC  -180  Political  Science  Seminar  3c-0l-3sh 

Readings  and  written  assignments  on  a  specific  topic  determined  by  die 
instructor  in  charge. 

PLSC  481  Special  Topics  rar-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .\s  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  leniporar}-  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  ollered  under  any  special  topic  idcntir\-  no  more  than  tliree  times.  Special 
topics  luimbercd  48 1  arc  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

PLSC  482  Independent  Study  var-3sli 

Prerequisite:  Prior  appro\  al  dirougb  advisor,  faculli.-  member,  deparuiicnt 
chaiqicrsoii,  dean,  and  Provost's  (Iffice 

Students  wiUi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlic 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  sUuly  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 
.Approval  is  based  on  academic  appinpriateness  and  arailabilit)-  of  resources. 


PLSC  t'tJ  Political  Science  Internship  var-2-l2>ti 

Prercquinilesi  !Mi  in  I'oliln  al  S<  lem  e  wirh  ,;.ii  <  .l'^;  I'l  .~><    III.  apprwal  of 
inlernslnp  director  and  cliair|>er<Hin 

Practical  experience  in  governnient  and  prilitics.  '*l>»g^  and  rc«carcfi  prfijcct 
reijuired.  Course  grade  determined  liy  tlie  iristrucUfr.  Maximum  offish  applied  to 
minimum  in  major;  maximum  or3sli  applied  u>  minimum  in  minor. 


Pan-African  Studies 


("-ollege  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

PNAF  131  Inlniduclion  In  Pan-African  Studies  ii  Hi  )^ll 

.\  inultidi.Hciplinary  introduction  to  Africa  and  the  Afric^iri  dias|>ora.  Explores  tlie 
effects  of  Africa's  hislory,  in  partii  ular  (oloiiialism  and  independence,  on  present- 
day  Africa;  examines  the  relationship  between  Africa  and  the  .African  dias|»ira 
with  special  attention  to  African  arLs,  social  systems,  and  political  and  cionomic 
developincnt;  looks  al  Africa's  contribution  to  contcni|Mirary  culture  in  tlie 
Americas. 

PNAF  28 1  Special  Topics  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  281  are  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

PNAF  481  Special  Topics  3t-01-35h 

Prerequisite:  Perinissioii  of  the  instructor  and  program  coordinaujr 
.Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)'  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  tlian  direc  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var  l-to-Ssh 
,  faculty  member,  program 


PNAF  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  adv 

coordinator,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  Pan-African  Studies-related  Ujpic 

not  offered  in  tlie  curriculum  may  |>ropose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a 

faculty  member.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability 

of  resources. 


Psychology 

Department  of  Psycliolog\- 

College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 

PSYC  101  General  Psychology  3c-OI-3sh 

.An  introduction  to  tlie  scientific  study  of  behavior  and  mental  processes. 

PSYC  280  Psychological  Inquiry  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PS^'C  101,  Psvchology  minors 

Introduces  students  minoring  in  Psychology  to  issues  central  to  carrying  out  and 
interpreting  empirical  research  in  the  field.  Students  will  become  more 
sophisticated  consumers  of  empirical  research  findings.  .Students  who  have 
successfully  completed  PSYC  290  are  not  permitted  to  take  this  course  for  credit 

PSYC  290  Research  Design  and  .Analysis  1  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisites:  M.ATH  217,  PSYC  10 1' 

.A  laboratory  course  devoted  to  designing,  conducting,  and  evaluating  results  of 
psychological  experiments. 


PSYC  29 1  Research  Design  and  Analysis  II 
Prerequisites:  PSYC  101.  grade  of  C  or  better  in  PSYC  290 
.A  continuation  of  Research  Design  and  .Analysis  1. 


3c-2Msh 


3c-OI-3sh 


PSYC  310  Developmental  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

.A  comprehensive  study  of  all  factors  that  contribute  to  human  development  from 

conception  to  deatli.  particularly  as  lliey  relate  to  psychological  dc>'elopment  of 

individual.  A  suney  course  directed  at  students  not  planning  to  take  PSYC  311 

or  3 12.  Students  may  receive  credit  towards  the  Ps^■chology  nujor  or  minor  for 

oiJy  one  ofPSYC  310, 31 1.  or  315. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


PSYC  3 1 1  ChUd  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

The  study  of  factors  tliat  influence  total  development  and  behavior  of  child. 
Current  tlieories  and  research  are  considered,  witli  focus  upon  optimum 
development  of  individual.  Students  may  receive  credit  towards  die  Psychology 
major  or  minor  for  only  one  of  PSYC  310, 31 1,  or  315. 

PSYC  3 1 2  Adult  Development  and  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

A  survey  of  physiological,  cognitive,  emotional,  and  social  issues  affecting  the 
young  adult,  tlic  middle-aged,  and  die  elderly.  Includes  an  examination  of 
significant  adult  life  crises. 

PSYC  3 1 5  Experimental  Development  Psychology  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  280  or  290 

Studies  human  development  from  conception  to  deadi  with  emphasis  on  die 
physical,  cognitive,  and  emotional  domains.  Students  will  be  involved  in 
observation  and  data  collection.  Students  may  receive  credit  towards  die 
Psychology  major  or  minor  for  only  one  of  PSYC  310, 311,  or  315. 

PSYC  320  Personality  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Provides  comparative  analysis  of  major  representative  traditional  and 
contemporary  dieories  of  personality. 

PSYC  32 1  Abnormal  Psychology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

The  description,  causes,  and  treatment  of  behaviors  labeled  abnomial  in  our 
society  are  studied  fi-om  experimental  and  cUnical  points  of  view. 

PSYC  325  Psychological  Testing  and  Measurement  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  217  and  PSYC  101.  sophomore  standing 
Presents  a  series  of  focused  discussions  on  principles,  methods,  and  issues  of 
psychological  measurement.  Also  describes  tlie  major  psychological  tests 
ciurenUy  in  use  and  illustrates  the  administration  and  scoring  of  diese  tests.  The 
laboratory  activiues  are  intended  to  provide  hands-on  experiences  in 
computerized  analysis  and  evaluation  of  psychological  tests,  to  demonstrate  test 
administrauon  and  scoring  in  practical  settings,  and  to  enhance  the  understanding 
of  psychological  testing  through  class  projects.  (Offered  as  PSYC  322  prior  to 
2000-01) 

PSYC  330  Social  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

The  study  of  die  effects  of  the  social  environment  on  human  behavior.  Topics 
include  percepUon  of  person,  atutude  fonnation  and  change,  and  small-group 
interaction.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  toward  psychology  major  or  minor 
for  both  PSYC  330  and  335. 

PSYC  33 1  Environmental  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

The  study  of  the  relationsliip  between  human  behavior  and  its  environmental 

context.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  the  physical  environment,  bodi  natural  and 

built. 

PSYC  335  Experimental  Social  Psychology  3c-2l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  280  or  290 

A  laboratory  course  in  the  effects  of  the  social  environment  on  human  behavior. 
Topics  include  perception  of  persons,  attitude  formation  and  change,  and  small- 
group  interaction.  Includes  experience  with  social  psychological  research 
meUiods.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  who  have  completed  PSYC 
330. 

PSYC  341  Conditioning  and  Learning  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101,  290 

An  examination  of  the  basic  principles  of  learning  and  related  phenomena; 
discussion  of  classical  conditioning,  discrimination  learning,  and  aversive  control 
of  behavior. 

PSYC  342  Human  Cognition:  Memory  and  Thinking  3c-21-4sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101.  290 

A  study  of  methods  and  findings  in  areas  of  human  memory  and  human 
infonnation  processing.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  the  psychology 
major  or  minor  for  both  PSYC  342  and  345. 

PSYC  345  Introduction  to  Human  Cognition  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Designed  to  provide  an  overview  of  cognitive  psychology.  The  Information 
Processing  Model  is  contrasted  with  its  predecessor.  Behaviorism,  and  its 
contemporary  challenger,  Connectionism.  Students  may  not  receive  credit 
towards  the  psychology  major  or  minor  for  both  PSYC  342  and  345. 


PSYC  350  Phvsiological  Psychology  3c-21-4sli 

Prerequisites:'  PSYC;  1 0 1 .  290 

A  study  of  die  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  nervous  system.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology 
major  or  minor  for  bodi  PSYC  350  and  356. 

PSYC  355  Comparative  Psychology  3c-01  3sli 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

A  suncy  of  animal  behavior  patterns  and  control  mechanisms  including  learning, 
development,  communication,  and  social  behavior.  .An  emphasis  is  on  Ute 
relationship  of  die  animal  to  its  enviroimient  and  on  the  rclarionship  ot  animal 
models  to  human  behavior. 

PSYC  356  Biopsychology  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between  behavior  and  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  nervous  system.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  towards  the  Psychology 
major  or  minor  for  both  PSYC  350  and  356. 


ic-01-3sh 


PSYC  371  Human  Motivation 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

A  systematic  study  of  how  behavior  is  initiated,  sustained,  directed,  and 
terminated.  Current  theories  in  this  area  are  critically  reviewed. 

PSYC  372  Drugs  and  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101  and  junior  standing  or  permission 
A  survey  of  the  current  knowledge  concerning  the  actions  of  drugs.  Topics  will 
include  legal  and  social  issues  surrounding  drug  use,  hazard  potential  of 
commonly  used  drugs,  review  of  current  theories  and  issues  regarding  the  use  of 
drugs  in  psychotherapy,  and  considerauon  of  treatment  approaches  for  addiction. 

PSYC  374  Stress  and  Coping  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Fundamental  concepts  and  findings  in  stress  and  stress-related  disorders. 

Relationships  of  stress  to  disease  and  methods  for  coping  with  stress  are 

presented. 

PSYC  375  Mass  Media  and  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101  and  junior  or  senior  status 

Theory  and  research  on  the  influence  of  the  mass  media  on  human  behavior  and 
attitudes.  Topics  include:  the  effects  of  news  and  pohtical  advertising  on  pubhc 
opinion;  the  effects  of  racist  and  sexist  portrayals;  and  die  effects  of  violence  and 
pornography  on  aggressive  behavior.  (Also  offered  as  COMM  375;  may  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

PSYC  376  Psychology  of  Health  Behavior  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

.An  examination  of  the  role  of  behavior  factors  in  health  status  widi  a  strong  focus 
on  preventive  health  behaviors  and  the  role  of  the  psychologist  in  promotion  of 
health-related  behavioral  changes. 

PSYC  378  Psychology  of  Death  and  Dying  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Theories  and  research  which  delineate  the  psychological  factors  affecting  die 
dying  person  as  well  as  diose  persons  close  to  one  who  is  dying  are  discussed. 

PSYC  379  Psychology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  101 

Provides  an  overview  of  die  psychological  issues  and  research  relevant  to  sexuality 
with  an  emphasis  on  gender  roles.  Social,  psychological,  and  gender  perspectives 
are  used  to  examine  a  number  of  topics,  including  contemporary  sexual  attiwdes, 
sexual  response,  sexual  relationships,  sexual  dysfunction,  sexual  variations,  sexual 
preference,  and  sexual  violence.  Research  pertaining  to  each  topic  is  presented. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  criticaUy  evaluate  research  and  theory  and  to  make 
connections  between  die  material  and  dieir  personal  experience. 

PSYC  390  Industrial-Organizational  Psychology  3c-01-3sh 

PrerequUites:  MATH  214  or  217,  PSYC  101 

The  study  of  psychological  principles  in  work  organizations:  application  of 
psychological  theor)-  to  die  understanding  and  explanation  of  individual  behavior 
and  experience  in  work  organizations.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students 
who  successfiilly  completed  PSYC  425. 

PSYC  4 1 0  Historical  Trends  in  Psychology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  1 0 1  .junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission 
A  comprehensive  overview  of  historical  antecedents  of  contemporary  psychology 
with  emphasis  on  their  implications  for  fiiture  developments  in  the  field. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       203 


l'SV(    111  l'»y. Ik.Iok)  uI  Woiinii  ic  (ll  .Mi 

l'rt'ri'i|iiiHil<.'i>t  l'.SV( ;  I  (I  I ,  juiiior  or  Hcnidr  HtiiiKJinn  or  i>iTiiii!i.'.ii)ii  (il  llu- 
iiiNtnu'tor 

A  critical  cxiiinitiiiliun  iilllic  fi.sNiinijitionN  iilxiiK  Wdiiicii  wliicit  ;irc  iicid  hy  the 
(liNciplitic  (ir|)hy(liul(i>;y.  (  uii>iKlcrlti^  hiith  ctirrciit  rcHcarcli  unci  iiulivicliial 
cxpcrictif  c.  'I'lic  |>s\(  lioln^ii  .il  cllt't  ts  of  Hdciulizatioti  (111  .icx  role  identity, 
iicliieveiiieiu,  iiilcr|ici!ioii;il  powii.  mental  health, and  critical  incidents  in  Icnialc 
ilcvel<i|>nienl  art  disctmsed  in  the  context  ol  releiant  ioik  rpls  Irmn 
ilcvel<i|>inental  and  social  p»ycli<ilogy. 

l'SY(:421  I'sythiiioRy  iif  W.irk  ic Ol  Isli 

l'rcr«|iii«itei  I'S^  ( :  2(11 

■{'he  analysis,  nieasureinenl,  prediction,  ami  dcveio|)Mieiil  orhiiinaii  apiilnde, 
ahilily,  and  pcrlorinaiice  in  work  and  employment  sitnalions. 

I'SYC  425  Experimental  Organitalinnal  Psychnlogy  .Sc-2l-'tsh 

rrerequisite:  I2sh  of  I'SYC)  (including  PSYC  2<)()).  beyond  I'SYC  101 
liilrodiices  tlic  student  to  theory,  research,  and  methods  in  the  investigation  of 
liuniaii  hehavior  and  experience  in  organizations.  Both  classical  and  current 
literature  in  the  lield  arc  discussed.  In  addition  to  lecture,  students  will  conduct 
I'lnpirical  rc-seairli  projects. 

PSYC  (.'■>()  InlnHluclion  lii  Clinical  Psycholojjy  .'fc-OI-.ish 

Prcrei|uisl(esi  I'SYC.  I0I..'J2(I,  .'i21.  and  permission  of  instructor 
.\n  overview  of  clinical  psychology,  with  ein))Iiasis  on  clinician's  use  of  methods 
of  evaluation  and  on  treatment  and  modilication  of  behavior. 

PSYC  480  Honors  .Seminar  in  Psychology  .ic-Ol-.Jsli 

.'\  seminar  in  the  graduate  tratlition  with  a  specialized  topic.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  to  a  maximuni  offish. 

PSYC  481  Special  Topics  in  Psychology  var- 1  -.Jsh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  olVcred  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  arc  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriculuin.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
miller  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
nniiibered  481  are  olfered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  May 
he  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximuni  offish. 

PSYC  482  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  tliniiiRJi  advisor,  facult)'  member,  department 
chair])crsoii, dean, and  Pi.>\i)st\  ( )(Vue 

Individual  students  piirMic  tin  ii  p.iiiicular  interests  in  psychology  in  consultation 
willi  a  member  of  the  stall  Ma\  In  taken  more  than  once  to  a  maximum  of  6sh. 
.Vpprtwal  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

PSYC  493  Psychological  Practicum  var- 1  - 1 2sli 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  101  and  <lepartment  consent 
Under  supcr\-ision  of  psychology  department,  selected  students  receive 
experience  in  application  of  psychological  techniques.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  a  maximum  of  I2sli. 


QBUS 


liantitative/Busiiiess 


Qltl  S  iHU  InlnuiuLlion  (o  MunuK^-nu-nl  Scicrict  9c-Ol-3ih 

PrircquiNitcri^HlS  :^l''i 

DlHcuHnion  unci  applii  jtion  ol  niathcmalical  iimkIcU  ummI  in  ntaruKcrial  duiaiun 
inakin^.  Linear  profirnrntiiiii);,  Marknv  {irfft'CMWC!!,  (|lJClJin^  theory.  KCX^  rniMlcrK, 
aut\  tiiiMiLlioii  U(  lini(|ucH  art-  anioitK  tlic  (opit n  covered. 


QBUS  to  I  Forccamtinj^  Mclhodn  for  HunincfM 

Prcrci|uiMiUiQIU;S2l'3 

De.ti^ni'd  t<i  tram  the  NtiidcntJi  to  iinilcritancl  the  nature  of  lo 

and  the  tct  hni(|ue<«  of  forecaHtinf;  rncdiotK  and  their  buKinci! 

(Computer  HtaliHiic<il  paikaKCM  are  incor|ionitcd  into  iJic  cour 

iiicdicid^  and  inodcU  can  be  applied  lo  real-world  problcinn  , 

(hat  exint  between  variablt'H  <  an  be  examined. 


k-Ol -Ub 

;ra<iUnj;  problem* 

upplication^. 

•  fto  that  forccaktmj^ 

k1  the  rrlationfuhipii 


v^r-l-.lkh 


QBUS  4H1  SpccuJ  lopicn 

Prerequisite:  A.h  appropriate  tr)  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  oflcrcd  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  banis  lo 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  e*ilablished  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  otfcred  under  any  .special  topic  identity  no  more  than  tlircc  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  arc  primarily  for  upper-level  under}^aduate  students. 

QBUS  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -.Ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chaiqierson.  dean,  and  Provost's  OflTicc 

Students  wiUi  interest  in  inde{>endent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlie 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  ta(ult>'  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appnipriatciK-ss  and  avdilabililv  of  resf>urccs. 


RESP 


Re.spiratory  Care 


Department  of  Nm mh:.;  .ind  .\llied  Health  Professions 
College  of  Health  and  Human  .Services 

RESP  1 0 1  The  Profession  of  Respiratory  Care  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Introduces  die  student  to  die  healdi  care  environment  and  specifically  the 
respiratory  care  profession.  Students  will  visit  a  hospital  respiratory  care 
department  and  observe  basic  respirator)'  patient  care  procedures. 

RESP  326  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  I  %'ar-3sh 

First  exposure  to  patient  care.  An  introduction  to  and  practice  of  basic  respiratory- 
care  treatment  modalities. 

RESP  327  Pharmacology  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  pharmacology  and  therapeutics.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  die  drugs  used  in  respiratory  care.  Drug  classification,  action,  usage,  dosage, 
and  availabiUty  will  be  discussed. 

RESP  328  Introduction  to  Respiratory  Care  4c-0I-4sh 

Topics  include  medical  termiiioloKy  and  an  ovemew  of  cellular  structure  and 
Hinction.  .\n  emphasis  is  placetl  on  neiirophvsinlogy.  respiratory  anatfimv.  and 
physiology. 

RESP  329  Respiratory  Care  Equipment  4c-01-4sh 

An  introduction  to  respiratory  therapy  equipment,  related  procedures  and 
principles,  techniques  and  theory  of  mechanical  ventilauon.  S|)ccial  emphasis  will 
be  given  to  o.\ygen  delivery  systems  and  the  rationale  for  their  use. 


RESP  330  Canliopiilmonary  Resuscitation 

A  comprehensive  analysis  of  die  principles  and  practices  of 
resuscitation. 


Dei)artinent  of  Maiiageiucnt  Iiiforniation  Systems  and 

Decision  Sciences 

Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 

Note:  All  courses  at  die  .'iOO  and  400  level  are  open  only  to  students  widi  junior 
or  senior  standing.  .AH  students,  regardless  of  major  or  program  aBiliation,  must 
meet  course  pierec|uisitc  requirements  in  order  to  enroll  for  a  given  course. 
Business  majoi-s  (except  diose  majoring  in  Business  Education)  who  have  not 
achieved  Junior  Standing  are  nonnally  not  penuitted  to  enroll  in  300-  or  400- 
Icvcl  courses. 

CJBUS  2 1  .i  Business  Statistics  3c-0l-.3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.-\T1 1121,214 

Expands  upon  die  probabilistic  concepts  developed  in  MATH  214  to  orient  the 
student  toward  managerial  ilccision  making  using  quantitative  mediodologics. 
Topics  covered  include  classical  regression  analysis,  forecasting,  Bavesian 
decision  tlieory,  linear  programming,  and  simulation. 

QBUS  28 1  Special  Topics  ,-dr- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  e.xperimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculimi.  A  given  topic 
in,i\  he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  diaii  dirce  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  281  arc  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


2c-01-2sh 

methods  of 


RESP  333  Respiraloiy  Care  Clinical  Practice  II  «r-4sh 

Treatment  procedures  introduced  in  Clinical  1  are  continued  with  greater 
emphasis  on  independence.  Specialrv  rotations  are  added  to  broaden  exposure  to 
respiratory  care  and  critical  care. 

RESP  334  Respiratory  Care  Instrumentation  and  .\pplication  4c-0l-4sh 

Provides  students  \\ith  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  mechanical  ventilation. 
The  care  of  critically  ill  and  physiologic  consequences  of  mechanical  ventilation 
will  be  discussed. 

RESP  335  Patient  Care  Skills  3c-0I-3sh 

.An  overview  of  the  history  of  respiratory  care  and  nursing.  Topics  include 
medical  records,  infection  control,  sterilization,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of 
illness. 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


RESP  336  Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  and  Clinical  Correlation      4c-01-4sh 
Disease  states  of'tlie  pulmonar)'  and  related  systems  are  investigated  in 
progression  from  etiology  through  treatment  and  prognosis. 

RESP  33  7  I  ntroduction  to  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  1  c-Ul- 1  sh 

The  student  is  introduced  to  the  basic  pritu  iplcs  oflung  volinnes,  capacities,  and 
their  measurement.  Blood  gas  sampling  and  electrodes  are  also  explored. 

RESP  342  Preceptorship  in  Respiratory  Care  1  c-01- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  RESP  326. 328,  329, 330,  permission 

An  opportunit)'  for  students  to  gain  additional  clinical  experiences  in  a  supervised 
health  care  setting.  Must  meet  university  and  sponsoring  preceptorship 
requirements.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  5sh.  A  minimum  of  40  hours  is 
required  for  each  credit. 

RESP  42.5  Clinical  Case  Studies  3e-01-3sh 

Designed  to  increase  the  working  knowledge  of  disease  states  commonly 
experienced  by  patients  in  the  critical  care  setting.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on 
recognition  and  treatment  of  various  disease  states.  Mediods  for  evaluation  and 
treatment  of  clinical  oxygenation  disturbances  and  acid-base  disorders  will  be 
explored.  Clinical  simulations,  case  studies,  and  patient  management  problems 
reviewed  and  discussed.  The  emphasis  is  on  appropriate  information-gathering 
and  decision-making  techniques. 

RESP  42e  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  III  var-5sh 

Respiratory  care  treaUnent  procedures  are  continued  with  emphasis  on  improving 
proficiency  and  refining  skills.  Students  will  make  rounds  widi  physicians. 

RESP  428  Essentials  of  Electrocardiography  2c-01-2sh 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic  principles  in  cardiac 
electrodiagnostics.  Topics  include  the  technique  of  ECG  testing  and 
fundamentals  of  ECG  arrhythmia  recognition. 

RESP  429  Design  and  Function  of  a  Respiratory  Care  Program          2c-OI-2sh 
Basic  management  principles  as  tliey  apply  to  the  hospital  setting;  in  particular, 
respirator)'  care  departments  and  schools  will  be  discussed. 

RESP  430  Pulmonary  Function  Studies  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RESP  337 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  advanced  diagnostic  studies  and  equipment 
necessar)'  for  diagnosing  and  quantifying  tlie  various  lung  diseases.  Included  are 
advances  in  invasive  studies  and  rehabilitation  evalnadon  tools. 

RESP  43 1  Pediatric  Respiratory  Care  1  c-OI- 1  sh 

Prerequisites:  RESP  334  and  336 

The  appUcation  of  respirator)-  care  to  children  ages  six  months  to  fifteen  years  is 
explored.  Cardiopulmonary  pathophysiology  and  treatment  for  the  following 
disorders  are  discussed:  Croup,  Epiglottitis,  Asthma,  Cystic  Fibrosis,  Congenital 
Heart  Defects,  Abdominal  and  Chest  Wall  Delects. 

RESP  433  Respiratory  Care  Clinical  Practice  IV  var-5sh 

Rotations  on  treatment  and  intensive  respirator)'  care  are  continued.  Advanced 
rotations  are  included. 

RESP  434  Neonatal  Respiratory  Care  3c-01-3sh 

Basic  terminolog)',  anatomy,  and  pathophysiology  of  obstetric,  fetal,  neonatal,  and 
pediatric  patients  will  be  presented. 


RGPL 


Regional  Planning 


RESP  436  Respiratory  Care  Teaching 

An  introduction  to  respirator)'  educaUon. 


2c-01-2sh 


RESP  437  Methods  in  CriUcal  Care  2c-OI-2sh 

Critical  Care  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  modalities  pertinent  to  respiratory  care 
will  be  discussed.  Topics  include  invasive  and  noninvasive  cardiac  monitoring, 
pulmonar)'  monitoring,  neurological  assessment,  ventilator  commitment,  and 
discontinuance. 

RESP  438  Cardiopulmonary  Rehabilitation  I  c-Ol- 1  sh 

Techniques  and  principles  associated  witli  cardiopulmonary  rehabilitation 
programs  are  surveyed.  Topics  also  include  die  management  of  chronic 
pulmonary  disease  in  the  home  and  the  applicadon  of  respiratory  equipment  and 
mechanical  ventilators  in  this  setting. 

RESP  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  d\e  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  imdergraduate  students. 


Department  of  Geogra])hy  and  Regional  Planning 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

RGPL  213  Cartography  1  3c-0l-3sh 

Introduces  students  to  principles  of  diematic  map  constRiction.  The  emphasis  is 
on  die  techniques  of  choropleth  mapping  and  die  production  of  scienufic  graphs 
and  charts.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  213;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RGPL  281  Special  Topics  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ofi'ered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  oftered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
also  be  ofi'ered  as  GEOG  281;  may  not  be  taken  as  duplicate  credit  under  same 
tide) 

RGPL  3 1 3  Cartography  11  3c-()l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  RGPL  2 13 

Gives  an  understanding  of  the  compilation  and  use  of  maps  and  quanUtative  data. 
Develops  skills  essential  to  tlie  construcUon  of  various  types  of  maps.  (Also 
offered  as  GEOG  313;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RGPL  3 1 4  Map  and  Photograph  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Maps  and  air  photographs,  along  with  remote  sensing  materials,  permit  inventory 
and  analysis  of  geologic,  land  use,  urban  development,  and  other  landscape 
phenomena.  The  understanding  of  these  materials  and  associated  tools  for  their 
use  is  presented.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  314;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 
credit) 

RGPL  316  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information  Systems  3c-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite;  RGPL  213,  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Automated  mediods  for  creating,  maintaining,  and  analyzing  spatial  data  are 
presented.  Topics  include  1)  speciahzed  CIS  hardware  and  software,  2)  vector  vs. 
raster  vs.  object-oriented  spatial  data  structures,  3)  creaUon  and  manipulation  of 
geographic  data  files,  4)  database  design  and  management  concepts,  5)  spatial 
analysis,  and  6)  cartographic  design.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  316;  may  not  be 
taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RGPL  332  Urban  Geography  3c-01  3sh 

Basic  concepts  of  urban  geography  including  site,  situation,  function,  urban  land 
use,  urban  structure,  and  urban  hierarchy  are  introduced.  Relationships  between 
urban  geography  and  urban  planning  are  explored.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  332; 
may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RGPL  333  Trade  and  Transportation  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  witli  the  spatial  aspects  of  transportation  systems  and  their  use.  Circulation, 
accessibilit)',  time  and  distance  concepts,  and  trade  patterns  are  discussed.  (Also 
offered  as  GEOG  333;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

RGPL  350  Introduction  to  Planning  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  die  profession  and  activity  of  contemporary  American  urban 
and  regional  planning.  Course  emphasis  is  placed  on  land  use  control,  design, 
growth  management,  and  development  regulation.  The  legal  and  institutional 
bases  of  planning  practice  are  covered  as  well.  (Offered  as  GE  360  Introduction  to 
Planning  prior  to  1996-97) 

RGPL  352  Planning  Methods  3c-01-3sli 

Research,  analytical  design,  and  plan-making  techniques  in  urban  and  regional 
planning.  Examines  basic  items  necessary  to  prepare  urban  and  regional 
comprehensive  plans.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  352;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate 
credit)  (Offered  as  GE361  Planning:  Basic  Studies  and  Analysis  prior  to  1996- 
97) 

RGPL  353  Planning  Design  I  3c-0 1  -3sh 

Introduces  students  to  professional  graphic  communications.  An  emphasis  is 
placed  on  die  use  of  2-D  Computer  Aided  Design  (CAD)  applicaUons,  plan 
graphics,  and  professional  standards  to  represent  and  solve  basic  physical 
planning  problems. 

RGPL  4 1 2  Research  Seminar  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RGPL  468 

This  senior  seminar  and  workshop  is  a  capstone  course  that  focuses  on  recent 

research  in  the  major  field.  Students  carry  out  a  research  project  on  a  topic  of 

local  or  regional  importance.  (Also  offered  as  GEOG  412;  may  not  be  taken  for 

dupUcatc  credit)  (Offered  as  GE  312  Research  in  Geographical  Planning  prior  to 

1996-97) 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       205 


KCI'I,  lir.  Kciiiolc-  SciisiiiK  h-Ol-.Mi 

l)r;iLi  Willi  ,111  |ilii>li>);r,i|ilis.  s.iiillili'  iiruK'Tv,  tlicriiial  HciiHiiiK, and  radar  imagery 

,ni,'l  III...  ..|,|.lu  .,11 o  .l.nvii,^  i„l..r.,Mii,M,  ..I.,  mm  Hit-  carlli'»  |Vltal  and 

I  iiliiir.il  l.iiiilsi.i|M  s,  (All.,  i.llcrrcl  .IS  (;K()(,  •II';;  may  mil  lie  lakcn  for  duplicalc 

,,,.,1,1) 

llCn.  117  li-.lini.al  lH«.i.«in(;iS  .kOI-.M. 

l'riii<|ui«iltiK(;i'l,:)l(i 

A  iiiiiji ,  I  Imai'iI  ( las»  ill  wliicli  hIiuIciKs  learn  the  skiilH  In  dcvelii|>  and  maiiilain  a 
( ..iiniaplii.  liiliirniatidii  Sy.slcin.  'I'liriniuli  L(Mi|i(;racivc  ItarninK  Htiidfiils  will 
cli»i(5n  and  im|ilcmciit  I'uiiclional  syslcnw.  MftliiiilH  llir  dc.HiRiiinR  CIS  »y»ttni.s  to 
,i»i-r  »|ic<ificati(in. data  collectiiin, data  in|iiil,  (irojctt  inaiiaKcinent, and  syHlcni 
d,i.  iiinciilalimi  an-  riivfifd.  (Alsti  cillfitcl  as  ( ;K( )(;  '1 1 7;  may  ii,H  lie  taken  fcir 
,lu|ilirale  ,  rnlil) 

R(;i'l, ■«.'>4  I'laniiiiiK  DeniKn  II  .■)<-Ol-.'i«li 

I'rerequiNitcMi  lUd'l,  .(.'iO,  Hl'.').5.!  ,>r  instriKliir'.s  perinis.siiin 
liilriidmes  slmUiils  In  the  ailivily  <it  tlesigii,  design  |>r(ignininiing.  design 
di'dsidii  making,  ami  design  eiimmunicatiuns.  Fdtnses  siiecifically  <in  the 
devcl<i|inienl  ii(  sile  planning,  site  analysis,  and  .site  design  skills  as  well  as  the 
lianslalinn  iildesigii  |ii,,gra,n  eleineiiLs  into  physical  (iirni.  (OITered  as  GE  •16.'J 
I'laniiing:  Design  |iri,>r  I.i  Hl!l()-!)7;  and  lUd'L  'Ci  I  1'l.nining  Design  prior  to 
2()0()-l)l) 

RGPI.  •J.'iH  l-aiid  Use  Law  )<  -01-  ish 

Prerequisite:  lU; PI,. i.'il) 

Introduces  .stiuleiits  to  principles  of  land  use  law.  Kocns  is  on  lederal 
constitutional  principles  and  key  Supreme  Court  cases,  especially  as  diey  relate  to 
actions  ol'local  units  of  government  and  municipal  planning  practice.  Deals  witli 
ihe  present  state  of  land  use  law  and  with  current  trends  and  issues. 

RCI'L  4fi4  Land  Use  P<ilicy  .•Jc-01-3sh 

Prirequisitc:  RCPl,  .l.'in 

Introduces  students  to  and  provides  an  overview  of  land  use  issues  at  die 
regional,  state,  and  federal  levels.  An  emjihasis  is  placed  upon  die  evolution  of 
contemporan'  p,,licv  stnilcgiis.  ic,,isiii,ili,»i,.,l  iss,,t's,  .ii,(l  ict;ional  controversies 
involved  in  ihc  iTgul.iiKin  ,i!  i,,ciiiipiilii.i,,  i;n,uil,.  d  ,,ii.,l  c  iiv  decline, and 
managemeni  ,.r]iulilii  l.inils.  (Also  ,,lleie(l  as  (iKOC  )(i  I;  nny  not  be  taken  for 
duplicate  credit) 

R<;PL  4fi«  Planning  Theory  .3c-01 -.ish 

Prerequisites:  RCPl.  i.'iO.  .'i.'i2,  4.54.or  pennission  of  instnictor 
Seminar  on  conlemporary  debates  concerning  planning  traditions,  principles,  and 
practices.  The  activit)'  of  planning  is  investigated  from  several  dieoretical  frames 
and  analytic  positions.  (Offered  a.s  GE  4()2  Planning:  Development.  Principles, 
ami  Theory  prior  to  1 996-97) 

RGPI.  48 1  .Special  Topics  .'ic-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  tojiics  courses  are  offered  .m  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  Uiat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students.  (May 
also  be  .iffercd  as  GEOG  481;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit  under  same 
tide) 

R(;PL  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -  ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult)  mcnihcr.  deparunent 
chair|icrson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  wiUi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  die 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  r 


RGPL  493  Internship  var-l-12sh 

Professional  learning  experience  witli  emphasis  on  applicadoii  of  academic 
background.  Open  to  majors  and  minors  in  regional  planning  widi  a  total  of  57sh 
and  15sh  in  the  major.  See  internship  superxisor  for  additional  information. 


Rehabilitation 

DepartiuciU  ul  Special  Educalioii  and  Clinical  Sen-ices 
College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technologv' 

RHAB  200  Introducdon  to  Rehabiliution  3c-01-3sh 

A  foundation  for  subsequent  courses  in  die  reliabilitadon  sequence.  It  is  also 
available  as  a  prerequisite  or  basic  course  for  students  interested  in  die 
rehabilitation  of  individuals  in  our  society.  Content  includes  the  philosophy, 
liistorj-,  major  concepts,  and  current  problems  and  issues. 


KIIAII  2 1  I  Medical  Aspeclo  of  Rehaliiliiaiion  .1c-AI-.3ih 

Providi's  an  overview  ol  die  etiology  and  palliology  of  j  range  of  mcilical 
disorders  wlii<  h  often  require  rehaliililalivc  K-rviret.  An  empliatit  i«  placed  upon 
llie  psycliosocial  and  furictioiiul  effe.  ts  of  these  disorders,  vocational  iniplicationt, 
.iliil  rehaiiililative  needs. 

RHAB  220  NeuroloKieal  Bai.is  of  Disability  3c-()l-3>h 

PrcrcquinilcDi  KDKX  1 1 1.  Kl  IAD  20(1.  BIOI,  l.-iS  or  HP221 
A  study  of  itie  brain  and  spinal  cord  witli  empliasis  on  c.irlical  and  sulKortical 
mechanisms  instruincntal  in  nonnal  inolioii.  cofirdinalion,  and  licKiily  senulion. 
exclusive  of  vision  and  liearing.  A  discussion  and  demonstration  of  conditions  of 
cerebral  palsy,  poliomyelitis,  traiimatii  [laraplegics,  cerebrovascular  ac.idcnt. 
Parkinson's  disease,  multiple  sclerosis,  and  rehafiilitalive  poK  ediires. 

RH  A  B  2H I  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  arc  oll'ered  on  an  experimental  or  tcnipiirary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  llie  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  olTercd 
under  any  sjiccial  topic  identity  no  more  than  dirce  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  sludenti. 

RHAB  312  Psychological  Basis  of  Diisability  3c-OI-3»h 

A  study  of  emotional  and  social  responses  wliich  govern  l>clia\-ior  and 
relationships  of  handicapped  individuals  and  rehabihtation  workers  alike,  with 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  disability  in  fomiation  of  the  concept  of  human  worth. 

RHAB  321  Principles  and  Methods  of  Rehabiliution  .3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RMAB  220,  3 12,  and  permission  ofinstrucuir 
Delineates  tlie  roles  of  members  of  professional  disciplines  of  medicine, 
psychology,  prosUietics.  ordiodontics,  audiology,  speech  padiology,  physical  and 
occupational  therapy  in  restoration  of  the  handicapped;  use  of  diagnostic 
information:  significance  and  interpretation  of  medical  exaininadon:  role  of 
rehabilitation  counselor  in  the  agency. 

RHAB  322  Rehabilitation  Case  Study  and  InterpreUtinn  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  RHAB  220,312,  or  permission  of  instnictor 
Purpose  and  techniques  of  case  histor)'  taking;  meaning  and  e>-aluatio!i  of 
diagnostic  infonnation;  psychological  evaluation  in  terms  of  mental  abihty. 
personality,  attitudes,  and  dexterity  skills:  role  of  disabled  individual's  family  in 
planning  of  sen'ices;  referrals  and  report  writing. 

RHAB  360  Rehabilitation  Counseling:  Strategies  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission.  Rehabilitation  majors  only 

Designeil  to  help  students  develop  competencies  in  using  various  counseUng 
techniques  with  handicapped  persons.  Various  dicories  of  counseling  will  be 
explored  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  setting.  It  will  pro\-ide  basic  counseling 
skills  to  upperclass  Rehabilitation  majors  prior  to  field  training. 

RH.AB  4 1 0  Vocational  Assessment  in  Rehabilitation  Counseling       3c-0l-35h 

Prerequisites:  EDEX  111.  RHAB  220.  or  faailty  permission 

Provides  students  with  an  oveoiew  of  vocational  assessment  techniques  and 

instruments  for  use  with  rehabilitation  clients  who  are  bhnd.  deaf,  mentally 

retarded,  or  severely  physically  liandicapped.  Includes  discussion  of  rehabilitation 

evaluation. 

RHAB  4 1 2  Occupational  Aspects  of  Rehabiliution  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RII.AB  220  or  permission  of  instnictor 

The  realism  of  die  world  of  work  and  relationship  of  gainfiil  employment  to 
human  autonomy  and  decision  making.  Tyjies  of  jobs,  levels  of  required  skills, 
potential  capabilities  of  the  disabled  relative  to  specific  job  responsibihties. 
methods  of  assessing  potential  job  success,  and  sheltered  workshops. 

RHAB  422  Current  Topics  in  Rehabiliution  3c-OI-3sh 

Taken  concurrendy  wiUi  RH.\B  488  and  493.  A  discussion  of  current  topics  of 
interest  in  the  field,  such  as  state  and  federal  legislation,  new  prosdietic  ad^-ancrs. 
proposals  of  die  National  Rehabilitation  .Association,  or  recent  techniques  in 
working  with  specific  disabilities. 

RHAB  460  Advanced  Rehabiliution  Counseling  3c-fll-3sh 

Prerequisite:  RHAB  360 

.Selected  counseling  techniques  studied  and  practiced  under  supemsion. 
.\pplication  will  be  utilized  in  roles  that  will  approximate  the  kind  of  clients 
encountered  in  field  training. 

RHAB  48 1  Special  Topics  v^- 1  -3sb 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  ctiurses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  estabhshed  currictdum.  .\  gi^•en  topic 
mav  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


RHAB  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  I'aculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  tlie 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjuncdon  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 

RHAB  484  Directed  Rehabilitation  Activities  var-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Permission,  Rehabilitation  majors  only 
A  pre-field  training  experience  working  with  liandicapped  clients  in  local 
facilities.  Concrete  experience  will  help  the  stutlents  integrate  classroom 
instrucdon  with  field  experiences. 

RHAB  488  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  I  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  -All  major  courses  in  program 

Taken  concurrently  widi  RHAB  422  and  493.  Emphasizes  development  of  tlie 
student  rehabilitation  coordinator  by  working  with  disabled  clients  in  a  pubUc  or 
private  agency.  Writing  and  analysis  of  case  reports,  counseling  of  clients, 
understanding  of  agency  responsibilities  and  limitations,  referral,  follow-up,  and 
final  evaluadon  of  the  client's  ability  to  ftinction  with  various  degrees  of 
autonomy. 

RHAB  493  Field  Training  in  Rehabilitation  1 1  var-6sh 

Prerequisite:  AD  major  courses  in  program 

Taken  concurrently  with  RHAB  422  and  488.  Provides  a  second  field  experience. 


EDT 


igious  dtudies 


idle! 


Department  of  Philosophy  and  Rehgious  Studies 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

RI.ST  100  Introduction  to  Religion  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introduction  to  tlie  academic  study  of  religion  through  an  examination  of 
various  dimensions  ofreligious  expression  and  traditions.  Covers  such  areas  as 
problems  about  definition  of  religion;  approaches  to  the  study  of  religion;  the 
goals,  language,  and  rituals  of  religion;  cases  ofreligious  experience;  faith, 
disbeUef.  and  alternatives  to  religion;  religion  and  die  sociocultural  context. 

RLST  1 10  World  Religions  3c-0l-3sh 

A  comparadve  study  of  die  history,  teaching,  and  rituals  of  die  major  religions  of 
die  world  and  dieir  influence  on  contemporary  societ)'.  A  nonsectarian  approach 
to  reUgions  such  as  Native  American  religion,  Afro-American  religion.  Judaism, 
Christianity,  and  Islam  in  relationsliip  to  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confticianism, 
Taoism,  and  Shinto. 

RLST  200  Religion  and  Culture:  Their  Interaction  3c-0i-3sh 

A  systemaUc  study  of  the  interaction  of  religions  and  various  components  of 
culture,  as  a  way  of  understanding  die  phenomenon  of  religion.  The  approach  is 
functional  and  descriptive;  it  uses  case  studies  which  are  chronologically  and 
culturally  diverse,  covering  such  areas  as  religion  and  politics,  economics,  arts, 
science,  and  literature. 

RLST  210  World  Scriptures  3c-0l-3sli 

Major  sacred  writings  of  Hindu,  Buddhist,  Zoroastrian,  Moslem,  Confucian, 
Taoist,  andJudeo-Christian  traditions  will  be  studied  from  point  of  view  of  their 
religious  significance. 

RLST  250  Understanding  the  Bible  3c-0l-3sh 

.\n  introduction  to  scholarly  mediods  and  major  themes  necessary  to  understand 
the  Hebrew  Scriptures  and  the  New  Testaments  of  theJudeo-Christian  tradition. 

RLST  260  American  Religious  Development  3c-0l-3sh 

A  survey  and  analysis  of  topics  which  depict  the  role  of  religion  in  the  U.S.,  e.g., 
American  Indian  religion;  rehgion  and  the  discovery/colonizadon/immigration 
trends  of  the  U.S.;  religion  and  the  Constitution;  indigenous  religious 
movements;  black  religion;  ecumenism;  adieism;  cults;  mass  media  and  religion; 
religion  in  Indiana  County. 

RLST  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

RLST  290  Christianity  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  beliefs,  practices,  significant  persons,  history,  and  cultural  impact  of 
ChrisUanity. 


RLST  3 1 1  Eastern  PhUosophy  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  and  critique  of  the  philosophies  which  have  shaped  Eastern 
world  views  and  ways  of  life  as  found  in  a  representadve  sampling  of  Chinese, 
Japanese,  and  Indian  thouglit. 

RLST  312  Archaeology  and  the  Bible  3c-0i-3sli 

An  invesugation  of  religious-historical  tradidons  of  the  Bible  in  fight  of 
archaeological  research.  Includes  a  study  of  archaeological  method  and 
interpretadon,  discoveries  in  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  and  Syro-Palesdne  as 
background  for  understanding  the  tradidons  and  religious  pracdces  and  befiefs  of 
Israel,  and  special  quesdons  surrounding  the  Patriarchal  narratives,  the  Exodus 
and  Conquest,  Israel  under  David  and  Solomon,  die  Dead  Sea  Scrolls,  and  New 
Testament  dmes. 

RLST  329  Philosophy  of  Religion  3c-01-3sh 

A  philosophical  cridcal  examinadon  of  refigion  to  include:  the  nature  of  religion; 
religious  argumentadoii;  existence  and  nature  of  God;  meaning  and  reladon  of 
faith  and  knowledge;  theories  of  origin  or  religion. 

RLST  360  African  Religions  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examinadon  of  the  nature  of  African  traditional  religion  and  how  traditional 
religion,  Islam,  and  Christianity  coexist  and  influence  each  other. 

RLST  365  Native  North  American  Religions  3c-01-3sh 

An  introduction  to  the  indigenous  refigions  of  North  America  and  to  die  peoples 
who  practice  these  rich  and  varied  approaches  to  the  sacred.  Tliis  course  not  only 
examines  major  religious  themes  and  dimensions  (mydi,  ritual,  etliics,  etc.)  but 
includes  a  historical  perspective  on  Nordi  American  Indian  fifeways.  This 
perspective  involves  discussion  of  the  clash  widi  Euro-American  values  and 
contemporary  native  religious  responses  to  social  crisis  and  change. 

RLST  370  Religions  of  China  and  Japan  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  Confiicianism,  Taoism.  Buddhism.  Shinto,  and  popular  refigion  in 
China  and  Japan,  including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  development 
of  thought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encoimters  with  the  modem  world. 

RLST  375  Religions  of  India  3c-()l-3sh 

A  study  of  Hinduism,  Indian  Buddhism,  Jainism,  and  Sikliism.  including 
historical  and  theological  foundations,  development  of  thought,  contemporary- 
expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modern  world. 

RLST  380  Islam  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  Islam  including  historical  and  theological  foundations,  developments 
of  diought,  contemporary  expressions,  and  encounters  with  the  modern  world. 

RLST  410  Early  Christian  Tliought  3c-0l-3sh 

The  development  of  Christian  tliought  approached  through  an  in-depdi  study  of 
selected  writings  from  the  early  Church  Fathers  to  the  Protestant  Reformers. 

RLST  440  Modem  Christian  Thought  3c-0l-3sh 

An  examination  of  Christian  thought,  approached  through  in-depth  study  of 
selected  writings  from  major  dieologians  of  the  nineteentli  and  twentiedi 
centuries. 

RLST  481  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  estabfished  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  tliree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  481  are  offered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

RLST  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  facult)'  member,  department 
chair}jei"son,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Individual  students  wishing  to  pursue  religious  studies  interests  not  covered  in 
the  department's  regular  offering  may  do  so  by  approval.  Upon  approval  students 
are  guaranteed  at  least  five  hours  of  faculty  time  per  semester  hour.  All  progiams 
of  study  must  be  accepted  by  die  department  as  a  whole.  May  be  taken  more  than 
once  to  maximum  of  6sh.  (This  option  is  available  to  bodi  Refigious  Studies 
majors  and  nonmajors.) 

RLST  482  Independent  Study:  Honors  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  3.00  GPA,  1 5sh  in  Religious  Studies,  and  3.20  GPA  in 
departmental  courses 

Majors  in  Refigious  Studies  are  invited  to  take  3sh  of  independent  study- 
designated  Honors  Project.  Upon  satisfactory  completion,  graduation  with 
departmental  honors  is  possible. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       207 


lajiir  or  double  iiiujor;  2..'i 


KI.S  I    1<I.(  hilt  iiisliip  III  lUlinioii'.  Sliuliis 

l'ri-rci|iliiiiu-N; Jiiriim  .If  sniuM;  Hilininlis  Sliiil 

(;l'Ainnuior;<l.-|..MI.iicnl;,|,|,i..v.,l 

A  siipL-rv'i.scfl  ('\|i('iu'M(  (-  ill  .1  |iiiMi(  or  private  orj^iiiii/.jtion  wltieli  extciKJH  uiid 

t<.Mi|ilnii<iii-. Muoikii,  IMiriuii^SiikIks. 


Safely  Sciences 


DcpiirliiK  III  1)1  S.ikiy  S(  iciucs 
(;()llcj!,c'  lit  i  liiiltli  iind  I  liiniiiii  Services 

SAKK  101  Introdiuli (Kciipulidiiiil  Siitely  und  lleallh  .'k-()l-.)sli 

Covers  llie  theory  .inti  hisimy  olni  i  ii|>,iiion.il  li,i/.ai(l  i  oiilrol.  eirecUi  oriiazards 
and  failures  on  organizational  control  and  productivity,  .safety  and  hcaldi 
IcKlslallon,  and  ao  Idcnt  causation.  Also  previews  aspects  of  rccugniziiig, 
evaluating,  and  understanding  control  of  safety  and  liealtli  hazards,  acquiring 
hazard  d.ita,  and  llie  use  of  liarard  analytical  tools.  Coniniuiiicalion  tcchniijues  in 
safeiN  and  healtli  management  are  stressed,  along  with  the  development  of  salety 
aiul  health  programs. 

SAI'l''.  102  liilroductiun  to  Mine  Safely  and  liealtli  .kill -.Isli 

Designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an  in-depth  hackground  of  the  problems 
involving  mine  .safety.  A  historical  approach  to  coal  and  mineral  mining  is 
reviewed;  legislative  influences  such  as  the  Federal  Caial  Mine  Health  and  Salety 
Act,  the  Meul  and  Nonmetal  Mine  Healdi  and  Safety  .\ct.  and  the  Occupational 
Safety  and  I  lealth  Act  are  discussed  in  depth:  mining  Ici  liiiii|iies.  iiulhods,  and 
systems  are  discn.ssed.  Management  of  mine  lieallh  ami  sahiv  |ii(igrain.s  Is 
presented.  Kederallv  mandated  training  of  emplovecs  Is  covered.  (Oflered 
occasionally) 

SAFE  1 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safety  I  .'ic-()l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAKE  101 

Stresses  an  understanding  of  tlie  complexity  of  the  industrial  luu^ard  control 
prohlein  hy  thoroughly  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  in 
the  OSI  l.\  promulgated  standards  and  various  consensus  standards.  The 
emphasis  will  he  tlirectetl  at  plant  layout  and  design,  powered  industrial  vehicles, 
hollers  ami  unlired  pressure  vessels,  machine  guarding,  robotics  safety,  and  an 
Introduction  to  industrial  processes. 

SAFE  1  ).'■>  Workplace  Safely  Today  and  Tom<>rn>w  .)<  I)  1   Ssh 

Prt'rei|iiisile:  Nun  S.ilit\  Sciences  major 

Introduces  woikpl.Kf  safety.  heaUli, an<l  enviroimiental  aspects  to  students  widi 
llmllcil  kiiim  ledge  of  die  subject.  Includes  tlie  historical  <lcvelopment  of  safety 
•iiid  lualih  regukiiions,  the  Impact  of  iiijury  on  society.  Identifrlng  and  evaluating 
hazards,  ami  h.izard  controls  in  specific  industriid  processes,  basic  principles  of 
loss  manageineiit.  and  tlie  future  of  safety,  health,  and  environmental  regulations. 

SAFE  2 1 0  Environmental  Safety  and  Health  Reguladons  Sc-OlSsh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  102,  SAFE  101,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Offers  die  student  a  practical  approach  to  die  understanding  of,  and  compliance 
with,  the  various  emironmental  regulations  that  imjiact  on  business.  A  diorough 
discussion  of  the  definitions,  categories,  and  evaluation  of  hazardous  materials  is 
included.  Environmenliil  laws  covered  include  the  Clean  Water  Act,  the  Clean  .Mr 
Act,  die  Resource  Consenation  and  Recovery  Act,  die  Comprehensive 
Envii-onmental  Response,  the  Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  die  Occupational 
Safety  and  Health  .Act.  and  other  related  laws. 

SAFE  2 1 1  Principles  of  Industrial  Safely  II  .'Jc  .5l-4sh 

Prerequisite:  SAFE  1 1 1 

Stresses  an  understanding  of  the  complexity  of  die  industrial  hazard  control 
problem  by  diorouglily  examining  elements  of  safety  and  health  enumerated  In 
the  OSH.V  promulgated  standards  and  various  consensus  standards.  Kn  empfiasis 
IS  placed  on  personal  protective  equipment,  welding  and  cutting,  walking  and 
working  surfaces,  materials  handling  and  storage,  electrical  safe  work  practices, 
and  constnictioii  safety.  Application  of  hazard  control  strategies  is  accomplished 
In  laboratory  sessions. 

SAFE  23 1  Principles  of  Mine  SafeU  I  3c-0l -ish 

Prerequisite:  SAFE  102 

Focuses  on  die  various  asjiects  of  mining  operations  such  as  slope  and  shaft 
development;  mine  ilesign;  ground  control;  hoisting;  man-trips:  haulage;  mining 
ei|ulpment:  mine  emergency  planning  and  procedures:  mine  communications  and 
maintenance.  (Oflered  occasioiiidlv) 

SAFE  232  Principles  of  Mine  Safety  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAFE  102 

(  aivers  surface  mining  operations  such  as  slope  stability,  e(|uipnient.  ground 
water,  and  control.  Mine-related  processing  operations  are  discussed.  Provides  an 


m-ileplh  iitiidy  of  the  variouH  conlrulii  of  electrical  haurda  and  ignition  xiurcet 
such  an  permissible  efjuipiiiciit  and  electrical  dislnbuiioii  «ykteriifi.  'Ilic  uk»  of 
explosives  and  blasting  prai  tices.  handling,  storing,  and  trjri»portatiori  widi 
eiiipliasis  on  causes  of  expfosioii  involving  duMt  and  gase^  are  diAcuHseti.  (Oflered 
occasionally) 

SAFE  24.'>  Product  Safely  3c-OI-3ih 

Prerequisite:  MA'l'll  217 

Traces  flow  of  applitable  legislation  dealing  witli  coii»uiiienftiii  and  prixluLl 
safety,  (iorjiorate  liability  fiir  product  .safety  emphasized  diroiigfi  caM  sttidic*. 
Students  are  familiarized  widi  die  evolving  role  oKamsumer  l'ri>du(  i  Safety 
(aiiiiiiiiHsion.  (aiqiorate  inaiiagement  of  prrHlucI  development  and  salety  dcuilcl 
with  eiiiplia.sis  on  systems  safely  analysis,  standards.  M\t\  product  a-sung. 

.SAFE  2S I  Special  Topics  nr- 1  -3»li 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  i  oiitent 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  expcriiiienlal  or  temporary  basis  to  cxfilurc  Uipic« 
that  are  not  included  in  die  established  curriculum.  \  given  topic  nuy  be  olTcrcd 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  direc  limes.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  arc  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  sludcnls. 

SAFE  2!)9  Experience  in  Cooperative  Education  I  Oc-4)l-0sh 

Prerequi8ite8:(;PAof2.0or  better.  .SAFE  101.  1  1 1;  approval  of  academic 
advisor,  co-op  (oordinator.  and  department  chaiqierson 
Provides  the  initial  expeneiii  e  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom 
dieory  with  prai  in  al  applu  aiioii  dir<iugh  job-related  ex|>erieiiccs.  Open  to  SAFE 
majors  and  minors  in  iheir  so|)lioniore  year.  Students  are  employed  by 
organizations  where  diere  is  an  ongoing  hazard  control  program  under  die 
direction  of  an  experienced  safety  professional. 

SAFE  301  Health  Hazard  Identification  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BlOl.  I^!;.  CHEM  102.  MzVPII  121,  PHYS  1 1 1 
Provides  an  understanding  of  die  primary  healdi  hazards  found  in  industry  and 
their  effects  on  die  human  body.  Students  learn  to  recognize  hazards  involved 
widi  air  contaminants,  noise,  heat,  radiation,  chemicals  on  die  skin,  and  other 
stressors.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  study  of  occupatiimal  disease,  industrial 
toxicology,  and  use  of  threshold  limit  values. 

SAFE  303  Control  of  Health  Hazards  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  .M.ATIi  2I7,PHYS  112.  SAFE  301 

.■\  study  of  engineering,  administrative,  and  personal  protective  equipment  as 
mediods  of  reducing  or  eliminating  hazards  to  the  health  of  industrial  workers. 
Topics  covered  include  industrial  ventilation,  noise  control,  heat  ctmtrol. 
radiation  control,  personal  protective  equipment,  and  industrial  healdi  program. 

SAFE  3 1 1  Industrial  Fire  Protection  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  102,  PHYS  112,  SAFE  21 1 

Introduces  ftindamental  concepts  in  protection  of  industrial  workers  and  pro[>erty 
from  fire  and  explosion.  Fire  chemistry,  control  of  ignition  sources  in  industry, 
and  properdes  of  combustible  materials  are  discussed.  Fire  detccdon  and 
extinguishment  are  covered  along  widi  building  construction  for  Bre  prevention. 
life  safety,  fire  codes,  and  related  topics. 

SAFE  345  Systems  Safety  Analysis  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  M.\TH  217,  S.VFE  21 1 

Focuses  on  die  e\'aluation  of  system  designs  using  detailed  svsteni  analvsis 
techniques.  Topics  covered  include  system  definition.  ect»noniics  of  systems 
safety,  systems  safety  mediodology.  mathematics  of  systems  analvsis  including 
statistical  mediods.  Boolean  .-Vlgebra.  and  rcliabilitx'.  Skills  gained  include  die 
abiUty  t<i  peribnii  preliminan'  hazard  analysis,  failure  mode  and  efiect  analysis, 
fault  tree  analysis,  and  exercises  in  die  appUcation  of  fault  tree  analvsis  to 
hardware  and  man/machine  systems.  Practical  analysis  work  is  accompUshed  in 
laboratory  sessions. 

SAFE  347  Ergonomics  2c-3l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  BIOL  155.  S.AFE  301 

.•\n  exploration  of  die  principles  which  control  human  performance  and  its  effect 
upon  die  safety  and  reliability  of  systems.  Engineering  anthropometry;  human 
perception,  biomechanics  of  moUon  and  work  posture,  work  phs'siology.  and 
human  pcrfonnance  measurement  arc  covered  in  die  context  of  dieir  appUcauon 
in  workjilace  design.  Students  will  be  instructed  in  mcdicKlologics  for  analysis  of 
tasks  and  human  performance  requirements.  Important  human  limiudons  and 
ergononiic  hazard  e\aluaUoiis.  such  as  hfting  and  repetitive  motion  tasks,  are 
studied  in  laboratory  sessions. 

SAFE  370  Fleet  Safety  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  S.\FE  1 0 1  .junior  standing 

Includes  topics  invoKed  widi  the  development  and  operation  of  motor  fleet  safety 
programs:  driver  selection  and  training,  accident  investigation  and  recordkeeping, 
equipment  safety  features,  preventive  maintenance,  and  driver  incentive  programs. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SAFE  380  Institutional  Safety  Management  Sc-Ol-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing 

Historical  aspects  of  safet)'  for  both  private  and  public  institutions:  introduction 
to  trends  in  jjabilit)'  and  institutional  safety  regulations.  Distinctions  »t11  be  made 
bet^veen  employee,  visitor,  and  patient  hazards  and  dieir  control. 

SAFE  399  Experience  in  Cooperative  Education  11  Oc-01-Osh 

Prerequisites:  S.\FE  299  and  GPA  of  2.0  or  better 

Represents  tlie  second  experience  in  a  program  designed  to  combine  classroom 
theory  with  practical  application  through  job-related  experiences.  Open  to  SAFE 
majors  and  minors  before  completing  the  required  Safety  Sciences  internship  or 
achieving  senior  status  for  minors.  Students  are  employed  by  organizations  where 
there  is  ai\  ongoing  hazard  control  program  under  tlie  direcuon  of  an  experienced 
safety  professional. 

SAFE  401  Mine  Ventilation  2c  31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  122,  PHYS  112.  SAFE  102,  or  consent 
A  study  of  mine  ventilation  principles  and  practices  which  provide  a  basic 
knowledge  in  design  and  operation  of  mine  ventilation  systems.  The  topics  of 
airflow  physics,  ventiladon  standards,  fan  hindamentals,  pressure  losses,  required 
air  flows,  and  overall  design  are  discussed.  Specific  problems  in  mine  ventilation 
wifl  be  solved.  {Offered  occasionally) 

SAFE  402  Health  Hazard  Evaluation  2c-31-3sh 

Prerequisites:  MATH  2 1 7.  PHYS  1 1 2,  SAFE  30 1 

A  lecture/laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic  understanding  of  techniques 
used  in  measuring  and  e\^uating  the  magnitude  of  health  hazards  in  industry. 
Laboratory'  sessions  provide  experience  in  air  sampling,  noise  measurement,  heat 
measurement,  particle  size  analysis,  chemical  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  industrial 
ventilation  systems. 

S.^FE  4 1 2  Hazard  Prevention  Management  3c-31-4sh 

Prerequisites:  M.\TH  217,  MGMT  31 1, junior  standing 
Teaches  various  safety  management  techniques  to  identify'  and  prevent  the 
occurrence  of  hazardous  behavior  and  conditions.  Devises  methods  capable  of 
extracting  accurate,  meaningfiil  data,  of  collecting,  codify'ing,  and  processing 
hazard  and  loss  incident  information,  and  of  utilizing  data  retrieval  systems  used 
in  cost/benefit  decision-making  for  hazard  prevention,  safety  program  and 
perfonnance  evaluarion,  and  risk  management. 

SAFE  441  Accident  Investigation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  S.\FE  101, junior  standing  or  consent 
Focuses  on  various  aspects  of  accident  investigation  such  as  recent  theories 
associated  with  accident  causes,  investigative  techniques,  data  acquisition, 
structure  of  investigative  reports,  management  responsibilities,  and  remechal 
acdons.  Particular  emphasis  on  detem\ining  sequence  of  events  to  develop 
management  actions  which  will  prevent  recurrence  of  accidents. 

SAFE  461  Mr  PoUution  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  S.\FE  30 1  or  consent 

Focuses  on  various  major  aspects  of  the  air  pollution  problem.  Includes  sources  of 
pollution,  CN'aluation  and  engineering  of  poUutants.  government  regulations, 
atmospheric  chemistry  and  dispersion,  and  human  and  nonhuman  effects. 
Particular  emphasis  on  information  that  is  practical  for  tlie  safety  management, 
industrial  health,  or  environmental  health  professional. 

SAFE  462  Radiological  Health  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SAFE  301  or  consent 

A  study  of  problems  associated  with  ionizing  radiation  in  human  environment.  An 
emphasis  is  given  to  biological  effects,  radiation  measurement,  dose 
computational  techniques,  exposure  control,  and  local  and  federal  regulations. 
Study  and  use  of  various  radiological  instniments  included. 

SAFE  465  Right-to-Know  Legislation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  S.AFE  301.311,  or  permission  of  instnictor 
Covers  botli  tlie  federal  and  selected  stale  right-to-know  laws  and  related 
legislation.  The  scope,  application,  and  enforcement  of  the  various  laws,  including 
specific  legal  and  moral  obUgations,  are  discussed.  Strategies  are  explored  and 
developed  to  identify  the  means  by  which  employers  can  gain  compfiance  with 
regulatory  requirements. 

SAFE  472  Process  Safety  in  the  Chemical  Industry  3c-01  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SAFE  301, 311, 345,  and  senior  standing,  or  permission  of 

instructor 

Designed  to  cover  all  important  aspects  of  loss  prevention  as  it  is  practiced  in  the 

chemical  process  industries.  Its  objective  is  to  prepare  tlie  safety  professional  so 

that  he/she  may  be  able  to  work  more  effectively  with  chemists  and  chemical 

engineers  in  joint  hazard  identification,  evaluation,  and  control  projects. 


SAFE  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporar)'  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identit)'  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var- 1  -3sh 
liber,  department 


SAFE  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  ad\'isor.  facult)' 

chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  oBered  in  die 

curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  facidty  member. 

Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  a\'ailability  of  resources. 

SAFE  488  Internship  1 2sh 

Prerequisites;  .Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major,  minimum  2.8 
cumulative  GPA  and  3.0  GPA  in  major,  and  consent 

A  practicum  conducted  at  an  approved  occupational  setting  up  to  500  miles  away 
from  lUP.  Students  are  required  to  conduct  four  major  projects.  One  project  will 
be  from  each  of  the  following  areas:  Safety  Management,  Industrial  Safety, 
Industrial  Hygiene,  and  Fire  Protection.  Students  are  accountable  to  an  on-site 
supervisor  and  are  required  to  remain  in  close  contact  wiUi  a  Safety  Sciences 
faciJty  coordinator. 

SAFE  493  Internship  \-dr-6sh 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  all  required  courses  in  major 
All  Safet)'  Sciences  majors  are  expected  to  take  this  course.  It  is  conducted  away 
from  die  university  at  \'arious  industrial  enterprises.  Students  are  required  to 
provide  dieir  own  transportation.  Intended  to  allow  the  student  to  apply  hazard 
rid  safety  management  practices  to  actual  industrial  situations  while 
litiii'.;  t.\|Mist-d  t"  ininplexiiies  of  industrial  environment. 


Science 


College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Matliematics 

SCI  101  Fundamentals  of  Physics  2c-21-2.5sh 

Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  instructor  permission 
A  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  Elementary  Education  majors.  High  school 
physics  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Class  and  lab  presentations  concentrate  upon 
dispelling  naive  concepts  and  developing  a  better  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  the  physical  world.  The  topics  of  motion,  heat,  light,  sound,  electricit)-, 
magnetism,  and  the  nucleus  are  presented  in  context  with  our  everyday 
experiences.  Does  not  fulfill  die  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except  for  majors  in 
Elementary  and  Early  Childhood  Education. 

SCI  1 02  Fundamentals  of  Chemistry  2c-21-2.5sli 

Prerequisite:  Elcmentarv  Education  major  or  instructor  permission 
A  sun'ey  of  chemical  principles  and  concepts.  The  nature  of  chemical  reactions  as 
appfied  to  technolog)'  and  its  appUcations  to  societ)'.  The  world  of  consimier 
chemistry  will  be  explored.  The  goal  is  to  develop  a  chemical  Uteracy  for  the 
student.  A  series  of  laboratory'  exercises  develops  concept  understanding  and 
process  skills.  Some  indi^'idual  and  group  projects  will  be  included.  Does  not 
fiilfill  tlie  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except  for  majors  in  Elementar)'  and  Early 
Childhood  Education. 

SCI  1 03  Fundamentals  of  Earth  and  Space  Science  2c-21-2.5sh 

Prerequisites:  SCI  101,102 

An  introduction  to  geology,  astronomy,  oceanography,  and  meteorology  for 
Elementar\'  Education  majors.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  understanding  of 
large-scale  processes  and  how  die  eartli.  solar  system,  and  universe  work.  Lab 
experiences  include  hands-on  work  with  eardi  materials  and  with  instruments 
from  all  of  our  subjects,  map,  and  field  trips  wliich  may  occur  during  class  times, 
nights,  and  weekends.  Does  not  fiilfill  die  Liberal  Studies  requirement  except  for 
majors  in  Elementar)-  and  Eariy  Childhood  Education. 

SCI  104  Fundamentals  of  Em-ironmental  Biology  2c-21-2.5sh 

Prerequisites:  SCI  101,  102 

A  basic  introduction  to  die  major  concepts  and  principles  of  ecolog)'  and  their 

apphcation  to  modem  living  for  majors  in  Elementary  and  Early  Childhood 

Education. 

SCI  105  Physical  Science  I  3c-21-4sh 

A  descriptive  and  conceptual  course  in  physics  for  die  non-Science  major.  High 
school  physics  is  not  a  prerequisite.  Content  is  designed  to  develop  an 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  die  physical  world  around  us,  to  produce 
changes  in  attitude  and  background  essential  for  our  modem  society,  and  to 
clarify  the  following  topics:  motion,  heat,  sound,  Ught,  electricity,  magnetism,  and 
the  structure  of  matter. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       209 


SCI  I0(>  I'liysiciil  ScitiKT  II  .'^-21-4111 

A  l>asl>  iiiurHc  in  cnviriinincritiil  arid  (oiisiniicr  iliciiilHlr)'  fiir  llic  ri(in-S(  leiK c 
maji>r.  I  liuli  s(  luml  i  licmwlr)'  in  nut  u  prcrcciiiisitc.  Major  liipicd  intitule 
liimiankinil'»  nil-  and  al)ii»e  of  «(iil,  water,  air,  an<l  encrj?)'  rcsoiirted,  Rlcbal  UmkI 
proiliictiini  and  hunger,  the  mitlear  iii<lu»lr),  and  the  threat  of  niidcar  war. 
Consumer  to|)i<»  include  vitamins  and  initrition,  food  adilitive.s,  pesticides,  and 
druRS. 


.SCI2NI  NpeciiirropicN 
PrcreiiuUilei  As  appropriuK-  to  hmv 
Special  topics  courses  are  olleicd  on 
explore  topics  that  are  not  iiicliided  i 
may  he  ollcred  under  any  spei  iai  lopi 
topics  numbered  2HI  art  olUrtd  |)riTi 
sindenU. 


var-l-.)sh 
t  content 

in  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
the  established  ciirriculiim.  A  ^iveti  topic 
;  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
arily  lor  lower-lcvtl  undcr>;r.idnalc 


-l-3»h 


SCI4NI  .Special  Tiipica 

Preraquisilet  As  appropriate  to  course  content 
Special  topii  s  courses  arc  olVercd  on  an  experimental  or  temporaiy  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  i  urricnhmi.  A  Riven  topic 
may  be  ollcred  tmder  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  Umcs.  Special 
topiis  mmiberetl  IMI  are  primarily  lor  upper-level  imdcrj;raduate  studenLs. 

SCI  Wi  liidepeiidciit  Study  var- 1  -.isli 

Prx:n.'qui»itci  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  (acuity  member,  department 

chairi)er.son,  ilcan,  and  Provost's  Ollite 

Students  widi  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 

(  urriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 

Ap[)roval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resmirces. 

Sociology 

Department  of  Sociology 

College  of  Humanities  ami  Social  Sciences 

SOC  1 5 1  Principles  of  Sociology  3c()l-.!sh 

\  scientific  study  of  structure  and  functioning  of  human  societies,  with  special 
attentioti  to  factors  responsible  for  tlie  organization  and  transformation  of 
sociocultural  .Hysteins.  Specific  course  content  varies  from  one  instnictor  to 
another. 


tiporary  . 


SOC  2.(1  llonteii 
\n  exploration  ot 
Problems  alc  dtfine<l  and  s 
economic,  soi  ial.  and  aiittu 


iicial  Problems  3c-01-3sh 

Mii^  pinblcms  currently  endemic  to  Western  society. 
lotions  explored  in  light  of  historical,  political, 
I  data. 


"K" 


SOC  233  Language  and  Cultui*  3c-01-3sh 

Focuses  on  social  ami  cultund  fimctions  of  language.  Particular  emphasis  on 
analysis  of  non-Western  languages. 

SOC  251  Sociology  of  Human  Sexuality  3c-01-3sh 

An  in-deptli  analysis  of  a  formerly  taboo  topic,  human  sexuality.  Current 
infomiation  from  biological,  psychological,  and  sociological  research  on  human 
relationships  is  presented  to  provide  a  foundation  for  self-understanding  and 
societal  values. 

SOC  27 1  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Africa  3c-()l-3sli 

Explores  the  cultural  diversity  of  die  continent  of  Africa.  The  first  unit  examines 
the  historical  processes  which  shape  modem  society,  including  the  foniiation  of 
indigenous  .\fi-ican  empires,  the  evidence  for  trade  routes,  slave  trading,  and 
colonialism.  The  second  unit  examines  the  nature  of  African  traditional  societies, 
including  analyses  of  forager  and  agricultural  groups.  The  last  unit  covers  issues 
of  contemporary  development  in  .Mrica  such  as  famine  and  agriciJtural  policy,  the 
status  of  women  in  economic  development,  and  apartheid.  Reading  includes 
etlmographic  and  historical  accounts  of  .Aft^ican  society  as  well  as  selections  by 
Alricaii  writers  on  die  issues  of  contemporary  society.  (Also  oflered  as  .VNTH 
271;  may  not  be  tiiken  for  duphcate  credit) 

SOC  272  Cultural  Area  Studies:  China  3c-OI-3sh 

Designed  to  assist  die  student  in  developing  an  understanding  of  contemporary 
Cliiiia.  While  tile  course  will  begin  widi  prehistoric  and  historic  aspects  of  China, 
the  focus  will  be  on  contemporary  issues  presented  in  die  context  of  sociological 
tlieory.  Specific  Chinese  cultural  components  tliat  will  be  investigated  include 
values,  atdtudes,  nonns,  social  organization,  linguistics,  and  folklore.  (.\lso  offered 
as  ANTH  272:  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 

SOC  273  Cultural  Area  Studies:  Southeast  Asia  3c-0l-3sli 

An  intrtiduction  to  die  peoples  and  cultures  of  Soudieast  Asia.  Preliistorv  and  die 
development  of  indigenous  states  in  Soudieast  Asia  and  analysis  of  impact  of 

INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


world  religions,  such  at*  Ulam,  and  Wcslcni  colonialism.  Aliwi  exannncA  miMlcni 
hunter-gatherer  and  fanning  societies  an<l  discusses  c  rintcnifKirarv'  issues  in  vxaX 
and  economic  change,  including  the  "'Crecn  Kevf>lutir>n,"  tropical  <lcforcslatir»n, 
the  stniggle  of  ethnic  minority  tnbal  peoples,  and  the  pliglit  of  liultKlniiciM: 
refugees.  (Also  ollcred  as  ANTH  273;  may  not  l>c  taken  lor  duplicate  crexiit) 

SOC  274  Cultural  Area  Sludicm  latin  America  3c-OI-3sli 

An  introduction  to  the  peo|>les  aiul  cultures  of  l.atin  Arncrita.  F'Huses  on  tlic 
prehistory  and  development  of  pre-Columbian  <'omplcx  societies  in  Mcviamcrica 
and  the  Andes  antl  analyzes  the  impact  of  Kuro|>ean  colomalism  on  these  nujor 
regions.  Also  examines  cr>iitcmporary  issues,  such  as  civil  wars,  econoinit 
development,  rural-urban  migrations,  and  migratirm  and  immigration  of  l,atin 
American  peoples  into  the  United  States.  (Also  offered  as  A.NTII  274;  may  not 
be  taken  for  duplicate  cre<lit) 

SOC  28 1  Special  Topitu  var- 1  -3.li 

Prerequisite;  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  oflered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basi.s  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  oifcred 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
miinbered  2HI  are  ofltrred  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

SOC  2N(>  Marriage,  Kinship,  and  the  Family  3c-OI-39li 

Sociological  and  anthropological  study  of  patterns  of  marriage,  kinship,  and 
fatniK  lift,  with  emphasis  on  die  relationship  between  family  patterns  and  otlier 
soti.il  institutions.  Topics  covered  include  the  rainily  and  marnage  in  hi&tciricral 
and  (omparativt  perspective;  worldwide  patterns  of  gender  stratification:  incest 
antl  incest  avoidance;  class  and  race  contexts  of  family  patterns;  mate  selection 
and  love;  parenthood  and  child  rearing;  domestic  and  sexual  violence:  alternative 
family  lifestyles;  and  the  current  crisis  and  possible  ftiture  of  die  family.  Intended 
for  a  broad  audience  but  also  open  to  sociology  and  anthrripology  majors  and 
s.  (Also  offered  as  ANTH  286;  may  not  be  taken  for  duplicate  credit) 


SOC  301  Foundations  of  Sociological  Practice  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  1 .5 1 

Introduces  students  to  the  field  of  sociological  practice  and  develops  an 
understanding  of  the  relevance  of  micro  and  macro  sociological  dieory  to 
understanding  human  problems.  Focuses  on  applications  of  sociological  thetiry 
and  incdiods  to  die  helping  [irofessioiis  and  especially  to  undcrstantling  die 
interactional  aspects  of  die  relationship  between  service  users  and  service 
providers.  .-Vlso  acquaints  students  w-idi  the  structure  of  the  human  service  system 
ill  -American  society. 

SOC  302  CUnical  Sociological  PracUce  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  .SOC  301 

Prepares  the  student  to  effect  constructive  change  within  indK'itluals.  groups, 
families,  and  communities.  Draws  its  analysis,  diagnosis,  and  mediods  from  the 
foundations  of  sociological  tlicory  at  the  level  of  intervention  with  cUents. 

SOC  303  Social  and  Cultural  Change  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

\n  explorauon  of  current  theoredcal  perspecdves  on  social  and  cultural  change- 
Special  attenuon  given  to  planned  change  at  die  local  or  regional  level. 

SOC  3 14  Native  Americans  3c-01-3sh 

A  sun'ey  of  culture  history  and  culnire  area  characteristics  of  Native  .Americans  of 
Nordi  America.  A  detailed  study  of  representative  groups  related  to  historical, 
functional,  and  ecological  concepts. 

SOC  320  Sociological  Theory  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SOC  I  r>  I  and  second-semester  sophomore  standing 
.A  detailed  survey  of  the  historical  development  of  sociological  dieorv'  from  the 
niid-nineteentli  century  to  the  present.  Treats  the  classical  theorists  Marx. 
Durklieim,  and  Weber  and  such  contemporarv-  dieoretical  schools  as 
funcdonalism,  Marxian  and  Wcberian  conflict  theory,  cultural  materialism,  social 
evoiudonism,  rational  choice  theory,  symbolic  interactionisni.  ethnomethodology. 
sociobiology,  structurahsm,  and  postmodernism.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take 
diis  course  in  the  second  semester  of  their  sophomore  year  or  during  their  jimior 


SOC  333  Delinqucno  and  Youth  3c-0l-3sh 

Piertquisitc:  SOC  1.51 

.A  study  of  social  and  cultural  factors  involved  in  various  vouth  lifestyles, 
indutliiig  delinquency.  Cross-cultural  and  liistorical  apprtiach  used  in  a  review  of 
social  nonns.  social  control,  and  socialization  institutions  and  community-based 
programs  for  rehabihtation. 


210       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SOC  J35  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  .3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  die  social  issues  aiid  problems  of  alcohol  and  drug  misuse  in  American 
society.  Legal  and  illegal  substances  will  be  considered,  and  the  causes  of 
substance  abuse  as  wel!  as  alternatives  will  be  examined. 

SOC  J36  Sociology  of  the  Family  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Sociological  study  of  die  family  from  various  theoretical  viewpoints.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  contemporar)-  American  family.  A  variety  of  topics 
will  be  covered,  such  as  mate  selection,  power  relationships  and  roles  in  the 
family,  parent-child  interaction,  marital  satisfaction,  divorce,  and  others. 

SOC  337  World  SocieUes  and  World  Systems  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  One  of  the  following:  ANTH  1 10,  ECON  101  or  121,  GEOG  230, 
HIST  202,  PLSC  101  or  282,  SOC  151 

A  detailed  analysis  of  die  evolution  of  human  societies,  with  special  emphasis  on 
die  modem  world  system  of  societies  that  began  to  emerge  in  the  sixteenth 
century  and  diat  has  since  expanded  to  include  the  entire  globe.  Topics  include 
societies  during  die  preindustriai  era;  the  emergence  of  modern  capitalism  in  the 
sixteenth  centurv':  relations  between  developed  and  less-developed  societies  in  the 
modern  world;  die  ascent  and  decline  of  nation-states  in  die  modern  world;  the 
current  pUght  of  the  Third  World;  die  rise  and  demise  of  socialism  in  the 
twentieth  century;  and  various  scenarios  for  the  human  future. 

SOC  340  Sociology  of  Industry  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

An  examination  of  industrial  organizadons  and  dieir  environments.  ProducUon 
systems  analyzed  in  terms  of  different  forms  of  organization,  e.g.,  bureaucratic, 
power-equilibrium,  and  worker-parUcipation.  Special  attention  paid  to  who 
defines  producdon,  how  such  definitions  are  legitimized,  and  how  constraints  are 
placed  on  such  deBiiiUons  by  union  and  other  polidcal  organizadons. 

SOC  341  Sociology  of  Education  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  die  place  of  education  in  society.  Special  attendon  to  the  development 
of  educadon  in  America  and  its  reladon  to  polidcal  and  economic  phenomena. 
Some  attention  given  to  educadon  in  other  industrial  and  agrarian  societies. 

SOC  342  Social  and  Cultural  Aspects  of  Health  and  Medicine  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  tish  in  Sociolog)'  or  Anthropolog)' 

A  review  of  the  fields  of  medical  sociology  and  anthropology.  Focuses  on  such 
topics  as  healdi  and  illness  in  cross-cultural  context,  aging,  social  and 
psychological  aspects  of  pain,  and  social  organization  of  health  facilities  and 
services.  Definitions  of  limits  of  "life"  and  "death"  in  context  of  holistic  healdi. 

SOC  345  Interpersonal  Dynamics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

A  study  of  the  interaction  between  and  among  individuals  and  groups  in  various 
social  settings.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  self-understanding,  small  groups, 
socialization,  social  influence  and  compliance,  person  perception,  collective 
behavior,  and  mass  communication. 

SOC  348  Sociology  of  Work  3c-nl-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  1 5 1 

Focuses  upon  the  sociological  examination  of  the  various  forms  of  labor, 
employment,  and  unemployment  present  in  industrial  societies.  Examines  the 
nature  of  work  and  unemployment  in  the  modern  era  and  how  these  forms  are 
being  transfonned  in  the  present  period. 

SOC  352  Sociology  of  Religion  3c-01-3sli 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Nature,  role,  and  fiinction  of  religious  phenomena  in  human  societies  will  be 
explored  with  special  attention  to  certain  critical  issues  as  diey  relate  to  religion 
and  politics  and  religion  and  economics.  Some  fundamental  modes  of  religious 
life  including  ritual  forms  and  mythic  expressions  will  be  examined.  Other  diemes 
such  as  revitalization  movements  and  processes  of  secularization  in  modern 
societies  will  be  included. 

SOC  357  Sociology  of  Aging  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

An  introduction  to  various  problems  faced  in  the  process  of  growing  older. 
Attitudes  of  society  toward  elderly  and  social  and  cultural  impact  of  an  aging  U.S. 
population  examined. 

SOC  361  Social  Stratification  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  leading  perspectives  in  the  major  sociological  subfield  of  social 
stratification.  Attention  drawn  to  different  ways  of  ranking  people  in  human 
societies,  issues  concerning  the  distribution  of  income  and  wealth,  the  role  of 


political  power  in  determining  who  gets  what,  and  the  causes  and  consequences 
of  social  inequality  for  specific  groups. 

SOC  362  Racial  and  Ethnic  Minorities  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  from  a  historical  and  comparative  perspective  the  experiences  of 
minority  groups,  with  special  emphasis  on  economic  and  political  domination, 

stereotyping,  prejudice,  and  discrimination.  Techniques  of  majority  group 
domination  and  the  responses  of  minority  groups  are  discussed.  Various  reasons 
for  the  difTerent  rates  and  patterns  of  assimilation  are  explored. 

SOC  363  Sociology  of  Gender  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Explores  current  perspectives  on  the  situations  faced  by  women  and  men, 
primarily  in  the  United  States.  Examines  issues  such  as  the  impact  of  sex  and 
gender  on  socialization,  the  construction  of  knowledge,  intimate  relationships, 
paid  work,  family  relationships,  health,  and  issues  of  change. 

SOC  380  Social  Research  Methods  3c-0l-3sl . 

Prerequisites:  9sh  in  SOC  and  junior  standing 

Examines  diverse  research  designs  used  in  the  social  sciences,  i.e.,  survey,  field 
study,  experiment,  documentary,  and  existing  statistical  data.  Focuses  both  on 
logic  and  practice  of  social  research.  Students  choose  a  number  of  mini-i)rojects 
or  a  major  research  project. 

SOC  421  Sociology  of  Mass  Media  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  the  development  of  mass  media  as  dominant  cultural  forms  widiin 
advanced  industrial  societies  in  the  twentiedi  century.  Emphasizes  critical 
understanding  of  the  sociohistorical  development,  die  underlying  assumptions, 
and  the  social  implications  of  die  advance  of  mass  media. 

SOC  427  Spouse  Abuse  3c-0l  3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Considers  the  range  of  theoretical  explanations  for  the  pervasive  violence  between 
husband  and  wife.  Particularly  examines  the  research  on  wife  battering  and  die 
implications  of  this  research  for  programs  and  policies  assisting  bodi  die  victim 
and  the  abuser. 

SOC  428  ChUd  Abuse  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Examines  the  prevalence,  causes,  and  social  implications  of  physical,  sexual, 
emotional,  and  neglect  forms  of  child  abuse  in  society.  Child  abuse  will  be  studied 
from  the  individual,  family,  and  societal  level  perspectives.  Potential  intervention 
strategies  will  also  be  considered. 

SOC  448  Social  Policy  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Focuses  on  the  formation  of  social  welfare  programs  in  the  U.S.,  current  social 
policy  issues,  and  debates  between  conservative,  fiberal,  and  social  democratic 
policy  analysts.  Special  attention  drawn  to  various  social  problems  and  a  range  of 
social  policies  designed  to  ameliorate  the  economic  disadvantages  of  single 
individuals,  single  parents,  and  two-parent  families.  Also  devoted  to 
understanding  the  relationship  between  social  policy,  research,  and 
implementation. 

SOC  452  DisabUity  and  Society  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SOC  151 

Analyzes  disability  from  a  sociological  perspective.  Includes  consideration  of 
historical  and  current  views  of  disabihty  and  a  review  of  related  concepts  from  the 
fields  of  medical  sociology  and  the  sociology  of  deviance.  Also  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  effects  of  disabilities  on  individuals  and  families  through  die  fife 
course  and  a  consideration  of  related  ethical,  economic,  poUtical,  and  social  policy 
issues.  The  emphasis  is  on  disability  as  a  social  construction. 

SOC  456  Field  Research  Metiiods  3c-nl-3sli 

Prerequisite:  SOC  380  or  peniiission 

An  examination  of  methods  and  practice  of  sociology  and  anthropology  in  the 
areas  of  qualitative  and  field  methods.  Concentrates  upon  the  development  of 
field  notes,  interviewing  techniques,  participant  observation,  etc.  Qualitative 
methods  of  sampling  and  analysis  will  include  theoretical  sampHng  and  analytic 
induction.  Brief  background  research  into  community,  organizational,  and  group 
structure  will  also  be  emphasized. 

SOC  457  Computer  Use  in  Sociology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Peniiission  of  the  instructor 

Introduces  studeiUs  to  use  of  microcomputers  in  social  science  research  and 
practice.  Uses  a  variety  of  software  for  clinical  sociological  appfications  as  well  as 
quantitative  analysis  of  social  scientific  data.  These  include  client  information 
systems,  field  notes  and  downloading  such  notes,  exchanging  information 
between  agencies,  and  statistical  analyses  for  program  evaluation  and  forecasting. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       '211 


SOC  ISN  h.lili.iil  S.><iol.>ny  .k-OI-JxIi 

Prc-miiiixilci  SOC  I'll 

All  cxiiiiiiiKilii>ii  lit  llic  .social  ciiiitcxl  ol'iiowcr  unci  politici,  with  !i|iccial  rercrencc 
III  sucli  luiiim  a»  who  ((iiiIkiIh  ihc  mate  and  Htiitc  policy;  the  role  of  the  ntate  in 
Htahili/iiiin  I  a|Mi.ihsrii  and  |iiiilectiiig  the  jiowcr  of  the  u|i|ier  claim;  [lolitical 
activiticH  of  the  niiildlr  anil  iip|ici  clasKeH;  and  lahor,  civil  riKhtH,  and  welfare 
riKlitn  Koriai  imivcnii  nis  in  America.  KHpecially  cmiHidem  the  prohleniH  of 
ciindnctinK  and  inipliniintinn  social  policy  renearch  liir  social  change.  Vmm- 
li«lcdaiil'l.,S(:;M(i. 


SOC  4H0  Sociology  Seniiiiiir 
PrcraquiHitet  S( )( 1  I  'i  I 
Anciiiinai  loradvanccilsinilciu.s 
iitaueii  within  the  discipline. 


var- 1  -.tHh 
uls|,inal,zed 

var-l-.'J.sh 


.SOC4NI  Special  Topics 

Prerequinilei  A.s  appni|iriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  oflered  on  an  cxperiniciital  or  temporary  ha.sis  to  explore  topics 

ili.it  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  ciirriciiluiii.  A  (ijiven  topic  may  be  offered 

miller  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 

miinliered  4X1  are  ollered  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SOC  Mi  liidepciideiil  Sliidy  var- 1  -.ish 

Prerequiiiile:  I'rior  approval  throiisli  advisor,  laciilty  member,  departiiienl 
chairperson,  ileaii,  and  Provost's  Oilice 

An  o|>porlimity  for  student.s  to  engage  in  an  in-depth  analy.sis  of  some  topic 
lliniiigh  consultation  widi  a  lacult\  member.  A  semester  project  ordinarilv 
expected.  Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropri.iteness  and  availability  of 


SOC  Wi  Readings  in  Sociolugy  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite!  SOC  I  T^  I 

Directeil  readings  on  special  topics  in  sociology. 

SOC  493  Internship  in  Sociology  var-3- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  Prerequisites  vary  by  track.  Permission  of  Internship  Coordinator 

required. 

Supen'ised  experience  in  a  public  or  private  organization  tliat  extends  and 

coinpleinents  coursework  at  the  university. 


^sm 


ff^A 


Department  of  Sociulojni- 

College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SOWK  23K  Introduction  to  Social  Work 

Prerequisite:  ANTl  1110  or  SOC  1  .'i  I 

All  introduction  to  die  dviiamii  s  nriiclpingrelationsliips. 


SPAN 


!<,,  Spanish 


Department  of  S]ianisli  and  Classical  Languages 
College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 

SPAN  101  Klementary  Spanish  I  4c-0l-4sh 

For  beginning  stuilents.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students  will 
learn  to  converse  ami  ask  questions  in  simple  present  time  and  become 
acquainted  witli  location  of  Hispanic  populations  and  element.s  of  dieir  daily 
lives.  Attendance  is  required. 

SPAN  102  Elementary  Spanish  II  4c-01-4sh 

A  continuation  of  SHAN  101.  Students  will  learn  to  express  past  and  future  time. 
T  hey  will  continue  to  learn  about  Hispanic  countries  and  dieir  cultures. 
Attendance  is  required. 

SPAN  121  Spanish  for  Healtli  Care  Professionals  I  3c-0l-3sh 

For  beginning  students  in  nursing  and  odier  health-related  programs.  Primar)- 
emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Students  will  learn  to  converse  and  ask  questions 
related  to  healUi  care  settings  in  simple  present  time  and  near  fiiture.  They  will 
also  become  acquainted  with  Hispanic  populations  ami  elements  of  dieir  dailv 
lives.  Class  and  language  lab  attendance  arc  reiiuired.  .'\  student  may  receive  credit 
for  only  one  course  from  SPAN  101.  1 1 1.  121.  or  131. 


SPAN  122  Spanioh  for  Health  (.are  VtiAtHsumtU  II  ;.  HI   M, 

Prcrequiiitci  SPAN  121  or  eijiiivalent 

A  coniiniiation  ol  SPAN  121  for  student.^  in  nuniing  and  otiier  hcaldi-rclatcd 
programs.  Primary  emphasis  is  on  aural/oral  skills.  Stiiderilji  will  leant  to  exprctti 
past  and  liiture  lime  in  licaldi  care  settings.  They  will  read  articles  alxiiil  medieval 
issues  and  short  stories  which  concern  health  care  themes  in  Hispanic  culiurcii. 
Class  and  language  lab  attendance  are  requircil.  A  student  may  receive  credit  for 
only  one  loursc  from  SPAN  102.  122.  l32.or2ll. 

SPAN  131  .Spaninh  for  the  Hospiulily  Industry  I  3c-OI-3th 

Similar  to  SPAN  101  but  widi  a  s|>ccial  emphasis  im  Uic  vocabulary  and 
sinictures  used  in  die  hospitality  industry:  hotel  and  restaurant  management, 
tourism,  and  marketing.  (<lass  and  language  lab  attendance  is  rccjuired.  A  student 
may  receive  credit  for  only  one  course  from  SPAN  101.  Ill,  1 2 1 ,  or  131. 

SPAN  132  Spanish  for  the  Hospiulily  Industry  II  3c-«l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  131  or  ecguivalent 

Similar  to  SPA.N  102  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and 
structures  used  in  the  hospitality  industry:  hotel  and  restaurant  management, 
tourism,  and  marketing.  Class  and  language  lab  attendance  is  required.  A  student 
may  receive  credit  for  only  one  course  from  SPAN  1 02,  1 22,  1 32,  or  2 1 1 . 

SPAN  201  Intermediate  Spanish  4c-OI-4sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  102  or  equivalent 

.■\  continuation  of  previous  work  on  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 

skills.  SttideiiLs  will  leani  to  function  in  everyday  situations,  expressing  opinions 

and  doubts,  and  narrating  and  describing  in  present,  past,  and  fiiture  time. 

Exposure  to  cultural  concepts  dirough  hterary  readings.  Liberal  Studies  credit  is 

given. 

SPAN  221  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  equivalent 

Intensive  work  on  oral  cuminunication  skills  with  emphasis  on  vocabulary 
building,  pronunciation,  and  discourse  strategies.  Required  for  ail  majors  and 


SP,\N  222  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Business  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPA.N  201  or  equivalent 

Same  as  SPAN  221  but  with  a  special  emphasis  on  die  vocabularv  and  structures 
used  in  the  business  world.  SubsUtutes  for  SPAN  22 1 . 

SP.AN  223  Intermediate  Spanish  Conversation-Criminology  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP.\.N  201  or  equivalent 

Same  as  SPAN  221  but  widi  a  special  emphasis  on  the  vocabulary  and  structures 
used  in  law  enforcement  and  criminal  justice.  Substitutes  for  SPAN  221. 

SPAN  230  Intermediate  Spanish  Composition  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  221  or  conc-urrent  registration 

Intensive  practice  in  written  expression  in  .Spanish.  Bodi  communicadve  and 
stnictural  skills  are  stressed.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and 
minors.  Approved  to  meet  the  Liberal  Studies  requirement  for  a  writing-Intensive 
course  for  majors. 

SPAN  244  Modem  Mexico  3c-OI-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  201  or  equi\'alent  and  participadon  in  the  Mexico  Summer 
Study  .\broad  Program 

Taught  in  Mexico  as  part  of  die  study  abroad  program,  introduces  students  to  the 
contemporarv-  ailture  of  the  largest  Spanish-speaking  country  in  die  world.  \ 
historical  jierspective  is  provided  widiin  which  to  understand  current 
phenomena.  Textbook  readings  are  supplemented  with  readings  from  literarv' 
works  and  current  periodicals.  Students  will  gain  firsthand  experience  both 
through  field  trips  and  by  living  with  a  Mexican  iainily.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  260  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SP.\N  230  or  equivalent 

.•\  prerequisite  for  any  300-  or  400-level  course  in  Hispanic  literatures.  Designed 
to  provide  students  widi  the  tools  necessary  for  developing  hterarv  competence, 
the  course  combines  a  study  of  Uteran'  genres  and  analysis  with  an  introduction  to 
die  literatures  of  Spain  and  Spanish  America.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all 
majors  and  minors. 

SPAN  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  .-Vs  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporarv  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  the  estabUshed  curriculum.  .A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  idenuty  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  28 1  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


212       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SPAN  290  Spanish  for  Elementary  Teaching  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  equivalent  oral  proficiency  rating.  For  students 
enrolled  in  die  FLISET  Program 

Designed  for  Elementary  Education/Early  Cliildhood  majors  who  are  completing 
die  FLISET  Program.  The  purpose  is  to  increase  tlie  students'  proficiency  in 
Spanish  and  to  prepare  them  for  an  internship  in  an  elementary  school  abroad. 
An  emphasis  is  placed  on  vocabidan'  acquisition  and  on  strengthening  of 
listening  and  speaking  abihties  in  Spanish.  Through  in-class  interaction  and 
practice  in  the  language  laboratory',  students  improve  their  linguistic  skills,  learn 
the  language  necessary'  for  dealing  widi  elementary-age  children,  and  acquire 
basic  vocabulary  for  teaching  die  content  areas  of  die  elenientaiy  school 
curriculum. 

SPAN  .'J21  Advanced  Spanish  Conversation  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  230  or  equivalent 

Extensive  practice  in  oral  comniuiiication  skills.  An  emphasis  is  placed  on 
developing  fluency  in  speaking  over  a  wide  range  of  topic  areas.  Required  for  all 
majors  and  minors. 

SPAN  340  Hispanic  Civilization  Through  the  Nineteenth  Century    3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  230  or  equivalent 

An  introduction  to  die  sigTiificant  aspects  of  the  culture  ol  bodi  Spain  and 
Spanish  America.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discussion  are  drawn  from 
artistic,  literary,  religious,  geographic,  social,  and  political  manifestations  of 
Hispanic  culture  as  these  have  revealed  tliemselves  through  the  nineteentli 
century.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  all  majors  and  minors. 

SPAN  342  Twentieth -Century  Spanish  Civilization  and  Culture         3c-0l-3sh 
Prerequisite:  SP.AN  230  or  equivalent 

An  analysis  of  die  major  cultural  trends  in  twentiedi-centun-  Spain  as  diey  relate 
to  its  current  problems.  aspiraUons,  and  values.  Elements  for  explanation  and 
discussion  are  drawn  from  artisdc,  literary,  reUgious,  geographic,  social,  and 
political  manifestauons.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  alternate  years.  (May  not 
duplicate  credit  for  SPAN  382  taken  in  Valladolid) 

SPAN  344  Twentieth -Century  Spanish-American 

Civilization  and  Culture  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  230  or  equivalent 

An  analysis  of  the  major  cultural  trends  in  twentieth -century  Spanish  America  as 

they  relate  to  its  position  in  the  world.  Elements  for  explanation  and  discussion 

are  drawn  from  artistic,  Uterar)',  religious,  geographic,  social,  and  political 

manifestations,  including  indigenous  cultural  influences.  Taught  in  Spanish; 

offered  alternate  years. 

SPAN  353  Spanish  Phonetics  and  Phonemics  3c-0l-3sh 

An  introducuon  to  die  phonological  stiid\-  of  the  sounds  and  training  in 
pronunciation.  The  student  will  learn  die  theoredcal  basis  for  understanding  die 
Spanish  sound  system  and  will  perfect  pronunciation  dirough  classroom  practice 
and  tapings.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Required  for  Spanish  Education  majors;  higlily 
suggested  for  Spanish  majors. 

SPAN  354  Commercial  Spanish  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  230  or  equivalent 

Designed  especially  for  majors  in  Spanish  for  Inteniadonal  Trade,  diis  course  has 
three  focuses:  it  teaches  students  how  to  do  business  communications  in  Spanish; 
it  teaches  the  vocabulary  necessary  for  dealing  with  all  aspects  of  trade  and 
commerce;  and  it  introduces  students  to  die  special  concerns  and  practices  of 
business  in  the  Spanish-speaking  world.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  362  Survey  of  Peninsular  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  260  or  permission 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of  literary  texts 
from  Spain  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages.  Taught  in  Spanish; 
offered  alternate  years. 

SPAN  364  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  260  or  permission 

Designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  careful  and  critical  reading  of  Spanish- 
.\merican  lilerarv'  texts  read  either  in  their  entirety  or  in  select  passages.  Taught  in 
Spanish;  offered  alternate  years. 

SPAN  382-389  Pennsylvania- Valladolid  Program  18sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Contact  chairperson.  Deparmient  of  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages.  Courses 

taken  in  Valladolid  include  the  SPAN  382-389  and  SPAN  482  (3sh).  Descriptions 

below. 


SPAN  382  C«»ntemporary  Spain  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Gives  die  student  a  general  view  of  Spain  today  in  die  areas  of  society,  economy, 

and  pohtical  institutions.  (See  SPAN  342) 

SPAN  383  Geography  and  History  of  Spain  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  panorama  of  Spanish  physical,  social,  and 
economic  geography,  including  the  recent  autonomic  division  of  die  countr\'  and 
die  communication  among  die  autonomies.  Students  will  also  review  the  history 
of  Spain  from  the  fifteendi  centurv'  to  die  present  widi  special  emphasis  on 
today's  Spanish  institutions. 

SPAN  384  History  of  Spanish  Art  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  exposed  to  die  richness  of  art  in  die  Iberian  Peninsula  and  in 
particular  in  the  area  of  Madrid  and  Casdlla-Leon.  They  will  study  the  evoluUon 
of  Spanish  art  in  history,  giving  more  emphasis  to  contemporary  tendencies. 

SPAN  385  Sui"vey  of  Spanish  Literature  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  a  general  study  of  Spanish  literature  from  its  origin 
to  the  present  Unie  and  will  learn  to  appreciate  and  analyze  the  different  literary 
genres.  An  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  twendeth-centur)-  Hterature. 

SPAN  389  Theory  and  Practice  of  Spanish  Language  3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  260  or  permission 

Students  will  be  introduced  to  Spanish  s\mtax,  morphology,  and  the  Spanish 
language  lexicon.  They  will  be  introduced  to  familiar  and  formal  conversation  and 
to  idiomatic  expressions  used  in  ever\'day  situadons. 

SPAN  390  Teaching  of  Elementary  Content 

Through  the  Spanish  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Passage  of  a  language  proficiency  examination  and  permission  of 
the  instructor 

The  student  will  study  current  theories  of  language  acquisidon  processes  in 
children  and  will  develop  foreign  language  instiiicdonal  objecdves  and  acdvides 
which  integrate  language  and  cultural  learning  with  the  content  areas  of  the 
elementary'  school  curriculimi.  Through  hands-on  pracdce,  the  student  will 
develop  techniques  for  teaching  fimcUonal  language,  planning  lessons,  tesdng 
language  skills,  setdng  curricular  objecdves,  and  selecting/designing  materials 
appropriate  to  the  needs  and  interests  of  elementary  school  foreign  language 
learners. 

SPAN  400  History  of  the  Spanish  Language  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SR\N  230  or  equivalent 

Traces  phonological,  morphological,  lexical,  and  syntacUcal  evoludon  of  Casdlian 
dialect  from  its  origins  in  vulgar  LaUn  through  its  development,  perfection,  and 
ultimate  recognition  as  the  official  language  of  Spain  and  Spanish  America.  Places 
Castihan  finguistically  with  relation  to  other  Romance  languages  and  considers 
features  pecuhar  to  Spanish  of  Latin  America.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  402  Translation  and  Interpretation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPAN  230  and  321 

Fundamental  translation  skills  for  use  in  business  and  industry  as  well  as  in 
academic  and  pt)pular  fields. 

SPAN  403  Applied  Linguistics  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  230 

An  introduction  to  Spanish  linguistics  for  students  who  have  had  no  previous 
experience  in  linguistics.  Students  will  study  the  application  of  areas  such  as 
phoiiolog)',  morphology,  syntax,  and  semantics  and  will  explore  issues  in 
psycholinguistics  and  sociofinguisdcs.  Taught  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  404  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  3c-0l-3s!i 

Prerequisites:  SP.AN  221  or  equivalent  and  SPAN  230  and  senior  standing  or 
departmental  pennission 

An  in-depdi  study  of  Spanish  syntax  and  morpholog)-.  Taught  in  Spanish. 
Required  for  all  majors. 


SPAN  410  Medieval  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  260  or  permission 

Reading  and  discussion  of  various  medieval  genres:  brief  prose  narrative,  epic, 
lyric,  and  didactic  poetry,  prose,  and  medieval  drama.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered 
in  four-year  rotation. 

SPAN  4 1 1  Golden  Age  Literature  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  260  or  permission 

An  analysis  of  themes,  motifs,  and  stylistic  de\ices  of  Spanish  poetry,  novel,  and 
theater  of  die  Renaissance  and  Baroque.  Taught  in  Spanish;  offered  in  four-year 
rotation. 
INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       213 


SI'AN  1 1  2  I  111-  Spanisll  Novel ..( (lit  NiiltUiiilli 

»ii(l  •IWiiiliflli  Cinlurici.  .'k-OI-a»li 

l'rem|uiNilci  SI'AN  2(iO  ur  pcriiii.Hsion 

An  .lMiil)»i.i  nl  s.lc.  led  rii>vil»  (n.iii  llircc-  major  pfrio.l.H:  llu-  iiiri<H<.ulh  ccniiir)', 

llKCtricralloii  of  I  SON,  .ni<l  llic'  |Hi»t  Civil  War.  TauKliI  in  S|)aiii»li;  olkrid  in 

liMir  year  rotation. 

.SPAN  n.t  .S|iaiil»h  I'oclry  of  the  Niiiclti-iilli  ihkI 

IVcnliclli  ( li-iiluritN  St-OI-Ssh 

Prcrcqiiinilci  SI'AN  2(j(l  or  ptrmis.sion 

Tilt;  dUkIv  ami  aiialyHin  of  lyric  poetry  in  Spain  from  ninctcciitli-cciitiiry  poetry 

ihroiigli  moilcriilBiii  aii<!  its  evoliilion  to  the  present.  Taiiulu  in  Spanish;  olferetl  in 

loiir-ycar  rotation. 

SPAN  •12(1  Modern  llifipanic  Thtaler  3c-0l-38h 

Prt'requiiillei  SI'AN  2(i(l  or  pernnssion 

The  study  ami  analysis  of  modern  dramatic  works  from  Spain  and  Spanish 
Aiiicrica.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  pvcn  to  the  representational  aspect  ol  the 
works.  ■lanKhl  in  Spanish;  ollered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SPAN  42 1  Modern  Hispanic  Short  Story  3c-01-.3sli 

Prerequisite:  SI'AN  2(J0  or  permission 

I'he  critical  aiwIvMs  of  .short  stories  by  Spanish  and  Spi 

lauKhl  ill  Spanish;  ollered  in  four-year  rotation. 


sli-.\merican  aiithoi 


SPAN  4.10  'Iwenlicth-Ccnlury  Spanish-American  Prose  .k-OI-.Ssh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  2()0  or  permission 

Traces  literary  expressions  fn)m  the  turn  of  the  century  to  the  present  in  the  major 
prose  expressions  of  tlic  essay,  the  short  story,  and  the  novel.  Taught  in  Spanish; 
offered  in  four-year  rotation. 

SPAN  4.il  Spanish-American  Poetry  3c-()l-,'!sh 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  260  or  permission 

A  study  of  Spanish  American  poetry  from  its  early  manifestations  through 
modernism,  post-moileniism,  and  avant-garde.  Taught  in  Spanish;  oficred  in  four- 
year  rotation. 

SPAN  4.'i  I  Conversation  Fonini  2c-0 1  -2sh 

Prerequisite:  SI'.VN  ,12 1  or  ciinivalcnl 

Kxtensive  work  on  the  ilevelopment  of  speaking  skills  at  the  "Advanced  Low" 
level  of  oral  proficiency,  as  defined  in  the  Speaking  Guidelines  tieveloped  by  tfie 
American  Council  on  the  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages.  Focuses  on  paragraph- 
lengtli  discourse  and  narration  and  description  in  present,  past,  and  future  time 
frames  within  a  variet)'  of  topics  and  contexts. 

SPAN  48 1  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  tliat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  he  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 


var-l-()sh 
faculty  member,  deparunent 


SPAN  482  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  I'noi  ipprovai  through  ad 

chairi)eison.  dciii.  and  Provosl's  ( MTicc 

.'\n  opportunity  to  engage  in  an  in-dcpth  analysis  of  some  topic  dealing  with  the 

Spanish  language  and  culture  iliroiigh  consultation  witli  a  faculty  member. 

.\pproval  is  based  on  acadcmii-  apjiropriateness  and  availabihtv'  of  resources. 

SPAN  493  Internship  var-.)- 1 2sh 

Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  study  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country 
A  supervised  field  experience  in  any  Spanish-speaking  area  of  tlie  world  with 
approved  public  agencies  and  institutions  or  private  firms,  no  longer  tlian  one 
semester  and  no  less  than  one  month.  Positions  will  be  matched  as  closely  as 
possible  widi  tile  intern's  personal  interests  and  professional  goals.  For  more 
information  contact  tlie  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department.  Maximum 
offish  can  be  a|>plied  toward  a  major. 


Speech  Patholoj^y  itiicl  Audioloj^y 

Department  olSiJccial  Kdticjtioii  uiid  (iliiiical  Services 
(lolicjrc  (if  Kcliicatioii  and  Ktlticationai  Tcclinoiogy' 

SPI.P  1 1 1  Introduction  to  (iommunicalion  Dioorden  (cDI-  l>li 

An  iiitro<luctlon  to  study  of  physiolrjgical.  acou^tital,  and  scientific  pr'M.-c«M;» 
involved  in  produttion  and  reteption  oi  speech.  The  genetic  de\'elopiiicnl  of 
speech  sounds  and  factors  diat  hinder  or  facilitate  speech  and  language 
ac(|uisitioii. 

SPI.P  122  Clinical  PhonnloKy  3c-OI-3>h 

A  detailed  study  of  the  classification  of  Anicrican-Kiiglish  phr>ncrncs  ufting  tJic 
physical  and  acoustical  perspectives.  Ocvelopineril  of  proficiency  in  u»e  of 
International  Phonetic  Alphabet  for  allophonic  trjiiscriplions  of  nomial  and 
disordered  speech. 

SPLP  222  Introduction  lu  Audiology  Sc-OI-Ssh 

The  study  of  auditory  fiinclion,  anatomy  ofauditnry  mechanism,  psycliophysics 
of  sound,  types  and  causes  of  hearing  loss,  measurement  of  hearing,  and 
educational  considerations  for  hearing-handicapped  child. 

SPLP  242  Speech  Science  I  3c-«l-3sh 

The  study  of  the  communication  process  widi  emphasis  on  physical 
cliaracteristi<'s  of  sound  production,  transmission  and  perception  of  die  sound, 
and  die  cvolvement  and  use  of  symbols  firir  meaningful  communication.  Tlie 
scientific  principles  of  nonnal  oral  communication  are  stressed,  and  language 
learning  is  recognized  as  a  basis  for  oral  communicatirm. 

SPI.P  251  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 

and  Hearing  Mechanism  3c-01-3sh 

Consideration  of  genetic  development,  structure,  and  function  of  tJie  organs  of 
speech  and  hearing.  Anatomical  systems  involved  in  respiration,  phonation. 
articulation,  and  hearing  and  relationships  between  systems  in  production  and 
reception  of  speech. 

SPLP  254  Classroom  Management  of  Language  Disorders  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  aspects  of  speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems  pertaining  to 
classroom  situation.  Types  of  speech  and  hearing  disorders,  conducting  speech 
and  language  improvement  lessons,  classrofim  aids  for  teaching  the  child  with 
language,  speech,  aiul  hearing  impainuent.  and  school  and  community  resources 
for  these  children.  (Required  for  majors  in  Education  of  tlie  Exceptional  and 
suggested  for  majors  in  Elementary  Education) 

SPLP  28 1  Special  Topics  m- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offisred  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
diat  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  dian  three  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

SPLP  3 1 1  Aural  Rehabilitation  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPLP  222.  23  GPA 

Consideration  ot  die  effects  of  varied  degrees  of  hearing  loss  sustained  by 
indi\'iduals  at  different  stages  of  development  and  study  of  total  education  and 
rehabilitative  procedures  for  the  hard-of-hearing  child  or  adult. 

SPLP  334  Language  Development  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  2.5  Cil'.A 

The  study  of  tlie  development  of  an  inteq)er5onal  communication  system: 
language  as  a  system  of  symbols  for  communicadon;  the  structure  of  tlie  English 
language,  including  phonology,  syntax,  and  semantics  witli  emphasis  on  the 
generative  evolvement  of  sentences.  Highlighting  the  neurological,  social,  and 
psychological  bases  of  language  development. 

SPLP  342  Speech  Science  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPLP  242.  2.5  GPA 

Phvsiologic.  acoustic,  and  perceptual  characterisucs  of  speech  with  special 
emphasis  on  speech  monitoring  and  controls.  .Majeir  lab  instrxmrentation  and 
research  techniques  in  current  use  are  described  and  demonstrated.  The  status  of 
present  knowledge  is  summarized  and  discussed. 

SPLP  406  .Articulation  and  Language  Disorders  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPLP  1 1 1.  242.  251.334.  2.5  GPA 

.\n  exploration  of  the  processes  related  to  de\-elopmental  articulation  and 
language  disorders  from  birth  Uirough  adolescence.  Instruction  in  the  principles 
underlying  modification  of  these  disorders.  Preparation  of  management  programs 
and  observ^adon  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  required. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


214       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


SPLP  408  Stuttering  and  Voice  Disorders  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPLP  1 1 1, 242, 251, 334, 2.5  GPA 

An  introduction  to  the  developmental,  psychogenic,  and  organic  bases  for 
stuttering  and  voice  disorders.  Instruction  in  principles  underlying  treatment  of 
these  disorders  with  emphasis  on  anatomical  deviations  and  laryngeal 
dysftmction.  PreparaUon  of  management  plans  and  observation  in  Speech  and 
Hearing  Clinic  required. 

SPLP  412  Organization  and  Administration  of 

Speech  and  Hearing  Program  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  SPLP  1 1 1,  2.5  GPA  (meets  requirement  for  Professional 

Education  course) 

Establishment  and  maintenance  of  speech  and  hearing  programs  widiin  various 

administrative  orgamzations,  particularly  in  the  public  schools.  The  techniques  of 

client  identification,  scheduling,  recordkeeping,  appropriate  referral,  material  and 

equipment  selecUon,  teacher  and  parental  counseling,  and  the  development  of 

coordinated  professional  and  interdisciplinary  procedures. 

SPLP  420  Speech  Clinic  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisites:  EDUC  242, 342,  GPA  of  3.0  or  better,  all  major  courses,  program 
director's  permission 

An  experience  in  working  with  individuals  or  groups  of  persons  who  exhibit 
speech  or  hearing  problems.  Lesson  planning,  wridng  of  reports,  and  case 
histories  of  a  detailed  nature. 

SPLP  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

SPLP  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


THTR     ' 


Department  of  Theater  aiitl  Dance 
College  of  Fine  Arts 

THTR  101  Introduction  to  Theater  3c-01-3sh 

An  exploration  of  the  theater  arts,  examining  major  periods  of  theater  history, 
selected  works  of  dramatic  hterature,  and  the  primary  theater  arts  of  acting, 
directing,  design,  and  technical  theater.  Class  experience  includes  the  analysis  of 
at  least  two  major  works  of  drama,  attending  two  Uve  productions,  and  viewing  of 
selected  televised  plays  and  musicals. 

THTR  110  Script  Analysis  3c-01-3sh 

Examines  major  as  well  as  alternative  systems  by  wliich  dramatic  texts  may  be 
analyzed,  including  classical  plot  construction,  scene  structure,  tension  and 
release,  dramatic  rhythms,  and  several  contemporary  and  less  convenUonal 
methods  of  dramatic  orchestradon. 

THTR  1 1 6  Fundamentals  of  Theatrical  Design  3c-01-3sh 

Introduces  tlie  fundamentals  of  scene,  costume,  lighting,  and  sound  design  for 
theater  and  dance.  Focuses  on  creative  processes  used  by  designers  to  make 
choices.  Topics  include  script  analysis,  director  and  designer  conmiunication,  and 
the  integration  of  the  design  elements  into  a  unified  production. 

THTR  1 20  Stagecraft  I  3c-0l-3sh 

An  exploration  of  the  material,  methods,  and  procedures  utilized  in  creating  a 
scenic  environment.  Through  instrucUon  and  practical  applicaUon,  students  learn 
the  basis  of  scenic  construction  and  develop  competency  with  the  basic  materials 
and  equipment  used  in  a  theatrical  scene  shop. 

THTR  122  Costume  Workshop  3c-0l-3sh 

Instruction  arid  pracUcal  experience  in  the  process  of  building  costumes  for  the 
stage.  Acdvities  include  fitung,  cutdng,  sewing,  dyeing,  and  paindng.  There  is  also 
instrucdon  in  the  maintenance  of  wardrobe,  costume  stock,  materials,  and 
properdes. 


THTR  130  Stage  Voice  3c-0l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Theater  majors  only  or  permission  of  instructor 
Instrucdon  in  basic  development  of  the  vocal  instrument  of  the  actor  in  stage 
performance.  An  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  resonance,  quahty,  pitch,  and 
projecdon  of  die  voice  while  improving  the  student's  ability  to  ardculate. 

THTR  131  SUge  Movement  3c-()l-3sh 

Instrucdon  in  basic  stage  movement  and  the  physicalizadon  of  character.  Includes 
work  in  character  development  dirough  variety  in  movement,  introductory  work 
in  juggUng,  stage  combat,  and  mime,  and  the  assessment,  awareness,  and 
correction  of  individual  movement  problems. 

THTR  20 1  Theater  History  I  3c-0l-3sh 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  liistory,  trends,  and  developments  of  theater  and 
drama  fi-om  their  beginnings  through  the  English  Renaissance. 

THTR  202  Theater  History  II  3c-0l-3sh 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  history,  trends,  and  developments  of  theater  and 
drama  from  die  English  Restoration  to  die  present. 

THTR  220  Sugecraft  II  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  THTR  1 20  or  permission 

An  advanced  exploradon  of  materials,  methods,  and  procedures  involved  in 
creating  a  scenic  environment.  Students  also  receive  intensive  pracdcal  experience 
in  shop  planning  and  super\ision  to  include  problem-solving  techniques. 

THTR  22 1  Basic  Suge  Lighting  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisite:  THTR  120 

An  introducdon  to  Ughdng  instruments,  color  media,  control  boards,  physical 
laws  of  electricity  and  optics,  graphics,  and  convendonal  techniques  used  in 
lighdng  theatrical  producdons. 

THTR  223  Makeup  for  the  Suge  3c-01-3sh 

Deals  widi  pracdcal  applicadon  of  straight  and  character  makeup  and  may  include 
instrucdon  in  creadng  beards,  wigs,  prosthetics,  and  masks. 

THTR  240  Acting  1  3c-0l-3sli 

The  study  of  the  primary  elements  of  die  Stanislavski  system  of  character 
development.  Includes  text  analysis  and  the  development  of  physical  acdon 
through  a  character's  subtext,.as  well  as  motivadonal  and  improvisadonal 
techniques. 

THTR  28 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sli 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special  topics, 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

THTR  301  Tragic  Mask  3c-01-3sh 

A  historical  survey  of  theatrical  convendons,  tradidons,  and  producdon  pracdces 
specifically  associated  with  tragedy  and  its  ensiung  forms:  drama  and  melodrama. 
Focuses  on  landmark  dramadc  texts,  examining  die  changing  faces  of  tragic  masks 
and  their  imphcadons  for  theatrical  pracdce  from  ancient  Greece  to  the  twendeth 
century. 

THTR  302  Comic  Mask  3c-0l-3sh 

A  historical  survey  of  dieatrical  convendons,  tradidons,  and  producdon  pracdces 
specifically  associated  with  comedy  and  its  related  forms:  farce,  burlesque,  etc. 
Focuses  on  landmark  dramatic  texts,  examining  the  changing  faces  of  comic 
masks,  their  convendons,  and  their  imphcadons  for  theatrical  pracdce  from 
ancient  Greece  to  die  twendeth  century. 

THTR  3 1 0  Theater  Criricism  3c-0l-3sh 

A  study  of  the  theory  of  cridcism  and  of  the  discrete  fiincdons  of  cridc  and 
reviewer.  Students  see  live  performances  and  pracdce  wridng  both  reviews  and 
cridcism. 

THTR  320  Scene  Design  3c  01-3sli 

Prerequisite:  THTR  120 

An  introducdon  to  die  principles  of  scenic  composidon,  analysis,  concept 
development,  and  graphic  communicadon  methods  used  by  the  scenographer. 

THTR  32 1  Stoge  Lighting  Design  3c-0l-3sli 

Prerequisite:  THTR  221 

Covers  the  design  and  execudon  of  stage  lighdng  with  emphasis  on  script 
analysis,  the  collaborative  role  of  the  lighting  designer,  lighting  theory,  and 
modern  stage  hglidng  pracdces.  Pracdcal  applicadons  include  the 
conceptuahzadon  and  designing  of  producdon  lighdng  for  Proscenium,  Thrust, 
and  Arena  stages  through  class  exercises. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS       215 


rirni  .m  ConIiiiiu-  l)(»iKii  .■k-Ol-.i«h 

( :iivcni  <lL»inn  anil  cxt( iKimi  iil  slanc- 1 ohIiiiiich  willi  iiiiplianiii  on  hIiiiwIiii;  Ikiw 
hkmkI  ami  illiisiiin  lari  lu-  crfalcd  tliieiimli  lln-  |)ni|)(r  sclfctidn  ol'^lylc,  color,  anil 
l(  xliirc,  Hii|i|)lniiciiU(l  l>y  an  ovirvicw  of  ■.lane  <  r.siiirniim. 

IIITR  :ir.i  Sound  Dcsinii  )<  (II  Mi 

( iovcrn  till-  Iwsic  prim  iplcs  and  llicorits  of  ilc»iniiing  111111111  lor  llic  llicalcr. 
ThrmiRli  ikinoii»lra(ioii  and  practical  application,  covers  tlic  following  principal 
areas:  liasic  ilcclronics,  recording  techniques  and  equipment,  nuisical  and  ellccts 

iiilcuralion,  tlieaUr  a(  oustii  ».  dcsijrniuK  sound,  and  sound  niiiforirim-lil. 

llll'R'MOAclinKll  ii  ()l  (»li 

l*rercc|uiHite!  Til  IK  210  or  perinission  ol  instructor 

riic  sinilv  oltlii  cvolmi);  Slauislavsky  system  and  its  American  reinlerpretations 
as  upplied  to  realism  ami  oilier  dramatic  genres  and  styles.  Tlie  emphasis  will  he 
on  scoring  ollext,  exploring;  the  irlalionsliips  lielween  psycliolofrical  states  and 
physical  action. 

'l'iri'R.'>'n  Acting  Styles  .Jc-Ol-.ish 

Prercquisitesi  Tl  ITR  l:«)/l.!l,  2'10  or  permission  olinstnictor 
A  study  and  practice  of  advanced  acting  skills,  with  special  einjjlia.si.s  on  style  and 
period.  Possible  areas  of  focus:  Creek  classical,  Commedia  Dell'Arte  (farce), 
French  Neoclassical,  Iteatoralion  Comedy,  Melodrama,  High  Comedy 
(Willie/Coward),  or  Theater  of  the  Ahsurd. 

TUTR  i4i  Acting  Shakespeare  Sc-OISsh 

I'rercquisilcsi  'I'HTR  241),  .'HO  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  advanced  acting  studio  which  will  prepare  students  to  perform  in 
Shakespeare's  plays.  Pnivides  a  background  overview  of  the  Eliiiabetlian  period  in 
.idilition  to  various  methods  towards  approaching  the  movement,  language,  and 
\'crse  forms  from  an  actor's  ptiiut  of  view. 


unit  IK  I  Diret  ling  Studio  U   i\  i-U 

I'rcrequisileN:  THTK  .'^'iO  or  |>crmi»Hion  of  luntnulor 

An  opportunity  lor  sliidentii  to  direct  m  cue  work,  one-act  pUys,  or  larger  |itr>jccU, 
according  to  individual  IcveU  of  exfiericnce,  preparation,  and  rradiiie%<i.  Practical 
application  of  principle)  of  directing  10  specific  problems  in  directing.  Student 
pr<iject.H  perliimied  in  public,  open-cla»s  recitals.  May  be  rcfiealcd. 


I  in  PriiducUon 


var  .5-4sh 


TIITR  1K(>  Pracli^ 

Prerequisite!  Penmssion  ot  instructor 

.An  opporinnity  with  academic  iredit  fi>r  studcntA  to  make  significanl 

<  ontributions  to  campus  productions  augmenting  theater  coursework  ui  tJic  arcax 

of  assistant  directing  or  rlirecting,  stage  inanagemenl,  technical  direction,  viurnl 

design,  lighting,  scene  design,  properties  and  set  decoration,  scene  building  and 

painting,  costuming,  dance,  and  tnake-up  design.  May  lie  rcfieatcd. 


.Jc-01-.Jiih 
tv  of  technical  tlicatcr  areas  not 


TIITR  4H()  Technical  Theater  Problems 

Prerequisite:  Permission  <if  instructor 

( )pen  to  all  students  desiring  instruction  in 

presently  covered  in  other  courses.  Tfipics  to  include  sfiund  design,  stage 

m.iiiagement,  set  props,  media  make-up,  technical  drawing/mixed  media,  and 

scene  painting.  May  be  repeated. 

TIITR  49.}  Internship  var-3-l; 

Prerequisite:  Permission  ol  instructoi 

Opportunities  for  students  to  gain  experience  with  professional  |ierfoniiaiice 
organisations  in  areas  related  to  diealer  and  dance. 


UVWD 


Universitywide  Courses 

Academic  Affairs  Division 


THTR  34.5  Touring  Young  People 

Introduces  the  fundamentals  ot  \>mh 
through  I'lfteen  years.  Class  niemlui' 
develop  a  script  through  inipnnis.iti 
the  surnmnding  schools. 


Ihealer  .■3c-01-3sh 

1 11 1 1|  lie's  theater  for  audiences  aged  five 
mII  select  appropriate  chiltlren's  literature, 
1.  .111.1  rehearse  aiul  tour  their  production  to 


THTR  347  PlayTvritiiig  3c-0l-3sh 

Prvrequisile:  THTR  1 10  or  permission  of  professor 

A  practical  exploration  of  the  craft  ami  process  of  plaj'writing.  Focuses  primarily 
on  tlie  practical,  "hands-on"  experiences  approximating  the  "developmental 
process"  currently  in  use  in  tlie  American  tlieater.  The  student  will  be  guided 
from  the  initial  concept  tlirough  synopsis,  outlines,  working  drafts,  and 
completion  of  an  original  one-act  play  and  a  "staged  reading"  of  diis  project. 

THTR  3.'>0  Directing  3c-01-3sh 

Prerequisites:  THTR  1 1 0,  240,  or  permission  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  basic  tiirecting  skills:  casting,  floor  plans,  blocking,  rehearsal 
procedures,  and  the  applications  of  scene  and  character  analysis.  Students  will 
prepare  short  scenes  for  class  presentittion. 

THTR  48 1  Special  Topics  var  I  -6sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  ofl'ered  on  an  experimental  or  temporan-  basis  to 
explore  topics  diat  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  Uian  direc  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

THTR  482  Independent  Study  var- 1  -(ish 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairiierson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Independent  study  in  theater  may  be  either  purely  academic  or  may  be  a  practical 
production  piujn  1.  Mip|.,.ii«l  by  a  written  document  giving  evidence  of 
significant  sclml.irli  in\  (Mi^^.iiimi  or  origin.il,  creative  cllori.  M.iv  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  ollish    \|,|,M.^,li  is  based  on  academic  appiopi  idleness  and  availability 
ol  resources, 

THTR  483  Acting  Studio  3c-21-3sh 

Prerequisites:  Miniiimm  of  THTR  240,  by  permission:  individual  foci  have 
additioTi.il  |iu  ut|uiMU-s 

An  advanciil  Miulio  course  offering  scene  practice  widi  faculty  direction, 
coaching,  and  criticism.  Specific  focus  of  scene  work  varies  from  semester  to 
semester,  including  improvisation  techniques,  stage  dialects,  audition  techniques, 
and  acting  lor  the  camera  as  alternating  semester  options.  Mav  be  repeated  with  a 
different  focus  each  time. 


irVWD  480  T.H.I.S.  Seminar  Sc-OI-Ssh 

An  academic  seminar  taken  at  the  State  System  of  Higher  Education  University 
Center  in  Harrisburg  in  conjunction  with  the  T.H.I.S.  internship.  Consists  of 
public  policy  information,  decision  making,  and  budgeting  and  addresses 
(|uestion-and-answer  sessions  witii  leading  state  government  policymakers.  Sec 
description  under  Academic  Affairs  areas.  Restricted  to  the  T.H.I.S.  internship 
participant.  See  UVWD  493. 

UVWD  493  T.H.I.S.  Internship  rar-1 2sh 

A  practical  experience  at  the  policymaking  level  of  the  state  government  diat  also 
requires  a  research  project.  Student  must  have  a  3.0  GP.'\  and  submit  a  sample  of 
writing  skills  with  tlie  apphcation  to  die  Experiential  Education  Office.  Open  to 
any  lUP  major.  See  description  under  Academic  Affairs  areas.  Concurrent 
seminar  course  re<iuire<l.  Se<- 1  '\'\\  D  4S0 


Vocational  Education 


roagj- 


Center  for  Vocational-Technical  Personnel  Preparation 
School  of  Continuing  Education 

VOFL)  OKI  Industrial  Electrical  Technology  \-ar-l-l8sh 

Prerequisite:  ( Writer  ilipartineiit  pcnnission 

The  enipluisis  will  in-  on  comprehensive  industrial  electrical  tcchnolog)'  throu^ 
training  in  specialty  concentrations  applied  to  design,  development,  and  testing  of 
electrical  circuits,  de\ices,  and  systems  for  generating  electricity'  and  the 
distribution  and  utilization  of  electrical  power.  Carries  institutional  credit  only. 

V'OED  100  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  I  \-ar-l-l5sh 

Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  Tlie  vocational 
student/inten»  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in  selected 
pedagogical  competencies.  Indi\idualized  instniction  is  supplemented  with 
monthly  seminars.  Self-ex-al nation  is  encouraged  in  the  program,  utilizing 
videotaping  and  die  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher  educators. 

\OED  281  Special  Topics  ^-ar-l-Ssh 

Prerequisite:  .-Vs  appropriate  t(t  course  content 

Special  topics  are  ofl'ered  on  an  experimental  or  temporan-  basis  to  explore  topics 
thai  arc  not  included  in  the  estabhshed  curriculum.  \  gi\cn  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identit)-  no  more  tlian  lliree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 


V'OED  39.5  \'ocational  Education  Writing  Experience  \'ar-Osh 

Writing  assignments  such  as  abstracts,  logs  of  activities,  philosophy  papers, 
training  plans,  presenution  plans,  lesson  plans,  etc..  will  be  completed  in 
conjunction  with  selected  instructional  modules  from  \'OED  100  and  400 
coiu^es. 

NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


216       COURSE    DESCRIPTIONS 


VOED  400  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional  II  var- 1  - 1 5sh 

Prerequisite:  Successtlil  completion  of  VOED  100 
Personalized,  self-paced  vocational  teacher  preparation.  The  vocational 
student/intern  develops,  demonstrates,  and  documents  competence  in  selected 
teaching  skills  in  the  areas  of  program  planning,  program  development,  program 
evaluation,  and  managing  and  evaluating  instruction  in  a  vocational  school 
setting.  Self-evaluation  is  encouraged  in  the  program,  utilizing  videotaping  and 
the  feedback  from  a  team  of  professional  teacher  educators. 

VOED  40 1  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Technical  Preparation        var- 1  - 1 2sh 
Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opportunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  develop  additional 
technical  skills  in  areas  related  to  their  occupational  competence  under 
professional  supervision.  Topics  are  determined  through  individual  counseling, 
through  priority  needs  identified  by  advisory  committees,  and  through  evaluation 
of  technical  competence  by  center  teaching  staff. 

VOED  402  Special  Topics  in  Vocational  Pedagogical  Preparation    var- 1  - 1 5sli 
Prerequisite:  Center  permission 

Provides  opportunities  for  vocational  students/interns  to  develop  additional 
teaching  skills  under  professional  supervision.  Topics  are  determined  dirough 
identification  of  priority  areas  in  vocational  education  using  national  and  state 
surveys  and  students'  individual  needs. 


wmrn^ 


Women's  Studies 


VOED  450  Technical  Preparation  of  the  Vocational  Professional 

Competency  assessment  of  occupational  experience  through  national 
standardized  written  and  perfonnance  examinations. 


24sh 


r-l-3sh 


VOED  481  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 

explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  the  established  curriculum.  A  given  topic 

may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  three  times.  Special 

topics  numbered  481  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

VOED  482  Independent  Study  var  1  3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  dirough  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


WoiiRii.s  Stiitlics  Prograiii 
Academic  Affairs  Division 

WMST  200  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  3c-01-3sli 

Focuses  on  women  as  they  are  and  as  they  have  been — as  represented  by  the  work 
of  writers  and  as  presented  in  the  theory  and  research  of  various  disciplines. 
Historical  and  contemporary  images  of  women  are  examined  in  tenns  of  tlieir 
impact  on  our  lives.  The  relationships  of  women  to  social  institutions  such  as 
educaUon,  rehgion,  and  health  care  are  explored.  Alternative  theories  explaining 
the  roles  and  status  of  women  are  compared.  Attempts  to  help  us  understand  the 
choices  and  experiences  women  face  in  their  everyday  personal,  work,  and  public 
lives. 

WMST  281  Special  Topics  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to  explore  topics 
that  are  not  included  in  tlie  estabhshed  curriculum.  A  given  topic  may  be  offered 
under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special  topics 
numbered  281  are  offered  primarily  for  lower-level  undergraduate  students. 

WMST  48 1  Special  Topics  var- 1  -3sh 

Prerequisite:  As  appropriate  to  course  content 

Special  topics  courses  are  offered  on  an  experimental  or  temporary  basis  to 
explore  topics  that  are  not  included  in  tlie  established  currieiJum.  A  given  topic 
may  be  offered  under  any  special  topic  identity  no  more  than  diree  times.  Special 
topics  numbered  48 1  are  primarily  for  upper-level  undergraduate  students. 

WMST  482  Independent  Study  var-l-3sh 

Prerequisite:  Prior  approval  through  advisor,  faculty  member,  department 
chairperson,  dean,  and  Provost's  Office 

Students  with  interest  in  independent  study  of  a  topic  not  offered  in  the 
curriculum  may  propose  a  plan  of  study  in  conjunction  witli  a  faculty  member. 
Approval  is  based  on  academic  appropriateness  and  availability  of  resources. 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


Directory 


DIRECTORY       217 


Administration 


Lawrence  K.  Pettit. i'i,.i)., n,nv.i.siiy  orw,M..n.si„ 

I'KM.Illll 

Kulh  A.  RiiNiiiinaii,  Kd.l)..  University  of  I'iltsbursli 

Kxtiiilivf  AH.siHiiiiil  til  llic  President 
Helen  M.  SoltiN.  M.Kd.,  Tlit  I'cimsylvania  State  University 

A.Hsi.ilaril  III  llic  President  fur  Siicial  Equity 

Harold  I).  CoUKmilh.  Kd.D..  Indiana  University 

Interim  Kxecntive  Director  of  Planning;  and  Analysis 
Cynlhia  L.  SlriMmaMer,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  <>( 

Pennsylvania 

Director,  Budnet  Plannin); 

Barbara  J.  Moore,  U.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Interna!  Review 
Jodi  Harri.s,  M.A.,  Ohio  Stiite  University 

Ke.searcli  Analyst,  Ollice  o(  Internal  Review 

William  H.  Niinn,  M.Ed.,  Duquesne  University 
Dean  ol  Admissions 

Diane  R.  Raybuck,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Dean  of  Admissions 
Nicole  L.  Carrera,  B.A.,  Marietta  College 

Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Eli.sa  M.  Goserud,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Dean  of  Admissions 
Peggy  L.  Akers,  A. A.,  Indiana  University  of  PcniLsylvania 
Transfer  Credit  Evaluator 

Patrick  A.  Carone.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
Director,  Ofllce  of  International  Affairs 
Micheic  L.  Pctrucci,  M.A.,  University  of  Natal 
Foreign  Stiidcnt  Advisor 

Division  of  Academic  Affairs 

Mark  J.  Staszkiewicz,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Provost  .iiid  Nice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

MarkJ.  Piwinsky,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 
Vice  Provost  for  .Administration  and  Technology 

ETC  Robert  Gibson,  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Universitv- 
Professor,  Chairperson,  Militair  Science 

Lisa  Caslellino,  M,S,,  Shippensburg  Universit)' 
Dircctoi,  Information  Management  Analysis 

Samuel  T.  Puleio.Jr.,  M.B.A.,  Duquesne  Universit)' 
Directoi.  Technology  SeiTices  Center 
William  S.  Balint  HI,  B.S.,  Indiana  Universiti,-  of  PennsyK-ania 

Coordinatoi.  .-Vpplications  Development 
Todd  D.  Cunningham,  B.S.,  Duc)iiesne  University 

Coordinator,  User  Senices 
Paul  M.  Gricggs,  B.B.A.,  St.  Bonaventure  University 

Coordinator,  Technical  Services 
Daniel  J.  Yuhas.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinatoi,  Research  and  Development 

J.  Richard  McFerron.  N^B.-iV.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  .Academic  Technology  Services 


Richard  A.  DiStaniiilaa,  M.A.,  Indiana  Univernity  of  Pcnniiylvania 
Registrar 
Robert  J.  .Simon,  B.A..  Indiana  Univcmily  of  Pciinitylvania 

Associate  Registrar  for  Registration,  Sclieduling,  and 

Technology  Support.  OHi<c  of  the  Registrar 
Eynettc  J.  Gcarhart.  B.A.,  Indiana  Univcmily  of  Pctinsylvaiiia 

Associate  Registrar  for  Student  Records,  OITitc  of  ilic 

Registrar 
Frederick  A.  .Sehring,  M.Ed.,  Univeriiily  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Registrar  for  Academic  .Sup|»irt  Services, 

Office  of  the  Registrar 

Nicholas  E.  Kolb,  Ed.D.,  George  Washington  University 

Associate  Provost  and  Dean,  .Scliool  of  Continuing  Education 
George  E.  Rogers,  M.A.,  Boston  University 

Assistant  Dean  for  Credit  Programs 

Kay  K.  Wijckumar,  M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Director.  Distance  Education  Development 
Robin  A.  Gorman.  B..^.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  Workforce  Development  and  Community  Programs 
Robert  A.  Friday,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Project  Manager,  Office  of  CorjKirate  Alliance 
Thomas  W.  O'Brien.  M.A.,  Trenton  State  College 

Director,  VocaUonal  Personnel  Preparation  Center 
Gary  M.  Welsh,  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director.  Criminal  Justice  Training  Center 

Robert  C.  Camp,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

Dean.  Eberly  C^illege  of  Business  and  Information  Technology 
Manmohan  D.  Chaubey.  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Dean.  Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information 

Technology 
Julie  A.  Moreland.  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 

Informadon  Technology 

John  W.  Butzow,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Dean,  College  of  Education  and  Educational  Technology 
Edward  W.  Nardi.  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  PennsyK-ania 

.Associate  Dean  for  .Academic  .Affairs,  College  of  Education 

and  Educational  Technology 
John  R.  Johnson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Dean  for  Teacher  Education.  College  of  Educadon 

and  Educational  Technology 
Lloyd  Onyett.  M.S.,  California  State  University 

Assistant  Dean  for  Infonnauon  and  Commuirications 

Technology 

Michael  J.  Hood.  M.F..A..  University  of  New  Orleans 
Dean.  College  of  Fine  .Arts 
Douglas  E.  Bish.  D.M.A..  Boston  UnK'ersity 

.Associate  Dean,  College  of  Fine  .Arts 
Vacant.  University  Museum  Director/Curator 
Hank  G.  Kjierr,  M.F..A..  The  PennsyK-ania  Sute  I'liivcrsit)- 

Director.  Public  Events 

Carieen  C,  Zoni.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Dean.  College  of  Healdi  and  Human  Ser\-ices 
Kathleen  M.  Rourke,  Ph,D,,  S\Tacuse  Universit)- 

.Associate  Dean,  College  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

Brcnda  L.  Carter.  Ph.D..  Universit\  of  Pittsburgh 
Dean,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
.Alpbonse  N.  Novels.  Ph.D..  Universit)  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Dean,  College  of  Humanides  and  Social  Sciences 
Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University- 

Deans  .Associate,  College  of  Humanides  and  Social  Sciences 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


218       DIRECTORY 


John  S.  Eck,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Matlieniatics 
Aleksandra  B.  Kaniasty,  M.A.,  Adam  Mickiewicz  University  of 

Poznan 

Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics 
Jacqueline  L.  Gorman,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Natural  Sciences  and 

Matlieniatics 

James  C.  Petersen.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Evelyn  S.  Goldsmith,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Dean  for  Administration,  The  Graduate  School  and 
Research 
Donna  M.  Griffith,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

■•\ssistant  Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Carol  A.  Townsend,  B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University 

Assistant  to  the  Dean,  The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Michele  Sanchez  SchwieU,  M.A.,  Indiatia  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Interim  Associate  Dean  for  Research,  The  Graduate  School 
and  Research 
Kim  C.  Carter.  M.P.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Acting  Director,  Grants  and  Sponsored  Research, 
The  Graduate  School  and  Research 
Michele  A.  Norwood,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 
Interim  Proposal  Development  Specialist,  Grants  Office 

Patricia  D.  Scott,  M.A.,  Duquesne  University 
Dean,  Armstrong  Campus 
Richard  J.  Muth,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Interim  Director  of  Administrative  and  Student  Services, 

Armstrong  Campus 

Valarie  J.  Mancuso,  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Dean,  Punxsutawiiey  Campus 

Joel  L.  Anderson,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Dean,  Punxsutawney  Campus 

Rena  K.  Fowler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Dean  of  Libraries 
Elizabeth  A.  Evans,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Dean  of  Libraries 
Glenn  T.  Himes,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Director,  Instmcdonal  Design  Center  and  Media  Resources 

Janet  E.  Goebel.  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 
Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
Richard  D.  Kutz,  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 
Kevin  W.  Berezansky,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College 


Diane  L.  Duntley,  Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 
Director,  Academic  Information  Systems 

Carolyn  A.  Thompson,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Diversity  Studies 

John  G.  Grassinger.  M.L.S.,  Ihiiversity  of  Pittsburgh 
Faculty  Associate 

Mary  E.  Sadler,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
Director.  Liberal  Studies 

Mary  Ann  Cessna,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University- 
Director.  Teaching  Excellence  Center 

Brenda  M.  Mitchell,  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 
Director,  Women's  Studies 


Division  of  Administration  and  Finance 

C.  Edward  Receski,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Vice  Presitlent  for  .Administration  and  Finance 

Richard  L.  Horton.J.D..  University  of  Dayton 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Human  Resources 

Yvonne  B.  Redd.  B.A.,  Indiana  L'niversity  of  Pennsylvania 

Human  Resources  Projects  Manager 
Helen  M,  Soltis,  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  to  the  President  for  Social  Equity/Senior  Human 

Resources  Manager 
Thomas  P.  Mittelhauser,  B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Faculty  Hinnan  Resources  Manager 
Emma  N.  Fairman,  A.  A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Labor  Relations  Manager,  Human  Resources 
Kathleen  Manion,  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

Benefits  Manager,  Human  Resources 
Claire  A.  Pinkerton,  Duector,  Payroll  Services 

Mary  K.  Smelko,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Faculty /Staff  Payroll  Manager 
Judy  A,  Gallo.  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Employment  Manager,  Human  Resources 

Mark  A.  Geletka.  P.E.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Assistant  Vice  President  for  Administration 

Charles  B.  Altimus.  S.  W.Jack  Cogeneration  Operations  Manager 
Lawrence  M.  Horansky,  Maintenance  Project  Manager 
Mark  A.  Labant,  S.W.Jack  Cogeneration  Maintenance  Manager 
Richard  E.  Smith,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Facilities  Services  Group 

Pamela  K.  Froelicher,  Director,  Purchasing  and  Central 
Stores 

Donald  R.  McGinnis.  Warehouse  Superintendent 

J.  Douglas  Miller,  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Custodial  Sen'ices  Manager 
N.  David  Strong,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Systems  Analyst 
Ronald  T.  Succheralli,  Maintenance  Manager 

Randall  W.  LeBlanc.  C.PA.;  B.S.,  Oral  Roberts  University 
Director,  Fiscal  Affairs 
Susanna  C.  Sink,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Director,  Fiscal  Affairs 
Richard  P.  White,  C.PA.;  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 
Controller 
Brenda  K.  Penrod,  B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Controller 
Mistie  A.  Blazavich,  C.P.A.;  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 
Financial  Accountant 
Lois  E.  Brown,  B.S.,  Berea  College 

Director,  Grant  and  Special  Fund  Accounting 
Robert  C.  Britchcr,  B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Grant  Accountant 
Tammy  L.  Hamilton,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 
Grant  Accountant 
Ann  Kinter,  Grant  Accountant 
Joseph  J.  Zimmer,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 
Grant  Accoiuitant 
Phyllis  A.  Croomes,  Director,  Student  Financial  Services 

Robert  L.  Marx,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  Facilities  Engineering  and  Construction  Group 
Raymond  L.  Wygonik,  P.E..  M.P.M.,  Carnegie  Mellon 

University 

Assistant  Director,  Facilities  Engineering  and 

Construction  Group 
William  L.  Ovcrdorff,  Project  Manager 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY       219 


Willium  I'.  MmilKonitry,  DjictI.m,  Ciinimt  I'ulici  and  I'ciIiIk 
Salfly 

Fri-il.|.()wfii.s,  li.A..  Si.  I'n.m  is  (:..II<j;c 
l')irr<lcii,  t'rilvi-isilv  I'liiilliin 

Division  of  Student  Affairs 

lUiondu  II.  Luckcy,i;<i.i).,i  iiivcisiiyori'iii.'.i.iirKii 

liilcriiii  Vice  Prcsiclcii!  Ibi  Sinilciil  Alliiirs 

Klizabt'di  A.Jiiwpti.  M.l'.d..  Sciiiilii  in  Illinoi.s  University 
liilciiin  Assisl.inl  V'n  !■  I'nsiilciil  loi  Stiidc-nt  Afiairs 
Tludclori-  <;.  Tiiriici ,  M.S.,  Iiidi.iiia  Lliiivtrsity  of  I'diiisylvunia 

,\s»islaiil  I"  llic  Vice  hesident  lor  Stiulciit  Atliiirs 
Oiirolyn  I).  Princes,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland 

Dincloi.  ,\friiaii  American  Cultnral  Center  Prograiniii); 

Catherine  M.  l)u);an.  D.Kd..  Indiana  Univeisiiy  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  Advisiiij;  ami  resting  Center 
Vacant,  .Assistant  Director,  Advising  and  'lestiiij;  Center 
Todil  A.  VanWicrcn,  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 
.\ilvisor.  Disabled  Student  Services 

Mark  I'.,  .\nthuny,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director.  Career  Services 

Deborah  Saunders  Stanley,  M.Eii.,  Ihiiversity  of  C>eorgia 
.Associate  Director,  Career  Services 

Kim  VVcincr,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Chairperson.  Director,  and  (;oniisclins>  I'svcliologist, 
Coiin.seling  anil  Student  Dc\cl..|iimiil  ( :i  nicr 
Rita  G.  Drapkin.  Ph.D..  Univei siiy  of  I'nisbnrgh 

Assistant  Director,  Coordinator  of  Training,  and  Counseling 

Psychologist.  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Elizabeth  A.  Kincade,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Coordinator  of  Outreach  and  Counseling  Psychologist, 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
John  A.  Mills,  Ph.D.,  ABPP,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

BulValo 

Counseling  Psychologist,  Counseling  and  Student 

Development  Center 
Eric  W.  Rosenberger.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Universit)- 

Coordinator  of  Group  Program  and  Counseling  Psychologist; 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 

Sherrill  A.  Kuekuck,  Ed.D.,  University-  of  Pittsburgh 
Director,  Student  Development 

Kandi  S.  Schneider,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Director,  University  Healtli  Ser\ices 
H.  Zanc  Kirk,  M.D.,  Baylor  College  of  Medicine 

Medicil  Director,  University  Healdi  Senices 
Slacey  A.  Robertson,  D.O..  Philadelphia  College  of  OsteopaUiic 

Medicine 

Physician.  University  Health  Services 
Charles  M.  Buck,  R.N.:  B.S.,  hidiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Nursing  Services,  University  Healtli 

Senices 
Malinda  M.  Cowles,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Peimsylvania 

Associate  Director,  Health  Education,  University  Health 

Services 
Ann  E.  Sesti,  M.A.,  Slipper)  Rock  University 

Coordinator  of  Chcniical  Health.  University  Healdi  Services 
Lori  M.  Harkleroad.  RHIA;  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Medical  Records  Coordinator,  University  Health  Services 

C.amiy  G.  Carranza,  Ed.D.,  Grambling  State  University 
Director/Chairperson.  Learning  Center/.Act  101 
Sucey  C.  Winstead.  M.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Educational  Clounselor/Assistant  Director,  Learning 

Center/ Act  101 
Steven  C.  Ender.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 


Cassandra  C.  (ircen.  M.A..  Indiana  I  'nivcrnity  of  Hcmmyivanu 

I'^hiialional  (.iiiinsclor,  lA-ariiiiig  Criilcr/AcI  101 
Ardcn  li.  Ilamcr,  l-^I.D..  University  of  PitLsl>urt;li 

lUailing  Spci  iaiist,  lx:arning  Outer/ A<  t  101 
Paul  v..  Ilrabovsky.  M.M..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Math  Spi  I  lalist.  I  .<rariiing  Center/Act  101 
Melviii  .A.Jenkins,  .M.A.,  Indiana  University  ol  Pcniunylvaniii 

Ettiicational  Counselor,  Learning  Center/Act  101 
Crawford  W.Johnson.  M.A.,  Adanta  U'niversity 

E<lii<  ational  flounsclor,  Ixaniing  Ontcr/Act  101 
Sally  A.  I.ipsky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsbnrgli 

Reading/Study  Skills  Specialist 
Karen  L.  Smatlak.  M.E.,  Indiana  L'niversily  of  Pennsylvania 

KdiK  ational  Counselor,  learning  Center/Act  101 
(^arol  ,A.  Tannous.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pciiasylvania 

Kducatii>iial  Counselor,  Learning  Center/Act  101 
TBA,  Reading/.Study  Skills  Specialist,  Learning  Center/Act  101 

TBA.  Director.  Financial  Aid 

William  M.  Srsic,  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  State  College 

Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid;  Veteran  C^crtifynng  Officer 
Christine  A.  Zuzack.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Ailecn  C.  Bowman.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Assistant  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Alisa  L.  DeStefano,  B.S.,  West  Liberty  Sute  College 

Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Patricia  C.  McCarthy.  M.S..  LaRochc  College 

.Assistant  Director,  Financial  Aid 
Oeidrc  S.  .Smith.  M.B..A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Director.  Financial  Aid 
Vonnie  D.  Hunter.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Counselor,  Financial  Aid 

James  R.  Froelichcr.  B.S..  Duquesne  University 
Interim  Director.  Housing  and  Residence  Life 
Richard  L.  Baginski,  M.S.,  Shippensburg  University  of 
Pcnnsvlvania 

.Associate  Director  for  Operations 
Vacant,  .Associate  Director  for  .Administration 
Daniel  C.  Barry,  Cable  TV  .Systems  Manager 
Julie  K.  Goebel.  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

.Associate  Director  of  Residence  Life 
Leonard  J.  Kasubick,  .Assistant  Director  for  Operations, 

Technical  Specialist 
Kathleen  R.  Linder.  M.S.,  Miami  University 

.Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Judicial/Recruitment 
John  G.  Makara,  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  University 

.Assistant  Director  for  Operations 
Julene  J.  Pinto-Dyczewski.  M.A..  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylrania 

Assistant  Director  of  Residence  Life,  Training,  and  £>'aliiation 
Melanie  K.  Wardrop.  B.S.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
.Assistant  Director  for  .Administration 
Patrick  McDcvitt.  B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Computer  Systems  Manager 
Crystal  R.  .Ackles.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Residence  Director 
Robert  A.  Beyer.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsy4\-ania 

Residence  Director 
James  .\.  Carroll.  M..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Residence  Director 
Susan  J.  McClean.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Penns)K-ania 

Residence  Director 
Malaika  M.  Turner.  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  PeimsyK'ania 

Residence  Director 
Jill  A.  Yantko.  M..A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsyh-ania 
Residence  Director 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


220       DIRECTORY 


Terry  Appolonia.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Student  Activities  and  Organizations 
Frank  V.  DeStefano,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Director.  Student  Activities  and  Organizations/ 
Major  Events 

Frank  J.  Condino.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 
Director,  Intercollegiate  Adiletics 
Frances  A.  Nee,  M.Ed.,  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Director,  Intercollegiate  Atliletics 
FrankJ.  Cignetti,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  to  die  Director/Head  Football  Coach,  Intercollegiate 

Athletics 
Lisa  R.  Bash-Ward,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Business  Officer,  Director  of  Summer  Camps,  Athletic  Ticket 

Manager,  Intercollegiate  AdileUcs 
Ryan  M.  Smith,  M.E.,  Shppery  Rock  University 

Recreational/Facilities  Assistant,  Intercollegiate  Adrletics 
Larry  A.  Judge,  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Coordinator,  MarkeUng,  Promotion,  and  Radio  Network 
Michael  S.  Hofiinan,  M.Ed.,  Florida  State  University 

Director,  Sports  Informadon 

Dennis  V.  Hillings.  M.A.Ed.,  Brigham  Young  University 
Executive  Director,  Student  Cooperative  Association 
J.  Sam  Barker.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Program  Services 
Pete  Alexander.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Peimsylvania 
Director,  Co-op  Store 

Terry  K,  CrifHth,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Associate  Director,  Co-op  Store 
Louis  F.  Garzarelli.Jr.,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Campus  RecreaUon 

Vacant,  Assistant  Director  of  Campus  Recreation,  Student 
CooperaUve  Association 
Charles  Potthast,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Business  Services 

Hazel  M,  Hull,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director  of  Information  Services,  Student  Cooperative 
Association 
Joseph  J.  Lawley,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Director  of  Student  Publicadons,  Student  Cooperative 
Associadon 


Division  of  Institutional  Advancement 

Joan  M.  Fisher.  Ph.D.,  The  Union  Insdtute 

Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement;  Executive  Director  of 

the  Foundation  for  lUP 

Pamela  Fetterman,  A. A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Campaign  Coordinator 
Andrea  L.  Alsippi.  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Advancement  Services;  Assistant  Director  of  the 

Foundation  for  lUP 
Henry  W.  Pliske,  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Director,  Coiporate  and  Foundation  RelaUons 
Shari  A.  Trinkley,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Major  and  Planned  Giving 
Bonita  Juliette,  B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Director,  Annual  Giving 
Lois  J.  Drayer,  Director,  Development  Research 
Karen  L.  Ober,  Financial  Services  Manager 
Michelle  D.  Hart,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Records  Information  Manager 

Walter  J.  Stapleton,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Peraisylvania 

Assistant  to  the  Vice  President;  Director,  Government  Relations 
William  R.  Hamilton,  B.A..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Manager  of  Video  Services 

Mary  Jo  Lyttle,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  Universit)'  of  Pennsylvania 
Director,  Alunnii  Affairs;  Executive  Director,  lUP  Alumni 
Association 

Mary  O.  Moore,  B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Director,  Alumni  Affairs 

Karen  P.  Gresh,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director,  Publications  and  Image;  University  Editor;  Editor,  lUP 

Magmiyit' 

Regan  P.  Houser,  B.A.,  Duquesne  University 

Director,  Web  Communication;  Associate  Director, 

Publicadons 
Ronald  L.  Mabon,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Director.  Design  and  MarkeUng 
Bruce  V.  Dries,  B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Editor,  Print  and  Electronic  Publicadons 

R.  William  Swauger,  B.A.,  Geneva  College 
Director,  Public  Reladons 

Michelle  Shaffer  Fryling,  B.A..  Allegheny  College 

Director,  Media  Relations;  Community  Affairs  and  Marketing 
Coordinator 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY       221 


University  Professors  Emeriti 


jnlin  N.  Kox.  Ki<li:ii(l  1).  MuKCf,  DdiKiUI  A.  W.ilki 

Emeriti 


\iliiiiiii,slriil»iN/IKiiiis/l)iic«l<irK:.)ciliii  ( iliclhu.in.  Di.im.  I  Itjllli  Sirvicis: 
Ih.I  D.ik.ik.  Dc.in  ol  Ailinissions;  Kiilli  I'odhiclski,  Assntialc  Atlilctii 
Duel  li>r:  KIwckmI  H.  Sluidt-r,  Dam,  Still  lol  olBii«iiii-!is;  Herman  I,. 
Slcdzik.  Assoi  i.ilc  Alhlilir  l)iricli>r:  I'raiicc.H  C.  Stiiicinan,  Dircfior, 
(:(iili)»f  (i(  ItiiMiuss  Advisiimril  Center:  (leorKC  A.  W.  StoiifVcr.Jr., 
Dean,  Siliiml  iit  K<lneatiiin;  Hiilierl  ().  Warren,  AsHocialc  I'rnvosl: 
Kallileenjiines  White,  Dean,  Colleneotllinnan  KtoloKy:  I  lan.ld  K. 
Wiujiard,  Dean,  College  of  I  leallli  and  I  Itiinan  Services 

AntlirupoloKyt  Aiija  C  Oliii-Talile 

Arlt  »aii>ara.|.  Uaisiner,  Cliarles  K.  Ballav;liiii.  I'iioinas  |.  D(,nj;illa.,|(ilin  |. 

Dr()|uli<).  llohert  W.  Hamilton, James  M.  Inms.  Lawiente  K.  McViny. 

Koberl  ( :.  Seelhorst,  Kol>ert  K.  Slenker,  ltol)ert,|.  Vislosky,  Ned  ().  Wert 


.  W.  I.ieney.  Kol)crt  N.  Moore.  Co 


1.1  I'. 


UioloRy!  Walter  W.  Callali.  I'r 

SeliKHk 

Himiliv.Sfti  Lee  K.  Heanmc.nt,  I'alric  ia  Patterson  Cordera 
Career  Serviccst  John  K.  Kr ank,  K.  Samnel  Hociistine,  Roy  A.  Moss 

Chemiiitry:  Carl  Bonlas.JosephJ.  Costa,  Frank  Fazio,Jr..  Donald  R. 
McKelvey,  Robert  A.  l'atsiga,John  H.  .Scroxton,  Stanford  L.  Tackett, 
I'anI  R.  Wnn«,Jr.,  Geno  C.  Zanibotti 

Ciimiiiiiniealinn!!  Media:  Merle  C.  Klirif^insniilh.  Donald  M.  Maclsaat, J. 
Rohnl  Mmcay.  David  I..  Younj;, 

Cumpulcr  Science:  Howard  F,.  Tompkins 

Consumer  Ser>ice»:  Willa  Ruth  Cramer,  Betty  L.  Wood 

CnunNelor  Education:  William  H.  Culp,  Everett  J.  Pesci.  Robert  H.  Saylor, 
Jane  H.  Washbnrn,James  C.  Wilson 

Criminology:  lmo)!;cne  L.  Moyer 

F.conomics:  Donald  A.  Walker 

Educational  Psychology:  Leonard  DcFabo,  Bruce  A.  Meadowcr<)ft,Joan  R. 
Nannzzi 

English:  Edward  L.  Anderson,  William  W  Betts,Jr., Jessie  L.  Bright.  Lorrie 
J.  Bright.  R.  Morrison  Brown.  Harold  F..  (Taig,John  A.  Davis, John 
Freimd.  Samuel  F.  Furgiuele  {Join'nalism),  James  L.  Gray,  Laurahel  H. 
Miller.  Anthom  J.  Naiiia,  Richard  E.  Ray,  Phvllis  G.  Roumni,  Frederick 
W.  Seinfclt.  Helena  M.  Smith.  Ford  H.  S'wigart,Jr..John  G.  Watta,  Don 
Woodworth 

Finance  and  Management  Ini'orniation  Systems:  Leslie  S.  Spencer 

Food  and  Nutrition:  Marj^aret  L.  Mimiick 

Foundations  of  Education:  Don-Chean  Chu 

French:  Fcrnand  Fisel.  Robert  L.  Whitmer 

Geography  and  Regional  Planning:  Susan  E.  Forbes,  Thomas  G.  Gault, 
\'inceiit  P.  Miller.  Leonard  P.  Tepper.  Charles  E.  Weber 

Geoscience:  Frederick  R.  Park 

Health  and  Physical  Education:  Barbara  A.  .Mcrstock,  Thomas  L.  Beck, 
Lois  A.  Clark,  S.Jane  Dakak,  Cari  D.  Davis,  .Mice  D.  Dicke\,  Marv 
Louise  Eltz,  Charles  A.  Godlasky,  Roydcn  P.  Grove.  Richard  J. 
Honifcck,  Victor  Liscinsky.  William  A.  Neal.  Edward  L.  Slonigcr.  Louis 
R.  Sutton,  Lawrence  R.  Tucker 

History:  Steven  B.  Cord.  Ernest  B.  Fricke.Joscph  M.  Gallanar.  Clyde  C. 
Gelbach.  Thomas  D.  C;oodrich.  E.  Samuel  Hatlield.John  W.  Lamer. 
Neil  B.  LehniaiuJoseph  Mastro.Jane  S.  Menine,  Larry  Carl  Miller. 
James  U.  01ivci.J.  Merie  Rife.  W.  Wayne  Smidi.  George  T.  Wiley 

Home  Economics  Education:  Eleanor  M.  Gallati.  Helen  B.  Hovis.  Alma  L. 
Kaznier 

Hotel.  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management:  Ronald  E.  Simkins. 
Allen  M.  Woods 

Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies:  Donna  L.  Strcifthau 


Industrial  and  labor  lit  lalions:  C..nrad  J.  (.ale.  Martii.J.  MoramI 

Jonrnalisni:  J. lilies  M.  De(;e<>rgc,J.  David  Tniby 

Learning  Center:  Kathryii  A.  .Siratton 

l.ihrary/Media  KcftourccDi  KJchard  (^liambcrlin,  William  K.  I^Franthi 
(Direi  lor),  Martha  S.  Schccrcii.  Marie  E.  Sncad,  Mward  (;.  Wolf 

Managemenl  and  Marketing:  Francis  G.  .Mc(iovcrii.  Cliarlct  B.  StcvciiMin 

Management  Information  SyMemm  Kenneth  L.  Shildl 

Mathematics:  Joseph  S.  Angelo,  Ida  /..  Arms.  Donald  D.  Diiiitdii,  Raymond 
I).  Gibson.  Marlin  E.  Ilartman,  John  P.  llovl.  Dovic  R.  McBridc.' 
Ronald  L.  McBride,  Wallace  F.  Morrell,  |oAnne  Mueller,  C;arl  P.  OaVcv 
William  L.  Rettig,  Edwin  M.  R.  Smith.  William  R.  SmiUi,  Merle  E. 
Stilwcll,  Halley  O,  Willison,Jr.,  Melvin  R.  Wnodard 

MuHic:  Carl  F.  Adams.  William  R.  Becker,  David  T.  Borst.  Darnel  DiCicco, 
DoniinicJ.  Inlili.  W.  Delight  Maliuky.  I^urence  J.  Perkins. Jane 
Vanstcenkist.  (-alvin  E.  Weber 

Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Professions:  Jean  L.  Blair.  Helen  M.  Kresak. 
Marian  A.  Mnrra).  Maxiiie  K.  Smadak,Joann  E.  TliisUetliwaitc 

Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies:  Benjamin  C.  Chan,  Robert  M. 
1  lermann,  R.  Thomas  Schaub 

Physics:  Richard  E.  Berry.  Gar>-  L.  Bnckwalter.John  N.  Fox.  George  M. 
Matous.  Patrick  J.  McNamara,  David  .M.  Riban,  Paul  M.  Waddcll 

Political  Science:  Edward  Chaszar,  Robert  Morris,  Dorothy  A.  Palmer. 
Edward  E.  Piatt,  Bert  A.  Smith 

Professional  Laboratory  Experiences:  Lois  C.  Blair 

Professional  Studies  in  Education/Elementary  Education:  Alberta  R. 
Dorsey,  Ralph  M.  Glotl,  PD.  Lott.  Donald  McFeely,  Edward  R.  Mott, 
James  B.  Reilly.Joseph  S.  Rizzo,  Edsvina  B.  Vold.Joann  Walthour 

Psychology:  Richard  D.  Magec.  Gary  W.  R.  Patton.  Alexander  R.  Rich.  Carl 

W.  .Schneider 

Safety  Sciences:  Richard  L.  Christensen,  Robert  E.  McClay,Jr.,  Nicholas  N. 
Pacalo 

Sociology/Anthropology:  Betty  B.  Lanham 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages:  Cruz  M.  Mendizabal 

.Special  Education:  Marie  I.  Bahn.  William  B.  Bahn,  jerry  B.  Fiddler. 
Morton  M.  Morris.  Esdier  M.  Shane 

Student  .'VITairs  in  Higher  Education:  Ronald  W.  Thomas 

Student  Personnel:  James  W.  Laughlin 

Technology  Support  and  Training:  Joseph  A.  Bianco.  Donald  C.  Mahan. 
Bernard  A.  Moreau.  Rudi  S.  Morris,  John  A.  Polesky,  Sharon  D. 
Steigmann,  Dale  W.  Woomer 

Theater  and  Dance:  Donald  G.  Eisen,  Patricia  L.  Lommock 

University  School:  Lida  T.  Fleming,  Dorothy  1.  Lingenfelter.  Lillian  G. 

Martin 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


222       DIRECTORY 


The  Faculty 


A 


Abdul-Jawad  Abu  El-Haija,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
Robert  J,  Ackerman,  Pli.D.,  Western  Michigan  University 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Sociology 
Frederick  A.  Adkins,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Ibrahim  J.  Affaneh,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Ali-Asghar  Aghbar,  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 

Professor,  English 
Onwubiko  Agozino,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Calabar  (Nigeria) 

Associate  Professor,  Criminology 
Francisco  E.  Alarcon,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Professor.  Mathematics 
Mohamed  H.  Albobali,  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Abbas  J.  Ali,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Management 
Ronald  D.  Ali,  M.F.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

.4ssociate  Professor,  Art 
Sanwar  Ali,  Ph.D.,  Texas  Christian  University 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
Robert  E.  Alman,  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University 

Instructor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Lynne  B.  Alvine.  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University- 
Professor,  English 
William  D.  Ames,  L.L.M. (Taxation),  University  of  San  Diego 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Caroline  I.  Anderson,  D.A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Fred  P.Anderson,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Management 
Kim  L.  Anderson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Allan  T.  Andrew,  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Dolores  J.  Appl.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Yaw  A.  Asamoah,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

Professor,  Economics;  Dean's  Associate,  College  of  Humanities  and 

Social  Sciences 
Maali  H.  Ashamalla,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Professor,  Management 
Neil  J.  Asting,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 

Professor,  Chemistry 
C.  Thomas  Ault,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Dennis  Ausel,  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
W.  Timothy  Austin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Criminology 
Amadu  D.  Ayebo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 

Gawdat  G.  Bahgat,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Political  Science 
Gary  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  History 
Janice  M.  Baker.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
John  C.  Baker,  M.A..  Siena  Heights  College 

.A-ssistant  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
John  D.  Baker.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Donald  A.  Balenovich,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Francis  L.  Ballas,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Mia  M.  Barker,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Teimessee 

Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
William  F.  Barker,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 


Sheila  B.  Barlow,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Mama  S.  Barrett,  Ph.D.,  Memphis  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Kathy  Barton,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Lang-uages 
Madan  M.  Batra,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Marketing 
Alan  T.  Baumler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ilhnois 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Madeline  P.  Bayles,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Healtli  and  Physical  Education 
Charlene  P.  Bebko,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Marketing 
Jacqueline  A.  Beck,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Robert  B.  Begg,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Sherrill  J.  Begres,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Raymond  W.  Beisel,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  University  School 
Holley  A.  Belch,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Education 
Margaret  W.  Bellak,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Carole  B.  Bencich,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  English 
Joseph  W.  Bencloski,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Nancy  E.  Benham,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
John  E.  Benhart,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Paul  Ben-Zvi,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Gail  1.  Berlin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  English 
Pearl  S.  Berman,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Charles  H.  Bertness,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Narayanaswamy  Bharathan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maine  at  Orono 

Assistant  Professor,  Biology 
George  R.  Bieger,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Gary  J.  Bird,  D.M.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Music 
Christine  Black,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Laurel  J.  Black.  Ph.D.,  Miami  LIniversity 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Barbara  S.  Blackledge,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Nortli  CaroUna  at  Greensboro 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Theater  and  Dance 
William  A.  Blacksmith,  III,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Elaine  H.  Blair,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Holly  R.  Boda,  M.F.A.,  Texas  Women's  University 

Associate  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Wayne  Bodle,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
P.  Parker  Boemer,  M.F.A.,  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Robert  J.  Boldin,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Daniel  N.  Boone,  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Michael  J.  Bosse,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Lynn  A.  Botelho,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cambridge 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Albert  E.  Bouffard,  Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Martha  G.  Bower,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Professor,  English 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY       223 


Kmbl.-iic  l».  Ui.wcrs,  I'li.l)..  I  iriiv.  rsii\  ..I  I'lll^luiruli 

Assisl.iiil  I'.nliHsi.i,  I  linn.in  l)LVrlo|)iii(Jil  and  l',rivirorirmril.il  Sludic. 
Miikoliii  I..  Howi-s.  l'li,l).,<)liiii  Univirdily 

AsscM  i.ilc  I'mlissdi.  'riiculcr  iiiid  Diiiicc 
I'ayf  I,.  Itiiidwlik,  ( ;i'A,j.l).,  I.L.M.  (Tax),  Syracimc  llnivcrrsity  and 

Cripim  Itiwn  tliiivtrsily 

AssiM  Mil  I'lolrswir,  Ai-ciiiiiilin)r 
Muryaiiiic  lliaiiili'iii>iir)>.  I'll. 1),  Ohio  lliiivtisity 

I'mlrssiii.  IcrliiMilony  Sii|)|)iirl  and  'I'raininK 
Williaiii  M.  Hrciiiicmaii,  I'll. I).,  University  olSoiitliLTii  Mississippi 

Assislanl  I'nifcssDr,  Hiiilony 
I.Uiyd  W.  Bri«c»c,  I'li.l)..  Univcrsily  Dri'lllshiirgh 

As.sipcialc  I'lolissiir,  I'nifissiiiiial  Sliidies  in  Edutalimi 
ll<.|rcr  I,.  BriNCoe,  I'll.!)..  I  Inivcisilv  of  MicliiRan 

AssDiialf  I'riifcssdT.  Kdiiialiiinal  and  Hcliiiol  P.syclioliif^ 
I'.lir  (;.  Broad.  I'li.l). Jolins  I  liipkins  University 

I'lolissin,  Spanisli  and  Classical  I.anpiagcs 
KiiiiKlli  W.  Broilt,  I'li.l)..  I'niviisity  ol'Pittsljursli 

I'n.lcssdr.dcrinan 
lolin  Broiinhlon  III.  Kd.l)..  Oklalimna  State  University 

I'lflissiir.  MatliciiKilic  s 
Anilrew  C.  Browc,  l'li.l).,ViiKii"'i  Coiiini.inw.altli  I'liiversity.  Medical 

Ccllcne  of  Virginia 

I'lolessiii.  Biol<i(ry:  Courdinator.  Natural  Sciences  Program 
Karen  I,.  Briiwii.  M.L.S.,  North  Carolina  (Central  University 

Assistant  l'rores.sor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Tinmtliy  I".  Brown,  A.B.,  St.  Benedict's  College 

Instructor,  Culinary  Arts 
Donald  W.  Buckwaltcr,  Ph.D.,  University  ofTcnnessce 

■Assoc  iate  Professor.  (Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Jennie  K.  Itullard,  Ph.D.,  DiK|iiesne  University 

.\ssociate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Gerald  M.  Buriok,  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Madieniatics 
Daniel  A.  Burkctt,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Loui.sc  B.  Burky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

■Associate  Professor,  Chair|)erson,  Maiiagemem  liiforniation  Systems 

and  Decision  Sciences 
Sandra  L.  Biirwell,  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  I'niversitv 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Gary  L.  Bulcrbaugh,  Ph.D.,  I'niversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Computer  Science 
William  B.  Butler,  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Chair|)erson,  Biology 
James  F.  Byers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 

James  M.  Cahalan,  Ph.  I)..  I'niversity  of  Cincinnati 

Professor,  English 
Carolyn  K.  Camp,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Carol  L.  Caraway,  Ph.D..  l'ni\ersity  of  Oklahoma 

Protessor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Patrick  .\.  Caronc,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor.  International  Student  .Advisor,  International  Services 
Carmy  G.  Carranza.  Ed.D..  Grambliiig  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Director/Chairperson,  Learning  Center 
Josi  M.  Carranza,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
A.  Keith  Carreiro.  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University 

.Assistant  Prolessor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Wendy  K.  Carse,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Charles  D.  Cashdollar,  Ph.D.,  Universit\'  of  Pennsylvania 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  History 
Vincc  Celtnieks.  Ed.D..  West  V'irginia  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Karen  R.  Cercone.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor,  Geoscieiice 
Mary  Ann  Cessna.  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Universitii- 

Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition;  Director.  Teaching  Excellence  Center 
Miriam  S.  Clhaikcn.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 

Prolessor.  .Aiuhropology 


D 


David  D.  Cliambcrit,  I'll. I).,  Univcmily  of  lllinnifi 

■Associate  Professor,  Acting  Cliair|M:rfion,  Political  Science 
C.  Stuart  Chandler,  M.T.S.,  Harvard  Univcrnity 

Assistant  Prolessor,  Philosophy  and  Rcliginuii  Studio 
Dcanna  B.  K.Chang,  Pli.l).,  Univcrnily  of  Hawaii  at  Manoa 

Assistant  Piolessor,  Sociology 
Mukcnh  K.  Chaudhry,  D.B.A..  Cleveland  Slate  I  'nivcmily 

Prolessor.  Finance  and  \j:pi\  .Studies 
Stanley  Chcpaitin.  D.M.A.,  Univerfiily  of  Rocliesler-Kanlman  School  of 

Music 

A.ssociate  Prolii;s8or,  Music 
Sung-Gay  Chow,  Ph.D..  University  of  Alabama 

Assistant  Professor.  English 
Richard  A.  Cigankn.  Ed.D..  Illinois  Stale  I  'iiiversity 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Frank  J.  (  jgneiti,  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Prolessor.  Assistant  to  the  rjirector/Hcad  Football  Coach.  Iiitcrcollcgiale 

Athletics 
GarryJ.  Ciskowski.  I'li.l)..  University  ofOklahoma  Health  Science  Onlcr 

Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Gary  E.  Clark.  M..S..  Western  Kentucky  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Lawrence  N.  Claus.J.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Prolessor.  Criminology 
Vaughn  H.  Clay.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chair])erson.  Art 
Bemadctic  Cole-Slaughter.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University 

Associate  Prolessor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Susan  M.  Comfort.  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas 

Associate  Professor.  English 
Francis  J.  Condino.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Director.  Intercollegiate  Atlilctics 
W.Thomas  Conclly.  Ph.D..  University  of  Califomia-Sanla  Barbara 

Associate  Professor.  .Anthropology 
Carol  E.  Connell,  M.L.S..  University  of  PitLsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Frank  Corbett, Jr..  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Carmine  J.  Cortazzo,Jr..  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 

.Assistant  Professor.  Healtli  and  Physical  Education 
ChaunaJ.  Craig.  Ph.D..  U'niversity  of  .Nebraska  at  Lincoln 

.Assistant  Professor.  English 
Anne  D.  Crcany,  D.Ed.,  Incliana  University  of  PennsyK'ania 

.Associate  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
John  A.  Cross,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Computer  Science 
John  W.  Cross.  M..A.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Associate  Prolessor.  Economics 
Thomas  E.  Crumm.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Cbemistn' 
Thomas  P.  Cunningham.  M.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

.Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 

Susan  S.  Dahlheimer.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 
Victoria  B.  Damiani.  Ed.D..  College  of  William  and  Mary 

■Associate  Professor.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Claire  J.  Dandeneau.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson.  Counseling 
Karen  A.  Dandurand.  Ph.D..  University'  of  Massachusetts 

.Associate  Professor,  English 
Rosalyn  B.  Darling.  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Connecticut 

.Associate  Professor,  Sociology- 
Gary  J.  Dean.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  .Slate  University 

.Associate  Professor.  .Adult  and  Communis  Education 
James  C  Dearing.  M.M..  University  of  Wisconsin 

.Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Dagem  Dejene.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  Stale  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Political  Science 
Laura  L.  Delbnigge.  Ph.D..  The  PennsyK-ania  Sute  L'niversit)- 

.Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Hilary  L.  DeMane.  O.S..  Culinary  Institute  of  .America 

Instnictor.  Ciilinarv'  .Arts 
Portia  Diaz-Martin.  M.S..  Clarion  Universit)-  of  Pennsvh-ania 

Librar^■ 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


224       DIRECTORY 


Gail  L.  Dicicco,  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  HeaJtli  and  Physical  Education 
Christian  M.  Dickinson,  D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America 

.Assistant  Professor,  Music 
William  E.  Dietrich,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Biolog)' 
John  L.  Dietz,  D.M..'\.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor,  Music 
Richard  A.  DiStanislao,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Registrar,  Office  of  die  Registrar 
Michelle  D.  Doas.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Joseph  W.  Doraaracki,  Ph.D..  University'  of  Pittsburgh 

-Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
H.  Edward  Donley.  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor,  Matliemadcs 
Jeannine  L.  Donna.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor,  English 
David  E.  Doverspike,J.D.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Akron 

.Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
David  B.  Downing,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor.  English 
Rita  G.  Drapkin,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Assistant  Director  and  Director  of  Training  and 

Counseling  Psychologist,  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Victor  S.  Drescher.  D.M.L.,  Middlebury  College 

Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Susan  S.  Dnimmond,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Rebecca  A.  Dubovsky,  M.A.,  Clarion  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Madiematics 
Kurt  P.  Dudt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  CommunicaUons  Media 
Catherine  M.  Dugan.  D.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Director,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Diane  L.  Duntley,  Ed.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buftalo 

Professor,  Director,  Academic  InformaUon  Systems 
James  A.  Dyal,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Economics 

Robert  E.  Early,  M.A..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Madiematics 
Alan  D.  Eastman,  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Roberta  M.  Eddy.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Beverly  J.  Edwards,  Ph.D.,  The  Universit)'  of  Tulsa 

Universit)'  School 
Kevin  E.  Eisensmith,  D.M.A.,  Temple  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Wendy  L.  Elcesser,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
John  R.  EUerbach,  Ed.D.,  Universit)-  of  Oklahoma 

Assistant  Professor,  Journalism 
Deborah  A.  Ellermeyer,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Universit)'  School 
Joan  B.  Elliott.  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
Ronald  R.  Emerick,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  English 
Steven  C.  Ender,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
Mary  C.  Enderson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

.Associate  Professor,  Mathemadcs 
John  M.  Engler.  D.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 

Thomas  W.  Falcone,  D.B.A.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor.  Management 
Karen  A.  Fallon,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Educadon 
Margaret  A.  Farrah,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
Lynda  M.  FederoiT,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  Universit)' 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 


Lawrence  M.  Feldman.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor.  Mathemadcs 
Beatrice  S.  Fennimore,  D.Ed.,  Columbia  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
Laura  E.  Ferguson,  M.M.E.,  Universit)'  of  Illinois 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Lon  H.  Ferguson,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chaiiperson,  Safety  Sciences 
Vincent  J.  Ferrara,  Ph.D.,  Fordliam  University 

Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Diane  R.  Ferrell.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Educadon  and  Chnical  Services 
Trenton  R.  Ferro.  Ed.D..  Northern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson.  Adult  and  Communit)'  Educadon 
Caleb  P.  Finegan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
David  A.  Foltz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Janet  H.  Fontaine,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor,  Counseling 
William  R.  Forbes.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor.  Biology 
John  C.  Ford.  Ph.D.,  Northeastern  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 
Douglas  H.  Frank,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Southern  California 

.Associate  Professor,  Madieniadcs 
Sharon  Franklin-Rahkonen,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
W.  Larry  Freeman,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Professor,  Physics 
Donald  P.  Fritz,Jr.,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Edwin  J.  Fry,  M.M.,  DePaul  University 

Associate  Professor,  Music 

Norman  W.  Gaggini.  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor,  Physics 
Robert  Gallen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 
Victor  Q.  Garcia,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Santa  Barbara 

Associate  Professor,  Anthropology 
Rajendar  K.  Garg,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Marketing 
Alan  Gart.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Susan  I.  Gatti,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  English 
Robert  L.  Gaylor,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Jerry  G.  Gehhard.  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

Professor.  English;  American  Language  Institute 
Robert  P.  Gendron,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Gail  J.  Gerlach,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Michele  A.  Gerwick,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Healdi 
Mohamed  E.  Ghobashy,  Ph.D.,  Hochschule  flier  Wethandel;  C.P.A. 

Professor,  Accounting 
John  J.  Gibbs.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminology 
Manton  C.  Gibbs,  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University 

Professor.  Management 
James  E.  Gibson,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Robert  D.  Gibson.  M.A..  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uiuversity 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Military  Science 
Rosemary  L.  Gido,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Associate  Professor.  Criminolog)' 
Dennis  M.  Giever,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  LIniversity  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Criminology 
Andrew  W.  Gillham,  M.F.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Jayne  R.  Giniewicz,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  L'niversit)' 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY      225 


Kill-ill  |.  (;iiNiiri.  I'li.l).  lIiiivor»ity  (,f  I'IusIiuikIi 

I  r'lm  isiiv  l'r.)lc»M(.r  and  I'lolfHsor.  Spanish  and  ( llassicul  Lannua|4c» 
Susan  (.li.i-Sluil..  I'li.l).,  UniverHity  Dll'illsl.nrKli 

Assui  i.ili  I'MilcsNor,  S|ifcial  Kdiiialinn  and  Clinical  Services 
liviiiR Colli.  I'll.!)..  New  York  University 

I'm, (ess,.!.  Music- 
land  I',,  (iotbi-l,  I'll. I).,  University  oCNehraska-LinKiln 

I'lnlt-ssiir,  Knulisli;  Director,  Robert  IC.  Cook  Honors  College 
Kdwaril  W.  Gomlolf,  l-,d.n.,  Uoston  University 

I'rolessor,  Sociolo)j;y 
lU-verly  {.Cuodwin.  I'h.l).,  University  of  PiltshurKli 

I'roiosor,  l'sy<-l.ol..);y 
l'liili|>l».(;<.rdi>ii.  I'll. I).,  I'lK-Oiiio  State  University 

\ssisi,ini  I'lolissc.i,  llninan  Development  and  Environmciilal  Stndies 
Jacqueline  I..  (JiMinan,  I'li.D..  Indiana  University 

Associate  Professor.  Mathematics;  Dean's  Associate,  College  ol  Natural 

Sciences  and  Malliematics 
Hi-ooke  V.  Grant.  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assoi  lale  Professor.  Sociology 
John  (;.  (iransingcr,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Faculty  Associate 
Caxsandra  C.  Green,  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor,  Learning  Center 
David  K.  Grovcr.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Proicssor.  Psychology 
M.Jan  (iuidry.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas 

.Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
l.ori-aine  J.  Gutli,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

.'\ssistanl  Professor,  Counseling 

Richard  A.  Ilalapin,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Frank  W.  Hall  II,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Montana 

Professor.  (Jeoscience 
Linda  M.  Hall.  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor.  Student  .-Vflairs  in  Higher  Education 
Janis  M.  Handler,  M.S..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Conimunications  Media 
Mary  Ann  Hannibal.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

.-Vssistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Kathleen  J.  Hanrahan.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor.  Crinuuology 
Roy  W.  Harding.  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of  Technology 

Professor.  ( Chemistry 
Jason  W.  Hart.  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University 

.\ssistaiit  Professor,  Psychology- 
Rebecca  L.  Hartman,  Ed.D..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University 

.-\ssistant  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Healdi:  Coordinator,  .-Mlied 

Health  Professions 
Mary  Logan  Hastings,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

.Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Malcolm  R.  Havward  IlL  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University- 
Professor.  English 
Nancy  M.  Hayward.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor,  English 
Robert  B.  Heaslcy,  Ph.D..  Cornell  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Sociology 
Judith  M.  Hechtman,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chairperson,  University  School 
1).  .'Vlcx  Heckert,  Ph.D..  University-  of  Iowa 

Professor.  Sociology 
Janice  L.  Heckrolh.  Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Dakota 

.Associate  Professor.  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Donn  W.  Hednian,  M.F.A..  Washington  .State  University- 
Professor.  .Art 
Patricia  I.  Heilman.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Professor.  Journalism 
\  irginia  Heniby.  Ph.D..  I'niversity-  of  Southern  Mississippi 

.\ssociate  Professor.  Technology-  Support  and  Training 
.Anita  C.  Henry.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Professor.  French 
llcrlinda  Hernandez.  M..A.,  University  of  the  Americas  (Mexico) 

Associate  Proicssor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Kenneth  E.  Hershman.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University- 
Professor.  Phvsics 


Kobcrl  I).  Ilinrichwn.  Ph.D..  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Hiology 
Mary  Jane  Kuflhcr  Hirt,  Ph.D.,  Univeraity  of  Piiuburf^i 

Associate  Professor.  Political  .Science 
Robert  II.  Iloellein.  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  Suic  Univcnily 

Proicssor,  I'.iliii  ational  and  School  Psychology- 
Carolyn  B.  HolTman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pitlsburgli 

Assistant  Prolt-ssor,  Special  E<lucation  and  C^linical  Service* 
Tawny  Holm,  Ph.D.. Johns  Hopkins  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Janice  L.  Holmes.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Heahli 
Harvey  S.  Holtz,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Professor.  (;hair|>crsoii.  Sociology 
JamcH  I).  Hooks.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Bryan  K.  Houser,  M.S.N.,  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Steven  A.  Hovan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Geoscicnce 
Paul  E.  Hrabovsky.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Math  Specialist,  Learning  Center 
Barbara  H.  Hudson,  Ph.D..  Howard  University 

Professor.  English 
Suzanne  H.  Hudson,  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Professor.  English 
Arthur  C.  Hulse.  Ph.D.,  Arizona  Sute  University 

Professor,  Biology- 
Jan  G.  Humphreys,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  Suie 

University 

Professor,  Biology 
Herbert  M.  Hunter,  Ph.D..  Boston  University 

Professor.  .Sociology 
C.  Mark  Hurlbert,  D.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Enghsh 
Laureen  C.  Hurt,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  French 
KimberlyJ.  Husenils,  Psy.D..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology- 
Beth  Hutson-Feudale,  M.Ed.,  California  Universitv-  of  PennsyK-ania 

.Assistant  Professor.  University  School 
Mary-  Ann  Hvizdos.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Envirorunental  Studies 
Syed  N.  Hyder.  M.Tax.,  Georgia  State  University-:  C.P.A.:  CCA. 

.Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 

Barbara  A.  Illig-Aviles.  Ed.D..  Indiana  University  of  PeimsyUania 
.Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Martha  J.  Jack.  M.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Assistant  Professor,  Biology- 
Kent  R.  Jackson.  Ph.D..  University-  of  Kansas 

.Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education 
Steven  F.Jackson.  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

.Associate  Professor.  Political  Science 
Mary-  R.Jalongo.  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo 

Universit\-  Professor  and  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Christopher  .A.Janicak.  Ph.D..  Loyola  University- 

.Associate  Professor.  Safety-  Sciences 
Sandra  L.Janicki.  M..A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Joann  C.Janosko.  M.L.S..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Vao  (Rosa)  N.Jen.  M.S..  Florida  State  Uiuversity- 

.Assistant  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Melvin  .A.Jenkins.  .\1..A..  Indiana  I'nKersity-  of  Petmsyh-ania 

.Assistant  Professor.  Educational  Counselor.  Learning  Center 
Linda  G.Jennings.  D.M..A..  University  of  Texas 

Assistant  Professor.  Music 
Randy  L.Jesick.  M.S.J..  West  Virginia  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Journalism 
Crawford  W.Johnson.  M..A..  .Atlanta  University- 

.Associatc  Professor.  College  of  Humanities  and  Social  Sciences 
Rita  M.Johnson.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsyh-ania  State  UnKersity- 

Associate  Professor.  Food  and  Nutrition 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


226       DIRECTORY 


K 


Sue  F.Johnson.  Pli.D..  Michigan  State  Uiiiversit)- 

.Assistant  Prot'es.sor,  English 
Brian  R.Jones.  M.F.A.,  University-  of  Florida 

.Assistant  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Foster  T.Jones.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor.  French 
Anthony  J.  Joseph,  Ph.D.,  University  of  the  West  Indies 

Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Jerry  A.Joseph,  Ph.D.,  Universih,'  of  Pittsburgh 

.■Associate  Professor.  Accounting 
Myrtle  M.Joseph.  M.L.S.,  Cathohc  Universit)'  of  America 

.Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
James  J.Jozefowicz.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

.Assistant  Professor.  Econoinics 
Stephanie  M.Jozefowicz,  M.A.,  Indiana  Universit)- 

.Assistant  Professor,  Economics 
Larry  A.  Judge.  B.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor.  Coordinator,  MarkeUng,  Promotion,  and  Radio  Network 
Ronald  A.Juliette,  Ed.D..  Indiana  University- 
Professor.  Coninuniications  Media 
Liliana  E.Jurewiez,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 

.Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Satoshi  Kanazawa.  Ph.D..  University  of  Arizona 

.Assistant  Professor.  Sociology 
Krzysztof  Kaniasty.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Louisville 

Professor.  Psychology 
Charles  M.  Kanyarusoke,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Nicholas  Karatjas.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Economics 
Majid  Karimi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

.Associate  Professor,  Physics 
Irvin  C.  KauRman,  Assistant  Principal  Cello,  Pittsburgh  Symphony 

Orchestra 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Cathy  C.  Kaufman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
NedraJ.  Kearney- Vakidick,  Ph.D..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Christine  W.  Kesner,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Professor.  Hiunan  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Michael  H.  Kesner.  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor.  Biology- 
Maurice  A.  Kilwein-Guevara,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Milwaukee 

Professor.  English 
Elizabeth  A.  Kincade,  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor.  Coordinator  of  Groups  and  Outreach  and 

Counseling  Psychologist,  Counseling  and  Student  Development  Center 
Robert  L.  King,  Ed.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Robert  J.  Kirby,Jr..  M.S.L.S..  Catholic  L'niversity  of  America 

Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Floyd  L.  Klavetter,  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry- 
Diane  H.  Klein,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Germain  P.  Kline,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

.Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  Accounting 
Linda  R.  Klingaman.  Ph.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Prolessor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Blaine  E.  Knupp.  M.L.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Jaeju  Kg,  Ph.D.,  Northeastern  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Anne  E.  Kondo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Western  Ontario 

Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry- 
Paul  L  Komfeld.  Ed.D..  Illinois  State  University- 

.Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Robert  M.  Kostelnik.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Paul  J.  Kovacs,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 


Barbara  A.  Kraszewski,  M..A.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University- 

.Associate  Professor.  English 
Krish  S.  Krishnan,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chaiqjerson,  Marketing 
Laurence  D.  Kruckman,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Professor,  Anthropology- 
Joseph  S.  Krupnik,  M.A.,The  Peimsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Enghsh 
Sherrill  A.  Kuckuck.  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Director.  Student  Development  Programs 
John  W.  Kuehn,  D.M.A..  University  of  Colorado 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Music 
Lawrence  Kupchella,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Barbara  N.  Kupetz,  Ed.D..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Educadon 
Jodell  L.  Kuzneski.  M.N.Ed.,  LIniversity  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 

Nadene  A.  L'Amorcaux,  M.A..  Edinboro  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Counsehng 
Amy  L.  Labant,  M.S.N..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Charies  H.  Lake.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 
Richard  J.  Lambcrski,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvaitia  State  University- 
Professor,  Comnumications  Media 
David  J.  LaPorte,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University- 
Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
John  W.  Lamer,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Lynda  L.  LaRoche.  M.F.A,  Indiana  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Walter  R.  Laude,  M.A..  Scarritt  College 

Associate  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Daniel  R.  Lee,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology- 
Mary  Beth  Leidman-Golub,  Ed.D..  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers, 

Vanderbilt  University 

Professor,  Communications  Media 
James  S.  Lenze.  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Edward  M.  Levinson,  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University- 
Professor.  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Tian-Min  Lin.  Ph.D..  Boston  University 

Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 
Leann  Lincecum.  A.B.D.,  Texas  Tech  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
Alicia  V.  Linzey,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Professor.  Biology 
Sally  A.  Lipsky.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Reading/Smdy  Skills  Specialist,  Learning  Center 
Renee  P.  Liscinsky,  Doctorat  du  Illme  cycle,  Universite  de  Besancon 

(France) 

Professor,  Chairperson,  French  and  German 
Kari  B.  Lloyd,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Informadon  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Robert  1.  Lloyd,  D.M.A.,  Cathohc  University  of  America 

Professor,  Music 
George  R.  Long.  Ph.D..  Utah  State  University 

.Associate  Professor,  Chemistry- 
Thomas  R.  Lord.  Ed.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  Newjersey 

Professor,  Biology 
Soo  Chun  Lu,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
A.  Lynne  Lucas,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

•Assistant  Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Joanne  Y.  Luchsinger,  M.M..  University  of  Illinois 

.Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Carl  S.  Luciano,  Ph.D..  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Ronald  Lunardini,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Student  Affairs  in  Higher  Educadon 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTOhV       221 


DaNcii  l,in>.  I'li.D.CiiHC  Western  Keserve  Uiiiversily 

Assislanl  IVolesMol,  INviIidIoJO' 
David  M.  Lynch.  I'll. I).,  We»l  Virninia  I'liivcrsily 

I'riifeH.siii.  I'lililical  Siieiiie 
Sandra  Joyce  l.yiin,  M.S..  Aiibiirii  Uiiivcrsily 

A.ssislaiil  I'mlessor,  lliiinan  Dcvclopiiieiil  and  Environnicnlal  Stiidies 

Clirimoph  K.  Maicr.  I'll. I)..  ( )kl.ili<>nia  State  University 

As.sislaiil  I'liitr.ssui.  M.itlitinatici 
Marjnric  A.  Manilio.  Kd.l).,  Teaclier.i  College.  Columbia  University 

.\s.so<iate  I'rol'essor,  University  School 
Joseph  (;.  Mannard,  Pli.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

.\ssi.Htant  Professor,  History 
ICIcanor  M.  Mannikka,  Pli.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

A.ssislant  Professor,  Art 
Sarah  J.  Manlcl,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Music 
Irwin  Murray  Marcus,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Prole.ssor,  History 
Harbara  W.  Marquette.  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
John  L.  Marsden,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Laura  K.  Marshak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Prolcssor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Lincoln  IL  Marshall,  Ph.D.,  American  University- 
Associate  Professor.  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Arthur  H.  Martel,  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts 

Professor,  Economics 
Jamie  S.  Martin,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Randy  L.  Martin,  Ph.D..  University  of  Nebraska-Lincoln 

Professor,  Criminology 
David  G,  Martynuik,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

.\ssistant  Professor,  Music 
Lea  Masiello.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Professor,  English 
Frances  Ann  Massey,  Ph.D..  Univcisily  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Mathematics 
John  K.  Matolyak,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor.  Physics 
Fuvuko  Matsubara.  M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  .\cademy  ol  Art 

.Assistant  Professor,  Art 
Donald  k.  McAndrew,  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  English 
Melis.sa  L,  McBride,  D.M.A.,  Stanford  University 

.\ssistaiit  Professor.  Music 
R,  Paul  McCauley,  Ph.D..  Sam  Houston  State  University 

Professor.  Criminology 
Catherine  L.  McClenahan.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Gary  R.  McClosky,  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor.  Safet)'  Sciences 
Donald  S.  McClure,  Ph.D..  Vanilerbilt  University 

Associate  Professor.  Chairperson,  English 
Susan  H.  McClure.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Penn.sylvarua 

.Assistant  Professor,  English 
Charles  J.  McCollester,  Ph.D.,  Louvain  College  (Belgium) 

.Associate  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Sally  M.  McCombie,  M.Ed..  Indiana  Universit)'  of  Pennsylvania 

Instnictor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Charles  R.  McCreary,  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University 

.Associate  Professor.  French 
G.  Patrick  McCreary,  M.F..\..  Mason  Gross  School  of  the  .Arts.  Rutgers, 

The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Assistant  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Theresa  R.  McDevitt,  Ph.D..  Kent  State  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Judith  R.  McDonough.  Ph.D..  .Auburn  University' 

.Associate  Protessor.  Historv 
Maureen  C.  McHugh.  Ph.D..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Psychology- 
Kevin  F.  McKec.  Ph.D..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

.Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Mark  E.  McNabb,  M..A.,  .Adams  State  University 

.Assistant  Professiir.  Criminology- 


Donald  S.  McPhcrson.  Ph.D.,  University  ofPiiuburgli 

I  'iilversily  Prfili'ssor  and  Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Kelalionn 

LindaJ.  McPhcrson.  M.Ecl.,  Indiana  University  uf  PciiMylvaiiiii 
liiHlnii  lor.  English 

William  C.  McPherson,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 

William  M.  Meil,  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  U'nivcrsity 
Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

Alida  V.  Merlo.  Ph.D..  Fordham  University 
Professor.  Oimintjlogy 

Mary  H.  Micco,  Ph.D.,  L'niversity  of  PitLsburgli 
Associate  Professor,  Computer  .Science 

Vincent  P.  MIkkelsen,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  I'niversily 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

James  G.  Mill,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Cliair])erson.  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Jeffrey  A.  Miller,  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor.  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 

John  A.  Mills.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Counseling  Psychologist.  Counseling  and  Student 
Development  (center 

Robert  E.  Millward,  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University- 
Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

George  R.  Miltz,  M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

.■Vssociaie  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Brenda  M.  Mitchell,  M.A..  University-  of  Illinois 
Associate  Professor.  Art 

George  E.  Mitchell,  Ph.D.,  University-  of  Virginia 
Professor,  Mathematics 

Joel  D.  MIecko,  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University-  of  America 
Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Ahmed  A.  Mohamed,  Ph.D..  University  of  Mississippi 
.Associate  Professor.  Management 

Kofie  L.  Montgomery.  B.S..  Indiana  University- 
Instructor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Sharon  B.  Montgomery,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Professor.  Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies 

Archie  F.  Moore,Jr.,  D.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University- 
Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 

Wayne  A.  Moore.  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Technology-  Support  and  Training 

Frederick  W.  Morgan,  Ph.D..  Southern  .Mediodist  University- 
Professor.  Mathematics 

John  A.  Mueller.  Ed.D..  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University 
.Assistant  Professor,  Student  .Affairs  in  Higher  Education 

Sunford  G.  Mukasa,  Ph.D..  McGill  University 
.Associate  Professor.  Joumahsm 

Patrick  D.  Murphy.  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
Professor.  English 

RobertJ.  Mutchnick.  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University- 
Professor.  Criminology 

David  L.  Myers.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland 

.Assistant  Professor.  Criminology- 
James  R.  Myers.  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University- 
.Associate  Professor.  Mathemadcs 

NPrashanth  B.  Nagcndra.  Ph.D..  Rutgers.  The  State  Unrversity-  of  Newjersey 
Professor.  Chairperson.  Management 
AtaoUah  Nahouraii.  Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 
.Anthony  J.  Naslase,  Ph,D,.  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Biology- 
Francis  A.  Nee.  M.Ed..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Director.  Intercollegiate  .Athletics 
.Alan  E.  Nelson.  Ed.D..  Indiana  L'mversit^-  of  Pennsyl>-ania 

.Associate  Professor.  Human  Development  and  EnWronmental  Studies 
Linda  Shearer  Nelson.  Ph.D..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Chairperson.  Human  Development  and  Environmental 

Studies 
James  P.  Nestor.  D.A..  Carnegie  Mellon  University- 
Professor.  .Art 
Phillip  D.  Neusius.  Ph.D..  L"niversity-  of  Missouri 

Professor.  Chairperson.  .Anthropology- 
Sarah  W'.  Neusius.  Ph.D..  Nordiwestem  University 

Professor.  .-Vndiropology 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


228       DIRECTORY 


Sandra  J.  Newell,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Toledo 

Professor,  Biology 
William  L.  Nicholson,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor.  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Joseph  E.  Nolan,  Ph.D.,  Texas  Woman's  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
Linda  C.  Norris,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Thomas  C.  Nowak.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Sociology 
Richard  C.  Nowell,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

Professor.  Chairperson,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Muhammad  Z.  Numan,  Ph.D.,  College  of  William  and  Mary 

Associate  Professor,  Physics 

William  W.  Oblitey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
Brian  W.  Okey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Guelph 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Gary  James  Olmstead,  D.M.A.,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Music/Case  Western 

Reserve  Universit)' 

Professor,  Music 
Therese  D.  O'Neil.  M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Computer  Science 
Ludo  A.  op  de  Beeck.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  French 
Christopher  R.  Orchard,  D.Phil.,  University  of  Oxford 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
John  N.  Orife,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Stephen  W.  Osborne,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Management 

Gian  S.  Pagnucci,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Elizabeth  A.  Palmer,  Ph.D.,  Duquesne  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
.Susan  M.  Palmisano,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Associate  Professor,  Art 
Kevin  J.  Patrick,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Raymond  P.  Pavloski,  Ph.D.,  McMaster  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Terry  L.  Peard,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Virginia  Perdue,  D.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Daniel  J.  Perlongo,  M.Mus.,  Universitv-  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Russell  L.  Peterson,  Ph.D.,  Howard  University 

Associate  Professor,  Biology 
Jerry  L.  Pickering,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Professor,  Biology 
Elizabeth  M.  Pierce,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
David  H.  Pistole,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Karen  E.  Polansky,  M.S.,  California  State  University-Los  Angeles 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Duane  M.  Ponko,  M.S.,  Duquesne  University;  C.P.A. 

Assistant  Professor,  Accounting 
Susan  G.  Poorman,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Heather  J.  Huddleston  Powers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Thomas  R.  Pressly,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  Llniversity 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Keith  D.  Putirka,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Geoscience 


Q 


John  P.  Quirk,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 


George  M.  Radakovic,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Economics 
Judith  K.  Radell,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  Music 
Willard  W.  Radell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor.  Economics 
Catherine  RaelT,  Ph.D.,  Clark  University 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Bennett  A.  Rafoth,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Professor,  Enghsh 
Mary  Ann  Rafoth,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Proicssor,  Chairperson,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Carl  J.  Rahkonen,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Professor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Monsumr  Rahman,  D.B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
David  L.  Ramsey,  B.A.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
Ruiess  V.  F.  Ramsey,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Chemistry 
Gurmal  Rattan,  Ph.D.,  Ball  State  University 

Professor,  Educational  and  School  Psychology 
Phillip  P.  Ray,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  Sute  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Terry  T.  Ray,  J.D.,  Duquesne  University 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Karen  E.  Ready,  M.A.,  Middlebury  College 

Associate  Professor,  Gennan 
Clarice  K.  Reber,  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
James  C.  Reber,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Professor,  Mathematics 
Laura  H.  Rhodes,  D.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Darlene  S.  Richardson,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Professor,  Chairperson,  Geoscience 
Elizabeth  A.  Ricketts,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Assistant  Professor,  History 
Robert  H.  Rittle,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Jose  E.  Rivera,  M.S.Ed.,  Old  Dominion  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Philip  E.  Rivers,  M.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Donald  J.  Robbins,  M.Ed.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
Jennifer  Roberts,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
Richard  D.  Roberts,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Physics 
Donald  U.  Robertson,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Shari  A.  Robertson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Educadon 
Allen  R.  Robinson,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Penny  M.  Rode.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Art 
James  A.  Rodger,  D.B.A.,  Soudiern  Illinois  University  at  Carbondale 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Lydia  H.  Rodriguez,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Laurie  Roehrich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Florida 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology 
Rosaly  D.  RofTman,  M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Thomas  J.  Rogish,  M.Ed.,  Frostburg  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Athletics 
Eric  W.  Rosenberger,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
Beverly  J.  Rossiter,  M.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Richard  D.  Rowell,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY 


'29 


Kric  RubcnHlfiii,  I'll. I).,  IJiiivcrNily  of  North  Carolina 

As.sisliitil  I'rofcDSor,  Pliilo»<i|)liy  and  RelisiouN  Sliidics 
Robert  II.  RuH«cll,  M.A.'I'.,  Indiana  University 

As.sislanl  Professor,  ()liair|)crson,joiiriiali.Hni 
Joliii  (;.  Ryan,  I'll.!).,  University  of  PitLsbiirKli 

Assoi  ialc  IVo(esNor,  Mana(;einent 
Marvela  M.  Ryan,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

Assistant  Professoi,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 

Daniel  I).  .Sadler,  Pli.l).,  University  of  Illinois 

Associate  Professor,  P.sych<)logy 
Mary  K.  Sadler.  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

Associate  Professor,  Nnrsinj;  and  Allied  Health;  Director,  Liberal 

Stn<lies 
RichartI  A.  Sanilbdihe.  I'll. D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 
Stephen  K.  Sanderson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

Professor,  Sociology 
Nicolo  A.  Sartori,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  Mnsic 
Lilia  P.  Savova,  Ph.D.,  Sofia  University  (Bnlgaria) 

Associate  Professor,  English 
John  F.  Seandrett,  M.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Karen  I,.  Schmidt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology 
Jo  Anne  Schneider.  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Associate  Professor.  Sociology 
Steven  P.  Schroedcr,  M.A.,  Dut|uesnc  University 

Instructor,  History 
Lisa  M.  Sciulli,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Yolanda  M.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Assistant  Professor,  Criminology 
(iail  S.  Sechrist,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University  and  A&M  College 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Robert  P.  Sechrist,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  Ciniversity  and  A&M  College 

Piofessor,  Chairperson,  Geography  and  Regional  Plaiuiing 
Thomas  Sedwick,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Professor,  Industrial  and  Labor  Relations 
Ronald  F.  See,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Assistant  Professor,  C'hemistry 
Frederick  A.  Schring,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

."Associate  Professor,  Associate  Registrar  for  .Academic  Support  Services 
Michael  T.  Sell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Constance  A.  Settlemyer,  Ph.D..  University  of  Pitt-sburgh 

Professor,  Nursing  and  ,\llie<l  Health 
Ronald  G.  .Shafer.  Ph.D..  Duciuesne  I'niversity 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  English 
Varinder  M.  Sharma,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nordi  Texas 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Maher  Y.  Shawer,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklalioma 

Professor,  Matliematics 
Teresa  C  Shcllcnbarger,  D.N.S.,  Widener  University 

Professor,  Nursing  arid  Allied  Healdi 
Cora  Lou  Sherburne,  M.F.A.,  Musasliino  Art  University  (Japan) 

■•\ssistant  Professor,  .'Vrt 
Ruth  I.  Shirty,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Plainiiug 
Stephen  B.  Shiring,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional 

Management 
Daniel  C.  Shivcly,  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel  University 

.Associate  Prtilessor,  Libraries  and  Media  Resources 
Charles  J.  Shubra,Jr.,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  ( lomputer  Science 
Thomas  W.  Simmons,  Ph.D..  Saint  John's  University 

.Associate  Professor.  Biology 
Edward  K.  Simpson,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Nortli  Carolina 

■Associate  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Helen  C:.  Sider,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Peinisvlvania 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
John  F.  Sitton.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Professor,  Political  Science 


Frederick  J.  Slack.  Ph. I).,  University  of  PitlKJiurgh 

Associate  Prolessfir,  Management 
Thomas  J.  Slater.  Ph.D..  Oklahoma  .Slate  Univcnily 

Assoiiate  Professor.  English 
Mark  A.  Shiniger,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Assistant  Professor,  hleallli  and  Physical  Education 
Jonathan  B.  Smith.  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  K<luc'<ition 
R.  Roger  Smith,  Ph.D..  University  of  Kentucky 

Professor  ('hairperson,  Spanish  anil  Classical  languages 
Theresa  S.  Smith,  Ph.f)..  fioston  University 

Professor.  Ptnlosoph\  and  Religious  Studies 
Ronald  F.  Smils,  Ph.D.,  Bail  Sute  University 

Professor,  English 
C.  .Sue  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgli 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Healtli 
Kay  A.  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Professor.  Sociology 
Stanley  J.  Sobolewski.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  BuiTalo 

Assistant  Professor  Physics 
James  A.  Solak,  D.Ed.,  University  of  PitLsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Ramcsh  G.  Soni,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Arlington 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Chun  Lu  Soo,  Ph.D..  Oliio  University 

History 
Robert  D.  Soule,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Safety  Sciences 
Jonathan  N.  Southard.  Ph.D.,  Utah  State  University 

Assistant  Professor  Chemistry 
Sharon  Sowa,  Ph.D..  Colorado  State  University 

Assistant  Professor  Chemistry 
Jo.scph  B.  Spieker.  Ph.D..  Cadiolic  University  of  America 

Professor  Spanish  and  ('lassical  Languages 
William  M.  Srsic,  M.Ed.,  Edinboro  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid;  Veteran 

Cerufying  Officer 
John  E.  Stamp,Jr.,  D.M.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Professor  Music 
Laurie  N.  Stamp.  D.Ed..  Indiana  University-  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
James  G.  Staples,  D.M.A..  Eastman  School  of  Music-University  of 

Rochester 

Professor,  Music 
Jay  Start,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor.  Commurucations  Media 
John  H.  Steelman.  Ph.D..  Universitv'  of  Virginia 

Professor.  Mathematics 
David  VV.  Stein.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

.Associate  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Sen-ices 
Joanne  B.  Steiner.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rliode  Island 

Professor  Chairperson,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Ronald  A.  Steiner.  M.S.L.S..  Case  Western  Resene  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson.  Libraries  and  .Media  Resources 
Margaret  M.  Stempien.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

.Associate  Professor  Madiematics 
Catherine  R.  Stephenson.  Ed.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  University  School 
Rosalee  M.  Stilwell,  Ph.D..  BowUng  Green  State  University- 
Assistant  Professor,  English 
Lloyd  K.  Stires.  Ph.D..  Duke  Universit> 

Professor.  Psychology- 
Gary  S.  Stoudt,  Ph.D..  Lehigh  Universit)' 

.Associate  Professor  Madiematics 
Peter  M.  Sullivan,  Ph.D. .Johns  Hopkins  University- 
Associate  Professor,  German 
Connie  J.  Sutton.  M.Ed..  Indiana  University-  of  PennsyK-ania 

.Associate  Professor  Geoscience 
Mary  E.  Swinker.  Ph.D..  The  Ohio  State  University 

.Associate  Professor  Human  Development  and  Emirormiental  Studies 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


230       DIRECTORY 


V 


w 


Augusta  Syty,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Linda  F.  Szul,  D.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 

V'incent  P.  Taiani,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  Marketing 
Devki  N.  Talwar,  Ph.D..  Allahabad  University  (India) 

University  Professor  and  Professor,  Physics 
Dan  J.  Tannacito,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Professor,  English 
John  F.  Taylor,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

Professor.  Geoscience 
Stephanie  A.  Taylor-Davis,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

.\ssistaiit  Professor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Glen  M.  Teliis,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Universit)' 

Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services 
Alan  G.  Temes.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 

.Assistant  Professor,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Eugene  F.  Thibadeau,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  Foundations  of  Education 
John  C.  Thomas, Jr.,  J. D.,  West  Virginia  University 

Professor,  Criminology 
Carolyn  A.  Thompson,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Associate  Professor,  Diversity  Studies 
Richard  E.  Thorell,  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester 

.Associate  Professor,  Music 
Gordon  F.  Thornton,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor.  Psycholog)' 
Sally  W.  Thornton,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  Languages 
Monte  G.  Tidwell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Gwendolyn  B.  Torges-Hofiiman,  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

Assistant  Professor,  Pohtical  Science 
Ronald  L.  Trenney,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

.Assistant  Professor.  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Martha  A.  Troxell, J.D.,  L.L.M.  (Taxation),  Temple  University 

Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Marie  E.  Twal,  D.P.H.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Alhed  Health 
Mark  G.  Twiest,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 
Meghan  M.  Twiest,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Joan  E.  Van  Dyke,  M.F.A.,  Arizona  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Theater  and  Dance 
Thomas  L.  Van  Dyke,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 

University 

Associate  Professor,  Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 
Todd  A.  VanWieren,  M.A..  University  of  Iowa 

Instnictor,  Advising  and  Testing  Center 
Pothen  Varughese,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Michael  W.  Vella,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cahfornia-Davis 

Professor,  English 
Frank  A.  Viggiano,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies 
Judith  H.  Villa,  Ph.D..  Universit)'  of  New  Mexico 

Assistant  Professor,  Enghsh 
Patricia  E.  Villalobos,  M.F.A.,  West  Virginia  University 

Associate  Professor.  Art 
Dorothy  C.  Vogel,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professor,  History 
Larry  A.  Void,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Associate  Professor,  Professional  Studies  in  Education 

Therese  M.  Wacker,  D.M.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 
Diane  C.  Wagoner.  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Instructor,  Food  and  Nutrition 
Janet  M.  Walker,  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 
Irene  L.  Wallaert,  M.A.,  Northwest  University 

.Assistant  Professor,  French  and  German 


Bemadette  L.  Walz,  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Nursing  and  AUied  Health 
George  B.  Walz.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Professor,  Psychology 
Xi  Wang.  Ph.D.,  Columbia  Universit)' 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Elaine  A.  Ware,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Louise  C  Waszak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Nursing  and  Allied  Health 
Veronica  M.Watson,  Ph.D.,  Rice  Universit)' 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Dey  W.  Watts,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Geography  and  Regional  Planning 
Ronald  M.  Weiers,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Marketing 
Christopher  L.  Weiland,  M.F.A.,  Rochester  Institute  of  Technolog)' 

Professor,  Art 
Kim  Weiner,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Chairperson,  Counseling  and  Student  Development 

Center 
James  E.  Welker,  M.B.A.,  Universit)-  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  Finance  and  Legal  Studies 
Susan  Welsh.  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Susan  E.  Wheatley,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Professor.  Music 
Tamara  L.  Whited,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Berkeley 

Associate  Professor,  History 
Dennis  W.  Whitson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Physics 
Kustim  Wibowo,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Associate  Professor,  Management  Informadon  Systems  and  Decision 

Sciences 
Vythilingam  Wijekumar,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Professor,  Physics 
Matthew  S.  WiUen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
Michael  M.  Williamson,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Professor,  Enghsh 
Michael  T.  Williamson,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 

Assistant  Professor,  English 
B.  Gail  Wilson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Associate  Professor,  Communications  Media 
Jean  H.  Wilson.  M.A.,  University  of  Buffalo 

Instructor,  Enghsh 
Lorraine  P.  Wilson,  D.A.,  Ball  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Chairperson,  Music 
Nanci  K.  Wilson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

Professor.  Criminology 
T.  Kenneth  Wilson,  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

Associate  Professor,  English 
Ray  L.  Winstead.  Ph.D.,  North  Carohna  State  University 

Professor,  Biology 
Stacey  C.  Winstead,  M.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Assistant  Professor,  Educational  Counselor/Assistant  Director,  Learning 

Center 
Joette  M.  Wisnieski,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Associate  Professor,  Management 
Robert  I.  Witchel,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Professor,  Counseling 
Ronald  J.  Woan,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Accounting 
James  L.  Wolfe,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 
John  T.  Wood,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor,  Chemistry 
Dawn  E.  Woodland,  Ph.D.,  Southern  lUinois  University 

Associate  Professor,  Technology  Support  and  Training 
John  C.  Woolcock,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Riverside 

Professor,  Chemistr)' 
Jason  W.  Worzbyt,  M.M.,  University  of  North  Texas 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


DIRECTORY       2!  I 


Jolin  (;.  W'lirzbyl,  Kd.lJ.,  University  i)rR(nlicilc-r 

I'lultssDr,  ('.DiinscliiiK 
Albert  S.  Wutsili,  A.O.S.,  Ciiliiiai-y  Iiistiliile  nf  Amcriia 

As.sislaril  I'lofcssiir,  Culinary  Arl» 

Wcnfaii  Van,  I'li.O.,  Stale  University  of  New  Y.,rk  at  Hi.ll.ilu 

I'rolessdr,  I'mlessional  Studies  in  Education 
Andrew  T.  Yang,  I'll. I).,  University  of  Minnesota 

Associate  I'rofessor,  (loniputer  Science 
Lingyan  Yanj;,  M.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Assistant  I'rofessor,  Knglisli 
SunlcyJ.  Ycrep.  M.Kd.,  Iniliana  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  (l.P.A. 

Assistant  I'rofessor,  Accoiintins 
Kwasi  Yirenkyi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pitt-shur^li 

Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  Relini"i's  Studies 
NancyJ.  Yo.st,  Ph.D.,  The  Peimsylvania  Stale  University 

Assistant  Professor.  University  .School 
Canill  M.  YouiiR,  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri 

Professor,  Spanish  and  Classical  IjanjfiiaRcs 
Keilh  R.  Young,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 

Assistant  Professor,  Music 

Mary  L.  Zanich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittshnrjijli 

Profc.ssi>r,  rh,iir|i(rson.  Psychology 
|un-l,ue  (John)  Zhanj;.  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Assoii.ue  I'riilcs'.or.  Mathematics 
Sherwood  E.  /.immennan,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

Professor,  Criminolo^n,. 
Susan  T.  Zimny,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 

Professor,  Psychology 
Phillip  J.  Zorich,  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon 

.\ssistant  Professor.  Uihrarics  and  Media  Resources 
Nashat  Zuraikat.  Ph.D..  Universitv  of  Pittsburgh 

Professor.  Nursing  and  Allied!  lealth 

'TJirfollou'hii^  pivp,tanis  maintain  fiermanenl  agreements  of  affiliation 
with  IIP: 

•  Abington  Memorial  Hospital.  Abington 

•  Altoona  Hospital,  Altoona 

•  Elkins  Park  Hospital,  Elkins  Park 

•  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  Lancaster 

•  Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center,  Reading 

•  St.  Vincent  Healtli  Center,  Erie 

•  University  of  Hartford.  Hartford.  Connecticut 

Other  temporary  affiliations  are  negotiated  for  the  convenience  of  the 
student.  Professionals  at  these  institutions  who  have  been  approved  to 
teach  select  H'P courses: 


Medical  Technology 


.Americo  B.  Anton,  M.D. 

Diieclor,  DcparUnent  of  Laboraton'  Senices,  .Altoona  Hospital 
Herbert  E.  .\ucrbach,  D.O.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology.  Abington  Meinorial 

Hospital 
Karen  Barrett.  Ph.D.  (A.SCP) 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Uiriversit\-  of 

Hartford 
George  H.  Barrows,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology.  Universirv  of  Hartford 
Kathryn  Durr,  M.T.  (ASCP);  M.S.,  M.A.,  Rider  University- 
Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  .•\bington  Memorial 

Hospital 
James  T.  Eastman  III,  M.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati  College  of  Medicine 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Lancaster  General 

Hospital 
Nadine  E.  Cladfeltcr,  M.S.,  Temple  University- 
Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology-,  Lancaster  General 

Hospital 
Phyllis  Gotkin,  Ph.D..  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Program  Director.  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program.  Elkins  Park 

Hospital 
Joanne  S.  Grant.  M.T.  (ASCP):  \LS..  Moravian  CoUege  and  Drexel 

University 


Program  Director,  School  of  Clinical  laboratory  Science,  Reading 

I  lospital  and  Medical  Center 
Stephen  M.  Johnnon,  M.T.  (ASCP);  M.S.,  Ilic  (Jliio  Slate  University 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical  Technology,  Sl  Vincent  Healdi 

Center 
Kenneth  II.  Jurgenii,  M.D.,  State  Univcrnily  of  .New  York  at  Dowiuitatc 

Medical  Direc  tor.  School  of  Medical  Technology,  St.  Vincent  Hcaltli 

(xnter 
William  K.  Natalc,  M.D.,  Universitv  ofF'itubiirgluJ.D.,  William  .Miuhcll 

O.llegeofLaw 

.Medical  Director,  Reading  I  lospital  and  Medical  Center 
Joseph  R.  Noel,  B.S.,  York  College 

Dire*  tor.  Medical  Technology  Program,  AllfKjna  Hospital 
Richard  RupkalviH,  M.D.,  Rush  .Medical  College 

Medical  Advisor,  Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program,  Elkins  Park 

Hospital 
Sharon  K.  Strauss,  C.L.S.  (NCA),  M.T.  (ASf:P).  M.S.:  St. Jojeph'i 

Iriiversity 

Program  Director,  School  of  Clinical  laboratory  .Science,  Reading 

Hospital  and  Medical  Center 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Elaine  M.  Markon,  R.  1".  (N).  C..N.M.  I'.:  M.S.,  Ohio  University 

Program  Director,  Nuclear  Medicine  Institute,  University  of  Findlay 

Respiratory  Therapy 

Jack  /VIbert.  R.R.T..  C.l'.F.T.;  .\l.Ed..  University  ol  Pitulmrgh 

Instructor.  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

Paul  Fiehler,  F.C.C.P.;  M.D.,  University-  of  Pittsburgli 

Medical  Director,  School  of  Respiratory  Care,  Western  Pennsylvania 
Hosjjital 

Jeffery  Alan  Heck,  R.R.T.;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh  .Medical  Center 
Instniclor.  School  of  Respiratory-  Care.  Western  Pennsylv-ania  Hospital 

Kathryn  G.  Kinderman.  R.R.T..  C.P.F.T.:  M.S..  University-  of  Pittsburgh 

WiUiamJ.  Mallcy.  R.R.T..  C.RF.T:  M.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Director,  School  of  Respiratory-  Care,  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

Catherine  L.  Myers.  R.R.T.:  M.Ed..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University- 
Instructor.  School  of  Rcspirator\  Care.  Western  Pennsylvania  Hospital 

Athletic  Training/Sports  Medicine 

Physicians 

David  T.  Bizousky-.  M.D..  Halinemaim  University.  School  of  .Medicine 

Center  for  Orthopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 
Paul  B.  Burton.  D.O..  University  of  HealtJi  Sciences,  CoUege  of  Osteopathic 

Medicine 

Center  for  Ordiopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 
Douglas  S.  Fugate,  M.D..  Halinemaim  University-  of  Health  Sciences 

Center  for  Orthopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 
Craig  C.  McKirgan.  D.O.,  University-  of  Osteopathic  .Medicine  and  Health 

Center  for  Orthopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 
Howard  P.  Miller.  D.P.M.,  Ohio  College  of  Pochatric  Medicine 

Center  for  Orthopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 
Jagadeesha  Shelty.  M.D..  Go\-eniment  Medical  College.  Bellary-.  India 

Center  for  Orthopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 

Allied  Medical  Staff 

Cory-  E.  Barton.  -A.T.C.;  B.S..  Indiana  University-  of  PennsyK-ania 
Kevstone  Rehabihtation  Systems/Blairs\-ille  School  District 

Scott  T.  Bauer.  .\.T.C.:  B.S..  Indiana  L'niversity  of  Pennsylv-ania 
Keystone  Rehabilitation  Systems/Indiana  School  District 

Christopher  Fink  .  .A.T.C:  B.S..  Inchana  University  of  Permsylvania 
Keystone  Rehabilitation  Systems/Saltsburg  School  District 

.AJan  M.  Keefe.  P..\.-C.  Duquesne  University- 
Center  for  Ordiopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 

Christa  L.  Pontani.  C..R..N.P..  Duquesne  Unriersity 
Center  for  Ortliopaedics  and  Sports  Medicine 

Dennis  Shulu.  P.T.;  M.S..  l'niversity  of  Pittsburgh 
Kevstonc  Rehabilitation  Systems 

Matthew-  Wilson.  .A.T.C.:  B.S..  Indiana  University-  of  Pennsylv-ania 
Keystone  Rehabilitation  Systems/Homer  Center  School  District 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


232       INDEX 


Index 


f^  Academic  Affairs  Division,  41 
Academic  Good  Standing,  29 
Academic  Honors,  27 
Academic  Integrity  Policy,  3 1 
Academic  Policies,  24 
Academic  Policies,  College  of  Education  and  Educational 

Technology,  56 
Academic  Policies,  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technology,  47 
Academic  Services  Office,  Eberly  College  of  Business  and 

Information  Technology,  47 
Academic  Standards  Policy,  29 

Academic  Violations  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy),  31 
Accounting  Department,  48 
Accreditation,  6 
Act  101  Program,  22 
Activity  Fee,  Student,  13 
Administration  and  Finance  Division,  7 
Administrative  Officers,  217 
Admissions  and  Registration,  9 
Admissions  PoUcy,  Undergraduate,  9 
Adult  Advisement  Services,  131 
Adult  and  Community  Education  Department,  60 
Advanced  Placement  Examination,  24 
Advising  and  Testing  Center,  20 
Advisory  Program,  25 
Affirmative  Action,  inside  front  cover 
African  American  Cultural  Center,  22 
Allied  Health  Professions  Program,  83 
Alumni,  6 

American  Language  Institute,  1 1 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  inside  front  cover 
Anthropology  Department,  88 
Anticipated  Class  Absence  Pohcy,  26 
AppUcation  Fee,  9 

Apphed  Social  Research  Track/Minor,  107,  108 
Applied  Statistics  Minor,  122,  123 
Aquatic  Track,  Physical  Education  and  Sport,  77 
Aquatics  School,  76 

Archaeology  Track,  Anthropology  Major,  89 
Armstrong  Branch  Campus,  8 
Art  Department,  68 
Asian  Studies  Minor,  87,  88 
Associate  of  Arts  Degrees  in  Business,  47,  48,  53 
Athletic  Grants-in-Aid,  1 8 

Athletic  Training  Track,  Physical  Education  and  Sport,  77 
Athletics,  20 
Attendance  Policy,  Undergraduate  Course,  26 


Audit  Fee,  12 
Audit  Policy,  27 

g    Bad  Check  Charge,  12 
Billing  and  Payments,  14 
Biochemistry  Program,  115 
Biology  Department,  112 

Board  of  Governors,  State  System  of  Higher  Education,  2 
Branch  Campuses,  8 
Buildings  and  Grounds,  6 
Business  Advisory  Council,  47 
Business  and  Information  Technology,  Eberly  College  of, 

46 
Business  Associate  Degree  Programs,  47,  48,  53 
Business  Education,  52 
Business  Minors,  54 
Business  Technology  Support  Major/Minor,  52,  53 

p    Calendar,  2 

Cancellation  Refijnd  Policy,  14 

Cancelled  Semester  Policy,  28 

Career  Exploration/Undecided  Majors,  21 

Career  Services,  20 

Centers  and  Institutes,  lUP,  7 

Certification  for  Teachers,  56,  57,  59 

Chancellor,  State  System  of  Higher  Education,  2 

Change  of  Major  PoUcies,  26 

Cheating  (See  Academic  Integrity  Policy),  31 

Chemistry  Department,  116 

Child  Development/Family  Relations  Major,  82 

Child  Study  Center,  59 

Chiropractic,  Pre-,  112,  124 

Civility  Statement,  35 

Class  Attendance,  26 

Class  Disruptions,  35 

Classification  of  Students,  24 

Cocurricular  Activities,  22 

College  Board  Examinations,  9 

College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP),  24 

Communications  Media  Department,  60 

Community  Service  Program,  15,  22 

Community  Services  Track,  Consumer  Services,  80 

Computer  and  Office  Information  Systems  Speciafization 

(COIS),  Associate  of  Arts,  53 
Computer  Science  Department,  118 
Computer  Software  Policy,  23 
Computing  Resources  Poficy,  University,  23 
Computing  Services,  6 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


INDEX     2:j3 


(  idiircrcncc'Siinil  Noticrcdil  Mroj^ruiiis,  \:i2 

Coiisuinci  AfUiits  Major,  7f),  .SO 

Cotisiiiiicr  Services  Major,  HO 

Coiitirmiiij;  I'ldiicatioii,  School  ot,  H,  10,  II,  1.'30 

Cooperative  luliicatioii,  25,  45 

Cooperative  Programs 

Chiropractic,  11 2,  124 

Dentistry,  124 

Eiigineerinj!;,  112,1 25,  1 2() 

Family  Medicine,  112,11.} 

Forestry,  112,  11.5 

Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  1 12,  1 1.'3 

Marine  Science  Consortinm,  1 12,  114 

Optometry,  II 2,  123 

Physicid  Therapy,  125 

Podiatry,  112,  12() 

Pymatuninj>;  Laboratory  of  Ecology,  1 14 
Council  of  Trustees,  lUP.  2 

Counseling  ami  Student  l)evel()|)meiit  (knter,  21 
Counseling  SeiTiccs,  2 1 
Course  Descri|)tions 

Accounting  (ACCT),  1.3.3 

AdvLsing  and  Testing  (ADVT),  1.34 

Anthropology  (ANTH),  134 

Applied  Music  (APMU),  L36 

Art  Education  (ARED),  136 

Art  History  (ARUI),  137 

Art  Studio  (ART),  137 

Biochemistiy  (BIOC),  138 

Biolog)' (BIOL),  138 

Bu,siness  Law  (BLAW),  140 

Business  and  Technology  Education  (BTED),  141 

Chemist!y(CHEM),  143 

Consumer  Senices  (CNSV),  144 

Communications  Media  (COMM),  145 

Computer  Science  (COSC),  147 

Counseling  and  Student  Development  (CNSD),  144 

Counselor  Education  (COUN),  149 

Criminology  (CRIM).  149 

Critical  Languages  (CRLG),  150 

Dance  (DANC),  151 

Distributive  Education  (DEDU),  151 

Early  Childhood  Education  (ECED),  151 

Economics  (ECON),  152 

Education  (EDUC),  155 

Education  of  Exceptional  Persons  (EDEX),  153 

Education  of  Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  (EDHL).  154 

Educational  and  School  Psycholog)'  (EDSP),  155 

Electro-Optics  (EOPT).  161 

Elementaiy  Education  (ELED),  156 

English  (ENGL),  157 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education  (FCSE).  161 


Fashion  Mcrchandisinj^  (FSMR).  I6fi 

Finance  (FIN),  164 

Fine  Arts  (FIAR),  163 

Food  and  Nutrition  (FI)NT),  l()2 

Foreign  Languages  (FNL(;).  164 

Foundations  of  Education  (FDKD).  162 

French  (FRNC),  165 

Geography  ({;E0(;).  167 

Geo.science((;EOS),  168 

German  (GRMN).  171 

(Jerontology  ((iERN),  171 

Cireek  (GREK),  171 

Heakh  and  Physical  Education  (I  IPKD).  1  75 

History  (HIST),  172 

Home  Economics  Education  (HMEC),  174 

Honors  College  (HNRC),  175 

Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management 

(HRIM),  178 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relation  (ILR),  181 
Information  Management  (IFMG).  179 
Interior  Design  (INDS),  181 
International  Studies  (ITST).  182 
Italian  (ITAL),  182 
Journalism  (J RNL),  182 
Latin  (LATN),  184 
Learning  Center  (LC),  184 
Liberal  Studies  (LBST),  184 
Librar\(LlBR).  184 
Management  (MGMT),  188 
Marine  Science  (MRSC).  191 
Marketing  (MKTG).  189 
Mathematics  (MATH).  185 
Medical  Technolog)-  (MEDT),  188 
Militan-  Science  (MLSC),  190 
Music  (MUSC),  192 
Music  History  (MUHI),  192 
Nuclear  Medicine  Technology  (XMDT).  194 
Nursing  (NURS),  195 
Pan-African  Studies  (PNAF).  201 
Philosophy  (PHIL).  197 
Physics  (PY).  198 
Political  Science  (PLSC).  200 
Psycholog>(PSYC).201 
Quantitative  Business  (QBL'S).  203 
Regional  Planning  (RGPL).  204 
Rehabilitation  (RHAB).  205 
Religious  Studies  (REST).  206 
Respirator)-  Therapy  (RESP).  203 
Safety  Sciences  (SAFE).  207 
Science  (SCI).  208 
Social  Work  (SOWK).  211 
Sociology  (SOC).  209 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


234       INDEX) 


Spanish  (SPAN),  211 

Speech  Patholog)'  and  Audiology  (SPLP),  213 

Study  Abroad  and  Comparitive  Literature  (FNLG),  164 

Technolog)'  Support  and  Training  (BTST),  142 

Theater  and  Dance  (THTR),  214 

Universitywide  Courses  (UVWD),  214 

Vocational  Education  (VOED),  214 

Women's  Studies  (WMST),  215 
Course  Repeat  Policy,  28 
Credit/Exemption  Examinations,  24 
Credit  Programs,  School  of  Continuing  Education,  130 
Criminal  Justice  Training  Center,  132 
Criminology  Department,  90 
Criteria  Governing  Continuance  at  lUP,  29 
Critical  Language  Program,  87 
Culinary  Arts,  Department  of,  74 

n    Damage  Fee,  14 
Dance  Minor,  72 
Dean's  List,  27 
Degree  Fee,  14 

Degree  Requirements,  Completion  of,  40 
Degrees  Offered  at  lUP,  Undergraduate,  4 
Delinquency  Policy,  Financial,  1 2 
Delinquent  Accounts,  14 
Dentistry,  Pre-,  124 
D/F  Repeat  Policy,  28 
Dietetics  Track,  Nutrition  Major,  74 
DiningPlanFee,  12,  13 
Dining  Services,  21 
Directory,  217 

Directory  Information,  Student  Rights,  23 
Disability  Support  Services,  20 
Dismissal,  29 
Driver  Education,  76,  78 
Drop/Add,  24 

Dual  Certification,  59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 66 
Duke  Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry  and  Environmental 
Studies,  112, 113 

C   Early  Admissions  Program,  9 

Early  Childhood  Education  Major,  61,  62 
Earth  and  Space  Science  Education,  121 
Eberly  College  of  Business  and  Information  Technology,  46 
Economic  Developer  Track,  Regional  Planning,  99 
Economic  Geographer  Track,  Geography,  98 
Economics  Department,  91 

Education  and  Educational  Technology,  College  of,  55 
Education  Majors,  PoUcies  for,  56 
Educational  and  School  Psychology  Department,  59 
Educational  Assistance  Program  (EAP),  Pennsylvania 
National  Guard,  18 


Educational  Services/Facilities  Fee,  12,  13 

Educational  Technology  Minor,  60 

Electro  Optics  Associate  Degree  Programs,  126,  128 

Electro  Optics  Track,  126, 128 

Elementary  Education  Major,  61 

EligibiUty  and  Apphcation  for  Graduation,  39 

Emeriti,  221 

Employment,  Student,  15 

Engineering,  Pre-,  1 12,  125,  126 

English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  Program,  1 1 

English  Department,  92 

English  Language  Programs  for  International  Students  and 

Visitors,  1 1, 
Environmental  Geographer  Track,  Geography  and 

Regional  Planning,  99 
Environmental  Geoscience,  1 20 
Environmental  Health,  1 13,  115 
Environmental  Planner  Track,  Geography  and  Regional 

Planning,  99 
Examination  for  Credit  Fee,  14 
Exceptional  Persons  Major,  Education  of,  63,  64 
Exchange  and  Study  Abroad  Programs,  43,  94,  108 
Executive  Officers,  lUP,  2 
Exemption  Examinations,  24 

Exercise  Science  Track,  Physical  Education  and  Sport,  76 
Experiential  Education  Office,  45 

p  Faculty,  222 

Family  and  Consumer  Sciences  Education  Major,  81 

Family  Business,  Center  for,  48 

Family  Medicine,  1 12,  1 13 

Fashion  Merchandising  Major,  80 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  15 

Federal  Work-Study  Program,  15 

Fees,  12 

Final  Examination  PoUcies,  34 

Finance  and  Legal  Studies  Department,  49 

Finances,  12 

Financial  Aid,  14 

Financial  Aid,  Payment  of,  14 

Financial  Aid  Sufficient  Progress  Policy,  18, 19 

Financial  Delinquency  Policy,  12 

Fine  Arts,  College  of,  67 

Food  and  Nutrition  Department,  74 

Foreign  Languages  and  International  Studies  for 

Elementary  Education  (FLISET),  63 
Foreign  Study  Programs,  87 
Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies  Cooperative  Program, 

112,113 
Foundations  of  Education  Department,  61 
French  and  German  Department,  94 
French  Majors,  95 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


INDEX       235 


i  Fresh  Start  I'olicy,  28 

"  Frcslitnan  A|)|)li(ati(ms,  9 

•;  Kresliiiiaii  ( )riiiitati()ii,  22,  .3() 

k  Fresliiiiaii  Year,  Academic  Life  During  the,  36 

'  Full-time  Student  Classification,  24 

! 

IQ    General  Science  Kdncatioii,  121 

j        General  Studies    Associate  of  Arts,  1,30 

'        General  Studies  -Bachelor  of  Science,  1.31 

I        Geography  and  Regional  Planning  De|)art!nent,  97 

I        Geology,  120 

Geoscience  Department,  120 
'        German  Major,  96 
;       Gerontology  Gertificate  Program,  85 
j        GIS  and  Cartographer  Tracks,  Geography  and  Regional 
j  Planning,  98.  99 

Government  and  Public  Service  Major,  105 

Government  Contract  Assistance  Program,  48 

GPA,  Determining,  27 

Grade  Ajipeal  Policy,  .30 

Grade  Change  Policy,  28 

Grade  Reports,  27 

Grades  and  Quality  Points,  27 

Grading  Policies,  27 

Graduation,  Eligibility  and  Application  for,  39 

Graduation  Honors,  27 

Graduation,  Requirements  for,  36 

Grants,  15 

U    Harrisburg  Internship  Semester  (T.H.I.S.),  45 
1  lealtli  and  Human  Services,  College  of,  73 
Health  and  Physical  Education  Department,  75 
Health  Insurance,  21 
Health  Services,  21 
Health  Services  Fee,  13,  14 

Hearing  Loss  Major,  Education  of  Person  wath,  65, 66 
High  School  Students,  Visiting  Student  Program,  10 
Highway  Safety  Center,  78 
History^  Department,  100 
History  of  the  University,  5 
Home  Economics  Education  (See  Family  and  Consumer 

Sciences  Education),  81 
Honors,  Academic,  27 
Honors  College,  Robert  E.  Cook,  41 
Hotel,  Restaurant,  and  Institutional  Management,  79 
Housing  Fee,  13 
Housing  Information,  21 

Human  Development  and  Environmental  Studies,  79 
Human  Resources  Management  Major.  50 
Human  Services  Track.  Sociology  Major.  106 
Humanities  and  Social  Sciences,  College  of,  86 


I    liiitiiuni/ation  Requirements,  1 1 
incletnent  Weather  Policy,  26 
Incomplete  Policy,  28 
Indiana,  the  C^ounty  aiul  the  Town,  6 
Individual  (bourse  Withdrawal  Policy,  29 
Industrial  and  Labor  Relations  l)t[)artrMtnt.  82 
Installment  Payment  (-barge,  14 
Institute  for  Research  and  Oimmunity  Service,  7 
Institutional  Advancement  Division,  7 
Institutional  Fees,  12 
Interdisciplinary  Fine  Arts  Major,  67,  68 
Interior  Design  Major,  81 
International  Affairs,  Office  of,  43 
International  Business  Major,  50 

International  Exchange  and  Study  Abroad  Programs,  43 
International  Management.  School  of,  47 
International  Student  Exchange  Program.  45 
International  Student  Orientation  Fee,  13 
International  Student  Teaching  Opportunities,  45 
International  Studies,  Political  Science,  105 
International  Trade,  French,  95 
International  Trade,  German,  96 
International  Trade,  Spanish,  109 
Internship/Cooperative  Education,  25,  45,  87 
Intramurals,  20 

J  Jefferson  Medical  CoUege-IUP  Physician  Shortage  Area 

Program,  112,  113 
Journalism  Department,  102 
Judicial  System,  University,  23 

Junior  Status  Approval,  Sophomore  Screening  for,  26 
Junior  Year  Review,  College  of  Humanities  and  Social 

Sciences,  86 

|_  L  Grades  Policy,  28 

Lake  Erie  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  112. 113 

Languages  and  Systems  Track,  Computer  Science.  1 19 

Late  Registration  Fee,  13 

Learning  Center/Act  101,  22 

Legal  Studies  Department,  Finance  and.  49 

Liberal  Studies,  37 

Libraries,  7,  41 

Literacy  Center.  59 

Loans,  Educational,  15 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG.     2001-02 


236       INDEX 


M    Major  Changes.  2(),  56 

Management  Department,  49 

Management  Information  Systems  and  Decision  Sciences 

Department,  5 1 
Management  Sei-vices  Group,  48 
Marine  Science  Consortium,  112,  114 
Marketing  Department,  52 
Mathematics  Department,  122 
Medical  Technolog)-  Administrative  Fee,  13 
Medical  Technology  Major,  84 
Midterm  Grade  Report  Policy,  27 
Militar)'  Science  Department,  42 
Mission  Statement  (see  A  University  Education),  5 
Music  Department,  70 

1^    Nancy  Programs,  94 

National  Student  Exchange  Program,  45 
National  Student  Exchange  Program  Fee,  13 
Natural  Science,  124 

Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics,  College  of,  112 
Natural  Sciences— Cooperative  and  Preprofessional 

Programs,  110 
Night  Exam  Policy,  34 

Non-Native  Students:  English  Language  Requirements,  40 
Normal  Semester  Hour  Loads,  24 
Nuclear  Medicine  Technology  Major,  84 
Nursing  and  Allied  Health  Department,  82 
Nutrition  Majors/Minor,  74,  75 

n    Off-Campus  Instructional  Fee,  13 
Off-Campus  Studies  Program,  131 
Optometn,',  Pre-,  112,  125 
Organizations  and  Activities,  22 
Orientation,  22 
Out-of-State  Tuition,  1 2 

p   Pan-African  Studies  Minor,  88 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students  (PLUS),  15 

Parking,  23 

Part-time  Study,  10,  131 

Pass-Fail  Policy,  27 

Pell  Grant,  Federal,  1 5 

Pennsylvania  National  Guard  Educational  Assistance 

Program,  18 
Pennsylvania  State  Grant  (PHEAA),  15 
Perkins  Loan,  Federal,  15 

Persons  with  Hearing  Loss  Major,  Education  of,  65,  66 
PHEAA  State  Work-Study,  15 
Philosophy  and  Religious  Studies  Department,  102 
Physical  Education  and  Sport  Major,  75,  76,  77,  78 
Physical  Therapy,  Pre-,  1 25 
Physics  Department,  126 


PLUS  Loan,  Federal,  15 

Podiatry,Pre-,  112,  126 

Political  Science  Department,  104 

PortfoUo  Assessment  Fee,  14 

PortfoUo  Evaluation,  25 

Post-Baccalaureate  Studies,  11,  131 

Pre-Approval  for  Transfer  Coursework,  39 

Pre-Law  Business  Track,  49 

Pre-Law  Criminology  Track,  90 

Pre-Law  Economics  Track,  91 

Pre-Law  English  Track,  93 

Pre-Law  History  Track,  101 

Pre-Law  Philosophy  Track,  1 03 

Pre-Law  Political  Science  Track,  105 

President's  Message,  3 

Primary  Care  Partnership,  112 

Primary  Care  Scholars  Program,  112 

Prior  Learning  Assessment  Programs  and  Policy,  25 

Probation,  29 

Professional  Certification  Application  Fee,  59 

Professional  Studies  in  Education  Department,  61 

Program  Changes,  26,  40 

Provost's  Scholar,  27 

Psychological  Science  Minor,  129 

Psychology  Department,  128 

Publications  (Student),  22 

Punxsutawney  Branch  Campus,  8 

Pymatuning  Laboratory  of  Ecology,  112,  114 

Q  Quality  Points,  27 

P   Readniission  Pohcy,  1 1 
Reftmd  Policy,  14 

Regional  Planning  Department,  Geography  and,  97 
Registered  Nurse  Track,  Nursing,  83 
Registration  Fee,  13 
Rehabilitation  Major,  65 
Religious  Studies  Major,  103 
Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps,  42 
Residence  Hall  Application,  2 1 
Residence  Hall  Association,  2 1 
Residence  Hall  Fee,  13 
Residence  Life,  2 1 
Residency,  In-State/Out-of-State,  12 
Residency  Requirement  for  Graduation,  10,  40 
Resident  Assistants,  18 
Resources,  University,  6 
Respiratory  Care  Major,  83 
RN  Track,  Nursing,  83 
Robert  E.  Cook  Honors  College,  41 
ROTC,  42 
ROTC  Scholarships,  18,  42 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


INL- 


C    Safety  ScitiKcs  Dcijattmciit,  H5 
Scliediilc  Cllianj^cs,  24 
Scholarsliips,  17,  IH,1I 
Scholastic  A|itiliitlf  'IVst  (SAT),  9 
Second  Hacciilaiircatc  Decree  llci|iiirciiicrit,s,  1  I 
Secondary  Sdiool  Cooperative  Kclucation 

Teacher/Coordinator  Certificate,  l.'i2 
Semester  Course  Syllabi,  University  Policy  on,  26 
Semester  Hour  and  Cumulative  Quality-Point  Average 

Requirement,  .'i() 
Sexual  Harassment,  Policy,  inside  front  cover 
Small  Business  Incubator,  Indiana  County,  48 
Small  Business  Institute,  48 

Social  Science  Eclucation/Antliro|)ol()jfy  (Concentration,  89 
Social  Science  Education/Economics  Track,  92 
Social  Science  Education/(k'oj;rapliy  Track,  100 
Social  Science  Educatioii/Histoiy  Track,  101 
Social  Science  Education/Sociology  Concentration,  107 
Sociology'  Departtnent,  I  Ofi 
Software  Policy,  2.'} 
Sophomore  Screening,  26 

Spanish  and  Classical  Languages  Department,  108 
Spanish  for  Elementaiy  Flducation,  6,3,  108 
Special  Education  and  Clinical  Services  Department,  6,3 
Special  Fees,  1 4 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  2.3,  59 

Speech-Language  Padiology  and  Audiolog)-  Major,  64,  65 
Sport  Administration  Track,  Physical  Education  and  Sport. 

77 
Sports,  Varsity,  20 
Staflord  Loan,  Federal,  15 
State  Grants,  15 

Student  Activities  and  Organizadons,  22 
Student  Activity  Fee,  13 
Student  Affairs  Division,  20 
Student  Community  Services,  22 
Student  Congress,  22 
Student  Cooperative  AssociaUon,  22 
Student  Development,  21 
Student  Employment,  15 
Student  Programs  and  Services,  20 
Student  Rights/Director\-  Information,  23 
Student  Teaching,  45.  57,  58,  59 
Student  Tecimology  Services,  23 
Student  Union,  22 
Studio  Major,  69 

Study  Abroad  Programs,  43.  94.  108 
Sufficient  Progress,  1 8 
Summer  Sessions,  1 1 
Summer  Sessions  Fees,  13 
Svllabus  Policv.  26 


y  '["eaclicr  Certification  (Postbaccalaureale).  1 1 .  56.  57 
Teacher  Certification  Fee,  14 
Teacher  Education  and  (Certification,  56.  57 
Technology  Services  (Center  (TS(;).  (i 
Technology  Supjjort  and  Training  Departinent.  52 
Testing  Fee,  13 

'^Fheater  and  Dance  De|jartnient.  71 
Three-Step  Process,  I  UP  Teacher  Education,  56 
Timely  Completion  of  Degree  Requirements,  40 
Title  II,  Federal  I  ligher  Education  Act,  58 
Title  IV  Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy.  IK.  19 
Total  University  Withdrawal  Policy,  29 
Town  Manager  Track,  Regional  Planning,  100 
Transcri])t  Fees,  14 
Transfer  Admissions,  10 
Transfer  Coursework,  Pre-Approval  for,  39 
Tuition.  12 

M    Undergraduate  Catalog  Applicability  Timeframe,  40 
University,  The,  5 
University  Clinics,  59 
University  Employment  for  Students,  15 
University  Governance,  6 
University  Libraries,  7,  41 
University  Loan  Fund.  15 
University  Organization,  7 
University  School,  59 

y  Varsity  Sports.  20 
Veterans  Affairs,  23 
Veterans  Benefits.  18 

Visiting  High  School  Students  Program,  10 
Vocadonal  Personnel  Preparation,  Center  for.  1 3 1 
Vocadonal  Rehabilitation  Assistance,  Office  of.  18 
Vocadonal-Technical  Professional  Studies.  131 


NDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


238       INDEX 

\A/  Weather  Policy,  Inclement,  26 
Withdrawal  Policies,  29 
Withdrawal  Refund  Policy,  14 
Women's  Studies  Program,  43 
Work-Study  Program,  15 
Writing  Across  the  Curriculum  Requirements,  39 

7   Zimbabwe  (University  of)  Department  of  Biological 
Sciences  Exchange  Program,  114 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA       2:i9 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


240       INDIANA    UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA 


INDIANA     UNIVERSITY     OF     PENNSYLVANIA     UNDERGRADUATE     CATALOG,     2001-02 


lt\ 


Indiana,  PA    15705        http://www.lup.edu 


Non-Profit  Org. 

U.S.  Postage 

Paid 

Permit  No.  198 

Indiana,  PA  15701